DERR-2024-011653

Proposed Work Plan for Site Characterization,
Ski Rail Property

Ski Rail, LLC
1.47-Acre Property located at
1555 & 1575 Lower Iron Horse Loop Road
Park City, Summit County, Utah

Prepared for:
Deer Valley Resort Company
PO BOX 889
PARK CITY, UT 84060
and Affiliate Alterra Mountain Company
3501 Wazee St; Ste #400
Denver, CO 80216
Prepared by:
Stantec Consulting Services Inc.
3995 South 700 East; Ste 300
Salt Lake City, UT 84107

Project No.: 203723752

October 10, 2024
Sign-off Sheet and Signature of Environmental Professional
Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC i
This document was prepared by Stantec Consulting Services Inc. (“Stantec”) for Ski Rail, LLC (c/o
affiliate Deer Valley Resort (DVR, the “Client”). Recommendations presented in Stantec’s Proposed
Work Plan for Site Characterization document are based on Stantec’s professional opinion, as of the
time of the document, and concerning the scope described in the document. The opinions in the
document are based on conditions and information existing at the time the scope of work was
proposed and do not take into account any subsequent changes. The document relates solely to
the specific project for which Stantec was retained and the stated purpose for which the document
was prepared. The document is not to be used or relied on for any variation or extension of the
project, or for any other project or purpose, and any unauthorized use or reliance is at the
recipient’s own risk.
Stantec has assumed all information received from the Client and third parties in the preparation of
the document to be correct. While Stantec has exercised a customary level of judgment or due
diligence in the use of such information, Stantec assumes no responsibility for the consequences of
any error or omission contained therein.
This document is intended solely for use by the Client in accordance with Stantec’s contract with
the Client. While the document may be provided by the Client to applicable authorities having
jurisdiction and to other third parties in connection with the project, Stantec disclaims any legal duty
based upon warranty, reliance or any other theory to any third party, and will not be liable to such
third party for any damages or losses of any kind that may result.

Prepared by:
John G. Russell, III, CPG
Utah PG #5216074-2250
Sr. Hydrogeologist, Environmental Risk Manager

Reviewed by:
Michael Ward
Hydrogeologist

PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC ii
Table of Contents
ABBREVIATIONS .......................................................................................................................... i
1.0 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY .................................................................................................1.2
1.1 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................... 1.2
1.2 FUTURE-PROPOSED, LAND USE AND ANTICIPATED REMEDIAL OPTIONS,
IF/WHERE NEEDED ....................................................................................................... 1.2
2.0 BACKGROUND, LAND USE SUMMARY ........................................................................2.1
2.1 HISTORICAL ENVIRONMENTAL INVESTIGATIONS SUMMARY ..................................... 2.1
3.0 TOPOGRAPHY AND HYDROGEOLOGY ......................................................................3.1
3.1 TOPOGRAPHY ............................................................................................................. 3.1
3.2 HYDROGEOLOGIC CHARACTERISTICS ...................................................................... 3.1
4.0 CONTAMINANTS OF POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERN .................................4.1
4.1 SUMMARY OF CONTAMINANT CONSTITUENTS OF POTENTIAL CONCERN
(COPCS) ...................................................................................................................... 4.1
4.1.1 Contingency Planning ................................................................................... 4.2
4.2 HISTORICAL ON-SITE ENVIRONMENTAL INVESTIGATIONS ......................................... 4.3
4.2.1 December 2015 Investigation of the Property ............................................. 4.3
4.2.2 2023 Investigations of the Property ............................................................... 4.4
4.3 HISTORICAL OFF-SITE AREAS OF POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERN ............. 4.8
4.3.1 Silver Creek and Historical Railroad Track Usage ......................................... 4.8
4.3.2 Historical Park City Dump ............................................................................... 4.8
5.0 PRELIMINARY CONCEPTUAL SITE MODEL ...................................................................5.1
5.1 POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL RISK ASSOCIATED WITH LAND USE............................. 5.1
5.1.1 Current Land Use ............................................................................................ 5.1
5.1.2 Future-Proposed Land Use, Potential Exposure Conditions ......................... 5.5
5.1.3 Preliminary Conceptual Site Model Schematic Summary .......................... 5.6
6.0 PROJECT MANAGEMENT, ROLES, AND RESPONSIBILITIES ..........................................6.1
6.1 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND ORGANIZATION ....................................................... 6.1
6.2 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES ..................................................................................... 6.1
6.2.1 Regulatory Agency ........................................................................................ 6.1
6.2.2 Client or Property Owners .............................................................................. 6.1
6.2.3 Stantec Consulting Services .......................................................................... 6.2
6.2.4 Analytical Laboratories .................................................................................. 6.3
7.0 PROJECT OBJECTIVES AND SCREENING LEVELS ........................................................7.1
7.1 PRELIMINARY SCREENING LEVELS .............................................................................. 7.1
8.0 SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS PLAN FOR PROPOSED SITE CHARACTERIZATION ...........8.1
8.1 PRE-DRILLING, PREPARATION ACTIVITIES INCLUDING UTILITY-LOCATE .................... 8.1
8.2 GENERAL SOIL TEST BORING DRILLING AND GROUNDWATER MONITORING
WELL INSTALLATION AND DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM .............................................. 8.2
8.2.1 Sample Documentation ................................................................................ 8.3
8.2.2 Subsurface Soil Sampling and Analysis Program Elements ......................... 8.5
8.2.3 Subsurface Soil Gas and Sub-Slab Soil Gas Sampling and Analysis ........... 8.9
8.2.4 Groundwater Monitoring, Sampling, and Analysis Program ..................... 8.12
PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC iii

8.2.5 Topsoil Sampling and Analysis, Northern Property Boundary .................... 8.15
9.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL (QA/QC) ................................................9.1
10.0 SITE CHARACTERIZATION SUMMARY REPORT ..........................................................10.1
11.0 TENTATIVE SCHEDULE ................................................................................................11.1
12.0 REFERENCES ...............................................................................................................12.1
LIST OF FIGURES
Figures A, B, and C Excerpted from Historical Property Environmental Reports (included
within report text)

Figure 1 General Property Location, Aerial Maps
Figure 2 Generalized Property Perimeter Boundaries
Figure 3 General Property Location & Soil Ordinance Boundary
Figure 4 Property and Regional Topography
Figure 5A Proposed Locations of Soil Test Borings and Monitoring Wells
Figure 5B Estimated Locations of Buried Utility Corridors
Figure 6 Proposed Topsoil Sample Locations

LIST OF TABLES

Table 1 Stantec Summary of Arsenic and Lead Laboratory Results (excerpted from 2016
AGEC Investigation Report)
Tables Excerpted from CMT’s December 2023 Phase II Report:
Table 2 Soil Sample Analytical Results For Total Metals
Table 3 Soil Sample Analytical Results For TPH-GRO, TPH-DRO, O&G, AND TRPH
Table 4 Soil Sample Analytical Results For VOCs
Table 5 Groundwater Sample Analytical Results For Total Metals
Table 6 Groundwater Sample Analytical Results For TPH-GRO, TPH-DRO,
O&G, and TRPH

LIST OF ATTACHMENTS

ATTACHMENT 1 PRELIMINARY FUTURE-PROPOSED, PROPERTY CONCEPTUAL DESIGN
ATTACHMENT 2 PRELIMINARY CONCEPTUAL SITE MODEL
LIST OF APPENDICES
APPENDIX A COPIES OF STANTEC STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES
APPENDIX B COPY OF STANTEC’S QUALITY ASSURANCE PROJECT PLAN

PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
ABBREVIATIONS

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC iv
Abbreviations
AULs Activity and Use Limitations
AGEC Applied Geotechnical Engineering Company
ACM Asbestos-Containing Material
AHERA Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act
ALS ALS Global USA Corporation
AOPC Area of Potential Concern
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
CERCLA Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act
CSM Conceptual Site Model
COPCs Contaminant Constituents of Potential Concern
DERR
DQOs
Division of Environmental Response and Remediation
Data Quality Objectives
DVR Deer Valley Resort Company
DO Dissolved Oxygen
DUP Duplicate
EA Environmental Assessment
ESA Environmental Site Assessment
ft Feet
GPR Ground-Penetrating Radar
HQ Hazard Quotient
HASP Health and Safety Plan
HSO Health and Safety Officer
HHRA Human Health Risk Assessment
ISL Initial Screening Level
MS/MSD Matrix Spike/Matrix Spike Duplicate
MCL Maximum Contaminant Level
MDL Method Detection Limit
MSL Mean Sea Level
μg/m3 Micrograms per cubic meter
mg/kg Milligrams per kilogram (aka, parts per million-ppm)
ORP Oxygen Reduction Potential
Pb Lead
PARCC Precision, Bias and Accuracy, Representativeness, Comparability,
Completeness, and Sensitivity
PAS Pace Analytical Services, LLC
PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
ABBREVIATIONS

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC v
PCMC Park City Municipal Corporation
PID Photoionization Detector
PFAS Per- and polyfluoroalkyl Substances
PLM Polarized Light Microscopy
PCBs polychlorinated biphenyls
PVC Polyvinylchloride
PM Project Manager
RAP Remedial Action Plan
PWP Proposed Work Plan
QA/QC Quality Assurance/Quality Control
QAM Quality Assurance Manual
QAPP Quality Assurance Project Plan
REC Recognized Environmental Condition
RL Reporting Limit
SAP Sampling and Analysis Plan
SOP Standard Operating Procedure
SPLP Synthetic Precipitation Leaching Procedure
THQ Target Hazard Quotient
TDS Total Dissolved Solids
TPH,
GRO/DRO
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
Gasoline Range Organics/Diesel Range Organics
UST Underground Storage Tank
UDEQ Utah Department of Environmental Quality
UDWRi Utah Division of Water Rights
US BOR United States Bureau of Reclamation
US EPA United States Environmental Protection Agency
VISL Vapor Intrusion Screening Level
VCP Voluntary Cleanup Program
VOC Volatile Organic Compound
XRF X-Ray Fluorescence

PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 1.1
1.0 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
1.1 INTRODUCTION
In March 2024, Ski Rail, LLC and affiliate Deer Valley Resort (collectively ’DVR’) submitted a
Voluntary Cleanup Program (VCP) Application package to the Utah Department of
Environmental Quality (UDEQ), proposing to enter 1.47-acres of land located at 1555 and 1575
Lower Iron Horse Loop Road in Park City, Summit County, Utah (the VCP Site, aka, “the Property”)
into the VCP which is administered by the Division of Environmental Response and Remediation
(DERR). During April 2024, DVR and the DERR contracted a formal VCP Agreement. As detailed
within the Environmental Assessment (EA) report that was included with the VCP Application,
DVR purchased the property in January 2016 for employee administrative, vehicle maintenance,
and vehicle fueling operations. Figures 1 through 4 identify the general locations of the Property
and regional areas.
As the DERR is aware, DVR intends to redevelop the Property for planned residential land use
including affordable employee housing. Tentatively, DVR intends to start construction (ground-
breaking) during the 2025 construction season. In consideration of time-critical aspects of future-
planned construction, DVR/Stantec have proposed a site characterization approach that is
anticipated to address DERR needs for this document, but we have also included an
investigative programmatic approach that includes use of the future-anticipated Remedial
Action Plan (RAP) report to address whatever localized, site characterization ‘data gaps’ might
warrant further investigation following DERR’s review of the site characterization findings and
analytical results.
This PWP outlines DVR/Stantec’s proposed approach for conducting a site characterization that
is intended to investigate existing topsoil and subsurface environmental conditions at specific
areas of the Property that are readily-accessible for investigation using a direct-push drill rig and
in areas that are anticipated to be free of buried utilities. Localized areas of the Property will not
be drill-investigated as part of this phase of proposed site characterization, including subsurface
conditions beneath existing buildings, foundations, buried utility corridors, and in areas that are
capped by asphalt and/or concrete and anticipated to possibly house underlying, buried
utilities. As may be noted by review of Figure 5B herein, the Property is underlain by a myriad of
as-yet unidentified, buried utility corridors, which physically limits where we can drill safely. All
such areas, and any other areas of interest to the DERR, will be addressed within DVR’s future
Remedial Action Plan.
As discussed in more detail in following section 4.0 Contaminants of Potential Concern, historical
Property investigations indicate that localized subsurface media beneath the Property are
contaminated with metals and petroleum hydrocarbon constituents. As such, DVR/Stantec
anticipate that localized areas of the VCP Property will likely require remediation and/or
management using Institutional Controls and/or Engineered Controls, including an
Environmental Covenant, Activity and Use Limitations (AULs), and possibly a Site Management
PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 1.2
Plan (SMP). For instance, a SMP might address site monitoring and management, such as what
specific measures might be employed to monitor for and prevent unacceptable risk exposure to
construction workers, utility operation and maintenance (O&M) workers, Property tenants, and
general Public potential receptors during existing and future-proposed Property usage.
This Proposed Work Plan proposes a focused site characterization for immediate
implementation, with any supplemental DERR investigative needs being addressed within a DVR
Remedial Action Plan. It is anticipated that any supplemental site characterization sampling, if
deemed warranted by the DERR, such as topsoil for instance, may be conducted more
efficiently and safely, upon excavation and removal of existing asphalt and/or concrete land
surfaces and identification of utilities during upcoming site redevelopment activities. Such efforts
may be addressed in a proposed RAP that will be prepared following analysis of initial site
characterization results and discussions of risk exposure concerns and alternative
management/control options.
As identified on Figure 3, the Property is located within the Park City Municipal Corporation’s
(PCMC) Soil Ordinance Boundary, an area within which there is potential concern for heavy
metals in soils associated with historical mining-related activities throughout Park City. Lands
located within the boundary are subject to city regulations (PCMC Code 11-15. Park City
Landscaping and Maintenance of Soil Cover). As of December 2016, the Property was issued a
PCMC “Certificate of Compliance for an Occupied Property,” acknowledging that the Property,
including topsoil, was in compliance with PCMC Code 11-15.
Significant requisites of the ordinance include stipulations that all exposed topsoil (upper six
inches) must not exceed a lead (Pb) concentration of 200 milligrams per kilogram (mg/kg, aka,
parts per million-ppm) and a dust control/management program must be implemented during
construction and/or land disturbance activities conducted inside the boundary. During
implementation of anticipated VCP compliance activities, as well as future land redevelopment,
DVR anticipates complying with DERR and PCMC Soil Ordinance regulatory requisites.
DVR anticipates implementing a sequentially-phased, site investigation and redevelopment
process, including conducting a VCP site characterization in 2024 through DERR regulatory
oversight, as well as permanently closing (excavate and remove from the site, etc.) the existing
petroleum fueling operations (including underground storage tank [UST], dispenser, and fuel
dispenser line areas; collectively “UST area”) through the DERR (unknown timeframe but in
advance of Property redevelopment). In consideration of future-proposed, residential land use,
DVR anticipates closing the UST area to DERR Screening Levels deemed protective of residential
land use, including expected excavation, removal, and off-site disposal of tanks, dispensers,
associated backfill soil, and contaminated soil/backfill that might exceed residential DERR
Screening Levels. As detailed in this PWP, during the UST area closure proceedings, DVR/Stantec
propose collecting subsurface soil samples from the excavated bottoms and sidewalls of
excavated areas for laboratory analysis of metals (and any other analytes deemed of interest to
the DERR) to investigate the areas for VCP-related concerns.
PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 1.3
For purposes of pursuing the DERR, DVR contracted Stantec to assist DVR with compliance with
the VCP regulatory process (and the PCMC Soil Ordinance during future-proposed site
redevelopment, etc.). DVR/Stantec anticipate that the VCP process will entail the following
generalized, sequential steps, in support of VCP compliance and future-proposed Property
redevelopment:
• site characterization, based in part on historical information presented within the EA report
and the preliminary Conceptual Site Model (CSM) factors identified in this PWP;

• comparison of characterization results to background concentrations and accepted United
States Environmental Protection Agency (US EPA) and UDEQ risk-based Screening Levels for
media of potential concern to human health and the environment;

• evaluation of potential human health and ecological risk, based on current and future-
proposed land use (not necessarily a formal US EPA Risk Assessment, etc.), including
consideration of Engineering and/or Institutional Controls as part of a longer-term, site
management program;

• where necessary, a proposed RAP, subject to Public Comment, will be prepared and
implemented (this Proposed Work Plan is not a RAP); and

• possible use of an Environmental Covenant, which may include Property Activity and Use
Limitations, Engineering and/or Institutional Control restrictions, and/or a Site Management
Plan (SMP), if and where deemed necessary.

This PWP outlines proposed means, measures, and manners by which the Property will be
investigated through the VCP site characterization process. In turn, the findings and quantitative
analytical results will be used to help refine the preliminary environmental CSM discussed herein,
as will be reported and amended if deemed necessary within a Site Characterization Summary
Report. The results of the site characterization will be used to help evaluate and refine DVR’s
future-proposed, land redevelopment approach, as deemed necessary for appropriate
protection to human health and the environment, and any corollary Property remedial and/or
site management activities that might be deemed warranted.
In summary, this PWP includes pertinent information related to local topography and
hydrogeology, historical Property land use, and past environmental investigations, including
contaminants, analytical results, and Stantec’s preliminary CSM. This PWP proposes a site
characterization program that includes a proposed Sampling and Analysis Plan (SAP, including
Standard Operating Procedures-SOPs in Appendix A) and an accompanying Quality Assurance
Project Plan (QAPP, as Appendix B, including relevant Stantec and laboratory Quality
Assurance/Quality Control [QA/QC] materials).

PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 1.4
1.2 FUTURE-PROPOSED, LAND USE AND ANTICIPATED REMEDIAL OPTIONS, IF/WHERE
NEEDED
For reference, DVR’s conceptual design for future-proposed Property redevelopment includes
construction of two large, interconnected buildings that will entail a cumulative plan-view
footprint that will encompass the majority of the Property land surface - as depicted on plan-
view design drawings presented in Attachment 1 herein. The drawings are conceptual in nature
and may be adjusted by DVR in the future.
The following, summary assumptions are anticipated as part of future-proposed, residential land
development and inclusion within DVR’s proposed RAP (where deemed necessary by DVR and
the DERR). Such assumptions will influence DVR’s anticipated approach for site characterization,
risk evaluation, remediation, and long-term site management strategies:
 Following construction, it is anticipated that topsoil (upper six inches) and land surface
covers at the Property will satisfy PCMC Soil Ordinance and DERR Screening Levels
deemed protective of residential land use.
 If present, potential unacceptable risk posed by subsurface soil and/or soil gas may be
mitigated/remediated and monitored during and following construction activities by
means of soil excavation/removal and/or Engineering Controls [multiple options,
including for example one or more and/or a combination if needed: construction health,
safety, and mitigation program; soil vapor extraction (SVE) and/or Subsurface Soil Gas
Depressurization (SSDS); groundwater treatment; and/or land surface capping
(asphalt/concrete covers, etc.)]. Likewise, if of potential concern, indoor air quality can
also be mitigated and monitored, readily by means of a variety of remedial approaches.
 If deemed a source of an unacceptable risk, possibly including detrimental soil gas
emission and potential vapor intrusion concerns, groundwater quality may also be
remediated and monitored in support of residential land use.
All such potential exposure scenarios will be evaluated with DERR input and memorialized in
DVR’s proposed RAP (and if needed, within a post-remediation Site Management Plan and/or
Environmental Covenant), in terms of potential risk to human health and the environment and
any corollary remedial actions deemed necessary to control and/or eliminate unacceptable
risks.
PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
BACKGROUND, LAND USE SUMMARY

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 2.1
2.0 BACKGROUND, LAND USE SUMMARY
The EA report within DVR’s VCP Application should be referenced for more details regarding
current and historical land use and historical environmental investigations conducted at the
Property and nearby off-site lands. The following information is provided as a brief summary of
current land use and above grade structure/building layout, as such information is pertinent to
the investigation proposed herein.
Currently, the Property has two above grade buildings, as may be noted by review of aerial
photographs presented in Figures in this PWP. The western building (approximately 7,364 square
feet/sq. ft.) is occupied by the DVR’s two-story laundry (no dry cleaning, historically or currently)
facility and (former, no longer used for this purpose) vehicle maintenance garage. Historically,
since approximately 1981, there was a smaller building located in the same area that was used
reportedly for vehicle maintenance activities.
The eastern building (approximately 1,500 sq. ft.), constructed sometime between August 1993
and July 1997, is occupied by administrative offices leased by All-Seasons Adventures outdoor
outfitter and guide service. There is a self-serve, vehicle fueling station located within the
generalized eastern portion of the Property, which is operated by Pilot Thomas Logistics (formerly
owned by Park City Transportation, prior to DVR’s purchase of the Property in January 2016). The
fuel station contains three operational USTs, two dispenser islands, and associated underground
piping. The USTs were installed in 1993 and consist of 10,000 gallon diesel, 8,000-gallon gasoline,
and 4,000-gallon premium gasoline USTs. The steel USTs are cathodically protected and have
double-walled fiberglass-reinforced plastic product piping. New product dispensers, sumps, and
spill buckets were installed in November 2008.
The USTs are owned currently by Ski Rail, LLC and are regulated by the DERR as Facility 7000123.
As reported by DVR, and in accordance with Stantec’s review of DERR published UST and
Leaking UST/LUST records, the Property is not listed on the DERR’s LUST site list.
2.1 HISTORICAL ENVIRONMENTAL INVESTIGATIONS SUMMARY
Pertinent information regarding historical environmental investigations of the Property is
summarized in the EA report. The following historical Property-specific reports are attached in the
EA report as Appendices A, B, and C, respectively:

• Civil Solutions Group, Inc.’s (CSG) June 2023 ASTM Phase I Environmental Site Assessment
(ESA) Report;
• Applied Geotechnical Engineering Consultants Inc.’s (AGEC) January 2016 Subsurface
Investigation Report; and
• CMT Technical Services’ December 2023 Limited Subsurface Investigation, Phase II ESA
report.

Summary qualitative and quantitative analytical results are presented in following report section
4.0 Contaminants of Potential Environmental Concern.
PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
TOPOGRPAHY AND HYDROGEOLOGY
Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 3.1
3.0 TOPOGRAPHY AND HYDROGEOLOGY
3.1 TOPOGRAPHY
The Property is located at an approximate topographic elevation of 6,840 feet above mean sea
level (msl). As may be noted by review of Figure 4, the Property is located near the generalized
base of Masonic Hill, a small mountain whose highest elevation approximating 7,462 feet msl is
located approximately 0.5-mile southeast of the Property. The Property is relatively-flat with a
slight topographic grade toward the north, with localized stormwater control features of varying
grade near the perimeters of the Property.
Stantec’s reviews of United States Geological Survey (USGS) topographic maps and aerial
photographs indicate that the Property is located within the historical floodplain of Silver Creek
at the topographic toe of Masonic Hill. Stantec’s review of United States Department of
Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service’s 1998 Soil Survey of Summit Area, Utah,
Parts of Summit, Salt Lake, and Wasatch Counties indicates that topsoil and near surface soils
located beneath the Property and extending north/northeast approximately one-mile, west
approximately 0.25-mile, and south approximately 0.35-mile of the Property are characterized as
mining-related waste materials. Much of this regional footprint is identified as ‘Quaternary-aged
Alluvium’ on USGS Park City West/East, Utah Geologic Maps.
3.2 HYDROGEOLOGIC CHARACTERISTICS
There are no bodies of surface water on the Property. Water associated with Silver Creek is
containerized within a buried pipe that extends beneath Bonanza Drive and then along the
western Property boundary (beneath a concrete-paved, pedestrian walkway), before
discharging/daylighting as Silver Creek surface water near the northwestern-most corner of the
Property (see Figure 2). Silver Creek’s surface water then flows from the west toward the east,
immediately north of the Property.
As detailed in DVR’s EA report, ten (10) historical (2015 and 2023) direct-push, soil test borings
were completed to depths between approximately 24 to 30 feet below grade, while one boring
encountered unsaturated drilling refusal at 16 feet below grade (unknown whether a boulder or
bedrock). Stantec’s review of historical site investigation reports including soil test boring drill logs
indicates that subsurface soil beneath the Property was identified predominantly as dark gray to
brown, well-graded and gravelly, very coarse to fine-grained sands and sandy gravels, with
occasional silt and clay lenses. Depth to uppermost, unconfined alluvium groundwater
approximated 23 to 25 feet below grade beneath the Property land surface.
In May 2024, Stantec reviewed ground water production well records published on the Utah
Division of Water Rights’ website, investigating information pertinent to water wells and depths to
uppermost ground water located near the VCP site. There are no reported ground water
production wells within an approximate radial distance of 0.5-mile surrounding the VCP Site. The
PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
TOPOGRPAHY AND HYDROGEOLOGY
Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 3.2
two closest wells are both located approximately 0.55-mile from the VCP site, with the following
summary published information:
- Water Right #35-337, located northeast of the site (1948 private well, probably no longer
operational in the Prospector residential neighborhood; 0-175 feet is alluvium, 175-450
feet is quartzite; uppermost water table was found to be unconfined at 66 feet below
grade).

and

- Water Right #none identified, located southwest of the site (1989 PCMC non-production
well near the public golf course; 0-235 feet is alluvium, 235-520 is quartzite and limestone;
no records regarding depths to water).

Reportedly, none of the historical investigations at the Property included installation of
groundwater monitoring wells, by which groundwater flow direction(s) might be inferred. The off-
site, perennial Silver Creek skirts the western and northern Property boundaries, flowing/grading
generally from the southwest toward the northeast. Stantec anticipates that groundwater within
the unconfined alluvial aquifer beneath the site (reported as 23 to 25 feet below grade during
October 2023) probably does not discharge to the Silver Creek reach located contiguous to
Property boundaries, in consideration of the apparent (Stantec and DERR visual estimate during
the Site Meet) 15 feet difference in elevation between Property grade and the thalweg
(deepest depth) of the small creek; i.e., the generalized elevation of the creek bed appears to
be perhaps 10 or so feet higher in elevation than the water table beneath the Property.
Stantec’s analysis of local topography of the Property and contiguous lands to the north
indicates that shallow alluvium groundwater may flow generally toward the north/northeast,
with deeper bedrock flow most probably in a generalized northeasterly direction in relation to
the Property. Silver Creek flows past the Property and then grades approximately 2.5-miles,
generally due northeast, before grading toward the north/northeast for approximately 15 miles
and discharging into the Weber River near Wanship, Utah. The next closest body of flowing
surface water in relation to the Property is an unnamed stream that flows west of downtown Park
City approximately 0.5-mile west and northwest of the Property. The unnamed stream discharges
into a different hydrologic, drainage basin than Silver Creek, ultimately draining toward East
Canyon located several miles northwest of the Property.
During typical Spring runoff timeframes, the Silver Creek reach located contiguous to the
Property only approximates a few feet deep by several feet wide; i.e., discharge probably only
a few to several cubic feet per second. The ground surface along the embankments to either
side of the creek bed is characterized by localized treed and riparian vegetation. Currently, the
creek has only a few inches of water flowing past the Property.

PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
CONTAMINANTS OF POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERN

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 4.1
4.0 CONTAMINANTS OF POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERN
4.1 SUMMARY OF CONTAMINANT CONSTITUENTS OF POTENTIAL CONCERN (COPCs)
For ease of referencing historical environmental investigations and analytical data, the following
report subsections 4.2 and 4.3 are excerpted directly from DVR/Stantec’s March 2024 EA report.
In summary, historical on-site Property operations included localized vehicular maintenance
activities and petroleum product storage and vehicle fueling operations.
Localized soil at the Property was documented to be impacted by elevated concentrations of
oil and grease and heavy metals, including lead, arsenic, cadmium, and mercury. Groundwater
was found to have been impacted by metals and petroleum hydrocarbon constituents,
including benzene and Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons, Gasoline/Diesel Range Organics (TPH,
GRO/DRO). In consideration of the reported, historical presence of VOCs in soil and
groundwater beneath localized portions of the Property, Stantec anticipates the possibility that
VOCs might pose potential risk as relates to subsurface soil gas and the potential for vapor
intrusion into above grade buildings, as discussed in more detail in following section 5.0
Preliminary Conceptual Site Model.
As detailed in following section 4.3.2., there was an unpermitted Park City municipal waste
landfill that operated generally between the late-1890s through the 1980s on off-site lands
located contiguous to the southern and eastern Property boundaries. Portions of the historical
landfill were capped by asphalt parking lots and condominiums during subsequent off-site land
redevelopment (Fireside and Iron Horse developments). Reportedly in the 1990s, during historical
investigations of the off-site landfill and nearby Prospector residential neighborhood located
northeast the Property, heavy metals and volatile organic compounds (VOCs) were quantified
within soil collected from the old landfill land, prior to the 1990s condominium redevelopments.
In summary, and as may be amended by contingencies identified in following section 4.1.1, the
following media and corollary COPCs will be investigated as part of this PWP (analytical
methodologies are detailed in following section 8.0 Sampling and Analysis Plan):
SOIL

• 13 Priority Pollutant Metals;
• VOCs;
• Semi-VOCs;
• Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons, Gasoline and Diesel Range Organics;
• Total Recoverable Petroleum Hydrocarbons (TRPH); and
• pH.
Possibly asbestos-containing material (ACM) and Per- and polyfluoroalkyl Substances (PFAS),
contingent on criteria detailed in following section 4.1.1.

Subsurface Soil Gas
(including two-2 sub-slab soil gas samples inside each of the western and eastern buildings)

• VOCs including methane.

PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
CONTAMINANTS OF POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERN

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 4.2
Groundwater

• 13 Priority Pollutant Metals;
• VOCs;
• PFAS;
• Semi-VOCs;
• TPH, GRO/DRO;
• TRPH;
• Sulfate;
• Nitrate/Nitrite-as N;
• Total Dissolved Solids (TDS); and
• pH.

As detailed in following section 8.0 Sampling and Analysis Plan, purging groundwater monitoring
wells prior to ‘Low-Flow’ groundwater sampling will include monitoring of water quality
parameters until stabilization, including: pH, specific conductivity, temperature, dissolved oxygen
(DO), oxygen-reduction potential (ORP), and turbidity. Samples for metals analysis will be field-
filtered, as detailed in section 8.0.
4.1.1 Contingency Planning
In consideration of the reported, close proximity and unknown boundaries of the former landfill,
the DERR requested that the site characterization include subsurface (and sub-slab) soil gas
analysis for methane in addition to VOCs by Method TO-15 and that groundwater be analyzed
for the full analytical suite of PFAS. In the event the site characterization identifies apparent
construction and demolition waste-type materials indicative of typical landfill refuse, Stantec will
analyze soil for asbestos-containing material/ACM and PFAS.
If needed, asbestos samples will be collected by a Utah Certified Asbestos Inspector, in
accordance with measures and protocol outlined in Title 40 Code of Federal Regulation Part
763, USEPA Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act (AHERA), and the Asbestos Model
Accreditation Plan. Material will be analyzed by Polarized Light Microscopy [PLM] utilizing EPA
Method 600/M4-82-020, as detailed in the following section 8.0.
The DERR requested that this PWP include contingency planning for possibly drilling/sampling
one or two supplemental soil test borings at area(s) of particular interest and/or unanticipated
subsurface conditions. As such, Stantec and the drilling firm will be prepared to drill/sample
localized, supplemental soil test borings and communicate with the DERR, accordingly.
The DERR also requested that this PWP include contingency indoor air sampling and analysis
protocol, in the event that PWP-proposed, sub-slab soil gas sampling beneath the two existing,
on-site buildings, and/or other site characterization information, indicates potential for vapor
intrusion into above grade buildings. DVR/Stantec will be prepared to conduct indoor air
sampling, as proposed herein. Ultimately, DVR will decide the timing of any such hypothetical
indoor air sampling and would coordinate accordingly with the DERR. All such contingency-
related, sampling and analytical measures, procedures, and methodologies are outlined in this
PWP, respectively.
PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
CONTAMINANTS OF POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERN

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 4.3
Lastly, in the event that there are qualitative signs (visual, olfactory, etc.) or indications of other
potential contamination constituents during the field investigation that are not identified in this
PWP, DVR/Stantec will contact the DERR, as soon as practicable. DVR/Stantec will be prepared
to accommodate changes in scope of work accordingly, and as deemed mutually-acceptable
to DVR and the DERR, to address any such unanticipated conditions.

4.2 HISTORICAL ON-SITE ENVIRONMENTAL INVESTIGATIONS
4.2.1 December 2015 Investigation of the Property
As reported within AGEC’s Subsurface Investigation Report, a copy of which is presented as
Appendix B within DVR’s EA report, AGEC conducted a limited subsurface investigation (direct-
push drilling/sampling), as part of due diligence activities in advance of the January 2016
property transaction between Ski Rail, LLC and Iron Horse, LLC. As reported, subsurface soil
sampling at three soil test borings located immediately adjacent to and downgradient of the
three USTs identified no qualitative observations (photoionization detector/PID, visual, olfactory
signs, etc.) or quantitative analytical laboratory results indicating any detrimental impacts to
subsurface soils, including soils located at and immediately above the water table – associated
with petroleum hydrocarbon constituents [i.e., no benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylenes,
naphthalene, and TPH, GRO/DRO]. Reference following Figure A for the locations of the three
soil test borings.
FIGURE A. AGEC’s 2016 Subsurface Investigation Report Excerpted Figure

Groundwater was found to contain very low concentrations of TPH, GRO/DRO, benzene, and/or
naphthalene in two of the three borings. However, all concentrations were well below corollary
UDEQ Initial Screening Levels (ISLs). Groundwater was not analyzed for metals. The only metals
analyzed by the laboratory in soil samples were arsenic and lead, as tabulated below in Table 1
(AGEC’s report did not tabulate).
It should be noted that no subsurface soil samples were field-screened using an x-ray
fluorescence (XRF) analyzer. As proposed in this PWP however, DVR/Stantec are proposing use
of XRF field-screening to help identify, in part, what soil samples might be submitted to the
laboratory for subsequent quantitative analysis of metals including arsenic and lead.
USTs

Dispensers

PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
CONTAMINANTS OF POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERN

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 4.4
BORING Arsenic (ppm) * Lead (ppm) *
(feet [ft.] below grade)
TABLE 1. Stantec Summary of Arsenic and Lead Laboratory Results (2016 AGEC Investigation)
* ppm: parts per million, aka milligrams per kilogram; i.e., mg/kg.
Highlighted concentrations exceeded the PCMC and US EPA screening level for Lead of 200 ppm deemed protective of
Residential land use.

4.2.2 2023 Investigations of the Property
4.2.2.1 June 2023 ASTM Phase I ESA
Civil Solutions Group, Inc. (CSG) performed a Phase I ESA for the Property as part of due
diligence investigative activities. Presented as Appendix A herein, CSG’s June 2023 Phase I ESA
Report identified the following findings and RECs in connection with the Property, as excerpted
directly from the CSG report:
• “The Old Park City Dump was an unregulated municipal landfill that was used from the
1800s to the 1990s, and most of the Dump area was located approximately 200 feet east
of the Subject Property. Some historic aerials suggest that the Property could have been
partially impacted by the Dump. Even if the Subject Property was not directly a part of
the Old Park City Dump, unauthorized dumping activities may have occurred within the
Property boundaries. This constitutes a potential REC.
• There are no listed Leaking Underground Storage Tanks facilities on the Subject Property,
however additional records show that the dispensers at the fueling station on the
Property may have leaked and caused a release. This would constitute a potential REC.
Further testing was recommended to determine whether contaminant levels exceed
regulatory limits for residential soil. AGEC conducted testing in 2015 and found that
elevated contaminant levels were not present.
• Testing by AGEC was also performed for the presence of heavy metals. The tests
revealed that elevated levels of lead are present in the soil on the Subject Property. This
B-1 (4-ft.) 42.2 716
B-1 (9-ft.) 325 7,550
B-1 (12-ft.) 66.7 101
B-1 (21-22 ft.) 25.8 40.2
B-2 (3-ft.) 41 820
B-2 (8-ft.) 21.7 193
B-2 (13-ft.) 87.8 107
B-2 (21-ft.) 25.5 101
B-3 (3-FT.) 26.2 435
B-3 (9.5-FT.) 198 6,780
B-3 (13-ft.) 463 20,000
B-3 (21-ft.) 23.6 81.6
PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
CONTAMINANTS OF POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERN

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 4.5
constitutes a REC. Some historic aerials from the Phase I ESA suggested that the Property
could have been a part of the old Silver Creek mine tailings until the vicinity became
more developed in the early 1980s. Areas with soils containing elevated levels of heavy
metals should be capped to meet the Park City Municipal Soil Ordinance requirements.
• Additionally, the Subject Property was developed as an auto repair shop in 1989. Old
auto lifts were identified as being on the Property during its use as an auto shop, but
those lifts have since been removed. Operations at the auto repair shop may have
impacted the soil or groundwater.”

4.2.2.2 December 2023 Limited Phase II ESA Investigation
In response to the findings of the Phase I ESA, Commercial Real Estate Development Enterprises
Group contracted CMT Technical Services to conduct a limited site investigation at the Property,
as reported in CMT Technical Services’ December 2023 Limited Subsurface Investigation, Phase II
ESA report, a copy of which is presented as Appendix C in DVR/Stantec’s EA Report. CMT
drilled/sampled eight soil test borings utilizing a direct-push drill rig, as identified on Figure B
below. Soils were field-screened using a PID; however, soils were not screened using an XRF
analyzer.

FIGURE B. CMT’s December 2023 Limited Subsurface Investigation, Phase II ESA Report Excerpted Figures

The following SOIL result tables are excerpted from CMT’s summary report. No Semi-VOCs or
polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) were quantified above corollary Method Detection Limits
(MDLs) in any of the eight samples. Aside from acetone and methyl ethyl ketone in two different
soil samples at concentrations well below any corollary State or Federal risk-based Screening
Level, no VOCs were quantified above respective MDLs.

PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
CONTAMINANTS OF POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERN

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 4.6

PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
CONTAMINANTS OF POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERN

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 4.7
The following GROUNDWATER result Tables 5 and 6 are excerpted from CMT’s summary report
(excerpted CMT Tables 8 and 9, respectively). Soil test boring B-8 did not encounter
groundwater, as it was only completed to 16 feet below grade due to unknown drilling refusal.

Groundwater samples B-2, B-5, B-6, and B-7 contained TPH, DRO concentrations in excess of the
UDEQ Initial Screening Level (ISL, reference Table 6). Aside from benzene (1.7 micrograms per
liter, aka, parts per billion-ppb) in groundwater at boring B-7, and chloromethane in
groundwater at boring B-6 (1.8 ppb), concentrations that are below corollary State and Federal
risk-based, screening levels, no VOCs, Semi-VOCs, or PCBs were detected at respective MDLs.
In summary, CMT’s December 2023 investigative results indicate that the primary contaminants
at the Property include metal concentrations in soil and groundwater that exceed corollary
State and Federal Risk-based Screening Levels (CMT Tables 1 and 2). Only one soil sample
(boring B-4 at 23 feet, probably at/near the water table) had a petroleum hydrocarbon
constituent concentration in excess of its corollary State or Federal risk-based Action Level (CMT
Table 3: Oil & Grease at 1,150 ppm), an area that is located south of the eastern building and in
an inferred cross-gradient direction in relation to the UST area. Other petroleum hydrocarbon
constituents were detected in soil within other borings, including borings B-1, B-2, and B-3
located near and/or downgradient of the western building and the vehicle maintenance area.
However, all concentrations were below corollary screening levels (reference CMT Tables 3 and
4).
Stantec note: Silver Utah Groundwater Quality
Standard is 0.1 mg/L.
TABLE 5 -
TABLE 6 -
PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
CONTAMINANTS OF POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERN

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 4.8
4.3 HISTORICAL OFF-SITE AREAS OF POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERN
4.3.1 Silver Creek and Historical Railroad Track Usage
As part of reported investigations conducted by various entities, including Park City Municipal
Corporation/PCMC, the US EPA, and Contractors, surface water and sediment samples
collected within reaches of Silver Creek, located up- and downstream of the Property, have
been quantified to contain elevated concentrations of heavy metals including lead and arsenic
in excess of natural background conditions. Likewise, topsoil and subsurface soil located
throughout Park City, Utah and near local railroad tracks have also been found to contain
elevated concentrations of heavy metals at concentrations that pose potential risk to human
health and the environment. Stantec has conducted numerous metals investigations and
remedial projects in close proximity to the Property. Example historical routes by which metals
migrated in the environment included direct discharge of mine tailing wastes to the ground
surface, stormwater runoff, leaching to subsurface soil and groundwater, and air dispersion of
metal-impacted particulate matter.
In an effort to mitigate environmental risks, the PCMC promulgated PCMC Code 11-15, Soils
Ordinance in 1988, thereby designating a Soils Ordinance Boundary within which land use is
subject to regulation that includes lead (Pb) cleanup standards for topsoil and related land use
and construction restrictions. The Property is listed by address as being located in the Soils
Ordinance Boundary and is subject to land use compliance requisites specified by Code 11-15
(see Figure 3).
4.3.2 Historical Park City Dump
Stantec was not contracted to investigate the history of the reported (unregulated) Old Park
City Dump, as part of preparation of the EA or this PWP. Stantec identified the below Figure C on
the UDEQ’s public website associated with a letter related to the historical landfill.

FIGURE C. Excerpted Figure from a DERR July 1993 Site Visit
Report, Old Park City Dump document. Stantec
superimposed the generalized Property perimeter.
PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
CONTAMINANTS OF POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERN

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 4.9
Stantec’s analysis of the reported location of the old landfill, as indicated by Figure C and
Stantec’s review of historical aerial photographs, indicates that the footprint of the historical
landfill most probably did NOT include the Property. Disturbed areas that appeared to have
been associated with the landfill were located east, south, and southeast of the Property.
However, in consideration of the proximity and location of the historical landfill, the reported
timeframe during which municipal wastes were disposed in the dump (late-1880s through the
1980s), and anticipated-possible waste types and volumes that might have been disposed at
the dump, it is anticipated that there could be potential risks posed by the former dump as
regards current and/or future-proposed Property land use.
Example potential contaminants could include heavy metals, VOCs including methane, semi-
VOCs including polyaromatic hydrocarbons, PCBs, asbestos-containing materials/ACMs,
pesticides/herbicides, pH, sulfate, TDS, PFAS, and petroleum hydrocarbons, such as
oils/greases/spent fuels, etc. Example potential risks to the environment and human health could
include potential release of contaminants to off-site groundwater and possible migration of
contaminated groundwater beneath the Property; potential historical stormwater runoff from
the former dump area; and potential detrimental impacts to on- and off-site, subsurface soil gas
from VOCs including methane associated with the former dump.
PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
PRELIMINARY CONCEPTUAL SITE MODEL

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 5.1
5.0 PRELIMINARY CONCEPTUAL SITE MODEL
5.1 POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL RISK ASSOCIATED WITH LAND USE
Potential risk to human health and the environment is contingent upon numerous factors,
including but not limited to, for example: presence and toxicity of contamination; potential
receptors; potential exposure pathways; exposure duration; etc. Exposure pathways may be
complete or incomplete, depending on whether there is actual contact between a human
and/or ecological receptor and contaminated media, such as soil, water, or sediment.
For instance, a ‘complete pathway’ is an exposure scenario whereby a potential receptor is
exposed to a confirmed contaminant source through a confirmed migration pathway. An
‘incomplete pathway’ is missing one of these components (i.e., no receptor, no contaminant, or
no exposure route). Unacceptable risks and complete pathways may be remediated and/or
controlled by means of Engineered and/or Institutional Controls, resulting in acceptable risk and
associated land use.
5.1.1 Current Land Use
On May 22, 2024, Stantec’s Mr. John Russell and the DERR’s Mr. Chris Howell conducted a
Property walkover and interior building inspection of the western building, at the request of the
DERR. The UST and dispenser fueling area is a self-serve facility that may only be accessed by
authorized personnel for fueling purposes. Aside from localized, de minimis oil/grease-type drips
atop the asphalt/concrete-paved land surface near the two dispenser areas, there were no
obvious, visible signs of release or spillage of fuel products at the Property.
The eastern building, currently leased by All Seasons Adventures, is reportedly used strictly for
administrative purposes, as all business operations entail off-site, adventure/recreational-related
activities/operations. The western building is currently operated by DVR for general upstairs and
downstairs administrative purposes, with laundry cleaning operations (never any dry cleaning
operations, reportedly) localized within the northwestern portion of the building. Clean and dirty
clothing were stockpiled temporarily throughout the central and southern portions of the
western building, with small administrative areas, a small kitchen, and a bathroom located in the
southern-most portion of the building. There is no current or recent vehicular maintenance
activities conducted in the building or at the Property.
Reportedly, and as observed by Stantec and the DERR representatives, the laundry operations
do not use, store, or manage any solvents, although several plastic containers (5-gallons and
less) and drums (55-gallons and less) of caustic and corrosive, detergent and similar cleansing
agents and water softener chemicals were observed in the generalized northwestern-most and
northern extents of the western building interior. Prior to use in the laundry cleaning operations,
potable, City water is treated by means of two large water softener canisters, an apparent
reverse-osmosis system, and associated appurtenances located in the northern part of the
building.
PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
PRELIMINARY CONCEPTUAL SITE MODEL

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 5.2
The water treatment system provides treated water to washing machines and also discharges a
smaller volume of water to a large grated, concrete floor drain, the latter of which extends
along the floor, from the northern-most extent of the building toward the south for an
approximate lateral distance of 50 feet. Reportedly, the floor drain discharges to the City
sanitary sewer system located somewhere west of the western building.
The clothes washing/drying machines discharge spent water either directly to the sanitary sewer
and/or the floor drain which discharges to the City sanitary sewer. The north/south-oriented, floor
drain approximates 8-inches in width by 8-inches in depth beneath the top of the concrete floor
(slab-on-grade).
DVR is unaware of any buried oil/water separators or similar, below-grade sumps or tanks
beneath the Property. During the Stantec/DERR site visit however, two approximate 8-inch
diameter, cast-iron manholes, flush with existing parking lot grade, were identified near the
northwestern corner of the Property, as identified on Figure 5A herein. The two covers were
located immediately adjacent to one another, approximately two lateral feet apart.
DVR is unaware of the purpose of the manhole covers and any underlying structures. Stantec
was only able to open one of the manhole covers, exposing an open-ended pipe the purpose
of which could not be identified in the field. Prior to the site characterization, Stantec intends to
conduct a ground-penetrating radar (GPR) survey of the subsurface located at and in the
vicinity of the two manhole covers. Stantec intends to also include one soil test boring in the
vicinity of the manhole covers, as close as deemed safe for drilling. DVR proposes that the area
be investigated further during future-proposed construction, as will be discussed in detail within
DVR’s proposed RAP report, a document that DVR anticipates at this point in time. The proposed
RAP will include details related to proposed structure investigation, structure removal (if present),
and subsequent media sampling and analysis, including for instance soil sampling beneath and
surrounding any such buried structure.
5.1.1.1 Current Potential Exposure Conditions
Based on Stantec’s review of historical environmental media (topsoil, soil, and groundwater)
analytical data generated to date, it is anticipated that the Property poses little risk to human
health, under existing Property conditions. The site is not being used for residential purposes
currently, and reportedly on-site personnel are only at the Property during traditional workhours
of 8 AM through 5 PM, predominantly.
Data to date indicate that topsoil across the site satisfies the PCMC Soil Ordinance lead
concentration of 200 ppm or less. As of December 2016, the Property was issued a PCMC
Certificate of Compliance for an “Occupied Property,” acknowledging that the Property was in
compliance with PCMC Code 11-15. Soils Ordinance.
Localized, subsurface soil is impacted by metals (arsenic, cadmium, lead, and mercury) and
long-chain petroleum hydrocarbon constituent (only oil and grease) concentrations in excess of
corollary Screening Levels. Groundwater beneath the site is impacted by metal and localized
PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
PRELIMINARY CONCEPTUAL SITE MODEL

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 5.3
TPH, DRO constituent concentrations in excess of corollary Screening Levels. Some VOC
constituents were detected in localized subsurface soil and groundwater but at concentrations
less than corollary Screening Levels.
Currently, there are no basements or below-grade structures/garages at the Property – aside
from the USTs and related fueling assets and a possible oil/water separator, or other as-yet-
unidentified, buried structure discussed in preceding section 5.1.1. Under current land use,
subsurface soil cannot be accessed readily by on-site potential receptors such as tenant
business personnel. As discussed in following section 5.1.3 Preliminary Conceptual Site Model
Schematic Summary, potential human receptors could include Construction Workers (including
buried utility maintenance), who might be exposed to contaminated, subsurface soil and soil
gas (if soil gas is contaminated, which is unknown currently). Localized utility corridors extend
generally from Lower Iron Horse Loop Road to the two existing buildings and from the eastern
building to the UST area. Based on current land use, Stantec anticipates NO on-site ecological
risks posed potentially by contamination identified to date at the Property.
Groundwater is not being recovered at the Property for irrigation, drinking, or other uses at the
present time nor for the foreseeable future. The PCMC Soil Ordinance stipulates that wells for
culinary irrigation or stock watering use are prohibited within the Soil Ordinance Boundary.
Groundwater is located at an approximate subsurface depth of 23 to 25 feet below grade, and
should not be encountered during hypothetical, buried utility maintenance and/or construction
activities. Stantec’s comparative analysis of the inferred topographic elevations of the Silver
Creek thalweg and groundwater (the water table) beneath the Property indicate that the
elevation of groundwater beneath the Property is at least 10 feet lower in elevation than the
creek-bed, indicating little to no risk for groundwater discharge to the creek reach located
contiguous to the Property.
Attachment 2 herein presents Stantec’s preliminary Conceptual Site Model/CSM that includes
potential environmental receptors and exposure pathways associated with current and future-
proposed (latter detailed within following section 5.1.2) land use at the Property. In summary,
potential exposure pathways of current potential environmental concern could include:
• Incidental dermal and ingestion contact with subsurface soil and/or inhalation contact with
subsurface soil gas that might contain elevated concentrations of metal, TPH, and
VOC/Semi-VOC contaminant constituents – by a hypothetical on-site Construction Worker
who might engage in subsurface work, including for instance maintenance and/or
construction of new below-grade structures/buildings, building footings, and/or buried
utilities beneath the Property.
• Incidental inhalation of indoor air that might contain elevated concentrations of VOC
contaminant constituents that might be attributable to vapor intrusion into above grade
buildings from potentially contaminated subsurface soil gas – by an on-site Commercial
Worker who might be working inside an existing above grade building. Reportedly, no
PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
PRELIMINARY CONCEPTUAL SITE MODEL

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 5.4
subsurface soil gas, sub-slab soil gas, and/or indoor air samples have been collected at the
Property, to date.
• Potential for possible leaching of contaminant constituents within subsurface soil to
uppermost ground water; however, there are no current (or anticipated) on-site human
receptors possibly exposed to ground water and Stantec anticipates that groundwater
beneath the Property does not discharge to the Silver Creek reach located contiguous to
the Property.
Currently, the precise surveyed location of the northern Property boundary (and associated
PCMC Soil Ordinance Certificate of Completion demarcation) is not marked in the field. It is
unknown if, and to what extent, the grass-covered topsoil/hillside that slopes from the
generalized northern Property boundary down toward the north and Silver Creek might be
impacted by metals associated with historical and/or current stormwater runoff from the
Property. If topsoil is contaminated within this specific area, there is the potential for incidental
dermal and/or ingestion contact with topsoil and/or stormwater runoff that might contain
elevated concentrations of metal contaminant constituents by an ecological or human
receptor.
As detailed in this PWP, and as discussed with the DERR during the May 22nd site walkover,
DVR/Stantec is proposing localized, limited topsoil sampling along the crest of the northern
Property boundary and downslope topsoil samples located along general north-south
lineaments that slope down toward the off-site riparian floodplain area of Silver Creek. The
proposed topsoil sampling program is intended to investigate if these (as-yet-unknown) on-
and/or off-site areas have been impacted detrimentally by potential historical stormwater runoff
from the Property.
DVR/Stantec do not intend to conduct any surface water or sediment sampling within Silver
Creek or its present-day floodplain area (riparian area located at similar topographic elevation
as the creek-bed and current surface water elevations), as part of this PWP. DVR/Stantec
anticipate a high probability that the creek and current floodplain areas, which are located
approximately 15 feet lower in elevation in relation to the majority of the Property land surface,
contain elevated concentrations of metals attributable to historical off-site sources of
contamination. As such, we do not intend to sample these areas as part of this PWP. IF however,
the investigative and analytical actions proposed herein indicate that the Property might be
impacting these off-site areas detrimentally, and if deemed mutually-acceptable to DVR and
the DERR – then, at that time DVR will consider investigating such off-site areas in consultation
with the DERR.
Supplemental investigative activities proposed in this PWP are intended, in part, to investigate
subsurface environmental and hydrogeological conditions beneath and at the Property to
investigate the above-listed, potential risks and concerns. If deemed warranted by the DERR
following review of the site characterization sampling and analysis results, any supplemental
(‘data-gap,’ for instance) site investigation will be addressed within DVR’s proposed RAP report.
PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
PRELIMINARY CONCEPTUAL SITE MODEL

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 5.5
5.1.2 Future-Proposed Land Use, Potential Exposure Conditions
Currently, DVR intends to redevelop the Property for residential land use purposes, including
construction of new above grade buildings, above grade asphalt-paved, vehicle parking lots,
and localized open space areas. Reference Attachment 1 herein for copies of preliminary
future-proposed, building/Property conceptual design drawings. No future-proposed
development will occur on the off-site, sloped hillside that abuts the northern Property boundary
and slopes toward the creek.
Presently, DVR’s conceptual design does not include any subsurface basement, parking
garages, or similar below-grade structures/features. DVR anticipates utilizing existing subsurface
utility corridors, as much as practicable, with anticipated expansion/extension of some localized,
buried utility lines to accommodate the larger buildings proposed for future construction.
Currently, it is anticipated that the USTs and dispensers will be excavated, removed, and
disposed off-site in accordance with DERR UST closure rules and regulations, prior to Property
redevelopment. Currently, it is anticipated that UST pit backfill/gravel material will be excavated,
removed, and disposed off-site.
If encountered during UST closure proceedings, it is anticipated that contaminated (petroleum-
related) subsurface soil will be excavated, removed, and disposed off-site, as coordinated
through the DERR. Following excavation/removal of all UST-related tank pit soil materials and
collection of DERR-mandated, UST closure soil samples --- then, DVR will also be prepared to
collect post-excavation, pit sidewall and bottom soil samples for analysis of the 13 Priority
Pollutant Metals (and other analytes, if requested by the DERR). Any such subsurface soil
sampling, analysis, and quality control activities would be conducted in similar fashion as
proposed in this PWP report. The analytical results associated with the site characterization
proposed in this PWP will be used, in part, to help DVR and the DERR decide if any such media
samples might be warranted during future-proposed DERR, UST closure proceedings.
In consideration of future-proposed land use, Stantec anticipates NO on-site ecological risks
posed by subsurface contamination identified to date. Likewise, Stantec anticipates NO future-
projected, human health risks posed by on-site groundwater – aside from potential off-gas VOC
emissions to subsurface soil gas, as discussed below.
Based on historical environmental media (topsoil, soil, and groundwater) analytical data
generated to date, future potential human receptors could include Construction Workers
(including site redevelopment Construction Workers and buried utility maintenance) and
Residential Occupants within future on-site buildings. Attachment 2 herein presents Stantec’s
preliminary CSM that includes potential environmental receptors and exposure pathways
associated with current and future-projected land use at the Property.

PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
PRELIMINARY CONCEPTUAL SITE MODEL

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 5.6
In summary, potential exposure pathways of future potential environmental concern could
include:
• Incidental dermal and/or ingestion contact with subsurface soil, as well as potential
inhalation contact with subsurface soil gas and/or airborne particulates, that might contain
elevated concentrations of metal, TPH, and VOC/Semi-VOC contaminant constituents – by
a hypothetical on-site Construction Worker who might engage in subsurface work, including
for instance maintenance and/or construction of below-grade, building footings and/or
buried utilities beneath the Property.
• Incidental inhalation contact with subsurface soil gas that might contain elevated
concentrations of VOC contaminant constituents and might pose risk for vapor intrusion into
above grade buildings – by an on-site Resident who might be residing inside an above
grade building.
• Potential for possible leaching of contaminant constituents within subsurface soil to on-site
ground water; however, there are no current or anticipated, on-site human receptors
possibly exposed to ground water, and Stantec anticipates that groundwater beneath the
Property does not discharge to the Silver Creek reach located contiguous to the Property.
Supplemental investigative activities proposed in this PWP are intended, in part, to investigate
subsurface environmental and hydrogeological conditions beneath and at the Property to
investigate the above-listed, potential (future-projected) risks and concerns. If deemed
warranted by the DERR, following review of the site characterization sampling and analysis
results, any supplemental (‘data-gap,’ for instance) site investigation will be addressed within
DVR’s proposed RAP report.

5.1.3 Preliminary Conceptual Site Model Schematic Summary
Attachment 2 herein presents a schematic, graphical representation of Stantec’s preliminary
CSM for potential exposure scenarios identified in preceding sections 5.1.1 and 5.1.2. The
preliminary CSM presents anticipated, relational interactions between potential contaminant
sources, exposure pathways, and receptors – based on current/existing and future-proposed
Property conditions. The site characterization program proposed in this report is anticipated to
provide qualitative and quantitative analytical data pertinent to DVR’s evaluation and
refinement of this preliminary CSM.
PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
PROJECT MANAGEMENT, ROLES, AND RESPONSIBILITIES

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 6.1
6.0 PROJECT MANAGEMENT, ROLES, AND RESPONSIBILITIES
6.1 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND ORGANIZATION
Responsibilities of key project personnel are outlined in this section. All lines of communication,
management activities and technical direction within this project team will follow this
organization arrangement. Stantec’s Project Manager (PM) will communicate directly with
DVR’s PM, while both DVR and Stantec PMs will communicate directly with the DERR. Stantec’s
PM will subsequently communicate directions to the Stantec project team including field
members. The Stantec PM, Field Manager, and field staff will communicate with the analytical
laboratories, as appropriate.
The project implementation team will be led by Stantec PM Mr. John Russell of Park City, Utah.
The key team member roles and responsibilities are summarized below. If this organizational
structure changes at any time during the project, the change will be communicated to DVR
and the DERR. As of preparation of this PWP, it is possible that Stantec field staff may differ from
those identified herein, as field work has not been scheduled at this time. The following personnel
will comprise the Distribution List for receiving this PWP.
DVR/Stantec intend to solicit bids from numerous UT-certified, water well drilling firms – AFTER
DVR’s PWP has been formally “approved” by the DERR. It is anticipated that driller cost estimates
will be contingent upon the timing of the proposed site characterization. Upon review of bids,
then DVR/Stantec will select a drilling firm to contract for implementation of the site
characterization and apprise the DERR accordingly. DVR/Stantec anticipate that the DERR will
use Chemtech-Ford, Inc., a Utah-certified, analytical laboratory for all ‘split’ sampling needs. Any
analytical costs associated with DERR Split samples will be paid by DVR.
6.2 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
6.2.1 Regulatory Agency
DERR Project Manager: David Bird
Phone: [phone]
The DERR PM will review all deliverable reports and monitor activities associated with the project.
The DERR PM will also coordinate with other DERR staff members, anticipated to include Mr. Bill
Rees (DERR, VCP Program Manager) and Mr. Scott Everett (DERR toxicologist).
6.2.2 Client or Property Owners
DVR Project Manager: Matt Greenberg
Phone: [phone]
DVR’s PM is the primary point of contact for communications with the DERR, other DVR
personnel, and Stantec. DVR’s PM is responsible for overall project management, contract
PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR LIMITED SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
PROJECT MANAGEMENT, ROLES, AND RESPONSIBILITIES

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 6.2
management, project cost accounting, and other business-related project tasks. The PM, in
coordination with Stantec, will coordinate all required formal communications and reporting to
the DERR, including anticipated internal DVR review of deliverables prior to submittal to the
DERR.
6.2.3 Stantec Consulting Services
Stantec Project Manager: John Russell
Phone: [phone]
Stantec’s PM (a hydrogeologist), Mr. John Russell, will coordinate global project activities,
provide technical support and oversight, and will coordinate with internal staff so that the
resources necessary to complete the project are available when needed. Stantec’s PM will
prepare deliverables, utilizing Stantec’s peer-review policy for appropriate internal Total Quality
Management (TQM) deliverable reviews. Mr. Russell will serve as the primary Stantec contact
person for DVR and the DERR.
Stantec Field Manager and On-Site Health and Safety Officer: Cody Fauth
Phone: [phone]
It is anticipated that initial soil test boring drilling, well installation, and well development activities
will be led by Stantec Field Manager (a geologist), Mr. Cody Fauth of Stantec’s Salt Lake City,
Utah office, a Utah-certified UST Soil and Groundwater Sampler. It is anticipated that all
groundwater monitoring and sampling activities will be conducted by a two-person, Stantec
field technician/scientist team, each of whom is well-practiced in implementing similar sampling
programs at similar sites. It is anticipated that Mr. Fauth will lead the groundwater sampling
team.
The Stantec Field Manager will coordinate project preparation and implementation activities
and will coordinate with internal staff so that all field (monitoring, sampling, etc.) equipment
necessary to complete the project are available when needed. The Stantec Field Manager will
communicate with team members, coordinate daily operations, and maintain control over the
schedule and technical aspects of the project. The Field Manager will be responsible for
coordinating analytical needs with the laboratories, including receipt/transport/delivery of all
laboratory sample containers/bottles and related equipment.
The Field Sampling team members will coordinate all field sampling activities, including pick-up
and delivery of sample containers to/from the laboratories. Strict chain-of-custody and Quality
Assurance/Quality Control protocol will be administered throughout the sampling program and
delivery of samples to the laboratory. The Field Sampling team will prepare daily logs within a
dedicated Field Notebook, pertinent information of which will be included within the final
Summary Report.
The on-site Health and Safety Officer (HSO, anticipated to be Mr. Fauth) will ensure that all field
staff review Stantec’s site-specific Health and Safety Plan (HASP) to ensure compliance with US
PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR LIMITED SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
PROJECT MANAGEMENT, ROLES, AND RESPONSIBILITIES

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 6.3
Occupational Health and Safety Administration (US OSHA) guidelines. The HSO will be
responsible for documenting that personnel have received appropriate levels of training and
that field operations are conducted in accordance with this PWP and appropriate health and
safety protocols.
Stantec Quality Assurance Managers: John Russell and Tom Fendler (UST Consultant)
Stantec Data Validation Expert: Sarah Von Raesfeld
Phone: [phone] and [phone]

The Stantec Quality Assurance (QA) Manager will coordinate all final internal data review and
validation, including analysis of Stantec field notes, Chain-of-Custody documentation,
laboratory result and QA reports, and final summary reporting. The QA Manager will provide
technical oversight of all QA/QC aspects of the sampling and analysis program, including
interpretation and reporting of laboratory results, Case Narratives, Detection Limits, Reporting
Limits, Surrogate Recoveries, Method Blanks, Matrix Spike/Matrix Spike Duplicates (MS/MSDs),
Laboratory Control Samples, application of data qualifiers where warranted, etc.
Stantec’s Data Validation Expert (Ms. Von Raesfeld) will conduct formal data validation and
evaluation exercises. Data quality objectives will be evaluated in terms of Precision, Bias and
Accuracy, Representativeness, Comparability, Completeness, and Sensitivity (PARCC)
parameters, prescribed within Stantec’s QAPP discussed in following PWP section 9.0 Quality
Assurance and Quality Control and presented as Appendix B herein.
6.2.4 Analytical Laboratories
Analytical Laboratory (All Media except Air): Pace Analytical Services, LLC (PAS)
Laboratory Contact: Chris Ward
Phone: [phone]
Pace Analytical Services, LLC (PAS) of Mt. Juliet, Tennessee, a Utah-certified, analytical
laboratory, will be responsible for quantitative analysis of soil and groundwater samples
collected at the Property. The laboratory is a National Environmental Laboratory Accreditation
Conference (NELAC) and American Association for Laboratory Accreditation (A2LA) certified
lab. Stantec will coordinate pickup and delivery of all sample containers with PAS’ local Salt
Lake City, Utah-based satellite office, which will Overnight deliver samples to its Tennessee
analytical laboratory for actual analyses.
The Laboratory Contact will report to the Stantec Field Manager or his designee. The laboratory
contact will serve as the liaison between Stantec and PAS’ internal staff, chemists, and QA
resources, if any QA/QC-related concerns arise. Pertinent materials excerpted from PAS’ Quality
Assurance Manual (QAM) are discussed in following PWP section Quality Assurance and Quality
Control and are included in Stantec’s QAPP (Appendix B herein).

PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR LIMITED SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
PROJECT MANAGEMENT, ROLES, AND RESPONSIBILITIES

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 6.4
Analytical Laboratory (Air Analyses): ALS Global (ALS)
Laboratory Contact: Sue Anderson (Simi Valley, CA)
Phone: Office: [phone]
ALS Global (ALS) of Simi Valley, California will be responsible for quantitative analysis of air quality
(subsurface soil gas and sub-slab soil gas) samples collected at the Property. The laboratory is
accredited by NELAC and the American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA). Stantec will
coordinate pickup and shipment of all sample containers to ALS.
The Laboratory Contact will report to the Stantec Field Manager or his designee. The laboratory
contact will serve as the liaison between Stantec and ALS’ internal staff, chemists, and QA
resources, if any QA/QC-related concerns arise. Pertinent materials excerpted from ALS’ Quality
Assurance Manual are discussed in following PWP section 9.0 Quality Assurance and Quality
Control and are included in Stantec’s QAPP (Appendix B herein).
BOTH Analytical Laboratories
The responsibilities of the laboratories include:

• Assuring the integrity of sample analytical methodologies and ensuring accuracy of the
laboratory data.

• Adhering to policies, systems, and QA/QC requirements for the project and as specified by the
laboratories’ respective QAM.

• Maintaining laboratory schedule and ensuring that technical requirements are understood by
laboratory personnel.

• Providing technical guidance to Stantec.

• Initiating and overseeing audits of corrective action procedures.

• Performing data reviews.

• Maintaining documentation of training and certifications.

Analytical Laboratory (ACM Analyses): Dixon Information, Inc.
Laboratory Contact: Charles or Steve Dixon
Phone: Office: [phone]
In the event that ACM analyses are needed, Stantec will subcontract Dixon Information, Inc.
(“Dixon”) of Salt Lake City, Utah for laboratory analyses. Dixon is an AIHA Laboratory
Accreditation Programs, LLC (AIHA LAP) and National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation
Program (NVLAP)-accredited, industrial hygiene laboratory for asbestos analysis and
quantification.

PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR LIMITED SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
PROJECT OBJECTIVES AND SCREENING LEVELS

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 7.1
7.0 PROJECT OBJECTIVES AND SCREENING LEVELS
The primary objective of the scope of work proposed by this PWP is to investigate to what
degree the subsurface environment beneath the Property has been impacted by apparent
release of contaminant constituents of potential concern by past Property land use practices
and operations. The focus of the VCP site characterization is to investigate Property subsurface
soil, subsurface soil gas, sub-slab soil gas, and groundwater quality that might have been
impacted by on-site, historical land use and Property location within the historical Silver Creek
floodplain, as well as potential impacts to the Property from the adjacent off-site, former landfill.
More specific details pertaining to QA/QC and Data Quality Objectives (DQOs) are discussed in
following report section 9.0 Quality Assurance/Quality Control and in Stantec’s QAPP, a copy of
which is presented as Appendix B in this PWP.
7.1 PRELIMINARY SCREENING LEVELS
Sample analytical results will be compared to UDEQ and US EPA risk-based Screening Levels,
including (as deemed relevant to specific environmental media):

− Commercial and Residential US EPA Risk-Based Screening Levels (RSLs, with a Target Hazard
Quotient [THQ] of 1.0);

- UDEQ Initial Screening Levels/ISLs specifically for petroleum hydrocarbon constituents;

- UDEQ Ground Water Protection Standards, UDEQ/US EPA Maximum Contaminant Level
concentrations, and Secondary Drinking Water Protection Standards; and

- US EPA Vapor Intrusion Screening Levels, including sub-slab, indoor air, and
“Target Groundwater Concentrations” deemed protective against potential indoor air
quality impacts associated with potential vapor intrusion associated with possible
contaminated subsurface/sub-slab soil gas.

It is also possible that a site-specific, Human Health and Ecological Risk Assessment (HHRA) might
be warranted to establish site-specific, Screening Levels deemed protective of future-proposed
land use. Site characterization qualitative observations, quantitative analytical results, corollary
Screening Levels, and potential exposure scenarios will be discussed between DVR/Stantec and
the DERR before evaluating whether a site-specific HHRA might be of value for risk evaluation.
All analytical laboratory results will be compared to corollary Preliminary Screening Levels. Care
will be administered to coordinate with the laboratory to ensure appropriate Reporting Limits
and Method Detection Levels satisfy respective Preliminary Screening Level concentrations, as
deemed practicable using standard analytical methodologies and without incurring excess
analytical cost. In the event that one or more analyte MDL/RL concentrations exceed a
corollary Preliminary Screening Level concentration (for instance, in case of matrix interference,
need for dilution, etc.), DVR/Stantec will validate data and communicate with the DERR to
evaluate whether the occurrence warrants additional sampling and/or analysis. Other analytical
results associated with nearby sampling locations will also be evaluated to help investigate
acceptability of the data and strategize a mutually-acceptable path-forward in this regard.
PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR LIMITED SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS PLAN FOR PROPOSED SITE CHARACTERIZATION

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 8.1
8.0 SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS PLAN FOR PROPOSED SITE
CHARACTERIZATION
The following report sub-sections propose site characterization activities designed to investigate
background conditions and Property soil, subsurface soil gas, sub-slab soil gas, and groundwater
quality. Pertinent details regarding proposed sampling, drilling, and analytical protocol are
addressed in each following sub-section of this report, with copies of generalized Standard
Operating Procedures presented in Appendix A herein. More detailed QA/QC protocol,
including pertinent materials excerpted from laboratory site characterization-specific Quality
Assurance Manual documents, are detailed in Stantec’s QAPP, which is presented as Appendix
B herein.
8.1 PRE-DRILLING, PREPARATION ACTIVITIES INCLUDING UTILITY-LOCATE
Prior to starting field drilling work, Stantec will coordinate with DVR to investigate locations of all
above grade and subsurface utilities. The proposed soil test boring and groundwater monitoring
well locations will be discussed with DVR and verified in the field with an authorized DVR
representative. Final well locations will be located so as to accommodate existing and future-
proposed land use and buildings, including locating within areas not prone to high-traffic
(vehicular and pedestrian) usage. Once proposed drilling locations are identified by DVR and
Stantec, then Stantec or the drilling firm will coordinate with Blue Stakes Utility Locators of Utah
and a private ground-penetrating radar subcontractor to locate buried utilities.
DVR’s subcontracted drilling firm will be responsible for securing Utah Division of Water Right
(UDWRi) “Start Cards” for each proposed well. The driller will be a Utah-certified, Water Well
Driller who will ensure that each well is installed in accordance with UDWRi rules and regulations.
Stantec will also prepare a Health and Safety Plan (HASP) in accordance with protocol and
formatting that Stantec uses at other sites that include media (soil, soil gas, groundwater, etc.)
documented to contain similar COPCs. The HASP will be prepared only for Stantec, DVR, and
DERR-designated representatives that might visit the Property during the proposed field work.
Although Stantec will share a copy of its HASP with the drilling firm, all subcontractors, as well as
any DVR contractors or subcontractors, will be responsible and liable for their own operations,
staff, and resources, including preparing their own HASP.
In consideration of the fact that the Property will most probably be in use while Stantec is
implementing the field scope of work proposed herein, Stantec will design the field investigative
program to provide for health and safety precautions anticipated to be protective of personnel
who might enter the Property during and following actual field work. Care will be administered
to ensure protection of project-specific staff but also DVR employees, tenants, and others who
might enter the Property. A mutually-acceptable, communicative approach will be discussed
and agreed upon in advance between Stantec and DVR. Physical and communication
PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR LIMITED SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS PLAN FOR PROPOSED SITE CHARACTERIZATION

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 8.2
measures will be established by Stantec and any Stantec subcontractor to provide adequate
protection to human health and the environment, accordingly.
Stantec will communicate directly with the laboratories to ensure appropriate and adequate
sampling supplies are prepared by the laboratories for subsequent delivery to or pick-up by
Stantec field sampling personnel. Stantec will confirm with the laboratories all proposed
analytical methodologies in terms of required sample container, preservative, sample volume,
and analytical needs. Sampling supplies will remain within a secured repository (locking Stantec
field vehicle, etc.) throughout the duration of field sampling activities and delivery to the
laboratories.

8.2 GENERAL SOIL TEST BORING DRILLING AND GROUNDWATER MONITORING WELL
INSTALLATION AND DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM
All soil test borings proposed on Figure 5A will be drilled and sampled with use of a direct-push,
GeoProbeTM-type drill rig, whereby steel drilling rods, equipped with an approximate 3.25-inch
diameter steel drive-point, are pushed hydraulically into the subsurface. Soil samples will be
collected continuously within 5-ft. long, clear acrylic sampling sleeves for field-screening. Final
boring locations will be subject to localized repositioning, contingent on utility-locate findings.
Considering the fact that all but one historical boring encountered bedrock refusal at an
approximate depth of 30 feet below grade (B-8 at 16 feet), Stantec anticipates that each
proposed boring will be advanced to drilling refusal, the deepest extent to which is anticipated
to approximate 30 feet below grade and/or at least several feet into uppermost saturated soil
conditions. Uppermost saturated soil (alluvium water table) conditions were reportedly
encountered between 23 to 25 feet below grade during CMT’s October 2023 site investigation.
As detailed below, five of the boreholes will be converted to groundwater monitoring wells,
while four borings will also have subsurface soil gas samples collected at approximate 2.5-ft. and
5-ft. subsurface depths, as detailed in the following report section 8.2.3.1.
Following soil sampling, each borehole that is not converted to a groundwater monitoring well
will be abandoned by backfilling with bentonite chips from the bottom of each boring, flush to
existing grade. The upper 1-ft. of each such abandoned borehole will be backfilled with
concrete, flush to existing grade. Care will be administered to ensure that the backfilled
boreholes cure flush to existing grade.
All down-hole drilling and sampling equipment will be steam-cleaned by the drilling firm prior to
arrival at the site. All such down-hole equipment will also be cleaned between drilling of each
different soil test boring within a designated area of the site not proposed for investigation.
Currently, it is anticipated that the decontamination area will be established within the large
(approximate 60-ft. by 50-ft.) cobble-covered, landscaped area of the Property, located within
the eastern-most portion of the Property. It is anticipated that all decontamination water will
readily infiltrate into the cobble-covered area and pose no risk of potential cross-contamination.
PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR LIMITED SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS PLAN FOR PROPOSED SITE CHARACTERIZATION

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 8.3
Following borehole completion at each of the proposed groundwater monitoring well locations
identified on Figure 5A, a 2-inch diameter, flush-threaded, Schedule 40 polyvinylchloride (PVC)
well, equipped with a manufactured, 0.01-inch slotted, ‘prepacked’ (20/40 mesh silica sand
pack) well screen will be installed within each borehole. Each well will be comprised of a 10-ft.
section of well screen with bottom end cap and attached 2-inch diameter, flush-threaded,
Schedule 40 PVC riser pipe that will extend to an approximate height of 0.5-ft. below grade. The
PVC wellhead will be equipped with an expandable, locking well cap.
Following installation of PVC well materials, an approximate 2- to 3-ft. thick, hydrolized bentonite
pellet seal will be emplaced above the well screen, followed by tremie-pipe installation of
cement grout to a height of a few inches below the top of the PVC wellhead. The PVC wellhead
will be encased within an approximate 8-inch diameter, steel or cast-iron, manhole box and
cover with accompanying screw-tight bolts, which in turn will be enveloped by a minimum
2-inch annular, concrete seal that will be competed flush to existing grade. The manhole
box/cover and concrete grout will be traffic-grade quality.
Following well installation, each well will be developed by bailing to remove fine-grained,
formational materials from each well. Development will continue until return water is free of fines
and suspended particulate materials, as practicable. Development water will be disposed
directly within on-site, landscaped areas to allow for natural seepage into subsurface soil and
such that there will be no off-site runoff or discharge to stormwater.
Following well installations, a Utah-licensed surveyor will survey each PVC wellhead and top of
each flush-graded manhole cover in relation to an on-site benchmark elevation. Survey-points
will be located at the northern side of each PVC wellhead and respective manhole cover.
Survey elevation data will be used to help construct a groundwater flow map following
subsequent groundwater level monitoring, as detailed in following section 8.2.4.1 Groundwater
Level Monitoring Protocol.
8.2.1 Sample Documentation
The following sample identification nomenclature will be used for soil, subsurface soil gas, sub-
slab soil gas, and groundwater samples. For example, where noted with “B-1,” subsequent
sample identification sequence will be “B-2, B-3, etc.” Where noted with “DUP-A,” subsequent
sample Duplicate sequence will be “DUP-B, DUP-C, etc.”
Sample Location Identification

Topsoil Samples:
TS-1 (numerical: Topsoil [upper two-inches] Sample #1)

Subsurface Soil Samples:
B-1/2.5-5ft (numerical: Soil Test Boring #1, Normal sample collected at 2.5 to 5-ft. depth)
B-1/2.5-5DEQ (DERR Split sample, to be determined in the field; at least 10 percent [10%])
DUP-A (alphabetized: Duplicate-A, to be determined in the field; at least 10%)

PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR LIMITED SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS PLAN FOR PROPOSED SITE CHARACTERIZATION

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 8.4
Sub-Slab Soil Gas Samples: SubS-1 (Sub-Slab #1)

Subsurface Soil Gas Samples:
B-1/SG-2ft (Boring #1, subsurface soil gas at 2-ft. depth)

Groundwater Samples:
MW-1 (numerical: monitoring well #1)
DUP-A (Duplicate-A, to be determined in the field; at one well)
TB (Laboratory Trip Blank)
One Matrix Spike/MS Duplicate (MS/MSD) sample will be collected/analyzed per 20 or fewer
samples (5%) for subsurface soil and groundwater, in accordance with the laboratory’s QAM.
Example: B-1/2.5-5ft/MS.
Pertinent information observed during drilling and media sampling will be recorded on a
boring/well-specific, “Drilling Log” (soil and soil gas sampling) and “Monitoring Well
Development, Purge, and Sampling Log,” example copies of which are presented with SOPs in
Appendix A herein. Pertinent information will include soil test boring or well identification, date
and time of drilling and sample collection, field personnel, method of purging/sampling wells,
meters used to measure water quality parameters, measured water quality parameters,
approximate amount of water evacuated from the well (in gallons), static water level
measurement, and total well depth measurement, etc.
Logbook entries will be complete and accurate enough to permit reconstruction of field
activities. All entries will be legible, written in black ink, and signed by the individual making the
entries. Stantec will retain copies of dual-signed, Chain-of-Custodies upon delivery of samples to
the laboratories, copies of which will be included in Stantec’s Summary Report with the
laboratory result report packages. At a minimum, the following information will be recorded
during the collection of each sample:
• Sample identification, location (GPS), and description
• Sampler's name
• Date and time of sample collection
• Type of sampling equipment used
• Field observations and details related to analysis or integrity of samples (e.g., weather
conditions, noticeable odors, colors, any unusual characteristics, etc.)
• Name of analytical laboratory for sample containers and analyses, including sample
preservation, if any
• chain-of-custody forms, etc.

PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR LIMITED SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS PLAN FOR PROPOSED SITE CHARACTERIZATION

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 8.5
8.2.2 Subsurface Soil Sampling and Analysis Program Elements
8.2.2.1 Subsurface Soil Sampling Protocol
During soil test borehole drilling, subsurface soil samples will be collected continuously using new
disposable, clear acrylic, approximately 5-ft. long, sampling sleeves. Soil sampling will continue
to drilling refusal and/or as deep as practicable (anticipated to approximate a maximum depth
of 30 feet below grade).
As detailed within following section 8.2.2.2, soil contained within each of the 5-ft. long sampling
sleeves will be sub-divided by Stantec’s field geologist into two 2.5-ft. sections for visual, lithologic
inspection, field-screening, sample collection, and possible subsequent laboratory analysis.
Sampling personnel will wear new disposable, latex or nitrile gloves during all sampling activities.
If needed, new disposable, plastic hand-trowels may also be used for soil sample collection.
All soil samples, being collected at 2.5-ft. intervals, will be saved for possible subsequent
laboratory analysis. Samples for VOC analysis will be collected within laboratory-provided,
sample containers, which will be placed in laboratory-provided, ice chests filled with ice in
advance of laboratory analysis. All soil samples for laboratory analysis will be delivered to the
laboratory in time to satisfy corollary Holding Times. Soil sample collection, screening, and
management protocol are discussed in more detail within following section 8.2.2.2.
8.2.2.2 PID and XRF Screening Programs
Soil samples will be collected for PID and XRF screening, the results of which will be used, in part,
to help DVR/Stantec decide which specific soil samples will be submitted to the laboratory for
subsequent quantitative analyses. Stantec proposes real-time, field-screening for total volatile
compounds using a portable, hand-held PID (such as a Honeywell UltraRAE 3000PlusTM or similar).
Stantec proposes conducting XRF screening, following collection of all soil samples using a
portable XRF analyzer (such as a NitonTM XL2 GOLDD or similar analyzer). The XRF analyzer will
screen for 11 of the 13 Priority Pollutant Metals. Beryllium is too light for analysis by typical hand-
held, XRF analyzers, and most XRF analyzers do not screen for Thallium. The PID and XRF units will
be calibrated in accordance with manufacturers’ instructions at least daily and more frequently
if deemed warranted.
Stantec anticipates that the soil test boring project may take approximately seven to eight field-
days to complete. In consideration of the total number of soil samples being collected, potential
for excessive moisture content at time of collection of some of the soil samples, PID sample
processing/screening logistics, and total costs for renting an XRF analyzer for at least a week -
Stantec proposes that all soil samples be XRF-screened for metals at the conclusion of field
activities. Stantec anticipates that it should be much more efficient and practicable to XRF
screen all samples in accordance with US EPA Method 6200. Field Portable X-Ray Fluorescence
Spectrometry for the Determination of Elemental Concentrations in Soil and Sediment, at a later
date, as opposed to trying to conduct moisture content and XRF monitoring simultaneously with
proposed, real-time PID field-screening. If moisture content exceeds 19%, Stantec will dry
PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR LIMITED SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS PLAN FOR PROPOSED SITE CHARACTERIZATION

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 8.6
samples in advance of XRF-screening to room temperature as needed to comply with US EPA
Method 6200.
Upon opening each 5-ft. long, acrylic sampling sleeve, Stantec’s field geologist will PID field-
screen the entire sleeve of soil material, focusing on any qualitative signs (visual and olfactory
indications, etc.) of potential COPCs. This “Phase 1” PID field-screening effort should only require
a minute or two of preliminary PID field-screening.
Immediately thereafter, Stantec’s field geologist will collect soil samples from each half of the 5-
ft. long, sampling sleeve, subdividing the 5-ft. long sampler into two separate 2.5-ft. sample
intervals. Care will be administered to include within the sample any soil material that exhibits
“Phase 1” PID screening indications and/or other qualitative signs of potential contamination.
50% of the soil volume contained within each 2.5-ft. interval will be placed directly into
laboratory-provided, sample containers and the other remaining 50% (of each 2.5-ft. interval) will
be placed directly into a zipper-lock, plastic baggie, as generalized below:

All sample baggies and laboratory containers will be labeled appropriately as to sample
identification, date, and time. All laboratory sample containers (anticipated to be at least two
separate, 4-ounce [4-oz.], glass jars) will be placed directly into a laboratory-provided, ice chest
with ice for possible subsequent laboratory analysis. All baggie samples will be placed within a
different laboratory-provided, ice chest for “Phase 2” PID field-screening and subsequent XRF
screening.
After allowing each baggie sample to sit for an approximate timeframe of 10 minutes following
initial collection, then Stantec’s field geologist will conduct “Phase 2 PID field-screening.” Phase
2 PID screening will occur in a designated area with no nearby potential sources of airborne
VOC contaminants and shielded from potential wind/breezes, etc.
Example areas for Phase 2 PID field-screening of baggie soil samples may include any of the
following (so as to minimize potential cross-contamination, temperature fluctuations, air
dispersion, etc.):
− inside a Stantec vehicle/truck and/or atop the tailgate of a Stantec field truck which is
not operating/running and is located away from the drill rig and other operational
vehicles and/or other potential sources of airborne VOCs;
2.5-ft. half 2.5-ft. half
5-ft. long sampling sleeve
50% volume in a baggie and other 50% volume
in lab-provided, sample containers

50% volume in a baggie and other 50% volume
in lab-provided, sample containers

PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR LIMITED SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS PLAN FOR PROPOSED SITE CHARACTERIZATION

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 8.7
− atop a portable sampling table located away from potential sources of airborne VOCs;
and/or
− within a similarly controlled area/environment at or near the Property.
Stantec’s field geologist will open a small corner of each zipper baggie and extend the probe
end of the PID into the open airspace within the baggie. The PID will be used to monitor for total
volatile compounds in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. All PID readings and
times will be recorded within a log book for inclusion on individual Boring Logs.
Upon review of all PID field-screening results at the conclusion of the soil sampling phase of field
work, Stantec/DVR will identify which soil samples will be submitted to the laboratory for VOC
and other analyses, including analyses within respective Holding Times. Specific details regarding
this process are discussed in following section 8.2.2.3 Subsurface Soil Sample Laboratory
Analyses.
Following PID field-screening, each individual sample baggie will be returned for temporary
storage within a secure, laboratory-provided, dry cooler for subsequent XRF analysis. Stantec will
screen the soil samples set aside for XRF screening, utilizing a hand-held, moisture content meter
(an Extech Soil Moisture Meter or similar). If moisture content is identified to exceed 19%, Stantec
will dry any such samples to below a moisture content value of 19% (e.g., typical room
temperature drying process, etc.) in accordance with US EPA Method 6200.
Following collection of all soil samples, and achieving satisfactory moisture content, Stantec will
use an XRF to screen all the baggie soil samples for metals in accordance with Method 6200. XRF
screening will occur in a secure environment, such as within a Stantec office or similarly-
controlled environment. The XRF will be used to monitor for 11 metals in accordance with the
manufacturer’s instructions. All XRF readings and times will be downloaded onto a Stantec
computer for archiving and reporting on individual Boring Logs.
8.2.2.3 Subsurface Soil Sample Laboratory Analyses
As detailed below, DVR and Stantec will utilize the PID and XRF screening results to help identify
which soil samples will be submitted to the laboratory for quantitative analysis. The following
section provides more specific details as regards total number of samples, sampling depths, and
analytical methodologies for all subsurface soil analyses.
Stantec’s sampler(s) will employ strict Chain-of-Custody and QA/QC protocol during sampling
and delivery of samples to the laboratory. Field personnel will record qualitative observations,
including sampling depths, PID and XRF readings, and lithologic, moisture content, visual, and
olfactory characteristics on individual soil test Boring Logs.
As proposed on Figure 5A, Stantec anticipates a total of 19 soil test borings, with soil samples
being collected for possible laboratory analysis at 2.5-ft. intervals. If each boring is completed to
PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR LIMITED SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS PLAN FOR PROPOSED SITE CHARACTERIZATION

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 8.8
30 feet below grade, it is possible that a total of 12 soil samples might be collected from each
individual boring and a cumulative total of approximately 228 samples from all borings.
In accordance with US EPA Method 6200, it is proposed that 5% of all soil samples collected for
XRF screening be submitted to the laboratory for analysis of metals. Thus, it is anticipated that 11
subsurface soil samples (approximately 5% of 228 total samples) will be submitted to the
laboratory for analysis of the 13 Priority Pollutant Metals by Method 6020B (with mercury:
7470A/7471B [on ice]).
The 5% of all soil samples will include at least one sample exhibiting the highest, mid-range, and
lowest XRF lead (Pb) concentrations for comparative analysis of XRF and laboratory results. It is
proposed that DVR/Stantec and DERR representatives review the XRF field-screening results and
then decide which specific samples will be analyzed by the laboratory, as deemed mutually-
acceptable. To this end, Stantec will provide the DERR with a boring/well location map and
tabulated, corollary XRF results and sampling depths, via e-mail for subsequent review and
discussion as regards which samples will be analyzed by the laboratory.
All soil samples will be saved for possible laboratory analysis. DVR/Stantec will be prepared to
have additional samples analyzed by the laboratory, in instances when DVR/Stantec’s and/or
the DERR’s professional judgement deems additional analysis is warranted to provide more
definitive, localized delineation of COPCs in a specific area. In the event of an unforeseen or
anomalous situation, such as potential contamination not anticipated, is encountered during
the site investigation, Stantec will contact the DERR to strategize how to proceed.
Aside from the metals analyses identified above, Stantec proposes that one (1) soil sample be
submitted to the laboratory for analysis from each of the 13 borings that is NOT converted to a
groundwater monitoring well for the following parameters. PID results and other qualitative signs
(including visual and olfactory observations) will be used, in part, to identify which samples will
be analyzed by the laboratory for the following:
• VOCs (Method SW 8260D);
• Semi-VOCs (Method SW 8270D);
• 1,4 Dioxane (Method 8270 SIM);
• Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons, Gasoline and Diesel Range Organics (Method SW 8260-
8015);
• Total Recoverable Petroleum Hydrocarbons (Method 8440); and
• pH (Method SW 9040).

The soil sample exhibiting the highest PID reading in each soil test boring will be analyzed by the
laboratory for the above-listed parameters. In the event that there are no qualitative signs of
potential contamination in a soil test boring (the borings that are not converted to a well), then
the soil sample representing an approximate 2.5- to 5-ft. vertical depth below grade will be
analyzed for the above list of analytes. This soil interval is deemed representative of the
subsurface depth at which most existing utilities and possible future utilities might be located.
PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR LIMITED SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS PLAN FOR PROPOSED SITE CHARACTERIZATION

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 8.9
Additionally, as detailed in preceding section 4.1.1. Contingency Planning, in the event that
suspect landfill- and/or asbestos-containing material are encountered during the subsurface soil
investigation, DVR/Stantec will be prepared to inspect and sample any such materials and
submit one or more representative samples to the laboratory for subsequent analysis of ACM by
Polarized Light Microscopy [PLM] utilizing EPA Method 600/M4-82-020 and/or PFAS by Method
1633).
One (1) Duplicate sample and possibly one (1) DERR Split sample will also be collected for every
10 samples collected. One MS/MSD sample will be collected and analyzed for the above list of
analytes per every 20 soil (and groundwater) samples.
The two (2) soil samples exhibiting the highest lead (Pb) concentration quantified by the
laboratory will then be analyzed by the laboratory for the 13 Priority Pollutant Metals by the
Synthetic Precipitation Leaching Procedure (SPLP, EPA Method 1312). SPLP results may be used
to help evaluate potential leaching of metals from soil to deeper depths, possibly including
groundwater. All soil samples will be retained by the laboratory, in case additional analyses
might be warranted, following review of the laboratory results.
In summary, it is anticipated that the proposed soil test boring locations presented on Figure 5A,
in conjunction with the proposed depths at which subsurface soil samples will be analyzed by
the laboratory and proposed PID and XRF screening procedures, should provide appropriate
lateral and vertical characterization for extrapolating presence of COPCs in the subsurface – by
which existing and future-proposed land use may be evaluated in terms of potential risk to
human health and the environment.

8.2.3 Subsurface Soil Gas and Sub-Slab Soil Gas Sampling and Analysis
8.2.3.1 Subsurface Soil Gas at Four Soil Test Borings
As identified on Figure 5A, each of four (4) soil test borings proposed for soil gas sampling will be
drilled to an approximate depth of 2.5-ft. below grade, at which point a subsurface soil gas
sample will be collected as detailed below. Following collection of the 2.5-ft. subsurface soil gas
sample, then the borehole will be advanced to a depth of approximately 5 feet at which time a
second subsurface soil gas sample will be collected. The four proposed borings are located in
close proximity to the two existing buildings and future-proposed buildings but not immediately
adjacent to the eastern UST area – an area that will be investigated in the future in coordination
with the DERR.
Once each borehole is advanced to the desired sampling depth, the steel direct-push drive-
point will be raised approximately 6-inches, at which time new disposable, 0.25-inch diameter,
poly-tubing will be inserted through the center of the drill rods and connected to the sampling
drive-point. Then, an above-grade, peristaltic pump will be connected to the end of the poly-
tubing at the ground surface and used to draw subsurface air from each sampling interval. Each
soil gas sample will be collected by directly filling an evacuated, 6-liter stainless-steel Summa
PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR LIMITED SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS PLAN FOR PROPOSED SITE CHARACTERIZATION

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 8.10
canister after sample delivery line purging. Stantec will utilize in-line, manifolded, tubing and
flow-control valves to purge the delivery line, in accordance with procedures summarized in
Stantec SOP-Air Sampling with Summa Canisters, a copy of which is presented in Appendix A.
Each soil gas sample will be collected within a laboratory-certified, 6-litre, Summa canister,
which in turn will be placed in a cooler, before being delivered to ALS in Simi Valley, California.
All air samples will be analyzed for VOCs by US EPA Method TO-15 and methane by ASTM D1946.
The laboratory’s standard RLs for VOCs of 0.5 to 1.0 microgram per cubic meter (μg/m3) is
anticipated to satisfy corollary US EPA Residential Sub-Slab Soil Gas VISLs (Hazard Quotient of 1).
8.2.3.2 Sub-Slab Soil Gas Sampling at Two Buildings
A cost-effective means for investigating potential for VOC-related vapor intrusion into above
grade buildings and possible detrimental impacts to indoor air quality include installation and
sampling of sub-slab soil gas monitoring/sampling probes and laboratory analysis. In
consideration of the VOCs detected in on-site subsurface soil and groundwater to date, Stantec
proposes installing two (2) sub-slab soil gas sampling probes in each of the two existing buildings.
Proposed probe locations are identified on Figure 5A herein. Final probe locations will be
deemed mutually-acceptable by the DERR, DVR/Stantec, and the eastern building tenant All
Seasons Adventures.
The thicknesses of the concrete flooring in the buildings are unknown, currently. Typical slab-on-
grade, concrete floors approximate 4- to 6-inches in thickness. Each airtight, sub-slab soil gas
sampling probe will be constructed through the concrete floor of the buildings. Typically, each
steel tube-shaped, sub-slab soil gas probe approximates 0.5-inch diameter by 6-inches in length.
Each tube-shaped probe is comprised of an open-end that is set at an approximate subsurface
depth of an inch or so below the bottom of the concrete floor slab. The open end of each
probe allows for sampling of interstitial soil gas located immediately beneath the concrete slab
and any underlying sub-grade gravel material or natural soil. The other (upper) end of the
probe, that daylights flush-grade with the upper surface of the concrete floor, is equipped with
an airtight, Swagelok-type, compression fitting/screw-cap. The annular space between the
probe and the surrounding concrete flooring is sealed with cement so as to be air-tight.
The sub-slab soil gas sampling probes will be installed during and/or in advance of drilling of the
soil test borings, so that sub-slab soil gas samples may be collected during the same timeframe
as the proposed soil test boring investigation. Stantec will install the probes in accordance with
standard methodology employed by US EPA protocol prescribed within Stantec SOP-Soil Vapor
Sampling and pertinent US EPA SOP materials and photographs, copies of which are presented
in Appendix A herein.
In general, the following methodology will be employed to construct and install each sub-slab
sampling probe and then collect a soil gas sample for quantitative analysis, in accordance with
standardized US EPA protocol:
PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR LIMITED SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS PLAN FOR PROPOSED SITE CHARACTERIZATION

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 8.11
1. A portable, rotary hammer drill will be used to advance an approximate 1.0-inch diameter,
masonry drill bit through the concrete slab floor of the building.

2. A laboratory-grade, stainless steel or brass vapor probe fitted with a Swagelok-type
compression fitting will then be placed into the hole, with the top being positioned slightly
recessed beneath the concrete floor surface.

3. A quick-setting cement patch will be emplaced into the annular space between the
existing concrete slab and the probe. The outer surface of the probe will be covered with
some of the cement patch material, prior to placement of the probe into the hole.
Thereafter, extra cement will be forced into the annular spacing, using a putty knife or
similar small-diameter device, such that the cement provides a compacted grout flush with
the ground surface. The cement patch material will be a non-volatile/non-petroleum-
based, grout material, such as the commercial-named product Quick-FixTM produced by
Custom Building Products or similar.

4. Following a minimal 30-minute timeframe for curing/hardening of the cement seal, a
stainless-steel, 100% certified Summa canister will be attached to the probe via Teflon
tubing connected to the compression fitting. Stantec anticipates sampling each probe at
least two days after probe installation.

5. The canister valve will be opened slowly, such that the flow of soil gas into the canister will
not exceed 200 milliliters per minute (ml/min), and then closed while negative pressure
remains within the sample canister.

6. Prior to sample collection, the dead-air space within the sampling probe and connected
sample delivery tubing will be purged and off-gassed to the atmosphere (i.e., purge air will
not be collected within the Summa canister). Thereafter, a sub-slab soil gas sample will be
collected within a laboratory-certified, summa canister - as explained in more detail within
Stantec SOP-Air Sampling with Summa Canisters, a copy of which is presented in Appendix
A.

Prior to drilling of sub-slab borings, Stantec will coordinate with DVR for appropriate locating of
the sub-slab sampling locations. Efforts will be made to attempt to locate the 1.0-inch diameter
borings in areas where the concrete flooring is exposed (i.e., no floor covering, etc.), or as close
as practicable to an edge of carpeting or other floor covering material to minimize impact of
the area of disturbance. In the event that carpeting or other floor covering material must be
temporarily removed, care will be administered to attempt to roll-back the carpeting as
opposed to cutting the carpeting or other cover material.
A Stantec air quality technician practiced in sub-slab probe installation and sampling will drill the
sampling holes, install the sampling probe assemblies, and then collect sub-slab soil gas samples.
Following completion of sampling activities, the upper compression-fitting/screw-cap of each
sub-slab probe will be closed so as to remain air-tight. If a floor covering material is temporarily
repositioned prior to sampling, the material will be returned as close as practicable to its original
position and state.
PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR LIMITED SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS PLAN FOR PROPOSED SITE CHARACTERIZATION

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 8.12
Prior to sampling, Stantec's field sampler will verify with the laboratory that the vacuum within
each Summa canister was appropriately established near absolute-zero, interior pressure.
Following individual soil gas sample collection, the field technician will record within a field
notebook all pertinent QA/QC information labeled on each canister (individual summa canister
tags, specifying cleaning and validation dates, etc.). Stantec will label each canister according
to date, time, and sample name, before delivery to the laboratory for analysis of VOCs by
Method TO-15 and methane by ASTM D1946.
8.2.3.2.1 Contingency Indoor Air Sampling

In the event that elevated VOC concentrations are detected in sub-slab soil gas samples and/or
site characterization results indicate the possibility for potential vapor intrusion into one or both
buildings, DVR/Stantec will collect at least one or two indoor air samples inside each respective
building. The total number and locations of the hypothetical indoor air samples will be agreed
between the DERR and DVR/Stantec, following review of site characterization results and
inspections/consideration of the building layouts and usage, room partitioning, buried utilities,
etc.
In this hypothetical instance, Stantec proposes collecting indoor air samples utilizing laboratory-
certified, summa canisters and dedicated 24-hour regulators in accordance with Stantec’s SOP-
007 Air Sampling with Summa Canisters, a copy of which is presented in Appendix A herein. Each
summa canister will be located atop the ground floor at locations deemed mutually-
acceptable to the DERR, DVR/Stantec, and the eastern building tenant All Seasons Adventures.
Each sample will be collected during an approximate 24-hour timeframe to represent conditions
representative of possible future residential land use.

8.2.4 Groundwater Monitoring, Sampling, and Analysis Program
8.2.4.1 Groundwater Level Monitoring Protocol
Stantec’s field samplers will wear new disposable, latex or nitrile gloves at all times during
measuring water levels, purging, and groundwater sampling activities. New gloves will be
donned between each such activity while working at each different well.
Stantec will measure the static water level in each well, utilizing an electronic water level
indicator, capable of measuring to 0.01-foot (0.01-ft.) precision. Immediately after use, the meter
will be decontaminated by washing with a plastic-bristle brush and a deionized water and
AlconoxTM or similar soap wash, followed by triple-rinses with deionized water. The meter will be
placed within a plastic bag for temporary storage before using at the next well to be monitored.
Static ground water level measurements will be made to the nearest 0.01-ft. from a consistent,
reference point established on the northern top of each PVC monitoring well. Ground water
level and total well depth measurements will be recorded on a well-specific and date-specific,
Ground Water Sampling Log, an example copy of which is presented in Appendix A, SOP-
PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR LIMITED SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS PLAN FOR PROPOSED SITE CHARACTERIZATION

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 8.13
Groundwater Sampling. The water level readings will be used to infer groundwater flow direction
and generate a groundwater potentiometric map for inclusion within Stantec’s Site
Characterization Summary Report.
8.2.4.2 Groundwater Purging and Sampling Protocol
Purging and sampling will be conducted using similar protocol prescribed within the US EPA’s
Standard Operating Procedure for Low-Stress (Low Flow)/Minimal Drawdown Ground Water
Sample Collection – a SOP developed by the Superfund/Resource Conservation and Recovery
Act (RCRA) Ground Water Forum, drawing from an US EPA Ground Water Issue Paper, entitled
“Low-Flow (Minimal Drawdown) Ground-Water Sampling Procedure” by Robert W. Puls and
Michael J. Barcelona (1996).
The intent of the ‘low-flow’ purging and sampling methodology is to minimize drawdown,
turbidity, and purge volumes encountered during routine sampling, so that a groundwater
sample may be collected that is representative of true geochemical conditions in the aquifer.
Stantec anticipates using an Aqua TROLL 500 or YSI 556 (or similar) with flow-through cell for
monitoring field water quality parameters during purging. All field parameter, monitoring
equipment will be calibrated on at least a daily basis, prior to use, as specified by the
manufacturer’s guidelines and as specified within Stantec’s QAPP in Appendix B.
Stantec proposes use of a peristaltic pump and new, disposable poly-tubing to conduct
purging/sampling activities. The intake of the pump will be set at an approximate depth of the
middle of the saturated well screen interval – well-specific depth to be determined in the field.
The pumping rate will be established generally between 0.3 to 0.5 liters per minute, until the
water level in the well has stabilized or maintains a drawdown of less than 0.33 feet. During
purging, water level and pump rate data will be monitored and recorded in a dedicated, field
logbook, approximately every three to five minutes. Water quality data, along with ground
water level and total well depth measurements, will be recorded on a well-specific and date-
specific, Ground Water Sampling Log.
Purging of water from each well will continue at the low-flow rate, until the following field
parameters have stabilized during three consecutive measurements:

- pH +/- 0.1
- Specific Conductivity +/- 3%
- Oxidation Reduction Potential (ORP) +/- 10 mv (millivolts)
- Turbidity +/- 10%
- Dissolved Oxygen (DO) +/- 0.3 mg/l (milligrams per liter; i.e., parts per
million-ppm)

Following purging, the poly tubing will be disconnected from the flow-through cell and water
samples will be collected directly within laboratory-provided, sample bottles. All dissolved metal
samples will be field-filtered in-line using 0.45-micron pore size filters connected to the discharge
line, employing use of new disposable, silicone tubing.
PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR LIMITED SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS PLAN FOR PROPOSED SITE CHARACTERIZATION

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 8.14
When filling the sample bottles that contain preservation, care will be taken not to overfill the
containers and deplete the preservatives. When filling sample bottles for VOC and Semi-VOC
analyses, care will be taken to fill containers so as to minimize air bubbles and potential
volatilization of samples, etc.
Sample containers will be labeled as to sample identification, date, and time of sampling. The
sample bottles will be placed in one or more laboratory-provided coolers with ice for delivery to
the laboratory under strict Chain-of-Custody QA/QC protocol. All ice chests will be sealed during
transport to the laboratory. All down-well monitoring and sampling equipment will be stored
temporarily within clean, dedicated ice chests and/or similar containers, so as to prevent
potential cross-contamination between use at different wells.
Stantec proposes that one (1) “Duplicate” sample (full suite analyses) and one (1) laboratory-
provided “Trip Blank” (per ice chest; VOC analysis) be analyzed by the laboratory as all other
water samples. One (1) Duplicate sample and possibly one (1) DERR Split sample will also be
collected for every 10 samples collected. One MS/MSD sample will be collected and analyzed
for the above list of analytes per every 20 (5%) groundwater samples.
The Duplicate sample (and DERR “Split” sample, if undertaken) will be collected at the same
time as its corollary ‘normal’ water sample, with sample bottles being filled alternating between
sample bottles until both suites of bottles are filled. Stantec proposes that the Duplicate sample
be collected from whatever well is located in a presumed downgradient direction (north) in
relation to the soil test boring that exhibited the highest soil sample PID readings. If no PID
readings are recorded in soil samples at any boring, then the highest XRF lead (Pb)
concentration will be used for such comparison and use in identifying which well to sample as
the Duplicate groundwater sample.
Stantec SOPs associated with Stantec decontamination procedures, water level monitoring, well
purging, groundwater sampling, and general sample management and documentation
practices are presented in Appendix A herein. QA/QC aspects of all field, office/project
administration, and laboratory analysis and reporting activities are discussed in more detail in
Stantec’s QAPP, a copy of which is presented as Appendix B herein.
8.2.4.3 Groundwater Laboratory Analyses
All groundwater samples will be analyzed for the following analytes:

• 13 Priority Pollutant Metals (Method 6020B, with mercury: 7470A/7471B);
• VOCs (Method SW 8260D);
• Semi-VOCs (Method SW 8270D);
• 1,4 Dioxane (Method 8270 SIM);
• TPH, GRO/DRO (Method SW 8260-8015);
• TRPH (Method 8440);
• Sulfate (Method EPA 375.1/300.0);
• Nitrate/Nitrite-as N (Method 353.2);
• Total Dissolved Solids (TDS by Method SM 2540C); and
PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR LIMITED SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS PLAN FOR PROPOSED SITE CHARACTERIZATION

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 8.15
• pH (Method SW 9040).
• Possibly asbestos-containing material (ACM by Polarized Light Microscopy/PLM utilizing
EPA Method 600/M4-82-020) and PFAS by Method 1633), contingent on criteria detailed
in preceding section 3.1.1. Contingency Planning.

In summary, it is anticipated that the proposed groundwater monitoring well locations presented
on Figure 5A, in conjunction with the proposed depths at which subsurface soil and subsurface
soil gas samples will be analyzed by the laboratory and proposed PID and XRF screening
procedures, should provide appropriate lateral and vertical characterization for extrapolating
presence of COPCs in the subsurface – by which existing and future-proposed land use may be
evaluated in terms of potential risk to human health and the environment.

8.2.5 Topsoil Sampling and Analysis, Northern Property Boundary
As discussed with the DERR during the May 2024 site visit, DVR/Stantec propose collecting Topsoil
(upper 2-inches) samples at locations proposed on Figure 6 herein. Each Topsoil sample will be
collected as a discrete, Grab soil sample, collected from the upper 2-inches of the ground
surface. The intent of the topsoil sampling survey is to investigate if on-site and contiguous off-site
Topsoil, located in the vicinity of the northern Property boundary, have been impacted by
metals associated with the historical Silver Creek floodplain vicinity including the Property and
potential historical stormwater runoff.
The Topsoil samples are proposed to be located in clusters of two that will be co-located within
approximately 10 feet of one another, generally along the topographically-sloped hillside that
extends from the approximate (not identifiable in the field) northern Property boundary toward
the north and the creek. Stantec’s visual inspection of the area indicates an apparent
difference in topographic elevation between the creek bed/surface water and the northern
Property boundary of approximately 15 vertical feet. The lateral distance atop the ground
surface between the generalized northern Property boundary and the creek appears to
approximate 20 to 25 linear feet.
The southern-most Topsoil sample will be collected at the same topographic elevation as the
Property’s generalized northern border elevation which is flat and relatively consistent across the
majority of the Property, as approximated on Figure 5A (Property boundary was extrapolated
from Summit County Utah Tax Assessor Office tax parcel maps). Each co-located (northern)
Topsoil sample will be located approximately 10 linear feet away, in a northerly, downslope
direction in relation to the higher elevation/southern, co-located sample.
All Topsoil samples will be collected by a Stantec geologist utilizing new disposable nitrile or latex
gloves and/or a new disposable, plastic hand-trowel, in similar fashion as detailed in preceding
section 8.2.2.1. At each sampling location, Topsoil material will be placed directly into a new
plastic, zippered baggie and a laboratory-provided, sample container (minimum 4-oz., glass jar)
for subsequent XRF analyses. It is proposed that half of the 8 (4 samples; i.e., 50%) proposed
Topsoil samples be submitted to the laboratory for analysis of the 13 Priority Pollutant Metals by
PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR LIMITED SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS PLAN FOR PROPOSED SITE CHARACTERIZATION

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 8.16
Method 6020B (with mercury: 7470A/7471B). The 4 samples will represent those samples exhibiting
the highest lead (Pb) XRF concentrations.
8.2.5.1 Background Topsoil Characterization
It is proposed that two (2) ‘Background’ Topsoil (upper 2-inches) samples be collected at off-site
locations positioned outside the PCMC Soil Ordinance Boundary (Figure 3 identifies the outer
Boundary perimeter). DVR/Stantec and the DERR will agree to mutually-acceptable locations for
the proposed Background Topsoil samples, in advance of sample collection. Stantec anticipates
that the samples will be collected within a maximum lateral extent of no greater than 0.5-mile
from the Property, possibly due southeast of the Property, atop Masonic Hill (Figure 4 identifies
the topographic feature of Masonic Hill). Precise sampling locations will be GPS-located and
reported in DVR’s summary report.
The discrete, Grab samples will be collected by a Stantec geologist utilizing new disposable
nitrile or latex gloves and/or a new disposable, plastic hand-trowel, in similar fashion as detailed
in preceding section 8.2.2.1. At each sampling location, Topsoil material will be placed directly
into a new plastic, zippered baggie and a laboratory-provided, sample container (minimum 4-
oz., glass jar) for subsequent XRF analyses. The sample containers will be placed directly into
laboratory-provided, ice chest with ice for delivery to the laboratory for analysis of the 13 Priority
Pollutant Metals by Method 6020B (with mercury: 7470A/7471B).

PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR LIMITED SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 9.1
9.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL (QA/QC)
Information pertaining to all aspects of Stantec and laboratory QA/QC practices, including
project quality objectives, Data Quality Objectives (DQOs), analytical quality objectives
(sensitivity and precision, accuracy, reproducibility, comparability, and completeness; e.g., US
EPA’s ‘PARCC’ parameters), are detailed within Stantec’s QAPP, a copy of which is presented as
Appendix B herein. The QAPP includes pertinent excerpts from the laboratories’ Quality
Assurance Manuals, including quantitative analytical methodologies and reporting protocol
(including for example, Method Detection Limits, Reporting Limits, Practical Quantitation Limits
(PQLs), Laboratory Control Samples, Surrogate Limits, and Matrix Spike/MS Duplicate Spikes, etc.
The analytical laboratories that will be used for quantitative analyses as part of the proposed
investigation will provide Level III laboratory reporting and QA/QC protocol. One (1) Matrix
Spike/Matrix Spike Duplicate will be collected at a frequency of one per 20 subsurface soil and
groundwater samples; i.e., 5%. In general, one (1) blind, Field Duplicate per 10 subsurface soil
and groundwater samples (i.e., 10%) will be collected and submitted to the laboratory. It is
anticipated that the DERR may collect one (1) ‘split-sample’ at a frequency of approximately
one split-sample per 10 soil and/or groundwater samples collected; i.e., approximately 10%. Field
QC samples will be documented and processed by the laboratory to evaluate the entire
measurement system performance. Laboratory-provided, Trip Blanks will accompany each ice
chest/sample cooler during transport to/from the laboratory.
Data quality will be ensured through use of sampling equipment and protocol prescribed within
procedures outlined herein, adherence to the requirements of analytical methods prescribed by
the laboratories, and strict adherence to the QA/QC protocol and DQOs established for this
project and as specified by Stantec’s QAPP and laboratory QAM documents.
Stantec’s QAPP also addresses data documentation, archiving, and records, as well as data
validation and evaluation. All QA/QC findings and evaluations will be discussed in detail within
Stantec’s post-sampling Summary Report, as proposed in following report section 10.0 Site
Characterization Summary Report.

PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR LIMITED SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
SITE CHARACTERIZATION SUMMARY REPORT

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 10.1
10.0 SITE CHARACTERIZATION SUMMARY REPORT
Following receipt of all laboratory result reports associated with proposed site characterization
investigative activities, a Site Characterization Summary Report will be prepared for submittal to
the DERR. The report will provide a summary of all field activities, including copies of field notes,
qualitative observations, soil test boring drilling logs, and associated report figures that identify
specific areas of investigation and sampling locations. The report will also include copies of all
laboratory result reports, including Chain-of-Custody, QA/QC, and corollary electronic
deliverables (Level III reporting, etc.).
The report will include summary, analytical result tabulations and corollary sample identification
and location maps/figures. Sample analytical results (including Topsoil and Background Topsoil
samples) will be compared to UDEQ and US EPA risk-based Screening Levels, including (as
deemed relevant to specific environmental media):

− Commercial and Residential US EPA Risk-Based Screening Levels (RSLs, with a Target Hazard
Quotient [THQ] of 1.0);

- UDEQ Initial Screening Levels/ISLs specifically for petroleum hydrocarbon constituents;

- UDEQ Ground Water Protection Standards, UDEQ/US EPA Maximum Contaminant Level
concentrations, and Secondary Drinking Water Protection Standards, if and where deemed
applicable); and

- US EPA Vapor Intrusion Screening Levels (VISLs), including sub-slab, indoor air, and
“Target Groundwater Concentrations” deemed protective against potential indoor air
quality impacts associated with potential vapor intrusion associated with contaminated
subsurface/sub-slab soil gas.

Analytical data will be evaluated in accordance with QAPP protocol and Level III laboratory
reporting requisites. The results of the data evaluation and a discussion of any impacts on data
usability (in terms of the QA/QC PARCC parameters) will be discussed in the Summary Report.
Laboratory results will be tabulated within the summary report, including for example and where
applicable: sample number, date sampled, sampling interval, analytical results, and corollary
screening levels, etc.
Stantec will utilize water level measurements and surveyed wellhead elevations to infer
groundwater flow characteristics. Stantec will produce a potentiometric map based on the
water level data for inclusion within the Summary Report.
The results of the proposed site characterization will be used to refine DVR/Stantec’s Preliminary
Conceptual Site Model. Potential future-proposed, land use and possible human health and
environmental exposure scenarios will be analyzed in terms of the site characterization results
and refined CSM. It is possible that DVR may consider changing its conceptual design for future-
projected land use, as a result of site characterization findings, and since DVR has flexibility in this
regard.
PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR LIMITED SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
SITE CHARACTERIZATION SUMMARY REPORT

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 10.2
It is proposed that after the Summary Report is reviewed by the DERR, DVE/Stantec and the
DERR discuss the findings of the site characterization in terms of the preliminary CSM and DVR’s
future-proposed land use. Any supplemental site characterization needs, such as additional
media sampling in localized areas, will be discussed between DVR and the DERR, VCP and
addressed within DVR’s proposed RAP.

PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR LIMITED SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
TENTATIVE SCHEDULE

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 11.1
11.0 TENTATIVE SCHEDULE
DVR anticipates initiating activities proposed herein, immediately upon authorization by the
DERR to proceed and contingent upon weather and Contractors’ schedules (environmental
consultant, drilling firm, utility locates, etc.). It is anticipated that it will require at least 3 to 4
weeks to conduct the Blue Stakes and GPR utility locates, secure the Start Cards, and
subcontract laboratories and a drilling firm. Aside from the utility-locates, DVR/Stantec will
attempt to streamline this phase and have as many elements initiated and/or completed by the
time the UDEQ approves the actions proposed herein.
It is anticipated that it will take at least 2 to 3 weeks to complete the site
characterization/sampling investigations proposed herein. It is anticipated that all analyses will
be performed on a ‘Standard’ laboratory result report turnaround that is typically 2-3 weeks
following submittal of samples to the laboratories. It is anticipated that the Site Characterization
Summary Report may be submitted to the DERR within a few weeks following receipt of all
laboratory result reports.
PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR LIMITED SITE CHARACTERIZATION
October 10, 2024
REFERENCES

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC 12.1
12.0 REFERENCES
ALS Environmental Laboratory’s Quality Assurance Manual, most recent version.
Applied Geotechnical Engineering Consultants Inc.’s (AGEC) January 2016 Subsurface
Investigation Report.
Civil Solutions Group, Inc.’s (CSG) June 2023 ASTM Phase I Environmental Site Assessment (ESA)
Report.
CMT Technical Services’ December 2023 Limited Subsurface Investigation, Phase II ESA report.
Dixon Information, Inc.’s Quality Assurance Manual, most recent version.
Nationwide Environmental Title Research, LLC’s public website, including historical topographic
maps and aerial photographs.
Pace Analytical Services, LLC’s Quality Manual, most recent version.
Stantec/DVR’s March 2024 VCP Application and Environmental Assessment Report.
Utah Department of Environmental Quality’s public website, including archived records.
Utah Division of Water Rights’ public website including water well drilling database.
United States Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service’s 1998 Soil
Survey of Summit Area, Utah, Parts of Summit, Salt Lake, and Wasatch Counties.
United States Geological Survey’s 1955 Park City East and Park City West, Utah Quadrangle
topographic and geologic maps.
United States Environmental Protection Agency’s 2010 Standard Operating Procedure for Low-
Stress (Low Flow)/Minimal Drawdown Ground Water Sample Collection guidance document.
PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR LIMITED SITE CHARACTERIZATION
FIGURES

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC
Figure 1 General Property Location, Aerial Maps

INSET SCALE
0 50 100 1 in = 100 feet
Ski Rail, LLC

T2S, R4E Section 9 Summit County UT
NAD 1983 UTM Zone 12N Figure 1
General Property Location,
Aerial Maps

DRAWN BY: JR 1ST REVIEW: CC 2ND REVIEW: SS
DATE: 5/2024 PROJECT NO: 203723752
Disclaimer: Stantec assumes no responsibility for data supplied in electronic format. The recipient accepts full responsibility for verifying the accuracy and completeness of the data. The
recipient releases Stantec, its officers, employees, consultants and agents, from any and all claims arising in any way from the content or provision of the data.
Se
r
v
i
c
e
La
y
e
r
Cr
e
d
i
t
s
:

So
u
r
c
e
:

Es
r
i
,

Di
g
i
t
a
l
G
l
o
b
e
,
Ge
o
E
y
e
,
Ea
r
t
h
s
t
a
r
Ge
o
g
r
a
p
h
i
c
s
,
CN
E
S
/
A
i
r
b
u
s
DS
,

US
D
A
,
US
G
S
,
Ae
r
o
G
R
I
D
,
IG
N
,

an
d
th
e
GI
S
Us
e
r
Co
m
m
u
n
i
t
y

SUMMIT COUNTY TAX ASSESSOR OFFICE RECORDS

Tax Parcel # IHI-1 (1.47-acres)

UTAH 
PROPERTY
Park City’s Main Street District
PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR LIMITED SITE CHARACTERIZATION
FIGURES

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC
Figure 2 Generalized Property Perimeter Boundaries

Figure 2
Generalized Property
Perimeter Boundaries
Ski Rail, LLC
LEGEND
Map Excerpted from Summit County
Tax Assessor Office Tax Records, with
Stantec-inferred Property boundaries
   One Inch approxs. 50 feet 
Date: 5/2024 Project No.: 203723752
Drawn By: JR First Review: TG Second Rev: RP
T2S, R4E Section 9 Summit County UT
NAD 1983 UTM Zone 12N
Silver Creek flows along western (in buried pipe) and northern (daylighted, surface water) Property perimeters.
The buried pipe is located beneath a below-grade, concrete-paved, pedestrian walkway that cross beneath
Bonanza Drive west of the Property.
PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR LIMITED SITE CHARACTERIZATION
FIGURES

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC
Figure 3 General Property Location & Soil Ordinance Boundary

No Scale
Ski Rail, LLC

T2S, R4E Section 9 Summit County UT
NAD 1983 UTM Zone 12N Figure 3
General Property Location &
Soil Ordinance Boundary

DRAWN BY: JR 1ST REVIEW: CC 2ND REVIEW: SS
DATE: 5/2024 PROJECT NO: 203723752
Disclaimer: Stantec assumes no responsibility for data supplied in electronic format. The recipient accepts full responsibility for verifying the accuracy and completeness of the data. The
recipient releases Stantec, its officers, employees, consultants and agents, from any and all claims arising in any way from the content or provision of the data.
Se
rv
ic
e L
aye
r Credits:
So
urc
e: Esri,
Dig
ita
lG
lo
be, G
e
oEy
e
, Ea
rth
sta
r G
eo
gra
p
hics, C
NE
S/
Airb
us DS
,

U
SD
A
, U
SG
S, Ae
ro
GRI
D
, IGN
,

and t
he G
IS Use
r C
omm
un
ity

Park City Municipal Corporation’s
Soil Ordinance Boundary
PROPERTY

UTAH
PROPERTY
PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR LIMITED SITE CHARACTERIZATION
FIGURES

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC
Figure 4 Property and Regional Topography

INSET SCALE
0 600 1200 1 in = 1,200 feet
Ski Rail, LLC
T2S, R4E Section 9 Summit County UT
NAD 1983 UTM Zone 12N Figure 4
Property and Regional
Topography
DRAWN BY: JR 1ST REVIEW: CC 2ND REVIEW: SS
DATE: 5/2024 PROJECT NO: 203723752
Disclaimer: Stantec assumes no responsibility for data supplied in electronic format. The recipient accepts full responsibility for verifying the accuracy and completeness of the data. The
recipient releases Stantec, its officers, employees, consultants and agents, from any and all claims arising in any way from the content or provision of the data.
Se
rv
ic
e L
aye
r Credits:
So
urc
e: Esri,
Dig
ita
lG
lo
be, G
e
oEy
e
, Ea
rth
sta
r G
eo
gra
p
hics, C
NE
S/
Airb
us DS
,

U
SD
A
, U
SG
S, Ae
ro
GRI
D
, IGN
,

and t
he G
IS Use
r C
omm
un
ity
USGS 1955 Park City West and Park City East, Utah
Quadrangle Topographic Maps
UTAH
Property
PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR LIMITED SITE CHARACTERIZATION
FIGURES

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC
Figure 5A Proposed Locations of Soil Test Borings and Monitoring Wells

Figure 5A
Proposed Locations of Soil
Test Borings and Monitoring
Wells

Ski Rail, LLC
LEGEND

Proposed Soil Test Boring
Boring includes Subsurface Soil
Gas samples at 2-ft. & 5-ft. depths
Proposed Sub-Slab Soil Gas sample

Proposed Groundwater
Monitoring Well

One Inch approxs. 50 feet

Date: 5/2024 Project No.: 203723752
Drawn By: JR First Review: TG Second Rev: RP
T2S, R4E Section 9 Summit County UT
NAD 1983 UTM Zone 12N

Map Excerpted from Summit County Tax Assessor Office Tax Records, with Property perimeter
boundary estimated by Stantec.

SS

SS

SS

SS

SS

(Unidentified) two 8-in. dia. manhole covers:
possible buried oil/water separator system tied
into sewer.

PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR LIMITED SITE CHARACTERIZATION
FIGURES

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC

Figure 5B Estimated Locations of Buried Utility Corridors

Figure 5B
Estimated Locations of
Buried Utility Corridors

Ski Rail, LLC
LEGEND
Precise utilities in corridors are unknown:
Sanitary sewer
Potable water
Electrical
Natural gas

One Inch approxs. 50 feet

Date: 7/2024 Project No.: 203723752
Drawn By: JR First Review: TG Second Rev: RP
T2S, R4E Section 9 Summit County UT
NAD 1983 UTM Zone 12N

(Unidentified) two 8-in. dia. manhole covers:
possible buried oil/water separator system tied
into sewer (?).

Small floor-drain network inside building that is
believed to grade into sanitary sewer.
Utility locations estimated by means of identification of abovegrade utility assets and visible lineaments in the asphalt surface.
Utility corridors and abovegrade assets will be investigated further, prior to the drilling project, as Stantec will contract a Ground-
Penetrating Radar (GPR) study of the site. White utilities are unidentified utility corridors that may include multiple utilities.
SS

SS

SS

SS

Proposed Soil Test Boring
Boring includes Subsurface Soil
Gas samples at 2-ft. & 5-ft. depths
Proposed Sub-Slab Soil Gas sample

Proposed Groundwater
Monitoring Well
SS

PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR LIMITED SITE CHARACTERIZATION
FIGURES

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC
Figure 6 Proposed Topsoil Sample Locations

Ski Rail, LLC

T2S, R4E Section 9 Summit County UT
NAD 1983 UTM Zone 12N Figure 6
Proposed Topsoil Sample
Locations

DRAWN BY: JR 1ST REVIEW: CC 2ND REVIEW: SS
DATE: 5/2024 PROJECT NO: 203723752
Disclaimer: Stantec assumes no responsibility for data supplied in electronic format. The recipient accepts full responsibility for verifying the accuracy and completeness of the data. The
recipient releases Stantec, its officers, employees, consultants and agents, from any and all claims arising in any way from the content or provision of the data.
Se
r
v
i
c
e
La
y
e
r
Cr
e
d
i
t
s
:

So
u
r
c
e
:

Es
r
i
,

Di
g
i
t
a
l
G
l
o
b
e
,
Ge
o
E
y
e
,
Ea
r
t
h
s
t
a
r
Ge
o
g
r
a
p
h
i
c
s
,
CN
E
S
/
A
i
r
b
u
s
DS
,

US
D
A
,
US
G
S
,
Ae
r
o
G
R
I
D
,
IG
N
,

an
d
th
e
GI
S
Us
e
r
Co
m
m
u
n
i
t
y

LEGEND

Proposed Topsoil (Upper 2-inches)
Sample

UTAH 
SCALE
one inch approximates 50 feet
The proposed topsoil sample-clusters will be located
adjacent to one another, approximately 10-ft. apart,
extending downslope/North toward the creek.
PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR LIMITED SITE CHARACTERIZATION
ATTACHMENTS

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC

ATTACHMENT 1
PRELIMINARY FUTURE-PROPOSED, PROPERTY CONCEPTUAL DESIGN
PROPERTY BOUNDARY
10
'
-
0
"
BO
N
A
N
Z
A

D
R
.
LOWER IR
O
N

H
O
R
S
E

L
O
O
P

R
D
.
20'-0"
15-6.1-7
15-2.19-5.G.4 ZONING
SETBACK CORNER
30'-0"
NON-EXCLUSIVE
PUBLIC ACCESS
EASEMENT
3
0
'
-
0
"
2
0
'
-
0
"
10'-0"
15-2.19-5.E ZONING
SETBACK (REAR)
20'-0"
20'-0"
15-2.19-5.G.4 ZONING
SETBACK (SIDE)
TRAIL EASEMENT
ENT. NO. 907015
15-6.1-9 PARKING
15-6.1-10
OPEN SPACE
15-6.1-8.D FACADE VARIATION
112'-0"16
'
-
0
"
16
'
-
0
"
15-6.1
-
8
.
D

F
A
C
A
D
E

V
A
R
I
A
T
I
O
N
112'-0
"
10'-0"SILVER CREEK
HISTORIC UNION PACIFIC RAIL TRAIL
10'-0"
15-2.19-5.G.1
ZONING
SETBACK (SIDE)
50
'
-
0
"
50'-0"
15-2.19-4
LANDSCAPE
BUFFER
AREA
15-2.19-6 BUILDING HEIGHT
15-6.1-8 BUILDING HEIGHT AND FACADES
IRON HORSE PARK
APARTMENTS
RAIL CENTRAL
UPPER IRON HORSE
APARTMENTS
10'-0"10'-0"
30
'
-
0
"
5'
-
0
"
45
'
-
0
"

M
A
X
VIEW 1
VIEW 2
VIEW 2
VIEW 1
DEER VALLEY SKI RAIL HOUSING • CONCEPTDRAF
T
ZONING OVERLAY
IRON HORSE PARK
APARTMENTS
RAIL CENTRAL
UPPER IRON HORSE
APARTMENTS
10
'
-
0
"
10'-0"
20'-
0
"
3
0
'
-
0
"
2
0
'
-
0
"
14
8
6
BO
N
A
N
Z
A

D
R
.
LOWER IRON

H
O
R
S
E

L
O
O
P

R
D
.
SILVER CREEK
HISTORIC UNION PACIFIC RAIL TRAIL
TRASH ENCLOSURE
TRANSFORMER
PROPERTY
BOUNDARY
RESIDENT
COMMONS
ENTRY
PLAZA
6
20
CREEK SIDE
PLAZA
ZONING SETBACK
PUBLIC ACCESS
EASEMENT
RESIDENT
GREEN
LANDSCAPE BUFFER
EXISTING UTILITY
BOXES
LEVEL 1 | SCALE: 1” = 1/16”LEVEL 2-3 | SCALE: 1” = 40’-0”
VIEW 1
VIEW 2
DEER VALLEY SKI RAIL HOUSING • CONCEPTDRAF
T
NATURAL SETTING
OPTION COPTION C
CONNECTED EDGE VIEW 2
VIEW 1
P.M.
SUN
A.M.
SUN
IRON HORSE PARK
APARTMENTS
RAIL CENTRAL
UPPER IRON HORSE
APARTMENTS
10
'
-
0
"
10'-0"
20'-
0
"
3
0
'
-
0
"
2
0
'
-
0
"
14
8
6
BO
N
A
N
Z
A

D
R
.
LOWER IRON

H
O
R
S
E

L
O
O
P

R
D
.
SILVER CREEK
HISTORIC UNION PACIFIC RAIL TRAIL
TRASH ENCLOSURE
TRANSFORMER
PROPERTY
BOUNDARY
RESIDENT
COMMONS
ENTRY
PLAZA
6
20
CREEK SIDE
PLAZA
ZONING SETBACK
PUBLIC ACCESS
EASEMENT
RESIDENT
GREEN
LANDSCAPE BUFFER
EXISTING UTILITY
BOXES
LEVEL 1 | SCALE: 1” = 1/16”LEVEL 2-3 | SCALE: 1” = 40’-0”
VIEW 1
VIEW 2
4 STORIES?
4 STORIES?
DEER VALLEY SKI RAIL HOUSING • CONCEPTDRAF
T
20
34
ONE BUILDING
3 STORIES / 201 RESIDENTS
4 STORIES / 243 RESIDENTS
OPTION COPTION C VIEW 2
VIEW 1
PROPERTY BOUNDARY
10
'
-
0
"
10'-0"
BO
N
A
N
Z
A

D
R
.
LOWER IR
O
N

H
O
R
S
E

L
O
O
P

R
D
.
SILVER CREEK
HISTORIC UNION PACIFIC RAIL TRAIL
20'-0"
15-6.1-7
15-2.19-5.G.4 ZONING
SETBACK CORNER
30'-0"
NON-EXCLUSIVE
PUBLIC ACCESS
EASEMENT
3
0
'
-
0
"
2
0
'
-
0
"
10'-0"
15-2.19-5.E ZONING
SETBACK (REAR)
20'-0"
20'-0"
15-2.19-5.G.4 ZONING
SETBACK (SIDE)
10'-0"
15-2.19-5.G.1
ZONING
SETBACK (SIDE)
TRAIL EASEMENT
ENT. NO. 907015
15-6.1-9 PARKING
15-6.1-10
OPEN SPACE
15-2.19-4 REVIEW CRITERIA FOR RESIDENTIAL USES
A LANDSCAPED BUFFER AREA IS REQUIRED TO SEPARATE
RESIDENTIAL USES FROM EXISTING OR POTENTIAL INDUSTRIAL
USES. THIS BUFFER AREA MUST BE A MINIMUM OF FIFTY FEET (50')
WIDE TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE SCREENING, BUFFERING, AND
SEPARATION OF THESE USES. THE FIFTY FOOT (50') REQUIREMENT
MAY BE DIVIDED BETWEEN TWO ADJOINING PROPERTIES. IN THE
CASE WHERE ONE PROPERTY IS ALREADY DEVELOPED, THE
ADJOINING PROPERTY MUST PROVIDE A BUFFER AREA SUFFICIENT
TO MEET THE FIFTY FOOT (50') REQUIREMENT. A DETAILED
LANDSCAPE PLAN MUST BE SUBMITTED BY THE APPLICANT AND
APPROVED BY THE PLANNING COMMISSION AND STAFF PRIOR TO
CONDITIONAL USE APPROVAL. THE LANDSCAPE PLAN MUST
DEMONSTRATE THAT THE FIFTY FOOT (50') BUFFER AREA
EFFECTIVELY SCREENS AND BUFFERS THE EXISTING AND FUTURE
RESIDENTIAL USES FROM EXISTING OR FUTURE INDUSTRIAL USES.
IN SOME CASES ADDITIONAL OFF-SITE LANDSCAPING MAY BE
NECESSARY TO ADEQUATELY MITIGATE IMPACTS OF THESE
INCOMPATIBLE USES.
15-2.19-5.G.1 ZONING SETBACK (SIDE)
10' NON-EXCLUSIVE PUBLIC UTILITIES & DRAINAGE EASEMENT
15-2.19-5.G.4 ZONING SETBACK (SIDE)
ON CORNER LOTS, THE SIDE YARD THAT FACES A STREET IS
CONSIDERED A FRONT YARD AND THE SETBACK MUST NOT BE
LESS THAN 20'
15-2.19-6 BUILDING HEIGHT (LI DISTRICT)
NO STRUCTURE SHALL BE ERECTED TO A HEIGHT GREATER THAN
THIRTY FEET (30') FROM EXISTING GRADE. THIS IS THE ZONE
HEIGHT.
15-6.1-8 BUILDING HEIGHT AND FACADES
A. BUILDING HEIGHT
WITH THE EXCEPTION OF THE HISTORIC COMMERCIAL BUSINESS
ZONING DISTRICT, AFFORDABLE MASTER PLANNED DEVELOPMENT
BUILDING HEIGHT SHALL COMPLY WITH THE UNDERLYING ZONING
DISTRICT BUILDING HEIGHT FOR THE PERIMETER BUILDING
FAÇADE PLANES. BUILDING HEIGHT IS FORTY-FIVE FEET (45 ’) FROM
EXISTING GRADE WHEN THE FOLLOWING CRITERIA ARE MET:
1. THE BUILDING INCLUDES A TEN FOOT (10') STEPBACK ON ALL
PERIMETER BUILDING FACADE PLANES FROM THE UNDERLYING
ZONING DISTRICT BUILDING HEIGHT TO THE FORTY-FIVE FOOT (45')
BUILDING HEIGHT.
D. FACADE VARIATION
1. BUILDINGS GREATER THAN SIXTY FEET (60') BUT LESS THAN
ONE-HUNDRED-TWENTY FEET (120’) IN LENGTH MUST EXHIBIT A
PROMINENT SHIFT IN THE FAÇADE OF THE BUILDING SO THAT NO
GREATER THAN SEVENTY-FIVE PERCENT (75%) OF THE LENGTH OF
THE BUILDING FAÇADE APPEARS UNBROKEN. EACH SHIFT SHALL
BE IN THE FORM OF EITHER A TEN FOOT (10') CHANGE IN BUILDING
FAÇADE ALIGNMENT OR A TEN FOOT (10') CHANGE IN THE BUILDING
HEIGHT, OR A COMBINED CHANGE IN BUILDING FAÇADE AND
BUILDING HEIGHT TOTALING TEN FEET (10').
2. STRUCTURES THAT EXCEED ONE-HUNDRED-TWENTY FEET (120’)
IN LENGTH ON ANY FAÇADE SHALL PROVIDE A PROMINENT SHIFT IN
THE MASS OF THE BUILDING AT EACH ONE-HUNDRED-TWENTY-
FOOT (120’) INTERVAL, OR LESS, REFLECTING A CHANGE IN
FUNCTION OR SCALE. THE SHIFT SHALL BE IN THE FORM OF EITHER
A FIFTEEN FOOT (15') CHANGE IN BUILDING FAÇADE ALIGNMENT OR
A FIFTEEN FOOT (15') CHANGE IN THE BUILDING HEIGHT. A
COMBINATION OF BOTH THE BUILDING HEIGHT AND BUILDING
FAÇADE CHANGE IS ENCOURAGED AND TO THAT END, IF THE
COMBINED CHANGE OCCURS AT THE SAME LOCATION IN THE
BUILDING PLAN, A FIFTEEN FOOT (15') TOTAL CHANGE WILL BE
CONSIDERED AS FULL COMPLIANCE.
15-6.1-9 PARKING
E. UNIT SIZE 1,000-2,000 SF REQUIRES 1 SPACE PER UNIT
15-6.1-10 OPEN SPACE
A. AFFORDABLE MASTER PLANNED DEVELOPMENTS SHALL
CONTAIN A MINIMUM OF TWENTY PERCENT (20%) OPEN SPACE. ON-
SITE AMENITIES, SUCH AS PLAYGROUNDS, TRAILS, RECREATION
FACILITIES, BUS SHELTERS, AND SIGNIFICANT LANDSCAPING ARE
ENCOURAGED. OPEN SPACE MAY NOT BE USED FOR STREETS,
ROADS, OR PARKING AREAS.
B. THE PLANNING COMMISSION MAY DECREASE THE REQUIRED
OPEN SPACE FOR PROJECTS LOCATED WITHIN 300 FEET (300’) OF A
PUBLIC USE , INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO A PUBLIC PARK,
RECREATION OPEN SPACE, PUBLIC TRAIL, PUBLIC SCHOOL, OR
PUBLIC RECREATION FACILITY.
15-6.1-11 SITE PLANNING
AN AFFORDABLE MASTER PLANNED DEVELOPMENT SHALL BE
DESIGNED TO TAKE INTO CONSIDERATION THE CHARACTERISTICS
OF THE SITE UPON WHICH IT IS PROPOSED TO BE PLACED. THE
DEVELOPMENT SHOULD BE DESIGNED TO FIT THE SITE, NOT THE
SITE MODIFIED TO FIT THE PROJECT. THE APPLICANT SHALL
ADDRESS THE FOLLOWING IN THE SITE PLANNING:
A. CLUSTERED DEVELOPMENT. UNITS SHALL BE CLUSTERED ON
THE MOST DEVELOPABLE AND LEAST VISUALLY SENSITIVE
PORTIONS OF THE SITE. OPEN SPACE SHALL SEPARATE THE
CLUSTERS. THE OPEN SPACE SHOULD BE DESIGNED SO THAT
EXISTING SIGNIFICANT VEGETATION IS MAINTAINED ON THE SITE.
B. GRADING. PROJECTS SHALL BE DESIGNED TO MINIMIZE
GRADING AND THE NEED FOR LARGE RETAINING STRUCTURES.
ROADS, UTILITY LINES, AND STRUCTURES SHOULD BE DESIGNED
TO WORK WITH EXISTING GRADE. CUTS AND FILLS SHALL BE
MINIMIZED.GRADING. PROJECTS SHALL BE DESIGNED TO
MINIMIZE GRADING AND THE NEED FOR LARGE RETAINING
STRUCTURES. ROADS, UTILITY LINES, AND STRUCTURES
SHOULD BE DESIGNED TO WORK WITH EXISTING GRADE. CUTS
AND FILLS SHALL BE MINIMIZED.
C. TRAILS. EXISTING TRAILS SHALL BE INCORPORATED INTO THE
OPEN SPACE ELEMENTS OF THE PROJECT AND SHALL BE
MAINTAINED IN THEIR EXISTING LOCATION WHENEVER
POSSIBLE. APPLICANTS MAY BE REQUIRED TO GRANT THE CITY
A TRAIL EASEMENT TO CONNECT PROPOSED TRAILS WITH
EXISTING TRAILS. CONSTRUCTION OF NEW TRAILS SHALL BE
CONSISTENT WITH THE PARK CITY TRAILS MASTER PLAN.
D. INTERNAL CIRCULATION. ADEQUATE INTERNAL VEHICULAR,
PEDESTRIAN, AND BICYCLE CIRCULATION SHALL BE PROVIDED.
PEDESTRIAN AND BICYCLE CIRCULATIONS SHALL BE SEPARATED
FROM VEHICULAR CIRCULATION AND SHALL PROVIDE SAFE
TRAVEL WITHIN THE BOUNDARIES OF THE AFFORDABLE MASTER
PLANNED DEVELOPMENT AND SAFE TRAVEL TO ADJOINING
PUBLIC SIDEWALKS, TRAILS, AND RIGHTS-OF-WAY. PRIVATE
INTERNAL STREETS MAY BE CONSIDERED FOR CONDOMINIUM
PROJECTS IF THEY MEET THE MINIMUM EMERGENCY AND
SAFETY REQUIREMENTS.
E. SNOW REMOVAL. THE SITE PLAN SHALL INCLUDE ADEQUATE
AREAS FOR SNOW REMOVAL AND SNOW STORAGE. THE
LANDSCAPING PLAN SHALL ALLOW FOR SNOW STORAGE AREAS.
STRUCTURES SHALL BE SET BACK FROM ANY HARD SURFACES
SO AS TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE AREAS TO REMOVE AND STORE
SNOW. SNOW SHALL BE STORED ON-SITE, UNLESS OTHERWISE
APPROVED BY THE PLANNING COMMISSION.
F. TRASH AND RECYCLING. THE SITE PLAN SHALL INCLUDE
ADEQUATE AREAS FOR TRASH AND RECYCLING CONTAINERS
AND SHALL INCLUDE AN ADEQUATE CIRCULATION AREA FOR
PICK-UP VEHICLES. CONVENIENT PEDESTRIAN ACCESS SHALL
BE PROVIDED WITHIN THE AFFORDABLE MASTER PLANNED
DEVELOPMENT TO THE TRASH AND RECYCLING CONTAINERS. NO
SITE PLAN WITH A COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT OR MULTI-UNIT
DWELLING SHALL BE APPROVED UNLESS THERE IS A
MANDATORY RECYCLING PROGRAM, WHICH MAY INCLUDE
RECYCLING FACILITIES FOR THE SITE. SINGLE FAMILY
DWELLINGS SHALL INCLUDE A MANDATORY RECYCLING
PROGRAM WITH CURB SIDE RECYCLING, AND MAY ALSO
INCLUDE RECYCLING FACILITIES. THE RECYCLING FACILITIES
SHALL BE IDENTIFIED ON THE SITE PLAN TO ACCOMMODATE FOR
MATERIALS GENERATED BY THE TENANTS, RESIDENTS, USERS,
OPERATORS, OR OWNERS OF SUCH MASTER PLANNED
DEVELOPMENT. SUCH RECYCLING FACILITIES SHALL INCLUDE,
BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, GLASS, PAPER, PLASTIC, CANS,
CARDBOARD OR OTHER HOUSEHOLD OR COMMERCIALLY
GENERATED RECYCLABLE AND SCRAP MATERIALS.
CENTRALIZED TRASH AND RECYCLING CONTAINERS SHALL BE
LOCATED IN A COMPLETELY ENCLOSED STRUCTURE WITH A
PEDESTRIAN DOOR AND A TRUCK DOOR OR GATE. THE
ENCLOSED STRUCTURE SHALL BE DESIGNED WITH MATERIALS
THAT ARE COMPATIBLE WITH THE PRINCIPAL STRUCTURES IN
THE AFFORDABLE MASTER PLANNED DEVELOPMENT AND SHALL
BE CONSTRUCTED OF MASONRY, STEEL, OR OTHER
SUBSTANTIAL MATERIALS. THE STRUCTURE SHALL BE LARGE
ENOUGH TO ACCOMMODATE A TRASH CONTAINER AND AT LEAST
TWO RECYCLING CONTAINERS TO PROVIDE FOR THE OPTION OF
DUAL-STREAM RECYCLING.
G. TRANSPORTATION AMENITIES. THE SITE PLAN SHALL
INCLUDE TRANSPORTATION AMENITIES INCLUDING DROP-OFF
AREAS FOR VAN AND SHUTTLE SERVICE, AND A BUS STOP, IF
APPLICABLE.
H. SERVICE AND DELIVERY. ACCESS AND LOADING/UNLOADING
AREAS MUST BE INCLUDED IN THE SITE PLAN. THE SERVICE AND
DELIVERY SHOULD BE KEPT SEPARATE FROM PEDESTRIAN
AREAS.
I. LANDSCAPE AND LIGHTING. A PRELIMINARY LANDSCAPING
PLAN MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH THE AFFORDABLE MASTER
PLANNED DEVELOPMENT APPLICATION. THE LANDSCAPING PLAN
SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL CRITERIA AND REQUIREMENTS OF
SECTION 15-5-5(N). ALL NOXIOUS WEEDS, AS IDENTIFIED BY
SUMMIT COUNTY, SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE PROPERTY IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE SUMMIT COUNTY WEED ORDINANCE
PRIOR TO ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATES OF OCCUPANCY.
LIGHTING MUST MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 15-5-5(J).
N. GENERAL PLAN REVIEW. THE PLANNING COMMISSION SHALL
REVIEW AFFORDABLE MASTER PLANNED DEVELOPMENTS FOR
CONSISTENCY WITH THE GOALS AND OBJECTIVES OF THE
GENERAL PLAN; HOWEVER SUCH REVIEW FOR CONSISTENCY
SHALL NOT ALONE BE BINDING.
15-6.1-8.D FACADE VARIATION
112'-0"16
'
-
0
"
16
'
-
0
"
15-6.1
-
8
.
D

F
A
C
A
D
E

V
A
R
I
A
T
I
O
N
112'-0
"
50
'
-
0
"
50'-0"
15-2.19-4
LANDSCAPE
BUFFER
AREA
10'-0"10'-0"
30
'
-
0
"
5'
-
0
"
15-2.19-6 BUILDING HEIGHT
15-6.1-8 BUILDING HEIGHT AND FACADES
45
'
-
0
"

M
A
X
DEER VALLEY SKI RAIL HOUSING • CONCEPTDRAF
T
ZONING EXHIBITZONING EXHIBIT
PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR LIMITED SITE CHARACTERIZATION
ATTACHMENTS

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC

ATTACHMENT 2
PRELIMINARY CONCEPTUAL SITE MODEL
AREAS OF POTENTIAL
CONCERN
CONTAMINANT
CONSTITUENTS
TRANSPORT
MECHANISMS PATHWAY EXPOSURE
ROUTES
Indoor
Inhabitants
Construction
& Excavation
Indoor
Inhabitants
Construction
& Excavation
Current Current Future Future
X X X X
X X X X
X X X X
X X X X
X X X X
X X X X
No No No No
No No No NoNoNoNoNo
No No No No
No No No No
No No No No
x Potentially Completed Pathway, Current Conditions
ATTACHMENT 2: PRELIMINARY CONCEPTUAL SITE MODEL
POTENTIAL RECEPTORS
SOURCE MEDIA
POTENTIAL RECEPTORS
Abovegrade
Buildings
Subsurface Soil Gas
Subsurface Soil
Volatilization Air (Indoor)Inhalation
Leaching Ground Water
Ingestion
Dermal Contact
Ingestion
Dermal
Ingestion
Particles Air (Outdoor)Inhalation
Dermal
Inhalation
VOCs
Ground Water Discharging Surface Water &
Sediments Inhalation
Ingestion
Dermal
Subsurface
Utility
Corridors
Dermal
IngestionTactile ExposureSubsurface Soil Gas & Soil VOCs
Tactile ExposureMetals, TPHs,
& Semi-VOCs
VOCs Subsurface Soil
PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR LIMITED SITE CHARACTERIZATION
Appendix A

Copies of Stantec Standard Operating Procedures

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC
Appendix A
Copies of Stantec Standard Operating Procedures

S7$17(&67$1'$5'O3(5$7,1*P52&('85(6623V
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ESPA - 001 – Soil Sampling and BorLQJ/RJ
ESPA - 002 – Decontamination Procedures
ESPA - 002A – EPA Sampling Equipment Decontamination
ESPA - 003 – Monitoring Well Installation
ESPA - 004 – Monitoring Well Abandonment
ESPA - 005 – Low Flow Groundwater Sampling
ESPA - 006 – Groundwater Sampling
ESPA - 007 – Air Sampling with Summa CanistersIROORZHGE\86(3$DQG6WDQWHF6XEVODE6RLO
*DV DQG6XEVXUIDFH6RLO*DV6DPSOLQJ
ESPA - 011 – Field Notebook
ESPA – 015 – Asbestos Bulk Sample Collection
(63$;5))LHOG6FUHHQLQJDQG86(3$0HWKRG
Soil Sampling SOP
ESPA-001
Page 1 of 8
Rev. 1.5 Jan 2014
THIS INFORMATION IS FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
STANTEC CONSULTING
1 PURPOSE & APPLICABILITY
The purpose of this document is to define the standard operating procedure (SOP) for
collecting soil samples when drilling with hollow-stem augers, direct push, and hand auger
methods. The ultimate goal of the sampling program is to obtain samples that meet
acceptable standards of accuracy, precision, comparability, representativeness, and
completeness. All steps that could affect tracking, documentation, or integrity of samples
have been explained in sufficient detail to allow different sampling personnel to collect
samples that are equally reliable and consistent.
This procedure provides descriptions of equipment, field procedures, sample containers,
decontamination, documentation, decontamination, storage, holding times, and field
quality assurance (QA) and quality control (QC) procedures necessary to collect soil
samples.
While the Project Quality Assurance Project Plan (QAPP) is intended to be strictly followed,
it must be recognized that field conditions may force some modifications to the SOP. Any
modification to the procedure shall be approved by the Project Manager or Task Leader
in advance. Where SOP modification is planned sufficiently in advance, regulatory
agency concurrence will be sought prior to conducting the specific activity. When direct
contact with regulatory agency staff is not possible, or unscheduled delays will result, such
as during field activities, regulatory agency will be notified of deviations from the SOPs, in
writing, as soon as possible after the occurrence.
2 DEFINITIONS
HASP Health and Safety Plan
OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration
PID Photoionization Detector
PPE Personal Protective Equipment
PVC Polyvinyl Chloride
QA Quality Assurance
QC Quality Control
QAPP Quality Assurance Project Plan
SAP Sampling and Analysis Plan
SOP Standard Operating Procedure
USCS Unified Soil Classification System
VOA Volatile Organic Analysis
VOCs Volatile Organic Compounds
3 HEALTH AND SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
Soil Sampling SOP
ESPA-001
Page 2 of 8
Rev. 1.5 Jan 2014
THIS INFORMATION IS FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
STANTEC CONSULTING
Refer to the site-specific Health and Safety Plan (HASP) for health and safety
considerations applicable to soil sampling.
Many hazards should be considered during the soil sampling activities, careful
consideration of these hazards by the project team is essential. Some of the hazards
include the following:
•Proper utility clearance must be performed in accordance with the Pre-
Drilling/Excavation Checklist and Utility Clearance Log. There must be a minimum
clearance of five (5) feet in addition to the diameter of the drilling augers. Client-
specific requirements may be more restrictive.
•Traffic control may be required depending on the proximity of soil sampling activities
to the roadway. Traffic control plans should be carefully evaluated to adequately
delineate the work zone and provide the necessary safety factors.
•Personal protective equipment (PPE) including hard hats, high visibility traffic vest,
gloves, hip boots or chest waders and other appropriate clothing;
•Heat and cold stress;
•Biological hazards such as insects and spiders. Appropriate clothing is required such
as long-sleeved shirts and long pants.
•Bloodborne pathogens. Some of our sites may have syringes and other drug
paraphernalia that must be carefully avoided.
•Chemical exposure on sites with open contamination. Respiratory protection may be
necessary. Proper selection of respiratory protection is essential and an understanding
of its limitation (i.e., negative pressure respiratory protection does not supply oxygen in
an oxygen-deficient atmosphere). Staff should familiarize themselves with exposure
limits for contaminants of concern.
•Use of air monitoring instrumentation will likely be necessary. We must be careful to
make sure that our instrumentation is appropriate for the airborne contaminants of
interest and that our staff understands the limitations of the instrumentation. Staff must
also understand and perform calibration including zeroing with zero gas cylinders and
appropriate other calibration gases.
•Decontamination of equipment and personnel must be properly designed and
constructed to be sure that contamination is kept within the boundaries of the
exclusion zone;
•Noise and proper use of hearing protection devices such as ear plugs and muffs.
•Emergency action plan must be carefully coordinated in advance between Stantec,
our subcontractors, the client, and emergency responders.
All of these risks and others must be discussed with our subcontractors and clients to be
sure they are properly addressed. Once the issues have been addressed at a project
management level, they must be communicated to the staff that will actually perform the
work. Details of procedures, instrument measurements and calibration, and other
activities must be recorded in the field log and/or on data collection forms.

Soil Sampling SOP
ESPA-001
Page 3 of 8
Rev. 1.5 Jan 2014

THIS INFORMATION IS FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
STANTEC CONSULTING

4 QUALITY ASSURANCE PLANNING CONSIDERATIONS
Soil sampling shall be done by personnel familiar with the common sources of random and
systematic error so appropriate decisions can be made in the field. Some of the
common phenomena which may degrade the sample quality collected from the well
point are listed below.
• Volatilization. Volatilization occurs when the sample is in contact with air for an
extended time. Typically, volatilization occurs if the sample undergoes excessive
disturbance during sampling or if air pockets exist at the top of the container.
Limiting disturbance during sampling, filling sample containers in order of volatility,
and tight capping of bottles immediately after filling will minimize these errors.
• Adsorption/desorption. This is the gain or loss of chemicals through exchange
across surfaces. Adsorption may occur when the sample comes in contact with
large surface areas such as the sampling container. Thorough decontamination
of sample collection containers/monitoring equipment probes along with
expedient transfer from the sample container to the laboratory container
minimizes sorption effects.
• Chemical reaction. Dissolved chemical constituents may change due to reactions
such as oxidation, hydrolysis, precipitation, etc. Proper preservation and
adherence to holding times minimize these reactions.
• Sample contamination. Sample contamination is the most common source of
errors and can result from several factors, including incomplete decontamination,
contact with other samples, and contact with the atmosphere. Careful attention
to decontamination, handling, and container sealing minimizes sample
contamination.
5 RESPONSIBILITIES
The Project Manager or Task Leader will be responsible for assigning project staff to
complete soil sampling activities. The Task Leader will also be responsible for assuring that
this and any other appropriate procedures are followed by all project personnel.
The project staff assigned to the soil sampling will be responsible for completing their tasks
according to this and other appropriate procedures. All staff will be responsible for
reporting deviations from the procedure or nonconformance to the Task Leader, Project
Manager or Project QA/QC Officer.
6 TRAINING AND QUALIFICATIONS
Only qualified personnel shall be allowed to perform this procedure. At a minimum,
Stantec employees qualified to perform soil sampling will be required to have:
• Read this SOP.
Soil Sampling SOP
ESPA-001
Page 4 of 8
Rev. 1.5 Jan 2014
THIS INFORMATION IS FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
STANTEC CONSULTING
•Read project-specific QAPP.
•Indicated to the Task Leader that all procedures contained in this SOP are
understood.
•Completed the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 40-hour
training course, and annual 8-hour refresher course, as appropriate.
•Coordinated any proposed sampling activities with the laboratory to ensure proper
sampling procedures.
•Previously performed soil sampling activities generally consistent with those described
in this SOP.
Stantec employees who do not have previous experience with soil sampling will be trained
on site by a qualified Stantec employee, and will be supervised directly by that employee
until they have demonstrated an ability to perform the procedures.
7 REQUIRED MATERIALS
The following is a typical list of equipment that may be needed to perform soil sampling:
•Auger rig or direct-push unit with appropriate equipment for sampling, or hand
auger.
•Continuous soil sampler (2-½-inch x 18-inch or 2-foot split-spoon sample tube) or
direct-push clear acetate or polyvinyl chloride PVC tube (typically 4-foot long).
•Photoionization detector (PID) or other air monitoring instrumentation as required by
the HASP.
•4-mil-thick plastic sheeting or aluminum foil.
•Tape measure.
•Unified Soil Classification System (USCS) based on the Visual-Manual Procedures in
ASTM Standards D 2487-00 and D 2488-00.
•Sample labels.
•Stainless steel trowels, putty knives or similar soil working tool.
•Waterproof marking pens, such as the Staedtler Lumocolor.
•Coolers (with ice) for sample storage and shipment.
•Sample data forms/clip board.
•Decontamination supplies (Alconox™ [or similar detergent], brush, bucket).
•Nitrile gloves, or other specified chemical resistant gloves.
•Work gloves.

Soil Sampling SOP
ESPA-001
Page 5 of 8
Rev. 1.5 Jan 2014

THIS INFORMATION IS FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
STANTEC CONSULTING

• Camera and film or disks.
• Blank soil borehole logs or a field-logging PDA.
• Personal safety gear (hard hat, steel-toed boots, ear plugs, safety glasses, etc.).
8 METHODS
8.1 Hollow-Stem Auger/Direct Push Sampling
Make sure that all equipment and meters have been calibrated to the equipment
specifications and the results have been recorded in the field log.
The top five (5) feet of the boreholes will be cleared via air knife, vacuum excavation,
ground penetrating radar, hand auger, tile probe or some combination of these methods.
Shallow soil boreholes are typically drilled with hollow-stem augers or geoprobe and
sampled at the intervals specified in the work plans. Sampling shall be done in advance
of the lead auger to minimize cross-contamination. Samples for laboratory analysis shall
be taken with a continuous soil sampler. Standard blow counts shall be recorded for
driving the sampler 6 and 12 inches (ASTM Method D 1586-99) if sampler is hammer driven.
Upon retrieval of the sample, the sample will placed on a clean surface (or lined with
disposable aluminum foil or plastic sheeting) and will be screened with a PID for locating
potential elevated PID readings. If applicable, a representative grab sample will be
collected along with a headspace sample and placed into the appropriately labeled
sample container. The sample containers shall be placed in self-sealing plastic or bubble
bags in a cooler with ice or frozen ice packs for storage until they are delivered to the
analytical laboratory.
The following method is to be used for headspace screening:
• The portion (for headspace screening) should be placed into an appropriately sized
re-sealable Ziploc® or equivalent bag;
• Seal and label the bag with the borehole identification and the depth of the sample;
• Allow the bag to equilibrate for approximately ten (10) minutes; and
• Insert the probe tip of the PID into the bag. Obtain a measurement using the PID.
The remainder of the sample shall be logged in accordance with the USCS and recorded
on the boring logs according to the following procedure:

1. As much information as possible is to be shown in the heading of each log. This
includes, but is not limited to:

- Project name and project identification number;
- Identification of borehole;

Soil Sampling SOP
ESPA-001
Page 6 of 8
Rev. 1.5 Jan 2014

THIS INFORMATION IS FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
STANTEC CONSULTING

- Name of drilling company;
- Make, model, type, and size of drilling and sampling equipment used;
- Date and time of start and end of drilling
- Name of geologist(s) logging boring;
- End of boring depth; and,
- Depth to water (if encountered).
2. Each log is to begin with a description of the surface, (i.e., native, paved with
asphalt, paved with concrete, and such). If any concrete is cut to open the hole,
the thickness will be noted.

3. Every foot will be accounted for, with no gaps. If an interval is not sampled it will be
noted. If an attempt is made to sample an interval, but there is no recovery, it will
be noted.

4. Complete construction details are to be detailed for each well on a standard well
construction form. Construction details should include:

- A description of the type and length of casing i.e., 20' of 2" inner diameter (ID)
Schedule 40 PVC casing;
- Length and depths of the top and bottom of the screened interval;
- Screen slot size;
- Depths of the top and bottom of the filter pack;
- Filter pack materials and sand size;
- Depths and types of bentonite seals;
- Detail of the use of grout; and,
- Detail of the surface completion (i.e., stick up, flush-mounted).
5. The number of bags of sand, bentonite, and grout used will be counted. These
numbers will be compared daily with the driller’s daily report.

Soil cuttings will be stockpiled on 4-mil thick plastic sheeting or drummed. The cuttings and
other investigation-derived waste will be managed in accordance with the work plan or
client-specific directives.

8.2 Hand Auger Sampling

Shallow soil boreholes less than five (5) feet in depth can be collected using a hand auger.
The auger will be advanced until the desired sampling depth is reached. The auger will be
removed from the boring, the sample will be extracted from the hand auger and field
screened (as appropriate), and representative grab samples will be collected and placed
into the appropriate labeled sample container. Decontamination of the auger and
extensions will occur after each sample.
Boreholes will be abandoned by backfilling with bentonite chips and hydrating with
potable water.

Soil Sampling SOP
ESPA-001
Page 7 of 8
Rev. 1.5 Jan 2014
THIS INFORMATION IS FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
STANTEC CONSULTING
8.3 Excavation
Excavations and test pits will be excavated using a backhoe provided by the
subcontractor. The dimensions of individual excavations will vary depending on the
strength and stability of the trench walls and the specific purpose of the trench.
Excavations greater than four (4) feet deep will not be entered by any personnel unless
shoring is performed or the sides are stepped back to the proper angle per OSHA
requirements.
When starting an excavation, the backhoe operator will first remove the topsoil or cover (if
any) and place it in a discrete mound at least five (5) feet from the edge of the excavation.
The excavation will be continued in approximately 6-inch cuts with the backhoe using a
horizontal scraping motion rather than a vertical scooping motion. If a visibly-stained or
otherwise chemically-affected soil interval is encountered, the affected excavated soils
will be placed on 4-mil thick plastic sheeting.
8.3.1 Excavation Sampling
Samples will be collected from the backhoe bucket using a stainless steel trowel or similar.
The top layer of soil will be removed prior to collecting the sample. The soil will then be
placed in the appropriately labeled sample container and placed inside a chilled cooler.
8.3.2 Excavation Backfilling
The soils will be replaced in the excavation at their original depths to the extent
practicable so that the soil from the bottom of the trench will be placed on the bottom,
and the topsoil will be replaced on the top. The backhoe will be used to backfill and
compact the excavation.
Upon completion and subsequent backfilling of each excavation, four corners will be
marked with a wooden stake for surveying. If appropriate, a fifth stake will be placed
above the location where a soil sample was collected. The points may be surveyed, as
needed.
8.4 Decontamination Methods
8.4.1 Sampling Equipment Decontamination
Refer to Decontamination Procedures SOP ESPA-002
8.4.2 Excavation Decontamination
Decontamination protocols must be carefully designed and constructed to deal with the
chemicals of interest and ensure that the rinse solutions and solids are contained within
the contamination reduction zone.
Soil Sampling SOP
ESPA-001
Page 8 of 8
Rev. 1.5 Jan 2014
THIS INFORMATION IS FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
STANTEC CONSULTING
The backhoe bucket will be decontaminated prior to excavating each excavation. The
entire backhoe, bucket, and tires will be decontaminated at the conclusion of the
trenching operation. Decontamination will involve using a steam cleaner with an
Alconox™ solution or pressure washer and rinsing using a steam cleaner or pressure washer
with potable water. Backhoe decontamination will take place at the decontamination
area located adjacent to the maintenance building or at another appropriate location.
The sampling equipment will be decontaminated prior to collecting each sample
(Decontamination Procedures SOP ESPA-002):
1.The instrumentation/equipment will be thoroughly rinsed with tap water to remove
sediment and debris, after caked on material has been physically removed.
2.The instrumentation and sampling equipment will be thoroughly washed with a
mixture comprised of approximately two (2) tablespoons of Alconox™ (or similar
low phosphate cleaning agent) per 1-gallon of de-ionized water. A stiff bristle scrub
3.The instrumentation/equipment will be triple-rinsed with unused clean water or
distilled or de-ionized water where available.
8.5 Sample Containers, Storage, and Holding Times
Refer to the Project Sampling and Analysis Plan (SAP) for project specific instructions on
proper containers, storage of samples and allowable holding times.
9 QUALITY CONTROL CHECKS AND ACCEPTANCE
CRITERIA
Refer to the QAPP and SAP for specific quality control checks and acceptance criteria.

Soil Sampling SOP
ESPA-001
Page 9 of 8
Rev. 1.5 Jan 2014

THIS INFORMATION IS FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
STANTEC CONSULTING

10 DOCUMENTATION
A borehole log will be completed for each hollow-stem auger or direct-push borehole.
The field notebook and/or data collection forms will contain the following information:
• Project name and number.
• Drilling company’s name.
• Date drilling started and finished.
• Type of auger and size (ID & OD).
• Type of equipment for air monitoring (PID or FID).
• Air monitoring calibration and measurements.
• Well completion and graphic log.
• Driller's name.
• Geologist’s or engineer's name.

• Type of drill rig.
• Borehole number.
• Surface elevation (if available).
• Stratigraphic description with depth.
• Classification of the soils according to the USCS.
• Water levels and light non-aqueous phase liquid levels, if applicable.
• Drilling observations.
• Map of borehole or monitoring well location.
In addition, proper documentation will include observance of the chain of custody
procedures as described in the Project QAPP and SAP.

Additional information regarding field documentation for borehole logging for fine- and
coarse-grained soils and rocks is provided in Stantec checklists ESPA-603 through ESPA-
605.

PRIMARY DIVISIONS GRAPHIC
SYMBOL
GROUP
SYMBOL SECONDARY DIVISIONS
CO
A
R
S
E

GR
A
I
N
E
D

SO
I
L
S

Mo
r
e
Th
a
n
Ha
l
f
Of
Ma
t
e
r
i
a
l
Is
La
r
g
e
r

Th
a
n

N
o
.

2
0
0

S
i
e
v
e

S
i
z
e

GRAVELS
More Than Half
Of Coarse
Fraction Is
Larger Than No.
4 Sieve

Clean Gravels
(Less Than 5%
Fines)

GW

Well graded gravels, gravel-sand
mixtures, little or no fines.

GP

Poorly graded gravels or gravel-sand
mixtures, little or no fines.

Gravel With
Fines

GM

Silty gravels, gravel-sand-clay
mixtures, non-plastic fines.

GC

Clayey gravels, gravel-sand-clay
mixtures, plastic fines.

SANDS
More Than Half
Of Coarse
Fraction Is
Smaller Than
No. 4 Sieve

Clean Sands
(Less Than 5%
Fines)

SW

Well graded sands or gravelly sands,
little or no fines.

SP

Poorly graded sands or gravelly sands,
little or no fines.

Sands With
Fines

SM

Silty sands, sand-silt mixtures, plastic
fines.

SC

Clayey sands, sand-clay mixtures,
plastic fines.
FI
N
E

GR
A
I
N
E
D

SO
I
L
S

Mo
r
e
Th
a
n
Ha
l
f
Of
Ma
t
e
r
i
a
l
Is
Sm
a
l
l
e
r

Th
a
n

N
o
.

2
0
0

S
i
e
v
e

S
i
z
e

SILTS AND CLAYS
Liquid Limit Is
Less Than 50%

ML
Inorganic silts and very fine sands,
rock flour, silty or clayey fine sands or clayey silts with slight plasticity.

CL

Inorganic clays of low to medium plasticity, gravelly clays, sandy clays,
silty clays, lean clays.

OL

Organic silts and organic silty clays of low plasticity.

SILTS AND CLAYS
Liquid Limit Is
Greater Than 50%

MH
Inorganic silts, micaceous or
diatomaceous fine sandy or silty soils,
elastic silts.

CH

Inorganic clays of high plasticity, fat clays.

OH

Organic clays of medium to high
plasticity, organic silts.
HIGHLY ORGANIC SOILS

PT

Peat and other highly organic soils.

THIS INFORMATION IS FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
STANTEC CONSULTING

Decontamination Procedures SOP
ESPA-002
Page 1 of 5
Rev. 1.4 Jan 2014

1 PURPOSE & APPLICABILITY

The purpose of this document is to define the standard operating procedure (SOP) for
decontamination procedures. The ultimate goal of the decontamination procedure is to
prevent cross-contamination between samples and sample areas and to protect workers
from hazardous materials.
This procedure gives descriptions of equipment and field procedures necessary to perform
decontamination.

This procedure may apply to all sampling by Stantec personnel or their subcontractors by
the aforementioned sampling methods.

It must be recognized that field conditions may force some modifications to the SOP. Any
modification to the procedure shall be approved by the Project Manager or Task Leader
in advance and sufficiently documented so that the reason for the deviation can be
clearly articulated to our clients and regulators, as necessary. Where SOP modification is
planned sufficiently in advance, regulatory agency concurrence will be sought prior to
conducting the specific activity.

2 DEFINITIONS

FSP Field Sampling Plan
HASP Health and Safety Plan
OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration
QA/QC Quality Assurance/Quality Control
QAPP Quality Assurance Project Plan
SOP Standard Operating Procedure
WP (Project) Work Plan

3 HEALTH AND SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

Consideration of Health and Safety risks prior to performing this work is paramount. This risk
review may be performed by modifying a generic or an existing Job Safety Analysis in the
HASP. Following is a short list of the items for consideration. Careful review of these items
and other site-specific conditions by the project team is essential.
• Traffic guidance and control. Even plans developed by outside traffic control
contractors need to be carefully evaluated to make sure they are protective of our
staff and contractors.

THIS INFORMATION IS FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
STANTEC CONSULTING

Decontamination Procedures SOP
ESPA-002
Page 2 of 5
Rev. 1.4 Jan 2014

• Personal protective equipment, including hard hats, high-visibility traffic vest, gloves,
appropriate clothing.

• Heat and cold stress.
• Biological hazards such as insects and spiders. Appropriate clothing is required such
as long-sleeved shirts and long pants.

• Bloodborne pathogens. Some of our sites may have syringes and other drug
paraphernalia that must be carefully avoided.

• Chemical exposure on sites with open contamination. Respiratory protection may be
necessary. Proper selection of respiratory protection is essential and an understanding
of its limitation (i.e., negative pressure respiratory protection does not supply oxygen in
an oxygen-deficient atmosphere). Staff should familiarize themselves with exposure
limits for contaminants of concern.

• Use of air monitoring instrumentation will likely be necessary. We must be careful to
make sure that our instrumentation is appropriate for the airborne contaminants of
interest and that our staff understands the limitations of the instrumentation. Staff must
also understand and perform calibration including zeroing with zero gas cylinders and
appropriate other calibration gases.

• The exclusion and contaminant reduction zones must be properly designed and
constructed so that contamination from decontamination activities of equipment and
personnel is kept within this area.

• Noise and proper use of hearing protection devices such as ear plugs and muffs.
• Emergency action plan must be carefully coordinated in advance between Stantec,
our subcontractors, the client, and emergency responders.

All of these risks and others must be discussed with our subcontractor and clients to be sure
they are properly addressed. Once the issues have been addressed at a project
management level, they must be communicated to the staff that will actually perform the
work. Details of procedures, instrument measurements and calibration, and other activities
must be recorded in the field log and/or on data collection forms.

4 RESPONSIBILITIES
The Project Manager or Task Leader will be responsible for assigning project staff to
complete decontamination activities. The Task Leader will also be responsible for assuring
that this and any other appropriate procedures are followed by all project personnel.

The project staff assigned to the decontamination tasks will be responsible for completing
their tasks according to this and other appropriate procedures. All staff will be responsible
for reporting deviations from the procedure or nonconformance to the Task Leader,
Project Manager, or Project QA/QC Officer.

THIS INFORMATION IS FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
STANTEC CONSULTING

Decontamination Procedures SOP
ESPA-002
Page 3 of 5
Rev. 1.4 Jan 2014

Only qualified personnel shall be allowed to perform this procedure. At a minimum,
Stantec employees qualified to oversee decontamination will be required to have:

• Read this SOP;

• Read project-specific QAPP;
• Indicated to the Task Leader that all procedures contained in this SOP are
understood;

• Completed the OSHA 40-hour training course and 8-hour refresher course, as
appropriate; and,

• Previously performed decontamination activities generally consistent with those
described in this SOP.

5 TRAINING/QUALIFICATIONS
Stantec employees who do not have previous experience with decontamination will be
trained on site by a qualified Stantec employee, and will be supervised directly by that
employee until they have demonstrated an ability to perform the procedures.

6 REQUIRED MATERIALS

The following is a typical list of equipment that may be needed to perform
decontamination:

• Paper towels;
• Aluminum foil;

• Trash bags;

• Non-phosphate detergent (e.g., Alconox™);
• Distilled or deionized water (where available);

• Spray bottles;

• Cleaning brushes;

• 5-gallon buckets, purge tank, trailer, drums and drum labels or waste containers;
• Nitrile gloves, or other specified chemical resistant gloves;

THIS INFORMATION IS FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
STANTEC CONSULTING

Decontamination Procedures SOP
ESPA-002
Page 4 of 5
Rev. 1.4 Jan 2014
• Work gloves; and,

• Personal protective equipment (hard hat, steel-toed boots, etc.).
7 DECONTAMINATION METHODS

Reusable field instrumentation and sampling equipment will be decontaminated prior to
their first use, and between each well/sampling location in which they are used. Two types
of decontamination procedures will be employed, depending on the level of visual or
otherwise known contamination to which the instrumentation is exposed. Pre-use
decontamination will follow the first decontamination protocol listed below.

Reusable instrumentation/equipment that has signs of visible NAPL or has potentially
come in contact with NAPL-impacted material will be decontaminated in the following
manner:

THIS INFORMATION IS FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
STANTEC CONSULTING

Decontamination Procedures SOP
ESPA-002
Page 5 of 5
Rev. 1.4 Jan 2014

1. The instrumentation/equipment will be thoroughly rinsed with tap water to
remove sediment and debris, after caked on material has been physically
removed.

2. The instrumentation and sampling equipment will be thoroughly washed with a
mixture comprised of approximately two (2) tablespoons of Alconox™ (or similar
low phosphate cleaning agent) per 1-gallon of de-ionized water. A stiff bristle
scrub brush will be used if necessary to provide thorough cleaning.

3. The instrumentation/equipment will be rinsed with clean water or unused
distilled or de-ionized water where available.

The effectiveness of the above decontamination procedures will be demonstrated
through the periodic use of equipment blanks. A more detailed discussion of the
proposed use of equipment blanks is provided in the FSP

Drill rigs or Geoprobes used on site will be thoroughly decontaminated prior to their
arrival at the site and prior to initiation of any drilling activities. The rig and its
equipment will be thoroughly examined to ensure that there are no significant fuel,
hydraulic fluid, transmission oil, and/or motor oil leaks that could create a condition
not previously in existence or exacerbate an existing condition.

Once the rig and its equipment have been thoroughly cleaned and inspected,
subsequent decontamination efforts will focus only on those pieces of equipment
which actually come into contact with soils or groundwater. No petroleum
hydrocarbon based lubricants will be allowed on the drill stems or associated
connections. Both the initial comprehensive cleaning of the rig and subsequent
decontamination procedures will be performed using either steam-cleaning
equipment or high pressure hot water/detergent wash. In addition, casing
centralizers and casing handling equipment, if used, will be cleaned prior to use in
the construction of monitoring wells.

Decontamination wash solutions and rinsate will be collected and containerized in
5- gallon buckets, 55-gallon drums, or poly tanks. The collected rinsate will be
disposed of appropriately.
8 QUALITY CONTROL CHECKS AND ACCEPTANCE
CRITERIA

Refer to the Quality Assurance Project Plan for specific quality control checks and
acceptance criteria.

THIS INFORMATION IS FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
STANTEC CONSULTING

Decontamination Procedures SOP
ESPA-002
Page 6 of 5
Rev. 1.4 Jan 2014

9 DOCUMENTATION
A record will be maintained during the purging procedure that will contain at a
minimum:

• Project name and number.
• Date, personnel;

• Decontamination procedures;

• Volume of rinsate fluid generated during decontamination; and,

• Disposal method of decontamination water.

The data shall be recorded on a log form or in field logs.

Monitoring Well Installation SOP
ESPA-003
Page 1 of 9
Rev. 1.3 Jan 2014

T HIS INFORMATION FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
S TANTEC C ONSULTING
1.0 PURPOSE & APPLICABILITY

The purpose of this document is to define the standard operating procedure (SOP) for
installing monitoring wells using hollow-stem augers. The following items will be discussed
in detail in the Methods section of this SOP:

 Well material specifications
 Well installation
 Well development
 Surveying well casings

The step-by-step procedures are described in sufficient detail to allow field personnel to
install monitoring wells of sufficient integrity.

While the QAPP is intended to be strictly followed, it must be recognized that field
conditions may force some modifications to the SOP. Any modification to the procedure
shall be approved by the Project Manager or Task Leader in advance. Where SOP
modification is planned sufficiently in advance, regulatory agency concurrence will be
sought prior to conducting the specific activity. When direct contact with regulatory
agency staff is not possible, or unscheduled delays will result such as during field
activities, regulatory agency will be notified of deviations from the SOPs, in writing, as
soon as possible after the occurrence.

2.0 DEFINITIONS

FSP Field Sampling Plan
HASP Health and Safety Plan
LPG Licensed Professional Geologist
OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration
PE Professional Engineer
PG Professional Geologist
QA/QC Quality Assurance/Quality Control
QAPP Quality Assurance Project Plan
RG Registered Geologist
SOP Standard Operating Procedure
WP (Project) Work Plan

3.0 HEALTH AND SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

Personal protective equipment specified in the Health and Safety Plan will be donned
before proceeding with sampling or well installation activities. Organic vapor readings
measured at intervals in the breathing zone will be used to determine if respirators are
needed throughout the sampling and well installation procedures. The organic vapor
readings will be recorded in the field notebook and/or on data collection forms. Refer
to the site-specific HASP for further health and safety considerations applicable to
installing monitoring wells with hollow-stem augers.

Monitoring Well Installation SOP
ESPA-003
Page 2 of 9
Rev. 1.3 Jan 2014

T HIS INFORMATION FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
S TANTEC C ONSULTING
 Traffic guidance and control. Even plans developed by outside traffic control
contractors need to be carefully evaluated to make sure they are protective of our staff
and contractors.

 Personal protective equipment, including hard hats, high-visibility traffic vest, gloves,
appropriate clothing.

 Heat and cold stress.

 Biological hazards such as insects and spiders. Appropriate clothing is required such as
long-sleeved shirts and long pants.

 Bloodborne pathogens. Some of our sites may have syringes and other drug
paraphernalia that must be avoided.

 Chemical exposure on sites with open contamination. Respiratory protection may be
necessary. Proper selection of respiratory protection is essential and an understanding of
its limitation (i.e., negative pressure respiratory protection does not supply oxygen in an
oxygen-deficient atmosphere). Staff should familiarize themselves with exposure limits for
contaminants of concern.

 Use of air monitoring instrumentation will likely be necessary. We must be careful to
make sure that our instrumentation is appropriate for the airborne contaminants of
interest and that our staff understands the limitations of the instrumentation. Staff must
also understand and perform calibration including zeroing with zero gas cylinders and
appropriate other calibration gases.

 Noise and proper use of hearing protection devices such as ear plugs and/or muffs.

 Emergency action plan must be carefully coordinated in advance between Stantec, our
subcontractors, the client, and emergency responders.

4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES

The Project Manager or Task Leader will be responsible for assigning project staff to direct
and observe the installation of monitoring wells by the subcontractor and to collect soil
samples. The Task Leader will also be responsible for assuring that this and any other
appropriate procedures are followed by all project personnel.

The project staff assigned to the collection of soil and ground water samples with hollow-
stem augers will be responsible for completing their tasks according to this and other
appropriate procedures. All staff will be responsible for reporting deviations from the
procedure or nonconformance to the Task Leader, Project Manager, or Project QA/QC
Officer.

Only qualified personnel shall be allowed to perform this procedure. At a minimum,
Stantec employees qualified to perform monitoring well installation will be required to
have:

 Read this SOP;
Monitoring Well Installation SOP
ESPA-003
Page 3 of 9
Rev. 1.3 Jan 2014
T HIS INFORMATION FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
S TANTEC C ONSULTING
x Indicated to the Task Leader that all procedures contained in this SOP are
understood;
x Completed the OSHA 40-hour training course, and/or annual 8-hour refresher
course, as appropriate; and
x Previously directed monitoring well installations in a manner generally consistent
with the procedures described in this SOP.
Stantec employees who do not have previous experience installing monitoring wells will
be trained on site by a qualified Stantec employee, and will be supervised directly by
that employee until they have demonstrated an ability to perform the procedures. A
qualified certified LPG, PG, RG, or PE will maintain close supervision of the project
progress, results, and interpretations. The Project Manager shall document personnel
qualifications related to this procedure in the project QA files.
5.0 TRAINING/QUALIFICATIONS
Stantec employees who do not have previous experience installing monitoring wells will
be trained on site by a qualified Stantec employee and supervised directly by that
employee until they have demonstrated an ability to perform the procedures.
6.0 REQUIRED MATERIALS
The following is a typical list of equipment that may be needed to perform monitoring
well installation using hollow-stem augers. Please note that some of this material will be
supplied by the monitoring well installation subcontractor.
x well casing and well screen
x bentonite pellets or chips
x filter sand
x cement and powdered bentonite for grouting
x protective well casing with locking cap
x steel guard posts
x submersible pump or bailer with polypropylene twine for well development
x location map
x auger rig
x weighted tape measure
x water level probe
Monitoring Well Installation SOP
ESPA-003
Page 4 of 9
Rev. 1.3 Jan 2014
T HIS INFORMATION FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
S TANTEC C ONSULTING
x flame ionization detector (fid) or photo ionization detector (PID)
x field notebook and data collection forms
x decontamination supplies
x nitrile gloves
x camera and film or disks
x personal safety gear
7.0 METHODS
7.1 Well Materials Specifications
Well Casing
Well casing will consist of Schedule 40 PVC, 2-inch diameter, threaded, flush-joint pipe.
Well casing will be provided with a vented cap of similar diameter. No solvents,
cements, or adhesive tapes may be used to connect sections of well casing.
Well Screen
Well screen will consist of threaded, flush-joint pipe with factory machine slots or wire-
wrapped design screen 10 millimeters in size. The slot size will be small enough to retain
approximately 80 to 90 percent of the filter pack material. Well screen length will be 10
feet long. Well screens will be provided with bottom sumps that range from 0.5 to 2 feet
in length. No solvents, cements, or adhesive tapes may be used to connect sections of
screen.
Filter Pack
The annular space between the well screen and the borehole wall will be backfilled with
clean, washed, well-graded, silica sand compatible in size with the formation. The
appropriate filter pack gradation will be determined for each well from aquifer material
sieve analysis results.
Bentonite Seal
The bentonite seal will consist of a layer of bentonite pellets, chips, or slurry.
Cement/Bentonite Grout
Grout used for sealing a well will consist of Portland cement, pure bentonite powder, and
potable water. Approximate constituent proportions are as follows:
x 94 pounds (one bag) Portland cement
x 2 pounds of bentonite powder
x 10 gallons of potable water
The grout will be prepared by first thoroughly mixing the bentonite and water, and then
mixing in the Portland cement.
Monitoring Well Installation SOP
ESPA-003
Page 5 of 9
Rev. 1.3 Jan 2014
T HIS INFORMATION FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
S TANTEC C ONSULTING
The porous nature of the unsaturated fill present may make it difficult to keep grout in the
borehole. If this occurs, the grout mixture will be thickened by changing the constituent
proportions to 2 to 3 pounds of powdered bentonite prehydrated in 7 to 8 gallons of
water per sack of cement. The quantities of materials used in the preparation of the
grout and the total quantity of grout used will be recorded in the field notebook and/or
on data collection forms.
Protective Steel Casing
A minimum 8-inch-ID, 5-foot-long, protective steel casing with a hinged or removable
lockable steel cap shall be installed over the monitoring well casing that projects above
ground surface.
Concrete Pad
Concrete used for completion at grade will be Sakrete, Quikrete, or equivalent, and will
not be placed prior to 24 hours after setting the protective steel casing in the
cement/bentonite grout.
Steel Guard Posts
If necessary, 2-inch-diameter, 5-foot-long steel posts may be installed to provide extra
well head protection.
7.2 Well Installation
The following procedures will be used for well installation using hollow-stem augers:
x If necessary, overdrill well depth by approximately five (5) feet to compensate for
heaving sands.
x Measure total depth of completed boring using a weighted tape.
x Remove temporary plug from base of lead auger or remove center bit
(depending on which method is used).
x It may be necessary to fill the augers with potable water before the center bit is
removed in order to achieve the desired screen interval. The column of water
inside the augers will prevent sand from heaving into the auger. A sample of the
potable water will be collected for chemical analysis, and the volume of water
placed into the borehole recorded on the boring log or field log book.
x Re-measure depth of well.
x Calculate volumes of filter pack, bentonite pellets, and grout required, based on
boring and well dimensions.
x Calculate measurement of assembled well screen, sump, and riser pipe to
nearest 0.1 foot.
x If boring did not heave to raise total depth to desired well screen depth, place a
layer of filter sand or bentonite pellets or chips at the bottom of the hole. Filter
sand must be added incrementally, while withdrawing the auger. If bentonite is
Monitoring Well Installation SOP
ESPA-003
Page 6 of 9
Rev. 1.3 Jan 2014
T HIS INFORMATION FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
S TANTEC C ONSULTING
used, it will be added gradually to prevent bridging. Bentonite addition will stop
when its level has reached approximately one (1) foot below the desired base of
the screen end cap. The bentonite plug will be hydrated and approximately one
(1) foot of filter sand will be poured downhole on top of the bentonite, to raise
the bottom of the hole to the desired level.
x Lower the well casing assembly through the hollow portion of the augers until the
casing is resting at the bottom of the boring. The casing will extend from the top
of the well screen to approximately two (2) feet above ground surface unless a
subgrade completion is necessary.
x Record top of casing level and calculate level of screen interval.
x Withdraw the augers at a maximum of 5-foot increments while adding filter pack
sand. The filter pack will extend from approximately one (1) foot below the base
of the well screen and extend at least one (1) foot but not more than two (2) feet
above the top of the well screen.
x Repeated depth soundings using a weighted tape on top of the sand pack shall
be taken to monitor the level of the sand and detect any bridging of sand. The
top of the well casing shall also be monitored to detect any movement (up or
down) due to settlement of filter or auger removal.
x Sufficient time shall be allowed for the filter sand to settle before measuring the
sand level or continuing to withdraw the augers. The screen and casing should
always be protected from the formation soils by the augers or the filter pack
material (e.g., maintain sand level inside of augers at all times).
x The screen will be surged and the casing will be moved gently back and forth
during placement of the filter pack to facilitate the settling of the filter pack sand.
x Install a 3- to 5-foot thick bentonite seal above the filter pack. If pellets or chips
are used, they will be added gradually to avoid bridging. Repeated depth
soundings will be taken using a weighted tape to ascertain the top of the
bentonite seal. The seal will be allowed to hydrate for approximately 30 minutes
before proceeding with the grouting operation.
x While raising the auger in incremental intervals (to prevent contact of casing with
formation), grout the remaining annulus from the top of the bentonite seal to the
ground surface (except for subgrade completions) with the cement/bentonite
grout specified in the FSP. The grout will be poured into the annulus, or pumped
through a tremie pipe if the depth in the annular space is greater than 15 feet.
Grouting will cease when the annulus is completely filled. For subgrade
completions, grouting will cease when the grout level has risen to within
approximately two (2) feet of the ground surface.
x Before the grout sets, the protective steel casing will be centered on the well
casing and inserted into the grouted annulus (if the well is completed above
grade). A 2-inch deep temporary spacer shall be placed between the PVC well
cap and the bottom of the protective casing cover prior to installation to keep
Monitoring Well Installation SOP
ESPA-003
Page 7 of 9
Rev. 1.3 Jan 2014
T HIS INFORMATION FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
S TANTEC C ONSULTING
the protective cover from settling onto the well cap.
x After the casing has set, a drainage hole may or may not be drilled in the
protective steel casing approximately two (2) inches above ground surface. The
protective casing will be painted with a rust-preventive, conspicuously-colored
paint.
x Label well cap with well number, depth, and date.
x At least 24 hours after grouting, install the concrete pad and steel guard posts, if
necessary.
x For above grade completion, install a minimum 4-inch thick, 3 feet by 3 feet
concrete pad at ground surface around the protective steel casing. Slope the
concrete away from the well casing to promote surface drainage away from the
well.
x For above-grade completions, where traffic conditions warrant extra protection,
three steel posts will be embedded to a depth approximately 1.5 feet below the
top of the concrete pad. The posts will be installed in concrete-filled post holes
spaced equally around the well at a distance of approximately 1.5 feet from the
protective steel casing.
Monitoring well installation information is recorded on the field well completion form
(Figure 2).
7.3 Well Development
Well development will proceed after the cement/bentonite grout has set for a minimum
of 24 hours. The well will be developed using a submersible pump, airlift equipment, a
hand bailer, and/or a surge block. Well development will consist of repeated
evacuation, followed by surging until the clarity of the water has stabilized. A minimum
of 10 well volumes will be purged and at least three times the volume of any clean water
added during drilling will be removed. The well development information will be
recorded on a well development form.
7.4 Surveying Well Casings
Stantec field personnel will mark the permanent datum point on newly installed wells by
cutting a small notch on the north side of the casing. All future static water elevations
will be measured from that point. A surveyor will survey the well casing elevation datum
to the nearest 0.01 foot and the x and y coordinates to the nearest 0.1 foot. Ground
surface elevation will be surveyed to the nearest 0.1 foot.
8.0 QUALITY CONTROL CHECKS AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
Refer to the Quality Assurance Project Plan for specific quality control checks and
acceptance criteria.
Monitoring Well Installation SOP
ESPA-003
Page 8 of 9
Rev. 1.3 Jan 2014
T HIS INFORMATION FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
S TANTEC C ONSULTING
9.0 DOCUMENTATION
A construction diagram will be completed for each monitoring well. The field notebook
and/or data collection forms will contain the following information:
x Project name and number
x Drilling company name
x Date drilling started and finished
x Type of auger and size (ID & OD)
x Type of equipment for air monitoring (PID or FID)
x Air monitoring measurements
x Well completion and graphic log
x Driller's name
x Geologist or scientist's name
x Type of drill rig
x Boring number
x Surface elevation (if available)
x Water levels
x Drilling observations
x Map of boring or monitoring well location
Refer to the Quality Assurance Project Plan for a description of documentation
procedures.
Monitoring Well Installation SOP
ESPA-003
Page 9 of 9
Rev. 1.3 Jan 2014
T HIS INFORMATION FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
S TANTEC C ONSULTING
ACCEPTANCE
Author/Originator
Peer Reviewer
Senior Reviewer
Environment Practice QA/QC Manager
Monitoring Well Abandonment SOP
ESPA-004
Page 1 of 6
Rev. 1.4 Jan 2014
T HIS INFORMATION FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
S TANTEC C ONSULTING
1.0 PURPOSE & APPLICABILITY
The purpose of this document is to define the standard operating procedure (SOP) for
abandoning monitoring wells using hollow-stem augers which will be discussed in detail
in the Methods section of this SOP. The step-by-step procedures are described in
sufficient detail to allow field personnel to install monitoring wells of sufficient integrity.
While the QAPP is intended to be strictly followed, it must be recognized that field
conditions may force some modifications to the SOP. Any modification to the procedure
shall be approved by the Project Manager or Task Leader in advance. Where SOP
modification is planned sufficiently in advance, regulatory agency concurrence will be
sought prior to conducting the specific activity. When direct contact with regulatory
agency staff is not possible, or unscheduled delays will result, such as during field
activities, regulatory agency will be notified of deviations from the SOPs, in writing, as
soon as possible after the occurrence.
2.0 DEFINITIONS
FSP Field Sampling Plan
HASP Health and Safety Plan
LPG Licensed Professional Geologist
OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration
PE Professional Engineer
PG Professional Geologist
QA/QC Quality Assurance/Quality Control
QAPP Quality Assurance Project Plan
RG Registered Geologist
SOP Standard Operating Procedure
WP (Project) Work Plan
3.0 HEALTH AND SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
Personal protective equipment specified in the Health and Safety Plan will be donned
before proceeding with well abandonment activities. Air monitoring or organic vapor
readings measured at intervals in the breathing zone will be used to determine if
respirators are needed (if applicable). Refer to the site-specific HASP for further health
and safety considerations applicable to abandoning monitoring wells with hollow-stem
augers.
x Traffic guidance and control. Even plans developed by outside traffic control
contractors need to be carefully evaluated to make sure they are protective of
our staff and contractors.
x Personal protective equipment (PPE) including high visibility traffic vest, gloves,
appropriate clothing.
x Heat and cold stress.
Monitoring Well Abandonment SOP
ESPA-004
Page 2 of 6
Rev. 1.4 Jan 2014
T HIS INFORMATION FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
S TANTEC C ONSULTING
x Biological hazards such as insects and spiders. Appropriate clothing is required
such as long-sleeved shirts and long pants.
x Bloodborne pathogens. Some of our sites may have syringes and other drug
paraphernalia that must be avoided.
x Chemical exposure on sites with open contamination. Respiratory protection
may be necessary. Proper selection of respiratory protection is essential and an
understanding of its limitation (i.e., negative pressure respiratory protection does
not supply oxygen in an oxygen-deficient atmosphere). Staff should familiarize
themselves with exposure limits for contaminants of concern.
x Use of air monitoring instrumentation will likely be necessary. We must be careful
to make sure that our instrumentation is appropriate for the airborne
contaminants of interest and that our staff understands the limitations of the
instrumentation. Staff must also understand and perform calibration including
zeroing with zero gas cylinders and appropriate other calibration gases.
x Noise and proper use of hearing protection devices such as ear plugs and/or
muffs.
x Emergency action plan must be carefully coordinated in advance between
Stantec, our subcontractors, the client, and emergency responders.
4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES
The Project Manager or Task Leader will be responsible for assigning project staff to direct
and observe the installation of monitoring wells by the subcontractor and to collect soil
samples. The Task Leader will also be responsible for assuring that this and any other
appropriate procedures are followed by all project personnel.
The project staff assigned to the monitoring well abandonment with hollow-stem augers
will be responsible for completing their tasks according to this and other appropriate
procedures. All staff will be responsible for reporting deviations from the procedure or
nonconformance to the Task Leader, Project Manager, or Project QA/QC Officer.
Only qualified personnel shall be allowed to perform this procedure. At a minimum,
Stantec employees qualified to perform monitoring well installation will be required to
have:
x Read this SOP;
x Indicated to the Task Leader that all procedures contained in this SOP are
understood;
x Completed the OSHA 40-hour training course, and/or annual 8-hour refresher
course, as appropriate; and,
x Previously directed monitoring well installations in a manner generally consistent
with the procedures described in this SOP.
Monitoring Well Abandonment SOP
ESPA-004
Page 3 of 6
Rev. 1.4 Jan 2014
T HIS INFORMATION FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
S TANTEC C ONSULTING
5.0 TRAINING/QUALIFICATIONS
Stantec employees who do not have previous experience abandoning monitoring wells
will be trained on site by a qualified Stantec employee and supervised directly by that
employee until they have demonstrated an ability to perform the procedures. A
qualified or certified LPG, PG, RG, or PE will maintain close supervision of the project
progress, results, and interpretations. The Project Manager shall document personnel
qualifications related to this procedure in the project QA files.
6.0 REQUIRED MATERIALS
The following is a typical list of equipment that may be needed to perform monitoring
well abandonment using hollow-stem augers. Please note that some of this material will
be supplied by the drilling subcontractor:
x bentonite pellets or chips
x cement and powdered bentonite for grouting
x location map
x auger rig
x weighted tape measure
x water level probe (if applicable)
x flame ionization detector (FID) or photo ionization detector (PID) (as appropriate)
x field notebook and/or data log forms
x decontamination supplies
x nitrile gloves
x camera and film or disks (as needed)
x personal protective equipment
7.0 METHODS
Project requirements and/or field conditions may require the occasional abandonment
of constructed and/or partially constructed wells. The following minimum requirements
for abandoning wells, and soil borings, as required by the appropriate regulatory agency
and based upon previous investigations of the Site geology and hydrology, are
presented below.
Monitoring Well Abandonment SOP
ESPA-004
Page 4 of 6
Rev. 1.4 Jan 2014
T HIS INFORMATION FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
S TANTEC C ONSULTING
7.1 Abandonment Method
The following steps will be used to abandon the well:
x Remove all removable casing and or tubing will be removed.
x The hole will be filled, from the total depth to the top of all saturated zones, with
cement, bentonite, or a mixture of the two. Expanding cement is preferred in
contaminated zones, while bentonite pellets are suggested in uncontaminated,
saturated zones. The hole is not to be backfilled with cuttings, regardless of
whether they have been characterized as clean or dirty.
x A mixture consisting of cement and two (2) to five (5) percent bentonite will be
used as a surface seal, from the top of all saturated zones to the ground surface.
x A mounded, expanding cement collar will be placed at the ground surface in
order to divert surface drainage and prevent the intrusion of water into the
abandoned hole.
x Borehole seals will be installed using the “tremmie pipe” method to ensure a
proper seal.
x A standard abandonment form must be completed, and a State/Province
Abandonment Report will be filed with the proper agency.
Note: The above procedures are to be performed by a licensed driller, per applicable
State/Province requirements.
7.2 Decontamination Method
The following steps will be used to decontaminate drilling equipment after the well has
been abandoned:
x Ensure that the decontamination process has been carefully designed to be sure
that the solutions used are appropriate for the chemicals of potential concern.
x Ensure that the decontamination area is properly constructed to keep
contamination within the contamination reduction and exclusion zones.
x Ensure that the decontamination area is properly constructed to contain the rinse
solutions and solids.
x Personnel will dress in suitable safety equipment to reduce personal exposure.
x Equipment heavily caked with soil and/or other material will be power washed
and the soil and/or other material will be scraped off with a flat-bladed scraper.
x Equipment that will not be damaged by water such as drill rigs, augers, drill bits,
and shovels will be sprayed with detergent water by a high-pressure steam
cleaner, then rinsed with clear potable water. Care will be taken to adequately
clean the insides of the hollow-stem augers.
Monitoring Well Abandonment SOP
ESPA-004
Page 5 of 6
Rev. 1.4 Jan 2014
T HIS INFORMATION FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
S TANTEC C ONSULTING
x Equipment that may be damaged by water will be carefully wiped clean using a
sponge and detergent water, and wiped with organic-free deionized water.
Care will be taken to prevent any equipment damage.
x Decontamination water and sediment will be containerized for proper disposal.
Drilling equipment will be decontaminated between each borehole. Decontamination
will be done at the designated decontamination area. Augers will be scraped off as
they are withdrawn from a borehole.
Following decontamination, drilling equipment will be placed on the clean drill rig and
moved to a clean area. If the equipment is not used immediately, it will be stored in the
designated secure, clean area.
8.0 QUALITY CONTROL CHECKS AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
Refer to the Quality Assurance Project Plan for specific quality control checks and
acceptance criteria.
9.0 DOCUMENTATION
A boring log will be completed for each borehole. The field notebook and/or data
collection forms will contain the following information:
x Project name and number
x Observing staff’s name
x Drilling company’s name
x Driller's name
x Date monitoring well abandonment started and finished
x Type of drill rig
x Type of auger and size (ID & OD)
x Type of equipment for air monitoring (PID or FID) and air monitoring
measurements, as appropriate
x Well abandonment form
x Boring number
x Depth of well removed
x Drilling observations
x Map of boring or monitoring abandoned well location
Monitoring Well Abandonment SOP
ESPA-004
Page 6 of 6
Rev. 1.4 Jan 2014
T HIS INFORMATION FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
S TANTEC C ONSULTING
ACCEPTANCE
Author/Originator
Peer Reviewer
Senior Reviewer
Environment Practice QA/QC Manager
THIS INFORMATION FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
STANTEC CONSULTING

Low Flow Groundwater Sampling SOP
ESPA-005
Page 1 of 5
Rev. 1.4 Jan 2014
1 PURPOSE & APPLICABILITY
The purpose of this document is to define the standard operating procedure (SOP) for
collecting low flow groundwater samples. The ultimate goal of the sampling program is to
obtain samples that meet acceptable standards of accuracy, precision, comparability,
representativeness, and completeness. All steps that could affect tracking,
documentation, or integrity of samples have been explained in sufficient detail to allow
different sampling personnel to collect samples that are equally reliable and consistent.
This procedure gives descriptions of equipment, field procedures, sample containers,
decontamination, documentation, storage and holding times, and field QA/QC
procedures necessary to collect soil samples.
This procedure may apply to all sampling by Stantec personnel or their subcontractors by
the aforementioned sampling methods.
It must be recognized that field conditions may force some modifications to the SOP. Any
modification to the procedure shall be approved by the Project Manager or Task Leader
in advance and sufficiently documented so that the reason for the deviation can be
clearly articulated to our clients and regulators, as necessary. Where SOP modification is
planned sufficiently in advance, regulatory agency concurrence will be sought prior to
conducting the specific activity.

2 DEFINITIONS

FSP Field Sampling Plan
HASP Health and Safety Plan
OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration
QA/QC Quality Assurance/Quality Control
QAPP Quality Assurance Project Plan
SOP Standard Operating Procedure
WP (Project) Work Plan
3 HEALTH AND SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
Consideration of Health and Safety risks prior to performing this work is paramount. This risk
review may be performed by modifying a generic or existing Job Safety Analysis in the
HASP. There are many items to be considered. Following is a short list of the items for
consideration. Careful review of these items and other site-specific conditions by the
project team is essential.
• Traffic guidance and control. Even plans developed by outside traffic control
contractors need to be carefully evaluated to make sure they are protective of our
staff and contractors.
THIS INFORMATION FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
STANTEC CONSULTING

Low Flow Groundwater Sampling SOP
ESPA-005
Page 2 of 5
Rev. 1.4 Jan 2014
• Personal protective equipment, including hard hats, high-visibility traffic vest, gloves,
appropriate clothing.
• Heat and cold stress.

• Biological hazards such as insects and spiders. Appropriate clothing is required such
as long-sleeved shirts and long pants.
• Bloodborne pathogens. Some of our sites may have syringes and other drug
paraphernalia that must be carefully avoided.
• Chemical exposure on sites with open contamination. Respiratory protection may be
necessary. Proper selection of respiratory protection is essential and an understanding
of its limitation (i.e., negative pressure respiratory protection does not supply oxygen in
an oxygen-deficient atmosphere). Staff should familiarize themselves with exposure
limits for contaminants of concern.
• Emergency action plan must be carefully coordinated in advance between Stantec,
our subcontractors, the client, and emergency responders.
All of these risks and others must be discussed with our subcontractors and clients to be
sure they are properly addressed. Once the issues have been addressed at a project
management level, they must be communicated to the staff that will actually perform the
work. Details of procedures, instrument measurements and calibration, and other activities
must be recorded in the field log and/or on data collection forms.

4 RESPONSIBILITIES
The Project Manager or Task Leader will be responsible for assigning project staff to
complete low flow groundwater sampling activities. The Task Leader will also be
responsible for assuring that this and any other appropriate procedures are followed by all
project personnel.
The project staff assigned to the low flow sampling tasks will be responsible for completing
their tasks according to this and other appropriate procedures. All staff will be responsible
for reporting deviations from the procedure or nonconformance to the Task Leader,
Project Manager, or Project QA/QC Officer.
Only qualified personnel shall be allowed to perform this procedure. At a minimum,
Stantec employees qualified to perform groundwater sampling will be required to have:
• Read this SOP.
• Read project-specific QAPP.
• Indicated to the Task Leader that all procedures contained in this SOP are understood.
• Completed the OSHA 40-hour training course and 8-hour refresher course, as
appropriate.
Previously performed low flow groundwater sampling activities generally consistent with
THIS INFORMATION FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
STANTEC CONSULTING
Low Flow Groundwater Sampling SOP
ESPA-005
Page 3 of 5
Rev. 1.4 Jan 2014
those described in this SOP.
5 TRAINING/QUALIFICATIONS
Stantec employees who do not have previous experience with low flow groundwater
sampling will be trained on site by a qualified Stantec employee and supervised directly
by that employee until they have demonstrated an ability to perform the procedures.
6 REQUIRED MATERIALS
The following is a typical list of equipment that may be needed to perform low flow
groundwater sampling:
•Photoionization detector (PID) or other air monitoring instrumentation as needed.
•Sample containers with lids.
•Sample labels.
•Waterproof marking pens, such as the Staedtler Lumocolor.
•Coolers (with ice) for sample storage and shipment.
•Sample data forms/clip board.
•Decontamination supplies.
•Nitrile gloves, or other specified chemical-resistant gloves.
•Work gloves.
•Camera and film or disks.
•Blank groundwater parameter forms or a field-logging PDA.
•Personal safety gear (hard hat, steel-toed boots, etc.).
•Water level indicator or product-water interface probe.
•Centrifugal pump, bladder pump, Grundfos pump (or equivalent).
•Appropriately sized tubing (Teflon or equivalent).
•YSI 556 meter with flow-through cell (or equivalent).
•Turbidity meter, Hatch ferrous iron test kit (or equivalent) as needed.
THIS INFORMATION FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
STANTEC CONSULTING
Low Flow Groundwater Sampling SOP
ESPA-005
Page 4 of 5
Rev. 1.4 Jan 2014
•Buckets, drums or other containers for purge water.
7 METHODS
7.1 Purging Methods
Wells will be purged and sampled according to the following procedures:
•After the water levels and the depth of the wells have been measured, the
monitoring wells will be purged at a low-flow rate using a centrifugal pump,
bladder pump, Grundfos pump (or equivalent) and dedicated down-hole
tubing while measurements of oxygen reduction potential (ORP), dissolved
oxygen (DO), standard conductivity (SC), pH, temperature, ferrous iron
and/or turbidity (as needed) are monitored using a YSI 556 meter with flow-
through cell, appropriate meters and test kits. (The meters will be checked
and calibrated prior to use as specified in the operations manuals.) After
purging is initiated, the flow will be adjusted to a rate that results in minimal
well draw down.
•The pump intake will be located near the middle of the screened interval of
each well. Non-dedicated equipment will be decontaminated appropriately
before use at each monitoring well.
•Purge rates for low-flow sampling are typically 0.1 - 0.5 liters per minute
(L/min). A higher purge rate may be acceptable but this is based on the site
hydrology and must be determined at each well location. At no point should
the purge rate cause a change in water level of greater than 0.3 feet.
•When using a bladder pump, the pump should be set so that one pulse
delivers the entire 40ml vial amount (not mandatory but “best practice”).
•Peristaltic pumps should be used with caution. Usage should be based on
the intent of the data. If the data is to be used for comparison to clean up
goals or groundwater monitoring termination, then peristaltic pump should
not be used.
•The well will be purged until water quality parameters (ORP, DO, SC, pH,
temperature, and/or turbidity) have stabilized (generally within 10 percent)
for three consecutive measurements taken at 3 to 5 minutes intervals or three
(3) complete well volumes have been removed. USEPA recommendations for
stability parameters are:
Turbidity +/- 10%
DO +/- 0.3 mg/l (milligrams per liter, i.e., parts per million-ppm)
Specific Conductance +/- 3%
Temperature +/- 3 percent
pH +/- 0.1
ORP +/- 10 mv (millivolts)
5
Low Flow Groundwater Sampling SOP
ESPA-005
Page 5 of 5
Rev. 1.4 Jan 2014
This information will be recorded in a sampling form or on a field-logging PDA.
•Once the water quality parameters have stabilized, a groundwater sample
will be collected in appropriate sample containers, or sampled with the
appropriate test kit.
•Documentation of all purge data, including volumes (both of water purged
and water sampled), elapsed times, pump-flow rates, water level and
geochemical parameter measurements will be recorded on the sampling
form.
7.2 Decontamination Methods
Refer to Decontamination Procedures SOP ESPA-002.
8 QUALITY CONTROL CHECKS AND ACCEPTANCE
CRITERIA
Refer to the Quality Assurance Project Plan for specific quality control checks and
acceptance criteria.
9 DOCUMENTATION
A monitoring well low-flow groundwater sampling log will be completed for each
monitoring well. The field notebook and/or data collection forms will contain the
following information:
•Project name and number.
•Field staff/sampler’s name.
•Date and time sampling started and finished.
•Type of equipment for air monitoring and air monitoring data (if applicable).
•Type, make and model number of low flow and sampling equipment used.
•YSI meter (or equivalent), calibration and measurements.
•Depth to groundwater, well bottom and dense non-aqueous phase liquid
levels, if applicable.
•Monitoring well purge volume.
6
Low Flow Groundwater Sampling SOP
ESPA-005
Page 6 of 5
Rev. 1.4 Jan 2014
•Surface elevation (if available).
•Flow rates.
•ORP, DO, SC, pH, temperature, ferrous Iron and/or turbidity measurements or
results and time.
•Additional sample analytical method or analytes and sample identification.
•Sample collection time.
•Sampler’s observations.
•Description of monitoring well condition.
THIS INFORMATION IS FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
STANTEC CONSULTING
Groundwater Sampling SOP
ESPA-006
Page 1 of 12
Rev. 1.4 Jan 2014
1 PURPOSE & APPLICABILITY
The purpose of this document is to define the standard operating procedure (SOP) for the
sampling of monitoring wells. The ultimate goal of the sampling program is to obtain
samples that meet acceptable standards of accuracy, precision, comparability,
representativeness and completeness. All steps that could affect tracking,
documentation, or integrity of samples have been explained in sufficient detail to allow
different sampling personnel to collect samples that are equally reliable and consistent.
This procedure provides descriptions of equipment, field procedures, sample containers,
decontamination, documentation, storage, holding times, and field quality
assurance/quality control (QA/QC) procedures necessary to collect water samples from
groundwater monitoring wells.
This procedure may apply to all groundwater sampling of monitoring wells by Stantec
personnel or their subcontractors.
While the QAPP is intended to be strictly followed, it must be recognized that field
conditions may force some modifications to the SOP. Any modification to the procedure
shall be approved by the Project Manager or Task Leader in advance. Where SOP
modification is planned sufficiently in advance, regulatory agency concurrence will be
sought prior to conducting the specific activity. When direct contact with regulatory
agency staff is not possible, or unscheduled delays will result, such as during field activities,
regulatory agency will be notified of deviations from the SOPs, in writing, as soon as
possible after the occurrence.
2 DEFINITIONS
HASP Health and Safety Plan
HCL Hydrochloric Acid
OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration
PID Photoionization Detector
PPE Personal Protective Equipment
PVC Polyvinyl Chloride
QA/QC Quality Assurance/Quality Control
QAPP Quality Assurance Project Plan
SOP Standard Operating Procedure
VOC Volatile Organic Compound
3 HEALTH AND SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
Refer to the site-specific HASP for health and safety considerations applicable to
groundwater sampling.
Consideration of Health and Safety risks prior to performing this work is paramount. This risk
THIS INFORMATION IS FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
STANTEC CONSULTING
Groundwater Sampling SOP
ESPA-006
Page 2 of 12
Rev. 1.4 Jan 2014
review can be performed by making our generic Job Safety Analysis site specific in our
site-specific Health and Safety Plan. Of course, there are many items that need to be
considered. The following is just a short list of the items. Careful consideration of these
items by the project team is essential, and the ultimate responsibility of the project
manager.
•Traffic guidance and control. Even plans developed by outside traffic control
contractors need to be carefully evaluated to make sure they are protective of
our staff and contractors.
•Personal protective equipment (PPE) including high visibility traffic vest, gloves,
appropriate clothing.
•Heat and cold stress.
•Biological hazards such as insects and spiders. Therefore appropriate clothing is
required such as long-sleeved shirts and long pants.
•Bloodborne pathogens. Some of our sites may have syringes and other drug
paraphernalia that must be avoided.
•Chemical exposure on sites with open contamination. Proper selection of
respiratory protection is essential and an understanding of its limitation (i.e.,
negative pressure respiratory protection does not supply oxygen in an oxygen-
deficient atmosphere). Staff should familiarize themselves with exposure limits for
contaminants of concern.
•Use of air monitoring instrumentation will not likely be necessary. We must be
careful to make sure that our instrumentation is appropriate for the airborne
contaminants of interest and that our staff understands the limitations of the
instrumentation. Staff must also understand and perform calibration including
zeroing with zero gas cylinders and appropriate other calibration gases.
•Decontamination of equipment and personnel must be properly designed and
constructed to be sure that contamination is kept within the boundaries of the
exclusion zone.
•Noise and proper use of hearing protection devices such as ear plugs and/or muffs.
•Emergency action plan must be carefully coordinated in advance between
Stantec, our subcontractors, the client and emergency responders.
•Ergonomics should be considered when setting up equipment. Ensure that staff
does not lift more than 50 lbs. alone.
All of these risks and others must be discussed with our subcontractors, if applicable, and
clients to be sure they are properly addressed. Once the issues have been addressed at
a project management level, they must be communicated to the staff actually
performing the work. Details of procedures, instrument measurements, and other activities
must be recorded in the field log and/or on data collection forms.
THIS INFORMATION IS FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
STANTEC CONSULTING
Groundwater Sampling SOP
ESPA-006
Page 3 of 12
Rev. 1.4 Jan 2014
4 QUALITY ASSURANCE PLANNING CONSIDERATIONS
Sampling shall be done by personnel familiar with the common sources of random and
systematic error so intelligent decisions can be made in the field. Some of the common
phenomena which may degrade sample quality are listed below:
•Volatilization. This occurs when the sample is in contact with air for an extended
time. It is typically a problem when water is either sitting in the well or when air
pockets exist at the top of the water container. Prompt sampling after well
evacuation, proper sampling order (i.e., fill VOC sample containers first), and tight
capping of bottles immediately after filling will minimize these errors.
•Adsorption/desorption. This is the gain or loss of chemicals through exchange
across surfaces. It may occur when the sample comes in contact with large
surface areas such as bailers or tubing. Thorough decontamination of bailers
and/or tubing, or using disposible bailers and/or tubing and probes along with
expedient sampling after well purging minimizes sorption effects.
•Chemical reaction. Dissolved chemical constituents may change due to reactions
such as oxidation, hydrolysis, precipitation, etc. Proper preservation and
adherence to holding times minimize these reactions.
•Biodegradation. Virtually all groundwater contains bacteria, some of which may
be capable of altering the composition of contaminants. Proper preservation and
adherence to holding time will reduce this effect.
•Sample contamination. This is the most common source of errors and can result
from several factors, including incomplete decontamination, contact with other
samples, and contact with the atmosphere. Careful attention to
decontamination, handling, and container sealing minimizes sample
contamination.
5 RESPONSIBILITIES
The Project Manager or Task Leader will be responsible for assigning project staff to
complete water sampling activities. The Task Leader will also be responsible for assuring
that this and any other appropriate procedures are followed by all project personnel.
The project staff assigned to the water sampling task will be responsible for completing
their tasks according to this and other appropriate procedures. All staff will be responsible
for reporting deviations from the procedure or nonconformance to the Task Leader,
Project Manager, or Project QA/QC Officer.
6 TRAINING/QUALIFICATIONS
Only qualified personnel shall be allowed to perform water sampling. At a minimum,
Stantec employees qualified to perform water sampling will be required to have:
THIS INFORMATION IS FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
STANTEC CONSULTING
Groundwater Sampling SOP
ESPA-006
Page 4 of 12
Rev. 1.4 Jan 2014
•Read this SOP.
•Indicated to the Task Leader that all procedures contained in this SOP are
understood.
•Completed the OSHA 40-hour training course and/or 8-hour refresher course, as
appropriate.
•Previously performed water sampling in a manner generally consistent with the
procedures described in this SOP.
Stantec employees who do not have previous experience sampling ground water will be
trained on site by a qualified Stantec employee and supervised directly by that employee
until they have demonstrated an ability to perform the procedures.
The Project Manager shall document personnel qualifications related to this procedure in
the project QA files.
7 REQUIRED MATERIALS
Dedicated evacuation/sampling equipment will be used whenever possible and stored
at the well or a designated location on site. Sample bottles for volatile and semivolatile
organic compounds, general mineral, and metals samples will be obtained from the
analytical laboratory. Extra sample containers will be obtained in case of breakage or
other problems. Trip blanks will also be obtained from the analytical laboratory.
A typical well evacuation equipment list:
•Water level probe or fiberglass tape.
•Bailers:
2-inch-diameter well
-- 1.66-inch O.D. x 3-foot PVC bailer, or
-- 1.66-inch O.D. x 5-foot PVC bailer, or
-- 1.66-inch O.D. x 3-foot disposable polyethylene bailer.
•Pumps:
-- Grundfos, bladder, or peristaltic type submersible pump.
•Teflon-coated bailing wire rope or disposable polyethylene cord.
•Electric generator.
•YSI meter.
•Personal protective equipment, including nitrile (or other material depending upon
the nature of the chemicals encountered) or powderless surgical gloves and safety
glasses. Tough work gloves may also be required for moving around equipment
before or after the sampling itself. Other PPE include traffic vest, steel- toed safety
shoes, hearing protection devices, long-sleeved shirt and long pants, and possibly
THIS INFORMATION IS FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
STANTEC CONSULTING
Groundwater Sampling SOP
ESPA-006
Page 5 of 12
Rev. 1.4 Jan 2014
a respirator if there is volatilization of chemicals, etc.
•Groundwater sample collection data forms.
•Photoionization Detector (PID).
•Data recording sheets/electronic storage device (PDA).
•Field notebook.
A typical well sampling equipment list:
•Sampling bailers (double check valve, bottom discharge).
•Teflon-coated bailing wire rope or disposable polypropylene cord.
•Bladder pump Teflon and/or stainless steel construction equipped with Teflon
and/or Teflon-lined control and discharge tubing.
•Personal protective equipment, including nitrile (or other material depending upon
the nature of the chemicals we expect to encounter) or powderless surgical
gloves and safety glasses. Tough work gloves may also be required for moving
around equipment before or after the sampling itself. Other PPE include traffic vest,
steel-toed safety shoes, hearing protection devices, long-sleeved shirt and long
pants, and possibly a respirator if there is volatilization of chemicals, etc.
•Ground Water Sample Collection Data Forms.
•Chain-of-custody forms.
•Labels.
•Cooler.
•Ice or frozen ice packs.
•Field notebook.
Proposed equipment for sample filtration, if filtration is needed:
•Two clean containers, approximately one (1) liter in size
•Organic-free deionized water
•One Peristaltic filtration pump
•In-line plate filter
•Filter membranes--0.45 micron pore size
•A 1:1 nitric acid/purified water solution or 0.1 normal HCL for decontamination of
THIS INFORMATION IS FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
STANTEC CONSULTING
Groundwater Sampling SOP
ESPA-006
Page 6 of 12
Rev. 1.4 Jan 2014
filtering glassware
Equipment used during decontamination:
•Alconox™ detergent (or equivalent) or other solution that will neutralize the
chemicals encountered.
•Organic-free deionized water, or distilled water.
•Containers, brushes, paper towels.
•Personal protective equipment, including nitrile (or other material depending upon
the nature of the chemicals we expect to encounter) or powderless surgical
gloves and safety glasses. Tough work gloves may also be required for moving
around equipment before or after the sampling itself. Other PPE include traffic vest,
steel-toed safety shoes, hearing protection devices, long-sleeved shirt and long
pants, and possibly a respirator if there is volatilization of chemicals, etc.
8 METHODS
This section describes the sequence of events to follow for sample collection in the field.
8.1 Equipment Decontamination Method
The decontamination protocol is essential to the quality of the sampling procedure as well
as essential to ensuring that chemicals stay at the project site and are not tracked or
carried elsewhere. The decontamination procedure should be designed and constructed
to work on the chemicals of interest and contain the rinsate and solids within the
contamination reduction zone.
Before sampling begins any non-dedicated or non-disposable equipment, well probes,
pumps, and pump hoses shall be decontaminated.
Decontamination will be performed on all non-dedicated sampling equipment that may
contact potentially contaminated water, including water level probes, fiberglass tapes,
Teflon bailers, and non-dedicated pump hoses. Clean nitrile gloves (or other appropriate
material depending upon the chemicals involved) or powderless surgical gloves are to be
worn during decontamination.
Each piece of sampling equipment will also be decontaminated between each well. The
decontamination procedure for most equipment will be as follows:
•Disassemble equipment (i.e., bladder pump).
•Wash equipment in an Alconox™ (or equivalent) and water solution using a brush
or clean cloth to ensure removal of all contaminants.
•Rinse equipment in fresh tap water. Re-rinse with de-ionized water or distilled water.
THIS INFORMATION IS FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
STANTEC CONSULTING
Groundwater Sampling SOP
ESPA-006
Page 7 of 12
Rev. 1.4 Jan 2014
•Dry equipment with paper towel and place in clean place, if appropriate.
The effectiveness of these decontamination procedures will be verified by vigorous
QA/QC protocols, including blanks, duplicates, and spikes.
THIS INFORMATION IS FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
STANTEC CONSULTING
Groundwater Sampling SOP
ESPA-006
Page 8 of 12
Rev. 1.4 Jan 2014
The rinsate water will be sufficient to prevent the Alconox™ solution (or equivalent) from
entering the well. If a submersible pump is used to evacuate wells, the pump shall be
decontaminated prior to use in each well. The procedure consists of immersing the pump,
discharge tubing, and drop wire in an Alconox™ solution (or equivalent) and circulating
the solution through the system. After washing, the circulating procedure will be repeated
three (3) times with clean tap water. Samples of the tap water used as rinsate for the jet
pump and/or submersible pump will be submitted for analysis. The analyses will be the
same test methods used as water samples collected from the wells on site.
In addition to the above procedures for the jet and submersible pumps and other pieces
of equipment, each of the decontamination solutions will be replaced with clean solution
between each decontamination operation (i.e., between each well).
8.2 Well Evacuation Method
The purpose of well purging is to remove stagnant water from the well and obtain fresh
water from the geologic material screened by the well.
Static water levels shall be measured for each well immediately before evacuating the
well for sampling. This procedure shall be accomplished with a measuring probe or by the
use of a chalked fiberglass tape. Water levels will be measured from the elevation
reference point marked on the PVC inner casing. Regardless of the tools used, the
measuring process will be repeated until consecutive water level measurements agree to
within + 0.01 foot. If floating product is historically known to occur in a well or if there is
reason to believe there will be floating product in a new well, an interface probe will be
used to measure the depth to water and the thickness of the floating material.
For wells that have been sampled previously, the purging method will be determined by
the historic yield of the well. For new wells, the purging method will be based on past
experience with wells screened in similar geologic materials.
If a pump is used, the type will be dependent upon the depth of the well. Typically, shallow
high yield wells will be purged with a jet pump, and deep high yield wells will be purged
with a submersible pump.
Purge water will be containerized and labeled for appropriate
disposal. The following sampling procedure is performed at each well:
•Note well condition, and any unusual conditions of the area immediately
surrounding the well.
•Remove well cover and unlock cap.
•If necessary, evacuate any standing water within well box prior to removing inner
well caps.
•When inner well caps are removed, perform head space analysis using a PID (as
required).
•Measure and record depth to static water level from measuring point on PVC
THIS INFORMATION IS FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
STANTEC CONSULTING
Groundwater Sampling SOP
ESPA-006
Page 9 of 12
Rev. 1.4 Jan 2014
inner well casing. Repeat the measurement process until values agree within +
0.01 feet. Indicate time of measurement.
•Record total depth of well (measured during water level measurement process)
and use this depth to calculate volume of water in well (casing volume) in feet (of
water) and gallons.
•When using a pump for evacuation, the pump intake will be initially placed in the
center of the well screen.
8.3 Obtaining Water Samples
Groundwater samples shall be collected as soon as the water parameters have stabilized.
Sampling shall be accomplished with either a dedicated PVC bailer, a Teflon sampling
bailer, a disposable bailer, or other sampling equipment. Bailers will be lowered into the
well using either a Teflon-coated wire rope or disposable (one time use) polypropylene
cord. Clean nitrile or powderless surgical gloves shall be worn by sampling personnel and
changed often during all sampling procedures. Gloves shall be changed between
purging and sampling
The following sampling procedure is to be used at each well:
•Assemble decontaminated sampling equipment.
•Don clean nitrile or powderless surgical gloves immediately before obtaining
sample.
•Label sample containers.
•Obtain sample from well using a Teflon bailer, a disposable bailer, a dedicated
PVC bailer, or directly from the pump tubing or permanent sampling apparatus.
Care will be taken when using a bailer to minimize degassing or contamination of
the sample, therefore the bailer will be submerged and withdrawn slowly to avoid
splashing. The bailer will not be placed on the ground. The bailer will be lowered
to the screened interval before sampling unless a nonaqueous floating layer is
present, in which case the bailer will be submerged to just below the water table.
Similar procedures apply for the use of a bladder pump.
•Transfer sample water directly into pre-preserved sample bottles provided by the
laboratory, maintaining a slow linear flow with as little aeration as possible. The
individual sample bottles will be filled and immediately capped in the order given
below or as required by the analytical protocol:
♦Volatile organic compounds (VOCs)
♦Semivolatile organic compounds
♦Priority Pollutant Metals
♦General Minerals
•After each sample is collected, place the bottles in self-sealing plastic or bubble
THIS INFORMATION IS FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
STANTEC CONSULTING
Groundwater Sampling SOP
ESPA-006
Page 9 of 12
Rev. 1.4 Jan 2014
bags, seal the bags, and immediately place the bags in a chilled cooler with ice
or frozen ice packs.
•Water samples collected with a bladder pump for metal and general mineral
analyses will be filtered in the field with an in-line filter attached to the pump
discharge hose if needed. These samples can be analyzed for dissolved metal
content. Samples collected with a sampling bailer for metal analysis will be
analyzed for total metal content. The turbidity of such samples will be recorded in
the field notebook and/or data collection form to allow a qualitative evaluation
of the degree to which metal concentrations could be associated with suspended
matter.
•Record sample number, time of sampling, location, and sampler on the Ground
Water Sample Collection Data Form.
•Replace well cap, close well cover, and lock well.
•Complete chain-of-custody form for transportation of samples to lab.
•Hand deliver or ship samples to the lab on the same day they are collected, or as
soon afterwards as possible.
8.4 Sample Filtration Method
The following filtering procedures shall be used on samples collected for filtered metal and
general mineral analyses using a bladder pump. Clean nitrile or powderless surgical gloves
will be worn during this procedure.
•Connect in-line filter capsule (0.45 micron pore size) to bladder pump tubing.
•Fill sample bottle containing necessary preservatives.
•Store filtered samples in a chilled cooler with ice or frozen ice packs.
•Discard filter.
If, for some reason, filtration of bailer-collected samples is desired or appropriate, the
following filtration procedure will be followed. Clean nitrile or powderless surgical gloves
will be worn during this procedure.
•Place a new 0.45 filter membrane on the filter plate and assemble the
(decontaminated) filter holder.
•Transfer information from sample label on the sample collected in the field (these
samples will have been collected in sample bottles without preservatives) to new
sample bottle (containing preservative, if appropriate).
•Place filtration tube in the sample bottle containing the unfiltered solution.
THIS INFORMATION IS FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
STANTEC CONSULTING
Groundwater Sampling SOP
ESPA-006
Page 10 of 12
Rev. 1.4 Jan 2014
•Place new sample bottle (containing necessary preservatives) under filtering unit.
•Turn on pump and filter sample at less than 25 psi.
•Store filtered samples in chilled cooler with ice or frozen ice packs.
•Remove and dispose of used filter membrane.
•Rinse filtration plate and all parts of filtering apparatus that contacted the water
sample with deionized water.
•Decontaminate any filtering glassware in an Alconox™ (or equivalent) solution,
followed by rinses with tap water, a 1:1 nitric acid/purified water solution or 0.1
normal HCl, and finally organic-free deionized water.
8.5 Decontamination Methods
Refer to Decontamination Procedures SOP ESPA-002.
8.6 Sample Containers, Storage, and Holding Times
Refer to the Project SAP for project specific instructions on proper containers, storage of
samples and allowable holding times.
9 QUALITY CONTROL CHECKS AND ACCEPTANCE
CRITERIA
Refer to the Quality Assurance Project Plan for specific quality control checks and
acceptance criteria.
Outline quality control checking procedures, including frequency requirements and
acceptance criteria. Acceptance criteria may take the form of an illustration such as a
chart of acceptable results with tolerances, or other appropriate forms.
10 DOCUMENTATION
A record will be maintained during the purging procedure that will contain, at
a minimum:
•Initial depth to water
•Volume of water removed
THIS INFORMATION IS FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
STANTEC CONSULTING
Groundwater Sampling SOP
ESPA-006
Page 11 of 12
Rev. 1.4 Jan 2014
•Purging method
•Physical parameters of the purged water
•How purge water was contained (drum, tank, bucket, etc.)
The data shall be recorded on a Ground Water Sample Collection Data Form for
each well that is evacuated and sampled.
Sampling information in the field book should contain, at a minimum, the following:
•Sample name, location, time, sampler, analysis
•Blind duplicates shall be noted on field notes (not chain-of-custody)
•Volume of water evacuated
•Time of sample collection
•Number of samples collected
•Sample identification numbers
•Preservation and storage of samples
•Filtration performed, if any
•Record of any QC samples from site
•Any irregularities or problems that may have a bearing on sampling quality
•Type of sampling equipment
In addition, proper documentation will include observance of the chain of
custody procedures as described in the Project QAPP and SAP.
GROUNDWATER

THIS INFORMATION IS FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
STANTEC CONSULTING

Air Sampling with Summa Canisters SOP
ESPA-007
Page 1 of 6
Rev. 1.3 Jan 2014

1.0 PURPOSE & APPLICABILITY
The purpose of this document is to define the standard operating procedure (SOP) for
collecting air samples in Summa canisters. The ultimate goal of the sampling program is
to obtain samples that meet acceptable standards of accuracy, precision, comparability,
representativeness, and completeness. All steps that could affect tracking,
documentation, or integrity of samples have been explained in sufficient detail to allow
different sampling personnel to collect samples that are equally reliable and consistent.

This procedure gives descriptions of equipment, field procedures, sample containers,
decontamination, documentation, storage and holding times, and field QA/QC
procedures necessary to collect air samples with Summa canisters.
This procedure may apply to all sampling by Stantec personnel or their subcontractors by
the aforementioned sampling methods.

It must be recognized that field conditions may force some modifications to the SOP. Any
modification to the procedure shall be approved by the Project Manager or Task Leader
in advance and sufficiently documented so that the reason for the deviation can be
clearly articulated to our clients and regulators, as necessary. Where SOP modification is
planned sufficiently in advance, regulatory agency concurrence will be sought prior to
conducting the specific activity.

2.0 DEFINITIONS
FSP Field Sampling Plan
HASP Health and Safety Plan
OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration
QA/QC Quality Assurance/Quality Control
QAPP Quality Assurance Project Plan
SOP Standard Operating Procedure
WP (Project) Work Plan

3.0 HEALTH AND SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
Consideration of Health and Safety risks prior to performing this work is paramount. This risk
review may be performed by modifying a generic or existing Job Safety Analysis in the
HASP. There are many items to be considered. Following is a short list of the items for
consideration. Careful review of these items and other site-specific conditions by the
project team is essential.

• Traffic guidance and control. Even plans developed by outside traffic control
contractors need to be carefully evaluated to make sure they are protective of our
staff and contractors.

• Personal protective equipment, including hard hats, high-visibility traffic vest, gloves,
appropriate clothing.

THIS INFORMATION IS FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
STANTEC CONSULTING

Air Sampling with Summa Canisters SOP
ESPA-007
Page 2 of 6
Rev. 1.3 Jan 2014

• Heat and cold stress.

• Biological hazards such as insects and spiders. Appropriate clothing is required such
as long-sleeved shirts and long pants.

• Bloodborne pathogens. Some of our sites may have syringes and other drug
paraphernalia that must be avoided.

• Chemical exposure on sites with open contamination. Respiratory protection may be
necessary. Proper selection of respiratory protection is essential and an understanding
of its limitation (i.e., negative pressure respiratory protection does not supply oxygen in
an oxygen-deficient atmosphere). Staff should familiarize themselves with exposure
limits for contaminants of concern.

• Use of air monitoring instrumentation will likely be necessary. We must be careful to
make sure that our instrumentation is appropriate for the airborne contaminants of
interest and that our staff understands the limitations of the instrumentation. Staff must
also understand and perform calibration including zeroing with zero gas cylinders and
appropriate other calibration gases.

• Noise and proper use of hearing protection devices such as ear plugs and/or muffs.

• Emergency action plan must be carefully coordinated in advance between Stantec,
our subcontractors, the client, and emergency responders.

• Be aware of and use all necessary personal protective equipment (PPE) you may need
while working with the canister.

• Do not connect Summa canisters to a source with positive pressure greater than 40 psi.

• Do not store Summa canisters in temperatures above140º F.
• Summa canisters should not be dented or punctured. Canisters with dents or punctures
shall be taken from service.

All of these risks and others must be discussed with our subcontractors and clients to be
sure they are properly addressed. Once the issues have been addressed at a project
management level, they must be communicated to the staff that will actually perform the
work. Details of procedures, instrument measurements and calibration, and other
activities must be recorded in the field log and/or on data collection forms.

4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES
The Project Manager or Task Leader will be responsible for assigning project staff to
complete air sampling activities. The Task Leader will also be responsible for assuring that
this and any other appropriate procedures are followed by all project personnel.

THIS INFORMATION IS FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
STANTEC CONSULTING

Air Sampling with Summa Canisters SOP
ESPA-007
Page 3 of 6
Rev. 1.3 Jan 2014

The project staff assigned to the air sampling tasks will be responsible for completing their
tasks according to this and other appropriate procedures. All staff will be responsible for
reporting deviations from the procedure or nonconformance to the Task Leader, Project
Manager, or Project QA/QC Officer.

Only qualified personnel shall be allowed to perform this procedure. At a minimum,
Stantec employees qualified to perform soil sampling will be required to have:

• Read this SOP.

• Read project-specific QAPP.

• Indicated to the Task Leader that all procedures contained in this SOP are
understood.

• Completed the OSHA 40-hour training course and 8-hour refresher course, as
appropriate.

• Previously performed air sampling activities generally consistent with those described
in this SOP.

5.0 TRAINING / QUALIFICATIONS

Stantec employees who do not have previous experience with air sampling via Summa
canisters will be trained on site by a qualified Stantec employee and supervised directly
by that employee until they have demonstrated an ability to perform the procedures.

6.0 REQUIRED MATERIALS
The following is a typical list of equipment that may be needed to perform soil sampling:

• Photoionization detector (PID) or other air monitoring instrumentation if required by
the HASP.

• Summa or Silo canister – cleaned and/or certified by the Laboratory, and leak
checked prior to shipment. Canisters are available in several sizes, including 6L and 1L.
• Stainless-steel or Teflon sample inlet lines with particulate filter.

• Stainless-steel or Teflon tubing and fittings for connections.

• For sub-atmospheric pressure sampling: a fixed orifice capillary, stainless-steel
adjustable micrometer valve, flow regulator, or similar device; for time duration or time
integrated sampling; an electronic flow controller, mass flow controller, flow regulator
or similar device; or for pressurized sampling, a mass flow controller/vacuum pump or
similar device.

THIS INFORMATION IS FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
STANTEC CONSULTING

Air Sampling with Summa Canisters SOP
ESPA-007
Page 4 of 6
Rev. 1.3 Jan 2014

• Pressure gauge (if required).

• Sample labels.

• Marking pens.

• Containers for sample storage and shipment.

• Sample data forms/clip board or electronic data storage device (PDA).

• Nitrile gloves, or other specified chemical-resistant gloves.
• Work gloves.

• Appropriate tools and wrenches for attaching tubing and connections.

• Camera and film or disks.

• Blank field log forms, book, or a field-logging PDA.
• Personal safety gear (hard hat, steel-toed boots, etc.).

7.0 METHODS
7.1 Sub-atmospheric pressure or Time Duration Sampling

Air samples will be collected according to the following procedures, when performing sub-
atmospheric pressure sampling or time duration sampling, with a fixed orifice capillary or
adjustable micro-metering valve:

1. Prior to sampling complete the field data sampling sheet.

2. Confirm that the canister is certified as evacuated from the lab and has no dents or
punctures. All instrumentation must be operated in accordance with operating
instructions as supplied by the manufacturer, unless otherwise specified in the work
plan.

3. When using Summa canisters, ensure that the canister valve is fully closed before
removing the brass cap from the valve on the top of the Summa canister.
4. For a time integrated sample; attach the regulator, flow restricting device, or the flow
controller with vacuum pump to the top of the Summa canister. Finger-tighten the
fitting then tighten with a 9/16-inch wrench. Attach the other end of the flow controller
to the tubing of the vapor port or connect it to the atmosphere that is to be sampled.
Confirm the flow restrictor (or other device) is set for the appropriate time integrated
sample (generally 12 to 24 hours). For pressurized samples; confirm that the flow rate

THIS INFORMATION IS FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
STANTEC CONSULTING

Air Sampling with Summa Canisters SOP
ESPA-007
Page 5 of 6
Rev. 1.3 Jan 2014

will not allow the canister to become pressurized beyond the recommended limit for
the canister.

5. Open the canister to the flow from the regulator or flow restricting device. The pressure
differential allows the sample to flow into the canister. For collection of a grab
sample; open the canister (green valve) turning counter-clockwise until there is no
resistance (approximately 1-¼ turns), then turn back clockwise slightly until resistance
is detected. A hissing noise will be noticeable as the vacuum inside the canister is filled
when grab sampling, however not for flow regulated samples.

6. Upon completion of the sampling, close the valve to the canister by turning the green
knob clockwise. Do not over-tighten. Disconnect regulator or flow restricting device.
Replace the brass cap on the Summa canister. Record the appropriate information
(including the negative pressure left at the end of the sampling) on the canister label,
and on the field log. Complete the sample chain-of-custody with the canister ID
number, the flow controller or regulator ID numbers (if applicable) and time, along with
pertinent information and observations.

7.2 Decontamination Methods

Equipment does not need to be decontaminated since dedicated regulators, and or
flow restricting devices and tubing will be used at each sample location.

8.0 QUALITY CONTROL CHECKS AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA

Refer to the Quality Assurance Project Plan for specific quality control checks and
acceptance criteria.

9.0 DOCUMENTATION

A log of air sampling events will be completed for each sample. The field notebook
and/or data collection forms will contain the following information:
• Project name and number.
• Sampler’s name.
• Location, date and time sampling started and finished.
• Type of equipment used.
• Air monitoring data (if applicable).
• Type, make and model number of flow regulator and Summa canister (and other)
equipment used.
• Air monitoring calibration and measurements.
• Flow rates if applicable.

THIS INFORMATION IS FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
STANTEC CONSULTING

Air Sampling with Summa Canisters SOP
ESPA-007
Page 6 of 6
Rev. 1.3 Jan 2014
• Sample identification and collection time.

• Sampler observations.

ACCEPTANCE

Author/Originator

Peer Reviewer

Senior Reviewer

Environment Practice QA/QC Manager

The National Risk Management Research Laboratory’s mission is to advance scientific and engineering
solutions that enable EPA and others to effectively manage current and future environmental risks.
NRMRL possesses unique strengths and capabilities and is dedicated to providing credible
technological information and scientific solutions that support national priorities
and protect human health and the environment.
Development of a Sub-Slab Gas Sampling Protocol to Support
Assessment of Vapor Intrusion
Introduction
Vapor intrusion is defined as vapor-phase migration of volatile organic compounds (VOCs) or inorganic
compounds into occupied buildings from underlying contaminated ground water or soil. Until recently, this
transport pathway was not routinely considered in RCRA (Resource Conservation and Recovery Act), CERCLA
(Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act), or underground storage tank
investigations. Therefore, the number of buildings or homes where vapor intrusion has occurred or is occurring is
undefined.
However, considering the vast number of current and former industrial, commercial, and waste-processing facilities
in the United States capable of causing volatile organic/inorganic ground water or soil contamination, contaminant
exposure via vapor intrusion could pose a significant risk to the public. Also, consideration of this transport
pathway may necessitate review of remedial decisions at RCRA and CERCLA sites, as well as implementation of
risk-reduction technologies at brownfield sites where future development and subsequent potential exposure may
occur.
EPA’s Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response (OSWER) developed guidance to facilitate assessment of
vapor intrusion at sites regulated by RCRA and CERCLA, where halogenated organic compounds constitute most
of the risk to human health. EPA’s Office of Underground Storage Tanks is considering modifying this guidance to
include underground storage tank sites where petroleum compounds that primarily determine risk and
biodegradation in subsurface media may be a dominant fate process.
OSWER guidance recommends indoor air and sub-slab gas sampling in potentially affected buildings at sites
containing elevated levels of soil-gas and ground water contamination. To support the guidance and improve site
characterization and data interpretation methods to assess vapor intrusion, EPA’s Office of Research and
Development is developing a protocol for sub-slab gas sampling. When used with indoor air, outdoor air, and soil-
gas or ground water sampling, sub-slab gas sampling can be used to differentiate indoor and outdoor sources of
volatile organic and inorganic compounds from compounds emanating from contaminated subsurface media. This
information can then be used to assess the need for sub-slab depressurization or other risk-reduction technologies to
reduce present or future indoor air contamination due to vapor intrusion.
Background
Sub-slab sampling will be conducted at four sites. The first site consists of 11 houses near the Raymark Superfund
site in Stratford, Connecticut. The primary VOCs of concern are 1,1,1-trichloroethane, trichloroethene, 1,2-cis-
dichloroethene, 1,1-dichloroethene, and benzene. The other three sites are in Oklahoma and consist of buildings
near present and former underground petroleum storage tanks.
Objectives
The primary objective of this research is to develop a methodology and subsequent data interpretation strategy for
sub-slab sampling to support the EPA guidance and vapor intrusion investigations after vapor intrusion has been
established at a site. Methodologies for sub-slab gas sampling are currently lacking in referred literature.

The National Risk Management Research Laboratory’s mission is to advance scientific and engineering
solutions that enable EPA and others to effectively manage current and future environmental risks.
NRMRL possesses unique strengths and capabilities and is dedicated to providing credible
technological information and scientific solutions that support national priorities
and protect human health and the environment.
Approach
Protocol development will involve assessment of four potential sources of systematic error:
• Probe construction material as a source of VOCs
• VOC loss through Tedlar bags when used for screening purposes
• Use of insufficient or excessive sample and purge volume
• Placement and number of sub-slab probes in a basement or foundation
An algorithm or flowchart will be developed to incorporate outdoor air, indoor air, sub-slab gas, and subsurface
ground water or soil-gas data to differentiate sources of VOCs in indoor air.
Experimental Design
At least three sub-slab vapor probes will be installed in each house potentially
affected by vapor intrusion. A rotary hammer drill (Figure 1) will be used to create
small diameter holes through the concrete and into the sub-slab material (i.e., sand
or sand and gravel). Drilling into the sub-slab material (Figure 2) will create an
open cavity to prevent obstruction of probes by small pieces of gravel.
In homes near the Raymark site, probes will be constructed from small-diameter
threaded brass pipe and connectors. At underground storage tank sites in
Oklahoma, probes will be constructed from chromatography-grade 316 stainless-
steel tubing and Swagelok stainless-steel connectors (Figure 3). The top of the
probes will be completed flush with the top of the concrete slab with recessed
brass plugs so as not interfere with day-to-day use of the basements. A quick-
drying portland cement that expands upon drying (to ensure a tight seal) will be
mixed with water to form a slurry and injected into the annular space between the
probe and outside of the hole. Figure 1: Drilling through slab
Indoor, outdoor, and sub-slab samples at the Raymark site will be collected in 100 percent certified 6-L Summa
canisters and analyzed for a list of halogenated and non-halogenated compounds by EPA’s New England Regional
Laboratory using EPA Method TO-15. Sub-slab samples will also be collected in 1-L Tedlar bags, using a
peristaltic pump and dedicated tubing, and analyzed for a list of target compounds onsite by EPA’s New England
Regional Laboratory. Indoor and outdoor samples at the underground storage tank sites will be collected in 100
percent certified 6-L Summa canisters and analyzed for a list of ozone precursors (i.e., petroleum hydrocarbons) by
a commercial laboratory using EPA Method TO-15. Sub-slab samples will be collected in 100 percent certified 1-L
Summa canisters (Figure 4) and analyzed for ozone precursors, using EPA Method TO-15. Samples will also be
collected in Tedlar bags for onsite analysis of oxygen, carbon dioxide, and methane.

Figure 4: Sub-slab sampling with 1-L Canister
Figure 3: Probe construction
Figure 2: Schematic of sub-slab probe

The National Risk Management Research Laboratory’s mission is to advance scientific and engineering
solutions that enable EPA and others to effectively manage current and future environmental risks.
NRMRL possesses unique strengths and capabilities and is dedicated to providing credible
technological information and scientific solutions that support national priorities
and protect human health and the environment.
Accomplishments
Sampling has been completed at both sites. EPA report preparation is in progress.
Principal Investigator
Dominic DiGiulio
U.S. EPA
Ground Water and Ecosystem Restoration Division
Ada, Oklahoma 74820
580-436-8605
Primary EPA Collaborators
Cynthia Paul
U.S. EPA
Ground Water and Ecosystem Restoration Division
Ada, Oklahoma 74820
Ray Cody
U.S. EPA
New England Region
Ron Mosley
U.S. EPA
National Risk Management Research Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, North Carolina
86)<F"<,F C-6702<F6FF @
.F;F17,"2 F 96<66-F<6FA776:?F ;;;;13<F6F
768F4<9B;"64F
8#2"7-F2C;=$ =68F 2–‹eŽlV·2e9e«{e–·KE3B/AD2@D?D>9Q5D2,·/WR·A;-·(*&%)*)(·
8%19EF
 F6,,69>68;F 1´Ž£aeS·BS«|·ME4B/AD2@D?DL9Q5D2.·/WS ·A;·DR´·1–W´·
ME6C/@Z²·7`}SW·DZ`e–Ž
·D–·?– |Z´·ME5B/AD2@D?D<DFC·@1·
5<86A<&64F>6F 96,1F PS—–™·eŽ£™« e–Ž·e ·WZ]eŽZW·S ·±S—–™·—aS Z·‹f`™S¤e–·–]·±–|S£e{Z·–™`SŽlV·SŽW–š·
l–š`RlV·V–‹—–«W ·g¥–·–VV«—lZW·U«h~WeŽ` ·]š–‹·«WZš{´eŽ`·V–Ž£S‹eŽR£ZW·`™–«W·²R£Z›·RŽW–š· –e{·
M£e|·šZVZ£|´·£al ·£šRŽ —–›¥·—S£a²S´·²R ·–£·™–«¥eŽZ|´·V– eW[™[W·lŽ·D1D/·15D1</ ·–™·KEG·
eŽ±Z £l`S£e–Ž · HaZ™Z^–šZ·£aZ·«‹UZ™·–]·U«eWeŽ` ·–™·a–‹Z ·²aZ™Z·±S—–™·eŽ£š« e–·aS ·–VV«™™ZW·–™·i ·
–VV«™šj`·l ·«ŽWZ^eŽZW·:–²Z±Z™·V–Ž eWZ™eŽ`·£aZ·±S £·Ž«‹UZš·–]·V«š™ZŽ£·SŽW·]–™‹Zš·eW« ¦™eR{ ·
V–‹‹Z›VeS{·SŽW·²S £Z·—™–VZ  e`·^SVe€e£eZ ·eŽ·£aZ·Ne£ZW·E£S£Z ·VS—SU|Z·–]·VS« e‘`·±–|S¦l|Z·–™`SeV·–™·
eŽ–™`RŽeV·`š–«ŽW²S£Z™·–™· –e}·V–£R‹lŽS£e–Ž·V–Ž¥S‹lŽSŽ¦·Z³—– «™Z·±eS·±S—–™·e£™« e–Ž·V–«|W·—– Z·S·
 e`Že]eVS£·še z·¥–·£aZ·—«U~lV·/| –·V–Ž eWZ™R£e–Ž·–]·£ae ·£™S —–Ÿ¥·—S£a²S´·‹S´·ŽZVZ  e£R£Z·™Z±eZ²·–]·
™Z‹ZWeS|·WZVk e– ·R¥·D1D/·SŽW·15D1=/· e£Z ·R ·²Z||·S ·l‹—€Z‹ZŽ£S£e–·–]·™e z™ZW«V£e–Ž·£ZVaŽ–|–`lZ ·
R£·0™–² ]lZ|X·¡m§\¡·²b\™Z·_«£«™Z·WZ±Z|–—‹Z£·RW· «U Z˜«ZŽ£·—–£ZŽ£eR|·Z³—– «™Z·‹S´·–VV«™· 5B/
 ·
A]]lVZ·–^·E–|eW·QR ¥Z·SŽW·6‹Zš`ZŽV´·DZ —–Ž Z·AEQ7D·™ZVZ£´·##·WZ±Z|–—ZW·`«eWSŽVZ·¥–·
]RVe€e£S£Z·R  Z  ‹ZŽ£·–]·±R—–›·e¥š« l–·S£· n£Z ·œZ`«{S£ZW·U´·D1D/·SŽW·15D1=/·²aZ™Z·aS|–`ZŽS£ZW·
–™`RŽeV·V–‹—–«ŽW ·V–Ž £e¥«£Z·£aZ·U«|z·–^·™e z·£–·a«‹S·aZS{£a· 5C/ ·A]]eVZ·–]·OWZ™`™–«ŽW·E¥–™S`Z·
ISŽz ·AKEJ·e ·V– hWZšeŽ`·‹–We]´e`·£ae ·`«eWSVZ·¥–·eV‚«WZ·«ŽWZš`š–«ŽW· £–™S`Z·¥Sz· e£Z ·²aZ™Z·
—Z£š–|Z«‹·V–‹—–«ŽW ·—še‹Sšl{´·WZ£Z™‹eŽZ·›e z·RŽW·Ue–WZ`œSWS¥e–Ž·e· «U «™]SVZ·‹ZWeS·‹R´·UZ·S·
W–‹lR‘¥·]S£Z·—›–VZ  ·
FaZ·AEQ5D·`«lWSVZ·™ZV–‹‹ZŽW ·jW––š·Se™·SŽW· «U |SU·`S · S‹—|eŽ`·e·—–£Z£eS|{´·S]]ZV¥ZW·U«e|We` ·
R£· e£Z ·V–£SeŽe`·Z|Z±S£ZW·Z±Z| ·–]· –e|`S ·SW·`š–«ŽW²S£Z™·V–Ž¥S‹eŽS¥l–·I–· «——–™£·¥aZ·`«eWSŽVZ·
SW·e‹—š–±Z·¢e£ZVaTšSV£Z™eµS£e–·SW·WS£S·e£Zš—šZ¨S£e–Ž·‹Z£a–W ·£–·S  Z  ·±S—–›·e£š« e–
·5C/ ·A]]eVZ·
–™·DZ ZS™Va·RŽW·2Z±Z{–—ŒZ£·e ·WZ±Z|–—eŽ`·S·—™–¥–V–}·]–š· «U oSU·`S · S‹—|p`· QaZ·« ZY·e·
V–y«V¥l–·²e£a·lW––™·Se™ ·–«£W––™·Seš·SŽW· –e|·`S ·RŽW–™·`š–¬W²R£Zš· S‹—~e`
· «U €RU·`S · R‹—|eŽ`·
VS·UZ·­ ZW·£–·We^]ZšZŽ£lS£Z·eŽW––™·SŽW·–«£W––™· –«šVZ ·–]·±–|S£e{Z·–™`SŽeV·SŽW–š·e–š`SlV·V–‹—–«‘W ·
_š–‹·V–‹—–«ŽW ·Z‹SŽS£lŽ`·^š–‹·V–£R‹eR£ZW· «U «š^SVZ·‹ZWeS·Jal ·eŽ]–™‹R£l–Ž·VSŽ·£aZŽ·UZ·« ZW·¥–·
S  Z  ·¥aZ·ZZW·]–™· «U |SU·WZ—™Z  «™lµR£l–Ž·–™·–£aZš·™e zšZW«V¥n–Ž·£ZVa–ƒ–`qZ ·¥–·™ZW«VZ·—™Z ZŽ£·–™·
—–£Z£eS„·]«£«™Z·eŽW––š·Slš·V–Ž£R‹eS£e–Ž·W«Z·£–·±S—–š·r£š« e–·

+ 96@3F E«U |SU· S‹—{e`·²e||·UZ·V–W«V¦ZW·S¥·]–«™· e£Z · JaZ·]l™ £· e¦Z·V–Ž e ¥ ·–]· ·a–« Z ·ŽZR™·
£aZ·DS´‹Sšz·E«—Zš]«W·Ee£Z·eŽ·E£™S¥]–™W·1–Ž’ZV£lV«£·JaZ·—šeS™´·PA1 ·–]·V–VZšŽ·S™Z··!·"
£™eVa{–™–Z£aSŽZ ·£eVa|–š–Z£cZZ·"$Ve WlVa…–š–Z¦aZZ·· WlVa|–š–Z£aZZ
·RŽW·UZ¶ZŽZ·JaZ·–¥aZ™·¥ašZZ·
 e£Z ·S™Z·eŽ·Az|Sa–‹S·SŽW·V–Ž e £·–]·U«l{WeŽ` ·ZRš·—žZ Z£·SW·]–š‹Z™·«WZ™`™–®W·—Z£™–~Z«‹· £–™S`Z·
£SŽz ·
*<'C;F JaZ·—še‹S™´·—«™—– Z·–^·¥ae ·™Z ZS™Va·e ·£–·WZ±Z|–—·S·‹Z£a–W–|–`´·RW· «U Z˜«ZŽ£·WS¥R·
lŽ¥Zš—™Z¥S£e–Ž· £™R£Z`´·]–™· «U |SU· S‹—†eŽ`·£–· «——–™£·¥aZ·5C/·`«eWSVZ·SW·±R—–™·e£™« e–·
l±Z £s`S¥e–Ž ·S]¥Z™·±S—–š·t¥™« l–Ž·aS ·UZZ·Z £SU|e aZW·S¥·S· u©Z·?Z£a–W–|–`eZ ·]–™· «U |SU·`S ·
 S‹—|eŽ`·SšZ·V«™šZ“¥{´·‡RVzeŽ`·vŽ·šZ]Z™™ZW·|e¥Z™S£¯œZ·
7786!FC™–£–V–|·WZ±Z|–—‹Z£·²w{|·lŽ±–|±Z·S  Z  ‹ZŽ¥·–]·^–°™·—–¥ZŽ¥eS· –«™VZ ·–]· ´ ¥Z‹S£eV·Zšš–™+··
—š–UZ·V–Ž £š«V£e–·‹S£Z™lS|·S ·S· –«šVZ·–]·PA1 
·#·PA1·|–  ·£a™–«`a·JZW{Sœ·US` ·²aZ·« ZW·]–™·
 VšZZŽe”`·—«™—– Z ·%·« Z·–^·l «^]eVlZ£·–™·Z³VZ  e±Z· S‹—|Z·SŽW·—«™`Z·±–{«‹Z
·RW·'·—ˆSVZ‹Z•¥·SŽW·
«‹UZ™·–^· «U |SU·—œ–UZ ·eŽ·S·UR Z‹ZŽ£·–™·]–«ŽWS£e–Ž· /·S|`–™l£a‹·–™·]{–²VaSŸ£·²e||·UZ·WZ±Z€–—ZW·£–·
lV–™—–™S£Z·–«¥W––š·Se™·jŽW––š·Sw™· «U {SU·`S ·SŽW· «U «™_SVZ·`™–«ŽW²S£Z™·–™· –e‰`S ·WR£R·£–·
We]^ZšZ£vRªZ· –«™VZ ·–]·PA1 ·eŽ·eŽW––™·Se™·

D78(14</F ;" 4F /£·|ZS ¥·¥d™ZZ· «U |SU·±S—–™·—›–UZ ·²e~|·UZ·e £S||ZW·eŽ·ZSVa·a–« Z·—–¥ZŽ£gS}€´·
S]]ZV¥ZW·U´·±S—–™·l£š« e–Ž· /·™–£S™´·aS‹‹Zš·Wœl{|·8e`«™Z··²e|Š·UZ·« ZW·¥–·V™ZR£Z· ‹S{|·WxS‹Z£Z™·a–}Z ·
£a™–«`a·V–V™Z£Z·SW·e£–· «U {SU·‹R£Z™lR{·Z`· RW·–™· SŽW·SW·`™S±Z{· 2še€|e`·eŽ£–· «U |SU·‹R£ZšeR}·
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES:
SOP ES2.05
Version: 2.0 (Last revised May 14, 2020)
Approved by:
SOIL VAPOR SAMPLING
Don Carey, M.Sc., P.Eng., National Technical Leader, Site Investigation
Michelle Fraser, M.Sc., P.Geo., National Technical Leader, Hydrogeology
Discipline(s): Site Investigation, Hydrogeology
Page 1 of 17

1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE
This document defines the standard operating procedures for installing and sampling sub-slab and soil
vapour probes.

2 PRE-MOBILIZATION
2.1 HEALTH AND SAFETY
Confirm RMS1 and RMS2 forms and all other applicable safety forms are reviewed, filled in, updated
and followed. For sub-slab sampling, consider if the basement or crawl space could act as a confined
space. Review applicable SWPs as required. Confirm field staff has the necessary training to
complete the work safely.

2.2 PLANNING
Discuss the purpose of the soil vapour program and the scope of work with the Project Manager or
designate. Review the proposal and all proposed sampling locations.
If available, review site photos, field records, borehole logs/monitoring well records, and cross sections
from previous on-site or nearby subsurface investigations to identify expected soil types, water levels,
and site conditions.
Identify and obtain any required permits for activities such as working in a roadway or working near a
water body.

2.3 SAMPLING LOCATION LAYOUT AND PROGRAM DETAILS
Obtain all necessary public and private utility locate information prior to confirming sampling locations
(refer to SWP 213).
Carefully mark planned sampling locations on a site plan or map. GPS coordinates can be determined
and loaded into a GPS unit of sufficient accuracy to locate the points, or sampling locations can be
determined relative to known reference points. Alternatively, arrangements can be made to survey the
sampling locations. See SOP ES3.05 Surveying for instructions on elevation surveying. If structures
are present on the site, 1m x 1m reference grids can be added to site plans so field staff can line up
their sample locations in the field, relative to the structures.
Confirm specific details of the soil vapour program design with the Project Manager, including:
• Target depths of soil vapour probes
• Drilling method and equilibrium times
• Presence of any treatment systems
• Sample collection method (canister or sorbent tube)
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES:
SOP ES2.05
Version: 2.0 (Last revised May 14, 2020)
Approved by:
SOIL VAPOR SAMPLING
Don Carey, M.Sc., P.Eng., National Technical Leader, Site Investigation
Michelle Fraser, M.Sc., P.Geo., National Technical Leader, Hydrogeology
Discipline(s): Site Investigation, Hydrogeology
Page 2 of 17

• Target sample volume, sample duration, and flow rate (may differ by probe location and design)
• Parameters for sample analysis
• Quality control sample requirements, which may include: duplicates, trip blanks, field blanks, batch
or individual sample container certification (for canisters)
Sample naming conventions will be determined by the Project Manager in accordance with SOP
ES4.02 Sample Naming Protocol.

2.4 EXCESS SOIL STORAGE AND DISPOSAL
The methods to be used to address any excess soil generated as part of the field program must be
determined by the Project Manager, in consultation with the Client and/or property owner, prior to
commencing the program. If required, this plan could include storing the excess soil on polyethylene
sheeting, in drums or used as backfill (pending Provincial requirements). Any offsite transportation
and disposal must be conducted in accordance with provincial and federal legislation.

2.5 ITEMS TO TAKE INTO THE FIELD
2.5.1 Mandatory Items
• Proper clothing for the activity and weather conditions
• All applicable H&S Forms
• All necessary permits
• Required PPE (SWP 105)
• Site plan with proposed sampling locations
• Any relevant site/project information
• Field forms (Section 5.2)

2.5.2 Consumables
• Distilled water
• Paper towels or Kimwipes
• Garbage bags
• Latex or nitrile gloves
• 4-mil plastic sheeting
• ¼-inch diameter Teflon or Nylaflow tubing (not silicone, rubber or tygone)
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES:
SOP ES2.05
Version: 2.0 (Last revised May 14, 2020)
Approved by:
SOIL VAPOR SAMPLING
Don Carey, M.Sc., P.Eng., National Technical Leader, Site Investigation
Michelle Fraser, M.Sc., P.Geo., National Technical Leader, Hydrogeology
Discipline(s): Site Investigation, Hydrogeology
Page 3 of 17

• Stainless steel probes or vapour implants, if being used
• #3 Sand
• Bentonite Chips
• Portland cement or non-VOC caulking material
• Three-way stopcock valves
• SummaTM canisters and flow valves1 or sorbent tubes
• Helium

2.5.3 Non-consumables
Confirm all required equipment is available, clean and operational. Calibrate, handle, store and
maintain equipment according to manufacturers’ recommendations. Record the calibration results on
ESFF2.07 Field Instrument Calibration. Confirm you have spare batteries and/or chargers as
required. Following use, clean, maintain and store all equipment according to manufacturers’
recommendations and fill in and submit the Technical Recovery Form to confirm equipment costs are
appropriately charged to the project. Equipment that may be required to complete this task is
identified below:
• Decontamination equipment (brush, deionized water in spray or squirt bottle)
• Traffic control equipment, if needed
• GPS
• Two pails; one with wash water/ detergent (phosphate free) and one for rinsing
• Survey equipment
• Work gloves
• Camera
• Helium shroud
• Tape measure

1 Call the laboratory and discuss the type and volume of SummaTM canister required, detection limits, flow controllers
and quality control procedures and samples with the laboratory. If you are collecting a sample from a substantially
different altitude than the laboratory, or under extreme weather conditions, discuss the potential implications with
the laboratory. The controllers may need to be adjusted for altitude and temperature, and there can be flow rate
drift if the temperature of the controller is allowed to vary significantly.
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES:
SOP ES2.05
Version: 2.0 (Last revised May 14, 2020)
Approved by:
SOIL VAPOR SAMPLING
Don Carey, M.Sc., P.Eng., National Technical Leader, Site Investigation
Michelle Fraser, M.Sc., P.Geo., National Technical Leader, Hydrogeology
Discipline(s): Site Investigation, Hydrogeology
Page 4 of 17

• Broom, dustpan or hand vacuum
• Rotary hammer drill and appropriate bits (typically 1” and ½-¾”)
• Photoionization detector (PID) or other air monitoring instrumentation as required by the Health
and Safety Plan
• Calibrated air sampling pump

3 FIELD PROCEDURES
3.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE / QUALITY CONTROL
• Before any sampling begins, non-dedicated equipment shall be decontaminated in accordance
with Decontamination Procedures SOP ESPA-002.
• If dedicated equipment is used, it should be wrapped in polyethylene prior to use.
• Use nitrile gloves to handle probe and sampling materials.
• Re-use of vapour tubing is not allowed.

3.2 SUB-SLAB PROBE INSTALLATION
3.2.1 Permanent Sub-slab Vapour Probe Installation
The following steps should be taken when installing permanent sub-slab vapour probes:
1. Locate subslab samples to minimize disturbance and damage to existing flooring.

2. Drill or core a 100 millimetre (mm) diameter hole in the slab to a depth of approximately 50 mm
with a hand held corer. Gasoline powered drills should be avoided. Collect concrete dust during
drilling using a shop vac.

3. Drill a second smaller hole centered in the first 100 mm hole with a Hefty Hammer or equivalent
drill (¾” barrel). The drill must pass through the entire depth of the concrete slab.

4. Clear the hole of cuttings and debris. This may require a hammer and chisel to break out the
piece of core out of the hole.

5. If the sample will be collected within 24 hours of installation, the hole should be temporarily sealed
(e.g., using a rubber stopper or plastic wrap; or placing a crumbled a latex or nitrile glove,
crumpled and wedged into the hole) after drilling the hole and before installation of the probe to
minimize disturbance to the sub-slab vapour concentrations.

6. Mix non-shrink concrete grout to proper consistency for later use.

7. Clean all brass fittings with methyl hydrate and allow to dry (approximately 1 minute).
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES:
SOP ES2.05
Version: 2.0 (Last revised May 14, 2020)
Approved by:
SOIL VAPOR SAMPLING
Don Carey, M.Sc., P.Eng., National Technical Leader, Site Investigation
Michelle Fraser, M.Sc., P.Geo., National Technical Leader, Hydrogeology
Discipline(s): Site Investigation, Hydrogeology
Page 5 of 17

8. Place Teflon® tape on threads of brass flash plug.

9. Thread flush plug into brass bushing by hand and then with a ½” drive ratchet until snug.

10. Coat external threads of brass bushing with the grout.

11. Insert PVC pipe into brass bushing. Set brass bushing centered over the ¾” diameter inner hole.

12. Grout bushing into slab while holding it in place. Confirm grout does not plug the ¾” inner hole.

13. The flush plug should not extrude above the floor surface.

14. Close the valve to the probe and wait for the concrete to harden before taking a sample. Wait
times of 30 minutes (Cal EPA 2005) to 1 hour (Health Canada 2008) have been recommended,
provided hole has not stayed open for any appreciable time. Alternatively, a longer wait time may
be needed to allow soil vapour concentrations to return to equilibrium (e.g., 24 hours).

15. Prior to sample collection, conduct leak testing to confirm the absence of unacceptable leaks (see
Section 3.6 below).

16. Take picture of final installation(s) and record location(s) with relation to building features with
sufficient detail to be transferred to a drawing. Document the well construction in daily field notes.

17. Clean up any mess made during the installation process before leaving the building.

3.2.2 Temporary Sub-slab Vapour Probe Installation
The following steps should be taken when installing temporary sub-slab vapour probes:
1. Drill or core a 25 to 50 mm diameter hole through the entire depth of the concrete slab.

2. Clear the hole of cuttings and debris. This may require a hammer and chisel to break out the
piece of core out of the hole.

3. If the sample will be collected within 24 hours of installation, the hole should be temporarily sealed
(e.g., using a rubber stopper or plastic wrap; or placing a crumbled a latex or nitrile glove,
crumpled and wedged into the hole) after drilling the hole and before installation of the probe to
minimize disturbance to the sub-slab vapour concentrations.

4. Prepare granular bentonite for later use.

5. Use shop vac to remove sufficient material beneath the concrete slab to allow for installation of
implant.

6. Prepare sampling point by attaching tubing to vapour implant.

7. Place sampling point inside the hole.
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES:
SOP ES2.05
Version: 2.0 (Last revised May 14, 2020)
Approved by:
SOIL VAPOR SAMPLING
Don Carey, M.Sc., P.Eng., National Technical Leader, Site Investigation
Michelle Fraser, M.Sc., P.Geo., National Technical Leader, Hydrogeology
Discipline(s): Site Investigation, Hydrogeology
Page 6 of 17

8. Add silica sand around the tip and grout the rest of the borehole annulus (granular bentonite) into
slab while holding the tubing in place.

9. Hydrate the bentonite seal until good seal is obtained (hydrating the bentonite prior to the
installation may also help).

10. Due to the disturbance of the soil material beneath the concrete slab, wait 24 hours after
installation prior to collecting a sample to allow sub-slab vapour concentrations to return to
equilibrium.

11. Prior to sample collection, conduct leak testing to confirm the absence of unacceptable leaks (see
Section 3.6 below).

12. Take picture of final installation(s) and record location(s) with relation to building features with
sufficient detail to be transferred to a drawing. Document the well construction in daily field notes.

13. Clean up any mess made during the installation process before leaving the building.

3.3 SOIL VAPOUR PROBE INSTALLATION
Both auger drilling and direct-push can be used to advance a borehole for a permanent vapour well.
Alternately, temporary sampling points can be installed by driving a rod with the implant inside and
then withdrawing the rod, though this latter technique has limitations.
When using direct push technology, use larger size rods to allow for the proper installation of filter
pack and seal. Do not allow the borehole to collapse around the probe.

3.3.1 Permanent Soil Vapour Wells
A borehole diameter of 25 mm or smaller will reduce purge volumes and reduce potential for short
circuiting; 12.5mm (1/2 inch) to 19mm (3/4) inch diameter pipe is recommended.
1. Be aware that direct push rods can cause contaminants to smear along the borehole, particularly
in fine-grained soil, which will make obtaining a representative sample difficult.
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES:
SOP ES2.05
Version: 2.0 (Last revised May 14, 2020)
Approved by:
SOIL VAPOR SAMPLING
Don Carey, M.Sc., P.Eng., National Technical Leader, Site Investigation
Michelle Fraser, M.Sc., P.Geo., National Technical Leader, Hydrogeology
Discipline(s): Site Investigation, Hydrogeology
Page 7 of 17

2. Use short screens (0.1 to 0.3 m length), which
may consist of No. 10 to No. 40 slot pipe or
stainless-steel probe

3. Riser pipe segments should be flush threaded;
no glue should be used.

4. Place a filter pack comprised of coarse sand
or fine gravel around the screen and extend
the filter pack to 5 to 10 cm above the top of
the screen.

5. Use a tamping rod and weighted tape to
confirm position of the filter pack and seal.

6. Install a granular bentonite seal placed in
several lifts that are a few cm thick and
hydrate with distilled water (municipal water
may emit volatiles). A minimum seal thickness
of 0.3 m is recommended.

7. Seal the remainder of the borehole annulus to
near ground surface with a thick bentonite slurry.

Figure 3-1 Permanent Soil Vapour Well
Construction Schematic

8. For permanent probes, fill top two inches of borehole with cement grout.

9. Place an air-tight valve or stopcock at surface of probe to prevent atmospheric air from entering
the probe.

10. Protect probe using a well cover or similar protective casing.

3.3.2 Sampling Through Rods/Driven Probes
This technique is best suited to coarse-grained soil. In fine-grained soil, there is a risk of smearing
contamination along the borehole and short-circuiting.

m

m

STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES:
SOP ES2.05
Version: 2.0 (Last revised May 14, 2020)
Approved by:
SOIL VAPOR SAMPLING
Don Carey, M.Sc., P.Eng., National Technical Leader, Site Investigation
Michelle Fraser, M.Sc., P.Geo., National Technical Leader, Hydrogeology
Discipline(s): Site Investigation, Hydrogeology
Page 8 of 17

1. A pilot hole would be required when dealing with asphalt or
concrete surfaces. Keep the rods vertical during installation.
They are typically driven into the ground using a handheld electric
hammer (typical maximum depth 3m to 4.6m) or a hydraulic ram
(typical maximum depth 9m).

2. Some rods are driven with the probes inside, in other cases the
probe has to be installed through the rod after it is driven into the
ground. Typical probe implant length is 0.15 to 0.3m, while the
diameter is commonly 12.5 mm (1/2 inch).

3. Avoid lateral movement of the rod once it is installed, as this will
create space for ambient air to enter the subsurface.

4. Use narrow flexible inert tubing to connect the implant to the
ground surface, typically 6mm (1/4 inch) diameter.

5. Coupling should be SwagelokTM compression fittings, barbed
fittings, or threaded fittings wrapped in Teflon® tape. Fittings
should be air-tight. If barbed fittings are used, push tubing over a
minimum of three barbs.

6. Place an air-tight valve or stopcock at surface of probe to
prevent atmospheric air from entering the probe.
Figure 3-2 Schematic of Sampling
through Rods/Driven Probes
3.4 SOIL VAPOR PROBE DEVELOPMENT
When auger drilling or air rotary drilling are used to drill the borehole, development of the probe should
consist of the removal of one well volume (auger drilling) to several well volumes (air rotary). Mud
drilling should not be used when soil vapour probes are being installed.
Close the probe valve and allow the soil vapour concentrations around the probe to equilibrate prior to
sampling. Recommended wait times are:
• Driven probes -15 minutes
• Direct push borehole – 1 day
• Auger drilling – several days
• Air rotary drilling – several weeks
Prior to sample collection, conduct leak testing to confirm the absence of unacceptable leaks.
Take photograph of final installation(s) and record location(s) with relation to site features with
sufficient detail to be transferred to a drawing. Document the well construction.
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES:
SOP ES2.05
Version: 2.0 (Last revised May 14, 2020)
Approved by:
SOIL VAPOR SAMPLING
Don Carey, M.Sc., P.Eng., National Technical Leader, Site Investigation
Michelle Fraser, M.Sc., P.Geo., National Technical Leader, Hydrogeology
Discipline(s): Site Investigation, Hydrogeology
Page 9 of 17

3.5 FLOW AND VACUUM CHECK
For low permeability soils, confirm the proposed sampling flow rate is appropriate by completing a test
of flow rate and vacuum once the seals have set.
1. Connect a vacuum gauge to the top of the soil vapour probe using ¼” tubing.

2. Connect a flow-meter equipped with rotameter to the vacuum gauge, then connect the vacuum
pump to the rotameter.

3. Using the pump, withdraw soil gas at the proposed sampling rate (typically 20 to 100 mL/min).

4. Measure the vacuum at the desired flow rate for 2 to 3 minutes.

5. Vacuum levels less than 10 inches of water column (in. wc) are acceptable; vacuums over 10 in.
wc are not acceptable and indicate that flow rate, and possibly sampling technique, will have to be
modified.

6. If vacuum is much higher than expected, given the soil type, the probe may be plugged or
submerged below the capillary fringe.

When low flow conditions exist, an alternate procedure for sample collection, using a Summa®
canister, may include collection of a smaller aliquot of soil gas followed by a period of time for the
vacuum to dissipate. The process is repeated until approximately 800 mL of soil gas is collected in the
1-L Summa® canister.
Allow the vacuum generated during performance testing to dissipate before collecting a soil vapour
sample for analysis. This may take a few minutes to hours.

3.6 LEAK TESTING
A shut-in test may be used to check the tightness of all connections, fittings and other parts associated
with the sampling equipment. A tracer test is used to check the tightness of the probe construction as
well as the above-ground sampling equipment.

3.6.1 Shut-in Test
1. Assemble the equipment

2. Evacuate lines to a measured vacuum of 100 in wc. using a gas-tight syringe or sampling pump.
If a pump is used, close the valve and turn off the pump.

3. If constant vacuum pressure is maintained for 1 minute, it is alright to proceed. If there is
observable loss of vacuum, fitting will be retightened and the test repeated. Record results on
ESFF2.39 Leak Testing and Performance Testing of Soil Vapour Probes.
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES:
SOP ES2.05
Version: 2.0 (Last revised May 14, 2020)
Approved by:
SOIL VAPOR SAMPLING
Don Carey, M.Sc., P.Eng., National Technical Leader, Site Investigation
Michelle Fraser, M.Sc., P.Geo., National Technical Leader, Hydrogeology
Discipline(s): Site Investigation, Hydrogeology
Page 10 of 17

3.6.2 Tracer Test
1. Construct a sampling enclosure (shroud) - typically an inverted bucket with sampling ports - of
sufficient size to cover the surface seal of the vapour well.

2. Connect a valve on the shroud to the valve from the vapour sample probe. Connect the other end
to an air sampling pump.

Figure 3-3 Schematic of Tracer Test Set Up
3. Connect the helium gas source to one of the valves on the shroud and fill the enclosure to at least
80% helium, measured with a helium detector. Rapid depletion of helium indicates that there is an
inadequate seal between the shroud and ground surface. Corrective measures are recommended
to avoid using a large quantity of helium trying to maintain the 80% helium concentration. If a
plastic sheet is used, it should not cover the well-head.

4. The concentration of helium in the evacuated air can be determined by attaching the helium
detector to the outlet tubing of the air sampling pump, or by pumping air into a tedlar bag and then
inserting the helium probe inside the bag.
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES:
SOP ES2.05
Version: 2.0 (Last revised May 14, 2020)
Approved by:
SOIL VAPOR SAMPLING
Don Carey, M.Sc., P.Eng., National Technical Leader, Site Investigation
Michelle Fraser, M.Sc., P.Geo., National Technical Leader, Hydrogeology
Discipline(s): Site Investigation, Hydrogeology
Page 11 of 17

5. A helium percentage leakage of <1% is generally acceptable; a helium percentage of >10% is not.
The acceptability of leakage rates between 1 and 10% depends on the project-specific data quality
objectives and applicable regulatory guidance.

6. Check the oxygen concentration in the evacuated air, as high oxygen concentrations (greater than
20%) in evacuated air may indicate short circuiting.

3.7 PURGING
Leak testing and purging can be performed simultaneously. The space that needs to be purged
includes:
• empty space of tubing and probe (tube radius2*π*full length of tubing)
• void space of the sand pack (borehole radius2*π*depth of sandpack)
If purge volume is anticipated to be less than 50 mL, purging may be performed using a gas-tight
syringe.
The flow rate during purging will be approximately equivalent to the flow rate during sampling (typically
between 20 and 200 mL/min). Record purge data on ESFF2.40 Purging of Soil Vapour Probes.

3.8 COLLECTING SAMPLES USING SORBENT TUBES
The following steps should be taken when collecting vapour samples using sorbent tubes:
1. Be aware of the potential for saturation of sorbent media (“breakthrough”). If higher
concentrations are anticipated, consider collecting two samples over different sampling durations,
particularly if the sample is being collected in a remote area.

2. Collect the shorter duration sample first to minimize equilibration time between the first and
second sample, then collect the second, longer duration sample.

3. Analyze the longer duration sample; place the shorter duration sample on reserve with the
laboratory and analyze only if the breakthrough of the longer sample duration occurs. Since the
holding time for sorbent tubes is 14 days, also be aware of scheduling constraints.

4. When the samples are ready to be collected, cut off the ends of the sorbent tube using a clean
glass cutter wearing nitrile gloves. Cut the glass such that a 2 to 3 mm opening is created. Follow
proper health and safety protocols while cutting glass. Coated stainless steel sorbent tubes are
also available, in which case the caps simply need to be removed.

5. Connect the sorbent tube in-line between the probe and the pump (the sorbent tube should be
upstream of the pump).

6. Use flexible tubing to create an air-tight seal on the tube. Keep the flexible tubing short to avoid
sorption effects.
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES:
SOP ES2.05
Version: 2.0 (Last revised May 14, 2020)
Approved by:
SOIL VAPOR SAMPLING
Don Carey, M.Sc., P.Eng., National Technical Leader, Site Investigation
Michelle Fraser, M.Sc., P.Geo., National Technical Leader, Hydrogeology
Discipline(s): Site Investigation, Hydrogeology
Page 12 of 17

7. Since sorbent tubes typically have a front and back section, connect them in the correct direction
(often the tubes have an airflow direction arrow).

8. Keep the tube vertical during sampling.

9. If using more than one type of sorbent tube in parallel, be sure that the sampling tubes are in the
correct location, as each side of the splitter is calibrated separately to the tube being used.

10. Once the sorbent tubes have been connected to the probe, open the valves of the sampling train
and turn on the pump.

a. Record the exact start time and stop time of the sample collection, and the pump identifier
number for each sorbent tube.

b. Record the final vacuum on the probe.

11. After sampling is complete, stop the pump and close the valves. Wearing nitrile gloves,
disconnect the sorbent tubes and place an air-tight cap on each end of the sampling tube. Label
the sample in accordance with direction provided by the Project Manager (labels should be kept
as small as possible since glues include VOCs) and place it in a protective case to prevent
breakage during shipping.

12. Hold time for sorbent tubes are typically 14 days.

13. For sorbent tubes, cool storage (4.0 °C) in sealed containers is recommended. Sorbent tubes
should be stored in a sealed plastic container containing a bed of activated carbon to minimize the
potential for adsorption of ambient VOCs.

14. All vapour samples should be transported in separate containers from soil and groundwater
samples and separate from pumps. Samples should be submitted to the analytical laboratory
undersigned chain-of-custody. Confirm that the laboratory will report the results in units of µg/m3.

15. Clean equipment at the end of the sampling event.

16. Turn pumps in for post-calibration. Calibration (pre and post) must be documented and kept in the
project file.

3.9 COLLECTING SAMPLE USING SUMMATM CANNISTERS
The following steps should be taken when collecting vapour samples using Summa canisters:
1. Prior to sampling, check the canister vacuum by attaching a vacuum gauge (usually supplied by
the laboratory) to the top of the canister2. Prior to connecting the gauge, double check that the

2 Some laboratories provide a gauge that is attached to the flow controller. In this case, the sample collection begins
at the same time as the vacuum is checked. Be sure to attach the SummaTM canister to the vapour probe prior to
checking the vacuum. To check the vacuum, open the control knob and record the vacuum.
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES:
SOP ES2.05
Version: 2.0 (Last revised May 14, 2020)
Approved by:
SOIL VAPOR SAMPLING
Don Carey, M.Sc., P.Eng., National Technical Leader, Site Investigation
Michelle Fraser, M.Sc., P.Geo., National Technical Leader, Hydrogeology
Discipline(s): Site Investigation, Hydrogeology
Page 13 of 17

control knob on the side of the canister is fully
closed. Using a wrench, remove the valve cap
on the top of the canister, and attach the
gauge. When attached correctly, it should not
be possible to turn the gauge assembly (follow
the laboratory instructions for tightening). After
taking the reading, close the control knob
tightly, and disconnect the gauge.

2. The canister vacuum should be between 25
and 29 inches Hg (be aware that gauges
supplied by laboratories are typically of low
accuracy, +/- inches Hg). If the vacuum is less
than 25 inches Hg, do not use.

3. After checking the vacuum, attach the
particulate filter and flow controller (unless it is
attached to the vacuum gauge), also using a
wrench. When attached correctly, it should not
be possible to turn the flow controller assembly.

Figure 3-4 Soil Vapour Sampling Schematic

4. When ready to sample, connect the SummaTM canister to the probe using airtight fittings. Open
the control knob on the side of the canister to begin sample collection and record the start time of
the sample collection.

5. After sampling is complete, check
the vacuum again. There should
be a residual vacuum left in the
canister that ideally is between 4
and 6 inches Hg. While the smaller
residual vacuums are acceptable,
there should be a residual vacuum
left in the canister.

6. Do not write on the SummaTM
canister; note the sample ID and
the canister serial number in field
notes and on chain-of-custody
forms. Place canisters within
secure packaging received from the
laboratory. Do not place canister in
a chilled cooler for transport since
volatiles may condense from the
vapour phase at lower
temperatures. Do not subject
samples to excessive heat.

Figure 3-5 Soil Vapour Sampling Schematic Diagram - DUPLICATE
Sampling
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES:
SOP ES2.05
Version: 2.0 (Last revised May 14, 2020)
Approved by:
SOIL VAPOR SAMPLING
Don Carey, M.Sc., P.Eng., National Technical Leader, Site Investigation
Michelle Fraser, M.Sc., P.Geo., National Technical Leader, Hydrogeology
Discipline(s): Site Investigation, Hydrogeology
Page 14 of 17

7. Canisters will be shipped via next-day air. Samples will be transported under chain-of-custody
protocol (including noting the final canister vacuums and serial numbers of the canisters and flow
controllers). Pre-field planning will prevent sample shipments from arriving at the laboratory
during weekends.

8. The vacuum should be measured upon receipt by the laboratory.

9. Hold time for SummaTM canister are typically between 14 and 30 days.

3.10 DECOMMISSIONING OF VAPOUR PROBES
3.10.1 Sub-slab Vapour Probes
Following the completion of the sub-slab sampling program, the probe hole should be sealed by filling
the probe hole with non-shrinking cement grout or other appropriate material in order to prevent soil
vapour from entering the building.
3.10.2 Soil Vapour Probes
Any applicable federal/provincial requirements for well decommissioning should be followed. In the
absence of regulatory guidance, the following general procedure may be used:
• Remove casing (or tubing) and cap. If it cannot be pulled out of the ground, cut it off 0.6m below
the ground surface.
• Fill the remaining casing (or hole if the casing has been removed) to 0.6m below the ground
surface with bentonite pellets or chips while tamping to prevent bridging of the chips or bentonite.
Confirm that the bentonite is saturated to provide and effective seal.
• Fill the remainder of the casing (or hole if the casing has been removed) with silica sand or
overburden material to the surface.
• If a hole was drilled in concrete, patch it with concrete grout.

3.11 SITE PHOTOGRAPHS
Take photographs of site conditions before any work is conducted and again just prior to leaving the
site to confirm the site was left in an appropriate state. The requirement for other photographs will be
determined by the Project Manager. After field work is completed, the project manager will determine
requirements like labelling and organization of photographs including things such as project number,
sample name and the date of the photograph, indexing and use of ESFF2.26 Photograph Log.
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES:
SOP ES2.05
Version: 2.0 (Last revised May 14, 2020)
Approved by:
SOIL VAPOR SAMPLING
Don Carey, M.Sc., P.Eng., National Technical Leader, Site Investigation
Michelle Fraser, M.Sc., P.Geo., National Technical Leader, Hydrogeology
Discipline(s): Site Investigation, Hydrogeology
Page 15 of 17

4 DOCUMENTATION
4.1 MANUAL AND DIGITAL DATA STORAGE REQUIREMENTS
4.1.1 Hard Copy Notes
Confirm that field notes are accurate and complete. Provide them to the project manager for review
and signature. Scan hard copy notes. Store hard copies in the project file.

4.1.2 Digital Data
Upload photographs to the server project directory. Save data spreadsheets/databases and scanned
hard copy notes in the server project directory. If the local server is not backed up regularly, save a
back-up copy in another location (e.g., computer hard disk).

4.2 GENERAL
Information to be documented will include the following, as applicable:
• Site name
• Field investigator's name
• Date and time of sample collection, type of probe sampled
• Sample number, location, and depth (note SummaTM canister and flow controller identifier)
• Purging method
• Flow rate, sampling rate
• Leak testing
• Start and end vacuum readings
• Helium measurements in shroud at start, 15 minutes, and or end of sampling
• Observations at the site
• Unusual conditions (i.e., those that may affect observation and/or samples)
• Decontamination observations
• Weather conditions (including indoor and outdoor temperature)
• Names/contact information of all field crew members and of any site visitors should be noted on
the RMS2 form and the form should be signed as required by SWP procedures.
• Location, description, and log of photographs
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES:
SOP ES2.05
Version: 2.0 (Last revised May 14, 2020)
Approved by:
SOIL VAPOR SAMPLING
Don Carey, M.Sc., P.Eng., National Technical Leader, Site Investigation
Michelle Fraser, M.Sc., P.Geo., National Technical Leader, Hydrogeology
Discipline(s): Site Investigation, Hydrogeology
Page 16 of 17

• References for all maps and photographs
• Information concerning sampling or scheduling changes, and any change orders
• Summary of daily tasks and documentation on any cost or scope of work changes required by
field conditions
• Signature and date by personnel responsible for observations
• Field equipment used
Where feasible, obtain temperature, barometric pressure, wind speed and direction and precipitation
data from three days prior to sampling up to the end of sampling.

5 RESOURCES
5.1 RELATED SOPS
• SOP ES2.01– Surface Soil Sampling
• SOP ES3.05 – Surveying
• SOP ES4.08 – Equipment Decontamination
• SOP ES4.02 – Sample Naming Protocol

5.2 STANDARD FORMS
• ESFF2.02 – Daily Activity Record
• ESFF2.07 – Field Instrument Calibration
• ESFF2.16 – Underground Utility Locate Request
• ESFF2.22 – Elevation Survey
• ESFF2.26 – Photograph Log
• ESFF2.35 – Working Alone
• ESFF2.38 – Building Inspection and Occupant Survey
• ESFF2.39 – Leak Testing and Performance Testing of Soil Vapour Probes
• ESFF2.40 – Purging of Soil Vapour Probes
• ESFF2.41 – Pump Calibration (Vapour)
• ESFF2.42 – Soil Vapour / Indoor Air Sample Collection (Sorbent Tubes)

Field Notebook SOP
ESPA-011
Page 1 of 6
Rev. 1.7 Jan 2014
1 PURPOSE & APPLICABILITY
Accurate and thorough documentation of field work conducted by Stantec is a vitally important
component of project operations. Field notes, and the validity of the records kept in them,
comprise a significant portion of Stantec’s work product. Field notes represent legal records of
our services and require a corresponding level of care and professionalism regardless of the grade
of the field note taker.
Field notebooks should be complete in the field and serve as a primary source of information
enabling a third-party to easily reconstruct the chronology of field events, even if applicable field
forms (i.e., chain-of-custody forms) are lost or destroyed.

This Field Notebook Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) has been prepared as guidance for
collecting and managing field notes, such that these records are collected in a consistent manner
throughout Stantec.

2 DEFINITIONS
COC Chain-of-Custody
FSP Field Sampling Plan
HASP Site-Specific Health and Safety Plan
O&M Operation & Maintenance
PPE Personal Protective Equipment
SAP Sampling and Analysis Plan
SOP Standard Operating Procedure
QAPP Quality Assurance Project Plan
WP (Project) Work Plan

3 HEALTH AND SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

Field notes should be used as a medium to describe all activities occurring at a site when Stantec
is present with or without subcontractors or other contractors on site. Field notes should reflect
the following information, at a minimum, concerning site health and safety observations:

1. Ambient site conditions (i.e., operating facility versus barren land).

2. Weather.

3. Traffic patterns.

4. Tailgate/Toolbox safety meeting time, place, and reference for notes.

5. HASP location and use.

Field Notebook SOP
ESPA-011
Page 2 of 6
Rev. 1.7 Jan 2014

6. Specific Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) used on site.
7. Sampling activities, types of media sampled, areas and times.

8. Contractors, visitors, and client representatives on site.
4 QUALITY ASSURANCE PLANNING CONSIDERATIONS
Field notebooks should document the project quality assurance standards, referencing one or
more of the following:
1. A project-specific FSP, QAPP, or combined SAP.

2. A project WP.

3. An O&M manual with written procedures.

4. An SOP for the specific tasks or task.
5. Forms or Checklists developed by a project team for a specific task.

The field notebook must not only record the daily quality assurance expectations for each task
conducted but it should also reference the accepted standards of practice for both Stantec
personnel and subcontractors in meeting these expectations.
5 RESPONSIBILITIES

With regard to field work documentation, the following are the minimum responsibilities for each
position listed:

Project Manager – Responsible for:

• Ensuring project personnel performing field work understand the project quality assurance
objectives and scope of work (i.e., SAP, QAPP, or WP and HASP).

• Managing resources (labor, equipment, materials, subcontractors) to be utilized, schedule,
project number, project-specific field note requirements.

• Explaining expectations for communication with the home office (i.e., check-in phone
calls, faxing field notes and forms).

Field Personnel – Responsible for:

• Reading and understanding project scope of work, schedule, and quality assurance
documents prior to conducting field work.

• Maintaining copies of project documents, including the HASP.

Field Notebook SOP
ESPA-011
Page 3 of 6
Rev. 1.7 Jan 2014

• Diligently making routine entries in the field notebook concerning progress on site sampling
activities, and deviations from the planned scope of work and activities of Stantec, its
subcontractors, or other contractors/visitors to the site, and any other information relevant
to the work being conducted.
• Regular communication with the Project Manager throughout the day.

Health and Safety Officer – Responsible for:
• Periodic inspection of field notebooks for information relevant to potential site Health &
Safety concerns, including use of PPE, monitoring instrument calibrations and use, and
verification of training certificates from on-site personnel.
Project Quality Assurance Officer (if applicable) – Responsible for:

• Periodic inspection of field notebook(s) to ensure applicability of the field notebook for the
project and the relevance of the notes collected.

• Management of field notebook in the field and project files in the home office following
field work.

6 TRAINING/QUALIFICATIONS

Field personnel are expected to be experienced in the site-specific scope of work being
performed through study and understanding of the project quality assurance standards prior to
entering the field. While prior field experience on projects of similar scope and complexity is
recommended, personnel maintaining the field notebook must record routine observations during
field activities, and document non-routine events at the site in accordance with the project plans.
Field personnel qualifications include legible penmanship, the ability to prepare clear illustrations
and/or sketches of site features and activities, and the ability to responsibly manage field
notebooks during and after field work.

7 REQUIRED MATERIALS

The following materials are required for proper field work documentation:

1. Field Notebook (e.g., Rite In The Rain, Composition, etc.) with numbered pages or
Stantec field report forms.

2. Black or blue ink or indelible marking pen (e.g., Staedler Article No. 318-9 Lumocolor or
equivalent).

3. Wrist watch or clock.

4. Project Quality Assurance documents or forms.

Field Notebook SOP
ESPA-011
Page 4 of 6
Rev. 1.7 Jan 2014

5. Mobile telephone or radio.
6. Communication log with pertinent contact information for key project (both Stantec
and non-Stantec) personnel.

7. Site plan or map of area where work is to be conducted for reference purposes.
8 METHODS

The following protocol outlines a methodology to collect and manage field work documentation
in a consistent manner throughout Stantec.
Multiple notebooks may be used for a project, perhaps concurrently, and the field note takers
must coordinate with the Project Manager and Project Quality Assurance Officer (if applicable)
to coordinate sequential numbering of field books.
1. Beginning of Project Day

The following entries should be made at the beginning of each project:

A. Note the project name, address and location, (i.e., off-site versus on-site, operable unit
name, SWMU, etc.);

B. Note the governing documents including HASP, QAPP, WP, etc., for performing the
work; and,

C. Note any specific activities planned for the day (e.g., drilling monitoring wells MW-1
through MW-4, removing a waste oil tank, completing a survey of sensitive habitat, or
delineating a potential wetland, etc.).
2. Routine Events

The following entries should be made throughout each day, including:
D. Enter time (preferably at 15-minute increments) or starting and ending points (i.e.,
started drilling, completed well, etc.);

E. Enter description of location (well/borehole name, well being sampled, developed,
tank being removed, area being cleared);

F. Enter description of equipment and materials in use and subcontractors working or on
standby;

G. Note any specific activities to be completed for the day, and reference
accompanying forms or attachments that need to be appended to the field note
book in the order of occurrence. These might include:
 Tailgate meeting form;
 Subsurface clearance checklists;

Field Notebook SOP
ESPA-011
Page 5 of 6
Rev. 1.7 Jan 2014
 Equipment calibration;
 Borehole logs/well completion forms;
 Groundwater monitoring forms;
 Purge and sampling record;
 Chain-of-custody;
 Subcontractor (drillers/concrete cutters) daily reports;
 Equipment records; and,
 Supplies purchased (to be reported on expense report).

Or, for a construction/removal project:
 Air monitoring forms;
 Soil or rock tags;
 Bill-of-lading/waste manifests; and,
 Photographic log.

H. Note any variances to the project plan, project quality, or project delays;
I. Entries are to be made in ink and incorrect entries are to be changed only through
strike-out, and then initialed by the note taker. Do not “scribble” or color over notes;

J. Notes must be factual, relevant and professional. No opinions or conjectures are
appropriate. Observations and interpretations must be clearly distinguished within the
context of the entry. Slang and editorial comments are inappropriate for field
notebooks;

K. If photographs are taken, a photograph log should be maintained detailing the time
the photo was taken, the name of the photographer, the direction of view in the
photo, the content of the photo and any significant points to observe in photo; and,

L. Initial each page and sign and date the field notebook on the last page for each day.

3. Non-routine/significant events

M. Enter time (exact military time);

N. Record full yet concise description of any non-routine occurrence, such as an incident
(i.e., spill, fire, motor vehicle accident) or other events (e.g., EPA inspection) beyond
the scope of the scheduled work; and,
O. As applicable, multiple photographs should be taken to document the variance or
incident.

9 QUALITY CONTROL CHECKS AND ACCEPTANCE
CRITERIA

Quality Control Checks are required at the following points during the field notebook

Field Notebook SOP
ESPA-011
Page 6 of 6
Rev. 1.7 Jan 2014
documentation process:

1. Prior to entering the field, the Project Manager should ensure that field personnel have
read the project quality assurance documents and that these are available for
reference in the field;

2. At the end of each field day, personnel are responsible to forward copies of field
notebook pages and supporting documentation to the Project Manager or designee;

3. At the completion of the phase of work and/or the end of the project, field notebooks
must be assembled in the home office project file;

4. Working copies of filed notebooks should be used within the home office rather than
the original notebooks; and,

5. Use referenced Stantec forms, as attachments, described in Article 10.0, Documentation.
10 DOCUMENTATION
The following information (referenced in the field notebook), drawings and/or forms, as
applicable, should be provided via facsimile to the Project Manager daily (at a minimum)
unless otherwise specified by the Project Manager:
• Photographs (i.e., color thumbnail digital photos).

• Equipment records.
• Revised maps and survey notes:

o Corrections to existing site features (add new features; remove obsolete
features), as applicable.
o Placement of new wells/borings (with measured distances).
o Preliminary ground water elevation contour map based on new data.
• Subsurface clearance checklist from HASP.
• HASP acknowledgement form, updated as needed.

• Chain-of-custody record.

• Variance/delay form (ESPA-302).

• Waste management form (ESPA-303).
• Borehole logs and well completion diagrams (ESPA-304-20/40).

• Purging, monitoring, sampling, and development records (ESPA-305 and ESPA-306).

The following documentation list is provided for use with this field note documentation SOP:
• Field Report (ESPA-301).

Field Notebook SOP
ESPA-011
Page 7 of 6
Rev. 1.7 Jan 2014

• Variance/Time Delay Form (ESPA-302).

• Waste Management Form (ESPA-303).

• Borehole log and well construction detail template ESPA-304-20/40.
• Field Note Checklist (ESPA-601).

• Field Supplies Checklist (ESPA-602).

SOP-15
October 31, 2012
SOP-15-rev0.docx
Revision 0
Page 1 of 9

Identifier:
SOP-15 Revision: 0 Effective Date:
10/31/2012

Author: Stu Gross

Standard Operating Procedure
for:
ASBESTOS BULK SAMPLE COLLECTION

Responsible QA Manager:
Richard J. Binder PG

SOP-15
October 31, 2012
SOP-15-rev0.docx
Revision 0
Page 2 of 9

SOP-15
Asbestos Bulk Sample Collection

Revision Log

Revision
No.
Effective
Date
Prepared By Description of Revisions Affected
Pages
0 10/31/2012 Stu Gross New Procedure All

SOP-015
Asbestos Bulk Sample Collection
SOP-15
October 31, 2012
SOP-15-rev0.docx
Revision 0
Page 3 of 9

Table of Contents

Section Page
1.0 PURPOSE ................................................................................................................. 5
2.0 SCOPE ...................................................................................................................... 5
3.0 TRAINING ................................................................................................................. 5
4.0 DEFINITIONS ............................................................................................................ 5
5.0 BACKGROUND AND PRECAUTIONS ...................................................................... 6
6.0 RESPONSIBLE PERSONNEL ................................................................................... 6
7.0 EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................................. 6
8.0 PROCEDURE ............................................................................................................ 6
9.0 REFERENCES .......................................................................................................... 8
10.0 RECORDS ................................................................................................................. 8
11.0 ATTACHMENTS ........................................................................................................ 9
SOP-015
Asbestos Bulk Sample Collection
SOP-15
October 31, 2012
SOP-15-rev0.docx
Revision 0
Page 4 of 9

List of Acronyms and Abbreviations

ACM Asbestos containing materials
AHERA Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
COC Chain of custody
EPA Environmental Protection Agency
FL Field leader
HEPA High efficiency particulate air
NESHAP National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants
PPE personal protective equipment
QAPP Quality assurance project plan
QA/QC Quality Assurance/Quality Control
SAP Sampling and analysis plan
SOP Standard Operating Procedure
SSHASP site-specific health and safety plan
SOP-15
October 31, 2012
SOP-15-rev0.docx
Revision 0
Page 5 of 9

1.0 PURPOSE
The purpose of this standard operating procedure (SOP) is to describe the procedures for the
collection of representative samples of suspected asbestos containing materials (ACM).
These are standard (i.e., typically applicable) operating procedures which may be varied or
changed as required, dependent upon site conditions, equipment limitations or limitations
imposed by the procedure. In all instances, the actual procedures used should be documented
and described in an appropriated site report.
2.0 SCOPE
This SOP is a mandatory document and shall be implemented by all Stantec project participants
when collecting chip samples of porous surfaces.
Note: Subcontractors performing work on behalf of Stantec shall follow this SOP for collecting
chip samples of porous surfaces or may use their own procedure(s) as long as the substitute
meets the requirements prescribed by the quality assurance project plan (QAPP), and is approved
by the Quality Assurance/Quality Control (QA/QC) Officer before the commencement of the
designated activities.
3.0 TRAINING
3.1 Stantec project personnel using this SOP are trained by reading the procedure, and receiving
the appropriate training.
3.2 The Field Leader (FL) shall monitor the proper implementation of this procedure and ensures
that relevant team members have completed all applicable training assignments.
4.0 DEFINITIONS
4.1 Asbestos Inspector – Individuals conducting and supervising the asbestos sampling survey
will be Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act (AHERA) trained, and Utah certified asbestos
inspectors specifically trained to identify and sample building materials that may contain asbestos.

4.2 Non-porous inclusions - Materials such as stone, glass, or metal, embedded in porous
material.

4.3 Porous surface - For the purpose of this procedure, a surface capable of allowing the passage
of liquid through pores or small crevices. Examples of porous materials applicable to the ECR
project include asphalt, concrete, wood, brick, unglazed clay pipe, and tuff.

4.4 Site-Specific Health and Safety Plan (SSHASP) - A health and safety plan that is specific to
a site or related field activity that has been approved by the health and safety representative. This
document contains information specific to the project including scope of work, relevant

SOP-15
October 31, 2012
SOP-15-rev0.docx
Revision 0
Page 6 of 9

history, descriptions of hazards by activity associated with the project site(s), and techniques for
exposure mitigation (e.g., personal protective equipment [PPE]) and hazard mitigation.
4.5 Wipe Sample – A wipe sample consists of using a wipe and a wetting agent that is wiped over
a specified area using a template. The wipe picks up settled dust in the template area and
provides an estimate of the number of fibers per area.
5.0 BACKGROUND AND PRECAUTIONS
5.1 This SOP shall be used in conjunction with an approved SSHASP. Also, consult the
SSHASP for information on and use of all PPE.
5.2 All waste generated from sampling operations should be handled in accordance with SOP-
10, Management of Investigative Wastes.

5.3 This SOP shall not be used in environments potentially contaminated with flammable or
explosive components.

6.0 RESPONSIBLE PERSONNEL
The following personnel are responsible for activities identified in this procedure.
6.1 Author
6.2 Stantec project personnel
6.3 FL

6.4 QA/QC Officer

7.0 EQUIPMENT
A checklist of suggested equipment and supplies needed to implement this procedure is provided
in Attachment A.
8.0 PROCEDURE (PREVIOUSLY 3.0)
The asbestos inspection will be conducted in accordance with the Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA) Asbestos National Emission Standard for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP)
regulations for building demolitions or renovations (40 Code of Federal Regulations [CFR] 61
Subpart M). The quantity of samples collected and analyzed will meet the NESHAP and AHERA
requirements.
Asbestos bulk samples will be collected in accordance with the guidelines established by EPA
SOP-15
October 31, 2012
SOP-15-rev0.docx
Revision 0
Page 7 of 9

AHERA (40 CFR 763), OSHA 29 CFR 1926.1101, and EPA Asbestos NESHAP 40 CFR 61,
Subpart M. Specifically, samples will be collected in accordance AHERA Federal Regulations
Chapter 40, Part 763, Subpart E, Sections 763.86 and 763.87(c)(2) as detailed below.
Steps for sampling surfacing material, thermal insulation, and miscellaneous materials are set
forth below:
8.1 Surfacing and Miscellaneous Materials
(a) Spread a plastic drop cloth and set up other equipment, e.g. ladder.

(b) Put on appropriate PPE. For contaminated areas, areas where ACMs are deteriorated,
or any active containment, use Tyvek® suit, disposable gloves, and half-faced respirator
at a minimum. For areas with little likelihood that asbestos will be disturbed or
contamination is not evident, at a minimum use disposable gloves. Inspectors must use
judgment when deciding appropriate PPE to use that will minimize the potential for
contamination and exposure.

(c) Label sample container or new Ziploc® bag with the sample identification number and
record number, sample location and type of material sampled in the field book. If using
containers, always place the label on the container itself, not on the lid, as lids can be
inadvertently switched by a laboratory when handling numerous sample containers.

(d) Mark the location of the sample and the sample identification number on the sampling
diagram in the field book.
(e) Moisten area where sample is to be extracted (spray the immediate area with water).

(f) Extract sample using a clean knife to cut out or scrape off a small piece of the material.
Be sure to penetrate all layers of material. Be careful not to disrupt adjacent material.
(g) Place sample in the labeled container or Ziploc® bag and seal.

(h) Wipe the exterior of the container or Ziploc® bag with a wet wipe to remove any material
that may have adhered to it during sampling.
(i) Clean sampling tools with wet wipes. Vacuum area with a high efficiency particulate air
(HEPA) vacuum to clean all debris, if necessary.

(j) Fill hole with caulking compound on highly friable material and/or spray with an
encapsulant (to minimize subsequent fiber release) or for appearance.

(k) Repeat above steps at each sample location. Place sample containers in Ziploc bags
labeled with the project number, date, and sample identification number.

(l) Discard PPE, wipe wipes, cartridge filters, and drop cloth in a labeled plastic bag. Seal
and retain the bag until lab results are received, at which time dispose of the bag as
asbestos-contaminated waste if tests were positive for asbestos. (Labels should read:
SOP-15
October 31, 2012
SOP-15-rev0.docx
Revision 0
Page 8 of 9

“Danger – Contains Asbestos Fibers – Avoid Creating Dust – Cancer and Lung Disease
Hazard”. Disposal should be made at a state-approved landfill). Unless every sample
tests negative for asbestos, discard waste as ACM.

8.2 Thermal System Insulation
Sampling thermal insulation materials follows the same procedural sequence as described
above. Obtain samples from exposed/damaged areas if possible. However, random sampling
will require sampling of some intact material. Sampling holes can be patched with spackling,
caulk, or fibrous glass plus wettable-glass cloth.
8.3 Sample Handling

Care must be taken in identifying and transporting bulk samples. A chain-of-custody (COC)
form should be initiated to track possession of sample from sampling point to laboratory.
9.0 REFERENCES
Project personnel using this procedure should become familiar with the contents of the following
documents to properly implement this SOP.
• Chain of Custody, Sample Control, and Field Documentation Procedures
• Management of Investigative Wastes
10.0 RECORDS
The FL is responsible for data entry and submitting the following records to central filing.
10.1 Completed field notebook.

11.0 ATTACHMENTS
The document user may employ documentation formats different from those attached to/named
in this procedure—as long as the substituted formats in use provide, as a minimum, the
information required in the official forms developed by the procedure.
Attachment A: Equipment and Supplies Checklist for Asbestos Bulk Sample Collection (1 page).

SOP-15
October 31, 2012
SOP-15-rev0.docx
Revision 0
Page 9 of 9

Attachment A

EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES CHECKLIST FOR
ASBESTOS BULK SAMPLE COLLECTION

√ Quantity Description Comments

Appropriate PPE (i.e., Tyvek® suit, safety
glasses, disposable gloves, half-faced respirator)

Spray mister bottle
Utility knife
Core borer
Wood chisel
Hammer
Flashlight
Ladder
Tape measure
Drop cloth, as necessary
HEPA vacuum, as necessary
Plastic sample containers or Ziploc® bags
Indelible ink pen
Sharpie marker
Field book
Camera
Pre-moistened clothes (i.e., wet wipes)
Sealant materials, as necessary (i.e.,
caulking gun, filling compound, adhesives, duct tape, encapsulant)

Plastic garbage bags

Soil Sampling and XRF Field-Screening SOP ESPA 016 (ES-2307)
Page 1 of 5
Rev. 2 Mar 2019

THIS INFORMATION IS FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
STANTEC CONSULTING

1.0 INTRODUCTION
This guideline is a general reference that prescribes proper equipment and techniques for sample
collection, including topsoil moisture content and XRF analysis, sample management, sample
processing, quality assurance methods, and data management. The purpose of these procedures
is to enable the user to collect representative and defensible samples and to facilitate planning of
the field sampling effort. These techniques should be followed whenever applicable, although site-
specific conditions may require adjustments in methodology. This SOP used US EPA’s XRF
Method 6200 as a general guidance (Method 6200. Field Portable X-ray Fluorescence
Spectrometry for the Determination of Elemental Concentrations in Soil and Sediment).
2.0 SAMPLE COLLECTION GUIDELINES
2.1 Equipment
The following equipment (not limited to) will be used to collect samples in the field:
• New or decontaminated, plastic and/or steel hand-trowels (and/or 1- to 2-inch diameter,
acrylic core samplers for sediment collection)
• Sample containers, including oven-bags for all topsoil samples
• Sample labels and seals
• Sample location maps or sketches
• Global Positioning System (GPS)
• Cell-phones
• Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
• Field notebook
The following equipment (not limited to) will be used to analyze topsoil samples in the field
and/or field laboratory-room, as detailed in following report sections:
• Moisture Content Meter (Flir Systems, Inc.’s Extech series, hand-held meter, or
equivalent)
• XRF Analyzer (Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc.’s Niton series, hand-held unit, or equivalent)
• Convention or toaster oven(s), for samples that require drying (e.g., if moisture content
exceeds 20%)
• Mortar and pestle(s) [glass, agate, or similar]
• Soil screens (steel, nylon, or equivalent, 60-mesh [0.25 mm] sieves)

Soil Sampling and XRF Field-Screening SOP ESPA 016 (ES-2307)
Page 2 of 5
Rev. 2 Mar 2019

THIS INFORMATION IS FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
STANTEC CONSULTING
2.2 Topsoil Sampling Protocol
Topsoil samples will be collected as follows, generally:
At each sampling location, a land surface area approximating 4-inches by 4-inches will be cleared
of vegetative growth, exposing natural topsoil and/or waste rock material, utilizing a
decontaminated, steel or plastic, hand-shovel and/or hand-trowel. Then, the area will be excavated
to a depth of at least 1-inch deep (4x4x1-in. deep, excavated material, which approximates a 9-
ounce sample) with a decontaminated, steel and/or plastic hand-trowel. Excavated material will
comprise the individual topsoil or waste rock sample.
Each topsoil sample will be placed directly into a labelled, plastic (oven-drying) sample bag. The
sampler will wear new, disposable, latex and/or nitrile gloves during all sampling activities. It is
anticipated that samplers will carry/transport sample containers within a backpack, and then
transfer samples into either laboratory-provided ice chests and/or designated, temporary storage
areas within a vehicle – prior to hand-delivery to the field laboratory-room located in an on-site,
modular, construction trailer.
During sample collection, care will be administered to field-screen each sample by hand, removing
organic or similar material, such as for instance, organic matter, leaves, roots, twigs, grass,
pebbles, gravel, etc. The intent will be to hand-remove any material larger than pebble-sized
matter, as practicable.

3.0 LABORATORY-ROOM AND SAMPLE MANAGEMENT, QUALITY
CONTROL
All sample oven-bags will be hand-delivered to the field laboratory-room, which will be established
within an on-site, mobile, modular, construction trailer. Stantec will establish a designated
laboratory-room inside the trailer, which will be equipped with electricity and soil sample storage
and processing areas, including the following, generally:
− A designated, sample storage area (labelled, cardboard boxes within which labelled, oven-
bag samples will be stored for field laboratory-room [and possible future analytical
laboratory] analysis). Box labels will note sample IDs/names of each sample stored therein
for easy, future identification.
− Portable plastic and/or wooden tables for processing samples and keeping laboratory
equipment off the floor of the trailer.
− Decontamination equipment (latex and/or nitrile gloves; alconox soap or similar; plastic-
bristled brushes; deionized water; paper towels; etc.).
− Standard-sized, convection or toaster oven(s), either free-standing and/or located atop
portable tables.
− XRF Analyzer (Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc.’s Niton series, hand-held unit, or equivalent).

Soil Sampling and XRF Field-Screening SOP ESPA 016 (ES-2307)
Page 3 of 5
Rev. 2 Mar 2019

THIS INFORMATION IS FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
STANTEC CONSULTING
− Moisture Content Meter (Flir Systems, Inc.’s Extech series, hand-held meter, or equivalent).
− Mortar and pestle(s) [glass, agate, or similar].
− Soil screens (steel, nylon, or equivalent, 60-mesh [0.25 mm] sieves).
− Appropriate PPE, including thermal protective gloves for use handling ovens and samples.

Care will be administered to ensure that the field laboratory-room facilities are protected against
potential cross-contamination of individual samples, as well as potential air-dispersion of air-borne,
particulate matter associated with opening/closing of, and ingress/egress through, the construction
trailer and laboratory-room doorways. Within the laboratory-room and the trailer, appropriate quality
assurance/quality control (QA/QC), housekeeping procedures will be implemented to protect the
cleanliness of the trailer and the interior laboratory-room, as outlined herein.
To this end, Stantec will either:
- establish the laboratory-room within an interior, office space that is separated physically from the
rest of the interior, trailer-space (e.g., a separate, interior room with a separate, interior door, etc.),
or:
- compartmentalize a localized area inside the trailer…installing new, disposable, 6-mil plastic
sheeting, that will be extended (air-tight taped/secured) from the ceiling to the floor and sidewalls
of the trailer. One side of the plastic sheeting will be fashioned, so as to provide ingress/egress
(e.g., a doorway) between the laboratory-room and the interior trailer space. The plastic ‘doorway’
will be shut/sealed using duct tape, every time a staff member enters and leaves the laboratory-
room.
Stantec will assign one or two, select field staff to conduct all laboratory work inside the laboratory-
room. Thus, only designated staff will be permitted to enter the laboratory-room. Care will be
administered to minimize opening/closing of trailer and laboratory-room doorways, at all times.
All samples will be hand-delivered from the field to the trailer by Stantec field staff and placed in a
designated area inside the trailer BUT NOT inside the closed-off, laboratory-room. Once samples
are delivered inside the trailer, then designated, laboratory-room staff will transport the samples to
the laboratory-room for storage and processing.
New, designated, cardboard boxes will be used for sample bag storage. Once filled with samples,
one side of each box will be labelled with a black marker (i.e., water-resistant ‘Sharpie’ or similar
ink), as to each sample bag ID/name stored therein. Additionally, each box will be assigned a Box
Number (‘Box-1, -2, -3,’ etc.), as well…and all Box Numbers and corollary, stored sample
IDs/names will be recorded within a dedicated, laboratory-room notebook. The laboratory notebook
will be stored inside the laboratory-room and will not be removed from the room throughout
duration of the Phase 2 site characterization, until/unless the Project Manager and laboratory-room,
field staff agree in writing as to who will take possession of the notebook for Summary Reporting
and archiving purposes.

Soil Sampling and XRF Field-Screening SOP ESPA 016 (ES-2307)
Page 4 of 5
Rev. 2 Mar 2019

THIS INFORMATION IS FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
STANTEC CONSULTING
All laboratory-related activities will be conducted by personnel wearing new, disposable, latex
and/or nitrile gloves. All soil sample-specific, processing equipment will be decontaminated before
each use by means of hand-washing using an alconox soap (or similar) and deionized water wash,
with plastic-bristled brushes, followed by triple-rinse with deionized water and drying with new,
disposable, paper towels.
Soil sample, oven-bags will be managed to avoid potential for intermixing of sample material. Care
will be taken to ensure a clean, decontaminated, laboratory-room, sample storage and processing
areas, and a solid waste/general refuse management and temporary storage area. In similar
fashion as equipment decontamination - if the surface of a desk, table, floor, oven, or other area
becomes contaminated with soil material (and/or other form of potential metal contamination), each
area will be decontaminated immediately, until all contaminated residue has been removed and
disposed within a dedicated, on-site, solid waste container for future off-site disposal.

4.0 OVEN-DRYING, PROCESSING, AND XRF-SCREENING SAMPLES
If the moisture content of a topsoil sample is 20% or more, then any such sample will require
drying in a convection or toaster oven for an approximate timeframe of at least 2 hours at a
temperature no higher than 150-degrees Celsius, to reduce the moisture content below 20% -
followed by analysis utilizing an XRF analyzer, as detailed in following SOP section 4.2 XRF
Analysis. All sample oven-drying, processing, and XRF analysis will occur within the on-site, field
laboratory-room.
4.1 Moisture Content Meter Monitoring and Subsequent Sieving and
Homogenization
Each topsoil sample will be dried in a conventional oven at approximately 250- to 300-degrees
Fahrenheit (must be less than 150-degrees Celsius) for at least two (2) hours, until moisture
content is below 20%. Each sample will be evaluated for moisture content utilizing a hand-held,
moisture content meter (an Extech Soil Moisture Meter, or similar), capable of detecting between 0
to 50% moisture content, with a resolution of 0.1%, and including liquid crystal display (LCD) of
real-time results. Readings will be taken within the middle of each sample, whereby the moisture
content probe will be extended into the middle of each sample within the bag. Results will be
recorded in the laboratory-room notebook.
If moisture content is identified to be 20% or greater, then each such sample will be returned to the
oven in 30-minute, baking intervals, until moisture content is below 20%. Each sample whose
moisture content is below 20% will be processed in the following, sequential manner:
1. Crushed/mixed using a decontaminated, mortar/pestle;

2. Transferred from the mortar into a decontaminated, plastic, bowl for mixing and homogenizing;

3. Mechanically processed through a 60-mesh sieve(s) directly into (plastic funnel, if needed) each
sample-specific, plastic, oven-bag (i.e., returned to sample-specific, oven-bag); and then
4. Screened using a hand-held, XRF analyzer (a Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc. Niton XL-Series

Soil Sampling and XRF Field-Screening SOP ESPA 016 (ES-2307)
Page 5 of 5
Rev. 2 Mar 2019

THIS INFORMATION IS FOR AUTHORIZED COMPANY USE ONLY
STANTEC CONSULTING
XRF, or similar), as detailed in following SOP section 4.2 XRF Analysis.

4.2 XRF Analysis
A portable Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc.’s Niton series (or equivalent), hand-held XRF analyzer will
be used to analyze samples. Portable XRF instruments contain sealed radioactive sources and are
sold or rented from the manufacturer or supplier under state or general licenses. The instrument
operator must assume certain responsibilities under the licensing agreement. The license contains
specific regulations on instrument shipment (as a Hazardous Material), transport, servicing,
maintenance procedures, record keeping and security. Instruments requiring a Nuclear Regulatory
Commission (NRC) license for possession or use must be used under the direction and control of a
Radiation Safety Officer (RSO).

On a daily basis, the XRF analyzer will be calibrated in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations and protocol. All calibration data will be recorded within the laboratory-room
notebook.
Samples will be XRF-screened, as follows:
A sample-specific, Ziploc bag will be placed directly atop a table/desk located inside the
laboratory- room. Each Ziploc bag will be opened for XRF-screening within the sample bag.
The analyzer end (aka, examination window) of the XRF analyzer will be placed atop
theZiploc bag. The field sampler will activate the XRF analyzer and monitor the “live” (real-
time) analysis. Each sample will be analyzed for a period of at least one minute (60
seconds).
The field sampler will enter the sample ID into the XRF unit, and the XRF result data will be
stored within the XRF analyzer’s internal memory (standard Thermo Fisher Scientific Niton
Data Transfer (NDT) PC software suite). On a daily basis, the analytical data stored on the
XRF analyzer will be saved within a project-specific file archived on a Stantec computer.
XRF results will be recorded in the laboratory-room notebook and then off-loaded from the
XRF analyzer and archived to Stantec project files on a daily basis. For consistency, Stantec
anticipates having the same employees orchestrate XRF screening and XRF data downloads.

6200 - 1 Revision 0
February 2007

METHOD 6200
FIELD PORTABLE X-RAY FLUORESCENCE SPECTROMETRY FOR THE
DETERMINATION OF ELEMENTAL CONCENTRATIONS IN SOIL AND SEDIMENT

SW-846 is not intended to be an analytical training manual. Therefore, method
procedures are written based on the assumption that they will be performed by analysts who are
formally trained in at least the basic principles of chemical analysis and in the use of the subject
technology.
In addition, SW-846 methods, with the exception of required method use for the analysis
of method-defined parameters, are intended to be guidance methods which contain general
information on how to perform an analytical procedure or technique which a laboratory can use
as a basic starting point for generating its own detailed Standard Operating Procedure (SOP),
either for its own general use or for a specific project application. The performance data
included in this method are for guidance purposes only, and are not intended to be and must
not be used as absolute QC acceptance criteria for purposes of laboratory accreditation.

1.0 SCOPE AND APPLICATION
1.1 This method is applicable to the in situ and intrusive analysis of the 26 analytes
listed below for soil and sediment samples. Some common elements are not listed in this
method because they are considered "light" elements that cannot be detected by field portable
x-ray fluorescence (FPXRF). These light elements are: lithium, beryllium, sodium, magnesium,
aluminum, silicon, and phosphorus. Most of the analytes listed below are of environmental
concern, while a few others have interference effects or change the elemental composition of
the matrix, affecting quantitation of the analytes of interest. Generally elements of atomic
number 16 or greater can be detected and quantitated by FPXRF. The following RCRA
analytes have been determined by this method:

Analytes CAS Registry No.
Antimony (Sb) 7440-36-0
Arsenic (As) 7440-38-0
Barium (Ba) 7440-39-3
Cadmium (Cd) 7440-43-9
Chromium (Cr) 7440-47-3
Cobalt (Co) 7440-48-4
Copper (Cu) 7440-50-8
Lead (Pb) 7439-92-1
Mercury (Hg) 7439-97-6
Nickel (Ni) 7440-02-0
Selenium (Se) 7782-49-2
Silver (Ag) 7440-22-4
Thallium (Tl) 7440-28-0
Tin (Sn) 7440-31-5
6200 - 2 Revision 0
February 2007

Analytes CAS Registry No.
Vanadium (V) 7440-62-2
Zinc (Zn) 7440-66-6
In addition, the following non-RCRA analytes have been determined by this method:

Analytes CAS Registry No.
Calcium (Ca) 7440-70-2
Iron (Fe) 7439-89-6
Manganese (Mn) 7439-96-5
Molybdenum (Mo) 7439-93-7
Potassium (K) 7440-09-7
Rubidium (Rb) 7440-17-7
Strontium (Sr) 7440-24-6
Thorium (Th) 7440-29-1
Titanium (Ti) 7440-32-6
Zirconium (Zr) 7440-67-7
1.2 This method is a screening method to be used with confirmatory analysis using
other techniques (e.g., flame atomic absorption spectrometry (FLAA), graphite furnance atomic
absorption spectrometry (GFAA), inductively coupled plasma-atomic emission spectrometry,
(ICP-AES), or inductively coupled plasma-mass spectrometry, (ICP-MS)). This method’s main
strength is that it is a rapid field screening procedure. The method's lower limits of detection are
typically above the toxicity characteristic regulatory level for most RCRA analytes. However,
when the obtainable values for precision, accuracy, and laboratory-established sensitivity of this
method meet project-specific data quality objectives (DQOs), FPXRF is a fast, powerful, cost
effective technology for site characterization.
1.3 The method sensitivity or lower limit of detection depends on several factors,
including the analyte of interest, the type of detector used, the type of excitation source, the
strength of the excitation source, count times used to irradiate the sample, physical matrix
effects, chemical matrix effects, and interelement spectral interferences. Example lower limits
of detection for analytes of interest in environmental applications are shown in Table 1. These
limits apply to a clean spiked matrix of quartz sand (silicon dioxide) free of interelement spectral
interferences using long (100 -600 second) count times. These sensitivity values are given for
guidance only and may not always be achievable, since they will vary depending on the sample
matrix, which instrument is used, and operating conditions. A discussion of performance-based
sensitivity is presented in Sec. 9.6.
1.4 Analysts should consult the disclaimer statement at the front of the manual and the
information in Chapter Two for guidance on the intended flexibility in the choice of methods,
apparatus, materials, reagents, and supplies, and on the responsibilities of the analyst for
demonstrating that the techniques employed are appropriate for the analytes of interest, in the
matrix of interest, and at the levels of concern.
6200 - 3 Revision 0
February 2007

In addition, analysts and data users are advised that, except where explicitly specified in a
regulation, the use of SW-846 methods is not mandatory in response to Federal testing
requirements. The information contained in this method is provided by EPA as guidance to be
used by the analyst and the regulated community in making judgments necessary to generate
results that meet the data quality objectives for the intended application.
1.5 Use of this method is restricted to use by, or under supervision of, personnel
appropriately experienced and trained in the use and operation of an XRF instrument. Each
analyst must demonstrate the ability to generate acceptable results with this method.

2.0 SUMMARY OF METHOD
2.1 The FPXRF technologies described in this method use either sealed radioisotope
sources or x-ray tubes to irradiate samples with x-rays. When a sample is irradiated with x-rays,
the source x-rays may undergo either scattering or absorption by sample atoms. This latter
process is known as the photoelectric effect. When an atom absorbs the source x-rays, the
incident radiation dislodges electrons from the innermost shells of the atom, creating vacancies.
The electron vacancies are filled by electrons cascading in from outer electron shells. Electrons
in outer shells have higher energy states than inner shell electrons, and the outer shell electrons
give off energy as they cascade down into the inner shell vacancies. This rearrangement of
electrons results in emission of x-rays characteristic of the given atom. The emission of x-rays,
in this manner, is termed x-ray fluorescence.
Three electron shells are generally involved in emission of x-rays during FPXRF analysis
of environmental samples. The three electron shells include the K, L, and M shells. A typical
emission pattern, also called an emission spectrum, for a given metal has multiple intensity
peaks generated from the emission of K, L, or M shell electrons. The most commonly
measured x-ray emissions are from the K and L shells; only metals with an atomic number
greater than 57 have measurable M shell emissions.

Each characteristic x-ray line is defined with the letter K, L, or M, which signifies which shell had the original vacancy and by a subscript alpha (α), beta (β), or gamma (γ) etc., which indicates the higher shell from which electrons fell to fill the vacancy and produce the x-ray. For example, a Kα line is produced by a vacancy in the K shell filled by an L shell electron, whereas
a Kβ line is produced by a vacancy in the K shell filled by an M shell electron. The Kα transition
is on average 6 to 7 times more probable than the Kβ transition; therefore, the Kα line is
approximately 7 times more intense than the Kβ line for a given element, making the Kα line the
choice for quantitation purposes.

The K lines for a given element are the most energetic lines and are the preferred lines for
analysis. For a given atom, the x-rays emitted from L transitions are always less energetic than
those emitted from K transitions. Unlike the K lines, the main L emission lines (Lα and Lβ) for an
element are of nearly equal intensity. The choice of one or the other depends on what
interfering element lines might be present. The L emission lines are useful for analyses
involving elements of atomic number (Z) 58 (cerium) through 92 (uranium).

An x-ray source can excite characteristic x-rays from an element only if the source energy
is greater than the absorption edge energy for the particular line group of the element, that is,
the K absorption edge, L absorption edge, or M absorption edge energy. The absorption edge
energy is somewhat greater than the corresponding line energy. Actually, the K absorption
edge energy is approximately the sum of the K, L, and M line energies of the particular element,
and the L absorption edge energy is approximately the sum of the L and M line energies.
FPXRF is more sensitive to an element with an absorption edge energy close to but less than
6200 - 4 Revision 0
February 2007

the excitation energy of the source. For example, when using a cadmium-109 source, which
has an excitation energy of 22.1 kiloelectron volts (keV), FPXRF would exhibit better sensitivity
for zirconium which has a K line energy of 15.77 keV than to chromium, which has a K line
energy of 5.41 keV.
2.2 Under this method, inorganic analytes of interest are identified and quantitated
using a field portable energy-dispersive x-ray fluorescence spectrometer. Radiation from one or
more radioisotope sources or an electrically excited x-ray tube is used to generate characteristic
x-ray emissions from elements in a sample. Up to three sources may be used to irradiate a
sample. Each source emits a specific set of primary x-rays that excite a corresponding range of
elements in a sample. When more than one source can excite the element of interest, the
source is selected according to its excitation efficiency for the element of interest.
For measurement, the sample is positioned in front of the probe window. This can be
done in two manners using FPXRF instruments, specifically, in situ or intrusive. If operated in
the in situ mode, the probe window is placed in direct contact with the soil surface to be
analyzed. When an FPXRF instrument is operated in the intrusive mode, a soil or sediment
sample must be collected, prepared, and placed in a sample cup. The sample cup is then
placed on top of the window inside a protective cover for analysis.
Sample analysis is then initiated by exposing the sample to primary radiation from the
source. Fluorescent and backscattered x-rays from the sample enter through the detector
window and are converted into electric pulses in the detector. The detector in FPXRF
instruments is usually either a solid-state detector or a gas-filled proportional counter. Within
the detector, energies of the characteristic x-rays are converted into a train of electric pulses,
the amplitudes of which are linearly proportional to the energy of the x-rays. An electronic
multichannel analyzer (MCA) measures the pulse amplitudes, which is the basis of qualitative x-
ray analysis. The number of counts at a given energy per unit of time is representative of the
element concentration in a sample and is the basis for quantitative analysis. Most FPXRF
instruments are menu-driven from software built into the units or from personal computers (PC).
The measurement time of each source is user-selectable. Shorter source measurement
times (30 seconds) are generally used for initial screening and hot spot delineation, and longer
measurement times (up to 300 seconds) are typically used to meet higher precision and
accuracy requirements.
FPXRF instruments can be calibrated using the following methods: internally using
fundamental parameters determined by the manufacturer, empirically based on site-specific
calibration standards (SSCS), or based on Compton peak ratios. The Compton peak is
produced by backscattering of the source radiation. Some FPXRF instruments can be
calibrated using multiple methods.

3.0 DEFINITIONS
3.1 FPXRF -- Field portable x-ray fluorescence.
3.2 MCA -- Multichannel analyzer for measuring pulse amplitude.
3.3 SSCS -- Site-specific calibration standards.
3.4 FP -- Fundamental parameter.
3.5 ROI -- Region of interest.
6200 - 5 Revision 0
February 2007

3.6 SRM -- Standard reference material; a standard containing certified amounts of
metals in soil or sediment.
3.7 eV -- Electron volt; a unit of energy equivalent to the amount of energy gained by
an electron passing through a potential difference of one volt.
3.8 Refer to Chapter One, Chapter Three, and the manufacturer's instructions for other
definitions that may be relevant to this procedure.

4.0 INTERFERENCES
1.1 The total method error for FPXRF analysis is defined as the square root of the sum
of squares of both instrument precision and user- or application-related error. Generally,
instrument precision is the least significant source of error in FPXRF analysis. User- or
application-related error is generally more significant and varies with each site and method
used. Some sources of interference can be minimized or controlled by the instrument operator,
but others cannot. Common sources of user- or application-related error are discussed below.
1.2 Physical matrix effects result from variations in the physical character of the
sample. These variations may include such parameters as particle size, uniformity,
homogeneity, and surface condition. For example, if any analyte exists in the form of very fine
particles in a coarser-grained matrix, the analyte’s concentration measured by the FPXRF will
vary depending on how fine particles are distributed within the coarser-grained matrix. If the
fine particles "settle" to the bottom of the sample cup (i.e., against the cup window), the analyte
concentration measurement will be higher than if the fine particles are not mixed in well and stay
on top of the coarser-grained particles in the sample cup. One way to reduce such error is to
grind and sieve all soil samples to a uniform particle size thus reducing sample-to-sample
particle size variability. Homogeneity is always a concern when dealing with soil samples.
Every effort should be made to thoroughly mix and homogenize soil samples before analysis.
Field studies have shown heterogeneity of the sample generally has the largest impact on
comparability with confirmatory samples.
1.3 Moisture content may affect the accuracy of analysis of soil and sediment sample
analyses. When the moisture content is between 5 and 20 percent, the overall error from
moisture may be minimal. However, moisture content may be a major source of error when
analyzing samples of surface soil or sediment that are saturated with water. This error can be
minimized by drying the samples in a convection or toaster oven. Microwave drying is not
recommended because field studies have shown that microwave drying can increase variability
between FPXRF data and confirmatory analysis and because metal fragments in the sample
can cause arcing to occur in a microwave.
1.4 Inconsistent positioning of samples in front of the probe window is a potential
source of error because the x-ray signal decreases as the distance from the radioactive source
increases. This error is minimized by maintaining the same distance between the window and
each sample. For the best results, the window of the probe should be in direct contact with the
sample, which means that the sample should be flat and smooth to provide a good contact
surface.
6200 - 6 Revision 0
February 2007

1.5 Chemical matrix effects result from differences in the concentrations of interfering
elements. These effects occur as either spectral interferences (peak overlaps) or as x-ray
absorption and enhancement phenomena. Both effects are common in soils contaminated with
heavy metals. As examples of absorption and enhancement effects; iron (Fe) tends to absorb
copper (Cu) x-rays, reducing the intensity of the Cu measured by the detector, while chromium
(Cr) will be enhanced at the expense of Fe because the absorption edge of Cr is slightly lower
in energy than the fluorescent peak of iron. The effects can be corrected mathematically
through the use of fundamental parameter (FP) coefficients. The effects also can be
compensated for using SSCS, which contain all the elements present on site that can interfere
with one another.
1.6 When present in a sample, certain x-ray lines from different elements can be very
close in energy and, therefore, can cause interference by producing a severely overlapped
spectrum. The degree to which a detector can resolve the two different peaks depends on the
energy resolution of the detector. If the energy difference between the two peaks in electron
volts is less than the resolution of the detector in electron volts, then the detector will not be able
to fully resolve the peaks.

The most common spectrum overlaps involve the Kβ line of element Z-1 with the Kα line of
element Z. This is called the Kα/Kβ interference. Because the Kα:Kβ intensity ratio for a given
element usually is about 7:1, the interfering element, Z-1, must be present at large concentrations to cause a problem. Two examples of this type of spectral interference involve the presence of large concentrations of vanadium (V) when attempting to measure Cr or the
presence of large concentrations of Fe when attempting to measure cobalt (Co). The V Kα and
Kβ energies are 4.95 and 5.43 keV, respectively, and the Cr Kα energy is 5.41 keV. The Fe Kα and Kβ energies are 6.40 and 7.06 keV, respectively, and the Co Kα energy is 6.92 keV. The
difference between the V Kβ and Cr Kα energies is 20 eV, and the difference between the Fe Kβ and the Co Kα energies is 140 eV. The resolution of the highest-resolution detectors in FPXRF
instruments is 170 eV. Therefore, large amounts of V and Fe will interfere with quantitation of
Cr or Co, respectively. The presence of Fe is a frequent problem because it is often found in
soils at tens of thousands of parts per million (ppm).

1.7 Other interferences can arise from K/L, K/M, and L/M line overlaps, although these
overlaps are less common. Examples of such overlap involve arsenic (As) Kα/lead (Pb) Lα and
sulfur (S) Kα/Pb Mα. In the As/Pb case, Pb can be measured from the Pb Lβ line, and As can be
measured from either the As Kα or the As Kß line; in this way the interference can be corrected.
If the As Kβ line is used, sensitivity will be decreased by a factor of two to five times because it is
a less intense line than the As Kα line. If the As Kα line is used in the presence of Pb,
mathematical corrections within the instrument software can be used to subtract out the Pb
interference. However, because of the limits of mathematical corrections, As concentrations
cannot be efficiently calculated for samples with Pb:As ratios of 10:1 or more. This high ratio of Pb to As may result in reporting of a "nondetect" or a "less than" value (e.g., <300 ppm) for As,
regardless of the actual concentration present.
No instrument can fully compensate for this interference. It is important for an operator to
understand this limitation of FPXRF instruments and consult with the manufacturer of the
FPXRF instrument to evaluate options to minimize this limitation. The operator’s decision will
be based on action levels for metals in soil established for the site, matrix effects, capabilities of
the instrument, data quality objectives, and the ratio of lead to arsenic known to be present at
the site. If a site is encountered that contains lead at concentrations greater than ten times the
concentration of arsenic it is advisable that all critical soil samples be sent off site for
confirmatory analysis using other techniques (e.g., flame atomic absorption spectrometry
(FLAA), graphite furnance atomic absorption spectrometry (GFAA), inductively coupled plasma-
6200 - 7 Revision 0
February 2007

atomic emission spectrometry, (ICP-AES), or inductively coupled plasma-mass spectrometry,
(ICP-MS)).
1.8 If SSCS are used to calibrate an FPXRF instrument, the samples collected must be
representative of the site under investigation. Representative soil sampling ensures that a
sample or group of samples accurately reflects the concentrations of the contaminants of
concern at a given time and location. Analytical results for representative samples reflect
variations in the presence and concentration ranges of contaminants throughout a site.
Variables affecting sample representativeness include differences in soil type, contaminant
concentration variability, sample collection and preparation variability, and analytical variability,
all of which should be minimized as much as possible.
1.9 Soil physical and chemical effects may be corrected using SSCS that have been
analyzed by inductively coupled plasma (ICP) or atomic absorption (AA) methods. However, a
major source of error can be introduced if these samples are not representative of the site or if
the analytical error is large. Another concern is the type of digestion procedure used to prepare
the soil samples for the reference analysis. Analytical results for the confirmatory method will
vary depending on whether a partial digestion procedure, such as Method 3050, or a total
digestion procedure, such as Method 3052, is used. It is known that depending on the nature of
the soil or sediment, Method 3050 will achieve differing extraction efficiencies for different
analytes of interest. The confirmatory method should meet the project-specific data quality
objectives (DQOs).
XRF measures the total concentration of an element; therefore, to achieve the greatest
comparability of this method with the reference method (reduced bias), a total digestion
procedure should be used for sample preparation. However, in the study used to generate the
performance data for this method (see Table 8), the confirmatory method used was Method
3050, and the FPXRF data compared very well with regression correlation coefficients (r often
exceeding 0.95, except for barium and chromium). The critical factor is that the digestion
procedure and analytical reference method used should meet the DQOs of the project and
match the method used for confirmation analysis.
1.10 Ambient temperature changes can affect the gain of the amplifiers producing
instrument drift. Gain or drift is primarily a function of the electronics (amplifier or preamplifier)
and not the detector as most instrument detectors are cooled to a constant temperature. Most
FPXRF instruments have a built-in automatic gain control. If the automatic gain control is
allowed to make periodic adjustments, the instrument will compensate for the influence of
temperature changes on its energy scale. If the FPXRF instrument has an automatic gain
control function, the operator will not have to adjust the instrument’s gain unless an error
message appears. If an error message appears, the operator should follow the manufacturer’s
procedures for troubleshooting the problem. Often, this involves performing a new energy
calibration. The performance of an energy calibration check to assess drift is a quality control
measure discussed in Sec. 9.2.
If the operator is instructed by the manufacturer to manually conduct a gain check
because of increasing or decreasing ambient temperature, it is standard to perform a gain
check after every 10 to 20 sample measurements or once an hour whichever is more frequent.
It is also suggested that a gain check be performed if the temperature fluctuates more than 10E
F. The operator should follow the manufacturer’s recommendations for gain check frequency.
6200 - 8 Revision 0
February 2007

5.0 SAFETY
5.1 This method does not address all safety issues associated with its use. The user
is responsible for maintaining a safe work environment and a current awareness file of OSHA
regulations regarding the safe handling of the chemicals listed in this method. A reference file
of material safety data sheets (MSDSs) should be available to all personnel involved in these
analyses.
NOTE: No MSDS applies directly to the radiation-producing instrument because that is
covered under the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) or applicable state
regulations.
5.2 Proper training for the safe operation of the instrument and radiation training
should be completed by the analyst prior to analysis. Radiation safety for each specific
instrument can be found in the operator’s manual. Protective shielding should never be
removed by the analyst or any personnel other than the manufacturer. The analyst should be
aware of the local state and national regulations that pertain to the use of radiation-producing
equipment and radioactive materials with which compliance is required. There should be a
person appointed within the organization that is solely responsible for properly instructing all
personnel, maintaining inspection records, and monitoring x-ray equipment at regular intervals.
Licenses for radioactive materials are of two types, specifically: (1) a general license
which is usually initiated by the manufacturer for receiving, acquiring, owning, possessing,
using, and transferring radioactive material incorporated in a device or equipment, and (2) a
specific license which is issued to named persons for the operation of radioactive instruments
as required by local, state, or federal agencies. A copy of the radioactive material license (for
specific licenses only) and leak tests should be present with the instrument at all times and
available to local and national authorities upon request.
X-ray tubes do not require radioactive material licenses or leak tests, but do require
approvals and licenses which vary from state to state. In addition, fail-safe x-ray warning lights
should be illuminated whenever an x-ray tube is energized. Provisions listed above concerning
radiation safety regulations, shielding, training, and responsible personnel apply to x-ray tubes
just as to radioactive sources. In addition, a log of the times and operating conditions should be
kept whenever an x-ray tube is energized. An additional hazard present with x-ray tubes is the
danger of electric shock from the high voltage supply, however, if the tube is properly positioned
within the instrument, this is only a negligible risk. Any instrument (x-ray tube or radioisotope
based) is capable of delivering an electric shock from the basic circuitry when the system is
inappropriately opened.
5.3 Radiation monitoring equipment should be used with the handling and operation of
the instrument. The operator and the surrounding environment should be monitored continually
for analyst exposure to radiation. Thermal luminescent detectors (TLD) in the form of badges
and rings are used to monitor operator radiation exposure. The TLDs or badges should be worn
in the area of maximum exposure. The maximum permissible whole-body dose from
occupational exposure is 5 Roentgen Equivalent Man (REM) per year. Possible exposure
pathways for radiation to enter the body are ingestion, inhaling, and absorption. The best
precaution to prevent radiation exposure is distance and shielding.

6.0 EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES
The mention of trade names or commercial products in this manual is for illustrative
purposes only, and does not constitute an EPA endorsement or exclusive recommendation for
6200 - 9 Revision 0
February 2007

use. The products and instrument settings cited in SW-846 methods represent those products
and settings used during method development or subsequently evaluated by the Agency.
Glassware, reagents, supplies, equipment, and settings other than those listed in this manual
may be employed provided that method performance appropriate for the intended application
has been demonstrated and documented.
6.1 FPXRF spectrometer -- An FPXRF spectrometer consists of four major
components: (1) a source that provides x-rays; (2) a sample presentation device; (3) a detector
that converts x-ray-generated photons emitted from the sample into measurable electronic
signals; and (4) a data processing unit that contains an emission or fluorescence energy
analyzer, such as an MCA, that processes the signals into an x-ray energy spectrum from which
elemental concentrations in the sample may be calculated, and a data display and storage
system. These components and additional, optional items, are discussed below.
6.1.1 Excitation sources -- FPXRF instruments use either a sealed radioisotope
source or an x-ray tube to provide the excitation source. Many FPXRF instruments use
sealed radioisotope sources to produce x-rays in order to irradiate samples. The FPXRF
instrument may contain between one and three radioisotope sources. Common
radioisotope sources used for analysis for metals in soils are iron Fe-55 (55Fe), cadmium
Cd-109 (109Cd), americium Am-241 (241Am), and curium Cm-244 (244Cm). These sources
may be contained in a probe along with a window and the detector; the probe may be
connected to a data reduction and handling system by means of a flexible cable.
Alternatively, the sources, window, and detector may be included in the same unit as the
data reduction and handling system.
The relative strength of the radioisotope sources is measured in units of millicuries
(mCi). All other components of the FPXRF system being equal, the stronger the source,
the greater the sensitivity and precision of a given instrument. Radioisotope sources
undergo constant decay. In fact, it is this decay process that emits the primary x-rays
used to excite samples for FPXRF analysis. The decay of radioisotopes is measured in
"half-lives." The half-life of a radioisotope is defined as the length of time required to
reduce the radioisotopes strength or activity by half. Developers of FPXRF technologies
recommend source replacement at regular intervals based on the source's half-life. This
is due to the ever increasing time required for the analysis rather than a decrease in
instrument performance. The characteristic x-rays emitted from each of the different
sources have energies capable of exciting a certain range of analytes in a sample. Table
2 summarizes the characteristics of four common radioisotope sources.
X-ray tubes have higher radiation output, no intrinsic lifetime limit, produce
constant output over their lifetime, and do not have the disposal problems of radioactive
sources but are just now appearing in FPXRF instruments. An electrically-excited x-ray
tube operates by bombarding an anode with electrons accelerated by a high voltage. The
electrons gain an energy in electron volts equal to the accelerating voltage and can excite
atomic transitions in the anode, which then produces characteristic x-rays. These
characteristic x-rays are emitted through a window which contains the vacuum necessary
for the electron acceleration. An important difference between x-ray tubes and radioactive
sources is that the electrons which bombard the anode also produce a continuum of
x-rays across a broad range of energies in addition to the characteristic x-rays. This
continuum is weak compared to the characteristic x-rays but can provide substantial
excitation since it covers a broad energy range. It has the undesired property of producing
background in the spectrum near the analyte x-ray lines when it is scattered by the
sample. For this reason a filter is often used between the x-ray tube and the sample to
suppress the continuum radiation while passing the characteristic x-rays from the anode.
This filter is sometimes incorporated into the window of the x-ray tube. The choice of
6200 - 10 Revision 0
February 2007

accelerating voltage is governed both by the anode material, since the electrons must
have sufficient energy to excite the anode, which requires a voltage greater than the
absorption edge of the anode material and by the instrument’s ability to cool the x-ray
tube. The anode is most efficiently excited by voltages 2 to 2.5 times the edge energy
(most x-rays per unit power to the tube), although voltages as low as 1.5 times the
absorption edge energy will work. The characteristic x-rays emitted by the anode are
capable of exciting a range of elements in the sample just as with a radioactive source.
Table 3 gives the recommended operating voltages and the sample elements excited for
some common anodes.
6.1.2 Sample presentation device -- FPXRF instruments can be operated in two
modes: in situ and intrusive. If operated in the in situ mode, the probe window is placed
in direct contact with the soil surface to be analyzed. When an FPXRF instrument is
operated in the intrusive mode, a soil or sediment sample must be collected, prepared,
and placed in a sample cup. For FPXRF instruments operated in the intrusive mode, the
probe may be rotated so that the window faces either upward or downward. A protective
sample cover is placed over the window, and the sample cup is placed on top of the
window inside the protective sample cover for analysis.
6.1.3 Detectors -- The detectors in the FPXRF instruments can be either solid-
state detectors or gas-filled, proportional counter detectors. Common solid-state detectors
include mercuric iodide (HgI2), silicon pin diode and lithium-drifted silicon Si(Li). The HgI2
detector is operated at a moderately subambient temperature controlled by a low power
thermoelectric cooler. The silicon pin diode detector also is cooled via the thermoelectric
Peltier effect. The Si(Li) detector must be cooled to at least -90 EC either with liquid
nitrogen or by thermoelectric cooling via the Peltier effect. Instruments with a Si(Li)
detector have an internal liquid nitrogen dewar with a capacity of 0.5 to 1.0 L. Proportional
counter detectors are rugged and lightweight, which are important features of a field
portable detector. However, the resolution of a proportional counter detector is not as
good as that of a solid-state detector. The energy resolution of a detector for
characteristic x-rays is usually expressed in terms of full width at half-maximum (FWHM)
height of the manganese Kα peak at 5.89 keV. The typical resolutions of the above mentioned detectors are as follows: HgI2-270 eV; silicon pin diode-250 eV; Si(Li)–170 eV;
and gas-filled, proportional counter-750 eV.
During operation of a solid-state detector, an x-ray photon strikes a biased, solid-
state crystal and loses energy in the crystal by producing electron-hole pairs. The electric
charge produced is collected and provides a current pulse that is directly proportional to
the energy of the x-ray photon absorbed by the crystal of the detector. A gas-filled,
proportional counter detector is an ionization chamber filled with a mixture of noble and
other gases. An x-ray photon entering the chamber ionizes the gas atoms. The electric
charge produced is collected and provides an electric signal that is directly proportional to
the energy of the x-ray photon absorbed by the gas in the detector.
6.1.4 Data processing units -- The key component in the data processing unit of
an FPXRF instrument is the MCA. The MCA receives pulses from the detector and sorts
them by their amplitudes (energy level). The MCA counts pulses per second to determine
the height of the peak in a spectrum, which is indicative of the target analyte's
concentration. The spectrum of element peaks are built on the MCA. The MCAs in
FPXRF instruments have from 256 to 2,048 channels. The concentrations of target
analytes are usually shown in ppm on a liquid crystal display (LCD) in the instrument.
FPXRF instruments can store both spectra and from 3,000 to 5,000 sets of numerical
analytical results. Most FPXRF instruments are menu-driven from software built into the
6200 - 11 Revision 0
February 2007

units or from PCs. Once the data–storage memory of an FPXRF unit is full or at any other
time, data can be downloaded by means of an RS-232 port and cable to a PC.
6.2 Spare battery and battery charger.
6.3 Polyethylene sample cups -- 31 to 40 mm in diameter with collar, or equivalent
(appropriate for FPXRF instrument).
6.4 X-ray window film -- MylarTM, KaptonTM, SpectroleneTM, polypropylene, or
equivalent; 2.5 to 6.0 µm thick.
6.5 Mortar and pestle -- Glass, agate, or aluminum oxide; for grinding soil and
sediment samples.
6.6 Containers -- Glass or plastic to store samples.
6.7 Sieves -- 60-mesh (0.25 mm), stainless-steel, Nylon, or equivalent for preparing
soil and sediment samples.
6.8 Trowels -- For smoothing soil surfaces and collecting soil samples.
6.9 Plastic bags -- Used for collection and homogenization of soil samples.
6.10 Drying oven -- Standard convection or toaster oven, for soil and sediment samples
that require drying.

7.0 REAGENTS AND STANDARDS
7.1 Reagent grade chemicals must be used in all tests. Unless otherwise indicated, it
is intended that all reagents conform to the specifications of the Committee on Analytical
Reagents of the American Chemical Society, where such specifications are available. Other
grades may be used, provided it is first ascertained that the reagent is of sufficiently high purity
to permit its use without lessening the accuracy of the determination.
7.2 Pure element standards -- Each pure, single-element standard is intended to
produce strong characteristic x-ray peaks of the element of interest only. Other elements
present must not contribute to the fluorescence spectrum. A set of pure element standards for
commonly sought analytes is supplied by the instrument manufacturer, if designated for the
instrument; not all instruments require the pure element standards. The standards are used to
set the region of interest (ROI) for each element. They also can be used as energy calibration
and resolution check samples.
7.3 Site-specific calibration standards -- Instruments that employ fundamental
parameters (FP) or similar mathematical models in minimizing matrix effects may not require
SSCS. If the FP calibration model is to be optimized or if empirical calibration is necessary,
then SSCSs must be collected, prepared, and analyzed.
7.3.1 The SSCS must be representative of the matrix to be analyzed by
FPXRF. These samples must be well homogenized. A minimum of 10 samples spanning
the concentration ranges of the analytes of interest and of the interfering elements must
be obtained from the site. A sample size of 4 to 8 ounces is recommended, and standard
glass sampling jars should be used.
6200 - 12 Revision 0
February 2007

7.3.2 Each sample should be oven-dried for 2 to 4 hr at a temperature of less
than 150 EC. If mercury is to be analyzed, a separate sample portion should be dried at
ambient temperature as heating may volatilize the mercury. When the sample is dry, all
large, organic debris and nonrepresentative material, such as twigs, leaves, roots, insects,
asphalt, and rock should be removed. The sample should be homogenized (see Sec.
7.3.3) and then a representative portion ground with a mortar and pestle or other
mechanical means, prior to passing through a 60-mesh sieve. Only the coarse rock
fraction should remain on the screen.

7.3.3 The sample should be homogenized by using a riffle splitter or by placing
150 to 200 g of the dried, sieved sample on a piece of kraft or butcher paper about 1.5 by
1.5 feet in size. Each corner of the paper should be lifted alternately, rolling the soil over
on itself and toward the opposite corner. The soil should be rolled on itself 20 times.
Approximately 5 g of the sample should then be removed and placed in a sample cup for
FPXRF analysis. The rest of the prepared sample should be sent off site for ICP or AA
analysis. The method use for confirmatory analysis should meet the data quality
objectives of the project.
7.4 Blank samples -- The blank samples should be from a "clean" quartz or silicon
dioxide matrix that is free of any analytes at concentrations above the established lower limit of
detection. These samples are used to monitor for cross-contamination and laboratory-induced
contaminants or interferences.
7.5 Standard reference materials -- Standard reference materials (SRMs) are
standards containing certified amounts of metals in soil or sediment. These standards are used
for accuracy and performance checks of FPXRF analyses. SRMs can be obtained from the
National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), the
Canadian National Research Council, and the national bureau of standards in foreign nations.
Pertinent NIST SRMs for FPXRF analysis include 2704, Buffalo River Sediment; 2709, San
Joaquin Soil; and 2710 and 2711, Montana Soil. These SRMs contain soil or sediment from
actual sites that has been analyzed using independent inorganic analytical methods by many
different laboratories. When these SRMs are unavailable, alternate standards may be used
(e.g., NIST 2702).

8.0 SAMPLE COLLECTION, PRESERVATION, AND STORAGE
Sample handling and preservation procedures used in FPXRF analyses should follow the
guidelines in Chapter Three, "Inorganic Analytes."

9.0 QUALITY CONTROL
9.1 Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for the quality control procedures specific to
use of the testing product. Refer to Chapter One for additional guidance on quality assurance
(QA) and quality control (QC) protocols. Any effort involving the collection of analytical data
should include development of a structured and systematic planning document, such as a
Quality Assurance Project Plan (QAPP) or a Sampling and Analysis Plan (SAP), which
translates project objectives and specifications into directions for those that will implement the
project and assess the results.
9.2 Energy calibration check -- To determine whether an FPXRF instrument is
operating within resolution and stability tolerances, an energy calibration check should be run.
The energy calibration check determines whether the characteristic x-ray lines are shifting,
6200 - 13 Revision 0
February 2007

which would indicate drift within the instrument. As discussed in Sec. 4.10, this check also
serves as a gain check in the event that ambient temperatures are fluctuating greatly (more than
10 EF).
9.2.1 The energy calibration check should be run at a frequency consistent with
manufacturer’s recommendations. Generally, this would be at the beginning of each
working day, after the batteries are changed or the instrument is shut off, at the end of
each working day, and at any other time when the instrument operator believes that drift is
occurring during analysis. A pure element such as iron, manganese, copper, or lead is
often used for the energy calibration check. A manufacturer-recommended count time per
source should be used for the check.
9.2.2 The instrument manufacturer’s manual specifies the channel or
kiloelectron volt level at which a pure element peak should appear and the expected
intensity of the peak. The intensity and channel number of the pure element as measured
using the source should be checked and compared to the manufacturer's
recommendation. If the energy calibration check does not meet the manufacturer's
criteria, then the pure element sample should be repositioned and reanalyzed. If the
criteria are still not met, then an energy calibration should be performed as described in
the manufacturer's manual. With some FPXRF instruments, once a spectrum is acquired
from the energy calibration check, the peak can be optimized and realigned to the
manufacturer's specifications using their software.
9.3 Blank samples -- Two types of blank samples should be analyzed for FPXRF
analysis, specifically, instrument blanks and method blanks.
9.3.1 An instrument blank is used to verify that no contamination exists in the
spectrometer or on the probe window. The instrument blank can be silicon dioxide, a
polytetraflurorethylene (PTFE) block, a quartz block, "clean" sand, or lithium carbonate.
This instrument blank should be analyzed on each working day before and after analyses
are conducted and once per every twenty samples. An instrument blank should also be
analyzed whenever contamination is suspected by the analyst. The frequency of analysis
will vary with the data quality objectives of the project. A manufacturer-recommended
count time per source should be used for the blank analysis. No element concentrations
above the established lower limit of detection should be found in the instrument blank. If
concentrations exceed these limits, then the probe window and the check sample should
be checked for contamination. If contamination is not a problem, then the instrument must
be "zeroed" by following the manufacturer's instructions.
9.3.2 A method blank is used to monitor for laboratory-induced contaminants or
interferences. The method blank can be "clean" silica sand or lithium carbonate that
undergoes the same preparation procedure as the samples. A method blank must be
analyzed at least daily. The frequency of analysis will depend on the data quality
objectives of the project. If the method blank does not contain the target analyte at a level
that interferes with the project-specific data quality objectives then the method blank would
be considered acceptable. In the absence of project-specific data quality objectives, if the
blank is less than the lowest level of detection or less than 10% of the lowest sample
concentration for the analyte, whichever is greater, then the method blank would be
considered acceptable. If the method blank cannot be considered acceptable, the cause
of the problem must be identified, and all samples analyzed with the method blank must
be reanalyzed.
6200 - 14 Revision 0
February 2007

9.4 Calibration verification checks -- A calibration verification check sample is used to
check the accuracy of the instrument and to assess the stability and consistency of the analysis
for the analytes of interest. A check sample should be analyzed at the beginning of each
working day, during active sample analyses, and at the end of each working day. The
frequency of calibration checks during active analysis will depend on the data quality objectives
of the project. The check sample should be a well characterized soil sample from the site that is
representative of site samples in terms of particle size and degree of homogeneity and that
contains contaminants at concentrations near the action levels. If a site-specific sample is not
available, then an NIST or other SRM that contains the analytes of interest can be used to verify
the accuracy of the instrument. The measured value for each target analyte should be within
±20 percent (%D) of the true value for the calibration verification check to be acceptable. If a
measured value falls outside this range, then the check sample should be reanalyzed. If the
value continues to fall outside the acceptance range, the instrument should be recalibrated, and
the batch of samples analyzed before the unacceptable calibration verification check must be
reanalyzed.
9.5 Precision measurements -- The precision of the method is monitored by analyzing
a sample with low, moderate, or high concentrations of target analytes. The frequency of
precision measurements will depend on the data quality objectives for the data. A minimum of
one precision sample should be run per day. Each precision sample should be analyzed 7
times in replicate. It is recommended that precision measurements be obtained for samples
with varying concentration ranges to assess the effect of concentration on method precision.
Determining method precision for analytes at concentrations near the site action levels can be
extremely important if the FPXRF results are to be used in an enforcement action; therefore,
selection of at least one sample with target analyte concentrations at or near the site action
levels or levels of concern is recommended. A precision sample is analyzed by the instrument
for the same field analysis time as used for other project samples. The relative standard
deviation (RSD) of the sample mean is used to assess method precision. For FPXRF data to
be considered adequately precise, the RSD should not be greater than 20 percent with the
exception of chromium. RSD values for chromium should not be greater than 30 percent. If
both in situ and intrusive analytical techniques are used during the course of one day, it is
recommended that separate precision calculations be performed for each analysis type.
The equation for calculating RSD is as follows:
RSD = (SD/Mean Concentration) x 100
where:
RSD = Relative standard deviation for the precision measurement for the
analyte
SD = Standard deviation of the concentration for the analyte
Mean concentration = Mean concentration for the analyte
The precision or reproducibility of a measurement will improve with increasing count time,
however, increasing the count time by a factor of 4 will provide only 2 times better precision, so
there is a point of diminishing return. Increasing the count time also improves the sensitivity,
but decreases sample throughput.
9.6 The lower limits of detection should be established from actual measured
performance based on spike recoveries in the matrix of concern or from acceptable method
performance on a certified reference material of the appropriate matrix and within the
appropriate calibration range for the application. This is considered the best estimate of the true
method sensitivity as opposed to a statistical determination based on the standard deviation of
6200 - 15 Revision 0
February 2007

replicate analyses of a low-concentration sample. While the statistical approach demonstrates
the potential data variability for a given sample matrix at one point in time, it does not represent
what can be detected or most importantly the lowest concentration that can be calibrated. For
this reason the sensitivity should be established as the lowest point of detection based on
acceptable target analyte recovery in the desired sample matrix.
9.7 Confirmatory samples -- The comparability of the FPXRF analysis is determined by
submitting FPXRF-analyzed samples for analysis at a laboratory. The method of confirmatory
analysis must meet the project and XRF measurement data quality objectives. The
confirmatory samples must be splits of the well homogenized sample material. In some cases
the prepared sample cups can be submitted. A minimum of 1 sample for each 20 FPXRF-
analyzed samples should be submitted for confirmatory analysis. This frequency will depend on
project-specific data quality objectives. The confirmatory analyses can also be used to verify
the quality of the FPXRF data. The confirmatory samples should be selected from the lower,
middle, and upper range of concentrations measured by the FPXRF. They should also include
samples with analyte concentrations at or near the site action levels. The results of the
confirmatory analysis and FPXRF analyses should be evaluated with a least squares linear
regression analysis. If the measured concentrations span more than one order of magnitude,
the data should be log-transformed to standardize variance which is proportional to the
magnitude of measurement. The correlation coefficient (r) for the results should be 0.7 or
greater for the FPXRF data to be considered screening level data. If the r is 0.9 or greater and
inferential statistics indicate the FPXRF data and the confirmatory data are statistically
equivalent at a 99 percent confidence level, the data could potentially meet definitive level data
criteria.

10.0 CALIBRATION AND STANDARDIZATION
10.1 Instrument calibration -- Instrument calibration procedures vary among FPXRF
instruments. Users of this method should follow the calibration procedures outlined in the
operator's manual for each specific FPXRF instrument. Generally, however, three types of
calibration procedures exist for FPXRF instruments, namely: FP calibration, empirical
calibration, and the Compton peak ratio or normalization method. These three types of
calibration are discussed below.
10.2 Fundamental parameters calibration -- FP calibration procedures are extremely
variable. An FP calibration provides the analyst with a "standardless" calibration. The
advantages of FP calibrations over empirical calibrations include the following:
• No previously collected site-specific samples are necessary, although
site-specific samples with confirmed and validated analytical results for all
elements present could be used.
• Cost is reduced because fewer confirmatory laboratory results or
calibration standards are necessary.
However, the analyst should be aware of the limitations imposed on FP calibration by
particle size and matrix effects. These limitations can be minimized by adhering to the
preparation procedure described in Sec. 7.3. The two FP calibration processes discussed
below are based on an effective energy FP routine and a back scatter with FP (BFP) routine.
Each FPXRF FP calibration process is based on a different iterative algorithmic method. The
calibration procedure for each routine is explained in detail in the manufacturer's user manual
for each FPXRF instrument; in addition, training courses are offered for each instrument.
6200 - 16 Revision 0
February 2007

10.2.1 Effective energy FP calibration -- The effective energy FP calibration is
performed by the manufacturer before an instrument is sent to the analyst. Although
SSCS can be used, the calibration relies on pure element standards or SRMs such as
those obtained from NIST for the FP calibration. The effective energy routine relies on the
spectrometer response to pure elements and FP iterative algorithms to compensate for
various matrix effects.
Alpha coefficients are calculated using a variation of the Sherman equation, which
calculates theoretical intensities from the measurement of pure element samples. These
coefficients indicate the quantitative effect of each matrix element on an analyte's
measured x-ray intensity. Next, the Lachance Traill algorithm is solved as a set of
simultaneous equations based on the theoretical intensities. The alpha coefficients are
then downloaded into the specific instrument.
The working effective energy FP calibration curve must be verified before sample
analysis begins on each working day, after every 20 samples are analyzed, and at the end
of sampling. This verification is performed by analyzing either an NIST SRM or an SSCS
that is representative of the site-specific samples. This SRM or SSCS serves as a
calibration check. A manufacturer-recommended count time per source should be used
for the calibration check. The analyst must then adjust the y-intercept and slope of the
calibration curve to best fit the known concentrations of target analytes in the SRM or
SSCS.
A percent difference (%D) is then calculated for each target analyte. The %D
should be within ±20 percent of the certified value for each analyte. If the %D falls outside
this acceptance range, then the calibration curve should be adjusted by varying the slope
of the line or the y-intercept value for the analyte. The SRM or SSCS is reanalyzed until
the %D falls within ±20 percent. The group of 20 samples analyzed before an out-of-
control calibration check should be reanalyzed.
The equation to calibrate %D is as follows:

%D = ((Cs - Ck) / Ck) x 100
where:
%D = Percent difference
Ck = Certified concentration of standard sample
Cs = Measured concentration of standard sample
10.2.2 BFP calibration -- BFP calibration relies on the ability of the liquid
nitrogen-cooled, Si(Li) solid-state detector to separate the coherent (Compton) and
incoherent (Rayleigh) backscatter peaks of primary radiation. These peak intensities are
known to be a function of sample composition, and the ratio of the Compton to Rayleigh
peak is a function of the mass absorption of the sample. The calibration procedure is
explained in detail in the instrument manufacturer's manual. Following is a general
description of the BFP calibration procedure.
The concentrations of all detected and quantified elements are entered into the
computer software system. Certified element results for an NIST SRM or confirmed and
validated results for an SSCS can be used. In addition, the concentrations of oxygen and
silicon must be entered; these two concentrations are not found in standard metals
analyses. The manufacturer provides silicon and oxygen concentrations for typical soil
types. Pure element standards are then analyzed using a manufacturer-recommended
6200 - 17 Revision 0
February 2007

count time per source. The results are used to calculate correction factors in order to
adjust for spectrum overlap of elements.
The working BFP calibration curve must be verified before sample analysis begins
on each working day, after every 20 samples are analyzed, and at the end of the analysis.
This verification is performed by analyzing either an NIST SRM or an SSCS that is
representative of the site-specific samples. This SRM or SSCS serves as a calibration
check. The standard sample is analyzed using a manufacturer-recommended count time
per source to check the calibration curve. The analyst must then adjust the y-intercept
and slope of the calibration curve to best fit the known concentrations of target analytes in
the SRM or SSCS.
A %D is then calculated for each target analyte. The %D should fall within ±20
percent of the certified value for each analyte. If the %D falls outside this acceptance
range, then the calibration curve should be adjusted by varying the slope of the line the y-
intercept value for the analyte. The standard sample is reanalyzed until the %D falls within
±20 percent. The group of 20 samples analyzed before an out-of-control calibration check
should be reanalyzed.
10.3 Empirical calibration -- An empirical calibration can be performed with SSCS, site-
typical standards, or standards prepared from metal oxides. A discussion of SSCS is included
in Sec. 7.3; if no previously characterized samples exist for a specific site, site-typical standards
can be used. Site-typical standards may be selected from commercially available characterized
soils or from SSCS prepared for another site. The site-typical standards should closely
approximate the site's soil matrix with respect to particle size distribution, mineralogy, and
contaminant analytes. If neither SSCS nor site-typical standards are available, it is possible to
make gravimetric standards by adding metal oxides to a "clean" sand or silicon dioxide matrix
that simulates soil. Metal oxides can be purchased from various chemical vendors. If standards
are made on site, a balance capable of weighing items to at least two decimal places is
necessary. Concentrated ICP or AA standard solutions can also be used to make standards.
These solutions are available in concentrations of 10,000 parts per million, thus only small
volumes have to be added to the soil.
An empirical calibration using SSCS involves analysis of SSCS by the FPXRF instrument
and by a conventional analytical method such as ICP or AA. A total acid digestion procedure
should be used by the laboratory for sample preparation. Generally, a minimum of 10 and a
maximum of 30 well characterized SSCS, site-typical standards, or prepared metal oxide
standards are necessary to perform an adequate empirical calibration. The exact number of
standards depends on the number of analytes of interest and interfering elements.
Theoretically, an empirical calibration with SSCS should provide the most accurate data for a
site because the calibration compensates for site-specific matrix effects.
The first step in an empirical calibration is to analyze the pure element standards for the
elements of interest. This enables the instrument to set channel limits for each element for
spectral deconvolution. Next the SSCS, site-typical standards, or prepared metal oxide
standards are analyzed using a count time of 200 seconds per source or a count time
recommended by the manufacturer. This will produce a spectrum and net intensity of each
analyte in each standard. The analyte concentrations for each standard are then entered into
the instrument software; these concentrations are those obtained from the laboratory, the
certified results, or the gravimetrically determined concentrations of the prepared standards.
This gives the instrument analyte values to regress against corresponding intensities during the
modeling stage. The regression equation correlates the concentrations of an analyte with its
net intensity.
6200 - 18 Revision 0
February 2007

The calibration equation is developed using a least squares fit regression analysis. After
the regression terms to be used in the equation are defined, a mathematical equation can be
developed to calculate the analyte concentration in an unknown sample. In some FPXRF
instruments, the software of the instrument calculates the regression equation. The software
uses calculated intercept and slope values to form a multiterm equation. In conjunction with the
software in the instrument, the operator can adjust the multiterm equation to minimize
interelement interferences and optimize the intensity calibration curve.
It is possible to define up to six linear or nonlinear terms in the regression equation.
Terms can be added and deleted to optimize the equation. The goal is to produce an equation
with the smallest regression error and the highest correlation coefficient. These values are
automatically computed by the software as the regression terms are added, deleted, or
modified. It is also possible to delete data points from the regression line if these points are
significant outliers or if they are heavily weighing the data. Once the regression equation has
been selected for an analyte, the equation can be entered into the software for quantitation of
analytes in subsequent samples. For an empirical calibration to be acceptable, the regression
equation for a specific analyte should have a correlation coefficient of 0.98 or greater or meet
the DQOs of the project.
In an empirical calibration, one must apply the DQOs of the project and ascertain critical or
action levels for the analytes of interest. It is within these concentration ranges or around these
action levels that the FPXRF instrument should be calibrated most accurately. It may not be
possible to develop a good regression equation over several orders of analyte concentration.
10.4 Compton normalization method -- The Compton normalization method is based on
analysis of a single, certified standard and normalization for the Compton peak. The Compton
peak is produced from incoherent backscattering of x-ray radiation from the excitation source
and is present in the spectrum of every sample. The Compton peak intensity changes with
differing matrices. Generally, matrices dominated by lighter elements produce a larger
Compton peak, and those dominated by heavier elements produce a smaller Compton peak.
Normalizing to the Compton peak can reduce problems with varying matrix effects among
samples. Compton normalization is similar to the use of internal standards in organics analysis.
The Compton normalization method may not be effective when analyte concentrations exceed a
few percent.
The certified standard used for this type of calibration could be an NIST SRM such as
2710 or 2711. The SRM must be a matrix similar to the samples and must contain the analytes
of interests at concentrations near those expected in the samples. First, a response factor has
to be determined for each analyte. This factor is calculated by dividing the net peak intensity by
the analyte concentration. The net peak intensity is gross intensity corrected for baseline
reading. Concentrations of analytes in samples are then determined by multiplying the baseline
corrected analyte signal intensity by the normalization factor and by the response factor. The
normalization factor is the quotient of the baseline corrected Compton Kα peak intensity of the
SRM divided by that of the samples. Depending on the FPXRF instrument used, these
calculations may be done manually or by the instrument software.

11.0 PROCEDURE
11.1 Operation of the various FPXRF instruments will vary according to the
manufacturers' protocols. Before operating any FPXRF instrument, one should consult the
manufacturer's manual. Most manufacturers recommend that their instruments be allowed to
warm up for 15 to 30 minutes before analysis of samples. This will help alleviate drift or energy
calibration problems later during analysis.
6200 - 19 Revision 0
February 2007

11.2 Each FPXRF instrument should be operated according to the manufacturer's
recommendations. There are two modes in which FPXRF instruments can be operated: in situ
and intrusive. The in situ mode involves analysis of an undisturbed soil sediment or sample.
Intrusive analysis involves collection and preparation of a soil or sediment sample before
analysis. Some FPXRF instruments can operate in both modes of analysis, while others are
designed to operate in only one mode. The two modes of analysis are discussed below.
11.3 For in situ analysis, remove any large or nonrepresentative debris from the soil
surface before analysis. This debris includes rocks, pebbles, leaves, vegetation, roots, and
concrete. Also, the soil surface must be as smooth as possible so that the probe window will
have good contact with the surface. This may require some leveling of the surface with a
stainless-steel trowel. During the study conducted to provide example performance data for this
method, this modest amount of sample preparation was found to take less than 5 min per
sample location. The last requirement is that the soil or sediment not be saturated with water.
Manufacturers state that their FPXRF instruments will perform adequately for soils with moisture
contents of 5 to 20 percent but will not perform well for saturated soils, especially if ponded
water exists on the surface. Another recommended technique for in situ analysis is to tamp the
soil to increase soil density and compactness for better repeatability and representativeness.
This condition is especially important for heavy element analysis, such as barium. Source count
times for in situ analysis usually range from 30 to 120 seconds, but source count times will vary
among instruments and depending on the desired method sensitivity. Due to the
heterogeneous nature of the soil sample, in situ analysis can provide only “screening” type data.
11.4 For intrusive analysis of surface or sediment, it is recommended that a sample be
collected from a 4- by 4-inch square that is 1 inch deep. This will produce a soil sample of
approximately 375 g or 250 cm3, which is enough soil to fill an 8-ounce jar. However, the exact
dimensions and sample depth should take into consideration the heterogeneous deposition of
contaminants and will ultimately depend on the desired project-specific data quality objectives.
The sample should be homogenized, dried, and ground before analysis. The sample can be
homogenized before or after drying. The homogenization technique to be used after drying is
discussed in Sec. 4.2. If the sample is homogenized before drying, it should be thoroughly
mixed in a beaker or similar container, or if the sample is moist and has a high clay content, it
can be kneaded in a plastic bag. One way to monitor homogenization when the sample is
kneaded in a plastic bag is to add sodium fluorescein dye to the sample. After the moist sample
has been homogenized, it is examined under an ultraviolet light to assess the distribution of
sodium fluorescein throughout the sample. If the fluorescent dye is evenly distributed in the
sample, homogenization is considered complete; if the dye is not evenly distributed, mixing
should continue until the sample has been thoroughly homogenized. During the study
conducted to provide data for this method, the time necessary for homogenization procedure
using the fluorescein dye ranged from 3 to 5 min per sample. As demonstrated in Secs. 13.5
and 13.7, homogenization has the greatest impact on the reduction of sampling variability. It
produces little or no contamination. Often, the direct analysis through the plastic bag is possible
without the more labor intensive steps of drying, grinding, and sieving given in Secs. 11.5 and 11.6. Of course, to achieve the best data quality possible all four steps should be followed.

11.5 Once the soil or sediment sample has been homogenized, it should be dried. This
can be accomplished with a toaster oven or convection oven. A small aliquot of the sample (20
to 50 g) is placed in a suitable container for drying. The sample should be dried for 2 to 4 hr in
the convection or toaster oven at a temperature not greater than 150 EC. Samples may also be
air dried under ambient temperature conditions using a 10- to 20-g portion. Regardless of what
drying mechanism is used, the drying process is considered complete when a constant sample
weight can be obtained. Care should be taken to avoid sample cross-contamination and these
measures can be evaluated by including an appropriate method blank sample along with any
sample preparation process.
6200 - 20 Revision 0
February 2007

CAUTION: Microwave drying is not a recommended procedure. Field studies have shown that
microwave drying can increase variability between the FPXRF data and
confirmatory analysis. High levels of metals in a sample can cause arcing in the
microwave oven, and sometimes slag forms in the sample. Microwave oven drying
can also melt plastic containers used to hold the sample.
11.6 The homogenized dried sample material should be ground with a mortar and pestle
and passed through a 60-mesh sieve to achieve a uniform particle size. Sample grinding
should continue until at least 90 percent of the original sample passes through the sieve. The
grinding step normally takes an average of 10 min per sample. An aliquot of the sieved sample
should then be placed in a 31.0-mm polyethylene sample cup (or equivalent) for analysis. The
sample cup should be one-half to three-quarters full at a minimum. The sample cup should be
covered with a 2.5 µm Mylar (or equivalent) film for analysis. The rest of the soil sample should
be placed in a jar, labeled, and archived for possible confirmation analysis. All equipment
including the mortar, pestle, and sieves must be thoroughly cleaned so that any cross-
contamination is below the established lower limit of detection of the procedure or DQOs of the
analysis. If all recommended sample preparation steps are followed, there is a high probability
the desired laboratory data quality may be obtained.

12.0 DATA ANALYSIS AND CALCULATIONS
Most FPXRF instruments have software capable of storing all analytical results and
spectra. The results are displayed in ppm and can be downloaded to a personal computer,
which can be used to provide a hard copy printout. Individual measurements that are smaller
than three times their associated SD should not be used for quantitation. See the
manufacturer’s instructions regarding data analysis and calculations.

13.0 METHOD PERFORMANCE
13.1 Performance data and related information are provided in SW-846 methods only as
examples and guidance. The data do not represent required performance criteria for users of
the methods. Instead, performance criteria should be developed on a project-specific basis,
and the laboratory should establish in-house QC performance criteria for the application of this
method. These performance data are not intended to be and must not be used as absolute QC
acceptance criteria for purposes of laboratory accreditation.
13.2 The sections to follow discuss three performance evaluation factors; namely,
precision, accuracy, and comparability. The example data presented in Tables 4 through 8
were generated from results obtained from six FPXRF instruments (see Sec. 13.3). The soil
samples analyzed by the six FPXRF instruments were collected from two sites in the United
States. The soil samples contained several of the target analytes at concentrations ranging
from "nondetect" to tens of thousands of mg/kg. These data are provided for guidance
purposes only.
13.3 The six FPXRF instruments included the TN 9000 and TN Lead Analyzer
manufactured by TN Spectrace; the X-MET 920 with a SiLi detector and X-MET 920 with a gas-
filled proportional detector manufactured by Metorex, Inc.; the XL Spectrum Analyzer
manufactured by Niton; and the MAP Spectrum Analyzer manufactured by Scitec. The TN 9000
and TN Lead Analyzer both have a HgI2 detector. The TN 9000 utilized an Fe-55, Cd-109, and
Am-241 source. The TN Lead Analyzer had only a Cd-109 source. The X-Met 920 with the SiLi
detector had a Cd-109 and Am-241 source. The X-MET 920 with the gas-filled proportional
detector had only a Cd-109 source. The XL Spectrum Analyzer utilized a silicon pin-diode
6200 - 21 Revision 0
February 2007

detector and a Cd-109 source. The MAP Spectrum Analyzer utilized a solid-state silicon
detector and a Cd-109 source.
13.4 All example data presented in Tables 4 through 8 were generated using the
following calibrations and source count times. The TN 9000 and TN Lead Analyzer were
calibrated using fundamental parameters using NIST SRM 2710 as a calibration check sample.
The TN 9000 was operated using 100, 60, and 60 second count times for the Cd-109, Fe-55,
and Am-241 sources, respectively. The TN Lead analyzer was operated using a 60 second
count time for the Cd-109 source. The X-MET 920 with the Si(Li) detector was calibrated using
fundamental parameters and one well characterized site-specific soil standard as a calibration
check. It used 140 and 100 second count times for the Cd-109 and Am-241 sources,
respectively. The X-MET 920 with the gas-filled proportional detector was calibrated empirically
using between 10 and 20 well characterized site-specific soil standards. It used 120 second
times for the Cd-109 source. The XL Spectrum Analyzer utilized NIST SRM 2710 for calibration
and the Compton peak normalization procedure for quantitation based on 60 second count
times for the Cd-109 source. The MAP Spectrum Analyzer was internally calibrated by the
manufacturer. The calibration was checked using a well-characterized site-specific soil
standard. It used 240 second times for the Cd-109 source.
13.5 Precision measurements -- The example precision data are presented in Table 4.
These data are provided for guidance purposes only. Each of the six FPXRF instruments
performed 10 replicate measurements on 12 soil samples that had analyte concentrations
ranging from "nondetects" to thousands of mg/kg. Each of the 12 soil samples underwent 4
different preparation techniques from in situ (no preparation) to dried and ground in a sample
cup. Therefore, there were 48 precision data points for five of the instruments and 24 precision
points for the MAP Spectrum Analyzer. The replicate measurements were taken using the
source count times discussed at the beginning of this section.
For each detectable analyte in each precision sample a mean concentration, standard
deviation, and RSD was calculated for each analyte. The data presented in Table 4 is an
average RSD for the precision samples that had analyte concentrations at 5 to 10 times the
lower limit of detection for that analyte for each instrument. Some analytes such as mercury,
selenium, silver, and thorium were not detected in any of the precision samples so these
analytes are not listed in Table 4. Some analytes such as cadmium, nickel, and tin were only
detected at concentrations near the lower limit of detection so that an RSD value calculated at 5
to 10 times this limit was not possible.
One FPXRF instrument collected replicate measurements on an additional nine soil
samples to provide a better assessment of the effect of sample preparation on precision. Table
5 shows these results. These data are provided for guidance purposes only. The additional
nine soil samples were comprised of three from each texture and had analyte concentrations
ranging from near the lower limit of detection for the FPXRF analyzer to thousands of mg/kg.
The FPXRF analyzer only collected replicate measurements from three of the preparation
methods; no measurements were collected from the in situ homogenized samples. The FPXRF
analyzer conducted five replicate measurements of the in situ field samples by taking
measurements at five different points within the 4-inch by 4-inch sample square. Ten replicate
measurements were collected for both the intrusive undried and unground and intrusive dried
and ground samples contained in cups. The cups were shaken between each replicate
measurement.
Table 5 shows that the precision dramatically improved from the in situ to the intrusive
measurements. In general there was a slight improvement in precision when the sample was
dried and ground. Two factors caused the precision for the in situ measurements to be poorer.
The major factor is soil heterogeneity. By moving the probe within the 4-inch by 4-inch square,
6200 - 22 Revision 0
February 2007

measurements of different soil samples were actually taking place within the square. Table 5
illustrates the dominant effect of soil heterogeneity. It overwhelmed instrument precision when
the FPXRF analyzer was used in this mode. The second factor that caused the RSD values to
be higher for the in situ measurements is the fact that only five instead of ten replicates were
taken. A lesser number of measurements caused the standard deviation to be larger which in
turn elevated the RSD values.
13.6 Accuracy measurements -- Five of the FPXRF instruments (not including the MAP
Spectrum Analyzer) analyzed 18 SRMs using the source count times and calibration methods
given at the beginning of this section. The 18 SRMs included 9 soil SRMs, 4 stream or river
sediment SRMs, 2 sludge SRMs, and 3 ash SRMs. Each of the SRMs contained known
concentrations of certain target analytes. A percent recovery was calculated for each analyte in
each SRM for each FPXRF instrument. Table 6 presents a summary of this data. With the
exception of cadmium, chromium, and nickel, the values presented in Table 6 were generated
from the 13 soil and sediment SRMs only. The 2 sludge and 3 ash SRMs were included for
cadmium, chromium, and nickel because of the low or nondetectable concentrations of these
three analytes in the soil and sediment SRMs.
Only 12 analytes are presented in Table 6. These are the analytes that are of
environmental concern and provided a significant number of detections in the SRMs for an
accuracy assessment. No data is presented for the X-MET 920 with the gas-filled proportional
detector. This FPXRF instrument was calibrated empirically using site-specific soil samples.
The percent recovery values from this instrument were very sporadic and the data did not lend
itself to presentation in Table 6.
Table 7 provides a more detailed summary of accuracy data for one particular FPXRF
instrument (TN 9000) for the 9 soil SRMs and 4 sediment SRMs. These data are provided for
guidance purposes only. Table 7 shows the certified value, measured value, and percent
recovery for five analytes. These analytes were chosen because they are of environmental
concern and were most prevalently certified for in the SRM and detected by the FPXRF
instrument. The first nine SRMs are soil and the last 4 SRMs are sediment. Percent recoveries
for the four NIST SRMs were often between 90 and 110 percent for all analytes.
13.7 Comparability -- Comparability refers to the confidence with which one data set can
be compared to another. In this case, FPXRF data generated from a large study of six FPXRF
instruments was compared to SW-846 Methods 3050 and 6010 which are the standard soil
extraction for metals and analysis by inductively coupled plasma. An evaluation of
comparability was conducted by using linear regression analysis. Three factors were
determined using the linear regression. These factors were the y-intercept, the slope of the line,
and the coefficient of determination (r2).
As part of the comparability assessment, the effects of soil type and preparation methods
were studied. Three soil types (textures) and four preparation methods were examined during
the study. The preparation methods evaluated the cumulative effect of particle size, moisture,
and homogenization on comparability. Due to the large volume of data produced during this
study, linear regression data for six analytes from only one FPXRF instrument is presented in
Table 8. Similar trends in the data were seen for all instruments. These data are provided for
guidance purposes only.
Table 8 shows the regression parameters for the whole data set, broken out by soil type,
and by preparation method. These data are provided for guidance purposes only. The soil
types are as follows: soil 1--sand; soil 2--loam; and soil 3--silty clay. The preparation methods
are as follows: preparation 1--in situ in the field; preparation 2--intrusive, sample collected and
homogenized; preparation 3--intrusive, with sample in a sample cup but sample still wet and not
6200 - 23 Revision 0
February 2007

ground; and preparation 4–intrusive, with sample dried, ground, passed through a 40-mesh
sieve, and placed in sample cup.
For arsenic, copper, lead, and zinc, the comparability to the confirmatory laboratory was
excellent with r2 values ranging from 0.80 to 0.99 for all six FPXRF instruments. The slopes of
the regression lines for arsenic, copper, lead, and zinc, were generally between 0.90 and 1.00
indicating the data would need to be corrected very little or not at all to match the confirmatory
laboratory data. The r2 values and slopes of the regression lines for barium and chromium were
not as good as for the other for analytes, indicating the data would have to be corrected to
match the confirmatory laboratory.
Table 8 demonstrates that there was little effect of soil type on the regression parameters
for any of the six analytes. The only exceptions were for barium in soil 1 and copper in soil 3.
In both of these cases, however, it is actually a concentration effect and not a soil effect causing
the poorer comparability. All barium and copper concentrations in soil 1 and 3, respectively,
were less than 350 mg/kg.
Table 8 shows there was a preparation effect on the regression parameters for all six
analytes. With the exception of chromium, the regression parameters were primarily improved
going from preparation 1 to preparation 2. In this step, the sample was removed from the soil
surface, all large debris was removed, and the sample was thoroughly homogenized. The
additional two preparation methods did little to improve the regression parameters. This data
indicates that homogenization is the most critical factor when comparing the results. It is
essential that the sample sent to the confirmatory laboratory match the FPXRF sample as
closely as possible.
Sec. 11.0 of this method discusses the time necessary for each of the sample preparation
techniques. Based on the data quality objectives for the project, an analyst must decide if it is
worth the extra time necessary to dry and grind the sample for small improvements in
comparability. Homogenization requires 3 to 5 min. Drying the sample requires one to two
hours. Grinding and sieving requires another 10 to 15 min per sample. Lastly, when grinding
and sieving is conducted, time has to be allotted to decontaminate the mortars, pestles, and
sieves. Drying and grinding the samples and decontamination procedures will often dictate that
an extra person be on site so that the analyst can keep up with the sample collection crew. The
cost of requiring an extra person on site to prepare samples must be balanced with the gain in
data quality and sample throughput.
13.8 The following documents may provide additional guidance and insight on this
method and technique:

13.8.1 A. D. Hewitt, "Screening for Metals by X-ray Fluorescence
Spectrometry/Response Factor/Compton Kα Peak Normalization Analysis," American
Environmental Laboratory, pp 24-32, 1994.

13.8.2 S. Piorek and J. R. Pasmore, "Standardless, In Situ Analysis of Metallic
Contaminants in the Natural Environment With a PC-Based, High Resolution Portable X-
Ray Analyzer," Third International Symposium on Field Screening Methods for Hazardous
Waste and Toxic Chemicals, Las Vegas, Nevada, February 24-26, 1993, Vol 2, pp 1135-
1151, 1993.
13.8.3 S. Shefsky, "Sample Handling Strategies for Accurate Lead-in-soil
Measurements in the Field and Laboratory," International Symposium of Field Screening
Methods for Hazardous Waste and Toxic Chemicals, Las Vegas, NV, January 29-31,
1997.
6200 - 24 Revision 0
February 2007

14.0 POLLUTION PREVENTION
14.1 Pollution prevention encompasses any technique that reduces or eliminates the
quantity and/or toxicity of waste at the point of generation. Numerous opportunities for pollution
prevention exist in laboratory operation. The EPA has established a preferred hierarchy of
environmental management techniques that places pollution prevention as the management
option of first choice. Whenever feasible, laboratory personnel should use pollution prevention
techniques to address their waste generation. When wastes cannot be feasibly reduced at the
source, the Agency recommends recycling as the next best option.
14.2 For information about pollution prevention that may be applicable to laboratories
and research institutions consult Less is Better: Laboratory Chemical Management for Waste
Reduction available from the American Chemical Society's Department of Government
Relations and Science Policy, 1155 16th St., N.W. Washington, D.C. 20036, http://www.acs.org.

15.0 WASTE MANAGEMENT
The Environmental Protection Agency requires that laboratory waste management
practices be conducted consistent with all applicable rules and regulations. The Agency urges
laboratories to protect the air, water, and land by minimizing and controlling all releases from
hoods and bench operations, complying with the letter and spirit of any sewer discharge permits
and regulations, and by complying with all solid and hazardous waste regulations, particularly
the hazardous waste identification rules and land disposal restrictions. For further information
on waste management, consult The Waste Management Manual for Laboratory Personnel
available from the American Chemical Society at the address listed in Sec. 14.2.

16.0 REFERENCES
1. Metorex, X-MET 920 User's Manual.
2. Spectrace Instruments, "Energy Dispersive X-ray Fluorescence Spectrometry: An
Introduction," 1994.
3. TN Spectrace, Spectrace 9000 Field Portable/Benchtop XRF Training and Applications
Manual.
4. Unpublished SITE data, received from PRC Environment Management, Inc.

17.0 TABLES, DIAGRAMS, FLOWCHARTS, AND VALIDATION DATA
The following pages contain the tables referenced by this method. A flow diagram of the
procedure follows the tables.
TABLE 1
EXAMPLE INTERFERENCE FREE LOWER LIMITS OF DETECTION
6200 - 25 Revision 0
February 2007

Analyte Chemical
Abstract
Series Number
Lower Limit of Detection
in Quartz Sand
(milligrams per kilogram)

Antimony (Sb) 7440-36-0 40
Arsenic (As) 7440-38-0 40
Barium (Ba) 7440-39-3 20
Cadmium (Cd) 7440-43-9 100
Calcium (Ca) 7440-70-2 70
Chromium (Cr) 7440-47-3 150
Cobalt (Co) 7440-48-4 60
Copper (Cu) 7440-50-8 50
Iron (Fe) 7439-89-6 60
Lead (Pb) 7439-92-1 20
Manganese (Mn) 7439-96-5 70
Mercury (Hg) 7439-97-6 30
Molybdenum (Mo) 7439-93-7 10
Nickel (Ni) 7440-02-0 50
Potassium (K) 7440-09-7 200
Rubidium (Rb) 7440-17-7 10
Selenium (Se) 7782-49-2 40
Silver (Ag) 7440-22-4 70
Strontium (Sr) 7440-24-6 10
Thallium (Tl) 7440-28-0 20
Thorium (Th) 7440-29-1 10
Tin (Sn) 7440-31-5 60
Titanium (Ti) 7440-32-6 50
Vanadium (V) 7440-62-2 50
Zinc (Zn) 7440-66-6 50
Zirconium (Zr) 7440-67-7 10
Source: Refs. 1, 2, and 3
These data are provided for guidance purposes only.
TABLE 2
SUMMARY OF RADIOISOTOPE SOURCE CHARACTERISTICS
6200 - 26 Revision 0
February 2007

Source Activity
(mCi)
Half-Life
(Years)
Excitation Energy
(keV) Elemental Analysis Range
Fe-55 20-50 2.7 5.9 Sulfur to Chromium
Molybdenum to Barium
K Lines
L Lines
Cd-109 5-30 1.3 22.1 and 87.9 Calcium to Rhodium
Tantalum to Lead
Barium to Uranium
K Lines
K Lines
L Lines
Am-241 5-30 432 26.4 and 59.6 Copper to Thulium
Tungsten to Uranium
K Lines
L Lines
Cm-244 60-100 17.8 14.2 Titanium to Selenium
Lanthanum to Lead K Lines
L Lines
Source: Refs. 1, 2, and 3

TABLE 3
SUMMARY OF X-RAY TUBE SOURCE CHARACTERISTICS

Anode
Material
Recommended
Voltage Range
(kV)
K-alpha
Emission
(keV)
Elemental Analysis Range
Cu 18-22 8.04 Potassium to Cobalt
Silver to Gadolinium
K Lines
L Lines
Mo 40-50 17.4 Cobalt to Yttrium
Europium to Radon
K Lines
L Lines
Ag 50-65 22.1 Zinc to Technicium
Ytterbium to Neptunium
K Lines
L Lines
Source: Ref. 4

Notes: The sample elements excited are chosen by taking as the lower limit the same ratio of
excitation line energy to element absorption edge as in Table 2 (approximately 0.45) and the
requirement that the excitation line energy be above the element absorption edge as the upper
limit (L2 edges used for L lines). K-beta excitation lines were ignored.
TABLE 4
EXAMPLE PRECISION VALUES
6200 - 27 Revision 0
February 2007

Analyte
Average Relative Standard Deviation for Each Instrument
at 5 to 10 Times the Lower Limit of Detection
TN
9000
TN Lead
Analyzer
X-MET 920
(SiLi
Detector)
X-MET 920
(Gas-Filled
Detector)
XL
Spectrum
Analyzer
MAP
Spectrum
Analyzer
Antimony 6.54 NR NR NR NR NR
Arsenic 5.33 4.11 3.23 1.91 12.47 6.68
Barium 4.02 NR 3.31 5.91 NR NR
Cadmium 29.84a NR 24.80a NR NR NR
Calcium 2.16 NR NR NR NR NR
Chromium 22.25 25.78 22.72 3.91 30.25 NR
Cobalt 33.90 NR NR NR NR NR
Copper 7.03 9.11 8.49 9.12 12.77 14.86
Iron 1.78 1.67 1.55 NR 2.30 NR
Lead 6.45 5.93 5.05 7.56 6.97 12.16
Manganese 27.04 24.75 NR NR NR NR
Molybdenum 6.95 NR NR NR 12.60 NR
Nickel 30.85a NR 24.92a 20.92a NA NR
Potassium 3.90 NR NR NR NR NR
Rubidium 13.06 NR NR NR 32.69a NR
Strontium 4.28 NR NR NR 8.86 NR
Tin 24.32a NR NR NR NR NR
Titanium 4.87 NR NR NR NR NR
Zinc 7.27 7.48 4.26 2.28 10.95 0.83
Zirconium 3.58 NR NR NR 6.49 NR
These data are provided for guidance purposes only.
Source: Ref. 4
a These values are biased high because the concentration of these analytes in the soil
samples was near the lower limit of detection for that particular FPXRF instrument.
NR Not reported.
NA Not applicable; analyte was reported but was below the established lower limit detection.
TABLE 5
EXAMPLES OF PRECISION AS AFFECTED BY SAMPLE PREPARATION
6200 - 28 Revision 0
February 2007

Analyte Average Relative Standard Deviation for Each Preparation Method

In Situ-Field Intrusive- Undried and Unground Intrusive- Dried and Ground
Antimony 30.1 15.0 14.4
Arsenic 22.5 5.36 3.76
Barium 17.3 3.38 2.90
Cadmiuma 41.2 30.8 28.3
Calcium 17.5 1.68 1.24
Chromium 17.6 28.5 21.9
Cobalt 28.4 31.1 28.4
Copper 26.4 10.2 7.90
Iron 10.3 1.67 1.57
Lead 25.1 8.55 6.03
Manganese 40.5 12.3 13.0
Mercury ND ND ND
Molybdenum 21.6 20.1 19.2
Nickela 29.8 20.4 18.2
Potassium 18.6 3.04 2.57
Rubidium 29.8 16.2 18.9
Selenium ND 20.2 19.5
Silvera 31.9 31.0 29.2
Strontium 15.2 3.38 3.98
Thallium 39.0 16.0 19.5
Thorium NR NR NR
Tin ND 14.1 15.3
Titanium 13.3 4.15 3.74
Vanadium NR NR NR
Zinc 26.6 13.3 11.1
Zirconium 20.2 5.63 5.18
These data are provided for guidance purposes only. Source: Ref. 4
a These values may be biased high because the concentration of these analytes in the soil samples was near the lower limit of detection. ND Not detected. NR Not reported.
TABLE 6
EXAMPLE ACCURACY VALUES
6200 - 29 Revision 0
February 2007

Analyte
Instrument
TN 9000 TN Lead Analyzer X-MET 920 (SiLi Detector) XL Spectrum Analyzer
n Range
of
% Rec.
Mean
% Rec.
SD n Range
of
% Rec.
Mean
%
Rec.
SD n Range
of % Rec.
Mean
%
Rec
SD n Range
of % Rec.
Mean
%
Rec.
SD
Sb 2 100-149 124.3 NA -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
As 5 68-115 92.8 17.3 5 44-105 83.4 23.2 4 9.7-91 47.7 39.7 5 38-535 189.8 206
Ba 9 98-198 135.3 36.9 -- -- -- -- 9 18-848 168.2 262 -- -- -- --
Cd 2 99-129 114.3 NA -- -- -- -- 6 81-202 110.5 45.7 -- -- -- --
Cr 2 99-178 138.4 NA -- -- -- -- 7 22-273 143.1 93.8 3 98-625 279.2 300
Cu 8 61-140 95.0 28.8 6 38-107 79.1 27.0 11 10-210 111.8 72.1 8 95-480 203.0 147
Fe 6 78-155 103.7 26.1 6 89-159 102.3 28.6 6 48-94 80.4 16.2 6 26-187 108.6 52.9
Pb 11 66-138 98.9 19.2 11 68-131 97.4 18.4 12 23-94 72.7 20.9 13 80-234 107.3 39.9
Mn 4 81-104 93.1 9.70 3 92-152 113.1 33.8 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Ni 3 99-122 109.8 12.0 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 3 57-123 87.5 33.5
Sr 8 110-178 132.6 23.8 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 7 86-209 125.1 39.5
Zn 11 41-130 94.3 24.0 10 81-133 100.0 19.7 12 46-181 106.6 34.7 11 31-199 94.6 42.5
Source: Ref. 4. These data are provided for guidance purposes only.
n: Number of samples that contained a certified value for the analyte and produced a detectable concentration from the FPXRF instrument.
SD: Standard deviation; NA: Not applicable; only two data points, therefore, a SD was not calculated.
%Rec.: Percent recovery.
-- No data.
TABLE 7
EXAMPLE ACCURACY FOR TN 9000a
6200 - 30 Revision 0
February 2007

Standard
Reference
Material
Arsenic Barium Copper Lead Zinc
Cert.
Conc.
Meas.
Conc.
%Rec. Cert.
Conc.
Meas.
Conc.
%Rec. Cert.
Conc.
Meas.
Conc.
%Rec. Cert.
Conc.
Meas.
Conc.
%Rec. Cert.
Conc.
Meas.
Conc.
%Rec.
RTC CRM-021 24.8 ND NA 586 1135 193.5 4792 2908 60.7 144742 149947 103.6 546 224 40.9
RTC CRM-020 397 429 92.5 22.3 ND NA 753 583 77.4 5195 3444 66.3 3022 3916 129.6
BCR CRM 143R -- -- -- -- -- -- 131 105 80.5 180 206 114.8 1055 1043 99.0
BCR CRM 141 -- -- -- -- -- -- 32.6 ND NA 29.4 ND NA 81.3 ND NA
USGS GXR-2 25.0 ND NA 2240 2946 131.5 76.0 106 140.2 690 742 107.6 530 596 112.4
USGS GXR-6 330 294 88.9 1300 2581 198.5 66.0 ND NA 101 80.9 80.1 118 ND NA
NIST 2711 105 104 99.3 726 801 110.3 114 ND NA 1162 1172 100.9 350 333 94.9
NIST 2710 626 722 115.4 707 782 110.6 2950 2834 96.1 5532 5420 98.0 6952 6476 93.2
NIST 2709 17.7 ND NA 968 950 98.1 34.6 ND NA 18.9 ND NA 106 98.5 93.0
NIST 2704 23.4 ND NA 414 443 107.0 98.6 105 106.2 161 167 103.5 438 427 97.4
CNRC PACS-1 211 143 67.7 -- 772 NA 452 302 66.9 404 332 82.3 824 611 74.2
SARM-51 -- -- -- 335 466 139.1 268 373 139.2 5200 7199 138.4 2200 2676 121.6
SARM-52 -- -- -- 410 527 128.5 219 193 88.1 1200 1107 92.2 264 215 81.4
Source: Ref. 4. These data are provided for guidance purposes only.
a All concentrations in milligrams per kilogram.
%Rec.: Percent recovery; ND: Not detected; NA: Not applicable.
-- No data.
TABLE 8
EXAMPLE REGRESSION PARAMETERS FOR COMPARABILITY1
6200 - 31 Revision 0
February 2007

Arsenic Barium Copper
n r2 Int. Slope n r2 Int. Slope n r2 Int. Slope
All Data 824 0.94 1.62 0.94 1255 0.71 60.3 0.54 984 0.93 2.19 0.93
Soil 1 368 0.96 1.41 0.95 393 0.05 42.6 0.11 385 0.94 1.26 0.99
Soil 2 453 0.94 1.51 0.96 462 0.56 30.2 0.66 463 0.92 2.09 0.95
Soil 3 — — — — 400 0.85 44.7 0.59 136 0.46 16.60 0.57
Prep 1 207 0.87 2.69 0.85 312 0.64 53.7 0.55 256 0.87 3.89 0.87
Prep 2 208 0.97 1.38 0.95 315 0.67 64.6 0.52 246 0.96 2.04 0.93
Prep 3 204 0.96 1.20 0.99 315 0.78 64.6 0.53 236 0.97 1.45 0.99
Prep 4 205 0.96 1.45 0.98 313 0.81 58.9 0.55 246 0.96 1.99 0.96
Lead Zinc Chromium
n r2 Int. Slope n r2 Int. Slope n r2 Int. Slope
All Data 1205 0.92 1.66 0.95 1103 0.89 1.86 0.95 280 0.70 64.6 0.42
Soil 1 357 0.94 1.41 0.96 329 0.93 1.78 0.93 — — — —
Soil 2 451 0.93 1.62 0.97 423 0.85 2.57 0.90 — — — —
Soil 3 397 0.90 2.40 0.90 351 0.90 1.70 0.98 186 0.66 38.9 0.50
Prep 1 305 0.80 2.88 0.86 286 0.79 3.16 0.87 105 0.80 66.1 0.43
Prep 2 298 0.97 1.41 0.96 272 0.95 1.86 0.93 77 0.51 81.3 0.36
Prep 3 302 0.98 1.26 0.99 274 0.93 1.32 1.00 49 0.73 53.7 0.45
Prep 4 300 0.96 1.38 1.00 271 0.94 1.41 1.01 49 0.75 31.6 0.56
Source: Ref. 4. These data are provided for guidance purposes only.
1 Log-transformed data
n: Number of data points; r2: Coefficient of determination; Int.: Y-intercept
— No applicable data

METHOD 6200
FIELD PORTABLE X-RAY FLUORESCENCE SPECTROMETRY FOR THE
DETERMINATION OF ELEMENTAL CONCENTRATIONS IN SOIL AND SEDIMENT

6200 - 32 Revision 0
February 2007
PROPOSED WORK PLAN FOR LIMITED SITE CHARACTERIZATION
Appendix B

Copy of Stantec’s Quality Assurance Project Plan

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC
Appendix B
Copy of Stantec’s Quality Assurance Project Plan

PROPOSED QUALITY ASSURANCE PROJECT PLAN
FOR SKI RAIL PROPERTY
Ski Rail, LLC
1.47-Acre Property located at
1555 & 1575 Lower Iron Horse Loop Road
Park City, Summit County, Utah

Prepared for:
Deer Valley Resort Company
PO BOX 889
PARK CITY, UT 84060
and Affiliate Alterra Mountain Company
3501 Wazee St; Ste #400
Denver, CO 80216
Prepared by:
Stantec Consulting Services Inc.
2890 East Cottonwood Parkway; Suite 300
Salt Lake City UT 84121-7283

Project No.: 203723752

October 8, 2024
Sign-off Sheet and Signature of Environmental Professional
Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC-QAPP i
Revision Description Author Date Quality
Check
Date Independent
Review
Date
A Proposed Quality
Assurance Project
Plan For Ski Rail
Property
J. Russell 7/18/2024 C. Fauth 7/18/2024 D. Bird (DERR) 9/20/2024
B Proposed Quality
Assurance Project
Plan For Ski Rail
Property
M. Ward 9/25/2024 T. Madsen 9/25/2024 D. Bird (DERR) 10/4/2024
C Proposed Quality
Assurance Project
Plan For Ski Rail
Property
M. Ward 10/8/2024 J. Russell 10/8/2024

This document was prepared by Stantec Consulting Services Inc. (“Stantec”) for Ski Rail, LLC (c/o
affiliate Deer Valley Resort (DVR, the “Client”). The Report relates solely to the specific project for
which Stantec was retained and the stated purpose for which the Report was prepared. The Report
is not to be used or relied on for any variation or extension of the project, or for any other project or
purpose, and any unauthorized use or reliance is at the recipient’s own risk.
Stantec has assumed all information received from the Client and third parties in the preparation of
the Report to be correct. While Stantec has exercised a customary level of judgment or due
diligence in the use of such information, Stantec assumes no responsibility for the consequences of
any error or omission contained therein.
This Report is intended solely for use by the Client and Stantec in accordance with Stantec’s
contract with the Client. While the Report may be provided by the Client to applicable authorities
having jurisdiction and to other third parties in connection with the project, Stantec disclaims any
legal duty based upon warranty, reliance or any other theory to any third party, and will not be
liable to such third party for any damages or losses of any kind that may result.
Prepared by:
John G. Russell, III, CPG
Utah PG #5216074-2250
Sr. Hydrogeologist, Environmental Risk Manager
Reviewed By:
Michael Ward
Hydrogeologist

Sign-off Sheet and Signature of Environmental Professional
Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/PWPSC-QAPP ii
Quality Assurance Project Plan Distribution List
Name Organization Email
David Bird DERR Project Manager [e-mail]
Matt Greenberg DVR Project Manager [e-mail]
John Russell Stantec Project Manager, Quality Assurance
Manager [e-mail]
Tom Fendler Stantec Quality Assurance Managers and UST
Consultant [e-mail]
Cody Fauth Stantec Field Manager and On-Site Health and
Safety Officer [e-mail]
Sarah Von Raesfeld Stantec Data Validation Expert and Project
Chemist [e-mail]

PROPOSED QAPP
Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/ PWPSC-QAPP iii
Table of Contents
ABBREVIATIONS ....................................................................................................................... III
1.0 INTRODUCTION ...........................................................................................................1.1
2.0 DATA QUALITY OBJECTIVES ........................................................................................2.1
2.1 ANALYTICAL QUALITY OBJECTIVES ............................................................................ 2.1
2.1.1 Field Screening .............................................................................................. 2.1
2.1.2 Regulatory Analyses ...................................................................................... 2.1
2.2 PROJECT QUALITY OBJECTIVES .................................................................................. 2.1
2.2.1 Problem Statement ....................................................................................... 2.2
2.2.2 Decision Identification .................................................................................. 2.3
2.2.3 Decision Inputs .............................................................................................. 2.3
2.2.4 Assessment Boundary ................................................................................... 2.3
2.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE OBJECTIVES FOR MEASUREMENT .......................................... 2.4
3.0 DATA GENERATION AND ACQUISITION .....................................................................3.1
3.1 SAMPLING PROCESS DESIGN ..................................................................................... 3.1
3.2 ANALYTICAL METHODS REQUIREMENTS .................................................................... 3.1
3.3 SAMPLE HANDLING AND CUSTODY REQUIREMENTS ................................................ 3.2
3.3.1 Sample Collection Documentation ............................................................ 3.2
3.3.2 Laboratory Chain Of Custody ...................................................................... 3.4
3.3.3 Final Evidence Files Custody Procedure ..................................................... 3.4
3.4 QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................... 3.5
3.4.1 Field Quality Control Requirements ............................................................. 3.5
3.4.2 Laboratory Quality Control Requirements .................................................. 3.5
3.5 INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION AND FREQUENCY ........................................................... 3.6
3.5.1 Field Instrument Calibration .......................................................................... 3.6
3.5.2 Laboratory Instrument Calibration ............................................................... 3.7
3.6 DATA MANAGEMENT ................................................................................................. 3.7
4.0 DATA VALIDATION AND USEABILITY ...........................................................................4.1
4.1 INSTRUCTIONS FOR DATA REVIEW, VALIDATION, AND VERIFICATION
REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................................ 4.2
4.2 INSTRUCTIONS FOR VALIDATION AND VERIFICATION METHODS ............................. 4.3
4.2.1 Verification..................................................................................................... 4.4
4.2.2 Validation ...................................................................................................... 4.4
4.3 INSTRUCTIONS FOR RECONCILIATION WITH DATA QUALITY OBJECTIVES ................ 4.4
4.3.1 Precision ......................................................................................................... 4.5
4.3.2 Accuracy And Bias ....................................................................................... 4.6
4.3.3 Sample Representativeness ......................................................................... 4.8
4.3.4 Sensitivity And Quantitation Limits ............................................................... 4.8
4.3.5 Completeness ............................................................................................... 4.9
4.3.6 Comparability.............................................................................................. 4.10
4.3.7 Data Limitations And Actions ..................................................................... 4.10

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/ PWPSC-QAPP iv
PROPOSED QAPP
LIST OF TABLES
Table 1 QA Objectives for Field Measurements
Table 2 Preventive Maintenance for Field Measurement Equipment
Table 3 Sample Container, Preservation, and Holding Time Requirements
Table 4 Field and Lab QA/QC Sample Requirements
LIST OF APPENDICES
Appendix A Pertinent Materials Excerpted from Pace Analytical Services, LLC’s
Laboratory Quality Assurance Manual
Appendix B Pertinent Materials Excerpted from ALS Global’s Laboratory Quality
Assurance Manual
Appendix C Pertinent Materials Excerpted from Dixon Information, Inc.’s Laboratory
Quality Assurance Manual
PROPOSED QAPP
Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/ PWPSC-QAPP v
Abbreviations
A2LA American Association for Laboratory Accreditation
COPCs Constituents of Potential Concern
DQOs Data Quality Objectives
DO Dissolved Oxygen
DUP Duplicate
ft. Feet
HASP Health and Safety Plan
LCS Laboratory Control Sample
MS Matrix Spike
MSD Matrix Spike Duplicate
MCL Maximum Contaminant Level
MDL Method Detection Limit
MV Millivolts
Mg/L milligrams per liter
NELAC National Environmental Laboratory Accreditation Conference
ORP Oxidation-Reduction Potential
PAS Pace Analytical Services, LLC
ppm Parts per million
PQL Practical Quantitation Limit
PARCC Precision, Accuracy, Representativeness, Comparability, and Completeness
PM Project Manager
PWP Proposed Work Plan
QA/QC Quality Assurance/Quality Control
QAM Quality Assurance Manual
QAPP Quality Assurance Project Plan
QLs Quantitation Limits
RPD Relative Percent Difference
RSD Relative Standard Deviation
RL Reporting Limit
RCRA Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
SAP Sampling and Analysis Plan
SDWS Secondary Drinking Water Standard
SOP Standard Operating Procedure
Stantec Stantec Consulting Services Inc.
PROPOSED QAPP
Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/ PWPSC-QAPP vi
TDS
TQM
Total Dissolved Solids
Total Quality Management
TB Trip Blank
TAT Turnaround Time
US EPA United States Environmental Protection Agency
US OSHA United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration
UDWQ Utah Department of Environmental Quality, Division of Water Quality
VISL Vapor Intrusion Screening Level
VOC Volatile Organic Compound

PROPOSED QAPP
October 8, 2024
INTRODUCTION

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/ PWPSC-QAPP 1.1
1.0 INTRODUCTION
Stantec Consulting Services Inc. ("Stantec") has prepared this Quality Assurance Project Plan
(QAPP) on behalf of Ski Rail, LLC (c/o affiliate Deer Valley Resort (DVR, the “Client”). The QAPP is
Appendix B within DVR’s Proposed Work Plan for Site Characterization (PWP) – the intended
implementation of which is to generate valid, legally-defensible data which is deemed
acceptable to DVR and the Utah Department of Environmental Quality, Division of
Environmental Response and Remediation, Voluntary Cleanup Program (UDEQ, DERR, VCP, aka
collectively: “VCP”) during a site characterization project proposed for implementation at the
DVR property.
Section 8.0 of the PWP includes the Sampling and Analysis Plan (SAP, including PWP Appendix A
- Standard Operating Procedures/SOPs) for implementation of the site characterization. The PWP
and SAP should be referenced for historical project and Property location details, as well as
sampling and analytical programmatic procedures and protocol. Figures 1 through 6, from the
PWP, are also referenced herein. The following section 2.2.1 Problem Statement provides a brief
summary of the primary purpose of the site characterization.
The methods and procedures included herein will serve as a primary guide for integration of
Quality Assurance/Quality Control (QA/QC) protocol into future site investigative activities,
including investigation of environmental “media” such as topsoil, subsurface soil, soil gas, and
ground water. The QAPP presents organization, objectives, procedures, functional activities,
documentation requisites, and specific QA/QC activities designed to achieve project-specific
Data Quality Objectives.
This QAPP provides standardized means and methods for obtaining the type and quality of
environmental data needed to satisfy anticipated VCP media sampling, analysis, and data
validation requisites. The QAPP establishes analytical protocols, documentation requirements,
and guidelines to ensure data are collected and reviewed in a consistent manner and are
scientifically valid and legally defensible. As an ISO-9000-certified firm, Stantec implements
routine, standardized QA/QC and Total Quality Management (TQM) protocol deemed
satisfactory for performing activities proposed within the PWP and anticipated to satisfy VCP
QA/QC requisites for the project.
PROPOSED QAPP
October 8, 2024
DATA QUALITY OBJECTIVES

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/ PWPSC-QAPP 2.1
2.0 DATA QUALITY OBJECTIVES
Data Quality Objectives (DQOs) are qualitative and quantitative statements that clearly state
the objective of a proposed project, define the most appropriate type of data to collect,
determine the appropriate conditions for data collection, and specify acceptable decision error
limits that establish the quantity and quality of data needed for decision making. The DQOs are
based on the use of the data that will be generated. Different data uses may require different
quantities of data and levels of quality.
2.1 ANALYTICAL QUALITY OBJECTIVES
Analytical quality objectives are used to ensure that the analysis will accurately and adequately
identify the contaminants of concern, and to ensure that the analysis selected will be able to
achieve quantitation limits (QLs) that are less than or equal to project-specific, preliminary
Screening Levels.
2.1.1 Field Screening
Field-screening instruments provide a lower quality of analytical data compared to data from a
fixed-base laboratory. However, field methods provide rapid “real-time” results for field
personnel to help guide field decision-making processes. These techniques are often used for
health and safety monitoring, initial site characterization to locate areas for detailed assessment,
and preliminary comparison of remedial objectives. This type of field-screening data can include
measurements of metals (via portable x-ray fluorescence/XRF analyzer), total volatile
compounds (via portable photoionization detector/PID), pH, temperature, conductivity,
turbidity, oxidation-reduction potential (ORP), or similar monitoring data (and corollary portable
water quality monitoring meters/equipment, etc.) – as proposed within Stantec’s accompanying
PWP.
2.1.2 Regulatory Analyses
Quantitative analyses of media samples will be performed in a manner consistent with United
States Environmental Protection Agency (US EPA) and VCP regulations and protocol to assure
that data collected as part of the proposed site investigation satisfy these requirements.
Analytical parameters and respective methodologies proposed for use in this PWP are identified
within PWP section 8.0 Sampling and Analysis Plan for Proposed Site Characterization. Pertinent
laboratory QA/QC measures are discussed in numerous following sections and laboratory
Quality Assurance Manual excerpts presented in Appendices A, B, and C herein.
2.2 PROJECT QUALITY OBJECTIVES
The project quality objectives process is a series of planning steps designed so that the type,
quantity, and quality of environmental data used in decision making are appropriate for their
intended application. There are five steps in the project quality objectives process which include
PROPOSED QAPP
October 8, 2024
DATA QUALITY OBJECTIVES

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/ PWPSC-QAPP 2.2
problem statement, decision identification, decision inputs, assessment boundary, and the
decision process. The details of these steps are provided in the following sections.
2.2.1 Problem Statement
In consideration of the Property owner’s intent to redevelop the Property for future-proposed,
residential land use, DVR and its environmental consultant Stantec have prepared this QAPP
and accompanying PWP to outline DVR/Stantec’s proposed approach for conducting a site
characterization that is intended to investigate subsurface environmental conditions at the
Property. This QAPP outlines proposed QA/QC-related means, measures, and manners by which
the Property will be investigated through the VCP site characterization process. In turn, the site
characterization findings and quantitative analytical results will be used to help refine the
preliminary environmental Conceptual Site Model and evaluate DVR’s future-proposed, land
redevelopment approach, as deemed necessary for appropriate protection to human health
and the environment, and any corollary Property remedial activities that might be deemed
warranted.
The primary objective of the scope of work proposed by the PWP and this QAPP is to outline
DVR’s proposed soil, soil gas, and ground water investigative/monitoring program, designed to
investigate and monitor if, and to what degree, topsoil and the subsurface environment
beneath the Property might be impacted by potential release of contaminant constituents of
potential concern (COPCs) from historical land use operations. COPCs include:
SOIL
• 13 Priority Pollutant Metals;
• VOCs;
• Semi-VOCs;
• Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons, Gasoline and Diesel Range Organics;
• Total Recoverable Petroleum Hydrocarbons (TRPH); and
• pH.
Possibly asbestos-containing material (ACM) and Perfluorinated alkylated substances (PFAS),
contingent on criteria detailed in following section 3.1.1.

Subsurface Soil Gas (and if needed, indoor air)
(including 2 sub-slab soil gas samples inside each of the western and eastern buildings)
• VOCs including methane.
Groundwater
• 13 Priority Pollutant Metals;
• VOCs;
• Perfluorinated alkylated substances/PFAS;
• Semi-VOCs;
• TPH, GRO/DRO;
• TRPH;
• Sulfate;
• Nitrate/Nitrite-as N;
• Total Dissolved Solids (TDS); and
• pH.
PROPOSED QAPP
October 8, 2024
DATA QUALITY OBJECTIVES

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/ PWPSC-QAPP 2.3
2.2.2 Decision Identification
Information generated during implementation of the PWP and QAPP will be used to determine
topsoil, subsurface soil, soil gas, sub-slab soil gas, and groundwater quality (and inferred
groundwater flow direction), through drilling and sampling of numerous soil test borings and
groundwater monitoring wells. The data will be used to investigate to what degree the Property
has been impacted by COPCs associated with historical Property usage. Data should be
deemed valid, acceptable, and useful, as intended by implementation of activities proposed in
the PWP and this QAPP.
Environmental data will be evaluated by DVR and the VCP in terms of US EPA and VCP risk-
based, preliminary Screening Level concentrations specified within PWP section 7.1 Preliminary
Screening Levels and existing and future-projected, on- and off-site land use. If media have
been impacted, it is also possible that a site-specific Human Health and/or Ecological Risk
Assessment might be conducted to investigate more specifically what risk(s) might or might not
be posed by actual site characteristics, based on existing and projected-future land use.
Likewise, engineering and/or institutional controls can also be evaluated as possible means for
managing any such risks.
2.2.3 Decision Inputs
Samples of environmental media will be collected for analysis, as described in the PWP’s SAP, to
investigate soil, soil gas, and groundwater quality at the Property. Analytical results will be
compared to risk-based preliminary Screening Levels. Results can then be evaluated to
determine the need for possible future action at the site, including possible remedial actions.
2.2.4 Assessment Boundary
As identified on Figures 4, 5, and 6 in the PWP, environmental samples will be collected from
numerous proposed soil test borings, sub-slab soil gas monitoring probes, topsoil areas, and
groundwater monitoring wells located across the Property. DVR/Stantec believe the
investigative locations (lateral spatial distribution) and media sampling depths (vertical spatial
distribution) proposed for the site characterization should provide satisfactory lateral and vertical
investigation of environmental media at and beneath the Property.
2.2.5 Decision Process
The results of the investigative actions proposed in the PWP and QAPP will be used by DVR and
the VCP to help identify ‘next-steps’ for management of the Property. Decisions will take into
consideration the following example factors:
• Are results valid, accurate, and reliable for decision-making purposes, as regards Property
management;
• If present – the nature, extent, and concentrations of COPCs;
PROPOSED QAPP
October 8, 2024
DATA QUALITY OBJECTIVES

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/ PWPSC-QAPP 2.4
• If present – location of COPC-specific area of potential concern, in relation to on- and off-site,
surrounding population (potential human health and ecological receptors, etc.);
• If present – potential for migration of COPCs;
• Hydrogeology of the Property and surrounding region and on- and off-site groundwater use;
and
• Existing and future-proposed, on- and off-site land use.
2.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE OBJECTIVES FOR MEASUREMENT
The overall QA objective for the project is to develop and implement procedures for field
monitoring, sampling, Chain-of-Custody, laboratory analysis, and reporting in accordance with
US EPA and VCP protocol. Specific procedures for sampling, Chain-of-Custody, laboratory
instrument calibration, laboratory analyses, reporting of data, internal QC, audits, preventative
maintenance of field equipment, and corrective action are described in the PWP and other
sections of this QAPP.
The data quality objective process is a systematic planning process for determining the type,
quantity, quality, and adequacy of data and information in relation to their intended use and as
necessary to make well-informed, valid, and defensible decisions. The program has been
designed to provide appropriate representation of soil, soil gas, and ground water quality and
hydraulic characteristics at ground water beneath the Property, including:
- Soil, soil gas, and groundwater sample collection, sample preservation, and shipment to
the laboratory;
- Measurement of PID and XRF screening characteristics of soil;
- Measurement of static water levels in monitoring wells, prior to purging and sampling;
- Monitoring well purging and qualitative water quality, field parameter monitoring
protocol;
- Chain-of-Custody control;
- Laboratory analytical procedures and methodologies (Level III reporting); and overall
- Quality Assurance and Quality Control.

The DQO and QA/QC program proposed herein, in conjunction with Standard Operating
Procedures presented as Appendix A in the PWP, are intended to ensure that site
characterization media data are collected, analyzed, and evaluated in a consistent manner,
since the data generated during such investigative actions will impact and support future
aspects and decisions regarding Property management and any associated, possible ongoing
media monitoring program. Data that meet the objectives and goals will be deemed
acceptable. Data that do not meet objectives and goals will be reviewed on a case-by-case
basis to ascertain usability.
The analytical QA objectives are defined in terms of sensitivity and precision, accuracy,
reproducibility, comparability, and completeness (USEPA’s ‘PARCC’ parameters). Utilization of
PROPOSED QAPP
October 8, 2024
DATA QUALITY OBJECTIVES

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/ PWPSC-QAPP 2.5
the SAP requires implementation of procedures for obtaining and evaluating data in a manner
that will result in a quantitative or qualitative representation of the PARCC parameters. The
parameters of precision, accuracy, and completeness provide a quantitative measure of the
quality of the data collected in the field. The parameters of representativeness and
comparability utilize documentation of the site and laboratory procedures to qualitatively
evaluate the data. Each PARCC parameter is discussed in more detail below:

2.3.1 Precision
Precision is a measure of mutual agreement among replicate (or between duplicate) or co-
located sample measurements of the same analyte. The closer the numerical values of the
measurements are to each other, the more precise the measurement. Precision for a single
analyte will be expressed as a relative percent difference (RPD) between results of field
duplicate samples, laboratory duplicate samples, or Matrix Spike Duplicate (MSD) samples for
cases where both results are sufficiently large. Otherwise, the absolute difference between the
results is compared to a factor of the laboratory Reporting Limit (RL, whereby the RL is used for
non-detect results).
Precision will be determined by collecting field duplicates at a minimum of one sample per 20
standard field samples (i.e., 5%) for soil and ground water in addition to laboratory duplicates
and laboratory MSDs. In addition, precision will be maintained by conducting routine instrument
checks to demonstrate that operating characteristics are within predetermined limits.
Precision examines the spread of data about their mean. The spread represents how different
the individual reported values are from the average reported values. Precision is thus a measure
of the magnitude of errors and will be expressed as the RPD or the Relative Standard Deviation
(RSD) for all methods. The lower these values are; the more precise are the data. These
quantities are defined as follows:
Relative Percent Difference-RPD (%) = 100 x |S – D|
(S + D)/2
Relative Standard Deviation-RSD (%) = (s/X) x 100
Where: D= Concentration or value of an analyte in a duplicate sample
S = Concentration or value of an analyte in an original sample
X = Mean of replicate analyses
s = Standard deviation

2.3.2 Accuracy
Accuracy is a measure of bias in a measurement system. Accuracy measures the average or
systematic error of an analytical method. This measure is defined as the difference between the
measured value and the actual value. The closer the value of the measurement agrees with the
true value; the more accurate the measurement. This will be expressed as the percent recovery
of a surrogate, Laboratory Control Sample (LCS) analyte, or Matrix Spike (MS) analyte.

PROPOSED QAPP
October 8, 2024
DATA QUALITY OBJECTIVES

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/ PWPSC-QAPP 2.6
Accuracy will be expressed as the percent recovery. This quantity is defined as follows:
Recovery (%) = |SC–UC| x 100
KC
Where: SC = Measured concentration of an analyte in spiked sample or LCS
UC = Measured unspiked concentration of an analyte (assume to be zero for LCS and surrogates)
KC = Known concentration of an analyte added

2.3.3 Representativeness
Representativeness is a qualitative parameter that expresses the degree to which sample data
accurately and precisely represent characteristics of a population, parameter variations at a
sampling point, or an environmental condition. The design of, and rationale for, the sampling
program (in terms of the purpose for sampling, selecting the sampling locations, the number of
samples to be collected, the ambient conditions for sample collection, the frequencies and
timing for sampling, and the sampling techniques) assures that the environmental condition has
been sufficiently represented.
Samples not properly collected or preserved, or which are not analyzed by the laboratory within
prescribed Holding Times do not provide representative data. Moreover, Method
Detection/Reporting Limits above respective UDEQ-specified or Risk-Based Screening Levels
(RSLs), Initial Screening Levels (ISLs), Maximum Contaminant Levels (MCLs), Ground Water
Protection Standards, Secondary Drinking Water Standards, or other Screening Levels do not
provide representative data.

2.3.4 Completeness
Completeness is defined as the measure of the amount of valid data obtained from a
measurement system compared to the amount that was expected to be obtained under
normal conditions. Data completeness can be expressed as the percentage of valid data
obtained from the measurement system. For data to be considered valid, it must meet all the
acceptable criteria including accuracy and precision, as well as any other criteria required by
the prescribed analytical method.
Completeness (%) = V x 100
n

Where: n = total number of measurements necessary to achieve a specified statistical level of confidence in decision making
V = number of measurements judged valid

In practice, completeness is evaluated by comparing project objectives to the quality and
quantity of data collected to determine if any deficiencies exist. Missing data can be the result
of numerous causes, such as accessibility problems, limitations of media available to sample,
mechanical breakdown, sample container breakage, and other factors. Completeness will be
quantitatively assessed as the percent of controlled QC parameters that are within limits.

PROPOSED QAPP
October 8, 2024
DATA QUALITY OBJECTIVES

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/ PWPSC-QAPP 2.7
The requirement for completeness is 90 percent for each individual analytical method for the
following QC parameters:

• Initial calibration,
• Continuing calibrations,
• LCS percent recovery,
• MS/MSD,
• Field duplicate RPDs, and
• Surrogate percent recoveries.

The completeness requirement for holding times will be 100 percent.

2.3.5 Comparability
Comparability is a qualitative parameter expressing the confidence in which one data set can
be compared with another. Sample data should be comparable for similar samples collected
under like conditions. The comparability of data produced by and for this project is
predetermined by the commitment of project staff and contracted laboratories to use SOPs,
standardized methods, where possible, including US EPA- and VCP-approved, analytical
methods, or documented modifications thereof which provide equal or better results. These
methods have specified units in which the results are to be reported.

2.3.6 Sensitivity
When selecting an analytical method during the DQO process, the achievable, Method
Detection Limit and method Reporting Limit must be evaluated to verify that the method will
meet the project quantitation limits necessary to support project decision-making requirements.
This process ensures that the analytical method sensitivity has been considered and that the
methods used can produce data that satisfy users’ needs while making the most effective use of
resources. The concentration of any one target compound that can be detected and/or
quantified is a measure of sensitivity for that compound. Sensitivity is instrument-, compound-,
method-, and matrix-specific, and achieving the required project RL and/or MDL objectives
depends on instrument sensitivity and potential matrix effects.
Sensitivity refers to the lowest concentration of an analyte that can be reliably identified and
reported by an analytical method. Sensitivity is typically evaluated in terms of detection
limits. There are two types of detection limits relevant to this project, namely Method Detection
Limits and method Reporting Limits:
• MDLs: Method Detection Limits refer to the lowest concentration where only the
presence of a given analyte can be reported with confidence. The exact concentration
cannot be precisely determined. For this reason, results falling between the MDL and RL
are assigned a qualifier (such as “J” or other) which represents that the result is an
estimated concentration.

PROPOSED QAPP
October 8, 2024
DATA QUALITY OBJECTIVES

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/ PWPSC-QAPP 2.8
• RLs: Method Reporting Limits refer to the lowest concentration where the presence and
concentration can be measured and reported with 99% confidence. RLs are typically
higher than MDLs for a given analyte.

While the laboratory establishes nominal MDLs and RLs for an analytical method, the MDLs and
RLs for individual samples are affected by sample and analysis specific factors including sample
matrix and analytical dilutions. For this reason, all individual results and qualifiers such as for
instance “J” (and/or other laboratory-specific qualifiers) will be reviewed to determine if
sensitivity is acceptable. All MDLs and RLs will be compared to respective UDEQ and US EPA risk-
based Screening Levels, including (as deemed relevant to specific environmental media):
− Commercial and Residential US EPA Risk-Based Screening Levels/RSLs (with a Target Hazard
Quotient [THQ] of 1.0);

- UDEQ Initial Screening Levels/ISLs specifically for petroleum hydrocarbon constituents;

- UDEQ Ground Water Protection Standards, UDEQ/US EPA Maximum Contaminant Level
concentrations and Secondary Drinking Water Protection Standards, if and where deemed
applicable; and

- US EPA Vapor Intrusion Screening Levels, including sub-slab, indoor air, and
“Target Groundwater Concentrations” deemed protective against potential indoor air
quality impacts associated with potential vapor intrusion associated with contaminated
subsurface/sub-slab soil gas.

At a minimum, the MDLs, and preferably the RLs, must be less than the matrix appropriate
screening levels to meet the sensitivity requirements for the project and be deemed acceptable
- as is anticipated as part of this project.
In general, DVR anticipates contracting analytical laboratories, whose standard/normal MDLs
and RLs for analyses are less than anticipated Screening Levels. As a result, general sensitivity
problems are not anticipated, however sensitivity concerns with individual analyses may occur. If
the sensitivity of a particular result is deemed questionable by the laboratory, the laboratory will
report any such issue including appropriate justification for its analyses, interpretations, and
conclusions. If the sensitivity of a particular result is deemed unacceptable, then additional
actions might be warranted, including but not limited to: re-sampling and re-analysis with a
lower MDL/RL.
2.3.7 Documentation and Records
Significant documents and correspondence will be placed into an Administrative Record for the
project and stored electronically in both DVR’s and Stantec’s electronic files. Additional data
and documents will be stored electronically on both companies’ servers. Both DVR and Stantec
will retain the records generated during this project for a minimum of three years following the
completion of the last expenditure report/Federal Financial Report (FFR) per 40 CFR 31.42.
In the unlikely event that DVR’s electronic records are compromised, DVR will be able to retrieve
the project and grant data from Stantec’s files. As a publicly-traded company, Stantec complies
PROPOSED QAPP
October 8, 2024
DATA QUALITY OBJECTIVES

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/ PWPSC-QAPP 2.9
with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. All server electronic files are backed-up three times per
day onto tapes. Monthly, these electronic tapes are packaged together and shipped out of
state to a secure warehouse location. An electronic copy (hard copies, if received, will be
converted to electronic copies) of data provided to or collected by Stantec will be stored
electronically in the project-specific electronic Stantec files. Inside the electronic file, a project
subfolder labeled “Existing Environmental Data” will be created and maintained by the Stantec
project manager. A public repository may be created for the electronic project data and data
sources using a Stantec-maintained unique file transfer protocol (FTP) website. In such an
instance, the Stantec project manager will provide project staff instructions to access the FTP
website.
Documentation of activities and data generated during site investigation and monitoring
activities will be critical to performing and documenting project activities. Records to be used for
project documentation include field forms and notes, laboratory data sheets, Chain-of-Custody
forms, and technical deliverables. Both Stantec and DVR will retain the records generated
during this project for a minimum of three years following the completion of this project. Draft
copies of reports will be saved in Microsoft Word and final copies will be saved in the Adobe
Acrobat Portable Document Format (PDF). Draft copies of spreadsheets will be saved in
Microsoft Excel and final copies will be saved in the Adobe Acrobat PDF.
Per Stantec’s International Organization for Standardization (ISO)9001:2008 registered Quality
Management System; each report deliverable will undergo a quality review by an experienced
staff member and a final review by an independent senior reviewer prior to submittal to the VCP.
If necessary, corrective action will be implemented in response to deficiencies that are
encountered during product or deliverable assessments. Any reviewer who detects a deficiency
or non-conforming situation will be responsible for reporting the deficiency to the
author/reviewer.
The QAPP is a dynamic document that will be updated if project scope changes or as
requested by the regulatory agency.
PROPOSED QAPP
October 8, 2024
DATA GENERATION AND ACQUISITION

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/ PWPSC-QAPP 3.1
3.0 DATA GENERATION AND ACQUISITION
The purpose of the QAPP is to produce reliable data that will be generated throughout the
project by:

• Ensuring the validity and integrity of the data;
• Ensuring and providing mechanisms for ongoing control of data quality;
• Evaluating data quality in terms of PARCCS; and
• Providing usable, quantitative data for analysis, interpretation, and decision making.

3.1 Sampling Process Design
Sample locations, analytical parameters, and frequency of sampling are discussed in the PWP
and SAP. Analytical parameters were selected based on COPCs associated with the current
and historical use of the Property. Laboratory test parameters and methodologies for the
sampling program will include analysis for the parameters listed within section 8.0 Sampling and
Analysis Plan for Proposed Site Characterization of the PWP. Laboratory SOPs for these analytical
parameters are presented in the laboratory QAMs, pertinent excerpts of which are presented in
Appendices A, B, and C herein.

As described in the SAP, appropriate, field screening/monitoring methods will be utilized to
direct the investigation and collect representative samples in the field. The analytical results may
indicate that only certain COPCs are present and of potential environmental interest. QA/QC
samples will be submitted in accordance with the QAPP protocols presented in the following
sections and as specified within Appendix A.

Tables 1 and 2 present QA objectives and maintenance monitoring related to Stantec’s
anticipated use and maintenance of field equipment. If other equipment is used, all such QA
measures will be followed in accordance with corollary US EPA methodologies and
manufacturer recommended practices.

3.2 Analytical Methods Requirements
To preserve the integrity of samples both before and during analyses, specific preparatory and
analytical methods and requirements for those methods will be followed. Samples will be
collected, prepared, and analyzed in accordance with the analytical methods outlined in the
individual laboratory SOPs detailed within laboratory QAMs. Reference Table 3 herein for a list of
sample containers, preservation and sample volume needs, and laboratory Holding Times
anticipated for use in the proposed site characterization.

Laboratory-specific analytical methods and Reporting Limits for each parameter are presented
in Appendix A. Proper sample containers, preservation, holding times, and volumes for each
analytical parameter are also outlined in Appendix A. The laboratories will provide all sample
containers and preservatives for samples collected for this project, including appropriate sample
container preservatives.

All sample containers supplied by the laboratories will be cleaned according to US EPA
standards. QC documentation will be supplied with the sample containers and preservatives to
PROPOSED QAPP
October 8, 2024
DATA GENERATION AND ACQUISITION

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/ PWPSC-QAPP 3.2
verify their purity. The containers and preservatives can be traced back to their certificate of
analysis from their lot number. The QC documentation/certificate of analysis shall be maintained
on file with the project laboratory. Additionally, the laboratories shall provide the field team with
trip blanks for VOC analyses.
3.3 Sample Handling And Custody Requirements
Proper sample handling and custody procedures are crucial to ensuring the quality and validity
of data obtained through field and laboratory analyses. For example, the admissibility of
environmental data as evidence in a court of law is dependent on the custody of the data.
Custody procedures will be used to document the authenticity of data collected during the
Project. The data requiring custody procedures include field samples and data files that can
include field books, logs, and laboratory reports. An item is considered in custody if it is:

• In a person’s possession;
• In view of the person after being in their possession;
• Sealed in a manner that it cannot be tampered with after having been in physical
possession; or
• In a secure area restricted to authorized personnel.

3.3.1 Sample Collection Documentation
Sample-handling procedures include field documentation, Chain-of-Custody documentation,
sample shipment, and laboratory sample tracking. Various aspects of sample handling and
shipment, as well as the proposed sample identification system and documentation, are
discussed in the following sections.
3.3.1.1 Field Books
Detailed records of the field activities will be maintained in field books dedicated to the project.
Entries will be dated and signed by personnel recording the data. The entries will be made in ink.
Each field book will have a unique numerical identifier permanently attached, and each page
will be numbered, permitting indexing of key data. At a minimum, information recorded in the
field books will include documentation of sample locations, sampling times, types of samples
collected, weather conditions and any other information pertinent to the assessment or
monitoring activity.

3.3.1.2 Field Identification System
The following sample identification nomenclature will be used for soil, subsurface soil gas, sub-
slab soil gas, and groundwater samples. For example, where noted with “B-1,” subsequent
sample identification sequence will be “B-2, B-3, etc.” Where noted with “DUP-A,” subsequent
sample Duplicate sequence will be “DUP-B, DUP-C, etc.”
Sample Location Identification

Topsoil Samples:
TS-1 (numerical: Topsoil [upper two-inches] Sample #1)

PROPOSED QAPP
October 8, 2024
DATA GENERATION AND ACQUISITION

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/ PWPSC-QAPP 3.3
Subsurface Soil Samples:
B-1/2.5-5ft (numerical: Soil Test Boring #1, Normal sample collected at 2.5 to 5-ft. depth)
B-1/2.5-5DEQ (UDEQ Split sample, to be determined in the field; at least 10 percent [10%])
DUP-A (alphabetized: Duplicate-A, to be determined in the field; at least 10%)

Sub-Slab Soil Gas Samples: SubS-1 (Sub-Slab #1)

Subsurface Soil Gas Samples:
B-1/SG-2ft (Boring #1, subsurface soil gas at 2-ft. depth)

Groundwater Samples:
MW-1 (monitoring well #1)
DUP-A (Duplicate-A, to be determined in the field; at one well)
TB (Laboratory Trip Blank)
One Matrix Spike/MS Duplicate (MS/MSD) sample will be collected/analyzed per 20 or fewer
samples (5%) for subsurface soil and groundwater, in accordance with the laboratory’s QAM.
Example: B-1/2.5-5ft/MS.
Sample bottle labels appropriate for the size and type of containers shall be provided by the
laboratories. Labels will be completed in waterproof ink. The sample containers will be labeled
at the time of sample collection but prior to being filled.

Each label will indicate at a minimum:

• Sample identification;
• Date/time of sample collection;
• Sampler’s initials;
• Required analyses; and
• Type of preservative.

3.3.1.3 Field Sample Management
The possession and handling of samples will be documented from the time of collection to
delivery to the laboratory. Stantec field personnel are responsible for ensuring that Chain-of-
Custody procedures are followed. Field personnel will maintain custody of all samples until they
are relinquished to another custodian, the laboratory, or to the freight shipper.

All samples must be catalogued on a Chain-of-Custody form using sample identification codes.
The date and time of collection will be recorded on the form, as well as the number of each
type of sample, the method of preservation, and the type of analysis.

3.3.1.4 Field Sample Packaging And Shipping
Samples will be packaged and transported in a manner that maintains the integrity of the
samples and permits the subsequent analyses to be performed within the prescribed holding
times. Prior to shipment, each sample container will be inspected for a label with the proper
sample identification code.

PROPOSED QAPP
October 8, 2024
DATA GENERATION AND ACQUISITION

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/ PWPSC-QAPP 3.4
Soil gas samples will be delivered to the Simi Valley, California-based ALS laboratory and, if
collected, asbestos samples will be hand-delivered to the local Dixon laboratory. All soil and
groundwater samples will be shipped via overnight express shipment to the Mt. Juliet, Tennessee-
based Pace Analytical Laboratory (utilizing the laboratory’s Salt Lake City office for sample
coordination, etc.). The laboratories will be contacted in advance to expect shipments, so that
holding times of the samples will be conserved. The Chain-of-Custody forms will be sealed in a
plastic, zippered bag and transported inside sample coolers. In addition, any shipping receipts
will be incorporated into the Chain-of-Custody documentation. Samples will be packed in the
cooler(s) using bubble-wrap or similar packing materials and gel-ice or similar.

Each cooler will be taped closed using custody seals provided by the laboratory to prevent
tampering during transport. Custody seals will be placed over the front and rear of the cooler on
opposing sides. Upon relinquishing the sample cooler, Stantec field personnel will sign custody of
the samples over to the laboratory by signing and dating the bottom of the Chain-of-Custody
form. One copy of the Chain-of-Custody documentation will be retained by Stantec and a
second copy will be retained by the laboratory. The integrity of the custody seals shall be noted
by the laboratory on the Chain-of-Custody form upon arrival along with the ambient cooler
temperature and temperature of the temperature blank. Temperature blanks shall be 500
milliliter (mL) containers and shall not be smaller in size. In addition, the shipping label will be
included with the Chain-of-Custody form retained by Stantec.

3.3.1.5 Field Documentation
Field Chain-of-Custody procedures will ensure the proper documentation of each sample from
collection in the field to delivery at the laboratory. Custody of samples shall be maintained and
documented at all times. The documentation for each sample will include the following
information:

• Chain-of-Custody form
• Sample label with sample identification code
• Shipping documents.

This documentation will allow for proper identification and verification of all samples upon arrival
at the project laboratory performing the analyses.

3.3.2 Laboratory Chain Of Custody
Laboratories will perform laboratory custody procedures for sample receiving and log-in, sample
storage, tracking during sample preparation and analysis, and storage of data in accordance
with their SOPs. The laboratory project managers will be responsible for ensuring that laboratory
custody protocol are maintained. The laboratory procedures related to sample custody are
presented in the laboratory QAM excerpts presented in Appendices A, B, and C herein.

3.3.3 Final Evidence Files Custody Procedure
Stantec will be responsible for the custody of the evidence files and maintain and update the
contents of the files during the project. The evidence files will include all records relevant to
sampling and analysis activities such as field books, photographs, subcontractor reports,
PROPOSED QAPP
October 8, 2024
DATA GENERATION AND ACQUISITION

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/ PWPSC-QAPP 3.5
laboratory data deliverables, Chain-of-Custody forms and data reviews. Stantec will retain this
file for a period of at least 3 years following the formal completion date for the project.

3.4 Quality Control Requirements
The QC requirements ensure the environmental data collected are of the highest standard
feasible as appropriate for the intended application. Facets of the QC requirements are
provided in the following sections.

3.4.1 Field Quality Control Requirements
Where applicable, QC checks will be strictly followed during the assessment using replicate
measurements, equipment calibration checks and data verification by Stantec field personnel.
Field-sampling precision and data quality will be evaluated using sample Duplicates, possible
VCP Split samples, and trip blanks. Sample duplicates provide precision information regarding
homogeneity, handling, transportation, storage, and analysis. Temperature blanks will be used
with all water samples. Trip blanks will be used with VOCs only, to ensure that transportation of
samples has not contaminated the samples. If there is any discrepancy in the sample data, the
Stantec Project Manager will be notified and, if deemed necessary, resampling of the
questionable point scheduled. Requirements for field QA/QC samples are identified within the
PWP and SAP, as well as in Appendix A herein. Table 4 presents a summary of anticipated field
and laboratory QA/QC sample requirements.

3.4.2 Laboratory Quality Control Requirements
The laboratory QA managers will be responsible for ensuring that the laboratories’ data precision
and accuracy are maintained in accordance with specifications. Internal laboratory duplicates
and calibration checks are performed on one of every 20 samples submitted for analysis. Other
internal laboratory QA/QC is performed according to individual laboratory SOPs. Samples that
are submitted for laboratory MS/MSD or spike and duplicate analyses will have an additional set
of samples collected from the sample locations. Table 4 presents a summary of anticipated field
and laboratory QA/QC sample requirements.

Method blanks and reagent blanks are used to assess the potential that laboratory
procedures may serve as possible sources of sample contamination or analytical error. Blanks
free of contamination will be prepared at the frequency required by the analytical method.
Analyte concentrations discovered in method or reagent blanks will be flagged in the
laboratory analytical report.

Laboratory control samples/LCSs are used as a means for evaluating the efficacy of the
analytical process. LCSs are prepared from a source independent of the calibration
stock solution. LCSs are typically introduced into an analytical batch immediately before
extraction or analysis. Recoveries, matrix spike/matrix spike duplicate recoveries, and relative
percent differences must be within control limits or the data will be qualified as necessary.

PROPOSED QAPP
October 8, 2024
DATA GENERATION AND ACQUISITION

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/ PWPSC-QAPP 3.6
3.5 Instrument Calibration And Frequency
The calibration procedures to be employed for both the field and laboratory instruments used
during the project are referenced in this section. Measuring and test equipment used in the field
and laboratory will be subjected to a formal calibration program. The program will require
equipment of the proper type, range, accuracy, and precision to provide data compatible with
the specified requirements and the desired results. Calibration of measuring and test equipment
may be performed internally using in-house reference standards, or externally by agencies or
manufacturers.

The responsibility for the calibration of laboratory equipment rests with the laboratories
performing the analyses. Stantec field personnel are responsible for the calibration of Stantec
field equipment, such as for instance PID, XRF, water quality meters, and other field equipment
provided by subcontractors.

Documented and approved procedures will be used for calibrating measuring and testing
equipment. Widely accepted procedures, such as those published by US EPA, or procedures
provided by manufacturers in equipment manuals, will be adopted.

Calibrated equipment will be uniquely identified by the manufacturer’s serial number, a Stantec
equipment identification number, or by other means. This identification, along with a label
indicating when the next calibration is due (only for equipment not requiring daily calibration),
will be attached to the equipment. If this is not possible, records traceable to the equipment will
be readily available for reference. It will be the responsibility of all equipment operators to check
the calibration status from the due date labels or records prior to using the equipment.

Measuring and testing equipment will be calibrated at prescribed intervals and/or as part of
daily operational use. Frequency will be based on the type of equipment, inherent stability,
manufacturer’s recommendations, values given in national standards, intended use and
experience. Equipment will be calibrated whenever possible using reference standards having
known relationships to nationally recognized standards or accepted values of physical
constants. If national standards do not exist, the basis for calibration will be documented.
Physical and chemical reference standards will be used only for calibration. Equipment that fails
calibration or becomes inoperable during use will be removed from service, segregated to
prevent inadvertent use, and tagged to indicate the fault. Such equipment will be recalibrated
and repaired to the satisfaction of the laboratory personnel or Stantec field personnel, as
applicable. Equipment that cannot be repaired will be replaced.

Records will be prepared and maintained for each piece of calibrated measuring and test
equipment to document that established calibration procedures have been followed. Records
for subcontractor field equipment and Stantec equipment used only for this specific project will
be kept in the project files. The project laboratories will maintain their individual laboratory
calibration records.

3.5.1 Field Instrument Calibration
Instruments used to gather, generate, or measure field environmental data will be calibrated
with sufficient frequency and in such manner that accuracy and reproducibility of results are
consistent with the manufacturer’s specifications. Field measurement instruments may include,
PROPOSED QAPP
October 8, 2024
DATA GENERATION AND ACQUISITION

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/ PWPSC-QAPP 3.7
but are not limited to water quality meters, such as pH meters, conductivity meters, and
temperature probes, as well as PID and XRF screening. As applicable, field instruments will be
calibrated daily prior to use. Calibration procedures will be documented in the field logbook
and field sampling sheets. Documentation will include the following:

• Date and time of calibration;
• Identity of the person performing the calibration;
• Reference standard used, if applicable;
• Reading taken and adjustments to attain proper reading; and
• Any corrective action.

Trained personnel will operate field measurement equipment in accordance with the
appropriate standard procedures or manufacturer’s specifications. Stantec field technical staff
members will examine field measurement equipment used during field sampling to verify that
they are in operating condition. The Stantec field team leader will periodically audit the
calibration and field performance of the field equipment to ensure that the system of field
calibration meets the manufacturer’s specifications.

3.5.2 Laboratory Instrument Calibration
The proper calibration of laboratory equipment is a key element in the quality of the analysis
done by the laboratory. Each type of instrumentation and each US EPA-approved method have
specific requirements for the calibration procedures, depending on the analytes of interest and
the sample medium.

The calibration procedures and frequencies of the equipment used to perform the analyses will
be in accordance with requirements established by the US EPA. The laboratory QA managers
will be responsible for ensuring that the laboratory instrumentation is maintained in accordance
with specifications. Individual laboratory SOPs will be followed for corrective actions and
preventative maintenance frequencies. Pertinent laboratory QC, calibration, corrective action,
and instrument preventative maintenance procedures are discussed in laboratory QAMs in
Appendices herein.

3.6 Data Management
Stantec field technical staff members will manage raw data during field activities. Monitoring
data will be recorded on the appropriate field forms or in field logbooks. As appropriate, Stantec
will coordinate transfer of raw data to computer formats such as Microsoft® Excel or Microsoft®
Access to better organize and track incoming data. This will enable Stantec to identify any data
gaps. Any flaws in field QA/QC will be brought to the attention of the Stantec QA Manager.
The Project Manager at the laboratory will be responsible for laboratory data management.
Procedures for data review and data reporting are discussed in the laboratory’s QAM presented
in Appendix A. Analytical data reports generated by the laboratory will present all sample
results, including all QA/QC samples.

The data reports will include:

• A laboratory narrative for the data set describing any out of control analyses and their
effect on sample results.
PROPOSED QAPP
October 8, 2024
DATA GENERATION AND ACQUISITION

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/ PWPSC-QAPP 3.8
• An explanation of all laboratories applied data qualifiers.
• The spike and duplicate analysis results (or MS/MDS results) including the percent
recoveries and RPDs.
• Surrogate results including percent recoveries (as applicable for analysis).
• Method blank results.
• Laboratory control sample results including percent recoveries.

The following data must be available upon request from the laboratory on a case by case basis,
if data issues arise:

• Summaries of daily calibration check samples (including notation of any outliers).
• Calibration blank results.

PROPOSED QAPP
October 8, 2024
DATA VALIDATION AND USEABILITY

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/ PWPSC-QAPP 4.1
4.0 DATA VALIDATION AND USEABILITY
This section describes the QA activities that will be performed to ensure that the collected data
are scientifically defensible, properly documented, of known quality, and meet project
objectives. All analytical data collected for the project will be validated.
Existing data sources will be evaluated relative to the data quality objectives and acceptance
criteria of the project. Existing data will be assessed for any limitations and how such limitations
may impact the project, and any conclusions or decisions based on the use of the existing data.
Roles and Responsibilities for completing data verification and validation are presented in the
Section 6.2 of the Proposed Work Plan for Site Characterization, Ski Rail Property.
The following steps will be followed to ensure that project data quality needs are met.
1. Data Verification – Data verification is a process of determining whether the data meets
the same intended purposes as the project objective. Data will be evaluated for the
completeness, correctness and contractual compliance of a data set against the method
standard, SOP, or contract requirements. Data verification will be performed internally (Stantec
Quality Assurance Managers) to verify field data by periodically comparing field documentation
including COCs, logbooks, field forms to specifications in the QAPP and Proposed Work Plan for
Site Characterization, Ski Rail Property. Data to be verified will include sample collection and
handling procedures, sample identification system, number and type (media) of samples
collected, sample location and depth, field equipment calibration and use, units of measure,
and analytical services requested on COCs. Data verification may result in accepted, qualified,
or rejected data.
2. Data Validation – Data validation is a data-, analyte- and sample-specific process that
extends the qualification of data beyond method, procedural, or contractual compliance (i.e.,
data verification) to determine the analytical quality of specific data sets. Data validation
includes review of the verified data records, a determination of the data set’s quality,
production of a data validation report, and a qualified data summary. Data validation results
are classified as acceptable, usable as qualified, or rejected/unusable. Data validation will be
performed internally by qualified staff (Stantec Data Validation or Project Chemist) of laboratory
analytical reports will be reviewed for completeness and the accompanying QC data reviewed
to ensure acceptable performance. If documentation is incomplete, the laboratory will be
required to provide the missing information. Data validation criteria are based on the
measurement performance criteria of the project QAPP. The group that generates the data will
perform data validation. Data validation results are accepted without qualification, qualified
(flagged U, UJ, or J), or rejected (flagged R) data.
3. Data Usability Assessment – Data usability assessment is the process of evaluating
validated data to determine if the data can be used for purpose of the project (i.e., to answer
PROPOSED QAPP
October 8, 2024
DATA VALIDATION AND USEABILITY

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/ PWPSC-QAPP 4.2
the environmental questions regarding the project results and/or to make environmental
decisions). Data validation will be performed internally by qualified staff including the Quality
Assurance Managers and the Data Validation Expert (Project Chemist). Data usability will
include the following sequence of evaluation:
• First, individual data sets will be evaluated to identify the measurement
performance/usability issues or problems affecting the ultimate achievement of project
DQOs.
• Second, an overall evaluation of all data generated for the project will be performed.
• Finally, the project-specific measurement performance criteria and data validation
criteria will be evaluated to determine if they were appropriate for meeting project
DQOs.
To perform the data evaluation steps above, the reported data will be supported by complete
data packages which include sample receipt and tracking information, Chain-of-Custody
records, tabulated data summary forms, and raw analytical data for all field samples, standards,
QC checks and QC samples, and all other project-specific documents that are generated.
4.1 Instructions For Data Review, Validation, And Verification Requirements
This section describes the process for documenting the degree to which the collected data
meet the project objectives, individually and collectively. Stantec will estimate the potential
effect that each deviation from this QAPP may have on the usability of associated data items, its
contribution to the quality of reduced and analyzed data, and its effects on the decision.
Stantec will document quality deficiencies, non- conformances, issues and limitations, if any.
The following procedures will be implemented to verify and validate data collected during the
project:
• Sampling Design – How closely a measurement represents the actual environment at a
given time and location is a complex issue. Each sample will be checked for
compliance with the specifications, including type and location. Stantec will note
deviations from the specifications and discuss with DVR and the VCP, as necessary.
• Sample Collection Procedures – Sample collection procedures identified in this QAPP
will be followed. If field conditions require deviations, they will be discussed with DVR
and the VCP, as necessary.
• Sample Handling – Deviations from the planned sample handling procedures will be
noted on the Chain-of-Custody forms and in the field logbooks. Data collection
activities will indicate the events that occur during sample handling affecting the
integrity of the samples.
PROPOSED QAPP
October 8, 2024
DATA VALIDATION AND USEABILITY

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/ PWPSC-QAPP 4.3
Stantec field technical staff members will evaluate the sample containers, and the preservation
methods used and ensure that they are appropriate to the nature of the sample and the type of
data generated from the sample. Checks on the identity of the sample will be made to ensure
that the sample continues to be representative of its native environment as it moves through the
analytical process.
• Analytical Procedures – Each sample will be verified to ensure that the procedures used
to generate the data were implemented as specified. Data validation activities will be
used to determine how seriously a sample deviated beyond the acceptance limit so
that the potential effects of the deviation can be evaluated.
• Quality Control – QC checks that are to be performed during sample collection,
handling, and analysis are specified in an earlier section of this QAPP. For each
specified QC check, the procedures, acceptance criteria, and corrective action
should be specified. During data validation, the corrective actions that were taken,
which samples were affected, and the potential effect of the actions on the validity of
the data will be documented.
• Calibration – Field and laboratory instrument calibrations will be documented to ensure
that calibrations:
- Were performed within an acceptance time prior to generation of measurement
data;
- Were performed in proper sequence;
- Included the proper number of calibration points;
- Were performed using a standard that bracketed the range of reported
measurement results;
When calibration problems are identified, any data produced between the suspect calibration
event and any subsequent recalibration will be flagged to alert data users.
• Data Reduction and Processing – Checks on data integrity will be performed to
evaluate the accuracy of raw data and include the comparison of important events
and duplicate rekeying of data to identify data entry errors. Pertinent information is
presented within laboratory QAMs in Appendices herein.
4.2 Instructions For Validation And Verification Methods
This section describes the process that will be followed to verify and validate the project data.
PROPOSED QAPP
October 8, 2024
DATA VALIDATION AND USEABILITY

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/ PWPSC-QAPP 4.4
4.2.1 Verification
Field data will be verified by the Stantec QA Manager by reviewing field documentation and
Chain-of-Custody records. Data from direct-reading instruments used to measure conductivity,
dissolved oxygen, and other field parameters will be internally verified by reviewing calibration
and operating records. The laboratory data will be verified in respect to the Chain-of-Custody,
units of measure, and citation of analytical methods. Data verification procedures will include
reviewing and documenting sample receipt, sample preparation, sample analysis (including
internal QC checks), data reduction and reporting. Any deviations from the acceptance
criteria, corrective actions taken, and data determined to be of limited usability (i.e., laboratory-
qualified data) will be noted in the case narrative of the laboratory report. The QA Manager will
also verify the use of blanks and duplicates. All applicable reference and identification codes
and numbers will be reviewed as part of the documentation.
4.2.2 Validation
Data validation will identify data as being acceptable, of limited usability, qualified or
estimated, or rejected. Data will be reviewed, validated and qualified (flagged, etc.) in
accordance with US EPA guidelines for organic and inorganic data review. The results of the
data verification/validation will be detailed in the Summary Report. The laboratories’ validation
processes are discussed in their respective QAMs.
Each analytical report will be reviewed by Stantec Data Validation Expert (Project Chemist) for
compliance with the applicable method and for the quality of the data reported. Data
determined to be unusable may require that corrective action be taken. Potential types of
corrective action may include resampling by the field team or reanalysis of the samples by the
laboratory. The corrective actions taken are dependent upon the ability to mobilize the field
team and whether the data are critical for the project DQOs to be achieved.
4.3 Instructions For Reconciliation With Data Quality Objectives
This section describes the scientific and statistical procedures/methods that will be used to
determine whether data are of the right type, quality, and quantity to support environmental
decision making for the project.
The Data Quality Assessment (DQA) process is described in Guidance for the Data Quality
Assessment, Practical Methods for Data Analysis, EPA QA/G-9, QA00 Update, July (EPA, 2000).
While the formal DQA process presented in the guidance may not be followed in its entirety, a
systematic assessment of the data quality will be performed by review and evaluation of the
data presented in the laboratory’s Quality Control Report that will accompany the analytical
results.
The overall usability of the data for the project will be assessed by evaluating the PARCCS of the
data set to the measurement performance criteria of this QAPP, as applicable. The procedures
and statistical formulas to be used for these evaluations are presented in the following sections.
PROPOSED QAPP
October 8, 2024
DATA VALIDATION AND USEABILITY
Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/ PWPSC-QAPP 4.5
4.3.1 Precision
To meet the needs of the project, data must meet the measurement performance criteria for
precision. Project precision will be evaluated by assessing the RPD data from the field duplicate
sample. Analytical precision will be evaluated by assessing the RPD data from either duplicate
spiked sample analyses or duplicate sample analyses.
The RPD between two measurements is calculated using the following simplified formula:
RPD = (R1 + R2 )/2
where: R1 = value of first result and R2 = value of second result
Overall precision for the sampling programs will be determined by calculating the mean RPD for
all field duplicates in each sampling program. This will provide an evaluation of the overall
variability attributable to the sampling procedure, sample matrix, and laboratory procedures in
each sampling program.
The overall precision requirement will be the same as the project precision. It should be noted
that the RPD of two measurements can be very high when the data approach the Quantitation
Limit (QL) of an analysis. The calculation of the mean RPD will include only the RPD values for
field duplicate sample analyte data that are greater than or equal to five times the QL for an
analysis.
Poor overall precision may be the result of one or more of the following:
•Field instrument variation;
•Analytical measurement variation;
•Poor sampling technique;
•Sample transport problems; and
•Heterogeneous matrices.
To identify the cause of the imprecision, the field-sampling design rationale and sampling
techniques should be evaluated by the reviewer, and both field and analytical
duplicate/replicate sample results should be reviewed. If poor precision is indicated in both the
field and analytical duplicates/replicates, then the laboratory may be the source of error. If poor
precision is limited to the field duplicate/replicate results, then the sampling technique, field
instrument variation, sample transport or heterogeneous sample matrices may be the source of
error.
X 100
PROPOSED QAPP
October 8, 2024
DATA VALIDATION AND USEABILITY
Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/ PWPSC-QAPP 4.6
If the laboratory’s Quality Control Report indicates that analytical imprecision exists for a data
set, then the impact of that imprecision on data usability will be discussed in Stantec’s Summary
Report. When project-required precision is not achieved, and project data are not usable to
adequately address environmental questions and to support project decision making, then the
Summary Report should address how this problem will be resolved and discuss the need for
resampling or additional data qualification beyond that provided in the laboratory Quality
Control Report.
4.3.2 Accuracy And Bias
To meet the needs of the data users, project data will follow the measurement performance
criteria for accuracy and bias as described herein.
4.3.2.1 Analytical Accuracy/ Bias
The data from method/preparation blank samples, field blank samples, trip blank sample,
surrogate spikes, MS/MSD samples and LCSs will be used to determine accuracy and potential
bias of the sample data. If the laboratory’s Quality Control Report indicates that contamination
and/or analytical inaccuracies/bias exist for a data set, then the impact of that contamination
and/or analytical inaccuracies/bias on data usability will be discussed in Stantec’s Summary
Report.
4.3.2.2 Overall Accuracy/ Bias
The data from the method/preparation blank samples provide an indication of laboratory
contamination that may result in bias of sample data. Sample data associated with
method/preparation blank contamination will have been identified during the data
verification/validation process. Sample data associated with method/preparation blank
contamination are evaluated during the data validation procedure to determine if analytes
detected in the samples and the associated method/preparation blanks are “real” or are the
result of laboratory contamination. The procedure for this evaluation involves comparing the
concentration of the analyte in the sample to the concentration of the method/preparation
blank considering adjustments for sample dilution and dry-weight reporting. For example, if the
sample result is less than five times (ten times for common laboratory contaminants) the
method/preparation blank concentration, the result is qualified by elevating the QL to the
concentration detected in the sample and flagged as undetected at the adjusted QL.
The data from the field blanks and trip blanks provide an indication of field and transportation
conditions that may result in bias of sample data. Sample data associated with contaminated
field and trip blank samples have been identified during the data verification/validation process.
The evaluation procedure and qualification of sample data associated with field blank, and trip
blank contamination is performed in the same manner as the evaluation procedure for method
blank sample contamination.
PROPOSED QAPP
October 8, 2024
DATA VALIDATION AND USEABILITY

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/ PWPSC-QAPP 4.7
Surrogate spike recoveries provide information regarding the accuracy/bias of the organic
analyses on an individual sample bias. Surrogate compounds are not expected to be found in
the samples and are added to every sample prior to sample preparation/purging. The percent
recovery data provide an indication of the effect that the sample matrix may have on the
preparation and analysis procedure. Sample data exhibiting matrix effects will have been
identified during data verification/validation process.
MS sample data can provide information regarding the accuracy/bias of the analytical
methods relative to the sample matrix. MS samples are field samples that have been fortified
with target analytes prior to sample preparation and analysis. The percent recovery data
provide an indication of the effect that the sample matrix may have on the preparation and
analysis procedure. Sample data exhibiting matrix effects will have been identified during data
verification/validation process.
Analytical accuracy/bias will be determined by evaluating the percent recovery data of LCSs.
LCSs are artificial samples prepared in the laboratory using a blank matrix that is fortified with
analytes from a standard reference material that is independent of the calibration standards.
LCSs are prepared and analyzed in the same manner as the field samples. The data from LCS
analyses will provide an indication of the accuracy and bias of the analytical method for each
target analyte.
Percent recovery is calculated using the following formula:
SSR - SR
% Recovery = SA

where: SSR = Spiked Sample Result
SR = Sample Result or Background
SA = Spike Added

The percent recovery of LCSs is determined by dividing the measured value by the true value
and multiplying by 100.
Accuracy of the results for each analytical batch will be evaluated based on US EPA standard
data validation and data review protocol. If the accuracy is not acceptable, batch specific
qualifications or corrective action will be applied.
The Data Assessment Report will describe the limitations on the use of the project data if
extensive contamination and/or inaccuracy/bias exist or when it is limited to a specific sampling
or laboratory analytical group, data set, analytical parameter, or concentration level. The Data
Assessment Report will identify qualitative and/or quantitative bias trends in multiple
performance evaluation sample results for each matrix, analytical parameter, and
concentration level. The impact of any qualitative and/or quantitative trends in bias on the
sample data will be discussed. Any performance evaluation samples that have false positive
and/or false negative results should be reported and the impact on data usability will be
discussed in the Data Assessment Report. The use of the term performance evaluation samples
X 100
PROPOSED QAPP
October 8, 2024
DATA VALIDATION AND USEABILITY

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/ PWPSC-QAPP 4.8
refers to QA/QC samples (e.g. LCS, MS/MSD, blanks, etc.) not to performance evaluation
samples that might be used as part of an audit.
When project-required accuracy/bias is not achieved, and project data are not usable to
adequately address environmental questions and to support project decision making, then the
Data Assessment Report will address how this problem will be resolved and the potential need
for resampling.
4.3.3 Sample Representativeness
To meet the needs of the data users, project data must meet the measurement performance
criteria to sample representativeness specified herein.
Representativeness of the samples will be assessed by reviewing the results of field audits and
the data from field duplicate samples. If field duplicate precision checks indicate potential
spatial variability, then this may trigger additional scoping meetings and subsequent resampling
to collect data that are more representative of a non- homogeneous site. Overall sample
representativeness will be determined by calculating the percent of field duplicate sample data
that achieved the RPD criteria specified in this QAPP. Overall sample representativeness will be
considered acceptable if the results of the field audits indicate that the approved sampling
methods or alternate acceptable sampling methods were used to collect the samples, and the
field duplicates RPD data are acceptable for at least 75 percent of the samples.
The Data Assessment Report will discuss and compare overall representativeness for each matrix,
parameter, and concentration level. Data Assessment Reports will describe the limitations on the
use of project data when overall non-representative sampling has occurred or when non-
representative sampling is limited to a specific sampling group, data set, matrix, analytical
parameter, or concentration level. If data is not usable to adequately address environmental
questions and/or support project decision making, then the Data Assessment Report will address
how this problem will be resolved and discuss potential need for resampling.
4.3.4 Sensitivity And Quantitation Limits
To meet the needs of the data user, project data must meet the measurement performance
criteria for sensitivity as specified. Low point calibration standards should produce a signal at
least ten times the background noise levels and should be part of a linear calibration curve
(non-linear if allowed in the analytical method). The procedures for calculating Method
Detection Limits and its Quantitation Limits/QLs should be documented.
The QLs for the sample data will be reviewed to ensure that the sensitivity of the analyses was
sufficient to achieve any applicable Utah standards. The method/preparation blank sample
data and LCSs percent recovery data will be reviewed to assess compliance with the
measurement performance criteria specified in this QAPP. Analytical methods should not be
selected for use if their MDL is not compatible with screening standards. If no such analytical
method is available, they will only be acceptable/usable with qualification.
PROPOSED QAPP
October 8, 2024
DATA VALIDATION AND USEABILITY

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/ PWPSC-QAPP 4.9
Overall sensitivity will be assessed by comparing the sensitivity for each monitoring program to
the detectability requirements for the analyses. Overall sensitivity will be considered acceptable
if QLs for samples are less than the acceptable evaluation criteria. It should be noted that QLs
may be elevated because of high concentrations of target compounds, non-target
compounds, and matrix interferences (collectively known as sample matrix effects). In these
cases, the sensitivity of the analyses will be evaluated on an individual sample basis relative to
the applicable evaluation criteria. The need to investigate the use of alternate analytical
methods may be required if the sensitivity of the analytical methods identified in this QAPP
cannot achieve the evaluation criteria because of sample matrix interference.
If Data Validation Reports indicate that sensitivity and/or QLs were not achieved, then the
impact of that lack of sensitivity and/or higher QLs on data usability will be discussed in the Data
Assessment Report.
The Data Assessment Report will discuss and compare overall sensitivity and QLs from multiple
data sets collected for the project for each matrix, analytical parameter, and concentration
level. The Data Assessment Report will describe the limitations on the use of the project data if
project-required sensitivity and QLs were not achieved for all project data or when it is limited to
a specific sampling or laboratory/analytical group, data set, matrix, analytical parameter, or
concentration level.
When project-related QLs are not achieved and project data are not usable to adequately
address environmental questions and to support project decision making, then the Data
Assessment Report will address how this problem will be resolved and discuss the potential need
for resampling. In this case, the Data Assessment Report will clearly differentiate between usable
and unusable data for the users.
4.3.5 Completeness
To meet the needs of the data users, project data will follow the measurement performance
criteria for data completeness outlined herein.
Completeness will be assessed by comparing the number of valid (usable) sample results to the
total possible number of results within a specific sample matrix and/or analysis. Percent
completeness will be calculated using the following formula:
% Completeness = Number of Valid (usable) measurements
Number of Measurements Planned

Overall completeness will be assessed by calculating the mean percent completeness for the
entire set of data obtained for each sampling program. The overall completeness for the project
will be calculated when all sampling and analysis is concluded. Overall completeness will be
considered acceptable if at least 90 percent of the data are determined to be valid.
X 100
PROPOSED QAPP
October 8, 2024
DATA VALIDATION AND USEABILITY

Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/ PWPSC-QAPP 4.10
The Data Assessment Report will discuss and compare overall completeness of multiple data sets
collected for the project for each matrix, analytical parameter, and concentration level. The
Data Assessment Report will describe the limitation on the use of the project data if project-
required completeness was not achieved for the overall project or when it is limited to a specific
sampling or laboratory/analytical group, data set, analytical parameter, or concentration level.
When project-required completeness is not achieved, and sufficient data are not available to
adequately address environmental questions and support project decision making, then the
Data Assessment Report will address how this problem will be resolved and discuss the potential
need for additional resampling.
4.3.6 Comparability
To meet the needs of the data users, project data will follow the measurement performance
criteria for comparability outlined herein.
The comparability of data sets will be evaluated by reviewing the sampling and analysis
methods used to generate the data for each data set. Project comparability will be determined
to be acceptable if the sampling and analysis methods specified in this QAPP and any
approved QAPP revisions or amendments are used for generating the soil, groundwater,
sediment, and surface water data. Consistency in using the same standard methods, using the
same sampling protocol, and the same analytical laboratories is critical in assessment of
comparability.
The Data Assessment Report will discuss and compare overall comparability between multiple
data sets collected for the project for each matrix, analytical parameter, and concentration
level. The Data Assessment Report will describe the limitation on the use of project data when
project-required data comparability is not achieved for the overall project or when it is limited to
a specific sampling or laboratory/analytical group, data set, matrix, analytical parameter, or
concentration level.
4.3.7 Data Limitations And Actions
Sources of sampling and analytical error will be identified and corrected as early as possible to
the onset of sample collection activities. An ongoing data assessment process will be
incorporated during the project, rather than just as a final step, to facilitate the early detection
and correction of problems, ensuring that project quality objectives are met.
Data that do not meet the measurement performance criteria specified in this QAPP will be
identified and the impact on the project quality objectives will be assessed and discussed within
the final project report. Specific actions for data that do not meet the measurement
performance criteria depend on the use of the data and may require that additional samples
are collected or the use of the data to be restricted.

PROPOSED QAPP
Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/ PWPSC-QAPP
FIGURES
(Refer to Proposed Work Plan for Site Characterization, Ski Rail
Property for figures below)
Figure 1 General Property Location, Aerial Maps
Figure 2 Generalized Property Perimeter Boundaries
Figure 3 General Property Location & Soil Ordinance Boundary
Figure 4 Property and Regional Topography
Figure 5 Proposed Locations of Soil Test Borings and Monitoring Wells
Figure 6 Proposed Topsoil Sample Locations

PROPOSED QAPP
Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/ PWPSC-QAPP
Table 1 QA Objectives for Field Measurements
Table 1
QA Objectives for Field Measurements
Matrix Parameter Method Reference Precision(1)Accuracy(2)Completeness
Water levels ASTM D5413 - 93(2007)+/- 0.01 ft 0.005 ft 95%
Temperature EPA 170.1, Mercury thermometer
or electronic temperature probe ±0.5° C 1.0° C 95%
Conductivity EPA 120.1, Electrometric +25
µmho/cm2 10 µmho/cm2 95%
pH EPA 150.1, Electrometric +0.1 pH units 0.05 pH units 95%
Turbidity EPA 180.1, Electrometric 10 NTU 0.5 NTU(3)95%
Redox Potential ASTM D1498-08 +10 mV 10 mV 95%
Dissolved Oxygen SM-A4500 +0.05 mg/L +0.1 mg/L 95%
Notes:
1. Expressed as the acceptable deviation from the scale.
2. Expected based on equipment manufacturer specifications.
3. Acceptable accuracy and precision based on the range of measurements.
ASTM = American Society for Testing and Materials (Annual Book of ASTM Standards , American Society of Testing and Materials, 2008)
C = centigrade
Cm = centimeter
EPA = Environmental Protection Agency
Ft = feet
mg/L = milligrams per liter
mV = millivolt
NTU = nephelometric turbidity unit.
QA = quality assurance
µmho = micromhos
SM = Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 21 st ed . (APHA, 2005).
Groundwater
PROPOSED QAPP
Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/ PWPSC-QAPP
Table 2 Preventive Maintenance for Field
Measurement Equipment
Table 2
Preventive Maintenance for
Field Measurement Equipment
INSTRUMENTS MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES/SCHEDULE SPARE PARTS IN STOCK
1. Calibrate beginning and end of each day and as necessary
during use.1. Battery charger
2. Check battery, and recharge when low.2. Spare lamps
3. Clean lamp and sensor when display creeps upward, PID
responds to moisture, or when movement of PID results in
response on display
3. Spare filter cartridges
4. Replace external dust filter as needed.
1. Calibrate beginning and end of each day, and as necessary
during use.1. pH buffers
2. Replace electrodes as needed.2. Batteries
3. Spare electrodes
1. Calibrate beginning and end of each day, and as necessary
during use.
2. Check redline and replace batteries if does not calibrate.
YSI 556 Multi-Meter 1. Calibrate beginning and end of each day, and as necessary
during use.1. Buffer solutions
2. Replace sensors per manufacturers guidelines.2. Batteries
1.Calibrate beginning and end of each day, and as necessary
during use.
2.Check and replace batteries if does not calibrate.
1. Battery-charged
Notes:
PID = photoionization detector
UV = ultraviolet
XRF = x-ray fluorescence analyzer
1. Batteries
ppbRae 3000
or similar
Photoionization
Detector (PID)
pH Meter
Conductivity Meter
NitonTM XL2
GOLDD or
similar
XRF Analyzer
PROPOSED QAPP
Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/ PWPSC-QAPP
Table 3 Sample Container, Preservation, and Holding
Time Requirements
Matrix Analysis Container Preservation Holding Time
Metals 4 oz. glass/plastic jar Cool to </= 6° C 6 months; mercury 28 days;
chromium VI 30 days
VOCs/PVOCs 4 oz. glass Cool to </= 6° C 14 days
SVOCs/PAH/DROs 4 oz. amber glass jar Cool to </= 6° C 14 days for extraction; 40 days for
analysis
GRO CH3OH, Cool to </= 6° C 14 days
Pesticides, Herbicides and
PCBs 4 oz. glass/plastic jar Cool to </= 6° C
14 days for extraction; 40 days for analysis;
1 year extraction with 1 year hold time for
PCBs
Reactive Cyanide / Cyanide
Total/ TOC
4 oz. amber glass/plastic jar Cool to </= 6° C 14 days
Reactive Sulfide 4 oz. glass/plastic jar Cool to </= 6° C 7 days
% Moisture 4 oz. glass/plastic jar Cool to </= 6° C 7 days
pH 4 oz. glass/plastic jar Cool to </= 6° C Measure as soon as possible
Flash Point 4 oz. glass/plastic jar Cool to </= 6° C 14 days
Free Liquids - Paint Filter 4 oz. glass/plastic jar Cool to </= 6° C 180 days
Metals 250 ml plastic bottle HNO3 to pH<2,6 months; mercury 28 days
Chromium VI 125 ml plastic bottle Cool to </= 6° C 24 hours
VOCs/PVOCs/GRO 2 – 40 ml glass VOC vials, per
analysis
HCl to pH <2, Cool to
</= 6° C
14 days
Dissolved Gases (methane,
ethane, ethene)
2 - 40 ml glass VOC vials, per
analysis
HCl to pH <2, Cool to
</= 6° C 14 days
PAH/SVOCs/PCBs/
Pesticides
100 ml amber glass bottle,
per analysis
Cool to </= 6° C 7 days for extraction; 40 days for
analysis
DRO 100 ml amber glass bottle HCl to pH <2, Cool to
</= 6° C
7 days for extraction; 40 days for analysis
Cyanide 500 ml plastic bottle NaOH to pH>12 Cool to </= 6°
C
14 days
Alkalinity 125 ml plastic bottle Cool to </= 6° C 14 days
Nitrate 125 ml plastic bottle Cool to </= 6° C 48 hours
Phosphorus 125 ml plastic bottle H2SO4 to pH<2,
Cool to </= 6° C
28 days
Sulfate 125 ml plastic bottle Cool to </= 6° C 28 days
Oil and Grease 1 L amber glass bottle Cool to </= 6° C HCl to pH <2 28 days
TOC 125ml narrow mouth amber bottle Cool to </= 6° C
H2SO4 to pH<2,
28 days
Asbestos Resealable plastic bag or
glass/plastic jar
None None
Air TO-15 VOCs Summa Canister/Tedlar bag None 5 days (Tedlar); 14 days (Summa)
W

A

T

E

R
Table 3
Sample Container, Preservation and Holding Time Requirements
2-40 ml tared glass VOA vial with 5
grams of soil; NaH2SO4
+ 1 MeOH vial (25 grams of soil)
S

O

I

L
PROPOSED QAPP
Project No.: 203723752/05-Reports/delivs/2024/ PWPSC-QAPP
Table 4 Field and Lab QA/QC Sample Requirements
Table 4
Field and Lab QA/QC Sample Requirements
QC Sample Type Frequency of Sample/Analysis Details
Field Samples
Duplicate Samples
1 duplicate per 20 samples per matrix,
or 1 duplicate per sample matrix if
fewer than 20 samples
Duplicate sample to be collected by the same methods at the
same time as the original sample. Used to verify sample and
analytical reproducibility.
Equipment/Field
Blanks*
1 equipment blank per 20 samples,
minimum 1 equipment blank per day
per sample matrix
or
1 field blank per bottle lot used, or one
per site, whichever is more frequent
Distilled water placed into contact with sampling equipment.
Used to assess quality of data from field sampling and
decontamination procedures.
*If all disposable equipment/single use sampling equipment is
being used, then field blanks may be collected at a rate of 1
per bottle lot or per site, whichever is more frequent.
Trip Blanks
1 trip blank per cooler containing
samples for VOC analysis for water
samples
Laboratory prepared organic-free blank to assess potential
contamination during sample container shipment and storage,
for VOCs in water only.
1 trip blank per field sampling event, or
per lot of bottles for soils, whichever is
more frequent
For soil VOC samples preserved with methanol, one set of
preserved vials will be included to assess potential
contamination during sample container shipment and storage.
Lab Samples
Matrix Spike/
Matrix Spike
Duplicate
1 MS/MSD per 20 or fewer samples per
matrix in accordance with laboratory
SOP
Laboratory spiked sample to evaluate matrix and
measurement methodology.
Method Blanks
1 method blank per daily run of
samples prepared, or per laboratory
SOP
Laboratory blank sample to assess potential for contamination
from laboratory instruments or procedures.
Laboratory Control
Samples and
Duplicates
Analyzed as per method requirements
and laboratory SOPs Evaluates laboratory reproducibility.
Notes:
MS/MSD = matrix spike/matrix spike duplicate
QA = quality assurance
QA/QC = quality assurance/quality control
SOP(s) = standard operating procedure(s)
VOC = volatile organic compound
APPENDIX A
Pace Analytical Services, LLC Quality Assurance Manual
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Laurence Hayden Approved on 9/1/2022 1:01:26 PM
Robert Johnson Approved on 8/15/2022 4:06:20 PM
Elizabeth Turner Approved on 9/1/2022 7:55:17 PM
Rebecca King Approved on 9/2/2022 8:32:34 AM
Page 1 of 221
Title Page
Quality Manual
Pace Analytical Services, LLC
Prepared for:
ESC dba Pace® Analytical National Center for Testing and Innovation
12065 Lebanon Road
Mt. Juliet, TN 37122
Phone: [phone]
Parent Company: Pace® Analytical Services, LLC
Signatory Attestation: I attest the application of my electronic signature on this title page affirms my
management commitment and responsibility to uphold the requirements of the PAS Quality Management
System (QMS) described in this Quality Manual (manual) at each location for which this manual is prepared.
Refer to the Quality Manual Signatory Page to view the job title and physical address for each signatory.
12065 Lebanon Rd.created by: Chris Ward [e-mail]
Mt. Juliet, TN 37122 on: 5/20/2024 15:9 CST
CAS NO METHODREF PARM STORED UNITS MDL RDL SURR LOWER SURR UPPER DUP RPD LCS RPD LCS LOWER LCS UPPER MS RPD MS LOWER MS UPPER PS RPD PS LOWE PS UPPERSD RPD
SPCON 9050A SPECIFIC CONDUCTANCE umhos/cm 10 10 20 20 85 115
00010-29-7 9040C PH su 0.1 0.1 1 1 99 101
7727-37-9 353.2 NITRATE-NITRITE mg/l 0.05 0.1 20 20 90 110 20 90 110
7429-90-5 6020 ALUMINUM mg/l 0.0185 0.1 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7429-90-5 6020 ALUMINUM,DISSOLVED mg/l 0.0185 0.1 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7440-36-0 6020 ANTIMONY mg/l 0.00103 0.004 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7440-36-0 6020 ANTIMONY,DISSOLVED mg/l 0.00103 0.004 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7440-38-2 6020 ARSENIC mg/l 0.00018 0.002 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7440-38-2 6020 ARSENIC,DISSOLVED mg/l 0.00018 0.002 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7440-39-3 6020 BARIUM mg/l 0.000381 0.002 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7440-39-3 6020 BARIUM,DISSOLVED mg/l 0.000381 0.002 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7440-41-7 6020 BERYLLIUM mg/l 0.00019 0.002 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7440-41-7 6020 BERYLLIUM,DISSOLVED mg/l 0.00019 0.002 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7440-42-8 6020 BORON mg/l 0.00963 0.03 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7440-42-8 6020 BORON,DISSOLVED mg/l 0.00963 0.03 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7440-43-9 6020 CADMIUM mg/l 0.00015 0.001 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7440-43-9 6020 CADMIUM,DISSOLVED mg/l 0.00015 0.001 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7440-70-2 6020 CALCIUM mg/l 0.0936 1 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7440-70-2 6020 CALCIUM,DISSOLVED mg/l 0.0936 1 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7440-47-3 6020 CHROMIUM mg/l 0.00124 0.002 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7440-47-3 6020 CHROMIUM,DISSOLVED mg/l 0.00124 0.002 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7440-48-4 6020 COBALT mg/l 0.0000596 0.002 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7440-48-4 6020 COBALT,DISSOLVED mg/l 0.0000596 0.002 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7440-50-8 6020 COPPER mg/l 0.00151 0.005 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7440-50-8 6020 COPPER,DISSOLVED mg/l 0.00151 0.005 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7439-89-6 6020 IRON mg/l 0.0281 0.1 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7439-89-6 6020 IRON,DISSOLVED mg/l 0.0281 0.1 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
Pace Analytical - Parm List (Groundwater)
7439-92-1 6020 LEAD mg/l 0.000849 0.002 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7439-92-1 6020 LEAD,DISSOLVED mg/l 0.000849 0.002 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7439-93-2 6020 LITHIUM mg/l 0.000695 0.002 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7439-93-2 6020 LITHIUM,DISSOLVED mg/l 0.000695 0.002 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7439-95-4 6020 MAGNESIUM mg/l 0.0735 1 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7439-95-4 6020 MAGNESIUM,DISSOLVED mg/l 0.0735 1 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7439-96-5 6020 MANGANESE mg/l 0.000704 0.005 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7439-96-5 6020 MANGANESE,DISSOLVED mg/l 0.000704 0.005 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7439-98-7 6020 MOLYBDENUM mg/l 0.000348 0.005 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7439-98-7 6020 MOLYBDENUM,DISSOLVED mg/l 0.000348 0.005 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7440-02-0 6020 NICKEL mg/l 0.000816 0.002 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7440-02-0 6020 NICKEL,DISSOLVED mg/l 0.000816 0.002 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7440-09-7 6020 POTASSIUM mg/l 0.108 2 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7440-09-7 6020 POTASSIUM,DISSOLVED mg/l 0.108 2 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7782-49-2 6020 SELENIUM mg/l 0.0003 0.002 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7782-49-2 6020 SELENIUM,DISSOLVED mg/l 0.0003 0.002 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7440-22-4 6020 SILVER mg/l 0.00007 0.002 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7440-22-4 6020 SILVER,DISSOLVED mg/l 0.00007 0.002 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7440-23-5 6020 SODIUM mg/l 0.376 2 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7440-23-5 6020 SODIUM,DISSOLVED mg/l 0.376 2 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7440-24-6 6020 STRONTIUM mg/l 0.00059 0.01 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7440-24-6 6020 STRONTIUM,DISSOLVED mg/l 0.00059 0.01 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7440-28-0 6020 THALLIUM mg/l 0.000121 0.002 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7440-28-0 6020 THALLIUM,DISSOLVED mg/l 0.000121 0.002 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7440-29-1 6020 THORIUM mg/l 0.000499 0.01 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7440-29-1 6020 THORIUM,DISSOLVED mg/l 0.000499 0.01 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7440-31-5 6020 TIN mg/l 0.000655 0.002 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7440-31-5 6020 TIN,DISSOLVED mg/l 0.000655 0.002 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7440-32-6 6020 TITANIUM mg/l 0.00218 0.02 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7440-32-6 6020 TITANIUM,DISSOLVED mg/l 0.00218 0.02 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7440-61-1 6020 URANIUM mg/l 0.0000789 0.001 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7440-61-1 6020 URANIUM,DISSOLVED mg/l 0.0000789 0.001 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7440-62-2 6020 VANADIUM mg/l 0.000664 0.005 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
(Groundwater)
7440-62-2 6020 VANADIUM,DISSOLVED mg/l 0.000664 0.005 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7440-66-6 6020 ZINC mg/l 0.00302 0.025 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7440-66-6 6020 ZINC,DISSOLVED mg/l 0.00302 0.025 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 75 125 10
7439-97-6 7470A MERCURY mg/l 0.0001 0.0002 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 20 80 120 10
7439-97-6 7470A MERCURY,DISSOLVED mg/l 0.0001 0.0002 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 20 80 120 10
24959-67-9 9056A BROMIDE mg/l 0.353 1 15 15 80 120 15 80 120
14866-68-3 9056A CHLORATE mg/l 0.024 0.05 15 15 80 120 15 80 120
16887-00-6 9056A CHLORIDE mg/l 0.379 1 15 15 80 120 15 80 120
16984-48-8 9056A FLUORIDE mg/l 0.064 0.15 15 15 80 120 15 80 120
506-93-4 9056A GUANIDINE NITRATE mg/l 0.098 0.5 15 15 80 120 15 80 120
14797-55-8 9056A NITRATE mg/l 0.048 0.1 15 15 80 120 15 80 120
7727-37-9 9056A NITRATE-NITRITE mg/l 0.042 0.1 15 15 80 120 15 80 120
14797-65-0 9056A NITRITE mg/l 0.042 0.1 15 15 80 120 15 80 120
OPHOS 9056A PHOSPHATE,ORTHO mg/l 0.1
14808-79-8 9056A SULFATE mg/l 0.594 5 15 15 80 120 15 80 120
630-20-6 8260D 1,1,1,2-TETRACHLOROETHANE mg/l 0.000147 0.001 20 75 125 29 36 151
71-55-6 8260D 1,1,1-TRICHLOROETHANE mg/l 0.000149 0.001 20 73 124 28 23 160
79-34-5 8260D 1,1,2,2-TETRACHLOROETHANE mg/l 0.000133 0.001 20 65 130 28 33 150
79-00-5 8260D 1,1,2-TRICHLOROETHANE mg/l 0.000158 0.001 20 80 120 27 35 147
76-13-1 8260D 1,1,2-TRICHLOROTRIFLUOROETHAN mg/l 0.00018 0.001 20 69 132 30 23 160
75-34-3 8260D 1,1-DICHLOROETHANE mg/l 0.0001 0.001 20 70 126 27 25 158
75-35-4 8260D 1,1-DICHLOROETHENE mg/l 0.000188 0.001 20 71 124 29 11 160
563-58-6 8260D 1,1-DICHLOROPROPENE mg/l 0.000142 0.001 20 74 126 27 25 158
87-61-6 8260D 1,2,3-TRICHLOROBENZENE mg/l 0.00023 0.001 20 50 138 36 17 150
96-18-4 8260D 1,2,3-TRICHLOROPROPANE mg/l 0.000237 0.0025 20 73 130 29 34 151
526-73-8 8260D 1,2,3-TRIMETHYLBENZENE mg/l 0.000104 0.001 20 77 120 28 32 149
120-82-1 8260D 1,2,4-TRICHLOROBENZENE mg/l 0.000481 0.001 20 57 137 33 24 150
95-63-6 8260D 1,2,4-TRIMETHYLBENZENE mg/l 0.000322 0.001 20 76 121 27 26 154
96-12-8 8260D 1,2-DIBROMO-3-CHLOROPROPANE mg/l 0.000276 0.005 20 58 134 34 22 151
106-93-4 8260D 1,2-DIBROMOETHANE mg/l 0.000126 0.001 20 80 122 27 34 147
95-50-1 8260D 1,2-DICHLOROBENZENE mg/l 0.000107 0.001 20 79 121 28 34 149
107-06-2 8260D 1,2-DICHLOROETHANE mg/l 0.0000819 0.001 20 70 128 27 29 151
78-87-5 8260D 1,2-DICHLOROPROPANE mg/l 0.000149 0.001 20 77 125 27 30 156
(Groundwater)
108-67-8 8260D 1,3,5-TRIMETHYLBENZENE mg/l 0.000104 0.001 20 76 122 27 28 153
541-73-1 8260D 1,3-DICHLOROBENZENE mg/l 0.00011 0.001 20 79 120 27 36 146
142-28-9 8260D 1,3-DICHLOROPROPANE mg/l 0.00011 0.001 20 80 120 27 38 147
106-46-7 8260D 1,4-DICHLOROBENZENE mg/l 0.00012 0.001 20 79 120 27 35 142
594-20-7 8260D 2,2-DICHLOROPROPANE mg/l 0.000161 0.001 20 58 130 29 24 152
78-93-3 8260D 2-BUTANONE (MEK)mg/l 0.00119 0.01 20 44 160 32 10 160
95-49-8 8260D 2-CHLOROTOLUENE mg/l 0.000106 0.001 20 76 123 28 32 153
106-43-4 8260D 4-CHLOROTOLUENE mg/l 0.000114 0.001 20 75 122 28 32 150
108-10-1 8260D 4-METHYL-2-PENTANONE (MIBK)mg/l 0.000478 0.01 20 68 142 29 29 160
67-64-1 8260D ACETONE mg/l 0.0113 0.05 27 19 160 35 10 160
107-02-8 8260D ACROLEIN mg/l 0.00254 0.05 26 10 160 39 10 160
107-13-1 8260D ACRYLONITRILE mg/l 0.000671 0.01 20 55 149 32 21 160
71-43-2 8260D BENZENE mg/l 0.0000941 0.001 20 70 123 27 17 158
108-86-1 8260D BROMOBENZENE mg/l 0.000118 0.001 20 73 121 28 30 149
75-27-4 8260D BROMODICHLOROMETHANE mg/l 0.000136 0.001 20 75 120 27 31 150
75-25-2 8260D BROMOFORM mg/l 0.000129 0.001 20 68 132 29 29 150
74-83-9 8260D BROMOMETHANE mg/l 0.000605 0.005 25 10 160 38 10 160
56-23-5 8260D CARBON TETRACHLORIDE mg/l 0.000128 0.001 20 68 126 28 23 159
108-90-7 8260D CHLOROBENZENE mg/l 0.000116 0.001 20 80 121 27 33 152
124-48-1 8260D CHLORODIBROMOMETHANE mg/l 0.00014 0.001 20 77 125 27 37 149
75-00-3 8260D CHLOROETHANE mg/l 0.000192 0.005 20 47 150 30 10 160
67-66-3 8260D CHLOROFORM mg/l 0.000111 0.005 20 73 120 28 29 154
74-87-3 8260D CHLOROMETHANE mg/l 0.00096 0.0025 20 41 142 29 10 160
156-59-2 8260D CIS-1,2-DICHLOROETHENE mg/l 0.000126 0.001 20 73 120 27 10 160
10061-01-5 8260D CIS-1,3-DICHLOROPROPENE mg/l 0.000111 0.001 20 80 123 28 34 149
108-20-3 8260D DI-ISOPROPYL ETHER mg/l 0.000105 0.001 20 58 138 28 21 160
74-95-3 8260D DIBROMOMETHANE mg/l 0.000122 0.001 20 80 120 27 30 151
75-71-8 8260D DICHLORODIFLUOROMETHANE mg/l 0.000374 0.005 20 51 149 29 10 160
100-41-4 8260D ETHYLBENZENE mg/l 0.000137 0.001 20 79 123 27 30 155
87-68-3 8260D HEXACHLORO-1,3-BUTADIENE mg/l 0.000337 0.001 20 54 138 34 20 154
98-82-8 8260D ISOPROPYLBENZENE mg/l 0.000105 0.001 20 76 127 27 28 157
1634-04-4 8260D METHYL TERT-BUTYL ETHER mg/l 0.000101 0.001 20 68 125 29 28 150
75-09-2 8260D METHYLENE CHLORIDE mg/l 0.00043 0.005 20 67 120 28 23 144
(Groundwater)
104-51-8 8260D N-BUTYLBENZENE mg/l 0.000157 0.001 20 73 125 30 31 150
103-65-1 8260D N-PROPYLBENZENE mg/l 0.0000993 0.001 20 77 124 28 31 154
91-20-3 8260D NAPHTHALENE mg/l 0.001 0.005 20 54 135 35 12 156
99-87-6 8260D P-ISOPROPYLTOLUENE mg/l 0.00012 0.001 20 76 125 29 30 154
135-98-8 8260D SEC-BUTYLBENZENE mg/l 0.000125 0.001 20 75 125 29 33 155
100-42-5 8260D STYRENE mg/l 0.000118 0.001 20 73 130 28 33 155
98-06-6 8260D TERT-BUTYLBENZENE mg/l 0.000127 0.001 20 76 124 28 34 153
127-18-4 8260D TETRACHLOROETHENE mg/l 0.0003 0.001 20 72 132 27 10 160
108-88-3 8260D TOLUENE mg/l 0.000278 0.001 20 79 120 28 26 154
156-60-5 8260D TRANS-1,2-DICHLOROETHENE mg/l 0.000149 0.001 20 73 120 27 17 153
10061-02-6 8260D TRANS-1,3-DICHLOROPROPENE mg/l 0.000118 0.001 20 78 124 28 32 149
79-01-6 8260D TRICHLOROETHENE mg/l 0.00019 0.001 20 78 124 25 10 160
75-69-4 8260D TRICHLOROFLUOROMETHANE mg/l 0.00016 0.005 20 59 147 31 17 160
75-01-4 8260D VINYL CHLORIDE mg/l 0.000234 0.001 20 67 131 27 10 160
1330-20-7 8260D XYLENES, TOTAL mg/l 0.000174 0.003 20 79 123 28 29 154
17060-07-0 8260D 1,2-DICHLOROETHANE-D4 % Rec.70 130
460-00-4 8260D 4-BROMOFLUOROBENZENE % Rec.80 120
2037-26-5 8260D TOLUENE-D8 % Rec.80 120
DSOLIDS 2540 C-2011 DISSOLVED SOLIDS mg/l 10 10 10 10 85 115
120-82-1 8270D 1,2,4-TRICHLOROBENZENE mg/l 0.0000698 0.01 29 24 120 31 15 120
95-50-1 8270D 1,2-DICHLOROBENZENE mg/l 0.0000713 0.01 34 20 120 40 18 120
541-73-1 8270D 1,3-DICHLOROBENZENE mg/l 0.000132 0.01 35 17 120 40 15 120
106-46-7 8270D 1,4-DICHLOROBENZENE mg/l 0.0000942 0.01 34 18 120 40 17 120
108-60-1 8270D 2,2-OXYBIS(1-CHLOROPROPANE)mg/l 0.00021 0.01 31 28 120 34 18 120
88-06-2 8270D 2,4,6-TRICHLOROPHENOL mg/l 0.0001 0.01 23 42 120 31 26 120
120-83-2 8270D 2,4-DICHLOROPHENOL mg/l 0.000102 0.01 26 36 120 27 19 120
105-67-9 8270D 2,4-DIMETHYLPHENOL mg/l 0.0000636 0.01 26 33 120 28 15 120
51-28-5 8270D 2,4-DINITROPHENOL mg/l 0.00593 0.01 39 10 120 40 10 120
121-14-2 8270D 2,4-DINITROTOLUENE mg/l 0.0000983 0.01 20 49 124 25 39 125
606-20-2 8270D 2,6-DINITROTOLUENE mg/l 0.00025 0.01 21 46 120 27 36 120
91-58-7 8270D 2-CHLORONAPHTHALENE mg/l 0.0000648 0.001 25 37 120 28 29 120
95-57-8 8270D 2-CHLOROPHENOL mg/l 0.000133 0.01 35 25 120 34 18 120
88-75-5 8270D 2-NITROPHENOL mg/l 0.000117 0.01 29 31 120 30 20 120
(Groundwater)
91-94-1 8270D 3,3-DICHLOROBENZIDINE mg/l 0.000212 0.01 20 44 120 30 10 134
534-52-1 8270D 4,6-DINITRO-2-METHYLPHENOL mg/l 0.00112 0.01 25 38 138 39 10 144
101-55-3 8270D 4-BROMOPHENYL-PHENYLETHER mg/l 0.0000877 0.01 20 45 120 24 37 120
59-50-7 8270D 4-CHLORO-3-METHYLPHENOL mg/l 0.000131 0.01 21 40 120 27 26 120
7005-72-3 8270D 4-CHLOROPHENYL-PHENYLETHER mg/l 0.0000926 0.01 20 44 120 23 36 120
100-02-7 8270D 4-NITROPHENOL mg/l 0.000143 0.01 33 10 120 40 10 120
83-32-9 8270D ACENAPHTHENE mg/l 0.0000886 0.001 22 41 120 25 28 120
208-96-8 8270D ACENAPHTHYLENE mg/l 0.0000921 0.001 22 43 120 25 31 121
120-12-7 8270D ANTHRACENE mg/l 0.0000804 0.001 20 45 120 23 36 120
92-87-5 8270D BENZIDINE mg/l 0.00374 0.01 36 10 120 37 10 120
56-55-3 8270D BENZO(A)ANTHRACENE mg/l 0.000199 0.001 20 47 120 23 39 120
50-32-8 8270D BENZO(A)PYRENE mg/l 0.0000381 0.001 20 47 120 24 37 120
205-99-2 8270D BENZO(B)FLUORANTHENE mg/l 0.00013 0.001 20 46 120 23 37 120
191-24-2 8270D BENZO(G,H,I)PERYLENE mg/l 0.000121 0.001 20 48 121 25 37 123
207-08-9 8270D BENZO(K)FLUORANTHENE mg/l 0.00012 0.001 21 46 120 26 37 120
85-68-7 8270D BENZYLBUTYL PHTHALATE mg/l 0.000765 0.003 20 43 121 24 34 126
111-91-1 8270D BIS(2-CHLORETHOXY)METHANE mg/l 0.000116 0.01 24 33 120 31 17 120
111-44-4 8270D BIS(2-CHLOROETHYL)ETHER mg/l 0.000137 0.01 33 23 120 33 14 120
117-81-7 8270D BIS(2-ETHYLHEXYL)PHTHALATE mg/l 0.000895 0.003 20 43 122 25 33 126
218-01-9 8270D CHRYSENE mg/l 0.00013 0.001 20 48 120 23 38 120
84-74-2 8270D DI-N-BUTYL PHTHALATE mg/l 0.000453 0.003 20 49 121 23 35 128
117-84-0 8270D DI-N-OCTYL PHTHALATE mg/l 0.000932 0.003 20 42 125 26 25 135
53-70-3 8270D DIBENZ(A,H)ANTHRACENE mg/l 0.0000644 0.001 20 47 120 24 36 121
84-66-2 8270D DIETHYL PHTHALATE mg/l 0.000287 0.003 20 48 122 24 39 125
131-11-3 8270D DIMETHYL PHTHALATE mg/l 0.00026 0.003 20 48 120 24 37 120
206-44-0 8270D FLUORANTHENE mg/l 0.000102 0.001 20 51 120 22 41 121
86-73-7 8270D FLUORENE mg/l 0.0000844 0.001 20 47 120 24 37 120
87-68-3 8270D HEXACHLORO-1,3-BUTADIENE mg/l 0.0000968 0.01 32 19 120 34 12 120
118-74-1 8270D HEXACHLOROBENZENE mg/l 0.0000755 0.001 20 44 120 24 35 122
77-47-4 8270D HEXACHLOROCYCLOPENTADIENE mg/l 0.0000598 0.01 31 15 120 33 10 120
67-72-1 8270D HEXACHLOROETHANE mg/l 0.000127 0.01 37 15 120 40 10 120
193-39-5 8270D INDENO(1,2,3-CD)PYRENE mg/l 0.000279 0.001 20 49 122 24 38 125
78-59-1 8270D ISOPHORONE mg/l 0.000143 0.01 23 36 120 27 21 120
(Groundwater)
621-64-7 8270D N-NITROSODI-N-PROPYLAMINE mg/l 0.000261 0.01 28 31 120 30 16 120
62-75-9 8270D N-NITROSODIMETHYLAMINE mg/l 0.000998 0.01 40 10 120 40 10 120
86-30-6 8270D N-NITROSODIPHENYLAMINE mg/l 0.00237 0.01 20 47 120 24 37 120
91-20-3 8270D NAPHTHALENE mg/l 0.000159 0.001 27 27 120 31 10 120
98-95-3 8270D NITROBENZENE mg/l 0.000297 0.01 29 27 120 30 12 120
87-86-5 8270D PENTACHLOROPHENOL mg/l 0.000313 0.01 25 23 120 37 10 128
85-01-8 8270D PHENANTHRENE mg/l 0.000112 0.001 20 46 120 22 33 120
108-95-2 8270D PHENOL mg/l 0.00433 0.01 36 10 120 40 10 120
129-00-0 8270D PYRENE mg/l 0.000107 0.001 20 47 120 22 39 120
118-79-6 8270D 2,4,6-TRIBROMOPHENOL % Rec.10 153
321-60-8 8270D 2-FLUOROBIPHENYL % Rec.22 127
367-12-4 8270D 2-FLUOROPHENOL % Rec.10 120
4165-60-0 8270D NITROBENZENE-D5 % Rec.10 126
1718-51-0 8270D P-TERPHENYL-D14 % Rec.29 141
4165-62-2 8270D PHENOL-D5 % Rec.10 120
(Groundwater)
12065 Lebanon Rd.created by: Tony Gibson [e-mail]
Mt. Juliet, TN 37122 on: 4/8/2024 12:36 CST
CAS NO METHODREF PARM STORED UNITS MDL RDL DUP RPD LCS RPD LCS LOWER LCS UPPER
DSOLIDS 2540 C-2011 DISSOLVED SOLIDS mg/l 10 10 10 10 85 115
Pace Analytical - Parm List
Pace Analytical Services, LLC
Method Detection Limit and Reporting Limit
PFAS by Isotope Dilution
Analyte Acronym CAS#MDL (ng/L)PRL (ng/L)MDL (ng/Kg)PRL (ng/Kg)MDL (ng/Kg)PRL (ng/Kg)Lower Upper RPD Lower Upper RPD Lower Upper RPD
Perfluorobutanoic acid PFBA 375-22-4 0.280 2.00 30.4 100 92.0 250 73 129 30 71 135 30 60 140 30
Perfluoropentanoic acid PFPeA 2706-90-3 0.183 2.00 17.9 100 70.5 250 72 129 30 69 132 30 60 140 30
Hexafluoropropylene oxide dimer acid HFPO-DA 13252-13-6 0.252 2.00 17.5 100 70 140 30 70 140 30 30
Perfluorobutanesulfonic acid PFBS 375-73-5 0.203 1.77 12.9 89 77.0 221 72 130 30 72 128 30 60 140 30
Perfluorohexanoic acid PFHxA 307-24-4 0.378 2.00 14.4 100 66.1 250 72 129 30 70 132 30 60 140 30
Fluorotelomer sulphonic acid 4:2 4:2FTS 757124-72-4 0.363 1.87 12.5 94 46.0 234 63 143 30 62 145 30 60 140 30
Perfluoropentanesulfonic acid PFPeS 2706-91-4 0.256 1.88 11.4 94 50.4 235 71 127 30 73 123 30 60 140 30
Perfluoroheptanoic acid PFHpA 375-85-9 0.235 2.00 10.2 100 74.3 250 72 130 30 71 131 30 60 140 30
4,8-Dioxa-3H-perfluorononanoic acid ADONA 919005-14-4 0.320 1.89 10.9 95 76.5 236 70 140 30 70 140 30 60 140 30
Perfluorohexanesulfonic acid PFHxS 355-46-4 0.234 1.82 11.1 91 44.6 228 68 131 30 67 130 30 60 140 30
Perfluorooctanoic acid PFOA 335-67-1 0.267 2.00 12.2 100 78.7 250 71 133 30 69 133 30 60 140 30
Fluorotelomer sulphonic acid 6:2 6:2FTS 27619-97-2 0.571 1.90 20.2 95 98.0 480 64 140 30 64 140 30 60 140 30
Perfluoroheptanesulfonic acid PFHpS 375-92-8 0.630 1.90 23.9 95 55.4 238 69 134 30 70 132 30 60 140 30
Perfluorononanoic acid PFNA 375-95-1 0.209 2.00 18.2 100 62.8 250 69 130 30 72 129 30 60 140 30
Perfluorooctanesulfonamide PFOSAm 754-91-6 0.398 2.00 14.9 100 57.2 250 67 137 30 67 137 30 60 140 30
Perfluorooctanesulfonic acid PFOS 1763-23-1 0.510 1.85 43.3 93 74.0 231 65 140 30 68 136 30 60 140 30
N-methylperfluorooctane sulfomide N-MeFOSA 31506-32-8 0.625 2.00 36.0 100 44.4 250 68 141 30 70 140 30 60 140 30
Perfluorodecanoic acid PFDA 335-76-2 0.250 2.00 17.3 100 61.4 250 71 129 30 69 133 30 60 140 30
N-ethylperfluorooctane sulfomide N-EtFOSA 4151-50-2 0.455 2.00 22.9 100 87.2 250 70 140 30 70 140 30 60 140 30
Fluorotelomer sulphonic acid 8:2 8:2FTS 39108-34-4 0.789 1.93 40.3 97 110 241 67 138 30 65 137 30 60 140 30
9-Chlorohexadecafluoro-3-oxanonane-1-sulfonic acid 9Cl-PF3ONS 756426-58-1 0.353 1.86 18.1 93 76.5 233 70 140 30 70 140 30 60 140 30
Perfluorononanesulfonic acid PFNS 68259-12-1 0.474 1.92 27.6 96 90.1 240 69 127 30 69 125 30 60 140 30
Perfluoroundecanoic acid
PFUdA or
PFUnA 2058-94-8 0.639 2.00 33.7 100 71.5 250 69 133 30 64 136 30 60 140 30
N-methyl perfluorooctane sulfonamidoacetic acid N-MeFOSAA 2355-31-9 0.780 2.00 42.2 100 75.3 250 65 136 30 63 144 30 60 140 30
N-ethyl perfluorooctane sulfonamidoacetic acid N-EtFOSAA 2991-50-6 0.568 2.00 17.1 100 89.1 250 61 135 30 61 139 30 60 140 30
Perfluorodecanesulfonic acid PFDS 335-77-3 0.568 1.93 29.2 97 101 241 53 142 30 59 134 30 60 140 30
Perfluorododecanoic acid PFDoA 307-55-1 0.432 2.00 23.5 100 86.1 250 72 134 30 69 135 30 60 140 30
N-methylperfluorooctane sulfomidoethanol N-MeFOSE 24448-09-7 0.481 2.00 19.7 100 77.1 250 70 140 30 70 140 30 60 140 30
10:2 Fluorotelomer sulfonic acid 10:2 FTS 120226-60-0 0.874 1.93 25.3 97 63.1 241 70 140 30 70 140 30 60 140 30
N-ethylperfluorooctane sulfomidoethanol N-EtFOSE 1691-99-2 0.600 2.00 20.7 100 68.0 250 70 140 30 70 140 30 60 140 30
11-chloroeicosafluoro-3-oxaundecane-1-sulfonic acid 11CI-PF3OUdS 763051-92-9 0.406 1.88 17.3 94 44.0 235 70 140 30 70 140 30 60 140 30
Perfluorotridecanoic acid PFTrDA 72629-94-8 0.282 2.00 21.4 100 65.8 250 65 144 30 66 139 30 60 140 30
Perfluorododecanesulfonic acid PFDoS 79780-39-5 0.533 1.94 23.8 97 87.7 243 60 140 30 60 140 30 60 140 30
Perfluorotetradecanoic acid PFTeDA 376-06-7 0.361 2.00 15.6 100 55.2 250 71 132 30 69 133 30 60 140 30
Perfluorohexadecanoic acid PFHxDA 67905-19-5 0.318 2.00 14.5 100 43.1 250 70 140 30 70 140 30 60 140 30
Perfluorooctadecanoic acid PFODA 16517-11-6 0.633 2.00 37.1 100 73.6 250 60 140 30 60 140 30 60 140 30
Extracted Internal Standard Lower Upper Lower Upper
Perfluoro-n-[13C4]butanoic acid 13C4_PFBA 50 150 50 150
Perfluoro-n-[13C5]pentanoic acid 13C5_PFPeA 50 150 50 150
Perfluoro-n-[2,3,4-13C3]butanesulfonic acid 13C3_PFBS 50 150 50 150
Fluorotelomer-n-[1,2-13C2] sulphonic acid 4:2 13C2_4:2FTS 50 150 50 150
Perfluoro-n-[1,2,3,4,6-13C5]hexanoic acid 13C5_PFHxA 50 150 50 150
Perfluoro-n-[1,2,3,4-13C4]heptanoic acid 13C4_PFHpA 50 150 50 150
Perfluoro-n-[1,2,3-13C3]hexanesulfonic acid 13C3_PFHxS 50 150 50 150
Fluorotelomer-n-[1,2-13C2] sulphonic acid 6:2 13C2_6:2FTS 50 150 50 150
Perfluoro-n-[13C8]octanoic acid 13C8_PFOA 50 150 50 150
Perfluoro-n-[13C9]nonanoic acid 13C9_PFNA 50 150 50 150
Perfluoro-n-[1,2-13C8]octanesulfonic acid 13C8_PFOS 50 150 50 150
Fluorotelomer-n-[1,2-13C2] sulphonic acid 8:2 13C2_8:2FTS 50 150 50 150
Perfluoro-n-[1,2,3,4,5,6-13C6]decanoic acid 13C6_PFDA 50 150 50 150
N-methyl-d3-perfluoro-1- perfluorooctane
sulfonamidoacetic acid d3-MeFOSAA 50 150 50 150
Perfluoro-n-[13C8]octanesulfonamide 13C8_FOSA 50 150 50 150
Water Control limits
NOTE:
Pace-Minneapolis is TNI/NELAC
certified through Oregon-
primary certification, MN300001,
by method "ENV-SOP-MIN4-
0178".
Tissue
Tissue limits
Tissue Control limits
Associated SOP = ENV-SOP-
MIN4-0178, most current revison.
Soil Control limits
Water & Soil limits
Water Soil
KL 4/16/24
Pace Analytical Services, LLC
1700 Elm Street SE, Suite 200 Minneapolis, MN 55414
612-607-1700
www.pacelabs.com
Pace Analytical Services, LLC
Method Detection Limit and Reporting Limit
PFAS by Isotope Dilution
N-ethyl-d5-perfluoro-1-octanesulfonamidoacetic acid d5-EtFOSAA 50 150 50 150
Perfluoro-n-[1,2,3,4,5,6,7-13C7]undecanoic acid 13C7_PFUdA 50 150 50 150
Perfluoro-n-[1,2-13C2]dodecanoic acid 13C2_PFDoA 50 150 50 150
Perfluoro-n-[1,2-13C2]tetradecanoic acid 13C2_PFTeDA 50 150 50 150
2,3,3,3-Tetrafluoro-2-(1,1,2,2,3,3,3-heptafluoropropoxy)-
13C3-propanoic acid 13C3_HFPO-DA 50 150 25 150
Perfluoro-n-[1,2-13C2]hexadecanoic acid 13C2_PFHxDA 50 150 25 150
2-(N-methyl-d3-perfluoro-1-octanesulfonamido)ethan-d4-
ol d7-N-MeFOSE 10 150 10 150
2-(N-ethyl-d5-perfluoro-1-octanesulfonamido)ethan-d4-
ol d9-N-EtFOSE 10 150 10 150
N-methyl-d3-perfluoro-1-octanesulfonamide d3-N-MeFOSA 10 150 10 150
N-ethyl-d5-perfluoro-1-octanesulfonamide d5-N-EtFOSA 10 150 10 150
KL 4/16/24
Pace Analytical Services, LLC
1700 Elm Street SE, Suite 200 Minneapolis, MN 55414
612-607-1700
www.pacelabs.com
List Details Type Seq Method Ref.Parm Stored.Units RDL MDL TV LO 1 HI 1 LO 2 HI 2 RPD1 RPD2 Parm Syn.REPL_ID MAND_FLAG SIG_FIGS MDLUNITS MDLSIGFIGS RDLUNITS RDLSIGFIGST CIENT_RL1 T_RL2
[LJ2621869] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass DUP 100 9056A BROMIDE mg/l 1 0.353 15 Bromide N 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.5
[LJ2621869] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass LCS 190 9056A BROMIDE mg/l 1 0.353 40 80 120 15 Bromide N 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.5
[LJ2621869] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass MS 270 9056A BROMIDE mg/l 1 0.353 40 80 120 15 Bromide N 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.5
[LJ2621869] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 10 9056A BROMIDE mg/l 1 0.353 Bromide N 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.5
[LJ2621869] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass DUP 390 9056A CHLORATE mg/l 0.05 0.024 15 Chlorate N 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.025
[LJ2621869] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass LCS 370 9056A CHLORATE mg/l 0.05 0.024 5 80 120 15 Chlorate N 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.025
[LJ2621869] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass MS 380 9056A CHLORATE mg/l 0.05 0.024 5 80 120 15 Chlorate N 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.025
[LJ2621869] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 360 9056A CHLORATE mg/l 0.05 0.024 Chlorate N 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.025
[LJ2621869] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass DUP 110 9056A CHLORIDE mg/l 1 0.379 15 Chloride N 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.5
[LJ2621869] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass LCS 200 9056A CHLORIDE mg/l 1 0.379 40 80 120 15 Chloride N 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.5
[LJ2621869] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass MS 280 9056A CHLORIDE mg/l 1 0.379 40 80 120 15 Chloride N 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.5
[LJ2621869] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 20 9056A CHLORIDE mg/l 1 0.379 Chloride N 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.5
[LJ2621869] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass DUP 120 9056A FLUORIDE mg/l 0.15 0.064 15 Fluoride N 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.075
[LJ2621869] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass LCS 210 9056A FLUORIDE mg/l 0.15 0.064 8 80 120 15 Fluoride N 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.075
[LJ2621869] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass MS 290 9056A FLUORIDE mg/l 0.15 0.064 8 80 120 15 Fluoride N 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.075
[LJ2621869] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 30 9056A FLUORIDE mg/l 0.15 0.064 Fluoride N 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.075
[LJ2621869] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass DUP 130 9056A NITRATE mg/l 0.1 0.048 15 Nitrate N 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.05
[LJ2621869] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass LCS 220 9056A NITRATE mg/l 0.1 0.048 8 80 120 15 Nitrate N 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.05
[LJ2621869] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass MS 300 9056A NITRATE mg/l 0.1 0.048 8 80 120 15 Nitrate N 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.05
[LJ2621869] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 40 9056A NITRATE mg/l 0.1 0.048 Nitrate N 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.05
[LJ2621869] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass DUP 150 9056A NITRATE-NITRITE mg/l 0.1 0.042 15 Nitrate-Nitrite N 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.05
[LJ2621869] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass LCS 235 9056A NITRATE-NITRITE mg/l 0.1 0.042 16 80 120 15 Nitrate-Nitrite N 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.05
[LJ2621869] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass MS 320 9056A NITRATE-NITRITE mg/l 0.1 0.042 16 80 120 15 Nitrate-Nitrite N 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.05
[LJ2621869] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 60 9056A NITRATE-NITRITE mg/l 0.1 0.042 Nitrate-Nitrite N 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.05
[LJ2621869] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass DUP 140 9056A NITRITE mg/l 0.1 0.042 15 Nitrite N 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.05
[LJ2621869] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass LCS 230 9056A NITRITE mg/l 0.1 0.042 8 80 120 15 Nitrite N 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.05
[LJ2621869] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass MS 310 9056A NITRITE mg/l 0.1 0.042 8 80 120 15 Nitrite N 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.05
[LJ2621869] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 50 9056A NITRITE mg/l 0.1 0.042 Nitrite N 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.05
[LJ2621869] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass DUP 160 9056A SULFATE mg/l 5 0.594 15 Sulfate N 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 2.5
[LJ2621869] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass LCS 240 9056A SULFATE mg/l 5 0.594 40 80 120 15 Sulfate N 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 2.5
[LJ2621869] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass MS 330 9056A SULFATE mg/l 5 0.594 40 80 120 15 Sulfate N 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 2.5
[LJ2621869] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 70 9056A SULFATE mg/l 5 0.594 Sulfate N 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 2.5
[LJ2621869] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass LCS 250 9056MOD GUANIDINE NITRATE mg/l 0.5 0.098 10 80 120 15 Guanidine Nitrate N 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3
[LJ2621869] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass LCS 260 314.0 Mod PERCHLORATE mg/l 0 3E-04 0 90 110 15 Perchlorate N 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3
[LJ2621869] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass DUP 170 9056MOD GUANIDINE NITRATE mg/l 0.5 0.098 15 Guanidine Nitrate N 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3
[LJ2621869] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass MS 350 314.0 Mod PERCHLORATE mg/l 0 3E-04 0 80 120 15 Perchlorate N 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3
[LJ2621869] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass MS 340 9056MOD GUANIDINE NITRATE mg/l 0.5 0.098 10 80 120 15 Guanidine Nitrate N 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3
[LJ2621869] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 80 9056MOD GUANIDINE NITRATE mg/l 0.5 0.098 Guanidine Nitrate N 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3
[LJ2621869] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 90 314.0 Mod PERCHLORATE mg/l 0 3E-04 Perchlorate N 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3
[LJ2621869] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass DUP 180 314.0 Mod PERCHLORATE mg/l 0 3E-04 15 Perchlorate N 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3
List Details Type Seq Method Ref.Parm Stored.Units RDL MDL Parm Syn.LMAND_FLAGV SIG_FIGS MDLUNITS MDLSIGFIGS RDLUNITS RDLSIGFIGST CIENT_RL1 CIENT_RL2
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 10 6020 ALUMINUM mg/l 0.1 0.0185 Aluminum Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.075
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 12.5 6020 ALUMINUM,DISSOLVED mg/l 0.1 0.0185 Aluminum,Dissolved Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.075
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 15 6020 ANTIMONY mg/l 0 0.00103 Antimony Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.002
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 20 6020 ANTIMONY,DISSOLVED mg/l 0 0.00103 Antimony,Dissolved Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.002
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 30 6020 ARSENIC mg/l 0 0.00018 Arsenic Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.001
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 40 6020 ARSENIC,DISSOLVED mg/l 0 0.00018 Arsenic,Dissolved Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.001
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 50 6020 BARIUM mg/l 0 0.00038 Barium Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.001
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 60 6020 BARIUM,DISSOLVED mg/l 0 0.00038 Barium,Dissolved Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.001
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 70 6020 BERYLLIUM mg/l 0 0.00019 Beryllium Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.001
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 80 6020 BERYLLIUM,DISSOLVED mg/l 0 0.00019 Beryllium,Dissolved Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.001
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 85 6020 BORON mg/l 0.03 0.00963 Boron Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.02
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 87.5 6020 BORON,DISSOLVED mg/l 0.03 0.00963 Boron,Dissolved Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.02
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 90 6020 CADMIUM mg/l 0 0.00015 Cadmium Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.0005
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 100 6020 CADMIUM,DISSOLVED mg/l 0 0.00015 Cadmium,Dissolved Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.0005
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 105 6020 CALCIUM mg/l 1 0.0936 Calcium Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.5
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 107.5 6020 CALCIUM,DISSOLVED mg/l 1 0.0936 Calcium,Dissolved Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.5
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 110 6020 CHROMIUM mg/l 0 0.00124 Chromium Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.002
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 120 6020 CHROMIUM,DISSOLVED mg/l 0 0.00124 Chromium,Dissolved Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.002
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 150 6020 COBALT mg/l 0 6E-05 Cobalt Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.001
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 160 6020 COBALT,DISSOLVED mg/l 0 6E-05 Cobalt,Dissolved Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.001
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 130 6020 COPPER mg/l 0.01 0.00151 Copper Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.0025
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 140 6020 COPPER,DISSOLVED mg/l 0.01 0.00151 Copper,Dissolved Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.0025
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 170 6020 IRON mg/l 0.1 0.0281 Iron Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.05
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 180 6020 IRON,DISSOLVED mg/l 0.1 0.0281 Iron,Dissolved Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.05
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 190 6020 LEAD mg/l 0 0.00085 Lead Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.0025
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 200 6020 LEAD,DISSOLVED mg/l 0 0.00085 Lead,Dissolved Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.0025
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 390 6020 LITHIUM mg/l 0 0.0007 Lithium Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.001
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 400 6020 LITHIUM,DISSOLVED mg/l 0 0.0007 Lithium,Dissolved N 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.001
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 205 6020 MAGNESIUM mg/l 1 0.0735 Magnesium Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.5
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 207.5 6020 MAGNESIUM,DISSOLVED mg/l 1 0.0735 Magnesium,Dissolved Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.5
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 210 6020 MANGANESE mg/l 0.01 0.0007 Manganese Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.0025
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 220 6020 MANGANESE,DISSOLVED mg/l 0.01 0.0007 Manganese,Dissolved Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.0025
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 230 6020 MOLYBDENUM mg/l 0.01 0.00035 Molybdenum Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.0025
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 240 6020 MOLYBDENUM,DISSOLVEDmg/l 0.01 0.00035 Molybdenum,Dissolved Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.0025
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 250 6020 NICKEL mg/l 0 0.00082 Nickel Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.001
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 260 6020 NICKEL,DISSOLVED mg/l 0 0.00082 Nickel,Dissolved Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.001
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 265 6020 POTASSIUM mg/l 2 0.108 Potassium Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 1
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 267.5 6020 POTASSIUM,DISSOLVED mg/l 2 0.108 Potassium,Dissolved Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 1
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 270 6020 SELENIUM mg/l 0 0.0003 Selenium Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.001
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 280 6020 SELENIUM,DISSOLVED mg/l 0 0.0003 Selenium,Dissolved Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.001
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 290 6020 SILVER mg/l 0 0.00007 Silver Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.001
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 300 6020 SILVER,DISSOLVED mg/l 0 0.00007 Silver,Dissolved Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.001
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 305 6020 SODIUM mg/l 2 0.376 Sodium Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 1
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 307.5 6020 SODIUM,DISSOLVED mg/l 2 0.376 Sodium,Dissolved Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 1
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 308.75 6020 STRONTIUM mg/l 0.01 0.00059 Strontium Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.005
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 309.38 6020 STRONTIUM,DISSOLVED mg/l 0.01 0.00059 Strontium,Dissolved Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.005
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 310 6020 THALLIUM mg/l 0 0.00012 Thallium Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.001
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 320 6020 THALLIUM,DISSOLVED mg/l 0 0.00012 Thallium,Dissolved Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.001
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 325 6020 THORIUM mg/l 0.01 0.0005 Thorium Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.005
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 327.5 6020 THORIUM,DISSOLVED mg/l 0.01 0.0005 Thorium,Dissolved Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.005
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 330 6020 TIN mg/l 0 0.00066 Tin Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.001
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 340 6020 TIN,DISSOLVED mg/l 0 0.00066 Tin,Dissolved Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.001
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 345 6020 TITANIUM mg/l 0.02 0.00218 Titanium Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.01
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 347.5 6020 TITANIUM,DISSOLVED mg/l 0.02 0.00218 Titanium,Dissolved Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.01
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 348.75 6020 URANIUM mg/l 0 7.9E-05 Uranium Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.0005
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 349.38 6020 URANIUM,DISSOLVED mg/l 0 7.9E-05 Uranium,Dissolved Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.0005
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 350 6020 VANADIUM mg/l 0.01 0.00066 Vanadium Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.0025
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 360 6020 VANADIUM,DISSOLVED mg/l 0.01 0.00066 Vanadium,Dissolved Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.0025
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 370 6020 ZINC mg/l 0.03 0.00302 Zinc Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.0125
[LJ2547882] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass REG 380 6020 ZINC,DISSOLVED mg/l 0.03 0.00302 Zinc,Dissolved Y 3 mg/l 3 mg/l 3 0.0125
12065 Lebanon Rd.created by: Tony [e-mail]
Mt. Juliet, TN 37122 on: 6/6/2024 20:53 CST
CAS NO METHODREF PARM STORED UNITS MDL RDL DUP RPD LCS RPD LCS LOWER LCS UPPER MS RPD MS LOWER MS UPPER PS RPD PS LOWER PS UPPER SD RPD
7429-90-5 6010B ALUMINUM mg/kg 6.08 20 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 20 80 120 10
7440-36-0 6010B ANTIMONY mg/kg 0.544 2 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 20 80 120 10
7440-38-2 6010B ARSENIC mg/kg 0.518 2 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 20 80 120 10
7440-39-3 6010B BARIUM mg/kg 0.0852 0.5 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 20 80 120 10
7440-41-7 6010B BERYLLIUM mg/kg 0.0315 0.2 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 20 80 120 10
7440-42-8 6010B BORON mg/kg 1.67 20 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 20 80 120 10
7440-43-9 6010B CADMIUM mg/kg 0.0471 0.5 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 20 80 120 10
7440-70-2 6010B CALCIUM mg/kg 10.6 100 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 20 80 120 10
7440-47-3 6010B CHROMIUM mg/kg 0.133 1 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 20 80 120 10
7440-48-4 6010B COBALT mg/kg 0.0811 1 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 20 80 120 10
7440-50-8 6010B COPPER mg/kg 0.4 2 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 20 80 120 10
7440-56-4 6010B GERMANIUM mg/kg
7440-57-5 6010B GOLD mg/kg 0.5
7439-89-6 6010B IRON mg/kg 2.24 10 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 20 80 120 10
7439-92-1 6010B LEAD mg/kg 0.208 0.5 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 20 80 120 10
7439-93-2 6010B LITHIUM mg/kg 0.542 5 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 20 80 120 10
7439-95-4 6010B MAGNESIUM mg/kg 7.38 100 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 20 80 120 10
7439-96-5 6010B MANGANESE mg/kg 0.133 1 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 20 80 120 10
7439-98-7 6010B MOLYBDENUM mg/kg 0.109 0.5 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 20 80 120 10
7440-02-0 6010B NICKEL mg/kg 0.132 2 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 20 80 120 10
7440-03-1 6010B NIOBIUM mg/kg 2
7723-14-0 6010B PHOSPHORUS mg/kg 1.86 100 20 80 120 20 75 130 80 120 10
7440-09-7 6010B POTASSIUM mg/kg 20.9 100 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 20 80 120 10
7782-49-2 6010B SELENIUM mg/kg 0.764 2 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 20 80 120 10
7440-21-3 6010B SILICON mg/kg 4.69 20 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 20 80 120 10
7440-22-4 6010B SILVER mg/kg 0.127 1 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 20 80 120 10
7440-23-5 6010B SODIUM mg/kg 41.2 100 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 20 80 120 10
Pace Analytical - Parm List (SOIL)
7440-24-6 6010B STRONTIUM mg/kg 0.0676 1 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 20 80 120 10
7704-34-9 6010B SULFUR mg/kg 13.5 100 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 20 80 120 10
7440-28-0 6010B THALLIUM mg/kg 0.394 2 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 20 80 120 10
7440-31-5 6010B TIN mg/kg 1.85 5 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 20 80 120 10
7440-32-6 6010B TITANIUM mg/kg 0.378 5 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 20 80 120 10
7440-61-1 6010B URANIUM mg/kg
7440-62-2 6010B VANADIUM mg/kg 0.506 2 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 20 80 120 10
7440-66-6 6010B ZINC mg/kg 0.832 5 20 20 80 120 20 75 125 20 80 120 10
(SOIL)
List Details Type Seq Method Ref.Parm Stored.Units RDL MDL Parm Syn.MAND_FLAG SIG_FIGS MDLUNITS MDLSIGFIGS RDLUNITS RDLSIGFIGS CIENT_RL1 CIENT_RL2
[LJ2478744] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass: )REG 10 6020 ALUMINUM mg/kg 10 1.38 Aluminum Y 3 mg/kg 3 mg/kg 3 7.5 10
[LJ2478744] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass: )REG 15 6020 ANTIMONY mg/kg 0.6 0.0332 Antimony Y 3 mg/kg 3 mg/kg 3 0.5 0.1
[LJ2478744] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass: )REG 20 6020 ARSENIC mg/kg 0.2 0.02 Arsenic Y 3 mg/kg 3 mg/kg 3 0.1 0.1
[LJ2478744] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass: )REG 21 6020 BARIUM mg/kg 0.5 0.0304 Barium Y 3 mg/kg 3 mg/kg 3 0.25 0.2
[LJ2478744] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass: )REG 25 6020 BERYLLIUM mg/kg 0.5 0.0276 Beryllium Y 3 mg/kg 3 mg/kg 3 0.25 0.1
[LJ2478744] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass: )REG 27.5 6020 BORON mg/kg 10 1.38 Boron Y 3 mg/kg 3 mg/kg 3 7.5 2
[LJ2478744] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass: )REG 30 6020 CADMIUM mg/kg 0.2 0.0171 Cadmium Y 3 mg/kg 3 mg/kg 3 0.1 0.1
[LJ2478744] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass: )REG 35 6020 CALCIUM mg/kg 100 15.1 Calcium Y 3 mg/kg 3 mg/kg 3 50 100
[LJ2478744] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass: )REG 40 6020 CHROMIUM mg/kg 1 0.0593 Chromium Y 3 mg/kg 3 mg/kg 3 0.5 0.2
[LJ2478744] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass: )REG 50 6020 COBALT mg/kg 0.2 0.00925 Cobalt Y 3 mg/kg 3 mg/kg 3 0.1 0.1
[LJ2478744] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass: )REG 60 6020 COPPER mg/kg 1 0.0265 Copper Y 3 mg/kg 3 mg/kg 3 0.5 0.2
[LJ2478744] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass: )REG 65 6020 IRON mg/kg 10 1.79 Iron Y 3 mg/kg 3 mg/kg 3 10 10
[LJ2478744] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass: )REG 70 6020 LEAD mg/kg 0.4 0.0198 Lead Y 3 mg/kg 3 mg/kg 3 0.2 0.1
[LJ2478744] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass: )REG 140 6020 LITHIUM mg/kg 0.3 0.0409 Lithium Y 3 mg/kg 3 mg/kg 3 0.15 0.1
[LJ2478744] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass: )REG 70.5 6020 MAGNESIUM mg/kg 100 9.18 Magnesium Y 3 mg/kg 3 mg/kg 3 50 100
[LJ2478744] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass: )REG 71 6020 MANGANESE mg/kg 0.5 0.0537 Manganese Y 3 mg/kg 3 mg/kg 3 0.25 0.2
[LJ2478744] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass: )REG 72 6020 MOLYBDENUM mg/kg 0.5 0.0202 Molybdenum Y 3 mg/kg 3 mg/kg 3 0.25 0.2
[LJ2478744] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass: )REG 80 6020 NICKEL mg/kg 0.5 0.0394 Nickel Y 3 mg/kg 3 mg/kg 3 0.25 0.1
[LJ2478744] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass: )REG 85 6020 POTASSIUM mg/kg 100 13.6 Potassium Y 3 mg/kg 3 mg/kg 3 50 100
[LJ2478744] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass: )REG 90 6020 SELENIUM mg/kg 0.5 0.0359 Selenium Y 3 mg/kg 3 mg/kg 3 0.25 0.1
[LJ2478744] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass: )REG 100 6020 SILVER mg/kg 0.1 0.0173 Silver Y 3 mg/kg 3 mg/kg 3 0.05 0.1
[LJ2478744] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass: )REG 105 6020 SODIUM mg/kg 100 15.3 Sodium Y 3 mg/kg 3 mg/kg 3 75 100
[LJ2478744] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass: )REG 108 6020 STRONTIUM mg/kg 1 0.114 Strontium Y 3 mg/kg 3 mg/kg 3 0.5 1
[LJ2478744] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass: )REG 110 6020 THALLIUM mg/kg 0.4 0.013 Thallium Y 3 mg/kg 3 mg/kg 3 0.2 0.1
[LJ2478744] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass: )REG 115 6020 THORIUM mg/kg 5 0.103 Thorium Y 3 mg/kg 3 mg/kg 3 2.5 1
[LJ2478744] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass: )REG 120 6020 TIN mg/kg 2 0.323 Tin Y 3 mg/kg 3 mg/kg 3 1 0.1
[LJ2478744] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass: )REG 121 6020 TITANIUM mg/kg 1 0.147 Titanium Y 3 mg/kg 3 mg/kg 3 0.5 1
[LJ2478744] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass: )REG 122 6020 URANIUM mg/kg 3 0.00955 Uranium Y 3 mg/kg 3 mg/kg 3 1.5 1
[LJ2478744] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass: )REG 122 6020 VANADIUM mg/kg 0.5 0.0374 Vanadium Y 3 mg/kg 3 mg/kg 3 0.25 0.2
[LJ2478744] Prod: Matrix: ( Listtype: MatClass: )REG 130 6020 ZINC mg/kg 5 0.148 Zinc Y 3 mg/kg 3 mg/kg 3 2.5 1
(SOIL)
12065 Lebanon Rd.created by: Tony Gibson [e-mail]
Mt. Juliet, TN 3712 on: 6/6/2024 20:31 CST
CAS NO METHODREF PARM STORED UNITS MDL RDL SURR LOWER SURR UPPER LCS RPD LCS LOWER LCS UPPER MS RPD MS LOWER MS UPPER
630-20-6 8260B 1,1,1,2-TETRACHLOROETHANE mg/kg 0.000948 0.0025 20 74 129 39 10 149
71-55-6 8260B 1,1,1-TRICHLOROETHANE mg/kg 0.000923 0.0025 20 69 126 35 10 144
79-34-5 8260B 1,1,2,2-TETRACHLOROETHANE mg/kg 0.000695 0.0025 20 68 128 35 10 160
79-00-5 8260B 1,1,2-TRICHLOROETHANE mg/kg 0.000597 0.0025 20 78 123 35 10 160
76-13-1 8260B 1,1,2-TRICHLOROTRIFLUOROETHANE mg/kg 0.000754 0.0025 20 61 139 36 10 160
75-34-3 8260B 1,1-DICHLOROETHANE mg/kg 0.000491 0.0025 20 70 127 37 10 147
75-35-4 8260B 1,1-DICHLOROETHENE mg/kg 0.000606 0.0025 20 65 131 37 10 155
563-58-6 8260B 1,1-DICHLOROPROPENE mg/kg 0.000809 0.0025 20 73 125 35 10 153
87-61-6 8260B 1,2,3-TRICHLOROBENZENE mg/kg 0.00733 0.0125 20 59 139 40 10 160
96-18-4 8260B 1,2,3-TRICHLOROPROPANE mg/kg 0.00162 0.0125 20 67 129 35 10 156
526-73-8 8260B 1,2,3-TRIMETHYLBENZENE mg/kg 0.00158 0.005 20 74 124 36 10 160
120-82-1 8260B 1,2,4-TRICHLOROBENZENE mg/kg 0.0044 0.0125 20 62 137 40 10 160
95-63-6 8260B 1,2,4-TRIMETHYLBENZENE mg/kg 0.00158 0.005 20 70 126 36 10 160
96-12-8 8260B 1,2-DIBROMO-3-CHLOROPROPANE mg/kg 0.0039 0.025 20 59 130 39 10 151
106-93-4 8260B 1,2-DIBROMOETHANE mg/kg 0.000648 0.0025 20 74 128 34 10 148
95-50-1 8260B 1,2-DICHLOROBENZENE mg/kg 0.000425 0.005 20 76 124 37 10 155
107-06-2 8260B 1,2-DICHLOROETHANE mg/kg 0.000649 0.0025 20 65 131 35 10 148
78-87-5 8260B 1,2-DICHLOROPROPANE mg/kg 0.00142 0.005 20 74 125 37 10 148
108-67-8 8260B 1,3,5-TRIMETHYLBENZENE mg/kg 0.002 0.005 20 73 127 38 10 160
541-73-1 8260B 1,3-DICHLOROBENZENE mg/kg 0.0006 0.005 20 76 125 38 10 153
142-28-9 8260B 1,3-DICHLOROPROPANE mg/kg 0.000501 0.005 20 80 125 35 10 154
106-46-7 8260B 1,4-DICHLOROBENZENE mg/kg 0.0007 0.005 20 77 121 38 10 151
594-20-7 8260B 2,2-DICHLOROPROPANE mg/kg 0.00138 0.0025 20 59 135 36 10 138
78-93-3 8260B 2-BUTANONE (MEK)mg/kg 0.0635 0.1 24 30 160 40 10 160
95-49-8 8260B 2-CHLOROTOLUENE mg/kg 0.000865 0.0025 20 75 124 38 10 159
106-43-4 8260B 4-CHLOROTOLUENE mg/kg 0.00045 0.005 20 75 124 39 10 155
108-10-1 8260B 4-METHYL-2-PENTANONE (MIBK)mg/kg 0.00228 0.025 20 56 143 35 10 160
Pace Analytical - Parm List
67-64-1 8260B ACETONE mg/kg 0.0365 0.05 31 10 160 40 10 160
107-13-1 8260B ACRYLONITRILE mg/kg 0.00361 0.0125 22 45 153 40 10 160
71-43-2 8260B BENZENE mg/kg 0.000467 0.001 20 70 123 37 10 149
108-86-1 8260B BROMOBENZENE mg/kg 0.0009 0.0125 20 73 121 38 10 156
75-27-4 8260B BROMODICHLOROMETHANE mg/kg 0.000725 0.0025 20 73 121 37 10 143
75-25-2 8260B BROMOFORM mg/kg 0.00117 0.025 20 64 132 36 10 146
74-83-9 8260B BROMOMETHANE mg/kg 0.00197 0.0125 20 56 147 38 10 149
56-23-5 8260B CARBON TETRACHLORIDE mg/kg 0.000898 0.005 20 66 128 37 10 145
108-90-7 8260B CHLOROBENZENE mg/kg 0.00021 0.0025 20 76 128 39 10 152
124-48-1 8260B CHLORODIBROMOMETHANE mg/kg 0.000612 0.0025 20 74 127 37 10 146
75-00-3 8260B CHLOROETHANE mg/kg 0.0017 0.005 20 61 134 40 10 146
67-66-3 8260B CHLOROFORM mg/kg 0.00103 0.0025 20 72 123 37 10 146
74-87-3 8260B CHLOROMETHANE mg/kg 0.00435 0.0125 20 51 138 37 10 159
156-59-2 8260B CIS-1,2-DICHLOROETHENE mg/kg 0.000734 0.0025 20 73 125 37 10 149
10061-01-5 8260B CIS-1,3-DICHLOROPROPENE mg/kg 0.000757 0.0025 20 76 127 37 10 151
108-20-3 8260B DI-ISOPROPYL ETHER mg/kg 0.00041 0.001 20 60 136 36 10 147
74-95-3 8260B DIBROMOMETHANE mg/kg 0.00075 0.005 20 75 122 35 10 147
75-71-8 8260B DICHLORODIFLUOROMETHANE mg/kg 0.00161 0.005 20 43 156 35 10 160
100-41-4 8260B ETHYLBENZENE mg/kg 0.000737 0.0025 20 74 126 38 10 160
87-68-3 8260B HEXACHLORO-1,3-BUTADIENE mg/kg 0.006 0.025 20 57 150 40 10 160
98-82-8 8260B ISOPROPYLBENZENE mg/kg 0.000425 0.0025 20 72 127 38 10 155
1634-04-4 8260B METHYL TERT-BUTYL ETHER mg/kg 0.00035 0.001 20 66 132 35 11 147
75-09-2 8260B METHYLENE CHLORIDE mg/kg 0.00664 0.025 20 68 123 37 10 141
104-51-8 8260B N-BUTYLBENZENE mg/kg 0.00525 0.0125 20 68 135 40 10 160
103-65-1 8260B N-PROPYLBENZENE mg/kg 0.00095 0.005 20 74 126 38 10 158
91-20-3 8260B NAPHTHALENE mg/kg 0.00488 0.0125 20 59 130 36 10 160
99-87-6 8260B P-ISOPROPYLTOLUENE mg/kg 0.00255 0.005 20 72 133 40 10 160
135-98-8 8260B SEC-BUTYLBENZENE mg/kg 0.00288 0.0125 20 74 130 39 10 159
100-42-5 8260B STYRENE mg/kg 0.000229 0.0125 20 72 127 40 10 160
98-06-6 8260B TERT-BUTYLBENZENE mg/kg 0.00195 0.005 20 75 127 39 10 156
127-18-4 8260B TETRACHLOROETHENE mg/kg 0.000896 0.0025 20 70 136 39 10 156
108-88-3 8260B TOLUENE mg/kg 0.0013 0.005 20 75 121 38 10 156
156-60-5 8260B TRANS-1,2-DICHLOROETHENE mg/kg 0.00104 0.005 20 71 125 37 10 150
10061-02-6 8260B TRANS-1,3-DICHLOROPROPENE mg/kg 0.00114 0.005 20 73 127 37 10 148
79-01-6 8260B TRICHLOROETHENE mg/kg 0.000584 0.001 20 76 126 38 10 156
75-69-4 8260B TRICHLOROFLUOROMETHANE mg/kg 0.000827 0.0025 20 61 142 40 10 160
75-01-4 8260B VINYL CHLORIDE mg/kg 0.00116 0.0025 20 63 134 37 10 160
1330-20-7 8260B XYLENES, TOTAL mg/kg 0.00088 0.0065 20 72 127 38 10 160
17060-07-0 8260B 1,2-DICHLOROETHANE-D4 % Rec.70 130
460-00-4 8260B 4-BROMOFLUOROBENZENE % Rec.64 132
2037-26-5 8260B TOLUENE-D8 % Rec.80 120
12065 Lebanon Rd created by: Tony Gibson [e-mail]
Mt. Juliet, TN 3712 on: 6/6/2024 20:35 CST
CAS NO METHODREF PARM STORED UNITS MDL RDL SURR LOWER SURR UPPER LCS RPD LCS LOWER LCS UPPER MS RPD MS LOWER MS UPPER
120-82-1 8270C 1,2,4-TRICHLOROBENZENE mg/kg 0.0104 0.333 26 17 120 37 12 120
95-50-1 8270C 1,2-DICHLOROBENZENE mg/kg 0.00987 0.333 30 32 120 38 10 120
541-73-1 8270C 1,3-DICHLOROBENZENE mg/kg 0.0101 0.333 31 30 120 40 10 120
106-46-7 8270C 1,4-DICHLOROBENZENE mg/kg 0.00991 0.333 31 31 120 39 10 120
108-60-1 8270C 2,2-OXYBIS(1-CHLOROPROPANE)mg/kg 0.0144 0.333 30 23 120 40 10 120
88-06-2 8270C 2,4,6-TRICHLOROPHENOL mg/kg 0.0107 0.333 24 37 120 32 19 120
120-83-2 8270C 2,4-DICHLOROPHENOL mg/kg 0.0097 0.333 21 25 120 31 20 120
105-67-9 8270C 2,4-DIMETHYLPHENOL mg/kg 0.0087 0.333 26 15 120 33 10 120
51-28-5 8270C 2,4-DINITROPHENOL mg/kg 0.0779 0.333 40 10 120 40 10 121
121-14-2 8270C 2,4-DINITROTOLUENE mg/kg 0.00955 0.333 21 45 120 31 30 120
606-20-2 8270C 2,6-DINITROTOLUENE mg/kg 0.0109 0.333 21 42 120 31 25 120
91-58-7 8270C 2-CHLORONAPHTHALENE mg/kg 0.00585 0.0333 24 35 120 32 20 120
95-57-8 8270C 2-CHLOROPHENOL mg/kg 0.011 0.333 28 28 120 37 15 120
88-75-5 8270C 2-NITROPHENOL mg/kg 0.0119 0.333 25 20 120 39 12 120
91-94-1 8270C 3,3-DICHLOROBENZIDINE mg/kg 0.0123 0.333 23 28 120 34 10 120
534-52-1 8270C 4,6-DINITRO-2-METHYLPHENOL mg/kg 0.0755 0.333 33 16 120 39 10 120
101-55-3 8270C 4-BROMOPHENYL-PHENYLETHER mg/kg 0.0117 0.333 21 40 120 30 27 120
59-50-7 8270C 4-CHLORO-3-METHYLPHENOL mg/kg 0.0108 0.333 20 28 120 30 15 120
7005-72-3 8270C 4-CHLOROPHENYL-PHENYLETHER mg/kg 0.0116 0.333 22 40 120 29 24 120
100-02-7 8270C 4-NITROPHENOL mg/kg 0.0104 0.333 24 27 120 32 10 137
83-32-9 8270C ACENAPHTHENE mg/kg 0.00539 0.0333 22 38 120 32 18 120
208-96-8 8270C ACENAPHTHYLENE mg/kg 0.00469 0.0333 22 40 120 32 25 120
120-12-7 8270C ANTHRACENE mg/kg 0.00593 0.0333 20 42 120 29 22 120
92-87-5 8270C BENZIDINE mg/kg 0.0626 1.67 40 10 120 40 10 120
56-55-3 8270C BENZO(A)ANTHRACENE mg/kg 0.00587 0.0333 20 44 120 29 25 120
50-32-8 8270C BENZO(A)PYRENE mg/kg 0.00619 0.0333 20 45 120 30 24 120
205-99-2 8270C BENZO(B)FLUORANTHENE mg/kg 0.00621 0.0333 22 43 120 31 19 122
Pace Analytical - Parm List
191-24-2 8270C BENZO(G,H,I)PERYLENE mg/kg 0.00609 0.0333 22 43 120 33 10 120
207-08-9 8270C BENZO(K)FLUORANTHENE mg/kg 0.00592 0.0333 21 44 120 30 23 120
85-68-7 8270C BENZYLBUTYL PHTHALATE mg/kg 0.0104 0.333 21 40 120 30 23 120
111-91-1 8270C BIS(2-CHLORETHOXY)METHANE mg/kg 0.01 0.333 23 20 120 34 10 120
111-44-4 8270C BIS(2-CHLOROETHYL)ETHER mg/kg 0.011 0.333 31 16 120 40 10 120
117-81-7 8270C BIS(2-ETHYLHEXYL)PHTHALATE mg/kg 0.0422 0.333 21 41 120 30 17 126
218-01-9 8270C CHRYSENE mg/kg 0.00662 0.0333 20 43 120 29 21 120
84-74-2 8270C DI-N-BUTYL PHTHALATE mg/kg 0.0114 0.333 20 43 120 29 30 120
117-84-0 8270C DI-N-OCTYL PHTHALATE mg/kg 0.0225 0.333 21 40 120 29 21 123
53-70-3 8270C DIBENZ(A,H)ANTHRACENE mg/kg 0.00923 0.0333 22 44 120 32 10 120
84-66-2 8270C DIETHYL PHTHALATE mg/kg 0.011 0.333 21 43 120 28 26 120
131-11-3 8270C DIMETHYL PHTHALATE mg/kg 0.0706 0.333 22 43 120 29 25 120
206-44-0 8270C FLUORANTHENE mg/kg 0.00601 0.0333 21 44 120 32 18 126
86-73-7 8270C FLUORENE mg/kg 0.00542 0.0333 22 41 120 30 25 120
87-68-3 8270C HEXACHLORO-1,3-BUTADIENE mg/kg 0.0112 0.333 28 15 120 38 10 120
118-74-1 8270C HEXACHLOROBENZENE mg/kg 0.0118 0.333 21 39 120 28 27 120
77-47-4 8270C HEXACHLOROCYCLOPENTADIENE mg/kg 0.0175 0.333 31 15 120 40 10 120
67-72-1 8270C HEXACHLOROETHANE mg/kg 0.0131 0.333 31 17 120 40 10 120
193-39-5 8270C INDENO(1,2,3-CD)PYRENE mg/kg 0.00941 0.0333 21 45 120 32 10 120
78-59-1 8270C ISOPHORONE mg/kg 0.0102 0.333 23 23 120 34 13 120
621-64-7 8270C N-NITROSODI-N-PROPYLAMINE mg/kg 0.0111 0.333 27 26 120 37 10 120
62-75-9 8270C N-NITROSODIMETHYLAMINE mg/kg 0.0494 0.333 33 10 125 40 10 127
86-30-6 8270C N-NITROSODIPHENYLAMINE mg/kg 0.0252 0.333 21 40 120 29 17 120
91-20-3 8270C NAPHTHALENE mg/kg 0.00836 0.0333 24 18 120 35 10 120
98-95-3 8270C NITROBENZENE mg/kg 0.0116 0.333 26 17 120 36 10 120
87-86-5 8270C PENTACHLOROPHENOL mg/kg 0.00896 0.333 25 29 120 31 10 160
85-01-8 8270C PHENANTHRENE mg/kg 0.00661 0.0333 20 42 120 31 17 120
108-95-2 8270C PHENOL mg/kg 0.0134 0.333 27 28 120 38 12 120
129-00-0 8270C PYRENE mg/kg 0.00648 0.0333 21 41 120 32 16 121
118-79-6 8270C 2,4,6-TRIBROMOPHENOL % Rec.17 137
321-60-8 8270C 2-FLUOROBIPHENYL % Rec.28 120
367-12-4 8270C 2-FLUOROPHENOL % Rec.20 120
4165-60-0 8270C NITROBENZENE-D5 % Rec.18 125
1718-51-0 8270C P-TERPHENYL-D14 % Rec.13 131
4165-62-2 8270C PHENOL-D5 % Rec.20 120
12065 Lebanon Rd.created by: [e-mail]
Mt. Juliet, TN 37122 on: 6/6/2024 20:51 CST
METHODR PARM STORED UNITS MDL RDL DUP RPD LCS RPD LCS LOWER LCS UPPER MS RPD MS LOWER MS UPPER SSCV RPD SSCV LOWER SSCV UPPER
9071B TPH - OIL & GREASE mg/kg 33 100 20 20 80 120 20 80 120 20 85 115
Pace Analytical - Parm List
12065 Lebanon Rd.created by: Tony Gibson [e-mail]
Mt. Juliet, TN 37122 on: 6/6/2024 20:40 CST
CAS NO METHODREF PARM STORED UNITS MDL RDL SURR LOWER SURR UPPER LCS RPD LCS LOWER LCS UPPER MS RPD MS LOWER MS UPPER
68334-30-5 8015 TPH (GC/FID) HIGH FRACTION mg/kg 0.769 4 20 50 150 20 50 150
84-15-1 8015 O-TERPHENYL % Rec.18 148
Pace Analytical - Parm List
12065 Lebanon Rd.created by: Tony Gibson [e-mail]
Mt. Juliet, TN 37122 on: 6/6/2024 20:43 CST
CAS NO METHODREF PARM STORED UNITS MDL RDL DUP RPD LCS RPD LCS LOWER LCS UPPER
00010-29-79045D PH su 0.1 0.1 1 1 99 101
Pace Analytical - Parm List
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 2 of 221
Quality Manual Approval Signatories
The following individuals represent the PAS corporate and local management team responsible for
implementing the PAS Quality Management System (QMS) and upholding the requirements of this
manual at the location(s) for which this manual was prepared, at the time this version of the manual
was made effective, and that correlate with the electronic signatures shown on the title page of this
manual.
If these persons(s) change positions, leave the company, or are on extended leave of absence, the
approval of this manual automatically transfers to the person replacing the signatory or to the
signatory’s primary or alternate deputy until the manager is replaced and/or the manager returns to
work. The individual replacing the signatory automatically accepts the responsibilities associated with
the original signatory’s attestation. Refer to Section 4.1.5.1.1 of this manual for the deputies assigned
to key personnel job titles.
The manual is not revised and released under an updated version for the sole purpose of updating
personnel change(s). Personnel information is updated when the next revision of the manual is
released. See manual Sections 1.2.1 and 1.2.2 for more information about how this manual is
maintained.
Name Job Title Address, City, State, ZIP Phone
Laurence Hayden Vice President of Operations Texas [phone]
Eric Johnson Director of Lab Operations 12065 Lebanon Rd.
Mt. Juliet, TN 37122
[phone]
Elizabeth Turner Quality Program Manager 400 West Bethany Drive, Suite 190
Allen, TX 75013
[phone]
Rebecca King Quality Manager 12065 Lebanon Rd.
Mt. Juliet, TN 37122
[phone]
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 3 of 221
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 PURPOSE AND SCOPE 7
1.1 PURPOSE 7
1.2 SCOPE AND APPLICATION 7
1.2.1 QUALITY MANUAL TEMPLATE 8
1.2.2 QUALITY MANUAL 9
1.2.3 REFERENCES TO SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS 9
2.0 REFERENCES 9
3.0 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS 10
4.0 MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS 11
4.1 ORGANIZATION 11
4.1.1 LEGAL IDENTITY 11
4.1.2 COMPLIANCE RESPONSIBILITY 11
4.1.3 SCOPE OF THE QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 11
4.1.4 ORGANIZATION HISTORY AND INFORMATION 11
4.1.5 MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS 12
4.2 QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 18
4.2.1 QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM OBJECTIVES 18
4.2.2 QUALITY POLICY STATEMENT 20
4.2.3 MANAGEMENT COMMITMENT: QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 21
4.2.4 MANAGEMENT COMMITMENT: CUSTOMER SERVICE 21
4.2.5 SUPPORTING PROCEDURES 22
4.2.6 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES 23
4.2.7 CHANGE MANAGEMENT 23
4.3 DOCUMENT CONTROL 23
4.3.1 GENERAL 23
4.3.2 DOCUMENT APPROVAL AND ISSUE 24
4.3.3 DOCUMENT REVIEW AND CHANGE 24
4.4 ANALYTICAL SERVICE REQUEST, TENDER, AND CONTRACT REVIEW 24
4.5 SUBCONTRACTING (INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL)25
4.6 PURCHASING SERVICES AND SUPPLIES 26
4.7 CUSTOMER SERVICE 26
4.7.1 COMMITMENT TO MEET CUSTOMER EXPECTATIONS 26
4.7.2 CUSTOMER FEEDBACK 26
4.8 COMPLAINTS 27
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 4 of 221
4.9 NONCONFORMING WORK 27
4.9.1 DEFINITION OF NONCONFORMING WORK 27
4.10 CONTINUOUS IMPROVEMENT 29
4.11 CORRECTIVE ACTION 29
4.11.1 CAUSE ANALYSIS (AKA ROOT CAUSE ANALYSIS)30
4.11.2 EFFECTIVENESS REVIEW 30
4.11.3 ADDITIONAL AUDITS 30
4.12 PREVENTIVE ACTION 31
4.12.1 CHANGE MANAGEMENT 31
4.13 CONTROL OF RECORDS 31
4.13.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 31
4.13.2 TECHNICAL RECORDS 33
4.14 AUDITS 34
4.14.1 INTERNAL AUDIT 34
4.15 MANAGEMENT REVIEW 35
4.16 DATA INTEGRITY 36
5.0 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS 36
5.1 GENERAL 36
5.2 PERSONNEL 37
5.2.1 PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS 37
5.2.2 TRAINING (REQUIRED)38
5.2.3 PERSONNEL SUPERVISION 42
5.2.4 JOB DESCRIPTIONS 42
5.2.5 AUTHORIZATION OF TECHNICAL PERSONNEL 43
5.3 ACCOMMODATIONS AND FACILITIES 43
5.3.1 FACILITIES 43
5.3.2 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 43
5.3.3 SEPARATION OF INCOMPATIBLE ACTIVITIES 43
5.3.4 SECURITY 44
5.3.5 GOOD HOUSEKEEPING 44
5.4 TEST METHODS 44
5.4.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 44
5.4.2 METHOD SELECTION 44
5.4.3 PAS DEVELOPED METHODS 45
5.4.4 NON-STANDARD METHODS 45
5.4.5 METHOD VALIDATION 46
5.4.6 MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY 48
5.4.7 CONTROL OF DATA 49
5.5 EQUIPMENT 50
5.5.1 AVAILABILITY OF EQUIPMENT 50
5.5.2 CALIBRATION 50
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 5 of 221
5.5.3 EQUIPMENT USE AND OPERATION 51
5.5.4 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION 51
5.5.5 EQUIPMENT LISTS AND RECORDS 51
5.5.6 OUT OF SERVICE PROTOCOL 52
5.5.7 CALIBRATION STATUS 52
5.5.8 RETURNED EQUIPMENT CHECKS 53
5.5.9 INTERMEDIATE EQUIPMENT CHECKS 53
5.5.10 SAFEGUARDING EQUIPMENT INTEGRITY 53
5.6 MEASUREMENT TRACEABILITY 53
5.6.1 GENERAL 53
5.6.2 EQUIPMENT CORRECTION FACTORS 54
5.6.3 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS 54
5.6.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND REFERENCE MATERIALS 54
5.7 SAMPLING 57
5.7.1 SAMPLING PLANS AND SOPS 57
5.7.2 CUSTOMER REQUESTED DEVIATIONS 57
5.7.3 RECORDKEEPING 57
5.8 SAMPLE MANAGEMENT & HANDLING 57
5.8.1 PROCEDURES 57
5.8.2 UNIQUE IDENTIFICATION 59
5.8.3 SAMPLE RECEIPT CHECKS AND SAMPLE ACCEPTANCE POLICY 59
5.8.4 SAMPLE CONTROL AND TRACKING 61
5.8.5 SAMPLE STORAGE, HANDLING, AND DISPOSAL 61
5.9 ASSURING THE QUALITY OF TEST RESULTS 62
5.9.1 QUALITY CONTROL (QC) PROCEDURES 62
5.9.2 QC CORRECTIVE ACTION 66
5.9.3 DATA REVIEW 67
5.9.4 CALIBRATION CERTIFICATES 68
5.9.5 OPINIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 68
5.9.6 SUBCONTRACTOR REPORTS 68
5.9.7 ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION OF RESULTS 69
5.9.8 FORMAT OF TEST REPORTS 69
5.9.9 AMENDMENTS TO TEST REPORTS 69
5.10 REPORTING 69
5.10.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 69
5.10.2 TEST REPORTS: REQUIRED ITEMS 69
5.10.3 TEST REPORTS: SUPPLEMENTAL ITEMS 70
6.0 REVISION HISTORY 71
7.0 APPENDICES 74
7.1 APPENDIX A: CERTIFICATION / ACCREDITATION LISTING 74
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 6 of 221
7.1.1 PAS-MT. JULIET 74
7.2 APPENDIX B: CAPABILITY LISTING 75
7.2.1 PAS-MT. JULIET 75
7.3 APPENDIX C: GLOSSARY 160
7.4 APPENDIX D: ORGANIZATION CHART(S)175
7.4.1 PAS CORPORATE ORGANIZATION CHART(S)175
7.4.2 PAS QUALITY SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT ORGANIZATION CHART 176
7.4.3 MT. JULIET – ORGANIZATION CHART 177
7.5 APPENDIX E: EQUIPMENT LISTING 182
7.5.1 PAS-MT. JULIET 182
8.0 ADDENDUM: PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS 211
8.1 DOD/DOE 211
8.2 ADDENDUM: AIHA-LAP, LLC 214
8.3 ADDENDUM: SOP REVIEW 216
8.4 ADDENDUM: RADIOLOGICAL REQUIREMENTS 217
8.4.1 ESTIMATE OF ANALYTICAL UNCERTAINTY 217
8.4.2 RADIOLOGICAL EQUIPMENT CALIBRATION 217
8.4.3 MATRIX SPIKE/MATRIX SPIKE DUPLICATE (MS/MSD)217
8.5 ADDENDUM: QUALITY CONTROL CALCULATIONS 218
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 7 of 221
1.0 PURPOSE AND SCOPE
1.1 Purpose
This quality manual (manual) outlines the quality management system (QMS) and management
structure of Pace® Analytical Services, LLC. Pace® Analytical Services, LLC is referred to by brand
name Pace® Analytical Services and by the acronyms PAS or ENV. The acronyms PAS and ENV
are interchangeable.
The PAS QMS is also referred to as the quality program throughout this manual and other PAS
documents. The phrases “quality management system” and “quality program” are synonymous and
are referred to by the acronym QMS.
The QMS is the collection of policies and processes established by the senior leaders of PAS (top
management) to ensure the service and products provided by PAS consistently meet relevant
requirements and achieves the goal of Pace® to provide customers with high quality, cost-effective,
analytical measurements, and services.
The QMS is also planned to establish conformance1 and compliance with the current published
versions of the following international and national quality system standards:
ISO/IEC 17025: General requirements for the competence of testing and calibration laboratories
NELAC/TNI Standard Volume 1: Management and Technical Requirements for Laboratories Performing
Environmental Analysis
1The statement of conformity to these Standards pertains only to testing and sampling activities carried out by the laboratory
at its physical address, in temporary or mobile facilities, in-network, or by laboratory personnel at a customer’s facility.
In addition to the international and national standards, the QMS is planned to achieve regulatory
compliance with the various federal and state programs for which PAS locations provide compliance
testing and/or holds certification or accreditation. Federal or state requirements that do not apply to
all PAS locations, are provided in addendum to this manual or in other documents that supplement
the manual. Customer-specific project and program requirements are not included in the manual in
order to maintain client confidentiality.
A list of accreditation and certifications held by each location associated with this manual is
provided in Appendix A.
A list of analytical testing capabilities offered by each location associated with this manual is
provided in Appendix B.
1.2 Scope and Application
This manual applies to each location listed on the Title Page of this manual, including PAS
laboratories, satellite laboratories, service centers, and supporting business functions.
For purposes of the PAS QMS:
The term “location” used in this manual refers to laboratories and/or service centers.
The term “laboratory” refers to any PAS location, however named by Pace® that provides testing,
collects samples (sampling), or conducts field measurement services in a fixed building, mobile
unit, or in-situ (field).
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 8 of 221
The phrase “service center” refers to any PAS location, however named by Pace® that does not
perform any testing, sampling, or field measurements.
The phrase “satellite laboratory” refers to a limited-service laboratory affiliated to a larger business
unit or location. Some PAS business groups, such as accounting, may refer to a satellite laboratory
as a “service center.” Irrespective of internal jargon or reference by any group, any PAS location
that generates a test result for external use is a “laboratory” and must comply with the
requirements specified in this manual for all analytical testing services.
PAS locations are defined by physical address. Laboratories are defined by physical address and
certification/accreditation ID except mobile units which may be defined by the address of the location
to which they are assigned, by VIN (vehicle identification number), or by certification/accreditation
ID. Laboratories that provide sampling and field testing are defined by the physical address of the
PAS location to which they are affiliated and that manages these activities.
1.2.1 Quality Manual Template
This manual was prepared using the PAS Quality Manual Template (template) created by the
PAS Corporate Quality Director (CQD).
The template, known as document ID ENV-TMP-CORQ-0007, specifies the minimum
requirements that every PAS location must abide by, regardless of scope of services or number
of personnel, to maintain a quality program that achieves the objectives of the PAS Quality
Policy (See Section 4.2.2).
The template is the mechanism used by top management to communicate to PAS personnel
their commitment to continuously develop and improve the QMS for effectiveness, to meet
customer expectations, and to comply with any statutory and regulatory requirements. Their
signature of approval on this template is the mechanism used to document this responsibility.
“Top Management” is the phrase used by the TNI Standard to refer to the leaders of an
organization that develop and/or release the PAS Quality Policy Statement and QMS under
their authority
For PAS, these managers include the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Compliance
Officer (CCO) of Pace® and the President, CQD, Senior Vice President of Operations (Sr.
VPO), and the Chief Technical Officer (CTO) of PAS.
The template and instructions for use of the template are released by corporate quality
personnel to local quality managers responsible for each location (Local QM). The local QM
uses the template to prepare the location manual by following the instructions provided to
them. The local QM may not alter the font, structure, or content of the template, except where
specified by instruction to do so. As previously stated, program specific requirements unique
to each location are provided in addendum or in documents that supplement the manual.
The template is reviewed by corporate quality personnel annually and updated, if needed. More
frequent review and revision may occur to manage change, to maintain conformance and
compliance to relevant standards or to improve the QMS.
See standard operating procedure (SOP) ENV-SOP-CORQ-00015 Document Management and
Control for more information
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 9 of 221
1.2.2 Quality Manual
The quality manual is created from template ENV-TMP-CORQ-0007 by local quality
personnel, who are also responsible for maintenance and management of the document.
PAS locations are not permitted to alter content of the template when preparing their
manual, except where specified in the template. Control of content in the manual is
necessary to ensure consistency of implementation of the PAS quality program across the
network.
If additions or changes to the manual are needed to maintain regulatory compliance or
conformance to relevant standards and these changes cannot be covered by addendum to
the manual, the need for change must be raised to the PAS Corporate Quality Director,
who will decide how to resolve the need.
The manual is approved for release by the management team listed on the Quality Manual
Approval Signatory Page. The manager’s electronic signature on the Title Page of the manual
affirms their commitment to implement and uphold the requirements, processes, and
procedures of the PAS QMS at each location for which the manual was prepared.
The manual is reviewed annually and updated with each release of a new version of the
template, and as needed to update appendices and addendum. More frequent review and
revision may be necessary when there are significant changes to the capabilities, and resources
of the laboratory during the calendar year
See SOP ENV-SOP-CORQ-00015 Document Management and Control for more information.
1.2.3 References to Supporting Documents
The template and the manual include references to other organization documents that support
the QMS such as policies and standard operating procedures (SOPs).
These references may include the document’s document control number (DC#) and the
document title. This information is subject to change at the discretion of PAS. The manual
and/or template are updated to reflect the editorial change during the manual’s next scheduled
review/revision cycle or the next time a version of the manual is released, whichever is sooner.
Each location maintains a current list of documents used by the location to support the QMS.
This list, known as the “Master List”, is readily available to personnel for their use and it
provides a cross reference to the legacy document ID, where applicable. Parties external to
PAS may contact the location of interest to obtain the most current version of the Master List
for their use as needed.
2.0 REFERENCES
References used to prepare this manual include:
“Guidelines Establishing Test Procedures for the Analysis of Pollutants Under the Clean Water Act.”
Federal Register, 40 CFR Part 136, most current version.
“Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Wastes: Physical/Chemical Methods.” SW-846.
“Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes,” EPA 600-4-79-020, 1979 Revised 1983, U.S.
EPA.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 10 of 221
U.S. EPA Contract Laboratory Program Statement of Work for Organic Analysis, current version.
U.S. EPA Contract Laboratory Program Statement of Work for Inorganic Analysis, current version.
“Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater.” Current Edition APHA-AWWA-
WPCF.
“Annual Book of ASTM Standards,” Section 4: Construction, Volume 04.04: Soil and Rock; Building
Stones, American Society of Testing and Materials.
“Annual Book of ASTM Standards,” Section 11: Water and Environmental Technology, American
Society of Testing and Materials.
“NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods,” U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, National
Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, most current version.
“Methods for the Determination of Organic Compounds in Finished Drinking Water and Raw Source
Water,” U.S. EPA, Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory – Cincinnati (Sep 1986).
Quality Assurance of Chemical Measurements, Taylor, John K.; Lewis Publishers, Inc. 1987.
Methods for Non-conventional Pesticides Chemicals Analysis of Industrial and Municipal Wastewater,
Test Methods, EPA-440/1-83/079C.
Environmental Measurements Laboratory (EML) Procedures Manual, HASL-300, US DOE, February
1992.
Requirements for Quality Control of Analytical Data, HAZWRAP, DOE/HWP-65/R1, July 1990.
Quality Assurance Manual for Industrial Hygiene Chemistry, AIHA, most current version.
National Environmental Laboratory Accreditation Conference (NELAC) Standard- most current
version.
ISO/IEC 17025, General requirements for the competence of testing and calibration laboratories, 2nd
Edition 2005-05-15; 3rd Edition 2017-11
The following are implemented by normative reference to ISO/IEC 17025:
o ISO/IEC Guide 99, International vocabulary of metrology –Basic and general concepts and associated terms
o ISO/IEC 17000, Conformity assessment – Vocabulary and general principles
Department of Defense Quality Systems Manual (QSM), most current version.
TNI (The NELAC Institute) Standard, 2009 and 2016 versions.
UCMR Laboratory Approval Requirements and Information Document, most current version.
US EPA Drinking Water Manual, most current version.
3.0 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS
Refer to Appendix C for terms, acronyms, and definitions used in this manual and in other documents
used by PAS to support the QMS.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 11 of 221
4.0 MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS
4.1 Organization
4.1.1 Legal Identity
Pace® Analytical Services, LLC (Pace® Analytical Services) is the responsible entity
authorized by the State of Minnesota to do business as a limited liability company, under the
parent company, PAS Parent, Inc.
4.1.1.1 Change of Ownership
If there is a change of ownership, if a location goes out of business, or if the entire
organization ceases to exist, PAS management is responsible to notify regulatory
authorities of the change within the timeframe required by each state agency for which
the location is certified or accredited.
Requirements for records and other business information are addressed in the
ownership transfer agreement or in accordance with appropriate regulatory
requirements, whichever takes precedence.
4.1.2 Compliance Responsibility
PAS management has the responsibility and authority to establish and implement procedures
and to maintain resources necessary to assure its activities are carried out in such a way to meet
the federal and statutory requirements in addition to the requirements of the PAS QMS. Also
See Section 1.1.
4.1.3 Scope of the Quality Management System
The QMS applies to work carried out at each location covered by this manual including
permanent facilities, at sites away from its permanent facilities, or in associated temporary or
mobile facilities.
The permanent and mobile facilities to which this manual applies are listed on the Title Page
of this manual.
4.1.4 Organization History and Information
Founded in 1978, Pace® Analytical Services, LLC (PAS) is a privately held scientific services
firm operating one of the largest full-service contract laboratory and service center networks
in the United States.
The business purpose of PAS is to deliver the highest standard of testing and scientific services
in the market. We offer the most advanced solutions in the industry, backed by transparent
data, a highly trained team, and the service and support that comes from over four decades of
experience.
4.1.4.1 Organization Structure
Each PAS location is led by a management team referred to as local management1.
Local management is responsible for making day-to-day decisions regarding the
operations of the facility and implementing, and sustaining the requirements, policies,
and procedures of the PAS quality program.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 12 of 221
The roles that make up the local management team include a Vice President of
Operations (VPO), a General Manager (GM) or Director of Laboratory Operations
(DLO), a Quality Program Manager (QPM), and the Quality Manager (QM).
1 The term “local management” does not mean “on-site” management. Some of the
roles that make up the local management team, work off site or from a different PAS
location. Refer to the Quality Manual Approval page at the beginning of this manual
for the physical address of each manager that comprises the local management team.
The local management team is supported by department specific supervisors and in
some PAS locations, a site supervisor or operations manager.
Local management and supervisors are supported by personnel from functional
groups that support the division, such as HR, IT, Sales & Marketing, Finance, and
EHS (Environmental Health & Safety).
Technical oversight for each location is provided by local personnel with support and
guidance from the PAS Chief Technical Officer (CTO), PAS corporate quality
personnel, and the Pace® compliance team. Locations that hold TNI accreditation,
also have personnel appointed to serve as the “acting technical manager for TNI,
however named” to perform the duties and responsibilities of this designation per the
TNI Standard. See Section 4.1.5.2.1 for more information on this TNI requirement.
The reporting relationships and responsibilities of quality personnel are independent
of operations in order to safeguard impartiality. See Section 4.1.5.2 for more
information.
Refer to the organization charts provided in Appendix D to view the organization
structure, reporting relationships, and the interrelationships between positions.
4.1.5 Management Requirements
4.1.5.1 Personnel
Each PAS location is staffed with administrative and/or technical personnel who
perform and verify work under the supervision of their direct line supervisor.
All personnel are expected to perform their duties in accordance with the policies and
processes outlined in this manual and in accordance with standard operating
procedures (SOPs) and other quality system documents. PAS policies and procedures
are designed for impartiality and integrity. When these procedures are fully
implemented, personnel remain free from undue pressure and other influences that
adversely impact the quality of their work or data.
4.1.5.1.1 Key Personnel
Key personnel are management positions that have the authority and
responsibility to plan, direct, and control activities related to the
QMS for the entire division (PAS Corporate), or for one or more
PAS locations (Local).
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 13 of 221
PAS Key Personnel Positions & Deputy Assignments by Role
Job Title Acronym Primary / Alternate Deputy
Chief Executive Officer CEO President
Chief Compliance Officer CCO CQD
President NA CEO / Sr. VPO
Corporate Quality Director CQD CCO
Quality Program Manager QPM CQD / Peer QPM
Chief Technical Officer CTO CQD / CCO
Sr. VP of Operations Sr. VPO President / VPO
Vice President of Operations VPO Sr. VPO / Peer VPO
Director of Lab Operations1 DLO VPO / Peer GM or Sr. VPO
Health and Safety Director NA CCO
IT Director NA CTO
Quality Manager QM Direct QPM / Peer QPM
General Manager1 GM VPO / Sr. VPO or Peer GM
Operations Manager1 OM GM / DL or VPO
Technical Manager1 TM CTO / Peer TM
TNI Approved TM2 TNI TM Another Qualified Employee
1:Position is not in place at all locations.
2: The TNI TM is not a PAS position. See Section 4.1.5.2.1 for more information.
Some certification and accreditation programs require notification
when there is a change in key personnel. Notification requirements
and timeframes by agency, are tracked and upheld by the local QM,
when these requirements apply.
4.1.5.2 Roles and Responsibilities
The qualifications, duties, and responsibilities for each position at Pace® are detailed
in job descriptions maintained by the Pace® Human Resource personnel (HR).
The following sections provide a general overview of various management and
supervisory roles and are presented in no particular order.
Chief Executive Officer (CEO): Provides leadership for overall operations;
oversight of regulatory and compliance standards; development of growth strategies;
and long-range capital and strategic planning for Pace®.
Chief Compliance Officer (CCO): Has overall responsibility for statutory and
regulatory compliance and the environmental health and safety programs (EHS) for
Pace®.
President: Provides leadership for overall operations; oversight of regulatory and
compliance standards; development of growth strategies; and long-range capital and
strategic planning for PAS.
Chief Technical Officer (CTO): Provides technical oversight and leadership to all
PAS locations. Responsible for innovation and standardization of technical activities.
Corporate Director of Quality (CQD): Responsible for developing the PAS quality
program and the policies and procedures that support the QMS. The CQD leads the
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 14 of 221
quality team, establishing functions, responsibilities, duties, and organization structure
for PAS.
Corporate Quality Program Manager (QPM): Responsible for helping local
management implement, monitor, maintain and improve the PAS quality program for
one or more locations in the network and for direct supervision of Quality
Manager(s).
Director of Information Technology: Oversees and delivers the systems and
processes of information technology used by PAS. These systems include Laboratory
Information Management Systems (LIMS); data acquisition, reduction, and reporting
software; virus-protection, communication tools, and ensuring the integrity, security
of electronic data, and associated policies and procedures.
Sr. Vice President of Operations (Sr VPO): Provides leadership, direction, and
insight necessary to achieve strategic initiatives. Develops and improves processes,
structure, and allocation of resources for operations for all of PAS.
Vice-President of Operations (VPO): Provides leadership, guidance, and
resources, including allocation of personnel, necessary to achieve the strategic goals
of the organization and the PAS quality program to one or more PAS locations.
Director of Laboratory Operations (DLO): See description for General Manager.
General Manager (GM): The GM is responsible for overall administration and
operation of one or more PAS locations and service centers. Although task duties
associated with this responsibility may be delegated, the GM is responsible for
ensuring all duties and activities of the locations they oversee comply with the PAS
QMS, the PAS EHS program, and with any applicable statutory, regulatory
requirements or program requirements.
Any GM of a NELAC/TNI Accredited laboratory is also responsible for the
designation of technical personnel to serve as acting technical managers for TNI for
the fields of accreditation held by the laboratory (See Section 4.1.5.2.1) and for
notifying the accreditation body (AB) of any extended absence or reassignment of
these designations.
Quality Manager (QM): The QM oversees and monitors the implementation,
compliance, and improvement of the QMS and communicates gaps, deviations, and
opportunities for improvement to local and corporate laboratory management. The
QM is independent of the operation and analytical activities for which they provide
oversight and has the authority to carry out the roles and responsibilities of their
position without outside influence.
The QM:
serves as the focal point for QA/QC protocol decisions and oversees review of
QC data for trend analysis;
evaluates data objectively and performs assessments without outside influence;
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 15 of 221
has documented training and experience in QA/QC procedures and the PAS
quality system;
has a general knowledge of the analytical methods offered by the laboratory;
coordinates and conducts internal systems and technical audits;
notifies laboratory management of deficiencies in the quality system;
monitors corrective actions;
provides support to technical personnel and may serve as the primary deputy for
the acting TNI Technical Manager(s).
Manager-Client Services (CSM): This position is responsible for the training and
supervision of project manager(s) and/or shipping, receiving and courier personnel.
The primary responsibility of the CSM is to ensure projects are successfully managed
to meet the expectations and needs of PAS customers.
Department Managers / Supervisors / Team Lead): These positions are
responsible for administrative and operations management and implementation of
the QMS in the work area he/she oversees. These responsibilities include but are not
limited to: training and supervision of personnel, monitoring work activity to maintain
compliance with this manual, SOPs, policies and other instructional documents that
support the QMS; method development, validation and the establishment and
implementation of SOPs to assure regulatory compliance and suitability for the
intended purpose; monitoring QA/QC performance, proper handling and reporting
of nonconforming work, purchasing of supplies and equipment adequate for use,
maintaining instrumentation and equipment in proper working order and calibration,
and general maintenance of administrative and technical processes and procedures
established by the laboratory.
Operations Manager (OM): The OM is responsible for management of production
and/or other duties assigned by the GM.
4.1.5.2.1 Approved Technical Manager (TNI Accreditation Only):
The requirements in this subsection apply to only to PAS locations
that are NELAC/TNI accredited.
The TNI Standard specifies requirements for the qualification and
duties of technical personnel. The TNI Standard lists these duties
under the reference “technical manager(s), however named.”
At PAS, these duties closely correlate with the responsibilities and
duties outlined in the PAS job descriptions for managers,
supervisors, team leads, and/or scientist. However, these duties do
not need to be associated with any specific job title and can be
assigned to any one or more PAS employees that meets the
qualifications specified in the TNI Standard.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 16 of 221
Refer to the applicable version of the TNI Standard to view the
required qualifications for each discipline.
PAS locations that are TNI accredited must designate one or more
employees to perform these duties and submit these qualifications
to the TNI accreditation body (AB) for approval.
Employees approved by the TNI AB, to perform these duties retain
their Pace® assigned job title.
When TNI Accreditation Bodies (AB) refer to these employees as
‘technical manager’ or ‘technical director’ on the official certificate
or the scope of accreditation, this reference is referring to their
approval to perform duties of the ‘technical manager, however
named’ as specified in the TNI Standard and not to a PAS job title.
The duties of any approved technical manager for TNI, however
named, can be completed in person or remotely. If an employee that
is an approved technical manager for TNI is completely absent from
work or on a leave of absence for more than 15 calendar days, the
duties and responsibilities specified in the TNI Standard are
temporarily reassigned to another employee that meets the
qualifications for the technology or field of accreditation. If the
employee’s absence exceeds 35 calendar days, the local QM must
formally notify the TNI primary AB of the absence and the details
of reassignment of duties in writing.
4.1.5.3 Conflict of Interest
A conflict of interest is a situation where a person has competing interests that may
affect impartiality. It is the policy of Pace® to ensure business relationships, decisions
and transactions do not place personal interest ahead of the organization, customers,
colleagues, job responsibilities or the public we serve. Conflict of interest is avoided
by making personnel aware of circumstances that conflict or appear to conflict with
impartiality and/or designing process and procedures to include checks and balances
to prevent conflict and ensure impartiality.
See the current version of policy COR-POL-0004 Code of Ethics and Professional Conduct
for more information.
4.1.5.4 Confidentiality
PAS management is committed to preserving the confidentiality of Pace® customers
and confidentiality of Pace® business information.
Client information obtained or created during work activities is considered
confidential and is protected from intentional release to any person or entity other
than the client or the client’s authorized representative, except when Pace® is
required by law to release confidential information to another party, such as a
regulatory agency or for litigation purposes. In which case, Pace® will notify the client
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 17 of 221
of the release of information and the information provided, unless notification is
prohibited by law.
When Pace® obtains information about the customer from a source other than the
customer, Pace® will keep the source of the information confidential unless
disclosure is agreed upon by the source.
The terms of client confidentiality are included in PAS Standard Terms and
Conditions (T&C). With the acceptance of the T&C and/or the implicit contract for
analytical services that occurs when the client sends samples to PAS for testing, the
client authorizes Pace® to release confidential information when required. Other
procedures used by PAS to maintain confidentiality include:
A Code of Ethics and Professional Conduct policy that covers this topic (COR-
POL-0004):
A Confidentiality Agreement which supervisory and sales personnel and other
positions are required to sign at the time of employment and abide by the
conditions of throughout employment;
Record retention and disposal procedures that assure confidentiality is
maintained;
Physical access controls and encryption of electronic data; and
See policy COR-POL-0004 Code of Ethics and Professional Conduct for more information.
4.1.5.5 Communication
Communication is defined as the imparting or exchanging of news and information.
Effective (good) communication occurs when the people included in the
communication gets the point and understands it.
4.1.5.5.1 Workplace Communication
Effective communication in the workplace is necessary to assure
work is performed correctly, efficiently, and in accordance with
client specifications.
Instructions for how to conduct testing and other work activities are
communicated to personnel via written policies, standard operating
procedures, and other work instructions.
Information about PAS performance (positive and negative) and
ideas for improvement are communicated to personnel using various
communication channels such as face to face meetings, video
conferencing, conference calls, email, memoranda, written reports,
and posters.
4.1.5.5.2 External Communication
Communication with external parties such as customers, vendors,
business partners, and regulatory agencies takes place every day.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 18 of 221
PAS management is responsible for training personnel to
communicate in professional and respectful ways to build strong
relationships and to avoid misunderstanding.
4.2 Quality Management System
4.2.1 Quality Management System Objectives
The objectives of the PAS QMS are to provide clients with consistent, exemplary professional
service, and objective work product that is of known and documented quality that meets their
requirements for data usability and regulatory compliance.
Objective work product is analytical services, data, test results, and information that is not
influenced by personal feeling or opinions. The quality of being objective is also known as
‘impartiality.’
4.2.1.1 Impartiality
PAS achieves and maintains impartiality by establishing an organizational structure
that safeguards impartiality (See 4.1.4.1) and implementing and adhering to the
policies and processes of the QMS outlined in this manual, which are based on
industry accepted standards and methodologies.
PAS procedures for handling nonconforming work (See 4.9), corrective and
preventive actions (See 4.11, 4.12) and management review (See 4.15) are the primary
mechanisms used to identify risk to impartiality and to prompt actions necessary to
eliminate or reduce the threat when risk to impartiality is suspected or confirmed.
4.2.1.2 Risk and Opportunity Assessment
Risks are variables that make achieving the goals and objectives of the QMS uncertain.
An opportunity is something that has potential positive consequences for the
organization.
PAS personnel manage risks and opportunities on a daily basis by following policies,
procedures and processes that support the QMS. Some ways in which the QMS is
designed to identify, minimize, or eliminate risk on a daily basis include but are not
limited to:
Capability and capacity reviews of each analytical service request to assure the
laboratory can meet the customer’s requirements;
Maintenance of accreditation and certification for test methods in multiple states
and programs to cover a broad range of jurisdiction for regulatory compliance;
SOPs and other controlled instructional documents are provided to personnel to
eliminate variability in the process. These documents include actions to counter
risk factors inherent in the process and are reviewed on a regular basis for on-
going suitability and relevancy;
Participation in proficiency testing programs and auditing activities to verify on-
going competency and comparability in performance;
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 19 of 221
Provision of on-the-job training and established protocol for quality control (QC)
corrective action for nonconforming events;
An established program for ethics, and data integrity;
Tiered data review process;
Culture of continuous improvement;
Monitoring activities to assess daily and long-term performance; and
Annual critical review of the effectiveness of the QMS.
PAS also promotes a continuous improvement culture based on the principles of lean
manufacturing. These principles include 3P (Process, Productivity, Performance) and
Kaizen. 3P is a platform used by PAS to share best practices and standardization
across the network to achieve operational excellence. Kaizen is a team-based process
used to implement tools and philosophies of lean to reduce waste and achieve flow
with the purpose of improving both external and internal customer satisfaction. The
PAS lean program and activities help to mitigate risk because they generate a collective
understanding of vulnerabilities and utilize group-effort to develop and implement
solutions at all levels.
Risk and opportunities may also be formally identified using specific risk and
opportunity assessment methods such as SWOT Analysis (Strength, Weakness,
Opportunity, Threats) and 3-Stage Impact/Probability Grids.
4.2.1.3 Communication of the Quality Management System
This manual is the primary mechanism used by PAS management to communicate
the QMS to personnel.
To assure personnel understand and implement the quality program outlined in the
manual:
PAS personnel are required to sign a Read and Acknowledgement Statement to
confirm the employee has:
1) been informed of the manual by management,
2) has access to the manual,
3) has read the manual
4) understands the content of the manual, and
5) agrees to abide by the requirements, policies, and procedures therein.
Personnel are informed that the manual provides the “what” of the QMS. The
“how to” implementation of the QMS is provided in policy, SOPs, standard work
instructions, and other instructional documents.
This manual and supporting policies and procedures are made readily accessible
to personnel in the area where the work activity is performed.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 20 of 221
4.2.2 Quality Policy Statement
The quality policy of PAS is to provide customers with data of known and
documented quality fit for their intended purpose. PAS achieves this policy by
implementing the QMS defined in this manual, by following industry accepted
protocol for analytical testing and quality assurance and quality control (QA/QC)
activities, by conformance with published and industry accepted testing
methodologies, and by compliance with international and national standards for the
competency and/or accreditation of testing laboratories.
Intrinsic to this policy statement is each of the following principles:
PAS will provide customers with reliable, consistent, and professional service.
This is accomplished by making sure each PAS location has the resources
necessary to maintain capability and capacity; that staff are trained and competent
to perform the tasks they are assigned; that client-facing staff are trained and
prepared to find solutions to problems and to assist customers with their needs
for analytical services. Customer feedback, both positive and negative, is shared
with personnel and used to identify opportunities for improvement.
PAS maintains a quality program that complies with applicable state, federal, and
industry standards for analytical testing and competency.
PAS management provides training to personnel so that all personnel are familiar
with the QMS outlined in this manual and that they understand that
implementation of the QMS is achieved by adherence to the Pace® and PAS
policies and procedures.
PAS management continuously evaluates and improves the effectiveness of the
QMS by responding to customer feedback, and other measures of performance,
such as but not limited to the results of internal/external audits, proficiency
testing, metrics, trend reports, and annual and periodic management reviews.
4.2.2.1 Ethics Policy / Data Integrity Program
Pace® has established a comprehensive ethics and data integrity program that is
communicated to all Pace® employees so that they understand what is expected of
them. The program is designed to promote a mindset of ethical behavior and
professional conduct that is applied to all work activities.
The key elements of the Pace® Ethics / Data Integrity Program include:
Ethics Policy (COR-POL-0004);
Ethics Officer (Chief Compliance Officer);
Standardized data integrity training course taken by all new employees on hire
and a yearly refresher data integrity training course for all existing employees;
Policy Acknowledgement Statements that all Pace® personnel, including contract
and temporary, are required to sign at the time of employment and again during
annual refresher training to document the employee’s commitment and
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 21 of 221
obligation to abide by the company’s standards for ethics, data integrity and
confidentiality;
SOPs that provide instructions for how to carry out a test method or process to
assure tasks are done correctly and consistently by each employee;
On the Job Training;
Data integrity monitoring activities which include, but are not limited to, primary,
secondary and completeness data reviews, internal technical and system audits,
data audits, data surveillance, and proficiency testing; and
Confidential reporting process for alleged ethics and data integrity issues.
All PAS managers and supervisors are expected to provide a work environment where
personnel feel safe and can report unethical or improper behavior in complete
confidence without fear of retaliation. Retaliation against any employee that reports a
concern is not tolerated.
Pace® has engaged Lighthouse Services, Inc. to provide personnel with an
anonymous reporting process available to them 24 hours a day/7 days per week. The
alert line may be used by any employee to report potential violations of the company’s
ethics and data integrity program. Reports are forwarded to the Pace® Ethics
Compliance Officer to investigate and resolve the matter. Investigations concerning
data integrity are kept confidential.
See COR-POL-0001 Compliance Alertline for more information.
Posters and flyers with the compliance alert line information must be prominently
posted in each PAS location for personnel reference.
Compliance Alert Line Information:
English Speaking US & Canada [phone]
Spanish Speaking North America [phone]
Internet www/lighthouse-services.com/pacelabs
Email [e-mail]
4.2.3 Management Commitment: Quality Management System
Evidence of management’s commitment for the development, maintenance, and on-going
improvement of the QMS is provided by the application of their signature of approval to the
template and/or manual. Their signature confirms they understand their responsibility to
implement the QMS outlined in this manual, to communicate the quality program to
personnel, and to uphold requirements of the program during work activities.
4.2.4 Management Commitment: Customer Service
Management communicates the importance of meeting customer and regulatory requirements
to personnel by training personnel on the QMS outlined in this manual, implementing the
QMS outlined in this manual, and upholding these requirements for all work activities.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 22 of 221
4.2.5 Supporting Procedures
References to processes and procedures that support the QMS are included throughout this
manual. The structure of the document management system is outlined in SOP ENV-SOP-
CORQ-0015 Document Management and Control and summarized in the following subsections.
4.2.5.1 Quality Management System Document Structure
Documents associated with the QMS are classified into document types that identify
the purpose of the document and establish how the document is managed and /or
controlled.
Examples: Types of PAS Internally Created Documents
Document Type Purpose
Quality Manual Outlines the PAS QMS and structure and how it works for a system
including policy, goals, objectives and detailed explanation of the system and
the requirements for implementation of system. Includes roles and
responsibilities, relationships, procedures, systems, and other information
necessary to meet the objectives of the system described.
Policy Provide requirements and rules for a process and is used to set course of
actions and to guide and influence decisions. Policy describes the “what,”
not the “how”.
Standard Operating
Procedure
Provide written and consistent set of instructions or steps for execution of a
routine process, method, or set of tasks performed. Assures that activities
are performed properly in accordance with applicable requirements.
Standard Work
Instruction
Provide step by step visual and/or written instruction to perform a specific
task to improve competency, minimize variability, reduce work injury and
strain, or to boost efficiency and quality of work (performance). SWI are
associated with an SOP unless the task described is unrelated to generation
of or contribution to environmental data or analytical results.
Template Pre-formatted document that serves as a starting point for a new document.
Guide Assists users in using a particular product; or a technical interpretation of a
method or process by which PAS locations must abide.
Form Used for a variety of purposes such as to provide a standardized format to
record observations, to provide information to supplement an SOP.
Guidance Non-binding advice used to explain internal policies, procedures, or
practices.
Example: Types of External Documents used by PAS
Certificate Lists parameters, methods, and matrices for which the location is
certified/accredited to perform within the jurisdiction of the issuing
regulatory agency or accreditation body.
Reference
Document
Provide information, protocol, instructions, and/or requirements. Issued by
the specifier. Examples include ISO/IEC, TNI, DoD and published
referenced methods such as Standard Methods, ASTM, SW846, EPA, and
federal and state regulatory bodies.
Project Document Provides requirements necessary to meet individual client expectations for
intended use of data. Examples include project quality assurance plans
(QAPP), client-program technical specifications, contracts, and other
agreements.
These document types are ranked to establish which documents takes precedence
when there is an actual or perceived conflict between documents and to establish the
hierarchal relationships between documents. The ranking system also provides
information to document writers and reviewers to assure downline documents agree
with documents of higher rank.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 23 of 221
PAS Document Hierarchy
Rank Document
1 Corporate Manual
2 Corporate Policy
3 Corporate SOP
4 Corporate SWI, Templates, Guides, Forms, Guidance
5 Local Manual
6 Local SOP
7 Local SWI, Templates, Guide, Forms, Guidance
Information and requirements from project documents are not incorporated into PAS
policy or SOPs in order to maintain client confidentiality. These documents are
managed as external documents and any requirements for work specified is followed
when work for the project is performed. Project Documents are reviewed and
maintained as part of the contract/incoming work review process (See Section 4.4).
If the project document is less stringent than the PAS QMS, policies, or SOPs, and/or
is less stringent than applicable federal or state requirements, PAS locations are still
required to meet the minimum requirements of the PAS QMS and any applicable
statutory or federal requirements in addition to the requirements specified in the
project document.
Reference documents are not ranked because all PAS created documents, processes
and procedures must be consistent with the applicable reference document(s) in
addition to higher-ranking PAS documents.
See SOP ENV-SOP-CORQ-0015 Document Management and Control for more
information.
4.2.6 Roles and Responsibilities
The roles and responsibilities for technical management and the quality manager is provided
in section 4.1.5.2.
4.2.7 Change Management
When significant changes to the PAS QMS are planned, these changes are managed by
corporate quality personnel to assure that the integrity of the QMS is maintained.
4.3 Document Control
4.3.1 General
PAS procedures for document control are provided in SOP ENV-SOP-CORQ-0015 Document
Management and Control.
PAS locations use electronic document management software (eDMS) to perform the
document control procedures of the SOP. This system provides centralized access to all
documents used by PAS locations across the network. All PAS locations are required to use
the eDMS system established for PAS (presently Qualtrax) unless an exemption has been
granted by the PAS Corporate Quality Director.
eDMS automates the process for unique document identification, version control, approval,
access, and archival and restricts access to archived documents except to authorized users to
prevent the use of obsolete documents.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 24 of 221
The local QM maintains a master list of controlled documents used at each location. The
master list minimally includes the document control number, document title, and current
revision status and is made available to personnel for their reference.
See SOP ENV-SOP-CORQ-0015 Document Management and Control for more information.
4.3.2 Document Approval and Issue
Documents that support the QMS are reviewed by qualified personnel and approved by
management prior to release for use.
Only the approved versions of documents are available to personnel for use unless use of a
draft document is authorized by management.
The managers responsible for authorization of each document is situation specific.
See SOP ENV-SOP-CORQ-0015 Document Management and Control for more information.
4.3.3 Document Review and Change
Unless a more frequent review is required by regulatory, certification or accreditation program
documents are reviewed at least every two years to ensure the documents remains current,
appropriate, and relevant.
Documents are also informally reviewed every time the document is used. Personnel are
expected to refer to and follow instructions in controlled documents when they conduct their
work activities. Consequently, any concerns or problems with the document should be caught
and brought to the attention of management on an on-going basis.
Documents are revised whenever necessary to ensure the document remains usable and
correct. Older document versions and documents no longer needed are made obsolete and
archived for historical purposes.
PAS does not allow hand-edits to documents. If an interim change is needed pending re-issue
of the document, the interim change is communicated to those that use the document using a
formal communication channel, such as change in progress form, email, or memorandum.
The document review, revision, and archival process is managed by quality personnel at the
location from which the document was released using the procedures established in SOP
ENV-SOP-CORQ-0015 Document Management and Control.
4.4 Analytical Service Request, Tender, and Contract Review
PAS management and/or client service personnel perform thorough reviews of requests and contracts
for analytical services to verify the location(s) performing the work has the capability, capacity, and
resources necessary to successfully meet the customer’s needs. These review procedures are described
in SOP ENV-SOP-MTJL-0009, Contract Review.
The procedures in this SOP(s) are established to ensure that:
The PAS locations performing the work understand the purpose of data collection in order to
ensure the test methods requested are appropriate for the intended use of the data and capable
of meeting the client’s data quality objectives;
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 25 of 221
 PAS locations and any external subcontractor(s) have the capability, capacity, and resources to
meet the project requirements and expectations within the requested time frame for delivery of
work product;
Any concerns that arise from review are discussed and resolved with the client;
Any discrepancies between the PAS QMS, statutory or regulatory requirements and the client
request are resolved; and
The results of review and any correspondence with the client related to this process and/or any
changes made to the contract are recorded and retained for historical purposes.
Capability review confirms that the PAS locations contracted to perform the work and any internal
or external subcontractors hold required certification/accreditation for the test method, matrix, and
analyte and verifies the location can achieve the client’s target compound list and data quality
objectives (DQOs) for analytical sensitivity and reporting limits, QA/QC protocol, and hardcopy test
report and electronic data deliverable (EDD) formats.
Capacity review verifies that the in-network locations and any potential subcontractors are able to
manage the sample load and deliver work production within the delivery timeframe requested.
Resource review verifies that the location and any potential subcontractors have adequate qualified
personnel with the skills and competency to perform the test methods and services requested and
sufficient and proper equipment and instrumentation needed to perform the services requested.
4.5 Subcontracting (Internal and External)
The terms ‘subcontract’ and “subcontracting” refers to analytical work done by an organization
external to Pace® (External Subcontracting) or by a Pace® location with an address different than
the address listed on the cover page of the test report (Internal Subcontracting).
The PAS network offers comprehensive analytical capability and capacity to ensure Pace® can meet
a diverse range of client needs for any type of project. If a PAS laboratory receives a request for
analytical services and it cannot fulfill the project specifications, the location’s client services team will
collaborate with the client to place the work within the PAS network.
When it is not possible to place the work within network, the location will, with documented client
approval, subcontract the work to a subcontractor that has the capabilities to meet the project
specifications and can meet the same commitment agreed on between the location and the client.
Whenever work is subcontracted, the PAS location responsible for management of the project verifies
each of these qualifications:
The internal or external subcontractor has the proper accreditation/certifications required for the
project and these are current; and
The use of the internal or external subcontractor is approved by the client and/or regulatory
agency when such approval is required by the customer. Record of customer approval is retained
in the project record.
External subcontractors selected by Pace® must be pre-qualified by quality personnel to verify their
QMS is similar to Pace® and complies with all relevant Standards such, as ISO/IEC 17025 and the
TNI Standard(s) and/or federal and state regulatory requirements. The list of approved
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 26 of 221
subcontractors for each location is maintained by local quality personnel. Pre-qualification of a
subcontractor does not eliminate the requirement for the PAS location placing work to verify the
subcontractor has the certifications, capability, capacity, and resources to perform work on behalf of
Pace® on a project-specific basis.
For all subcontracted work, the PAS location placing the work internally or externally is responsible
to ensure project specifications are always communicated to and understood by the subcontractor.
4.6 Purchasing Services and Supplies
Vendors that provide services and supplies to PAS are qualified to meet the needs of Pace®. These
needs include but are not limited to competitive pricing, capacity to fill purchase orders, quality of
product, customer service, and business reputation and stability. Evidence of this qualification is the
availability to purchase services and supplies from the vendor in the corporate purchasing system.
PAS locations may purchase goods and services from any supplier in the purchasing system.
The specifications (type, class, grade, tolerance, purity, etc.) of supplies, equipment, reagents, standard
reference materials and other consumables used in the testing process are specified in SOPs. The SOP
specifications are based on the governing requirements of the approved reference methods and any
additional program driven regulatory specification, such as drinking water compliance.
All requisitions for materials and consumables are approved by local management who is responsible
to ensure the services and supplies procured and received are fit for intended use.
4.7 Customer Service
Project details and management is managed by PAS client services personnel.
4.7.1 Commitment to Meet Customer Expectations
PAS personnel collaborate closely with our customers to ensure their needs are met and to
establish their confidence in the capability of PAS to meet their needs for analytical services
and expectations for service.
The project manager (PM) is the customer’s primary point of contact for each analytical service
request (work order). The PM gathers information from the customer to ensure the details of
their request are understood. After samples are received, the PM monitors the progress of the
project and alerts the customer of any delays or excursions that may adversely impact data
usability. Supervisors are expected to keep the PM informed of project status and any delays
or key issues, so that the PM can keep the client informed.
PAS encourages customers to visit our locations to learn more about the capabilities, observe
performance and to meet personnel.
PAS customers expect confidentiality. Personnel will not divulge or release information to a
third party without proper authorization unless the information is required for litigation
purposes. See Section 4.1.5.4 of this manual and policy COR-POL-0004 Code of Ethics and
Professional Conduct for more information on the policy for client confidentiality.
4.7.2 Customer Feedback
PAS actively seeks positive and negative feedback from customers through surveys and direct
communication. Information from the client about their experience working with PAS and
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 27 of 221
their satisfaction with work product is used to enhance processes and practices and to improve
decision making. Customer feedback is reviewed to identify risk and opportunity. Corrective,
preventive, or continuous improvement actions are taken based on nature of and/or feedback
trends.
Also see sections 4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.14, and 4.15 for more information about how customer
feedback is managed by PAS and used to enhance the QMS.
4.8 Complaints
A complaint is a formal expression of dissatisfaction with the performance of a service or product
originating from a party external to Pace®. Complaints provide opportunities to improve processes
and/or build stronger working relationships with clients.
The PAS complaint resolution process depends on the situation and the nature of the complaint.
Each complaint received is reviewed to determine if it is valid. If the complaint is valid, it is either
addressed immediately by the person receiving the complaint or the nature of the complaint is further
reviewed and investigated prior to resolution and follow up with the customer.
Complaints (and compliments) are recorded and reviewed during Annual Management Review (See
Section 4.15).
4.9 Nonconforming Work
4.9.1 Definition of Nonconforming Work
Nonconforming work is work that does not conform to customer requirements, standard
specifications, policies, and procedures, or that does not meet acceptance criteria.
The discovery of non-conforming work comes from various sources which include, but are
not limited to:
results of quality control samples and instrument calibrations;
quality checks on consumables and materials;
general observations of personnel;
data review;
proficiency testing;
internal and external audits;
complaints and feedback;
management review and reports; and
regulatory and certification and accreditation actions.
The way in which the laboratory or service center manages nonconforming work depends on
the significance and impact (risk) of the issue. Some issues may simply require correction,
others may require investigation, corrective action (See 4.11) and/or data recall (See 4.16).
When the location releases data and test results associated with nonconforming QC and
acceptance criteria, test results are qualified, or non-conformances are noted in the final
analytical report to apprise the data user of the situation. (See 5.10)
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 28 of 221
Nonconforming work also includes unauthorized departure from l policies, procedures, and
test methods. Authorized departures are explained in the following subsections. Situations that
do not conform to these conditions are considered unauthorized departure(s).
4.9.1.1 Authorized Departure from SOPs
Departures from an SOP may sometimes be necessary to correct for an error in an
SOP or to resolve a complex problem. For example, to mitigate a complex matrix
interference.
An authorized departure from a test method SOP is one that has been reviewed and
approved by the department leader, however named, of the work area in which the
test method is performed. The leader, when authorizing a departure from an SOP,
accepts full responsibility to ensure the departure does not conflict with Pace® or
PAS policy or procedure, does not affect statutory, regulatory or program compliance
and does not adversely affect data integrity or usability.
Departure from administrative or process-oriented SOPs must be approved by the
local QM.
Documentation of the reason for the SOP departures must be retained with
management approval. Approved departures from test method SOPs should be noted
in the final test report to advise the data user.
See SOP ENV-SOP-CORQ-0016 SOP for SOPs and SWI, for more information.
4.9.1.2 Authorized Departure from Test Methods (Method Modifications)
When test results are associated to a published reference test method, the location’s
test method SOP must be consistent with the test method. If the test method is
mandated for use by a specific regulatory program such as drinking water, wastewater
or a certification or accreditation program, such as TNI/NELAC, the SOP must
comply with or include these requirements, or the resulting data and test results
cannot be used for regulatory compliance purposes.
If the procedures in the SOP are modified from the test method, these modifications
must be clearly identified in the SOP. The conditions under which the location may
establish an SOP that is modified from these reference method or regulatory program
and what is considered a modification are specified in ENV-SOP-CORQ-0011 Method
Validation and Instrument Verification.
Client requests to deviate from the test method are managed as client requests to
depart from the test method SOP since it is the SOP that the location follows when
performing work.
4.9.1.3 Stop Work Authority
Stop Work Authority provides PAS personnel with capability to stop work when there
is a perceived unsafe condition or behavior that may result in an unwanted event.
All personnel have the authority to request a stop work order when necessary to
preserve data integrity or safety of workers.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 29 of 221
The need for the stop work order and resolution of the problem must be confirmed
by subject matter experts and resumption of work must be approved as follows:
For stop work orders related to environmental health and safety (EHS) and/or
waste management, the decision to stop work may be made by any employee.
These decisions must often be made in real-time to protect the safety of the
worker. The decision to correct the problem, how, and/or to resume work after
stop work has been initiated may be made by the Chief Compliance Officer or
the EHS Director, or the deputies assigned to these positions.
Any employee may recommend a stop work order for concerns related to data
integrity. The need to stop work must be reviewed and affirmed by quality
personnel to confirm the concern is valid. The decision to uphold the stop work
order must minimally include the local QM, the QPM, and the Corporate Quality
Director. The President, the Sr. VPO, the VPO, the Chief Compliance Officer
and Chief Technical Officer may also be included in the decision making and
resolution process depending on the situation and/or needs for correction to
ensure protocols for investigation are followed. Resumption of work after
correction may be made by the Corporate Quality Director, or the Quality
Program Manager assigned to the location for which the stop work order was
issued or by the deputies assigned to these positions.
4.10 Continuous Improvement
The PAS QMS is designed to achieve continuous improvement through the implementation of the
quality policy and objectives outlined in this manual. Information about laboratory and service center
activities and performance is gained from sources such as customer feedback, audits, QC, trend
analysis, business analytics, management reports, proficiency testing, and management systems review.
This information is subsequently used during the corrective action (see section 4.11) and preventive
action (see section 4.12) processes and during annual review of the management system (see section
4.15) to establish goals and objectives for improvement.
PAS also promotes a continuous improvement culture based on the principles of lean manufacturing.
These principles include 3P (Process, Productivity, Performance) and Kaizen. 3P is a platform used
by Pace to share best practices and standardization across the network to achieve operational
excellence. Kaizen is a team-based process used to implement tools and philosophies of lean to reduce
waste and achieve flow with the purpose of improving both external and internal customer
satisfaction. All activities of 3P and Lean must conform with the requirements of this quality manual
and supporting policies and procedures.
4.11 Corrective Action
Corrective action is a process used to eliminate the cause of a detected nonconformity. It is different
from a correction. A correction is an action taken to fix an immediate problem but that does not
resolve the underlying cause of why the problem occurred. The objective of corrective action is to
find the underlying cause(s) of the problem and to put in place fixes to prevent the problem from
happening again. The corrective action process, referred to as CAPA, is one of the most effective
tools used by PAS to prevent nonconforming work, identify risk and opportunity, and improve service
to our customers.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 30 of 221
PAS has two general processes for corrective action, the application of which process is used depends
on the type of nonconformity:
Quality control (QC) exceptions (nonconformance) that occur during routine testing is investigated
through troubleshooting and required actions for correction is specified in policies and SOPs. When
action is not taken, cannot be taken, or is not successful, test results associated with the
nonconforming work are qualified in the final test report. Documentation of the nonconformance
and corrective action taken is documented in the analytical record.
A 7-stage corrective action process is used when there is a recurring problem. These problems are
identified through various activities such as but not limited to quality control trends, internal and
external audits, management review, customer feedback, and general observation.
The 7 Stage CAPA Process for PAS includes:
1) Identification and Containment
2) Evaluation
3) Investigation
4) Cause Analysis
5) Action Plan
6) Implementation
7) Follow Up and Effectiveness Review
PAS procedures for corrective action, are specified in corporate SOP ENV-SOP-CORQ-0018
Procedure for Corrective and Preventive Action. Some key concepts and activities related to the PAS
corrective action process is provided in the next three subsections.
4.11.1 Cause Analysis (AKA Root Cause Analysis)
Cause analysis is the process of investigation used to identify the underlying cause(s) of the
problem. After causal factors are identified, ways to mitigate the causal factors are identified
and action(s) most likely to eliminate these factors are taken.
PAS uses different methods to conduct cause analysis. The most common approach is 5-Why,
4M, Fishbone Diagrams, or brainstorming may be appropriate depending on the situation.
The method used is case specific and is documented in the CAPA record.
4.11.2 Effectiveness Review
Monitoring corrective actions taken for effectiveness is an essential part of the corrective
action process. Effectiveness means the actions taken were appropriate and sustainable.
Appropriate means the action(s) taken prevented recurrence of the problem since the time
corrective action was taken and sustainable means the actions taken are still in place.
The data from CAPA records are used by PAS to identify opportunities for preventive action
or to gain lessons learned when actions taken were not adequate to solve the problem. See
Section 4.12 (Preventive Action) and 4.15 (Management Review) for more information.
4.11.3 Additional Audits
When cause analysis and investigation of a problem casts doubt on compliance with PAS
policies, procedures, or to regulatory requirements; a special audit of the area of activity may
be performed as part of the corrective action process. These special audits are used to
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 31 of 221
determine the scope of the problem and to provide information for the CAPA process.
Additional full-scale audits are done when a grave issue or risk to the business is identified.
4.12 Preventive Action
Preventive action(s) are actions taken to eliminate the cause of a potential nonconformity before it
happens.
Some examples of preventative action include, but are not limited to:
Routine instrument maintenance (Preventative maintenance)
Addition of Staff and Equipment
Professional Development Activities
Implementation of New Technology
PAS looks for opportunities for preventive action from a variety of sources including employee idea’s,
customer feedback, business partners input, trend analysis, business analytics, management reviews,
proficiency testing results, and risk-benefit analysis.
PAS management evaluates the success of preventive actions taken in any given year during annual
management review. See Section 4.15 for more information.
4.12.1 Change Management
Preventive actions may sometimes result in significant changes to processes and procedures
used by PAS locations. PAS management evaluates the risks and benefits of change and
includes in its implementation of change process, actions to minimize or eliminate any risk.
The types of changes for which risk are considered and managed include infrastructure change,
change in analytical service offerings, certification or accreditation status, instrumentation,
LIMS changes, and changes in key personnel.
4.13 Control of Records
A record is a piece of evidence about the past, especially an account of an act or occurrence kept in
writing or another permanent form. PAS records document activities and provide evidence of
conformity to the requirements established in the QMS. These records may be hardcopy or electronic
on any form of media.
4.13.1 General Requirements
4.13.1.1 Procedure
PAS requirements for control of records are specified in corporate policy ENV-POL-
CORQ-0013 Record Management.
The policy is established to assure quality and technical records are identified, retained,
indexed, and filed to allow for retrieval during the entire retention timeframe. During
storage, records are kept secure and protected from deterioration. At the end of the
retention time, the records are disposed of properly in order to maintain client
confidentiality and to protect the interests of the company.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 32 of 221
In general, records fall into three categories: quality, technical, and administrative.
Examples of each are provided in the following table:
Record Type Includes Records of:
Quality Document Types listed in SOP ENV-SOP-CORQ-0015
Audits: Internal and External
Certificates and Scopes of Accreditation
Corrective & Preventive Action
Management Review
Data Investigations
Method Validation
Instrument Verification
Training Records
Technical Raw Data
Logbooks
Certificates of Traceability
Analytical Record
Test Reports & Project Information
Technical Training Records & Demonstration of Capability
Administrative Personnel Records
Finance/Business
4.13.1.2 Record Legibility and Storage
Records are designed to be legible and to clearly identify the information recorded.
Manual entries are made in indelible ink; automated entries are in a typeface and of
sufficient resolution to be read. The records identify personnel that performed the
activity or entered the information. Records are archived and stored in a way that they
are retrievable. Access to archived records is controlled and managed.
For records stored electronically, the capability to restore or retrieve the electronic
record is maintained for the entire retention period. Hardcopy records are filed and
stored in a suitable environment to protect from damage, deterioration, or loss.
Hardcopy records may be scanned to PDF for retention. Scanned records must be
checked against the hardcopy to verify the scan is complete and legible.
Administrative records are kept for a minimum of 5 years and technical and quality
records are kept for 10 years unless otherwise specified by the client or regulatory
program.
The date from which retention time is calculated depends on the record. In general,
the retention time of technical records of original observation and measurement is
calculated from the date the record is created. If the technical record is kept in a
chronological logbook, the date of retention may be calculated from the date the
logbook is archived. The retention time of test reports and project records, which are
considered technical records, is calculated from the date the test report was issued.
The retention time of quality records is usually calculated from the date the record is
archived.
Refer to the record management policy and the location specific SOP for more
information.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 33 of 221
4.13.1.3 Security
PAS locations are secure facilities and access to records is restricted to authorized
personnel.
4.13.1.4 Electronic Records
The data systems used to store electronic records is backed up in accordance with
SOP ENV-SOP-MTJL-0058, Information Technology Processes and ENV-SOP-MTJL-
0010, Protection and Transfer of Laboratory Records.. Access to archived records stored
electronically is maintained by personnel responsible for management of the
electronic system.
4.13.1.5 Electronic Signature Policy
Work done by PAS locations include activities that require the application of a
signature. Some work product is in electronic format and signatures are applied
electronically.
The Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act (E-Sign Act)
clarifies that electronic signatures are legally valid and enforceable under United States
law.
The PAS policy for use and application of electronic signatures is specified in
corporate policy ENV-POL-CORQ-0014 Electronic Signature Policy.
All employees of PAS including temporary and contract personnel, must sign an
Electronic Signature Agreement to acknowledge that they understand and accept that
work activities performed by them may be authenticated with application of an
electronic signature and that electronic signature has the same validity as a
handwritten signature. Their signed agreement also confirms the individual has read
and understands the policy and agrees to abide by the requirements for use of
electronic signature stated in the policy.
4.13.2 Technical Records
In addition to the requirements specified in subsections 4.13.1.1 through 4.13.1.5, the
requirements in the following subsections also apply to technical records.
4.13.2.1 Description
Technical records are the accumulation of data and information generated from the
analytical process. These records may include forms, worksheets, workbooks,
checklists, notes, raw data, calibration records, final test reports, and project record.
The accumulated record needs to provide adequate detail to historically reconstruct
the process and identify the personnel that performed the tasks associated with a test
result.
4.13.2.2 Real Time Recordkeeping
Personnel are instructed and expected to always record observations, data, and
calculations at the time they are made. PAS managers are responsible to assure that
data entries, whether made electronically or on hardcopy, are identifiable to the task.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 34 of 221
4.13.2.3 Error Correction
Errors in records must never be erased, deleted, or made illegible. Use of correction
fluid, such as white-out is prohibited. In hardcopy records, the error is corrected by a
single strike through the original entry and the new entry recorded alongside or
footnoted to allow for readability. Corrections are initialed and dated by the person
making the correction. If the correction is not self-explanatory, a reason for the
correction is recorded.
For electronic records, equivalent measures of error correction or traceability of
changes made is kept. For example, audit trails provide records of change.
Maintenance of proper practices for error correction is monitored through the tiered
data review process described in Section 5.9.3. Records are reviewed throughout the
data review process. Individuals performing these reviews flag errors that are not
properly corrected and bring these to the attention of the department manager or
supervisor of the work area in which the record was generated so that the problem
may be addressed and corrected with the individual(s) that did not make the
correction properly.
4.14 Audits
Quality personnel, or their designees, perform internal systems and technical audits to assess
implementation of the QMS, compliance to this manual, policy, and procedures that make up the
QMS. Since the processes in this manual are based on the requirements from relevant and applicable
Standards for the operation and management of laboratories when operations are assessed against the
PAS QMS, compliance with regulatory program requirements and accreditation/certification program
requirements are also assessed.
PAS locations are also audited by external parties such as regulatory agencies, customers, consultants,
and non-government assessment bodies (NGAB).
Information from internal and external audits is used by local and corporate management to address
deficiencies and to identify opportunities to improve customer service and quality of work, including
reliability and usability of data and test results.
Deficiencies, observations, and recommendations from audits are managed by the local QM using the
CAPA process. See Section 4.11 for more information.
4.14.1 Internal Audit
The PAS internal audits are conducted to ensure practice matches what we say we do and what
we say we do is compliant with the PAS QMS and relevant standards and requirements.
The internal audit program is managed by the local QM who prepares an audit plan at the
beginning of each calendar year. The schedule is prepared to assure that all work areas are
reviewed over the course of the year and test methods are audited every two years, unless a
more frequent test method audit is required by program. Conformance to the schedule is
monitored on a monthly basis.
PAS management is responsible to ensure the audit schedule is maintained. PAS supervisors
are expected to cooperate with the quality personnel to provide them with complete access to
the work area, personnel, and records needed to conduct the audit.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 35 of 221
Internal audits may be performed by non-quality personnel when the auditor is approved by
the local QM. Non-quality personnel may not audit their own work activities unless it can be
demonstrated that an effective and objective audit will be conducted. The person conducting
the audit should be trained, qualified, and familiar enough with the objectives and policies of
the PAS QMS and knowledgeable with process and test method SOPs related to the activities
audited. The auditors should be trained in auditing practices in order to perform a thorough
and effective evaluation.
Test method audits include reviews of test reports to verify the product is consistent with
customer/project requirements, the work was conducted in accordance with policy and SOPs,
the SOP complies with the cited reference method, test results are accurate, and of known and
documented quality and properly qualified, when necessary.
Special audits are performed as needed to follow up on a specific issue such as a client
complaint, negative feedback, concerns of data integrity or ethics, or a problem identified
through other audits. Special audits may be scheduled or unscheduled. Unscheduled internal
audits are conducted whenever doubts are cast on compliance with regulatory requirements
or its own policies and procedures. These unscheduled internal audits may be conducted at
any time and may be performed without an announcement to the location or work area
audited.
When observations and findings from any audit (internal or external) cast doubt on the validity
of testing results, the location takes immediate action to investigate the problem and take
corrective action. (Also see 4.11 and 4.16)
4.14.1.1 Corporate Compliance Audit
PAS locations may also be audited by corporate personnel at discretion. The purpose
of the corporate compliance audit is to assess whether the location’s practices,
processes and procedures conform with the PAS QMS and to identify risk and
opportunity.
4.15 Management Review
Local management conducts an annual business review of each location under their purview to assess
performance and to establish goals, objectives, and action plans for the upcoming year.
The procedure used to conduct this review is specified in corporate SOP ENV-SOP-CORQ-0005
Management Review.
At a minimum, the following topics are reviewed and discussed during annual management review:
Changes in internal and external issues relevant to the location;
Fulfillment of objectives and initiatives;
suitability of policies and procedures, including EHS and waste management;
status of actions from previous performance reviews;
The outcome of recent internal audits;
Corrective and preventive actions;
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 36 of 221
Assessments by external bodies;
The results of interlaboratory comparisons or proficiency tests;
Changes in the volume and type of the work;
Customer and personnel feedback, including complaints;
Effectiveness of improvements / preventive actions made since last review;
Adequacy of resources;
results of risk identification;
Proficiency testing performance and other measures related to the assurance of validity of test
results; other relevant factors, such as QC trends and training status.
The discussion and results of this review are documented in a report prepared by local management.
This report includes a determination of the effectiveness of the management system and its processes,
goals, and objectives for improvements in the coming year with timelines and responsibilities, and any
other need for change.
Goals and action items from annual management systems review are shared with local employees and
with corporate management to highlight focus areas for improvement in addition to areas in which
the location has excelled.
4.16 Data Integrity
PAS procedures for the investigation and response to events that may affect data integrity are
described in the corporate SOPs for data inquiries and data recall and corrective and preventive action,
however named.
Customers whose data are affected by these events are notified in a timely manner, usually within 30
days after the impact of the problem is understood. Some accreditation programs also require
notification to the accreditation body (AB) within a certain timeframe from date of discovery when
the underlying cause of the issue impacts accreditation. PAS locations must follow any program or
project specific client notification requirements for notification, when applicable.
5.0 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
5.1 General
Multiple factors contribute to the correctness and reliability of the technical work performed by PAS.
These factors fall under these broad categories:
Human Performance
Facility and Environmental Conditions
Test Method Performance and Validation
Measurement Traceability
Handling of Samples
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 37 of 221
The impact of each of these factors varies based on the type of work performed. To minimize negative
effects from each of these factors, PAS accounts for the contribution from each of these categories
when developing test method and process (administrative) SOPs, evaluating personnel qualifications
and competence, and in the selection of equipment and supplies used.
5.2 Personnel
5.2.1 Personnel Qualifications
The PAS program for personnel management is structured to ensure personnel are selected,
qualified, and competent to perform the roles and responsibilities of their position based on
education, experience, and training.
Qualifications, duties, responsibilities, and authorities of each position are specified in job
descriptions maintained by corporate HR (See Section 5.2.4). These job descriptions provide
the general basis for the selection of personnel for hire and are used by the location to
communicate to personnel the duties, responsibilities, and authorities of their position.
Qualification records may include but are not limited to diploma, transcripts, and curriculum
vitae (CV).
The term “personnel” refers to individuals employed by PAS directly as full-time, part-time,
or temporary, and individuals employed by PAS by contract, such as through an employment
agency. The term “personnel” is used interchangeably with the term “employee” throughout
this manual. For purposes of this manual, these terms are equivalent.
The personnel management program is structured to establish and maintain records for each
of the following:
Selection of personnel;
Training of personnel;
Supervision of personnel;
Authorization of personnel; and
Monitoring Competence of personnel.
5.2.1.1 Competence
Competence is the ability to apply a skill or series of skills to complete a task or series
of tasks correctly within defined expectations.
Competence for technical personnel authorized by PAS to provide opinion and
interpretation of data to customers also includes the demonstrated ability to:
Apply knowledge, experience, and skills needed to safely and properly use
equipment, instrumentation, and materials required to carry out testing and other
work activities in accordance with manufacturer specifications and location
SOPs;
Understand and apply knowledge of general regulatory requirements necessary to
achieve regulatory compliance in work product; and
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 38 of 221
Understand the significance of departures and deviations from procedure that
may occur during the analytical testing process and the capability and initiative to
troubleshoot and correct the problem, document the situation and decision-
making process, and to properly qualify the data and analytical results.
PAS requirements for the competence of personnel (education, qualification, work
experience, technical skills, and responsibilities) are specified in job descriptions
created by management and kept by human resources (HR). The job description
provides the basis for the selection of personnel for each position.
An employee is considered competent when he/she has completed the required
training specified in Section 5.2.2 and documentation of training is complete.
5.2.2 Training (Required)
Pace® training requirements are outlined in Pace® policies COR-POL-0023 Mandatory
Training Policy and COR-POL-0004 Code of Ethics and Professional Conduct.
5.2.2.1 Required Training Requirements
The PAS training program includes these elements:
Scheduling
Execution
Documentation and Tracking
Evaluation of Effectiveness
Required training is scheduled by corporate training personnel, local quality
personnel, and the employee’s direct supervisor.
Training on required topics, processes and procedure is delivered using various
methods that incorporate techniques that appeal to the main learning styles: visual,
aural, linguistic, and kinesthetic. Techniques include, on-the-job, instructor-led, self-
study, eLearning, and blended.
The employee’s direct supervisor is responsible for oversight of completion of the
employee’s required training and for providing adequate time to the employee to
complete training assignments. The supervisor and employee are responsible to make
sure the employee’s training status and training records for all required training is
current, complete, and documentation of training is available.
Training status is tracked by the local QM, who provides the status to local
management at least monthly or more frequently, as necessary, to ensure required
training for personnel is complete and up to date.
The following subsections further describe the required PAS training program for
new hire training and on-going training.
5.2.2.1.1 New Hire Required Training
New hire training requirements apply to new personnel and to
existing employees starting in a new position or different work area.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 39 of 221
Required new hire training includes training on each of the
following:
Ethics and Data Integrity (See 5.2.2.1.3)
Quality Manual / Quality Management System (See 5.2.2.1.4)
Safety Manual and any training requirements specified in the
manual.
Policies & SOPs relevant to their job tasks
Technical personnel that prepare and test samples must also
successfully complete an initial demonstration of capability
(IDOC) for the test methods performed before independently
testing customer samples. (See 5.2.2.1.5). Independent testing
means without direct supervision of the work activity by the
supervisor or a qualified trainer.
All required training must be documented and verified complete by
the local QM before the employee is authorized to work
independently on client samples. Until then, the employee’s direct
supervisor is responsible for all work produced by the new employee
under their supervision.
5.2.2.1.2 On-Going Required Training
Personnel receive on-going training in each of the following topics:
Ethics and Data Integrity (See 5.2.2.1.3)
Quality Manual / Quality Management System (See 5.2.2.1.4)
Safety
Changes to Policies & SOPs, relevant to their job activities.
New Policies & SOPS, relevant to their job activities.
Technical personnel must also successfully complete on-going
demonstration of capability (CDOC) for all test methods
performed on an annual basis. (See 5.2.2.1.5)
All required training must be documented and verified complete by
the local QM with training records readily accessible in accordance
with the corporate policy for Record Management (ENV-POL-
CORQ-0013).
5.2.2.1.3 Ethics and Data Integrity Training
Data integrity training is provided to all new personnel and refresher
data integrity training is provided to all employees on an annual basis.
Personnel are required to acknowledge they understand that any
infractions of the PAS data integrity procedures will result in a
detailed investigation that could lead to profound consequences
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 40 of 221
including immediate termination, debarment, or civil/criminal
prosecution.
Completion of data integrity training is documented using the
mechanism established by Pace® to provide evidence that the
employee has participated in training on this topic and understand
their obligations related to data integrity.
The following topics and activities are covered:
Policy for honesty and full disclosure in all analytical reporting;
Prohibited Practices;
How and when to report data integrity issues;
Record keeping. The training emphasizes the importance of
proper written documentation on the part of the analyst with
respect to those cases where analytical data may be useful, but
are in one sense or another partially nonconforming;
Training Program, including discussion regarding all data
integrity procedures;
Data integrity training documentation;
In-depth procedures for data monitoring; and
Specific examples of breaches of ethical behavior such as
improper data manipulations, adjustments of instrument time
clocks, and inappropriate changes in concentrations of
standards.
All PAS personnel, including contract and temporary, are required
to sign an “Attestation of Ethics and Confidentiality” at the time of
hire and/or during annual refresher training or as specified in the
ethics policy. This document clearly identifies inappropriate and
questionable behavior. Violations of this document result in
profound consequences, including prosecution and termination, if
necessary.
Also see SOP-ENV-COR-POL-0004 Code of Ethics and Professional
Conduct for more information.
5.2.2.1.4 Management System Documents Training
The Quality Manual policies, and SOPs are the documents used by
regulatory bodies and Pace® customers to verify capability,
competency, and compliance with their requirements and
expectations.
In addition to on-the-job training, employees must have a signed
Read and Acknowledgement Statement (R&A) on record for the
quality manual, and the policies and SOPs relating to his/her job
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 41 of 221
responsibilities. This statement, whether signed by the employee
electronically or by wet signature, confirms that the employee has
received, read, and understands the content of the document, that
the employee agrees to follow the document when carrying out their
work tasks; and the employee understands that unauthorized change
to procedures in an SOP is not allowed except in accordance with
the SOP departure policy (See 4. 9.1).
See SOP ENV-CORQ-0016 Standard Operating Procedures and Standard
Work Instructions for more information.
5.2.2.1.5 Demonstration of Capability (DOC) Requirements
An initial demonstration of capability (IDOC) must be completed
and validated prior to authorization for the employee to work
independently on client samples for the test method. After
successful IDOC, the employee must demonstrate continued
proficiency (CDOC) for the test method on an annual basis. If more
than a year has passed since the employee last performed the
method; then capability must be re-established with an IDOC.
Successful DOC is one where the DOC replicate data has been
compiled, reviewed, and verified by the employee’s supervisor
and/or manager to be complete and to have met acceptance criteria
and the DOC record has been validated by quality personnel for
completeness and compliance, and placed in the employee’s training
file for accessibility and reference.
Demonstration of capability (DOC) procedures and requirements
vary by technology.
For example, a DOC for chemistry test methods where spiking is
appropriate, is based on the employee’s capability to achieve
acceptable precision and accuracy for each analyte reported by the
laboratory for the test method using the laboratory’s test method
SOP.
DOC procedures and requirements must be specified in the
laboratory’s test method SOP or a stand-alone SOP. Refer to these
SOPs for more information.
5.2.2.1.6 Effectiveness of Training
Effectiveness of individual employee training is measured by their
demonstrated ability to comprehend the training material and apply
knowledge and skills gained to their job task. Measurements include
but are not limited to:
Testing of the employee’s knowledge of the QMS, policies, and
technical and administrative procedures through various
mechanisms, such as quizzes, observation, and interviews.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 42 of 221
Demonstrated ability to convey information correctly and
factually in written and verbal communication to internal and
external parties.
Demonstrated ability to carry out tasks in accordance with SOPs
and other work instructions.
Demonstrated ability to make sound decisions based on
guidance and information available.
Demonstrated initiative to seek help or guidance when the
employee is unsure of how to proceed.
5.2.2.2 Supplemental Learning
Supplemental learning objectives may be established for newly hired personnel to aid
in their development of administrative and technical skills. These learning objectives
and materials, referred to as Learning Plans (LP), are created and maintained by the
PAS 3P program and managed by the employee’s direct supervisor.
Pace® also offers a wide variety of supplemental learning courses that are made
available to all employees for professional development. These learning materials,
maintained by Pace® corporate training personnel, are accessed via the company’s
employee portal, PaceConnect. The learning may be self-initiated based on an
employee’s interest or may be assigned to the employee at the discretion of
management as professional development as part of an employee’s annual goals.
Supplemental learning courses and learning plan activities are not prerequisites for
competency (Section 5.2.1.1) and are not considered part of the required PAS QMS
training program.
5.2.3 Personnel Supervision
Every employee is assigned a direct supervisor, however named, who is responsible for their
supervision.
General supervisory responsibilities may include but are not limited to:
Hiring Employees
Training Employees
Performance Management
Development, oversight, and execution of personnel training plans
Monitoring personnel work product to assure the work is conducted in accordance with
this quality manual, policies, SOPs, and other documents that support the QMS.
5.2.4 Job Descriptions
Job Descriptions that define the required education, qualifications, experience, skills, roles and
responsibilities, and reporting relationships for each Pace® position are established by top
management and kept by corporate HR. The job descriptions apply to employees who are
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 43 of 221
directly employed by Pace®, part-time, temporary, technical, and administrative and by those
that are under contract with Pace® through other means.
The job descriptions include the education, expertise, and experience required for the position
and the responsibilities and duties, including any supervisory or managerial duties assigned to
the position.
5.2.5 Authorization of Technical Personnel
Technical personnel are authorized by local quality personnel to perform the technical aspects
of their position after quality personnel have verified that the employee meets the
qualifications for the position, has successfully completed required training (Section 5.2.2.1),
and the employee has completed initial demonstrated capability (Section 5.2.2.1.5). After initial
authorization, technical personnel are expected to maintain a current and complete training
record, demonstrate on-going capability at least annually for each test method performed, and
produce reliable results through accurate analysis of certified reference materials, proficiency
testing samples, and/or routine quality control samples in order to remain authorized to
continue to perform their duties.
Records to support authorization including, education, experience, training, and other
evaluations are kept by the location where the employee works.
5.3 Accommodations and Facilities
5.3.1 Facilities
PAS laboratories and service centers are designed to support the correct performance of
procedures and to not adversely affect measurement integrity or safety. Access to PAS facilities
is controlled by various measures, such as card access, locked doors, staffed main entry.
5.3.2 Environmental Conditions
Each location is equipped with energy sources, lighting, heating, and ventilation necessary to
facilitate proper performance of calibrations and tests. The location ensures that
housekeeping, electromagnetic interference, humidity, line voltage, temperature, sound, and
vibration levels are appropriately controlled to ensure the integrity of specific measurement
results and to prevent adverse effects on accuracy or increases in the uncertainty of each
measurement.
Environmental conditions are monitored, controlled, and recorded as required by the relevant
specifications, methods, and procedures. Operations are stopped if it is discovered that the
environmental conditions would jeopardize the integrity of analytical results or other work
product.
5.3.3 Separation of Incompatible Activities
The layout and infrastructure of each work area including air handling systems, power supplies,
and gas supplies of each work area is specifically designed for the type of analytical activity
performed. Effective separation between incompatible work activities is maintained. For
example, sample storage, preparation, and chemical handling for volatile organic analysis
(VOA) is kept separate from semi-volatile organic (SVOA).
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 44 of 221
Samples known or suspected to contain high concentration of analytes are separated from
other samples to avoid the possibility for cross-contamination. If contamination is found, the
source of contamination is investigated and resolved in accordance with applicable SOPs.
5.3.4 Security
Security is maintained by controlled access to the building and by surveillance of work areas
by authorized personnel. Access is controlled to each area depending on the required
personnel, the sensitivity of the operations performed, and potential safety concerns.
5.3.5 Good Housekeeping
PAS locations must maintain good housekeeping practices in work areas to maintain a
standard of cleanliness necessary for analytical integrity and personnel health and safety.
5.4 Test Methods
5.4.1 General Requirements
The laboratory uses test methods and procedures that are appropriate for the scope of
analytical services the laboratory offers.
Instructions on the use and operation of equipment and sample handling, preparation, and
analysis of samples are provided in SOPs. The instructions in SOPs may be supplemented
with other documents including, but not limited to, standard work instructions (SWI),
manuals, guides, project documents and reference documents.
These documents are managed using the procedures described in SOP ENV-SOP-CORQ-
0015 Document Management and Control and SOP ENV-SOP-CORQ-0016 Standard Operating
Procedures and Standard Work Instructions.
5.4.2 Method Selection
The test methods and protocols used by the laboratory are selected to meet the needs of the
customer, are appropriate for the items tested, for the intended use of the data, and to conform
with applicable federal, statutory, or program requirements.
The test methods offered by PAS are industry accepted methods published by international,
regional, or national standards. Each PAS laboratory bases its procedure on the latest approved
edition of a method unless it is not appropriate or possible to do so, or unless regulatory
requirements specify otherwise.
The laboratory confirms that it can perform the test method and achieve desired outcome
before analyzing samples (see section 5.4.5). If there is a change in the published analytical
method, then the confirmation is repeated.
When a customer does not specify the test method(s) to be used, the laboratory may suggest
test methods that are appropriate for the intended use of the data and the type of samples to
be tested. The laboratory will also inform customers when test methods requested are
considered inappropriate for their purpose and/or out of date. This discourse takes place
during review of analytical service requests (See Section 4.4).
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 45 of 221
5.4.3 PAS Developed Methods
A PAS developed method is a method developed from scratch (no published source method),
a procedure that modifies the chemistry from the source method, or a procedure that exceeds
the scope and application of the source method.
PAS developed methods must be validated prior to use (see section 5.4.5) and the procedure
documented in a test method SOP.
The requirements for non-standard methods (Section 5.4.4) also apply to PAS developed
methods.
5.4.4 Non-standard Methods
A non-standard method is a method that is not published or approved for use by conventional
industry standards for the intended purpose of the data. Non-standard methods must be
validated prior to use (see section 5.4.5) and the procedure developed and documented in a
test method SOP.
At a minimum, the following information must be included in the procedure:
Title / Identification of Method;
Scope and Application;
Description of the type of item to be analyzed;
Parameters or quantities and ranges to be determined;
Apparatus and equipment, including technical performance requirements;
Reference standards and reference materials required;
Environmental conditions required and any stabilization period needed; and
Description of the procedure, including:
o Affixing identification marks, handling, transporting, storing, and preparing of
items;
o Checks to be made before the work is started;
o Verifying equipment function and, where required, calibrating and/or adjusting
the equipment before each use;
o Method of recording the observations and results;
o Any safety measures to be observed;
o Criteria and/or requirements for approval/rejection;
o Data to be recorded and method of analysis and presentation; and
o Uncertainty or procedure for estimating uncertainty.
Use of a non-standard method for testing must be agreed upon with the customer. The
agreement, which is retained by the laboratory in the project record, must include the
specifications of the client’s requirements, the purpose of testing, and their authorization for
use of the non-standard method.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 46 of 221
5.4.5 Method Validation
5.4.5.1 Validation Description
Validation is the process of confirmation and the provision of objective evidence that
the stated requirements for a specific method/procedure are fulfilled.
The laboratory’s requirements and procedures for method validation are outlined in
SOP ENV-SOP-CORQ-0011 Method Validation and Instrument Verification.
5.4.5.2 Validation Summary
All test methods offered by the laboratory are validated before use to confirm the
procedure works and the data and results achieved meet the goals for the method and
repeated when there are major changes to the laboratory procedure.
Results of validation are retained are kept in accordance with method validation SOP
and the corporate policy ENV-CORQ-POL-0013 Record Management.
5.4.5.3 Validation of Customer Need
The validation process includes review of accuracy, precision, sensitivity, selectivity,
linearity, repeatability, reproducibility, robustness, and cross-sensitivity of the
procedure against general customer needs to ensure the laboratory’s procedure will
meet those needs.
The following subsections explain some concepts as they are applied to chemistry.
The applications of these same concepts may differ for other technologies such as
microbiology, radiochemistry, whole effluent toxicity (WET), and asbestos or other
validation concepts may apply to these disciplines. Refer to the laboratory’s test
method SOPs for more information.
5.4.5.3.1 Accuracy
Accuracy is the degree to which the result of a measurement,
calculation, or specification conforms to the correct value or a
standard. When the result recovers within a range from the known
value (control limit); the result generated using the laboratory’s test
method SOP is considered accurate.
5.4.5.3.2 Precision
Precision refers to the closeness of two or more measurements to
each other. It is measured by calculating the relative percent
difference (RPD) or relative standard deviation (RSD) from results
of separate analysis of the same sample. Precision provides
information about repeatability, reproducibility, and robustness of
the laboratory’s procedure.
5.4.5.3.3 Limits of Detection (LOD) (Chemistry)
The LOD is the minimum result which can be reliably discriminated
from a blank with a predetermined confidence level. The LOD
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 47 of 221
establishes the limit of method sensitivity and is also known as the
detection limit (DL) or the method detection limit (MDL).
Values below the LOD cannot be reliably measured and are not
reported by the laboratory unless otherwise specified by regulatory
program or test method.
The LOD is established during method validation and after major
changes to the analytical system or procedure that affect sensitivity
are made.
The laboratory’s procedure for LOD determination is specified in
SOP ENV-SOP-MTJL-0016, Method Detection Limits (MDL), Limits
of Detection (LOD) and Limits of Quantitation (LOQ) and ENV-SOP-
MTJL-0340, Radiochemistry Method Performance Criteria.
For chemistry methodology, the local SOP must comply with the
current version of each of the following documents:
EPA document EPA-821-R-16-006 Definition and Procedure for the
Determination of the Method Detection Limit;
2016 TNI Standard V1M4; and
TNI GUID-3-109-Rev. 0, V1M4 2016 Standard Update Guidance
on Detection and Quantitation.
5.4.5.3.4 Limits of Quantitation (LOQ) and Reporting Limit (RL)
This section describes these concepts for chemistry. For non-
chemistry technologies, such as microbiology, refer to laboratory
SOPs.
The LOQ is the minimum level, concentration, or quantity of a
target analyte that can be reported with a specified degree of
confidence.
The LLOQ is the value of the lowest calibration standard included
in the calibration curve. The LLOQ establishes the lower limit of
quantitation; it is not the same concept as the LOQ, however, the
LOQ and LLOQ may be the same value.
The LOQ and LLOQ represent quantitative sensitivity of the test
method.
The LOQ must always be equal to or greater than the LLOQ
and the LLOQ must always be greater than the LOD.
Any reported value (detect or non-detect) less than the LLOQ
is a qualitative value.
The RL is the value to which the presence of a target analyte is
reported as detected or not detected. The RL is project-defined
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 48 of 221
based on project data quality objectives (DQO). In the absence of
project specific requirements, the RL is usually set to the LOQ or
the LLOQ.
The laboratory’s procedures for LOQ determination must be
specified in the same SOP for LOD determination, (See Section
5.4.5.3.3) The LLOQ for each method must be specified in the test
method SOP.
Linearity is a mathematical concept applied to calibration models
that employ multiple points to establish a calibration range used for
quantitative analysis. Linearity is measured differently based on the
calibration model. In general, if linearity is demonstrated then the
slope of the response of standards are sufficiently close to one
another. The accuracy of the linear regression and non-linear curves
is verified by checking percent error or relative standard error (RSE),
which is the process of refitting calibration data back to the model
to determine if the results are accurate. For linear curves that use
average calibration or response factor, error is measured by relative
standard difference (RSD).
Linearity also establishes the range of quantitation for the test
method used which directly impacts the sensitivity of the test
method and uncertainty in measurement results. As previously
noted, the LLOQ establishes the lower limit of quantitation.
Similarly, the upper range of linearity establishes the upper limit of
quantitation. In general, results outside of this range are considered
qualitative values. However, inorganic test methods sometimes allow
for extension of the linear range above the upper limit of
quantitation when accuracy at this value is verified.
Linearity can also be used to establish repeatability, reproducibility,
and robustness of the laboratory’s test method. When linearity is
demonstrated using a specific calibration model during method
validation, then use of this same calibration model to achieve
linearity on a day-to-day basis confirms the laboratory’s method is
repeatable, reproducible, and robust.
5.4.5.3.5 Demonstration of Capability (DOC)
The DOC performed during method validation confirms that the
procedure demonstrated acceptable precision and accuracy.
5.4.6 Measurement Uncertainty
The location provides an estimate of uncertainty in testing measurements with analytical
results on request, or when required. For example, for radiochemistry uncertainty is always
reported with the test result
For chemistry methodologies, the uncertainty of the test method is reflected in the control
limits used to evaluate QC performance for the test method. (See 5.9.1.1.9). ISO/IEC states
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 49 of 221
that when a well-recognized test method specifies limits to the values of the major source of
uncertainty of measurement and specifies the form of presentation of calculated results, the
laboratory has satisfied the requirements on analytical uncertainty by following the test method
and reporting instructions.
When measurement uncertainty cannot be satisfied through control limits, the location will
provide a reasonable estimation of uncertainty. A reasonable estimation is based on knowledge
of method performance and previous experience. When estimating the analytical uncertainty,
all uncertainty components which are of importance in the given situation are considered.
5.4.7 Control of Data
PAS has policies and processes in place to assure that reported data is free from calculation
and transcription errors, that quality control is reviewed and evaluated before data is reported,
and to address manual calculation and integration.
5.4.7.1 Calculations, Data Transfer, Reduction and Review
Whenever possible, calculations, transfer of data, and data reduction are performed
using validated software programs (See 5.4.7.2).
If manual calculations are performed, the results of these calculations are verified
during the data review process outlined in section 5.9.3.
5.4.7.1.1 Manual Integration
The PAS policy and procedures for manual integration are provided
in corporate SOP ENV-SOP-CORQ-0006 Manual Integration.
This SOP includes the conditions under which manual integration is
allowed and the requirements for documentation.
Required documentation of manual integration includes:
complete audit trail to permit reconstruction of before and after
results;
identification of the analyst that performed the integration and
the reason the integration was performed; and
identification of the individual(s) that reviewed the integration
and verified the integration was done and documented in
compliance with the SOP.
5.4.7.2 Use of Computers and Automated Acquisition
Whenever possible, PAS uses software and automation for the acquisition,
processing, recording, reporting, storage, and/or retrieval of data.
Software applications developed by PAS are validated by corporate IT for adequacy
before release for routine use. Commercial off the shelf software is considered
sufficiently validated when the location follows the manufacturer or vendor’s manual
for set-up and use. Records of validation are kept by the corporate information
technology (IT) group or by the group that performed the validation.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 50 of 221
The PAS process for the protection of data stored in electronic systems includes:
Individual usernames and passwords for Laboratory Information Management
Systems (LIMS) and auxiliary systems used to store or process data.
Employee Training in Computer Security Awareness
Validation of spreadsheets used for calculations to verify formulas and logic yield
correct results and protection of these cells to prevent unauthorized change.
Operating system and file access safeguards
Protection from Computer Viruses
Regular system backup; and testing of retrieved data
Verification the software application works as expected and is adequate for use
and fulfills compliance requirements, such as the need to record date/time of data
generation.
Change control to assure requests for changes are reviewed and approved by
management before the change is made.
Communication channels to assure all staff are aware of changes made.
Version Control and maintenance of historical records.
5.5 Equipment
5.5.1 Availability of Equipment
Each PAS location is furnished with all equipment and instrumentation necessary to correctly
perform the tests offered in compliance with the specifications of the test method and to
achieve the accuracy and sensitivity required.
When a regulation, program, or reference test method requires Class A glassware for
quantitative measurements, only Class A glassware may be used. Plastic graduated cylinders,
even if marketed by the vendor as comparable to Class A glassware, may not be used when
Class A glassware is specified because ASTM’s definition and tolerances for Class A glass
cannot be applied to other materials.
5.5.2 Calibration
Equipment and instrumentation are checked prior to use to verify it performs within tolerance
for its intended application.
5.5.2.1 Support Equipment
The location confirms support equipment is in proper working order, uniquely
identified, and meets the specifications for use prior to placement in service. Periodic
checks are performed to verify tolerance and accuracy are performed thereafter in
accordance with a support equipment maintenance scheduled maintained by local
quality personnel. Equipment that does not meet specifications is removed from
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 51 of 221
service until repaired or replaced. Records of repair and maintenance activities are
maintained.
Procedures used to conduct and record these checks are outlined in SOP ENV-SOP-
MTJL-0374, Support Equipment, ENV-SOP-MTJL-0047 Lockout/Tagout as well as
ENV-SOP-MTJL-0056 Instrument Transport.
5.5.2.2 Analytical Instruments
Analytical instruments are checked prior to placement in service in accordance with
SOP ENV-SOP-CORQ-0011 Method Validation and Instrument Verification. After the
initial service date, the calibration of instruments and verification calibration is
performed in accordance with local test method SOPs.
The calibration procedures in the test method SOPs comply with the requirements
for acceptable calibration practices outlined in corporate policy ENV-POL-CORQ-
0005 Acceptable Calibration Practices, the reference methods, and any applicable
regulatory or program requirements.
5.5.3 Equipment Use and Operation
Equipment is operated and maintained by personnel that are trained on the test method SOP.
Up-to-date instructions and procedures for the use and maintenance of analytical equipment
are included in SOPs and/or supplemental documents such as standard work instructions
(SWI) or instrument manuals which are made readily accessible in the work area to all
laboratory personnel.
5.5.4 Equipment Identification
Each piece of equipment must be uniquely identified by serial number or any other unique ID
system. The identifier is included in the equipment list maintained by the quality department
and may not be reused or used interchangeably. New equipment and replacement equipment
must be assigned a new unique ID.
5.5.5 Equipment Lists and Records
5.5.5.1 Equipment List
Each PAS location maintains a list of equipment that includes information about the
equipment including a description, manufacturer, serial number, date placed in
service, condition when received, identity, and the work area where the equipment is
used. The date of purchase is tracked by the procurement record. The equipment
list(s) for each location covered by this manual is provided in Appendix E.
5.5.5.2 Equipment Records
In addition to the equipment list, the location maintains records of equipment that
include:
Verification that equipment conforms with specifications.
Calibration records including dates, results, acceptance criteria, and next
calibration dates.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 52 of 221
Maintenance plan and records
Records of damage, malfunction, or repair
The laboratory follows an equipment maintenance program designed to optimize
performance and to prevent instrument failure which is described in SOP ENV-SOP-
MTJL-0373 Instrument Maintenance, ENV-SOP-MTJL-0374 Support Equipment, Env-
SOP-MTJL-0047 Lockout/Tagout as well as ENV-SOP-MTJL-0056 Instrument
Transport and/or in individual test method SOPs.
The maintenance program includes routine maintenance activities which are
performed as recommended by the manufacturer at the frequency recommended and
non-routine maintenance, which is performed to resolve a specific problem such as
degradation of peak resolution, shift in calibration relationship, loss of sensitivity, or
repeat failure of instrument performance checks and quality control samples.
Maintenance is performed by PAS personnel or by outside service providers.
All maintenance activities performed by PAS personnel are recorded by the
individual(s) that performed the activity at the time the maintenance was performed
in an instrument maintenance log.
The maintenance record minimally includes the date of maintenance, the initials of
the person(s) performing maintenance, a description of the activity performed, why
(when the maintenance is non-routine), and the return to analytical control. When
maintenance is performed by an external vendor, the service must be maintained and
accessible for easy retrieval. The location must provide personnel with unrestricted
access to instrument maintenance logs in order to promote good instrument
maintenance and recordkeeping practices.
If an instrument must be moved, the location will use safe practices for handling and
transport to minimize damage and contamination.
5.5.6 Out of Service Protocol
Equipment that has been subjected to overloading, mishandling, gives suspect results, has
been shown to be defective, or is performing outside of specified limits is taken out of service
and either removed from the work area or labeled to prevent accidental use until it has been
repaired and verified to perform correctly.
When analytical equipment is taken out of service because it no longer meets tolerance
specifications, the potential effect of the nonconformance may have had on previously
reported analytical results should be evaluated. (See section 4.9).
5.5.7 Calibration Status
The location labels support equipment to indicate calibration status, whenever practicable or
otherwise maintains the calibration status in a visible location in the work area. These
procedures are described in SOP ENV-SOP-MTJL-0373 Instrument Maintenance, ENV-
SOP-MTJL-0374 Support Equipment, Env-SOP-MTJL-0047 Lockout/Tagout as well as ENV-
SOP-MTJL-0056 Instrument Transport.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 53 of 221
The calibration status of analytical instruments is documented in the analytical record. Analysts
verify on-going acceptability of calibration status prior to use and with instrument
performance check standards. These procedures are described in test method SOPs.
5.5.8 Returned Equipment Checks
When equipment or an instrument is sent out for service, the location using the equipment
ensures that the function and calibration status of the equipment is checked and shown to be
satisfactory before the equipment is returned to service.
5.5.9 Intermediate Equipment Checks
The location performs intermediate checks on equipment to verify the on-going calibration
status. For example, most test methods require some form of continuing calibration
verification check, and these procedures are included in the test method SOP. Periodic checks
of support equipment are also performed; see ENV-SOP-MTJL-0373 Instrument Maintenance,
ENV-SOP-MTJL-0374 Support Equipment, Env-SOP-MTJL-0047 Lockout/Tagout as well as
ENV-SOP-MTJL-0056 Instrument Transport for more information.
5.5.10 Safeguarding Equipment Integrity
The location safeguards equipment integrity using a variety of mechanisms that include but
are not limited to:
Adherence to manufacturer’s specification for instrument use so that settings do not
exceed manufacturer’s recommendation or stress the performance of the equipment.
Established maintenance programs.
Transparent maintenance records and unrestricted access to maintenance logs.
Validation and approval of software before use.
Audits to confirm instrument settings are consistent with SOPs.
On-the-job training for safe and proper use of laboratory equipment.
5.6 Measurement Traceability
5.6.1 General
Measurement traceability refers to a property of a measurement result whereby the result can
be related to a reference through an unbroken chain of calibration, each contributing to the
measurement uncertainty. Traceability requires an established calibration hierarchy of
equipment (instruments) used during testing including equipment used for subsidiary
measurements. The location assures this equipment is calibrated prior to being put into service
and that the reference standard and materials used for calibration are traceable to the
international standard of units (SI) or national measurement standard.
When strict traceability to SI units cannot be made, the location establishes traceability with
the use of reference standards and equipment obtained from competent suppliers that provide
calibration certificates and/or certificates of analysis (COA).
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 54 of 221
5.6.2 Equipment Correction Factors
When correction factors are used to adjust results the PAS personnel will assure that results
in computer software are also updated.
5.6.3 Specific Requirements
5.6.3.1 Requirements for Calibration Laboratories
The laboratory does not offer calibration services to customers; therefore, ISO/IEC
and TNI requirements for calibration laboratories do not apply.
5.6.3.2 Requirements for Testing Laboratories
The laboratory has procedures in place to verify equipment is calibrated prior to being
put into service (See 5.5.2) and ensures the reference standard and materials used for
calibration are traceable to the international standard of units (SI) or national
measurement standard. When strict traceability to SI units cannot be made, the
laboratory establishes traceability with the use of reference standards and equipment
obtained from competent suppliers that provide calibration certificates and/or
certificates of analysis (COA).
5.6.4 Reference Standards and Reference Materials
5.6.4.1 Reference Standards
The laboratory uses reference standards of measurement to verify adequacy of
working weights and thermometers. The working weights are the weight(s) used for
daily balance calibration checks and the working thermometers are used for daily
temperature measurements.
Working weights and thermometers must be periodically checked to verify on-going
adequacy for use between calibrations performed by an external calibration laboratory
using reference standards traceable to SI or a national standard and that are used solely
for verification purposes.
For example:
An acceptable reference standard to check working thermometers against include
a NIST Certified Thermometer or a NIST Traceable Thermometer that is not
used for any other purpose than to check the adequacy of the working
thermometer.
An acceptable reference standard for the working weights is a set of Class S
weights that is not used for any other purpose than to verify the weights used
daily.
The working weights must be checked against the reference standard annually and all
weight sets must be recertified by an ISO accredited calibration body every 5 years.
In this application, “annually” means within thirteen (13) months from the date of
the last check.
Working thermometers must be checked against the reference thermometer prior to
placement in service to establish a correction factor (CF)1 and then re-checked
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 55 of 221
annually (±13 months from date of last check) or if battery operated, every three (3)
months (±100 days from date of last check).
Exceptions to the 3-month recheck for battery operated sensors are allowed when
the sensor is embedded in a unit and the manufacturer/vendor has evidence to show
that the accuracy of the sensor is not affected by battery life.
Liquid in Glass NIST Certified reference thermometers must be recertified by an
ISO/IEC accredited calibration laboratory every 5 years. If the reference
thermometer is NIST Traceable or is a digital NIST Certified thermometer, the
reference thermometer must be recertified annually by an ISO/IEC 17025 accredited
calibration laboratory or service provider that provides traceability to a national
standard.
If criteria for the intermediate checks or recertification is not acceptable, the impact
on previously reported results is evaluated using the process for evaluation of
nonconforming work (See 4.9).
See SOP ENV-SOP-MTJL-0373 Instrument Maintenance, ENV-SOP-MTJL-0374,
Support Equipment, Env-SOP-MTJL-0047 Lockout/Tagout as well as ENV-SOP-MTJL-
0056 Instrument Transport for more information.
5.6.4.2 Reference Materials
The location purchases chemical reference materials (also known as stock standards)
from vendors that are accredited to ISO 17034 or Guide 34. Purchased reference
materials must be received with a Certificate of Analysis (COA) where available. If a
reference material cannot be purchased with a COA, it must be verified by analysis
and comparison to a certified reference material and/or there must be a
demonstration of capability for characterization. COA are reviewed for adequacy and
retained by the laboratory for future reference.
All prepared standards, reference materials, and reagents are verified to meet the
requirements of the test method through routine analyses of quality control samples.
The laboratory procedure for traceability and use of these materials is provided in
SOP ENV-SOP-MTJL-0041 Standards Logger-Tree Operation, ENV-SOP-MTJL-0023
Storage of Consumables, and ENV-SOP-MTJL-0042 Standards Recertification.
This SOP includes each of the following requirements:
Procedures for documentation of receipt and tracking. The record of entry
includes name of the material, the lot number, receipt date, and expiration date.
Storage conditions and requirements. Reference materials must be stored
separately from samples, extracts, and digestates.
Requirements to assure that preparations of intermediate or working solutions
are recorded and assigned a unique identification number for tracking. Records
of preparation include the lot number of the stock standard(s) used, the type and
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 56 of 221
lot number of the solvent, the formulation, date, expiration date, and the
preparer’s initials. The lot number of the working standards is recorded in the
analytical record to provide traceability to the standard preparation record. The
preparation record provides traceability to the COA, which is traceable to SI or
the national measurement standard.
A requirement that the expiration dates of prepared standards may not exceed
the expiration date of the parent standard. Standards, reference materials, and
reagents are not used after their expiration dates unless it is not possible to
procure a new standard and the reliability of the expired material is verified and
documented by the location using a procedure approved by corporate quality
personnel. Otherwise, the expired material is promptly removed from the work
area or clearly labeled as acceptable for qualitative/troubleshooting purposes
only.
The second source materials used for verification of instrument calibration are
obtained from a different manufacturer or may be a different lot from the same
manufacturer.
Procedures to check reference materials for degradation and replacement of
material if degradation or evaporation is suspected.
Procedures for labeling. At a minimum, the container must identify the material,
the ID of the material and the expiration date. Original containers should also be
labeled with date opened.
5.6.4.3 Intermediate Checks
Checks to confirm the calibration status of reference standards and materials must be
included in test method SOPs. These checks include use of second source standards
and reference materials reserved only for the purpose of calibration checks.
5.6.4.4 Transport and Storage
The location handles and transports reference standards and materials in a manner
that protects the integrity of the materials. Reference standard and material integrity
is protected by separation from incompatible materials and/or minimizing exposure
to degrading environments or materials. Standards and reference materials are stored
separately from samples, extracts, and digestates. All standards are stored according
to the manufacturer’s recommended conditions. Temperatures colder than the
manufacturer’s recommendation are acceptable if it does not compromise the
integrity of the material (e.g., remains in liquid state and does not freeze solid). In the
event a standard is made from more than a single source with different storage
conditions, the standard will be stored according to the conditions specified in the
analytical method.
See the applicable analytical SOPs for specific reference material storage and transport
protocols.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 57 of 221
5.7 Sampling
Sampling refers to the field collection of samples and to subsamples taken by the laboratory for
analysis from the field collected sample.
Subsampling procedures are included in each test method SOP or a stand-alone SOP to assure the
aliquot used for testing is representative of the field collected sample.
The requirements in the following subsections apply when field sampling is performed by PAS.
5.7.1 Sampling Plans and SOPs
When PAS performs field collection of samples, sampling is carried out in accordance with a
written sampling plan and sampling SOPs. These documents are made readily accessible at
the sampling location. Sampling plans and SOPs are, whenever reasonable, based on
appropriate governing methods and address the factors to be controlled to ensure the validity
of the analytical results.
5.7.2 Customer Requested Deviations
When the customer requires deviations, additions, or exclusions from the documented
sampling plan and/or procedure, the laboratory records the client’s change request in detail
with the sampling record, communicates the change to sampling personnel, and includes this
information in the final test report.
5.7.3 Recordkeeping
PAS assures the sampling record includes the sampling procedure used, any deviations from
the procedure, the date and time of sampling, the identification of the sampler, environmental
conditions (if relevant), and the sampling location.
5.8 Sample Management & Handling
5.8.1 Procedures
The location’s procedures for sample management and handling are outlined in SOP
ENV-SOP-MTJL-0045 Sample Dilution Policy, ENV-SOP-MTJL-0060 Sample Receiving,
ENV-SOP-MTJL-0061 Sample Storage, Disposal and Sample Control Technicians, ENV-SOP-
MTJL-0064 Sample Shipping, and ENV-SOP-MTJL-0066 Cold Storage Management.
The procedures in these SOPs are established to maintain the safe handling and integrity of
samples from transport, storage, to disposal and during all processing steps to maintain client
confidentiality, and to protect the interests of PAS and its customers.
5.8.1.1 Chain of Custody
All samples received by the location must be accompanied with a Chain of Custody
(COC) record. The COC provides information about the samples collected and
submitted for testing and documents the possession of samples from time of
collection to receipt by the location.
The COC record must minimally include the following information:
Client name, address, phone number;
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 58 of 221
Project Reference;
Client Sample Identification (Client ID);
Date, Time, and Location of Sampling;
Sampler’s Name or Initials;
Matrix;
Type of container, and total number collected for each sample;
Preservatives;
Analyses Requested;
Mode of collection;
Any special instructions; and
The date and time and signature of each sample transfer from time of collection
to receipt in the location. When the signature field on CoC includes company.
Personnel relinquishing and/or receiving samples are expected to record this
information. When the COC is transported inside the cooler, independent
couriers do not sign the COC and the shipping manifests and/or air bills are the
records of possession during transport. The shipping manifest must be retained
as part of the COC record and included in the test report when required (See
Section 5.10.3).
A complete and legible COC is required. If the location observes that the COC is
incomplete or illegible, the client is contacted for resolution. The COC must be filled
out in indelible ink. Personnel correct errors by drawing a single line through the initial
entry, so the entry is not obscured, entering the correct information, and initialing,
and dating the change.
5.8.1.2 Legal Chain of Custody
Legal chain of custody is a chain of custody protocol used for evidentiary or legal
purposes. The protocol is followed by the location when requested by customer or
when mandated by a regulatory program.
Legal chain of custody (COC) protocol establishes an intact, continuous record of the
physical possession*, storage, and disposal of “samples” which includes sample
aliquots, and sample extracts/digestates/distillates.
Legal COC records account for all time periods associated with the samples and
identifies all individuals who physically handled individual samples. Legal COC begins
at the point established by legal authority, which is usually at the time the sample
containers are provided by the location for sample collect or when sample collection
begins.
*A sample is in someone’s custody if:
It is in one’s physical possession;
It is in one’s view after being in one’s physical possession;
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 59 of 221
It has been in one’s physical possession and then locked or sealed so that no one
can tamper with it; and/or
It is kept in a secure area, restricted to authorized personnel only.
Refer to SOP ENV-SOP-MTJL-0060 Sample Receiving for more information.
5.8.2 Unique Identification
Each sample is assigned a unique identification number (Lab ID) after the sample has been
checked and accepted by PAS in accordance with the PAS sample acceptance policy (See
5.8.3). The Lab ID is affixed to the sample container using a durable label.
The unique identification of samples also applies to subsamples, and prepared samples.
The lab ID is linked to the field ID (client ID) in the receipt and log-in record. Both IDs are
linked to the testing activities performed on the sample and the documentation records of the
test.
Also see 5.8.4.
5.8.3 Sample Receipt Checks and Sample Acceptance Policy
The location checks the condition and integrity of samples on receipt and compares the labels
on the sample containers to the COC record. Any problem or discrepancy is recorded. If the
problem impacts the suitability of the sample for analysis or if the documentation is
incomplete, the client is notified for resolution. Decisions and instructions from the client are
maintained in the project record.
5.8.3.1 Sample Receipt Checks
The following checks are performed:
Verification that the COC is complete and legible.
Verification that each sample’s container label includes the client sample ID, the
date and time of collection and the preservative in indelible ink.
The container type and preservative are appropriate for each test requested.
Adequate volume is received for each test requested.
Visual inspection for damage or evidence of tampering.
Visual inspection for presence of headspace in VOA vials. (VOA = volatile
organic analysis).
Thermal Preservation: For chemical testing methods for which thermal
preservation is required, temperature on receipt is typically considered acceptable
if the measurement is above freezing but <6°C unless otherwise specified by
federal, statutory, program or test method requirements. Refer to the location’s
SOP for sample receipt for specific thermal preservation requirements.
For samples that are hand-delivered to the location immediately after sample
collection, there must be evidence that the chilling process began immediately
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 60 of 221
after sample collection and prior to delivery of the samples to the laboratory or
service center, such as arrival of the samples on ice.
Chemical Preservation
Holding Time: Sample receiving personnel are trained to recognize tests where
the holding time is 48 hours or less and to expedite the log-in of these samples.
Except for tests with immediate holding times (15 minutes from time of
collection or less), when samples are received out of hold, the location will notify
the client and request instruction. If the decision is made to proceed with analysis,
the final test report will include notation of this instruction.
5.8.3.2 Sample Acceptance Policy
PAS maintains a sample acceptance policy in accordance with regulatory guidelines to
clearly establish the circumstances in which sample receipt is accepted or rejected.
When receipt does not meet criteria for any one of these conditions, the location must
document the noncompliance, contact the customer, and either reject the samples or
fully document any decisions to proceed with testing. In accordance with regulatory
specifications, test results associated with receipt conditions that do not meet criteria
are qualified in the final test report.
All samples received must meet each of the following criteria:
Be listed on a complete and legible COC;
Be received in properly labeled sample containers;
Be received in appropriate containers that identify preservative;
The COC must include the date and time of collection for each sample;
The COC must include the test method requested for each sample;
Be in appropriate sample containers with clear documentation of the
preservatives used;
Be received within holding time. Any samples received beyond the holding time
will not be processed without prior customer approval;
Have sufficient sample volume to proceed with the analytical testing. If
insufficient sample volume is received, analysis will not proceed without customer
approval; and
Be received within appropriate temperature ranges unless program requirements
or customer contractual obligations mandate otherwise.
Samples that are delivered to the location immediately after collection are
considered acceptable if there is evidence that the chilling process has been
started. For example, by the arrival of the samples on ice. If samples arrive that
are not compliant with these temperature requirements, the customer will be
notified. The analysis will NOT proceed unless otherwise directed by the
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 61 of 221
customer. If less than 72 hours remain in the hold time for the analysis, the
analysis may be started while the customer is contacted to avoid missing the hold
time. Data associated with any deviations from the above sample acceptance
policy requirements will be appropriately qualified.
5.8.4 Sample Control and Tracking
The samples are controlled and tracked using the Laboratory Information Management
System (LIMS). The LIMS stores information about the samples and project. The process of
entering information into the LIMS is called log-in and these procedures are described in SOP
ENV-SOP-MTJL-0060 Sample Receiving. After log-in, a label is generated and affixed to
each sample container. Information on this label, such as the lab ID, links the sample container
to the information in LIMS.
At a minimum, the following information is entered during log-in:
Client Name and Contact Information;
The laboratory ID linked to the client ID;
Date and time of sample collection;
Date and time of sample receipt;
Matrix; and
Tests Requested.
5.8.5 Sample Storage, Handling, and Disposal
The location procedures for sample storage, handling and disposal are detailed in SOPs
ENV-SOP-MTJL-0061 Sample Storage, Disposal and Sample Control Technicians and ENVSOP-
MTJL-0066 Cold Storage Management as well as test method SOPs.
5.8.5.1 Sample Storage
The samples are stored according to method and regulatory requirements as per test
method SOPs. Samples are stored away from all standards, reagents, or other potential
sources of contamination and stored in a manner that prevents cross contamination.
Volatile samples are stored separately from other samples. All sample fractions,
extracts, leachates, and other sample preparation products are stored in the same
manner as actual samples or as specified by the analytical method.
Refrigerated storage areas are maintained at ≤6°C (but not frozen) and freezer storage
areas are maintained at <-10°C, unless otherwise required per method or program.
The temperature of each storage area is checked and documented at least once for
each day of use. If the temperature falls outside the acceptable limits, then corrective
actions are taken and appropriately documented.
The location is operated under controlled access protocols to ensure sample and data
integrity. Visitors must register at the front desk and be properly escorted while on-
site. Samples are taken to the appropriate storage location immediately after sample
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 62 of 221
receipt and log-in procedures are completed. All sample storage areas have limited
access. Samples are removed from storage areas by designated personnel and returned
to the storage areas as soon as possible after the required sample quantity has been
taken.
5.8.5.2 Sample Retention and Disposal
The procedures used by the location for sample retention and disposal are detailed in
SOP ENV-SOP-MTJL-0061 Sample Storage, Disposal and Sample Control Technicians and
ENV-SOP-MTJL-0066 Cold Storage Management.
In general, unused sample volume and prepared samples such as extracts, digestates,
distillates and leachates (samples) are retained by the location for the timeframe
necessary to protect the interests of the location and the customer.
Samples may be stored at ambient temperature when all analyses are complete, the
hold time is expired, the report has been delivered, and/or when allowed by the
customer or program. Samples requiring storage beyond the minimum sample
retention time due to special requests or contractual obligations may be stored at
ambient temperature unless the location has a capacity, and their presence does not
compromise the integrity of other samples.
After this period expires, non-hazardous samples are properly disposed of as non-
hazardous waste. The preferred method for disposition of hazardous samples is to
return the excess sample to the customer.
5.9 Assuring the Quality of Test Results
5.9.1 Quality Control (QC) Procedures
The location monitors the validity and reliability of test results using quality control (QC)
samples that are prepared and analyzed concurrently with field samples in the same manner as
field samples. QC results are always associated to and reported with the field samples they
were prepared and analyzed with from the same preparation or analytical batch. See the
glossary for definition of preparation and analytical batch.
The results of QC performed during the testing process are used by the location to assure the
results of analysis are consistent, comparable, accurate, and/or precise within a specified limit.
When the results are not within acceptance criteria or expectations for method performance,
correction and corrective action(s) are taken. These actions may include retesting or reporting
of data with qualification to alert the end user of the situation.
Other QC measures performed include the use of certified reference materials (see 5.6.4),
participation in interlaboratory proficiency testing (see 5.9.1.2), verification that formulae used
for reduction of data and calculation of results is accurate (see 5.9.3), on-going monitoring of
environmental conditions that could impact test results (see 5.3.2), and evaluation and
verification of method selectivity and sensitivity (see 5.4.5).
QC results are also used by the location to monitor performance statistical trends over time
and to establish acceptance criteria when no method or regulatory criteria exist. (See 5.9.1.1.9)).
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 63 of 221
5.9.1.1 Essential QC
Although the general principles of QC for the testing process apply to all testing, the
QC protocol used for each test depends on the type of test performed.
QC protocol used by the location to monitor the validity of the test are specified in
test method SOPs. The SOP includes QC type, frequency, acceptance criteria,
corrective actions, and procedures for reporting of nonconforming work.
These requirements in the SOP conform to the reference method and any applicable
regulations or certification and accreditation program requirement for which results
of the test are used. When a project requires more stringent QC protocol than
specified in the SOP, project specification is followed. When the project requires less
stringent QC protocol, the project specification may be followed as an authorized
departure from the SOP when the project specifications meet the requirements in the
mandated method and any regulatory compliance requirements for which the data
will be used.
The following are examples of essential QC for chemistry. These concepts may not
apply to other technologies and disciplines such as microbiology, radiochemistry,
whole effluent toxicity, and/or asbestos. For essential QC for these disciplines, refer
to test method SOPs.
5.9.1.1.1 Second Source Standard (ICV/QCS)
The second source standard is a standard obtained from a different
vendor than the vendor of the standards used for calibration, or
from a different lot from the same vendor, when only one vendor is
available. It is a positive control used to verify the accuracy of
instrument calibration relative to the purity of the standards used for
calibration. This check may be referred to in published test methods
and quality system standards as the initial calibration verification
(ICV) or a quality control sample (QCS). The second source
standard is analyzed immediately after the calibration and before
analysis of any samples. When the ICV is not within acceptance
criteria, a problem with the purity or preparation of the standards
may be indicated. The source of the problem should be investigated
and corrected prior to further use of the calibration/instrument for
sample analysis.
5.9.1.1.2 Continuing Calibration Verification (CCV)
The CCV is used to determine if the analytical response has
significantly changed since calibration. If the response of the CCV is
within criteria, the calibration is considered valid. If not, there is a
problem that requires further investigation and correction. Actions
taken are technology and method specific.
5.9.1.1.3 Method Blank (MB) / Other Blanks
The MB is a negative control used to assess for contamination during
the prep/analysis process. The MB consists of a clean matrix, similar
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 64 of 221
to the associated samples that is known to be free of analytes of
interest. The MB, unless otherwise specified by the test method, is
processed with, and carried through all preparation and analytical
steps as the associated samples.
The criteria used to assess for contamination depends on the
intended use of data. In general, detections in the MB above the RL
or ½ the RL indicate contamination. When contamination is evident,
the source is investigated, and corrections are taken to reduce or
eliminate it. Analytical results associated with MB that does not meet
criteria are qualified in the final test report.
Other types of blanks that serve as negative controls in the process
may include:
Trip Blanks (VOA)
Storage Blanks
Equipment Blanks
Field Blanks
Calibration Blanks
Cleanup Blanks
Instrument Blanks
5.9.1.1.4 Laboratory Control Sample (LCS)
The LCS is a positive control used to measure the accuracy of
process in a blank matrix. The LCS is spiked by the laboratory with
a known amount of analyte. The spike is a standard solution that is
pre-made or prepared from a certified reference standard. Like the
MB, unless otherwise specified in the test method, the LCS is
processed with and carried through all preparation and analytical
steps as the associated samples.
When the percent recovery (%R) of the LCS is within the established
control limit, sufficient accuracy has been achieved. If not, the
source of the problem is investigated and corrected, and the
procedure may be repeated. Analytical results associated with LCS
that does not meet criteria are qualified in the final test report.
5.9.1.1.5 Matrix Spike (MS) and Matrix Spike Duplicate (MSD)
The MS and MSD are replicates of a client sample that is spiked with
known amount of target analyte. Matrix spikes measure the effect
the sample matrix has on precision and accuracy of test results.
Matrix spike results mostly provide information on the effect of the
matrix to the client whose sample was used and on samples of the
same matrix from the same sampling site, during the same sampling
event. Consequently, matrix spikes should be client designated.
When there is not a client-specified MS for any sample in the batch,
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 65 of 221
the location randomly selects a sample from the batch; the sample
selected at random is called a “batch” matrix spike.
The MS/MSD results for percent recovery and relative percent
difference are checked against control limits. However, because the
performance of matrix spikes is matrix-dependent and specific to the
customer whose sample was used as the MS/MSD, the results of
matrix spikes are not used for quality control on the batch.
5.9.1.1.6 Sample Duplicate (SD)
A sample duplicate is a second replicate of sample that is used to
measure precision.
The relative percent difference between replicates are evaluated
against the established acceptance criteria for relative percent
difference (RPD) when this criterion is applicable. If RPD is not met,
associated test results are reported with qualification.
5.9.1.1.7 Surrogates
Surrogates are compounds that mimic the chemistry of target
analytes but are not expected to occur naturally in real world
samples. Surrogates are added to each sample and matrix QC
samples (MS, MSD, SD) at known concentration to measure the
impact of the matrix on the accuracy of method performance.
Surrogates are also added to the positive and negative control
samples (MB, LCS) to evaluate performance in a clean matrix, and
included in the calibration standards and calibration check standards.
The percent recovery of surrogates is evaluated against method-
specified limits or statistically derived in-house limits. Project-
specific limits and/or program-specific limits are used when
required. Results with surrogate recovery out of limits in samples are
reported with qualification. Samples with surrogate failures can also
be re-extracted and/or re-analyzed to confirm that the out-of-
control value was caused by the matrix of the sample and not by
some other systematic error.
5.9.1.1.8 Internal Standards
Internal Standards are compounds not expected to occur naturally
in field samples. They are added to every standard and sample at a
known concentration prior to analysis for the purpose of adjusting
the response factor used in quantifying target analytes. The location
follows specific guidelines for the treatment of internal standard
recoveries and further information can be found in the applicable
test method SOP.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 66 of 221
5.9.1.1.9 QC Acceptance Criteria and Control Limits
The QC acceptance criteria are specified in test method SOPs. The
criteria in the SOP are based on the requirements in the published
test method or regulatory program. When there are no established
acceptance criteria, the location develops acceptance criteria in
accordance with recognized industry standards.
Some methods and programs require the location to establish
control limits for LCS, MS/MSD, and surrogate evaluation using
historical data. PAS developed limits are referred to as “in-house”
control limits. In-house control limits represent ± 3 Standard
Deviations (99% confidence level) from the average recovery of at
least 20 data points generated using the same preparation and
analytical procedure in a similar matrix.
See SOP ENV-SOP-MTJL-0017 Generation of Control Limits for more
information about the procedures used to establish in-house control
limits.
5.9.1.2 Proficiency Testing (PT)
PAS locations participate in interlaboratory proficiency testing (PT) studies to
measure performance of the test method and to identify or solve analytical problems.
PT samples measure location performance through the analysis of unknown samples
provided by an external source.
The frequency of PT participation is based on the certification and accreditation
requirements held by the laboratory. The PT samples are obtained from accredited
proficiency testing providers (PTP) and treated as field samples which means they are
included in the location’s normal analytical processes and do not receive extraordinary
attention due to their nature.
PAS locations do not share PT samples with other PAS locations, does not
communicate with other PAS locations regarding current PT sample results during
the duration of the study, and does not attempt to obtain the assigned value of any
PT sample from the PT provider.
PT results scored unacceptable are investigated and correction action taken, when
necessary.
Refer to corporate policy ENV-POL-CORQ-0002 PT Policy for more information.
5.9.2 QC Corrective Action
When the results of QC are not within acceptance criteria or expectations for method
performance, correction and corrective action(s) are taken per the specifications in the test
method SOP. These actions may include retesting or reporting of data with qualification to
alert the end user of the situation.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 67 of 221
5.9.3 Data Review
PAS locations use a tiered system for data review. The tiered process provides sequential
checks to verify data transfer is complete; manual calculations, if performed, are correct,
manual integrations are appropriate and documented, calibration and QC requirements are
met, appropriate corrective action was taken when required, test results are properly qualified,
process and test method SOPs were followed, project specific requirements were met, when
applicable, and the test report is complete.
The sequential process includes three tiers referred to as primary review, secondary review,
and administrative/completeness review.
Detailed procedures for the data review process are described in SOP ENV-SOP-MTJL-0038
Data Review. The general expectations for the tiered review process are described in the
following sections:
5.9.3.1 Primary Review
Primary review is performed by the individual that performed the task. All PAS
personnel are responsible for review of their work product to assure it is complete,
accurate, documented, and consistent with policy and SOPs.
Checks performed during primary review include but are not limited to:
Verification that data transfer and acquisition is complete
Manual calculations, if performed, are documented and accurate
Manual integrations, if performed, are documented, and comply with SOP ENV-
SOP-CORQ-006 Manual Integration
Calibration and QC criteria were met, and/or proper correction and corrective
actions were taken, and data and test results associated with QC and criteria
exceptions are properly qualified
Work is consistent with SOPs and any other relevant instructional document such
as SWI, program requirements, or project QAPP
5.9.3.2 Secondary Review
Secondary review is performed by a qualified peer or supervisor. Secondary review is
a repeat of the checks performed during primary review by another person. In
addition to the checks of primary review, secondary review includes chromatography
review to check the accuracy of quantitative analyte identification.
5.9.3.3 Completeness Review
Completeness review is an administrative review performed prior to release of the test
report to the customer. Completeness review verifies that the final test report is
complete and meets project specification. This review also assures that information
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 68 of 221
necessary for the client’s interpretation of results are explained in the case narrative
or footnoted in the test report.
5.9.3.4 Data Audits
Test reports may be audited by local quality personnel to verify compliance with SOPs
and to check for data integrity, technical accuracy, and compliance with the PAS QMS
and any applicable federal, statutory, and program requirements. The reports chosen
for the data audits are selected at random and these audits are not usually done prior
to issuance of the test report to the customer.
If any problems with the data or test results are found during the data audit, the impact
of the nonconforming work is evaluated using the process described in Section 4.9.
Also see Section 4.14 for internal audits.
5.9.4 Calibration Certificates
PAS does not perform calibration activities for its customers and calibration certificates are
not offered or issued.
5.9.5 Opinions and Interpretations
The location provides objective data and information to its customers of sufficient detail for
their interpretation and decision making. Objective data and information are based solely on
fact and does not attempt to explain the meaning (interpret) or offer a view or judgement
(opinion). Sometimes the customer may request the location provide opinion or interpretation
to assist them with their decisions about the data.
When opinions and interpretations are included in the test report, the location will document
the basis upon which the opinions and interpretations have been made and clearly identify this
content as opinion or interpretation in the test report.
Examples of opinion and interpretation include but are not limited to:
A viewpoint on how a nonconformance impacts the quality of the data or usability of
results.
Recommendations for how the customer should use the test results and information.
Suggestions or guidance to the customer for improvement.
5.9.6 Subcontractor Reports
When analytical work has been subcontracted to an organization external to PAS, the test
report from the subcontractor is included in its entirety as an amendment to the final test
report.
Test results performed by multiple locations within the PAS network (internal subcontracting)
may be merged into a single test report so long as the test report issued clearly identifies the
location and address of each network location that performed testing, and which tests each
PAS location performed. (See 5.10.2)
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 69 of 221
5.9.7 Electronic Transmission of Results
When test results and/or reports are submitted to the customer through electronic
transmission, the procedures established in this manual for confidentiality and protection of
data apply.
5.9.8 Format of Test Reports
The test formats offered by PAS are designed to accommodate each type of analytical test
method performed and to minimize the possibility of misunderstanding or misuse of analytical
results. The format of electronic data deliverables (EDD) follows the specifications for the
EDD.
5.9.9 Amendments to Test Reports
Test reports that are revised or amended by the location after date of release of the original
final test report to the customer are issued as a new test report that is clearly identified as an
amendment or revision and that includes a reference to the originally issued final test report.
The customer is the organization doing business with PAS external to PAS.
Changes made to test results and data before the final test report is issued to the customer are
not amendments or revisions, these are corrections to errors found during the location’s data
verification and review process.
The procedure for report amendments and revision are outlined in SOP ENV-SOP-MTJL-
0014 Data Handling and Reporting and ENV-SOP-MTJL-0033 Report Revision.
5.10 Reporting
5.10.1 General Requirements
PAS offers a wide variety of test report formats to meet project needs of Pace® customers
and that comply with federal and state regulatory programs.
The type and level of deliverable, including the electronic data deliverable (EDD) format are
established between PAS and the customer during the contracting process. The report
specifications include the test report format, protocol for the reporting limit (RL), conventions
for the reporting of results less than the limit of quantitation (LOQ), and specification for the
use of project or program specific data qualifiers. Information about review of analytical
service requests is provided in Section 4.4.
5.10.2 Test Reports: Required Items
Regardless of deliverable or report requested, every test report issued by the location includes
each of the following items:
a) A Title
b) The name and address of the location issuing the test report and for each location where
testing was performed if different than address of the location issuing the report. When
testing is done at multiple PAS locations, the report must clearly identify which PAS
location performed each test method;
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 70 of 221
c) Unique identification of the test report and on each page an identification number to link
each page to the test report, and clear identification of the end of the report.
d) The name and address of the customer
e) Identification of test methods used
f) Cross reference between client sample identification number (Sample ID) and the
identification number for the sample (Lab ID) to provide unambiguous identification of
samples.
g) The date of receipt of samples, condition of samples on receipt, and identification of any
instance where receipt of the samples did not meet sample acceptance criteria.
h) Date and times of sample collection, receipt, preparation, and analysis.
i) Test results and units of measurement, and qualification of results associated with QC
criteria exceptions, and identification of reported results outside of the calibration range.
j) All chains of custody (COC) including records of internal transfer between locations
within PAS,
k) Name, title, signature of the person(s) authorizing release of the test report and date of
release.
l) A statement that the results in the test report relate only to the items tested.
m) Statement that the test report may not be reproduced except in full without written
approval from PAS.
5.10.3 Test Reports: Supplemental Items
5.10.3.1 Supplemental Requirements
The following items are included in the test report when required or relevant:
a) Shipping manifests / bill of ladings as applicable when common couriers are
utilized for shipment of samples,
b) Explanation of departure from test method SOPs including, what the departure
was and why it was necessary.
c) Statistical methods used. (Required for Whole Effluent Toxicity)
d) For solid samples, specification that results are reported on a dry weight or wet
weight basis.
e) Signed Affidavit, when required by client or regulatory agency.
f) A statement of compliance / non-compliance with requirements or specifications
(client, program, or standard) that includes identification of test results that did
not meet acceptance criteria.
g) When requested by the client, statement of estimated measurement uncertainty.
In general, for environmental testing, estimated uncertainty of measurement is
extrapolated from LCS control limits. Control limits incorporate the expected
variation of the data derived from the laboratory’s procedure. When the control
limits are specified by the test method or regulatory program, the control limits
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 71 of 221
represent the expected variation of the test method and/or matrices for which
the test method was designed.
h) Opinions and Interpretations
i) If a claim of accreditation/certification is included in the test report, identification
of any test methods or analytes for which accreditation/certification is not held
by the location if the accrediting body offers accreditation/certification for the
test method/analyte. The fields of accreditation/certification vary between
agencies, and it cannot be presumed that because accreditation/certification is
not held that it is offered or required.
j) Certification Information, including certificate number and issuing body.
For PAS locations accredited to ISO/IEC 17025:2017:
Data included in the test report provided by a customer should be clearly
identified. The test report should also include a statement that the test results
apply only to the samples as received.
5.10.3.2 Test Reports: Sampling Information
The following items are included in the test report when samples are collected by PAS
or when this information is necessary for the interpretation of test results:
a) Date of Sampling.
b) Unambiguous identification of material samples.
c) Location of sampling including diagrams, sketches, or photographs.
d) Reference to the sampling plan and procedures used.
e) Details of environmental conditions at time of sample that may impact test
results.
f) Any standard or other specification for the sampling method or procedure, and
deviations, additions to or exclusions from the specification concerned.
6.0 REVISION HISTORY
This Version (Version 2):
Section Description of Change
Header / All Added registered trademark after Pace as required by branding guidelines
Header Updated the years associated with the copyright.
Signature Page Removed Cover Page applied by MasterControl eDMS
Approval Signatory Changed name of this page to “Management Personnel” and updated Job Titles.
All Changed references to “laboratory” with PAS or location, where appropriate.
All Replaced stand-alone acronym “ENV” with “PAS” except where “ENV” is
embedded in document control numbers.
All Corrected spelling, typographical, and format errors.
Various
Added language to clarify the examples in the manual are provided for chemistry,
these examples may not apply in the same way to other disciplines such as
radiochemistry, microbiology, asbestos, or whole effluent toxicity (WET).
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 72 of 221
1.0 Corrected Parent Company Information.
1.2 Added definitions for “location,” “laboratory” and “service center” for QMS and
compliance purposes.
1.2.1 Updated job titles to match current structure.
1.2.2 Revised language for clarity.
1.2.3 Removed specificity to allow for more options
4.1.4 Updated to describe current scope of organization
4.1.4.1 Updated to describe current organization structure
4.1.5.1.1 Updated to match new organization structure and job titles
4.1.5.2 Updated to match new organization structure and job titles
4.1.5.2.1 Updated to clarify qualifications and meaning of “absent”
4.1.5.3 Updated to clarify impartiality
4.1.5.4 Reorganized section for clarity
4.2.1.1 Added statement that the organization structure is designed to safeguard impartiality
4.2.2.1 Added requirement to post compliance alertline posters in work area.
4.2.1.3 Added requirement for policies and procedures to be available in work area
(previously implied but not explicitly stated)
4.2.5.1 Clarified hierarchy and application of project documents
4.5 Updated requirements for internal and external subcontracting
4.8 Updated complaint handling requirements to clarify that only valid complaints are
acted on with corrective action.
4.9.1.3 Added roles responsible for authorizing return to work after stop work order.
4.11 Main and subsections updated for clarity
4.14 Main and subsections updated for clarity
5.2.2 Subsections
Content reorganized and language related to documentation of training and
authorization of personnel revised to clarify expectations. Requirements of DOCs
modified to clarify procedure described in manual pertains to chemistry
methodology; other approaches to DOC acceptable for other disciplines such as
microbiology, radiochemistry, asbestos, whole effluent toxicity.
5.4.5.3.3 Added reference documents for which the local SOP for LOD must comply with.
5.5 Added language to clarify existing requirements.
5.6.4
Clarified requirements for reference standards for working weights and
thermometers and defined meaning of terms “annual” and “quarterly.” Included
examples of acceptable reference standards for adequacy checks.
5.8.1
Added recommendation for Pace® personnel to add “Pace®” next to their
signature on the CoC when receiving samples since the CoC form has
signature/company, implying the company affiliation must be added.
5.10.3.1 Included ISO/IEC 17025:2017 to add disclaimer to test reports (applies to
laboratories accredited to ISO/IEC 17025:2017 only).
Addendum Added AIHA, Radiological and Calculation addendums
This document supersedes the following documents:
Document Number Title Version
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 Quality Manual 02
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 73 of 221
7.0 APPENDICES
7.1 Appendix A: Certification / Accreditation Listing
Disclaimer: The certifications / accreditation lists provided in this Appendix are those that were held by the
PAS location on the effective date of this manual. This information is subject to change without notice and
must not be considered valid proof of certification or accreditation status. This manual is not updated with each
change made. Current certificates are accessible via the eDMS Portal for PAS employees. External parties should
contact the location for the most current information.
7.1.1 PAS-Mt. Juliet
Authority ID Authority ID
Alabama 40660 North Carolina Env375
Alaska UST-080 North Dakota R-140
Arizona AZ0612 Ohio EPA/VAP CL0069
Arkansas 88-0469 Oklahoma 9915
California 2932 Oregon TN200002
Colorado None Pennsylvania 68-02979
Connecticut PH-0197 Rhode Island 221
Florida E87487 South Carolina 84004
Georgia DW 923 South Dakota Pending
Georgia None Tennessee DW 2006
Idaho TN00003 Tennessee DW Micro 2006
Illinois 200008 Texas-Env.T 104704245-07-TX
Indiana C-TN-01 Texas-Mold LAB0152
Iowa 364 Utah TN000032019-9
Kansas E-10277 Vermont VT2006
Kentucky DW 90010 Virginia VELAP 460132
Kentucky UST 16 Washington C1915
Kentucky WW 90010 West Virginia 233
Louisiana Agency ID 30792 West Virginia Crypto 9966 M
Louisiana DW LA150002 Wisconsin 998093910
Maine TN0002 Wyoming A2LA
Maryland 324 A2LA 1461.01
Massachusetts M-TN003 AIHA-LAP 100789
Michigan 9958 DOD 1461.01
Minnesota 047-999-395 EPA TN00003
Mississippi None EPA Region 8
Missouri 340 USDA S-67674
Montana CERT0086
Nebraska NA
Nevada TN-03-2002-34
New Hampshire 2975
New Jersey-NELAP TN002
New Mexico None
New York 11742
North Carolina
Aquatic Tox.
41
North Carolina DW DW21704
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 74 of 221
7.2 Appendix B: Capability Listing
The capabilities listed in this Appendix were held by the location referenced on the effective date of
this manual. This information is subject to change without notice. External parties should contact the
location for the most current information.
Table Legend:
Air = Air
DW = Drinking Water
NPW = Non-Potable Water
SCM = Solid and Chemical Materials
Waste = Non-Aqueous Phase Liquid (NAPL), Oil
Tissue = Biota and Tissue
7.2.1 PAS-Mt. Juliet
MatricesParameterMethod
Air DW NPW SCM Waste Tissue
1,1,1,2-Tetrachloroethane EPA 5030 X
1,1,1,2-Tetrachloroethane EPA 624.1 X
1,1,1,2-Tetrachloroethane EPA 8260B X X
1,1,1,2-Tetrachloroethane EPA 8260C X X
1,1,1,2-Tetrachloroethane EPA 8260D X X
1,1,1,2-Tetrachloroethane SM 6200 B-2011 X
1,1,1,2-Tetrachloroethane EPA 524.2 X
1,1,1-Trichloroethane EPA 624.1 X
1,1,1-Trichloroethane EPA 8260B X X
1,1,1-Trichloroethane EPA 8260C X X
1,1,1-Trichloroethane EPA 8260D X X
1,1,1-Trichloroethane EPA TO-15 X
1,1,1-Trichloroethane
EPA TO-15 GC/MS
SIM X
1,1,1-Trichloroethane SM 6200 B-2011 X
1,1,1-Trichloroethane EPA 524.2 X
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane EPA 624.1 X
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane EPA 8260B X X
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane EPA 8260C X X
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane EPA 8260D X X
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane EPA TO-15 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 75 of 221
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane
EPA TO-15 GC/MS
SIM X
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane SM 6200 B-2011 X
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane EPA 524.2 X
1,1,2-Trichloro-1,2,2-
trifluoroethane (Freon 113)EPA 624.1 X
1,1,2-Trichloro-1,2,2-
trifluoroethane (Freon 113)EPA 8260B X X
1,1,2-Trichloro-1,2,2-
trifluoroethane (Freon 113)EPA 8260C X X
1,1,2-Trichloro-1,2,2-
trifluoroethane (Freon 113)EPA 8260D X X
1,1,2-Trichloro-1,2,2-
trifluoroethane (Freon 113)EPA TO-15 X
1,1,2-Trichloro-1,2,2-
trifluoroethane (Freon 113)SM 6200 B-2011 X
1,1,2-Trichloroethane EPA 624.1 X
1,1,2-Trichloroethane EPA 8260B X X
1,1,2-Trichloroethane EPA 8260C X X
1,1,2-Trichloroethane EPA 8260D X X
1,1,2-Trichloroethane EPA TO-15 X
1,1,2-Trichloroethane
EPA TO-15 GC/MS
SIM X
1,1,2-Trichloroethane SM 6200 B-2011 X
1,1,2-Trichloroethane EPA 524.2 X
1,1'-Biphenyl (BZ-0) (Biphenyl)EPA 8270C X X
1,1'-Biphenyl (BZ-0) (Biphenyl)EPA 8270D X
1,1-Dichloroethane EPA 624.1 X
1,1-Dichloroethane EPA 8260B X X
1,1-Dichloroethane EPA 8260C X X
1,1-Dichloroethane EPA 8260D X X
1,1-Dichloroethane EPA TO-15 X
1,1-Dichloroethane
EPA TO-15 GC/MS
SIM X
1,1-Dichloroethane SM 6200 B-2011 X
1,1-Dichloroethane EPA 524.2 X
1,1-Dichloroethene EPA 524.2 X
1,1-Dichloroethylene EPA 624.1 X
1,1-Dichloroethylene EPA 8260B X X
1,1-Dichloroethylene EPA 8260C X X
1,1-Dichloroethylene EPA 8260D X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 76 of 221
1,1-Dichloroethylene EPA TO-15 X
1,1-Dichloroethylene
EPA TO-15 GC/MS
SIM X
1,1-Dichloroethylene SM 6200 B-2011 X
1,1-Dichloropropene EPA 524.2 X
1,1-Dichloropropene EPA 624 (extended) X
1,1-Dichloropropene EPA 624.1 X
1,1-Dichloropropene EPA 8260B X X
1,1-Dichloropropene EPA 8260C X X
1,1-Dichloropropene EPA 8260D X X
1,1-Dichloropropene SM 6200 B-2011 X
1,1-dimethylethyl ester (tert-
Butyl Formate)EPA 8260B X X
1,1-dimethylethyl ester (tert-
Butyl Formate)EPA 8260C X
1,1-dimethylethyl ester (tert-
Butyl Formate)EPA 8260D X
1,2,3,4-Tetrachlorobenzene EPA 8270C X X
1,2,3,4-Tetrachlorobenzene EPA 8270D X X
1,2,3,4-Tetrachlorobenzene EPA 8270E X X
1,2,3,5-Tetrachlorobenzene EPA 625.1 X
1,2,3,5-Tetrachlorobenzene EPA 8270C X X
1,2,3,5-Tetrachlorobenzene EPA 8270D X X
1,2,3,5-Tetrachlorobenzene EPA 8270E X X
1,2,3-Trichlorobenzene EPA 524.2 X
1,2,3-Trichlorobenzene EPA 624 (extended) X
1,2,3-Trichlorobenzene EPA 624.1 X
1,2,3-Trichlorobenzene EPA 8260B X X
1,2,3-Trichlorobenzene EPA 8260C X X
1,2,3-Trichlorobenzene EPA 8260D X X
1,2,3-Trichlorobenzene SM 6200 B-2011 X
1,2,3-Trichloropropane EPA 504.1 X
1,2,3-Trichloropropane EPA 624.1 X
1,2,3-Trichloropropane EPA 8260B X X
1,2,3-Trichloropropane EPA 8260C X X
1,2,3-Trichloropropane EPA 8260D X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 77 of 221
1,2,3-Trichloropropane SM 6200 B-2011 X
1,2,3-Trichloropropane EPA 524.2 X
1,2,3-Trimethylbenzene EPA 624.1 X
1,2,3-Trimethylbenzene EPA 8260B X X
1,2,3-Trimethylbenzene EPA 8260C X X
1,2,3-Trimethylbenzene EPA 8260D X X
1,2,3-Trimethylbenzene EPA TO-15 X
1,2,4,5-Tetrachlorobenzene EPA 625.1 X
1,2,4,5-Tetrachlorobenzene EPA 8270C X X
1,2,4,5-Tetrachlorobenzene EPA 8270D X X
1,2,4,5-Tetrachlorobenzene EPA 8270E X X
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene EPA 624.1 X
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene EPA 625.1 X
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene EPA 8260B X X
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene EPA 8260C X X
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene EPA 8260D X X
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene EPA 8270C X X
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene EPA 8270D X X
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene EPA 8270E X X
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene EPA TO-15 X
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene SM 6200 B-2011 X
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene EPA 524.2 X
1,2,4-Trimethylbenzene EPA 624.1 X
1,2,4-Trimethylbenzene EPA 8260B X X
1,2,4-Trimethylbenzene EPA 8260C X X
1,2,4-Trimethylbenzene EPA 8260D X X
1,2,4-Trimethylbenzene EPA TO-15 X
1,2,4-Trimethylbenzene SM 6200 B-2011 X
1,2,4-Trimethylbenzene EPA 524.2 X
1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane EPA 504.1 X
1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane EPA 524.2 X
1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane
(DBCP)EPA 624.1 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 78 of 221
1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane
(DBCP)EPA 8011 X X
1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane
(DBCP)EPA 8260B X X
1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane
(DBCP)EPA 8260C X X
1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane
(DBCP)EPA 8260D X X
1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane
(DBCP)SM 6200 B-2011 X
1,2-Dibromoethane EPA 504.1 X
1,2-Dibromoethane EPA 524.2 X
1,2-Dibromoethane (EDB,
Ethylene dibromide)EPA 624.1 X
1,2-Dibromoethane (EDB,
Ethylene dibromide)EPA 8011 X X
1,2-Dibromoethane (EDB,
Ethylene dibromide)EPA 8260B X X
1,2-Dibromoethane (EDB,
Ethylene dibromide)EPA 8260C X X
1,2-Dibromoethane (EDB,
Ethylene dibromide)EPA 8260D X X
1,2-Dibromoethane (EDB,
Ethylene dibromide)EPA TO-15 X
1,2-Dibromoethane (EDB,
Ethylene dibromide)
EPA TO-15 GC/MS
SIM X
1,2-Dibromoethane (EDB,
Ethylene dibromide)SM 6200 B-2011 X
1,2-Dichloro-1,1,2,2-
tetrafluoroethane (Freon-114)EPA TO-15 X
1,2-Dichlorobenzene EPA 624.1 X
1,2-Dichlorobenzene EPA 625.1 X
1,2-Dichlorobenzene EPA 8260B X X
1,2-Dichlorobenzene EPA 8260C X X
1,2-Dichlorobenzene EPA 8260D X X
1,2-Dichlorobenzene EPA 8270C X X
1,2-Dichlorobenzene EPA 8270D X X
1,2-Dichlorobenzene EPA 8270E X X
1,2-Dichlorobenzene EPA TO-15 X
1,2-Dichlorobenzene SM 6200 B-2011 X
1,2-Dichlorobenzene EPA 524.2 X
1,2-Dichloroethane EPA 524.2 X
1,2-Dichloroethane (Ethylene
dichloride)EPA 624.1 X
1,2-Dichloroethane (Ethylene
dichloride)EPA 8260B X X
1,2-Dichloroethane (Ethylene
dichloride)EPA 8260C X X
1,2-Dichloroethane (Ethylene
dichloride)EPA 8260D X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 79 of 221
1,2-Dichloroethane (Ethylene
dichloride)EPA TO-15 X
1,2-Dichloroethane (Ethylene
dichloride)
EPA TO-15 GC/MS
SIM X
1,2-Dichloroethane (Ethylene
dichloride)SM 6200 B-2011 X
1,2-Dichloropropane EPA 624.1 X
1,2-Dichloropropane EPA 8260B X X
1,2-Dichloropropane EPA 8260C X X
1,2-Dichloropropane EPA 8260D X X
1,2-Dichloropropane EPA TO-15 X
1,2-Dichloropropane
EPA TO-15 GC/MS
SIM X
1,2-Dichloropropane SM 6200 B-2011 X
1,2-Dichloropropane EPA 524.2 X
1,2-Diphenylhydrazine EPA 625.1 X
1,2-Diphenylhydrazine EPA 8270C X X
1,2-Diphenylhydrazine EPA 8270D X X
1,2-Diphenylhydrazine EPA 8270E X X
1,3,5-Trimethylbenzene EPA 524.2 X
1,3,5-Trimethylbenzene EPA 624.1 X
1,3,5-Trimethylbenzene EPA 8260B X X
1,3,5-Trimethylbenzene EPA 8260C X X
1,3,5-Trimethylbenzene EPA 8260D X X
1,3,5-Trimethylbenzene EPA TO-15 X
1,3,5-Trimethylbenzene SM 6200 B-2011 X
1,3,5-Trinitrobenzene (1,3,5-
TNB)EPA 625.1 X
1,3,5-Trinitrobenzene (1,3,5-
TNB)EPA 8270C X X
1,3,5-Trinitrobenzene (1,3,5-
TNB)EPA 8270D X X
1,3,5-Trinitrobenzene (1,3,5-
TNB)EPA 8270E X X
1,3,5-Trinitrobenzene (1,3,5-
TNB)EPA 8330 X X
1,3,5-Trinitrobenzene (1,3,5-
TNB)EPA 8330A X X
1,3,5-Trinitrobenzene (1,3,5-
TNB)EPA 8330B X X
1,3-Butadiene EPA 624.1 X
1,3-Butadiene EPA 8260B X
1,3-Butadiene EPA 8260C X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 80 of 221
1,3-Butadiene EPA 8260D X
1,3-Butadiene EPA TO-15 X
1,3-Dichlorobenzene EPA 624.1 X
1,3-Dichlorobenzene EPA 625.1 X
1,3-Dichlorobenzene EPA 8260B X X
1,3-Dichlorobenzene EPA 8260C X X
1,3-Dichlorobenzene EPA 8260D X X
1,3-Dichlorobenzene EPA 8270C X X
1,3-Dichlorobenzene EPA 8270D X X
1,3-Dichlorobenzene EPA 8270E X X
1,3-Dichlorobenzene EPA TO-15 X
1,3-Dichlorobenzene SM 6200 B-2011 X
1,3-Dichlorobenzene EPA 524.2 X
1,3-Dichloropropane EPA 624 (extended) X
1,3-Dichloropropane EPA 624.1 X
1,3-Dichloropropane EPA 8260B X X
1,3-Dichloropropane EPA 8260C X X
1,3-Dichloropropane EPA 8260D X X
1,3-Dichloropropane SM 6200 B-2011 X
1,3-Dichloropropane EPA 524.2 X
1,3-Dichloropropene EPA 624 (extended) X
1,3-Dinitrobenzene (1,3-DNB)EPA 625.1 X
1,3-Dinitrobenzene (1,3-DNB)EPA 8270C X X
1,3-Dinitrobenzene (1,3-DNB)EPA 8270D X X
1,3-Dinitrobenzene (1,3-DNB)EPA 8270E X X
1,3-Dinitrobenzene (1,3-DNB)EPA 8330 X X
1,3-Dinitrobenzene (1,3-DNB)EPA 8330A X X
1,3-Dinitrobenzene (1,3-DNB)EPA 8330B X X
1,3-Hexachlorobutadiene EPA 8260B X
1,3-Hexachlorobutadiene EPA 8260C X
1,3-Hexachlorobutadiene EPA 8260D X
1,3-Hexachlorobutadiene EPA 8270D X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 81 of 221
1,3-Hexachlorobutadiene EPA 8270E X
1,3-Hexachlorobutadiene EPA TO-15 X
1,4-Dichlorobenzene EPA 624.1 X
1,4-Dichlorobenzene EPA 625.1 X
1,4-Dichlorobenzene EPA 8260B X X
1,4-Dichlorobenzene EPA 8260C X X
1,4-Dichlorobenzene EPA 8260D X X
1,4-Dichlorobenzene EPA 8270C X X
1,4-Dichlorobenzene EPA 8270D X X
1,4-Dichlorobenzene EPA 8270E X X
1,4-Dichlorobenzene EPA TO-15 X
1,4-Dichlorobenzene
EPA TO-15 GC/MS
SIM X
1,4-Dichlorobenzene SM 6200 B-2011 X
1,4-Dichlorobenzene EPA 524.2 X
1,4-Dinitrobenzene EPA 625.1 X
1,4-Dinitrobenzene EPA 8270C X X
1,4-Dinitrobenzene EPA 8270D X X
1,4-Dinitrobenzene EPA 8270E X X
1,4-Dioxane (1,4-
Diethyleneoxide)EPA 624.1 X
1,4-Dioxane (1,4-
Diethyleneoxide)EPA 625.1 SIM X
1,4-Dioxane (1,4-
Diethyleneoxide)EPA 8260B X X
1,4-Dioxane (1,4-
Diethyleneoxide)EPA 8260B SIM X X
1,4-Dioxane (1,4-
Diethyleneoxide)EPA 8260C X X
1,4-Dioxane (1,4-
Diethyleneoxide)EPA 8260C SIM X X
1,4-Dioxane (1,4-
Diethyleneoxide)EPA 8260D X X
1,4-Dioxane (1,4-
Diethyleneoxide)EPA 8260D SIM X X
1,4-Dioxane (1,4-
Diethyleneoxide)EPA 8270C X
1,4-Dioxane (1,4-
Diethyleneoxide)EPA 8270C SIM X
1,4-Dioxane (1,4-
Diethyleneoxide)EPA 8270D X
1,4-Dioxane (1,4-
Diethyleneoxide)EPA 8270D SIM X
1,4-Dioxane (1,4-
Diethyleneoxide)EPA 8270E X
1,4-Dioxane (1,4-
Diethyleneoxide)EPA TO-15 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 82 of 221
1,4-Dioxane (1,4-
Diethyleneoxide)SM 6200 B-2011 X
1,4-Naphthoquinone EPA 625.1 X
1,4-Naphthoquinone EPA 8270C X X
1,4-Naphthoquinone EPA 8270D X X
1,4-Naphthoquinone EPA 8270E X X
1,4-Phenylenediamine EPA 625.1 X
1,4-Phenylenediamine EPA 8270C X X
1,4-Phenylenediamine EPA 8270D X X
1,4-Phenylenediamine EPA 8270E X X
1-Chloronaphthalene EPA 625.1 X
1-Chloronaphthalene EPA 8270C X X
1-Chloronaphthalene EPA 8270D X X
1-Chloronaphthalene EPA 8270E X X
1-Methylnaphthalene EPA 610 (HPLC) X
1-Methylnaphthalene EPA 625.1 SIM X
1-Methylnaphthalene EPA 8260B X X
1-Methylnaphthalene EPA 8260C X X
1-Methylnaphthalene EPA 8260D X
1-Methylnaphthalene EPA 8270C X X
1-Methylnaphthalene EPA 8270C SIM X X
1-Methylnaphthalene EPA 8270D X X
1-Methylnaphthalene EPA 8270D SIM X X
1-Methylnaphthalene EPA 8270E X X
1-Methylnaphthalene EPA 8270E SIM X X
1-Methylnaphthalene EPA 8310 X X
1-Methylnaphthalene SM 6200 B-2011 X
1-Naphthylamine EPA 625.1 X
1-Naphthylamine EPA 8270C X X
1-Naphthylamine EPA 8270D X X
1-Naphthylamine EPA 8270E X X
2,2,4-Trimethylpentane
(Isooctane)EPA 624.1 X
2,2,4-Trimethylpentane
(Isooctane)EPA 8260B X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 83 of 221
2,2,4-Trimethylpentane
(Isooctane)EPA 8260C X X
2,2,4-Trimethylpentane
(Isooctane)EPA 8260D X X
2,2,4-Trimethylpentane
(Isooctane)EPA TO-15 X
2,2,4-Trimethylpentane
(Isooctane)SM 6200 B-2011 X
2,2-Dichloropropane EPA 524.2 X
2,2-Dichloropropane EPA 624 (extended) X
2,2-Dichloropropane EPA 624.1 X
2,2-Dichloropropane EPA 8260B X X
2,2-Dichloropropane EPA 8260C X X
2,2-Dichloropropane EPA 8260D X X
2,2-Dichloropropane SM 6200 B-2011 X
2,2'-Oxybis(1-chloropropane),
bis(2-Chloro-1-
methylethyl)ether (bis(2-
chloroisopropyl)ether)
EPA 625.1 X
2,2'-Oxybis(1-chloropropane),
bis(2-Chloro-1-
methylethyl)ether (bis(2-
chloroisopropyl)ether)
EPA 8270C X X
2,2'-Oxybis(1-chloropropane),
bis(2-Chloro-1-
methylethyl)ether (bis(2-
chloroisopropyl)ether)
EPA 8270D X X
2,2'-Oxybis(1-chloropropane),
bis(2-Chloro-1-
methylethyl)ether (bis(2-
chloroisopropyl)ether)
EPA 8270E X X
2,3,4,6-Tetrachlorophenol EPA 625.1 X
2,3,4,6-Tetrachlorophenol EPA 8270C X X
2,3,4,6-Tetrachlorophenol EPA 8270D X X
2,3,4,6-Tetrachlorophenol EPA 8270E X X
2,3-Dichloroaniline EPA 625.1 X
2,4,5-T EPA 8151A X X
2,4,5-T SM 6640 B-2001 X
2,4,5-T SM 6640 B-2006 X
2,4,5-Trichlorophenol EPA 625.1 X
2,4,5-Trichlorophenol EPA 8270C X X
2,4,5-Trichlorophenol EPA 8270D X X
2,4,5-Trichlorophenol EPA 8270E X X
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol EPA 625.1 X
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol EPA 8270C X X
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol EPA 8270D X X
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol EPA 8270E X X
2,4,6-Trinitrotoluene (2,4,6-
TNT)EPA 8330 X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 84 of 221
2,4,6-Trinitrotoluene (2,4,6-
TNT)EPA 8330A X X
2,4,6-Trinitrotoluene (2,4,6-
TNT)EPA 8330B X X
2,4-D EPA 8151A X X
2,4-D SM 6640 B-2001 X
2,4-D SM 6640 B-2006 X
2,4-DB EPA 8151A X X
2,4-Dichlorophenol EPA 625.1 X
2,4-Dichlorophenol EPA 8270C X X
2,4-Dichlorophenol EPA 8270D X X
2,4-Dichlorophenol EPA 8270E X X
2,4-Dimethylphenol EPA 625.1 X
2,4-Dimethylphenol EPA 8270C X X
2,4-Dimethylphenol EPA 8270D X X
2,4-Dimethylphenol EPA 8270E X X
2,4-Dinitrophenol EPA 625.1 X
2,4-Dinitrophenol EPA 8270C X X
2,4-Dinitrophenol EPA 8270D X X
2,4-Dinitrophenol EPA 8270E X X
2,4-Dinitrotoluene (2,4-DNT)EPA 625.1 X
2,4-Dinitrotoluene (2,4-DNT)EPA 8270C X X
2,4-Dinitrotoluene (2,4-DNT)EPA 8270D X X
2,4-Dinitrotoluene (2,4-DNT)EPA 8270E X X
2,4-Dinitrotoluene (2,4-DNT)EPA 8330 X X
2,4-Dinitrotoluene (2,4-DNT)EPA 8330A X X
2,4-Dinitrotoluene (2,4-DNT)EPA 8330B X X
2,6-Dichlorophenol EPA 625.1 X
2,6-Dichlorophenol EPA 8270C X X
2,6-Dichlorophenol EPA 8270D X X
2,6-Dichlorophenol EPA 8270E X X
2,6-Dinitrotoluene (2,6-DNT)EPA 625.1 X
2,6-Dinitrotoluene (2,6-DNT)EPA 8270C X X
2,6-Dinitrotoluene (2,6-DNT)EPA 8270D X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 85 of 221
2,6-Dinitrotoluene (2,6-DNT)EPA 8270E X X
2,6-Dinitrotoluene (2,6-DNT)EPA 8330 X X
2,6-Dinitrotoluene (2,6-DNT)EPA 8330A X X
2,6-Dinitrotoluene (2,6-DNT)EPA 8330B X X
2,6-Toluenediisocyanate EPA 8270C X
2,6-Toluenediisocyanate EPA 8270D X
2,6-Toluenediisocyanate EPA 8270E X
2-Acetylaminofluorene EPA 625.1 X
2-Acetylaminofluorene EPA 8270C X X
2-Acetylaminofluorene EPA 8270D X X
2-Acetylaminofluorene EPA 8270E X X
2-Amino-4,6-dinitrotoluene (2-
am-dnt)EPA 8330 X X
2-Amino-4,6-dinitrotoluene (2-
am-dnt)EPA 8330A X X
2-Amino-4,6-dinitrotoluene (2-
am-dnt)EPA 8330B X X
2-Butanone (Methyl ethyl
ketone, MEK)EPA 624.1 X
2-Butanone (Methyl ethyl
ketone, MEK)EPA 8260B X X
2-Butanone (Methyl ethyl
ketone, MEK)EPA 8260C X X
2-Butanone (Methyl ethyl
ketone, MEK)EPA 8260D X X
2-Butanone (Methyl ethyl
ketone, MEK)EPA TO-15 X
2-Butanone (Methyl ethyl
ketone, MEK)SM 6200 B-2011 X
2-Chloroethyl vinyl ether EPA 624.1 X
2-Chloroethyl vinyl ether EPA 8260B X X
2-Chloroethyl vinyl ether EPA 8260C X X
2-Chloroethyl vinyl ether EPA 8260D X X
2-Chloroethyl vinyl ether SM 6200 B-2011 X
2-Chloronaphthalene EPA 625.1 X
2-Chloronaphthalene EPA 8270C X X
2-Chloronaphthalene EPA 8270C SIM X
2-Chloronaphthalene EPA 8270D X X
2-Chloronaphthalene EPA 8270D SIM X
2-Chloronaphthalene EPA 8270E X X
2-Chloronaphthalene EPA 8270E SIM X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 86 of 221
2-Chlorophenol EPA 625.1 X
2-Chlorophenol EPA 8270C X X
2-Chlorophenol EPA 8270D X X
2-Chlorophenol EPA 8270E X X
2-Chlorotoluene EPA 524.2 X
2-Chlorotoluene EPA 624 (extended) X
2-Chlorotoluene EPA 624.1 X
2-Chlorotoluene EPA 8260B X X
2-Chlorotoluene EPA 8260C X X
2-Chlorotoluene EPA 8260D X X
2-Chlorotoluene EPA TO-15 X
2-Chlorotoluene SM 6200 B-2011 X
2-Hexanone EPA 524.2 X
2-Hexanone EPA 624.1 X
2-Hexanone EPA 8260B X X
2-Hexanone EPA 8260C X X
2-Hexanone EPA 8260D X X
2-Hexanone EPA TO-15 X
2-Hexanone SM 6200 B-2011 X
2-methyl-2-butanol (tert-Amyl
alcohol)EPA 624.1 X
2-methyl-2-butanol (tert-Amyl
alcohol)EPA 8260B X X
2-methyl-2-butanol (tert-Amyl
alcohol)EPA 8260C X X
2-methyl-2-butanol (tert-Amyl
alcohol)EPA 8260D X X
2-methyl-2-butanol (tert-Amyl
alcohol)SM 6200 B-2011 X
2-Methyl-2-pentanol EPA 8260B X X
2-Methyl-2-pentanol EPA 8260C X X
2-Methyl-2-pentanol EPA 8260D X
2-methyl-2-pentanol (ethyl tert-
butyl alcohol)EPA 8260B X X
2-methyl-2-pentanol (ethyl tert-
butyl alcohol)EPA 8260D X
2-methyl-2-pentanol (ethyl tert-
butyl alcohol)SM 6200 B-2011 X
2-Methyl-4,6-dinitrophenol
(4,6-Dinitro-2-methylphenol)EPA 625.1 X
2-Methyl-4,6-dinitrophenol
(4,6-Dinitro-2-methylphenol)EPA 8270C X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 87 of 221
2-Methyl-4,6-dinitrophenol
(4,6-Dinitro-2-methylphenol)EPA 8270D X X
2-Methyl-4,6-dinitrophenol
(4,6-Dinitro-2-methylphenol)EPA 8270E X X
2-Methylaniline (o-Toluidine)EPA 625.1 X
2-Methylaniline (o-Toluidine)EPA 8270C X X
2-Methylaniline (o-Toluidine)EPA 8270D X X
2-Methylaniline (o-Toluidine)EPA 8270E X X
2-Methylnaphthalene EPA 610 (HPLC) X
2-Methylnaphthalene EPA 625.1 X
2-Methylnaphthalene EPA 625.1 SIM X
2-Methylnaphthalene EPA 8260B X X
2-Methylnaphthalene EPA 8260C X X
2-Methylnaphthalene EPA 8260D X X
2-Methylnaphthalene EPA 8270C X X
2-Methylnaphthalene EPA 8270C SIM X X
2-Methylnaphthalene EPA 8270D X X
2-Methylnaphthalene EPA 8270D SIM X X
2-Methylnaphthalene EPA 8270E X X
2-Methylnaphthalene EPA 8270E SIM X X
2-Methylnaphthalene EPA 8310 X X
2-Methylnaphthalene EPA TO-15 X
2-Methylnaphthalene MADEP EPH X X
2-Methylnaphthalene SM 6200 B-2011 X
2-Methylphenol (o-Cresol)EPA 625.1 X
2-Methylphenol (o-Cresol)EPA 8270C X X
2-Methylphenol (o-Cresol)EPA 8270D X X
2-Methylphenol (o-Cresol)EPA 8270E X X
2-Naphthylamine EPA 625.1 X
2-Naphthylamine EPA 8270C X X
2-Naphthylamine EPA 8270D X X
2-Naphthylamine EPA 8270E X X
2-Nitroaniline EPA 625.1 X
2-Nitroaniline EPA 8270C X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 88 of 221
2-Nitroaniline EPA 8270D X X
2-Nitroaniline EPA 8270E X X
2-Nitrodiphenylamine EPA 8270C X X
2-Nitrodiphenylamine EPA 8270D X X
2-Nitrodiphenylamine EPA 8270E X X
2-Nitroguanidine
(Nitroguanidine)
EPA 8330A
(extended) X X
2-Nitroguanidine
(Nitroguanidine)
EPA 8330B
(extended) X X
2-Nitrophenol EPA 625.1 X
2-Nitrophenol EPA 8270C X X
2-Nitrophenol EPA 8270D X X
2-Nitrophenol EPA 8270E X X
2-Nitropropane EPA 624.1 X
2-Nitropropane EPA 8260B X X
2-Nitropropane EPA 8260C X X
2-Nitropropane EPA 8260D X X
2-Nitropropane SM 6200 B-2011 X
2-Nitrotoluene EPA 8330 X X
2-Nitrotoluene EPA 8330A X X
2-Nitrotoluene EPA 8330B X X
2-Picoline (2-Methylpyridine)EPA 625.1 X
2-Picoline (2-Methylpyridine)EPA 8270C X X
2-Picoline (2-Methylpyridine)EPA 8270D X X
2-Picoline (2-Methylpyridine)EPA 8270E X X
2-Sec-butyl-4,6-dinitrophenol
(DNBP, Dinoseb)EPA 8151A X
3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine EPA 625.1 X
3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine EPA 8270C X X
3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine EPA 8270D X X
3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine EPA 8270E X X
3,3-dimethyl-1-butanol EPA 624.1 X
3,3-dimethyl-1-butanol EPA 8260B X X
3,3-dimethyl-1-butanol EPA 8260C X X
3,3-dimethyl-1-butanol EPA 8260D X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 89 of 221
3,3-dimethyl-1-butanol SM 6200 B-2011 X
3,3'-Dimethylbenzidine EPA 625.1 X
3,3'-Dimethylbenzidine EPA 8270C X X
3,3'-Dimethylbenzidine EPA 8270D X X
3,3'-Dimethylbenzidine EPA 8270E X X
3+4 Methylphenol EPA 625.1 X
3+4 Methylphenol EPA 8270C X X
3+4 Methylphenol EPA 8270D X X
3+4 Methylphenol EPA 8270E X
3-Methylcholanthrene EPA 625.1 X
3-Methylcholanthrene EPA 8270C X X
3-Methylcholanthrene EPA 8270D X X
3-Methylcholanthrene EPA 8270E X X
3-Methylphenol (m-Cresol)EPA 625.1 X
3-Nitroaniline EPA 625.1 X
3-Nitroaniline EPA 8270C X X
3-Nitroaniline EPA 8270D X X
3-Nitroaniline EPA 8270E X X
3-Nitrotoluene EPA 8330 X X
3-Nitrotoluene EPA 8330A X X
3-Nitrotoluene EPA 8330B X X
4,4'-DDD EPA 608.3 X
4,4'-DDD EPA 8081A X X
4,4'-DDD EPA 8081B X X
4,4'-DDE EPA 608.3 X
4,4'-DDE EPA 8081A X X
4,4'-DDE EPA 8081B X X
4,4'-DDT EPA 608.3 X
4,4'-DDT EPA 8081A X X
4,4'-DDT EPA 8081B X X
4,4'-Methylenebis(2-
chloroaniline)EPA 8270C X X
4,4'-Methylenebis(2-
chloroaniline)EPA 8270D X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 90 of 221
4,4'-Methylenebis(2-
chloroaniline)EPA 8270E X
4-Amino-2,6-dinitrotoluene (4-
am-dnt)EPA 8330 X X
4-Amino-2,6-dinitrotoluene (4-
am-dnt)EPA 8330A X X
4-Amino-2,6-dinitrotoluene (4-
am-dnt)EPA 8330B X X
4-Aminobiphenyl EPA 625.1 X
4-Aminobiphenyl EPA 8270C X X
4-Aminobiphenyl EPA 8270D X X
4-Aminobiphenyl EPA 8270E X X
4-Bromophenyl phenyl ether EPA 625.1 X
4-Bromophenyl phenyl ether EPA 625.1 SIM X
4-Bromophenyl phenyl ether EPA 8270C X X
4-Bromophenyl phenyl ether EPA 8270D X X
4-Bromophenyl phenyl ether EPA 8270E X X
4-Chloro-3-methylphenol EPA 625.1 X
4-Chloro-3-methylphenol EPA 8270C X X
4-Chloro-3-methylphenol EPA 8270D X X
4-Chloro-3-methylphenol EPA 8270E X X
4-Chloroaniline EPA 625.1 X
4-Chloroaniline EPA 8270C X X
4-Chloroaniline EPA 8270D X X
4-Chloroaniline EPA 8270E X X
4-Chlorophenyl phenylether EPA 625.1 X
4-Chlorophenyl phenylether EPA 8270C X X
4-Chlorophenyl phenylether EPA 8270D X X
4-Chlorophenyl phenylether EPA 8270E X X
4-Chlorotoluene EPA 524.2 X
4-Chlorotoluene EPA 624 (extended) X
4-Chlorotoluene EPA 624.1 X
4-Chlorotoluene EPA 8260B X X
4-Chlorotoluene EPA 8260C X X
4-Chlorotoluene EPA 8260D X X
4-Chlorotoluene SM 6200 B-2011 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 91 of 221
4-Dimethyl aminoazobenzene EPA 8270C X
4-Dimethyl aminoazobenzene EPA 8270D X
4-Dimethyl aminoazobenzene EPA 8270E X
4-Ethyltoluene EPA 8260B X
4-Ethyltoluene EPA TO-15 X
4-Isopropyltoluene EPA 524.2 X
4-Isopropyltoluene (p-Cymene)EPA 624 (extended) X
4-Isopropyltoluene (p-Cymene)EPA 624.1 X
4-Isopropyltoluene (p-Cymene)EPA 8260B X X
4-Isopropyltoluene (p-Cymene)EPA 8260C X X
4-Isopropyltoluene (p-Cymene)EPA 8260D X X
4-Isopropyltoluene (p-Cymene)SM 6200 B-2011 X
4-Methyl-2-pentanone (MIBK)EPA 624.1 X
4-Methyl-2-pentanone (MIBK)EPA 8260B X X
4-Methyl-2-pentanone (MIBK)EPA 8260C X X
4-Methyl-2-pentanone (MIBK)EPA 8260D X X
4-Methyl-2-pentanone (MIBK)EPA TO-15 X
4-Methyl-2-pentanone (MIBK)SM 6200 B-2011 X
4-Methylphenol (p-Cresol)EPA 625.1 X
4-Methylphenol (p-Cresol)EPA 8270C X X
4-Methylphenol (p-Cresol)EPA 8270D X X
4-Methylphenol (p-Cresol)EPA 8270E X X
4-Nitroaniline EPA 625.1 X
4-Nitroaniline EPA 8270C X X
4-Nitroaniline EPA 8270D X X
4-Nitroaniline EPA 8270E X X
4-Nitrophenol EPA 625.1 X
4-Nitrophenol EPA 8270C X X
4-Nitrophenol EPA 8270D X X
4-Nitrophenol EPA 8270E X X
4-Nitroquinoline 1-oxide EPA 625.1 X
4-Nitroquinoline 1-oxide EPA 8270C X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 92 of 221
4-Nitroquinoline 1-oxide EPA 8270D X X
4-Nitroquinoline 1-oxide EPA 8270E X X
4-Nitrotoluene EPA 8330 X X
4-Nitrotoluene EPA 8330A X X
4-Nitrotoluene EPA 8330B X X
5-Nitro-o-toluidine EPA 625.1 X
5-Nitro-o-toluidine EPA 8270C X X
5-Nitro-o-toluidine EPA 8270D X X
5-Nitro-o-toluidine EPA 8270E X X
7,12-Dimethylbenz(a)
anthracene EPA 625.1 X
7,12-Dimethylbenz(a)
anthracene EPA 8270C X X
7,12-Dimethylbenz(a)
anthracene EPA 8270D X X
7,12-Dimethylbenz(a)
anthracene EPA 8270E X X
7h-Dibenzo(c,g) carbazole EPA 8270C X X
7h-Dibenzo(c,g) carbazole EPA 8270D X X
7h-Dibenzo(c,g) carbazole EPA 8270E X X
96-hour LC50 EPA 2000 X
a-a-Dimethylphenethylamine EPA 625.1 X
a-a-Dimethylphenethylamine EPA 8270C X X
a-a-Dimethylphenethylamine EPA 8270D X X
a-a-Dimethylphenethylamine EPA 8270E X X
Acenaphthene EPA 610 (HPLC) X
Acenaphthene EPA 625.1 X
Acenaphthene EPA 625.1 SIM X
Acenaphthene EPA 8270C X X
Acenaphthene EPA 8270C SIM X X
Acenaphthene EPA 8270D X X
Acenaphthene EPA 8270D SIM X X
Acenaphthene EPA 8270E X X
Acenaphthene EPA 8270E SIM X X
Acenaphthene EPA 8310 X X
Acenaphthene MADEP EPH X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 93 of 221
Acenaphthylene EPA 610 (HPLC) X
Acenaphthylene EPA 625.1 X
Acenaphthylene EPA 625.1 SIM X
Acenaphthylene EPA 8270C X X
Acenaphthylene EPA 8270C SIM X X
Acenaphthylene EPA 8270D X X
Acenaphthylene EPA 8270D SIM X X
Acenaphthylene EPA 8270E X X
Acenaphthylene EPA 8270E SIM X X
Acenaphthylene EPA 8310 X X
Acenaphthylene MADEP EPH X X
Acetaldehyde EPA TO-15 X
Acetone EPA 624.1 X
Acetone EPA 8260B X X
Acetone EPA 8260C X X
Acetone EPA 8260D X X
Acetone EPA TO-15 X
Acetone SM 6200 B-2011 X
Acetone EPA 524.2 X
Acetonitrile EPA 624.1 X
Acetonitrile EPA 8260B X X
Acetonitrile EPA 8260C X X
Acetonitrile EPA 8260D X X
Acetonitrile EPA TO-15 X
Acetonitrile SM 6200 B-2011 X
Acetophenone EPA 625.1 X
Acetophenone EPA 8270C X X
Acetophenone EPA 8270D X X
Acetophenone EPA 8270E X X
Acetylene
EPA RSK-175
(GC/FID)X X
Acid Digestion of Aqueous
samples and Extracts for Total
Metals (HNO3 + HCl)
EPA 3010A X
Acid Digestion of Oils for
Metals Analysis or ICP
Spectrometry
EPA 3031 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 94 of 221
Acid Digestion of Sediments,
Sludges, and soils EPA 3050B X
Acid Digestion of waters for
Total Recoverable or Dissolved
Metals
EPA 3005A X
Acidity, as CaCO3 SM 2310 B-2011 X
Acrolein (Propenal)EPA 624.1 X
Acrolein (Propenal)EPA 8260B X X
Acrolein (Propenal)EPA 8260C X X
Acrolein (Propenal)EPA 8260D X X
Acrolein (Propenal)EPA TO-15 X
Acrolein (Propenal)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Acrylonitrile EPA 624.1 X
Acrylonitrile EPA 8260B X X
Acrylonitrile EPA 8260C X X
Acrylonitrile EPA 8260D X X
Acrylonitrile EPA TO-15 X
Acrylonitrile SM 6200 B-2011 X
Acute toxicity
EPA 2002
Ceriodaphnia dubia
Acute MHSF 25ºC
X
Alachlor EPA 507 X X
Aldrin EPA 608.3 X
Aldrin EPA 8081A X X
Aldrin EPA 8081B X X
Alkalinity as CaCO3 EPA 310.2 X
Alkalinity as CaCO3 SM 2320 B-2011 X X
Allyl chloride (3-
Chloropropene)EPA 624.1 X
Allyl chloride (3-
Chloropropene)EPA 8260B X X
Allyl chloride (3-
Chloropropene)EPA 8260C X X
Allyl chloride (3-
Chloropropene)EPA 8260D X X
Allyl chloride (3-
Chloropropene)EPA TO-15 X
Allyl chloride (3-
Chloropropene)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Alpha Emitting Radium
Isotopes EPA 9315 X X
alpha-BHC (alpha-
Hexachlorocyclohexane)EPA 608.3 X
alpha-BHC (alpha-
Hexachlorocyclohexane)EPA 8081A X X
alpha-BHC (alpha-
Hexachlorocyclohexane)EPA 8081B X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 95 of 221
alpha-Chlordane EPA 608.3 X
alpha-Chlordane EPA 8081A X X
alpha-Chlordane EPA 8081B X X
alpha-Terpineol EPA 625.1 X
alpha-Terpineol EPA 8270C X X
alpha-Terpineol EPA 8270D X X
alpha-Terpineol EPA 8270E X
Alumina Clean-Up EPA 3610B X
Alumina Clean-Up EPA 3611B X
Aluminum EPA 200.7 X X
Aluminum EPA 200.8 X X
Aluminum EPA 6010B X X
Aluminum EPA 6010C X X
Aluminum EPA 6010D X X
Aluminum EPA 6020 X X
Aluminum EPA 6020A X X
Aluminum EPA 6020B X X
Amenable cyanide EPA 9010B X
Amenable cyanide EPA 9010C X X
Amenable cyanide EPA 9012B X X
Amenable cyanide EPA 9014 X X
Amenable cyanide
SM 4500-CN¯ B-
2011 X
Amenable cyanide
SM 4500-CN¯ G-
2011 X
Americium-241
EPA 907 Modified
(ENV-SOP-MTJL-
0332)
X X X X
Ammonia
SM 4500-NH3 B-
2011 X
Ammonia as N EPA 350.1 X X X
Ammonia as N
SM 4500-NH3 B-
2011 X
Ammonia as N
SM 4500-NH3 G-
2011 X
Aniline EPA 625.1 X
Aniline EPA 8270C X X
Aniline EPA 8270D X X
Aniline EPA 8270E X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 96 of 221
Anthracene EPA 610 (HPLC) X
Anthracene EPA 625.1 X
Anthracene EPA 625.1 SIM X
Anthracene EPA 8270C X X
Anthracene EPA 8270C SIM X X
Anthracene EPA 8270D X X
Anthracene EPA 8270D SIM X X
Anthracene EPA 8270E X X
Anthracene EPA 8270E SIM X X
Anthracene EPA 8310 X X
Anthracene MADEP EPH X X
Antimony EPA 200.7 X X
Antimony EPA 200.8 X X
Antimony EPA 6010B X X
Antimony EPA 6010C X X
Antimony EPA 6010D X X
Antimony EPA 6020 X X
Antimony EPA 6020A X X
Antimony EPA 6020B X X
Aramite EPA 625.1 X
Aramite EPA 8270C X X
Aramite EPA 8270D X X
Aramite EPA 8270E X X
Aroclor-1016 (PCB-1016)EPA 600/4-81-045 X
Aroclor-1016 (PCB-1016)EPA 608.3 X
Aroclor-1016 (PCB-1016)EPA 8082 X X
Aroclor-1016 (PCB-1016)EPA 8082A X X
Aroclor-1016 (PCB-1016) in
Oil EPA 8082A X
Aroclor-1221 (PCB-1221)EPA 600/4-81-045 X
Aroclor-1221 (PCB-1221)EPA 608.3 X
Aroclor-1221 (PCB-1221)EPA 8082 X X
Aroclor-1221 (PCB-1221)EPA 8082A X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 97 of 221
Aroclor-1221 (PCB-1221) in
Oil EPA 8082A X
Aroclor-1232 (PCB-1232)EPA 600/4-81-045 X
Aroclor-1232 (PCB-1232)EPA 608.3 X
Aroclor-1232 (PCB-1232)EPA 8082 X X
Aroclor-1232 (PCB-1232)EPA 8082A X X
Aroclor-1232 (PCB-1232) in
Oil EPA 8082A X
Aroclor-1242 (PCB-1242)EPA 600/4-81-045 X
Aroclor-1242 (PCB-1242)EPA 608.3 X
Aroclor-1242 (PCB-1242)EPA 8082 X X
Aroclor-1242 (PCB-1242)EPA 8082A X X
Aroclor-1242 (PCB-1242) in
Oil EPA 8082A X
Aroclor-1248 (PCB-1248)EPA 600/4-81-045 X
Aroclor-1248 (PCB-1248)EPA 608.3 X
Aroclor-1248 (PCB-1248)EPA 8082 X X
Aroclor-1248 (PCB-1248)EPA 8082A X X
Aroclor-1248 (PCB-1248) in
Oil EPA 8082A X
Aroclor-1254 (PCB-1254)EPA 600/4-81-045 X
Aroclor-1254 (PCB-1254)EPA 608.3 X
Aroclor-1254 (PCB-1254)EPA 8082 X X
Aroclor-1254 (PCB-1254)EPA 8082A X X
Aroclor-1254 (PCB-1254) in
Oil EPA 8082A X
Aroclor-1260 (PCB-1260)EPA 600/4-81-045 X
Aroclor-1260 (PCB-1260)EPA 608.3 X
Aroclor-1260 (PCB-1260)EPA 8082 X X
Aroclor-1260 (PCB-1260)EPA 8082A X X
Aroclor-1260 (PCB-1260) in
Oil EPA 8082A X
Aroclor-1262 (PCB-1262)EPA 600/4-81-045 X
Aroclor-1262 (PCB-1262)EPA 8082 X X
Aroclor-1262 (PCB-1262)EPA 8082A X X
Aroclor-1262 (PCB-1262) in
Oil EPA 8082A X
Aroclor-1268 (PCB-1268)EPA 600/4-81-045 X
Aroclor-1268 (PCB-1268)EPA 8082 X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 98 of 221
Aroclor-1268 (PCB-1268)EPA 8082A X X
Aroclor-1268 (PCB-1268) in
Oil EPA 8082A X
Arsenic EPA 200.7 X X
Arsenic EPA 200.8 X X
Arsenic EPA 6010B X X
Arsenic EPA 6010C X X
Arsenic EPA 6010D X X
Arsenic EPA 6020 X X
Arsenic EPA 6020A X X
Arsenic EPA 6020B X X
Atrazine EPA 507 X X
Atrazine EPA 625.1 X
Atrazine EPA 8141A X
Atrazine EPA 8141B X
Atrazine EPA 8270C X X
Atrazine EPA 8270D X X
Atrazine EPA 8270E X X
Azinphos-methyl (Guthion)EPA 1657 X
Azinphos-methyl (Guthion)EPA 8141A X X
Azinphos-methyl (Guthion)EPA 8141B X X
Barium EPA 200.7 X X
Barium EPA 200.8 X X
Barium EPA 6010B X X
Barium EPA 6010C X X
Barium EPA 6010D X X
Barium EPA 6020 X X
Barium EPA 6020A X X
Barium EPA 6020B X X
Barium-133 DOE 4.5.2.3 X
Barium-133 EPA 901.1 X
Barium-133 HASL 300 Ga-01-R X
Benzal chloride EPA 8270C X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 99 of 221
Benzal chloride EPA 8270D X X
Benzal chloride EPA 8270E X X
Benzaldehyde EPA 625.1 X
Benzaldehyde EPA 8270C X X
Benzaldehyde EPA 8270D X X
Benzaldehyde EPA 8270E X X
Benzene EPA 602 X
Benzene EPA 624.1 X
Benzene EPA 8021B X X
Benzene EPA 8260B X X
Benzene EPA 8260C X X
Benzene EPA 8260D X X
Benzene EPA TO-15 X
Benzene
EPA TO-15 GC/MS
SIM X
Benzene IDNR OA-1 X X
Benzene LUFT GCMS X X
Benzene MADEP VPH X X
Benzene OK DEQ GRO X X
Benzene SM 6200 B-2011 X
Benzene EPA 524.2 X
Benzenethiol EPA 625.1 X
Benzenethiol EPA 8270C X X
Benzenethiol EPA 8270D X X
Benzenethiol EPA 8270E X
Benzidine EPA 625.1 X
Benzidine EPA 8270C X X
Benzidine EPA 8270D X X
Benzidine EPA 8270E X X
Benzo(a)anthracene EPA 610 (HPLC) X
Benzo(a)anthracene EPA 625.1 X
Benzo(a)anthracene EPA 625.1 SIM X
Benzo(a)anthracene EPA 8270C X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 100 of 221
Benzo(a)anthracene EPA 8270C SIM X X
Benzo(a)anthracene EPA 8270D X X
Benzo(a)anthracene EPA 8270D SIM X X
Benzo(a)anthracene EPA 8270E X X
Benzo(a)anthracene EPA 8270E SIM X X
Benzo(a)anthracene EPA 8310 X X
Benzo(a)anthracene MADEP EPH X X
Benzo(a)pyrene EPA 610 (HPLC) X
Benzo(a)pyrene EPA 625.1 X
Benzo(a)pyrene EPA 625.1 SIM X
Benzo(a)pyrene EPA 8270C X X
Benzo(a)pyrene EPA 8270C SIM X X
Benzo(a)pyrene EPA 8270D X X
Benzo(a)pyrene EPA 8270D SIM X X
Benzo(a)pyrene EPA 8270E X X
Benzo(a)pyrene EPA 8270E SIM X X
Benzo(a)pyrene EPA 8310 X X
Benzo(a)pyrene MADEP EPH X X
Benzo(b)fluoranthene EPA 610 (HPLC) X
Benzo(b)fluoranthene EPA 625.1 X
Benzo(b)fluoranthene EPA 625.1 SIM X
Benzo(b)fluoranthene EPA 8270C X X
Benzo(b)fluoranthene EPA 8270C SIM X X
Benzo(b)fluoranthene EPA 8270D X X
Benzo(b)fluoranthene EPA 8270D SIM X X
Benzo(b)fluoranthene EPA 8270E X X
Benzo(b)fluoranthene EPA 8270E SIM X X
Benzo(b)fluoranthene EPA 8310 X X
Benzo(b)fluoranthene MADEP EPH X X
Benzo(e)pyrene EPA 8270D SIM X X
Benzo(e)pyrene EPA 8270E SIM X X
Benzo(g,h,i)perylene EPA 610 (HPLC) X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 101 of 221
Benzo(g,h,i)perylene EPA 625.1 X
Benzo(g,h,i)perylene EPA 625.1 SIM X
Benzo(g,h,i)perylene EPA 8270C X X
Benzo(g,h,i)perylene EPA 8270C SIM X X
Benzo(g,h,i)perylene EPA 8270D X X
Benzo(g,h,i)perylene EPA 8270D SIM X X
Benzo(g,h,i)perylene EPA 8270E X X
Benzo(g,h,i)perylene EPA 8270E SIM X X
Benzo(g,h,i)perylene EPA 8310 X X
Benzo(g,h,i)perylene MADEP EPH X X
Benzo(j)fluoranthene EPA 8270C X X
Benzo(j)fluoranthene EPA 8270D X X
Benzo(j)fluoranthene EPA 8270E X X
Benzo(k)fluoranthene EPA 610 (HPLC) X
Benzo(k)fluoranthene EPA 625.1 X
Benzo(k)fluoranthene EPA 625.1 SIM X
Benzo(k)fluoranthene EPA 8270C X X
Benzo(k)fluoranthene EPA 8270C SIM X X
Benzo(k)fluoranthene EPA 8270D X X
Benzo(k)fluoranthene EPA 8270D SIM X X
Benzo(k)fluoranthene EPA 8270E X X
Benzo(k)fluoranthene EPA 8270E SIM X X
Benzo(k)fluoranthene EPA 8310 X X
Benzo(k)fluoranthene MADEP EPH X X
Benzoic acid EPA 625.1 X
Benzoic acid EPA 8270C X X
Benzoic acid EPA 8270D X X
Benzoic acid EPA 8270E X X
Benzotrichloride EPA 8270C X X
Benzotrichloride EPA 8270D X X
Benzotrichloride EPA 8270E X X
Benzyl alcohol EPA 625.1 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 102 of 221
Benzyl alcohol EPA 8270C X X
Benzyl alcohol EPA 8270D X X
Benzyl alcohol EPA 8270E X X
Benzyl chloride EPA 8270C X X
Benzyl chloride EPA 8270D X X
Benzyl chloride EPA 8270E X X
Benzyl chloride EPA TO-15 X
Beryllium EPA 200.7 X X
Beryllium EPA 200.8 X X
Beryllium EPA 6010B X X
Beryllium EPA 6010C X X
Beryllium EPA 6010D X X
Beryllium EPA 6020 X X
Beryllium EPA 6020A X X
Beryllium EPA 6020B X X
beta-BHC (beta-
Hexachlorocyclohexane)EPA 608.3 X
beta-BHC (beta-
Hexachlorocyclohexane)EPA 8081A X X
beta-BHC (beta-
Hexachlorocyclohexane)EPA 8081B X X
Biochemical oxygen demand SM 5210 B-2011 X
Biphenyl (1,1'-Biphenyl)EPA 625.1 X
Biphenyl (1,1'-Biphenyl)EPA 8270C X X
Biphenyl (1,1'-Biphenyl)EPA 8270D X X
Biphenyl (1,1'-Biphenyl)EPA 8270E X X
bis(2-Chloroethoxy)methane EPA 625.1 X
bis(2-Chloroethoxy)methane EPA 8270C X X
bis(2-Chloroethoxy)methane EPA 8270D X X
bis(2-Chloroethoxy)methane EPA 8270E X X
bis(2-Chloroethyl) ether EPA 625.1 X
bis(2-Chloroethyl) ether EPA 8270C X X
bis(2-Chloroethyl) ether EPA 8270D X X
bis(2-Chloroethyl) ether EPA 8270E X X
Bis(2-Chloroisopropyl) ether EPA 625.1 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 103 of 221
Bis(2-Chloroisopropyl) ether EPA 8270E X X
Bis(2-Chloroisopropyl) ether
(2,2-oxybis(1-chloropropane))EPA 8270C X X
Bis(2-Chloroisopropyl) ether
(2,2-oxybis(1-chloropropane))EPA 8270D X X
bis(2-Ethylhexyl)adipate EPA 625.1 X
bis(2-Ethylhexyl)adipate EPA 625.1 SIM X
Bolstar (Sulprofos)EPA 1657 X
Bolstar (Sulprofos)EPA 8141A X X
Bolstar (Sulprofos)EPA 8141B X X
Boron EPA 200.7 X X
Boron EPA 200.8 X
Boron EPA 6010B X X
Boron EPA 6010C X X
Boron EPA 6010D X X
Boron EPA 6020 X X
Boron EPA 6020A X X
Boron EPA 6020B X X
Bromide EPA 300.0 X X X
Bromide EPA 9056 X X
Bromide EPA 9056A X X
Bromide SM 4110 B-2011 X X
Bromoacetic acid EPA 552.2 X
Bromobenzene EPA 524.2 X
Bromobenzene EPA 624 (extended) X
Bromobenzene EPA 624.1 X
Bromobenzene EPA 8260B X X
Bromobenzene EPA 8260C X X
Bromobenzene EPA 8260D X X
Bromobenzene SM 6200 B-2011 X
Bromochloromethane EPA 524.2 X
Bromochloromethane EPA 624.1 X
Bromochloromethane EPA 8260B X X
Bromochloromethane EPA 8260C X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 104 of 221
Bromochloromethane EPA 8260D X X
Bromochloromethane SM 6200 B-2011 X
Bromodichloromethane EPA 624.1 X
Bromodichloromethane EPA 8260B X X
Bromodichloromethane EPA 8260C X X
Bromodichloromethane EPA 8260D X X
Bromodichloromethane EPA TO-15 X
Bromodichloromethane SM 6200 B-2011 X
Bromoethane (Ethyl Bromide)EPA 624.1 X
Bromoethane (Ethyl Bromide)EPA TO-15 X
Bromoform EPA 624.1 X
Bromoform EPA 8260B X X
Bromoform EPA 8260C X X
Bromoform EPA 8260D X X
Bromoform EPA TO-15 X
Bromoform SM 6200 B-2011 X
Bromoform EPA 524.2 X
Butachlor EPA 507 X X
Butyl benzyl phthalate EPA 625.1 X
Butyl benzyl phthalate EPA 8270C X X
Butyl benzyl phthalate EPA 8270D X X
Butyl benzyl phthalate EPA 8270E X X
Cadmium EPA 200.7 X X
Cadmium EPA 200.8 X X
Cadmium EPA 6010B X X
Cadmium EPA 6010C X X
Cadmium EPA 6010D X X
Cadmium EPA 6020 X X
Cadmium EPA 6020A X X
Cadmium EPA 6020B X X
Calcium EPA 200.7 X X
Calcium EPA 200.8 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 105 of 221
Calcium EPA 6010B X X
Calcium EPA 6010C X X
Calcium EPA 6010D X X
Calcium EPA 6020 X X
Calcium EPA 6020A X X
Calcium EPA 6020B X X
Calcium hardness as CaCO3 EPA 200.7 X
Calcium hardness as CaCO3 EPA 200.8 X
Calcium hardness as CaCO3 EPA 6010B X
Calcium hardness as CaCO3 EPA 6010C X X
Calcium hardness as CaCO3 EPA 6010D X
Calcium hardness as CaCO3 SM 2340 B-2011 X
California Waste Extraction
Test
CCR Chapter 11,
Article 5 Appendix II X
Caprolactam EPA 625.1 X
Caprolactam EPA 8270C X X
Caprolactam EPA 8270D X X
Caprolactam EPA 8270E X X
Carbazole EPA 625.1 X
Carbazole EPA 8270C X X
Carbazole EPA 8270D X X
Carbazole EPA 8270E X X
Carbon dioxide ASTM D1946-90 X
Carbon dioxide
SM 4500-CO2 D-
2011 X X
Carbon disulfide EPA 624.1 X
Carbon disulfide EPA 8260B X X
Carbon disulfide EPA 8260C X X
Carbon disulfide EPA 8260D X X
Carbon disulfide EPA TO-15 X
Carbon disulfide SM 6200 B-2011 X
Carbon disulfide EPA 524.2 X
Carbon monoxide ASTM D1946-90 X
Carbon tetrachloride EPA 624.1 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 106 of 221
Carbon tetrachloride EPA 8260B X X
Carbon tetrachloride EPA 8260C X X
Carbon tetrachloride EPA 8260D X X
Carbon tetrachloride EPA TO-15 X
Carbon tetrachloride
EPA TO-15 GC/MS
SIM X
Carbon tetrachloride SM 6200 B-2011 X
Carbon tetrachloride EPA 524.2 X
Carbon-14
EPA EERF Method
C-01 X X X X
Carbonaceous BOD, CBOD SM 5210 B-2011 X
Carbophenothion EPA 8141A X
Carbophenothion EPA 8141B X
Ceriodaphnia dubia EPA 1002 X
Ceriodaphnia dubia
EPA 2002
Ceriodaphnia dubia
Acute MHSF 25ºC
X
Ceriodaphnia dubia EPA 2002.0 X
Cesium-134 DOE 4.5.2.3 X
Cesium-134 EPA 901.1 X X
Cesium-134 HASL 300 Ga-01-R X
Cesium-137 DOE 4.5.2.3 X
Cesium-137 EPA 901.1 X X
Cesium-137 HASL 300 Ga-01-R X
Chemical oxygen demand EPA 410.4 X
Chemical oxygen demand SM 5220 D-2011 X
Chlorate EPA 300.0 X
Chlordane (tech.)EPA 608.3 X
Chlordane (tech.)EPA 8081A X X
Chlordane (tech.)EPA 8081B X X
Chloride EPA 300.0 X X X
Chloride EPA 9056 X X
Chloride EPA 9056A X X
Chloride SM 4110 B-2011 X X
Chlorine EPA 9076 X
Chlorine SM 4500-Cl G-2011 X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 107 of 221
Chloroacetic acid EPA 552.2 X
Chlorobenzene EPA 624.1 X
Chlorobenzene EPA 8260B X X
Chlorobenzene EPA 8260C X X
Chlorobenzene EPA 8260D X X
Chlorobenzene EPA TO-15 X
Chlorobenzene SM 6200 B-2011 X
Chlorobenzene EPA 524.2 X
Chlorobenzilate EPA 625.1 X
Chlorobenzilate EPA 8270C X X
Chlorobenzilate EPA 8270D X X
Chlorobenzilate EPA 8270E X X
Chlorodibromomethane EPA 524.2 X
Chlorodibromomethane
(dibromochloromethane)EPA 624.1 X
Chlorodibromomethane
(dibromochloromethane)EPA 8260B X X
Chlorodibromomethane
(dibromochloromethane)EPA 8260C X X
Chlorodibromomethane
(dibromochloromethane)EPA 8260D X X
Chlorodibromomethane
(dibromochloromethane)EPA TO-15 X
Chlorodibromomethane
(dibromochloromethane)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Chloroethane EPA 524.2 X
Chloroethane (Ethyl chloride)EPA 624.1 X
Chloroethane (Ethyl chloride)EPA 8260B X X
Chloroethane (Ethyl chloride)EPA 8260C X X
Chloroethane (Ethyl chloride)EPA 8260D X X
Chloroethane (Ethyl chloride)EPA TO-15 X
Chloroethane (Ethyl chloride)
EPA TO-15 GC/MS
SIM X
Chloroethane (Ethyl chloride)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Chloroform EPA 624.1 X
Chloroform EPA 8260B X X
Chloroform EPA 8260C X X
Chloroform EPA 8260D X X
Chloroform EPA TO-15 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 108 of 221
Chloroform
EPA TO-15 GC/MS
SIM X
Chloroform SM 6200 B-2011 X
Chloroform EPA 524.2 X
Chloromethane EPA 524.2 X
Chloroprene (2-Chloro-1,3-
butadiene)EPA 624.1 X
Chloroprene (2-Chloro-1,3-
butadiene)EPA 8260B X X
Chloroprene (2-Chloro-1,3-
butadiene)EPA 8260C X X
Chloroprene (2-Chloro-1,3-
butadiene)EPA 8260D X X
Chloroprene (2-Chloro-1,3-
butadiene)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Chlorpyrifos EPA 1657 X
Chlorpyrifos EPA 8141A X X
Chlorpyrifos EPA 8141B X X
Chromium EPA 200.7 X X
Chromium EPA 200.8 X X
Chromium EPA 6010B X X
Chromium EPA 6010C X X
Chromium EPA 6010D X X
Chromium EPA 6020 X X
Chromium EPA 6020A X X
Chromium EPA 6020B X X
Chromium VI EPA 218.6 X X
Chromium VI EPA 3060A X
Chromium VI EPA 7196A X X
Chromium VI EPA 7199 X X
Chromium VI SM 3500-Cr B-2011 X X
Chromium VI SM 3500-Cr C-2011 X X
Chromium VI Digestion EPA 3060A X
Chrysene EPA 610 (HPLC) X
Chrysene EPA 625.1 X
Chrysene EPA 625.1 SIM X
Chrysene EPA 8270C X X
Chrysene EPA 8270C SIM X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 109 of 221
Chrysene EPA 8270D X X
Chrysene EPA 8270D SIM X X
Chrysene EPA 8270E X X
Chrysene EPA 8270E SIM X X
Chrysene EPA 8310 X X
Chrysene MADEP EPH X X
cis-1,2-Dichloroethene EPA 524.2 X
cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene EPA 624.1 X
cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene EPA 8260B X X
cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene EPA 8260C X X
cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene EPA 8260D X X
cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene EPA TO-15 X
cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene
EPA TO-15 GC/MS
SIM X
cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene SM 6200 B-2011 X
cis-1,3-Dichloropropene EPA 524.2 X
cis-1,3-Dichloropropene EPA 624.1 X
cis-1,3-Dichloropropene EPA 8260B X X
cis-1,3-Dichloropropene EPA 8260C X X
cis-1,3-Dichloropropene EPA 8260D X X
cis-1,3-Dichloropropene EPA TO-15 X
cis-1,3-Dichloropropene
EPA TO-15 GC/MS
SIM X
cis-1,3-Dichloropropene SM 6200 B-2011 X
cis-1,4-Dichloro-2-butene EPA 624.1 X
cis-1,4-Dichloro-2-butene EPA 8260B X X
cis-1,4-Dichloro-2-butene EPA 8260C X X
cis-1,4-Dichloro-2-butene EPA 8260D X X
cis-1,4-Dichloro-2-butene SM 6200 B-2011 X
cis-Diallate EPA 8270C X
cis-Isosafrole EPA 8270C X
Closed-System Purge-and-Trap
and Extraction for Volatile
Organics in Soil and Waste
Samples
EPA 5035A X
Cobalt EPA 200.7 X X
Cobalt EPA 200.8 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 110 of 221
Cobalt EPA 6010B X X
Cobalt EPA 6010C X X
Cobalt EPA 6010D X X
Cobalt EPA 6020 X X
Cobalt EPA 6020A X X
Cobalt EPA 6020B X X
Cobalt-60 DOE 4.5.2.3 X
Cobalt-60 EPA 901.1 X X
Cobalt-60 HASL 300 Ga-01-R X
Color SM 2120 B-2011 X X
Conductivity EPA 120.1 X X
Conductivity EPA 9050A X X
Conductivity SM 2510 B-2011 X X
Copper EPA 200.7 X X
Copper EPA 200.8 X X
Copper EPA 6010B X X
Copper EPA 6010C X X
Copper EPA 6010D X X
Copper EPA 6020 X X
Copper EPA 6020A X X
Copper EPA 6020B X X
Corrosivity (langlier index)SM 2320 B-2011 X X
Corrosivity (pH)EPA 9040B X
Corrosivity (pH)EPA 9040C X
Corrosivity (pH)EPA 9045D X
Coumaphos EPA 1657 X
Coumaphos EPA 8141A X X
Coumaphos EPA 8141B X X
Cyanazine EPA 8141A X X
Cyanazine EPA 8141B X X
Cyanide EPA 335.4 X X
Cyanide EPA 9010B X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 111 of 221
Cyanide EPA 9010C X X
Cyanide EPA 9012A X
Cyanide EPA 9012B X X
Cyanide EPA 9013 X
Cyanide EPA 9013A X
Cyanide EPA 9014 X X
Cyanide
SM 4500-CN¯ B-
2011 X X
Cyanide
SM 4500-CN¯ C-
2011 X X
Cyanide
SM 4500-CN¯ E-
2011 X X
Cyanide
SM 4500-CN¯ G-
2011 X
Cyclohexane EPA 624.1 X
Cyclohexane EPA 8260B X X
Cyclohexane EPA 8260C X X
Cyclohexane EPA 8260D X X
Cyclohexane EPA TO-15 X
Cyclohexane SM 6200 B-2011 X
Cyclohexanone EPA 624.1 X
Cyclohexanone EPA 8260B X X
Cyclohexanone EPA 8260C X X
Cyclohexanone EPA 8260D X X
Cyclohexanone SM 6200 B-2011 X
Dalapon EPA 8151A X X
Dalapon SM 6640 B-2001 X
delta-BHC EPA 608.3 X
delta-BHC EPA 8081A X X
delta-BHC EPA 8081B X X
Demeton EPA 1657 X
Demeton EPA 8141A X X
Demeton EPA 8141B X X
Demeton-o EPA 8141A X X
Demeton-o EPA 8141B X X
Demeton-s EPA 8141A X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 112 of 221
Demeton-s EPA 8141B X X
Di(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate
(bis(2-Ethylhexyl)phthalate,
DEHP)
EPA 625.1 X
Di(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate
(bis(2-Ethylhexyl)phthalate,
DEHP)
EPA 8270C X X
Di(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate
(bis(2-Ethylhexyl)phthalate,
DEHP)
EPA 8270D X X
Di(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate
(bis(2-Ethylhexyl)phthalate,
DEHP)
EPA 8270E X X
Diallate EPA 625.1 X
Diallate EPA 8270C X X
Diallate EPA 8270D X X
Diallate EPA 8270E X X
Diazinon EPA 1657 X
Diazinon EPA 8141A X X
Diazinon EPA 8141B X X
Dibenz(a, h) acridine EPA 625.1 X
Dibenz(a, h) acridine EPA 8270C X X
Dibenz(a, h) acridine EPA 8270D X X
Dibenz(a, h) acridine EPA 8270E X X
Dibenz(a, j)acridine EPA 625.1 X
Dibenz(a, j)acridine EPA 8270C X X
Dibenz(a, j)acridine EPA 8270D X X
Dibenz(a, j)acridine EPA 8270E X X
Dibenz(a,h)anthracene EPA 610 (HPLC) X
Dibenz(a,h)anthracene EPA 625.1 X
Dibenz(a,h)anthracene EPA 625.1 SIM X
Dibenz(a,h)anthracene EPA 8270C X X
Dibenz(a,h)anthracene EPA 8270C SIM X X
Dibenz(a,h)anthracene EPA 8270D X X
Dibenz(a,h)anthracene EPA 8270D SIM X X
Dibenz(a,h)anthracene EPA 8270E X X
Dibenz(a,h)anthracene EPA 8270E SIM X X
Dibenz(a,h)anthracene EPA 8310 X X
Dibenz(a,h)anthracene MADEP EPH X X
Dibenzo(a,e)pyrene EPA 8270C X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 113 of 221
Dibenzo(a,e)pyrene EPA 8270D X X
Dibenzo(a,e)pyrene EPA 8270E X X
Dibenzo(a,h) pyrene EPA 8270C X X
Dibenzo(a,h) pyrene EPA 8270D X X
Dibenzo(a,h) pyrene EPA 8270E X X
Dibenzo(a,i) pyrene EPA 8270C X X
Dibenzo(a,i) pyrene EPA 8270D X X
Dibenzo(a,i) pyrene EPA 8270E X X
Dibenzofuran EPA 625.1 X
Dibenzofuran EPA 8270C X X
Dibenzofuran EPA 8270D X X
Dibenzofuran EPA 8270E X X
Dibromoacetic acid EPA 552.2 X
Dibromomethane EPA 524.2 X
Dibromomethane (Methylene
bromide)EPA 624.1 X
Dibromomethane (Methylene
bromide)EPA 8260B X X
Dibromomethane (Methylene
bromide)EPA 8260C X X
Dibromomethane (Methylene
bromide)EPA 8260D X X
Dibromomethane (Methylene
bromide)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Dicamba EPA 8151A X X
Dicamba SM 6640 B-2001 X
Dichlorobromomethane EPA 524.2 X
Dichlorodifluoromethane EPA 524.2 X
Dichlorodifluoromethane
(Freon-12)EPA 624.1 X
Dichlorodifluoromethane
(Freon-12)EPA 8260B X X
Dichlorodifluoromethane
(Freon-12)EPA 8260C X X
Dichlorodifluoromethane
(Freon-12)EPA 8260D X X
Dichlorodifluoromethane
(Freon-12)EPA TO-15 X
Dichlorodifluoromethane
(Freon-12)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Dichloroeacetic acid EPA 552.2 X
Dichloroprop (Dichlorprop)EPA 8151A X X
Dichlorovos (DDVP,
Dichlorvos)EPA 1657 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 114 of 221
Dichlorovos (DDVP,
Dichlorvos)EPA 8141A X X
Dichlorovos (DDVP,
Dichlorvos)EPA 8141B X X
Dichlorvos EPA 507 X
Dicyclopentadiene EPA 8260B X
Dicyclopentadiene EPA 8260C X
Dicyclopentadiene EPA 8260D X
Dicyclopentadiene EPA TO-15 X
Dieldrin EPA 608.3 X
Dieldrin EPA 8081A X X
Dieldrin EPA 8081B X X
Diesel range organics (DRO)CA LUFT GCMS X
Diesel range organics (DRO)EPA 8015B X X
Diesel range organics (DRO)EPA 8015C X X
Diesel range organics (DRO)EPA 8015D X X
Diesel range organics (DRO)EPA 8270C X X
Diesel range organics (DRO)EPA 8270D X X
Diesel range organics (DRO)EPA 8270E X
Diesel range organics (DRO)IDNR OA-2 X X
Diesel range organics (DRO)LUFT GC X X
Diesel range organics (DRO)LUFT GCMS X
Diesel range organics (DRO)MADEP EPH X
Diesel range organics (DRO)MO-DRO X X
Diesel range organics (DRO)NWTPH-Dx X X
Diesel range organics (DRO)OA-2 X
Diesel range organics (DRO)OK DEQ DRO X X
Diesel range organics (DRO)OK DEQ GRO X
Diesel range organics (DRO)WI(95) DRO X X
Diethyl ether EPA 624.1 X
Diethyl ether EPA 8260B X X
Diethyl ether EPA 8260C X X
Diethyl ether EPA 8260D X X
Diethyl ether SM 6200 B-2011 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 115 of 221
Diethyl phthalate EPA 625.1 X
Diethyl phthalate EPA 8270C X X
Diethyl phthalate EPA 8270D X X
Diethyl phthalate EPA 8270E X X
Di-isopropylether (DIPE)
(Isopropyl ether)EPA 624.1 X
Di-isopropylether (DIPE)
(Isopropyl ether)EPA 8260B X X
Di-isopropylether (DIPE)
(Isopropyl ether)EPA 8260C X X
Di-isopropylether (DIPE)
(Isopropyl ether)EPA 8260D X X
Di-isopropylether (DIPE)
(Isopropyl ether)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Dimethoate EPA 1657 X
Dimethoate EPA 625.1 X
Dimethoate EPA 8141A X X
Dimethoate EPA 8141B X X
Dimethoate EPA 8270C X X
Dimethoate EPA 8270D X X
Dimethoate EPA 8270E X X
Dimethyl phthalate EPA 625.1 X
Dimethyl phthalate EPA 8270C X X
Dimethyl phthalate EPA 8270D X X
Dimethyl phthalate EPA 8270E X X
Di-n-butyl phthalate EPA 625.1 X
Di-n-butyl phthalate EPA 8270C X X
Di-n-butyl phthalate EPA 8270D X X
Di-n-butyl phthalate EPA 8270E X X
Di-n-octyl phthalate EPA 625.1 X
Di-n-octyl phthalate EPA 8270C X X
Di-n-octyl phthalate EPA 8270D X X
Di-n-octyl phthalate EPA 8270E X X
Dinoseb (2-sec-butyl-4,6-
dinitrophenol, DNBP)EPA 625.1 X
Dinoseb (2-sec-butyl-4,6-
dinitrophenol, DNBP)EPA 8151A X X
Dinoseb (2-sec-butyl-4,6-
dinitrophenol, DNBP)EPA 8270C X X
Dinoseb (2-sec-butyl-4,6-
dinitrophenol, DNBP)EPA 8270D X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 116 of 221
Dinoseb (2-sec-butyl-4,6-
dinitrophenol, DNBP)EPA 8270E X X
Dinoseb (2-sec-butyl-4,6-
dinitrophenol, DNBP)SM 6640 B-2001 X
Diphenyl ether (Diphenyl
Oxide)EPA 625.1 X
Diphenyl ether (Diphenyl
Oxide)EPA 8270C X X
Diphenyl ether (Diphenyl
Oxide)EPA 8270D X X
Diphenyl ether (Diphenyl
Oxide)EPA 8270E X X
Diphenyl ketone
(Benzophenone)EPA 8270C X
Diphenyl ketone
(Benzophenone)EPA 8270D X
Diphenyl ketone
(Benzophenone)EPA 8270E X
Diphenylamine EPA 625.1 X
Diphenylamine EPA 8270C X X
Diphenylamine EPA 8270D X X
Diphenylamine EPA 8270E X X
Dissolved Carbon SM 5310 B-2011 X
Dissolved organic carbon
(DOC)EPA 9060 X
Dissolved organic carbon
(DOC)EPA 9060A X
Dissolved organic carbon
(DOC)SM 5310 B-2011 X
Dissolved organic carbon
(DOC)SM 5310 C-2011 X
Disulfoton EPA 1657 X
Disulfoton EPA 8141A X X
Disulfoton EPA 8141B X X
Disulfoton EPA 8270C X X
Disulfoton EPA 8270D X X
Disulfoton EPA 8270E X X
Endosulfan I EPA 608.3 X
Endosulfan I EPA 8081A X X
Endosulfan I EPA 8081B X X
Endosulfan II EPA 608.3 X
Endosulfan II EPA 8081A X X
Endosulfan II EPA 8081B X X
Endosulfan sulfate EPA 608.3 X
Endosulfan sulfate EPA 8081A X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 117 of 221
Endosulfan sulfate EPA 8081B X X
Endrin EPA 608.3 X
Endrin EPA 8081A X X
Endrin EPA 8081B X X
Endrin aldehyde EPA 608.3 X
Endrin aldehyde EPA 8081A X X
Endrin aldehyde EPA 8081B X X
Endrin ketone EPA 608.3 X
Endrin ketone EPA 8081A X X
Endrin ketone EPA 8081B X X
Enterococci ASTM D6503-99 X
Enterococci Enterolert®X
EPH Aliphatic >C10-C12 MADEP EPH X X
EPH Aliphatic >C12-C16 MADEP EPH X X
EPH Aliphatic >C16-C35 MADEP EPH X X
EPH Aliphatic C19-C36 MADEP EPH X X
EPH Aliphatic C9-C18 MADEP EPH X X
EPH Aromatic >C10-C12 MADEP EPH X X
EPH Aromatic >C12-C16 MADEP EPH X X
EPH Aromatic >C16-C21 MADEP EPH X X
EPH Aromatic >C21-C35 MADEP EPH X X
EPH Aromatic C11-C22 MADEP EPH X X
EPH Aromatic C11-C22
Unadjusted MADEP EPH X X
EPN EPA 1657 X
EPN EPA 8141A X X
EPN EPA 8141B X X
Escherichia coli SM 9223 B-2004 X X
Ethane
EPA RSK-175
(GC/FID)X X
Ethanol EPA 624.1 X
Ethanol EPA 8015 X
Ethanol EPA 8015B X X
Ethanol EPA 8015C X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 118 of 221
Ethanol EPA 8015D X X
Ethanol EPA 8260B X X
Ethanol EPA 8260C X X
Ethanol EPA 8260D X X
Ethanol EPA TO-15 X
Ethanol SM 6200 B-2011 X
Ethene
EPA RSK-175
(GC/FID)X X
Ethion EPA 8141A X
Ethion EPA 8141B X
Ethoprop EPA 1657 X
Ethoprop EPA 507 X
Ethoprop EPA 8141A X X
Ethoprop EPA 8141B X X
Ethyl acetate EPA 624.1 X
Ethyl acetate EPA 8260B X X
Ethyl acetate EPA 8260C X X
Ethyl acetate EPA 8260D X X
Ethyl acetate EPA TO-15 X
Ethyl acetate SM 6200 B-2011 X
Ethyl methacrylate EPA 624.1 X
Ethyl methacrylate EPA 8260B X X
Ethyl methacrylate EPA 8260C X X
Ethyl methacrylate EPA 8260D X X
Ethyl methacrylate SM 6200 B-2011 X
Ethyl methanesulfonate EPA 625.1 X
Ethyl methanesulfonate EPA 8270C X X
Ethyl methanesulfonate EPA 8270D X X
Ethyl methanesulfonate EPA 8270E X X
Ethylbenzene CA LUFT GCMS X X
Ethylbenzene EPA 524.2 X
Ethylbenzene EPA 602 X
Ethylbenzene EPA 624.1 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 119 of 221
Ethylbenzene EPA 8021B X X
Ethylbenzene EPA 8260B X X
Ethylbenzene EPA 8260C X X
Ethylbenzene EPA 8260D X X
Ethylbenzene EPA TO-15 X
Ethylbenzene
EPA TO-15 GC/MS
SIM X
Ethylbenzene IDNR OA-1 X X
Ethylbenzene MADEP VPH X X
Ethylbenzene OK DEQ GRO X X
Ethylbenzene SM 6200 B-2011 X
Ethylene glycol EPA 8015B X X
Ethylene glycol EPA 8015C X X
Ethylene glycol EPA 8015D X X
Ethyl-t-butyl ether (ETBE) (2-
Ethoxy-2-methylpropane)EPA 624.1 X
Ethyl-t-butyl ether (ETBE) (2-
Ethoxy-2-methylpropane)EPA 8260B X X
Ethyl-t-butyl ether (ETBE) (2-
Ethoxy-2-methylpropane)EPA 8260C X X
Ethyl-t-butyl ether (ETBE) (2-
Ethoxy-2-methylpropane)EPA 8260D X X
Ethyl-t-butyl ether (ETBE) (2-
Ethoxy-2-methylpropane)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Extractable organics halides
(EOX)EPA 9023 X
Extractable Petroleum
Hydrocarbons (EPH)CT ETPH X
Extractable Petroleum
Hydrocarbons (EPH)IDNR OA-2 X X
Extractable Petroleum
Hydrocarbons (EPH)MADEP EPH X X
Extractable Petroleum
Hydrocarbons (EPH)NJDEP EPH 10/08 X
Extractable Petroleum
Hydrocarbons (EPH)TN EPH X X
Extractable Total Petroleum
Hydrocarbons NJDEP EPH 10/08 X
Famphur EPA 625.1 X
Famphur EPA 8141A X
Famphur EPA 8141B X
Famphur EPA 8270C X X
Famphur EPA 8270D X X
Famphur EPA 8270E X X
Fecal coliforms EPA 1681 X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 120 of 221
Fecal coliforms SM 9223 B-2004 X
Fensulfothion EPA 1657 X
Fensulfothion EPA 8141A X X
Fensulfothion EPA 8141B X X
Fenthion EPA 1657 X
Fenthion EPA 8141A X X
Fenthion EPA 8141B X X
Flash Point ASTM D93 X X
Flash Point ASTM D93-07 X X
Florisil Clean-up EPA 3620 X
Florisil Clean-up EPA 3620C X
Fluoranthene EPA 610 (HPLC) X
Fluoranthene EPA 625.1 X
Fluoranthene EPA 625.1 SIM X
Fluoranthene EPA 8270C X X
Fluoranthene EPA 8270C SIM X X
Fluoranthene EPA 8270D X X
Fluoranthene EPA 8270D SIM X X
Fluoranthene EPA 8270E X X
Fluoranthene EPA 8270E SIM X X
Fluoranthene EPA 8310 X X
Fluoranthene MADEP EPH X X
Fluorene EPA 610 (HPLC) X
Fluorene EPA 625.1 X
Fluorene EPA 625.1 SIM X
Fluorene EPA 8270C X X
Fluorene EPA 8270C SIM X X
Fluorene EPA 8270D X X
Fluorene EPA 8270D SIM X X
Fluorene EPA 8270E X X
Fluorene EPA 8270E SIM X X
Fluorene EPA 8310 X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 121 of 221
Fluorene MADEP EPH X X
Fluoride EPA 300.0 X X X
Fluoride EPA 9056 X X
Fluoride EPA 9056A X X
Fluoride SM 4110 B-2011 X X
Fluoride SM 4500-F¯ B-2011 X
Fluoride SM 4500-F¯ C-2011 X
Fractional Organic Carbon
(FOC)ASTM D2974 X
Free cyanide EPA 9014 X
Free liquid EPA 9095A X
Free liquid EPA 9095B X X
Gamma Emitters DOE 4.5.2.3 X X
Gamma Emitters EPA 901.1 X X X
Gamma Emitters HASL 300 Ga-01-R X X X X
gamma-BHC (Lindane, gamma-
Hexachlorocyclohexane)EPA 608.3 X
gamma-BHC (Lindane, gamma-
Hexachlorocyclohexane)EPA 8081A X X
gamma-BHC (Lindane, gamma-
Hexachlorocyclohexane)EPA 8081B X X
gamma-Chlordane EPA 608.3 X
gamma-Chlordane EPA 8081A X X
gamma-Chlordane EPA 8081B X X
Gasoline range organics (GRO)CA LUFT GCMS X
Gasoline range organics (GRO)EPA 8015B X X
Gasoline range organics (GRO)EPA 8015C X X
Gasoline range organics (GRO)EPA 8015D X X
Gasoline range organics (GRO)EPA 8260B X X
Gasoline range organics (GRO)EPA 8260C X X
Gasoline range organics (GRO)EPA 8260D X X
Gasoline range organics (GRO)EPA TO-15 X
Gasoline range organics (GRO)IDNR OA-1 X X
Gasoline range organics (GRO)LUFT GC X X
Gasoline range organics (GRO)LUFT GCMS X
Gasoline range organics (GRO)MADEP VPH X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 122 of 221
Gasoline range organics (GRO)MO-GRO X
Gasoline range organics (GRO)NWTPH-Gx X X
Gasoline range organics (GRO)OK DEQ GRO X X
Gasoline range organics (GRO)TN GRO X
Gasoline range organics (GRO)WI(95) GRO X X
Gross alpha-beta EPA 900 X
Gross alpha-beta EPA 9310 X X
Gross-alpha EPA 900 X
Gross-alpha EPA 900.0 (GPC) X X X
Gross-alpha EPA 9310 X X X
Gross-alpha Radium EPA 900.1 X
Gross-beta EPA 900 X
Gross-beta EPA 900.0 (GPC) X X X
Gross-beta EPA 9310 X X X
Guanidine Nitrate EPA 9056 X X
Guanidine Nitrate EPA 9056A X X
Hardness EPA 130.1 X X
Hardness SM 2340 B-2011 X X
Hardness (calc.)EPA 200.7 X X
Hardness (calc.)EPA 200.8 X
Hardness (calc.)SM 2340 B-2011 X X
Helium ASTM D1946-90 X
Heptachlor EPA 608.3 X
Heptachlor EPA 8081A X X
Heptachlor EPA 8081B X X
Heptachlor epoxide EPA 608.3 X
Heptachlor epoxide EPA 8081A X X
Heptachlor epoxide EPA 8081B X X
Heterotrophic plate count
SM 9215 B 2000
(PCA) X X
Hexachlorobenzene EPA 608.3 X
Hexachlorobenzene EPA 625.1 X
Hexachlorobenzene EPA 625.1 SIM X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 123 of 221
Hexachlorobenzene EPA 8081A X X
Hexachlorobenzene EPA 8081B X X
Hexachlorobenzene EPA 8270C X X
Hexachlorobenzene EPA 8270C SIM X X
Hexachlorobenzene EPA 8270D X X
Hexachlorobenzene EPA 8270D SIM X X
Hexachlorobenzene EPA 8270E X X
Hexachlorobenzene EPA 8270E SIM X
Hexachlorobutadiene EPA 624.1 X
Hexachlorobutadiene EPA 625.1 X
Hexachlorobutadiene EPA 8260B X X
Hexachlorobutadiene EPA 8260C X X
Hexachlorobutadiene EPA 8260D X X
Hexachlorobutadiene EPA 8270C X X
Hexachlorobutadiene EPA 8270D X X
Hexachlorobutadiene EPA 8270E X X
Hexachlorobutadiene EPA TO-15 X
Hexachlorobutadiene SM 6200 B-2011 X
Hexachlorobutadiene EPA 524.2 X
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene EPA 625.1 X
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene EPA 8270C X X
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene EPA 8270D X X
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene EPA 8270E X X
Hexachloroethane EPA 624.1 X
Hexachloroethane EPA 625.1 X
Hexachloroethane EPA 8260B X X
Hexachloroethane EPA 8260C X X
Hexachloroethane EPA 8260D X X
Hexachloroethane EPA 8270C X X
Hexachloroethane EPA 8270D X X
Hexachloroethane EPA 8270E X X
Hexachloroethane SM 6200 B-2011 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 124 of 221
Hexachlorophene EPA 625.1 X
Hexachlorophene EPA 8270C X X
Hexachlorophene EPA 8270D X X
Hexachlorophene EPA 8270E X X
Hexachloropropene EPA 625.1 X
Hexachloropropene EPA 8270C X X
Hexachloropropene EPA 8270D X X
Hexachloropropene EPA 8270E X X
Hydroquinone EPA 625.1 X
Hydroquinone EPA 8270C X
Hydroquinone EPA 8270D X
IC25 (ON) Growth
EPA 1000.0 - Fathead
minnow, 7-day
Chronic, daily
renewal, MHSF 25°C
X
IC25 Reproduction
EPA 1002.0 -
Ceriodaphnia dubia,
7-day Chronic, daily
renewal, MHSF 25°C
X
IC25 Survival
EPA 1000.0 - Fathead
minnow, 7-day
Chronic, daily
renewal, MHSF 25°C
X
IC25 Survival
EPA 1002.0 -
Ceriodaphnia dubia,
7-day Chronic, daily
renewal, MHSF 25°C
X
Ignitability EPA 1010 X X
Ignitability EPA 1010A X X
Indene EPA 625.1 X
Indene EPA 8270C X X
Indene EPA 8270D X X
Indene EPA 8270E X X
Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene EPA 610 (HPLC) X
Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene EPA 625.1 X
Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene EPA 625.1 SIM X
Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene EPA 8270C X X
Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene EPA 8270C SIM X X
Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene EPA 8270D X X
Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene EPA 8270D SIM X X
Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene EPA 8270E X X
Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene EPA 8270E SIM X X
Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene EPA 8310 X X
Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene MADEP EPH X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 125 of 221
Inorganic Carbon SM 5310 B-2011 X
Iodomethane (Methyl iodide)EPA 624 (extended) X
Iodomethane (Methyl iodide)EPA 624.1 X
Iodomethane (Methyl iodide)EPA 8260B X X
Iodomethane (Methyl iodide)EPA 8260C X X
Iodomethane (Methyl iodide)EPA 8260D X X
Iodomethane (Methyl iodide)EPA TO-15 X
Iodomethane (Methyl iodide)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Iron EPA 200.7 X X
Iron EPA 200.8 X
Iron EPA 6010B X X
Iron EPA 6010C X X
Iron EPA 6010D X X
Iron EPA 6020 X X
Iron EPA 6020A X X
Iron EPA 6020B X X
Iron-(II) (Ferrous Iron)SM 3500-Fe B-2011 X
Isobutyl alcohol (2-Methyl-1-
propanol)EPA 624.1 X
Isobutyl alcohol (2-Methyl-1-
propanol)EPA 8260B X X
Isobutyl alcohol (2-Methyl-1-
propanol)EPA 8260C X X
Isobutyl alcohol (2-Methyl-1-
propanol)EPA 8260D X X
Isobutyl alcohol (2-Methyl-1-
propanol)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Isodrin EPA 625.1 X
Isodrin EPA 8270C X X
Isodrin EPA 8270D X X
Isodrin EPA 8270E X X
Isophorone EPA 625.1 X
Isophorone EPA 8270C X X
Isophorone EPA 8270D X X
Isophorone EPA 8270E X X
Isopropyl alcohol (2-Propanol,
Isopropanol)EPA 624.1 X
Isopropyl alcohol (2-Propanol,
Isopropanol)EPA 8260B X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 126 of 221
Isopropyl alcohol (2-Propanol,
Isopropanol)EPA 8260C X X
Isopropyl alcohol (2-Propanol,
Isopropanol)EPA 8260D X X
Isopropyl alcohol (2-Propanol,
Isopropanol)EPA TO-15 X
Isopropyl alcohol (2-Propanol,
Isopropanol)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Isopropylbenzene EPA 524.2 X
Isopropylbenzene (Cumene)EPA 624 (extended) X
Isopropylbenzene (Cumene)EPA 624.1 X
Isopropylbenzene (Cumene)EPA 8260B X X
Isopropylbenzene (Cumene)EPA 8260C X X
Isopropylbenzene (Cumene)EPA 8260D X X
Isopropylbenzene (Cumene)EPA TO-15 X
Isopropylbenzene (Cumene)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Isosafrole EPA 8270C X X
Isosafrole EPA 8270D X X
Isosafrole EPA 8270E X X
Isotopic uranium
ASTM D3972-09
Modified (ENV-SOP-
MTJL-0333)
X
Isotopic uranium ASTM D3972-97 X
Kepone EPA 625.1 X
Kepone EPA 8270C X X
Kepone EPA 8270D X X
Kepone EPA 8270E X X
Kjeldahl nitrogen - total EPA 351.2 X
Kjeldahl nitrogen - total
SM 4500-NH3 B-
2011 X
Kjeldahl nitrogen - total
SM 4500-NH3 C-
2011 X
Kjeldahl nitrogen - total
SM 4500-Norg B-
2011 X
Kjeldahl nitrogen - total
SM 4500-Norg C-
2011 X
Kjeldahl nitrogen - total
SM 4500-Norg D-
2011 X X
LC50 Survival
EPA 2000.0 - Fathead
minnow, 48-hr Acute,
nonrenewal, MHSF
25°C
X
LC50 Survival
EPA 2002
Ceriodaphnia dubia
Acute MHSF 25ºC
X
Lead EPA 200.7 X X
Lead EPA 200.8 X X
Lead EPA 6010B X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 127 of 221
Lead EPA 6010C X X
Lead EPA 6010D X X
Lead EPA 6020 X X
Lead EPA 6020A X X
Lead EPA 6020B X X
Lead-210 DOE 4.5.2.3 X
Lead-210 Eichrom OTW01 X
Lead-210
EICHROM PBS01-
12 X X X X
Lead-210 HASL 300 Ga-01-R X
Legionella Legiolert X X
Lithium EPA 200.7 X X
Lithium EPA 6010B X X
Lithium EPA 6010C X X
Lithium EPA 6010D X X
Lithium EPA 6020 X
Lithium EPA 6020A X
Lithium EPA 6020B X
LOEC Survival EPA 2000 X
m+p-xylene EPA 602 X
m+p-xylene EPA 8021B X X
m+p-xylene EPA 8260B X X
m+p-xylene EPA 8260C X X
m+p-xylene EPA 8260D X
m+p-xylene EPA TO-15 X
m+p-xylene IDNR OA-1 X
m+p-xylene MADEP VPH X X
m+p-xylene SM 6200 B-2011 X
Magnesium EPA 200.7 X X
Magnesium EPA 200.8 X
Magnesium EPA 6010B X X
Magnesium EPA 6010C X X
Magnesium EPA 6010D X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 128 of 221
Magnesium EPA 6020 X X
Magnesium EPA 6020A X X
Magnesium EPA 6020B X X
Malathion EPA 1657 X
Malathion EPA 8141A X X
Malathion EPA 8141B X X
Manganese EPA 200.7 X X
Manganese EPA 200.8 X X
Manganese EPA 6010B X X
Manganese EPA 6010C X X
Manganese EPA 6010D X X
Manganese EPA 6020 X X
Manganese EPA 6020A X X
Manganese EPA 6020B X X
MCPA EPA 8151A X X
MCPP EPA 8151A X X
Mercury EPA 245.1 X X
Mercury EPA 7470A X
Mercury EPA 7471A X
Mercury EPA 7471B X
Merphos EPA 1657 X
Merphos EPA 507 X
Merphos EPA 8141A X X
Merphos EPA 8141B X X
Methacrylonitrile EPA 624.1 X
Methacrylonitrile EPA 8260B X X
Methacrylonitrile EPA 8260C X X
Methacrylonitrile EPA 8260D X X
Methacrylonitrile SM 6200 B-2011 X
Methane ASTM D1946-90 X
Methane
EPA RSK-175
(GC/FID)X X
Methanol EPA 8015 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 129 of 221
Methanol EPA 8015B X X
Methanol EPA 8015C X X
Methanol EPA 8015D X X
Methanol EPA 8260B X
Methanol EPA 8260C X
Methanol EPA TO-15 X
Methanol SM 6200 B-2011 X
Methapyrilene EPA 625.1 X
Methapyrilene EPA 8270C X X
Methapyrilene EPA 8270D X X
Methapyrilene EPA 8270E X X
Methoxychlor EPA 608.3 X
Methoxychlor EPA 8081A X X
Methoxychlor EPA 8081B X X
Methyl acetate EPA 624.1 X
Methyl acetate EPA 8260B X X
Methyl acetate EPA 8260C X X
Methyl acetate EPA 8260D X X
Methyl acetate SM 6200 B-2011 X
Methyl acrylate EPA 624.1 X
Methyl acrylate EPA 8260B X X
Methyl acrylate EPA 8260C X X
Methyl acrylate EPA 8260D X X
Methyl acrylate SM 6200 B-2011 X
Methyl bromide
(Bromomethane)EPA 624.1 X
Methyl bromide
(Bromomethane)EPA 8260B X X
Methyl bromide
(Bromomethane)EPA 8260C X X
Methyl bromide
(Bromomethane)EPA 8260D X X
Methyl bromide
(Bromomethane)EPA TO-15 X
Methyl bromide
(Bromomethane)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Methyl chloride
(Chloromethane)EPA 624.1 X
Methyl chloride
(Chloromethane)EPA 8260B X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 130 of 221
Methyl chloride
(Chloromethane)EPA 8260C X X
Methyl chloride
(Chloromethane)EPA 8260D X X
Methyl chloride
(Chloromethane)EPA TO-15 X
Methyl chloride
(Chloromethane)
EPA TO-15 GC/MS
SIM X
Methyl chloride
(Chloromethane)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Methyl ethyl ketone EPA 524.2 X
Methyl iodide EPA 524.2 X
Methyl isobutyl ketone EPA 524.2 X
Methyl methacrylate EPA 624.1 X
Methyl methacrylate EPA 8260B X X
Methyl methacrylate EPA 8260C X X
Methyl methacrylate EPA 8260D X X
Methyl methacrylate EPA TO-15 X
Methyl methacrylate SM 6200 B-2011 X
Methyl methanesulfonate EPA 625.1 X
Methyl methanesulfonate EPA 8270C X X
Methyl methanesulfonate EPA 8270D X X
Methyl methanesulfonate EPA 8270E X X
Methyl parathion (Parathion,
methyl)EPA 1657 X
Methyl parathion (Parathion,
methyl)EPA 625.1 X
Methyl parathion (Parathion,
methyl)EPA 8141A X X
Methyl parathion (Parathion,
methyl)EPA 8141B X X
Methyl parathion (Parathion,
methyl)EPA 8270C X X
Methyl parathion (Parathion,
methyl)EPA 8270D X X
Methyl parathion (Parathion,
methyl)EPA 8270E X X
Methyl tert-butyl ether EPA 524.2 X
Methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE)EPA 602 X
Methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE)EPA 624.1 X
Methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE)EPA 8021B X X
Methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE)EPA 8260B X X
Methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE)EPA 8260C X X
Methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE)EPA 8260D X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 131 of 221
Methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE)EPA TO-15 X
Methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE)IDNR OA-1 X X
Methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE)LUFT GCMS X X
Methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE)MADEP VPH X X
Methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE)OK DEQ GRO X X
Methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Methyl-2,4,6-
trinitrophenylnitramine (tetryl)EPA 8330 X X
Methyl-2,4,6-
trinitrophenylnitramine (tetryl)EPA 8330A X X
Methyl-2,4,6-
trinitrophenylnitramine (tetryl)EPA 8330B X X
Methylcyclohexane EPA 624.1 X
Methylcyclohexane EPA 8260B X X
Methylcyclohexane EPA 8260C X X
Methylcyclohexane EPA 8260D X X
Methylcyclohexane EPA TO-15 X
Methylcyclohexane SM 6200 B-2011 X
Methylene bromide EPA 524.2 X
Methylene chloride EPA 524.2 X
Methylene chloride
(Dichloromethane)EPA 624.1 X
Methylene chloride
(Dichloromethane)EPA 8260B X X
Methylene chloride
(Dichloromethane)EPA 8260C X X
Methylene chloride
(Dichloromethane)EPA 8260D X X
Methylene chloride
(Dichloromethane)EPA TO-15 X
Methylene chloride
(Dichloromethane)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Metolachlor EPA 507 X X
Metribuzin EPA 507 X X
Mevinphos EPA 1657 X
Mevinphos EPA 507 X
Mevinphos EPA 8141A X X
Mevinphos EPA 8141B X X
Microextraction of Organics in
Water EPA 3511 X X
Microwave Assisted Acid
Digestion of Aqueous Samples
and Extracts
EPA 3015A X
Microwave Assisted Acid
Digestion of Sediments,
Sludges, Soils, and Oils
EPA 3051 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 132 of 221
Microwave Assisted Acid
Digestion of Sediments,
Sludges, Soils, and Oils
EPA 3051A X
Microwave Assisted Acid
Digestion of Sediments,
Sludges, Soils, and Oils
EPA 3052 X
Microwave Extraction EPA 3546 X
Mirex EPA 8270C X
Mirex EPA 8270D X
Molybdenum EPA 200.7 X X
Molybdenum EPA 200.8 X X
Molybdenum EPA 6010B X X
Molybdenum EPA 6010C X X
Molybdenum EPA 6010D X X
Molybdenum EPA 6020 X X
Molybdenum EPA 6020A X X
Molybdenum EPA 6020B X X
m-Xylene EPA 624.1 X
m-Xylene EPA 8021B X X
m-Xylene EPA 8260B X X
m-Xylene EPA 8260C X X
m-Xylene EPA 8260D X X
m-Xylene EPA TO-15 X
m-Xylene EPA 524.2 X
Naled EPA 1657 X
Naled EPA 8141A X X
Naled EPA 8141B X X
Naphthalene EPA 610 (HPLC) X
Naphthalene EPA 624.1 X
Naphthalene EPA 625.1 X
Naphthalene EPA 625.1 SIM X
Naphthalene EPA 8021B X
Naphthalene EPA 8260B X X
Naphthalene EPA 8260C X X
Naphthalene EPA 8260D X X
Naphthalene EPA 8270C X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 133 of 221
Naphthalene EPA 8270C SIM X X
Naphthalene EPA 8270D X X
Naphthalene EPA 8270D SIM X X
Naphthalene EPA 8270E X X
Naphthalene EPA 8270E SIM X X
Naphthalene EPA 8310 X X
Naphthalene EPA TO-15 X
Naphthalene MADEP EPH X X
Naphthalene MADEP VPH X X
Naphthalene OK DEQ GRO X X
Naphthalene SM 6200 B-2011 X
Naphthalene EPA 524.2 X
n-Butane EPA TO-15 X
n-Butyl alcohol (1-Butanol, n-
Butanol)EPA 624.1 X
n-Butyl alcohol (1-Butanol, n-
Butanol)EPA 8260B X X
n-Butyl alcohol (1-Butanol, n-
Butanol)EPA 8260C X X
n-Butyl alcohol (1-Butanol, n-
Butanol)EPA 8260D X X
n-Butyl alcohol (1-Butanol, n-
Butanol)SM 6200 B-2011 X
n-Butylbenzene EPA 524.2 X
n-Butylbenzene EPA 624 (extended) X
n-Butylbenzene EPA 624.1 X
n-Butylbenzene EPA 8260B X X
n-Butylbenzene EPA 8260C X X
n-Butylbenzene EPA 8260D X X
n-Butylbenzene EPA TO-15 X
n-Butylbenzene SM 6200 B-2011 X
n-Decane EPA 625.1 X
n-Decane EPA 8270C X X
n-Decane EPA 8270D X X
n-Decane EPA 8270E X X
Neptunium-237
EPA 907 Modified
(ENV-SOP-MTJL-
0332)
X X X X
n-Heptane EPA 624.1 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 134 of 221
n-Heptane EPA 8260B X
n-Heptane EPA 8260C X
n-Heptane EPA 8260D X
n-Heptane EPA TO-15 X
n-Hexane EPA 624.1 X
n-Hexane EPA 8260B X X
n-Hexane EPA 8260C X X
n-Hexane EPA 8260D X X
n-Hexane EPA TO-15 X
n-Hexane SM 6200 B-2011 X
n-Hexane Extractable Material
(O&G)EPA 1664A (HEM) X X
n-Hexane Extractable Material
(O&G)
EPA 1664A (SGT-
HEM) X
n-Hexane Extractable Material
(O&G)EPA 1664B X
n-Hexane Extractable Material
(O&G)EPA 9070A X
n-Hexane Extractable Material
(O&G)EPA 9071A X
n-Hexane Extractable Material
(O&G)EPA 9071B X
Nickel EPA 200.7 X X
Nickel EPA 200.8 X X
Nickel EPA 6010B X X
Nickel EPA 6010C X X
Nickel EPA 6010D X X
Nickel EPA 6020 X X
Nickel EPA 6020A X X
Nickel EPA 6020B X X
Nitrate as N EPA 300.0 X X X
Nitrate as N EPA 353.2 X
Nitrate as N EPA 9056 X X
Nitrate as N EPA 9056A X X
Nitrate as N SM 4110 B-2011 X X
Nitrate as N
SM 4500-NO3¯ F-
2011 X X
Nitrate-Nitrite EPA 300.0 X X X
Nitrate-Nitrite EPA 353.2 X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 135 of 221
Nitrate-Nitrite EPA 9056 X X
Nitrate-Nitrite EPA 9056A X X
Nitrate-Nitrite SM 4110 B-2011 X X
Nitrate-Nitrite
SM 4500-NO3¯ F-
2011 X X
Nitrite as N EPA 300.0 X X X
Nitrite as N EPA 353.2 X
Nitrite as N EPA 9056 X X
Nitrite as N EPA 9056A X X
Nitrite as N SM 4110 B-2011 X X
Nitrite as N
SM 4500-NO3¯ F-
2011 X
Nitrobenzene EPA 625.1 X
Nitrobenzene EPA 8270C X X
Nitrobenzene EPA 8270D X X
Nitrobenzene EPA 8270E X X
Nitrobenzene EPA 8330 X X
Nitrobenzene EPA 8330A X X
Nitrobenzene EPA 8330B X X
Nitrocellulose EPA 353.2 Modified X X
Nitrocellulose
US Army
#ADA067081 X X
Nitroglycerin EPA 8330 X X
Nitroglycerin EPA 8330A X X
Nitroglycerin EPA 8330B X X
Nitroguanidine EPA 8330 X X
Nitroguanidine EPA 8330A X X
Nitroguanidine EPA 8330B X X
n-Nitrosodiethylamine EPA 625.1 X
n-Nitrosodiethylamine EPA 8270C X X
n-Nitrosodiethylamine EPA 8270D X X
n-Nitrosodiethylamine EPA 8270E X X
n-Nitrosodimethylamine EPA 625.1 X
n-Nitrosodimethylamine EPA 625.1 SIM X
n-Nitrosodimethylamine EPA 8270C X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 136 of 221
n-Nitrosodimethylamine EPA 8270C SIM X X
n-Nitrosodimethylamine EPA 8270D X X
n-Nitrosodimethylamine EPA 8270D SIM X X
n-Nitrosodimethylamine EPA 8270E X X
n-Nitrosodimethylamine EPA 8270E SIM X
n-Nitroso-di-n-butylamine EPA 625.1 X
n-Nitroso-di-n-butylamine EPA 8260B X
n-Nitroso-di-n-butylamine EPA 8260C X
n-Nitroso-di-n-butylamine EPA 8260D X
n-Nitroso-di-n-butylamine EPA 8270C X X
n-Nitroso-di-n-butylamine EPA 8270D X X
n-Nitroso-di-n-butylamine EPA 8270E X X
n-Nitrosodi-n-propylamine EPA 625.1 X
n-Nitrosodi-n-propylamine EPA 8270C X X
n-Nitrosodi-n-propylamine EPA 8270D X X
n-Nitrosodi-n-propylamine EPA 8270E X X
n-Nitrosodiphenylamine EPA 625.1 X
n-Nitrosodiphenylamine EPA 8270C X X
n-Nitrosodiphenylamine EPA 8270D X X
n-Nitrosodiphenylamine EPA 8270E X X
n-Nitrosomethylethylamine EPA 625.1 X
n-Nitrosomethylethylamine EPA 8270C X X
n-Nitrosomethylethylamine EPA 8270D X X
n-Nitrosomethylethylamine EPA 8270E X X
n-Nitrosomorpholine EPA 625.1 X
n-Nitrosomorpholine EPA 8270C X X
n-Nitrosomorpholine EPA 8270D X X
n-Nitrosomorpholine EPA 8270E X X
n-Nitrosopiperidine EPA 625.1 X
n-Nitrosopiperidine EPA 8270C X X
n-Nitrosopiperidine EPA 8270D X X
n-Nitrosopiperidine EPA 8270E X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 137 of 221
n-Nitrosopyrrolidine EPA 625.1 X
n-Nitrosopyrrolidine EPA 8270C X X
n-Nitrosopyrrolidine EPA 8270D X X
n-Nitrosopyrrolidine EPA 8270E X X
n-Nonane EPA TO-15 X
n-Octadecane EPA 625.1 X
n-Octadecane EPA 8270C X X
n-Octadecane EPA 8270D X X
n-Octadecane EPA 8270E X X
n-Octane EPA 8260B X X
n-Octane EPA 8260C X X
n-Octane EPA 8260D X X
n-Octane SM 6200 B-2011 X
NOEC (ON) Growth
EPA 1000.0 - Fathead
minnow, 7-day
Chronic, daily
renewal, MHSF 25°C
X
NOEC Reproduction
EPA 1002.0 -
Ceriodaphnia dubia,
7-day Chronic, daily
renewal, MHSF 25°C
X
NOEC Survival
EPA 1000.0 - Fathead
minnow, 7-day
Chronic, daily
renewal, MHSF 25°C
X
NOEC Survival
EPA 1002.0 -
Ceriodaphnia dubia,
7-day Chronic, daily
renewal, MHSF 25°C
X
NOEC Survival
EPA 2002
Ceriodaphnia dubia
Acute MHSF 25ºC
X
non-Polar Extractable Material
(TPH)EPA 1664A (HEM) X
n-Pentane EPA TO-15 X
n-Propane
EPA RSK-175
(GC/FID) X
n-Propylbenzene EPA 524.2 X
n-Propylbenzene EPA 624 (extended) X
n-Propylbenzene EPA 624.1 X
n-Propylbenzene EPA 8260B X X
n-Propylbenzene EPA 8260C X X
n-Propylbenzene EPA 8260D X X
n-Propylbenzene EPA TO-15 X
n-Propylbenzene SM 6200 B-2011 X
o,o,o-Triethyl
phosphorothioate EPA 625.1 X
o,o,o-Triethyl
phosphorothioate EPA 8270C X X
o,o,o-Triethyl
phosphorothioate EPA 8270D X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 138 of 221
o,o,o-Triethyl
phosphorothioate EPA 8270E X X
Octahydro-1,3,5,7-tetranitro-
1,3,5,7-tetrazocine (HMX)EPA 8330 X X
Octahydro-1,3,5,7-tetranitro-
1,3,5,7-tetrazocine (HMX)EPA 8330A X X
Octahydro-1,3,5,7-tetranitro-
1,3,5,7-tetrazocine (HMX)EPA 8330B X X
Odor SM 2150 B X X
Oil & Grease EPA 1664A (HEM) X X
Oil & Grease EPA 1664B X X
Oil & Grease
EPA 1664B (SGT-
HEM) X
Oil & Grease EPA 9070A X
Oil & Grease EPA 9071B X
Oil-Range Organics (ORO)EPA 8015B X X
Oil-Range Organics (ORO)EPA 8015C X X
Oil-Range Organics (ORO)EPA 8015D X X
Organic nitrogen EPA 350.1 X
Organic nitrogen EPA 351.1 X
Organic nitrogen EPA 351.2 X
Organic nitrogen
EPA 351.2 minus
EPA 350.1 X
Organic nitrogen EPA 351.3 X
Organic nitrogen EPA 351.4 X
Organic nitrogen
SM 4500-Norg D-
2011 minus SM 4500-
NH3 G-2011
X
Organic nitrogen
TKN minus
AMMONIA X
Orthophosphate EPA 9056A X
Orthophosphate as P EPA 300.0 X
Orthophosphate as P EPA 365.2 X X
Orthophosphate as P EPA 9056 X
Orthophosphate as P EPA 9056A X
Orthophosphate as P SM 4500-P E-2011 X X
Oxidation Reduction Potential SM 2580 B X
Oxygen ASTM D1946-90 X
Oxygen, dissolved SM 4500-O C-2011 X
Oxygen, dissolved SM 4500-O G-2011 X
o-Xylene EPA 602 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 139 of 221
o-Xylene EPA 624.1 X
o-Xylene EPA 8021B X X
o-Xylene EPA 8260B X X
o-Xylene EPA 8260C X X
o-Xylene EPA 8260D X X
o-Xylene EPA TO-15 X
o-Xylene IDNR OA-1 X
o-Xylene MADEP VPH X X
o-Xylene OK DEQ GRO X
o-Xylene SM 6200 B-2011 X
o-Xylene EPA 524.2 X
Parathion, ethyl EPA 1657 X
Parathion, ethyl EPA 625.1 X
Parathion, ethyl EPA 8141A X X
Parathion, ethyl EPA 8141B X X
Parathion, ethyl EPA 8270C X X
Parathion, ethyl EPA 8270D X X
Parathion, ethyl EPA 8270E X X
p-Dimethylaminoazobenzene EPA 625.1 X
p-Dimethylaminoazobenzene EPA 8270C X X
p-Dimethylaminoazobenzene EPA 8270D X X
p-Dimethylaminoazobenzene EPA 8270E X X
Pentachlorobenzene EPA 625.1 X
Pentachlorobenzene EPA 8270C X X
Pentachlorobenzene EPA 8270D X X
Pentachlorobenzene EPA 8270E X X
Pentachloroethane EPA 624.1 X
Pentachloroethane EPA 625 (extended) X
Pentachloroethane EPA 625.1 X
Pentachloroethane EPA 8260B X X
Pentachloroethane EPA 8260C X X
Pentachloroethane EPA 8260D X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 140 of 221
Pentachloroethane EPA 8270C X X
Pentachloroethane EPA 8270D X X
Pentachloroethane EPA 8270E X X
Pentachloroethane SM 6200 B-2011 X
Pentachloronitrobenzene EPA 625.1 X
Pentachloronitrobenzene EPA 8270C X X
Pentachloronitrobenzene EPA 8270D X X
Pentachloronitrobenzene EPA 8270E X X
Pentachlorophenol EPA 625.1 X
Pentachlorophenol EPA 8151A X X
Pentachlorophenol EPA 8270C X X
Pentachlorophenol EPA 8270D X X
Pentachlorophenol EPA 8270E X X
Pentaerythritoltetranitrate EPA 8330 X X
Pentaerythritoltetranitrate EPA 8330A X X
Pentaerythritoltetranitrate EPA 8330B X X
Percent ash ASTM D482 X
Perchlorate EPA 314.0 X X X
Petroleum Organics CT ETPH X
Petroleum Organics FL PRO X
Petroleum Organics LUFT GC X
Petroleum Organics NWTPH-HCID X X
Petroleum Organics Texas 1006 X X
Petroleum Volatile Organic
Compounds (PVOC)WI(95) GRO X X
pH EPA 150.1 X X
pH EPA 9040B X X
pH EPA 9040C X X
pH EPA 9045C X X
pH EPA 9045D X X
pH SM 4500-H+ B-2011 X X
Phenacetin EPA 625.1 X
Phenacetin EPA 8270C X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 141 of 221
Phenacetin EPA 8270D X X
Phenacetin EPA 8270E X X
Phenanthrene EPA 610 (HPLC) X
Phenanthrene EPA 625.1 X
Phenanthrene EPA 625.1 SIM X
Phenanthrene EPA 8270C X X
Phenanthrene EPA 8270C SIM X X
Phenanthrene EPA 8270D X X
Phenanthrene EPA 8270D SIM X X
Phenanthrene EPA 8270E X X
Phenanthrene EPA 8270E SIM X X
Phenanthrene EPA 8310 X X
Phenanthrene MADEP EPH X X
Phenol EPA 420.4 X
Phenol EPA 625.1 X
Phenol EPA 8270C X X
Phenol EPA 8270D X X
Phenol EPA 8270E X X
Phenols EPA 420.1 X
Phenols EPA 420.4 X
Phenols SM 3500 D-2005 X
Phorate EPA 1657 X
Phorate EPA 625.1 X
Phorate EPA 8141A X X
Phorate EPA 8141B X X
Phorate EPA 8270C X X
Phorate EPA 8270D X X
Phorate EPA 8270E X X
Phosmet (Imidan)EPA 8141A X
Phosmet (Imidan)EPA 8141B X
Phosphorus EPA 200.7 X X
Phosphorus EPA 6010B X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 142 of 221
Phosphorus EPA 6010C X X
Phosphorus EPA 6010D X
Photon Emitters DOE 4.5.2.3 X
Photon Emitters EPA 901.1 X
Photon Emitters HASL 300 Ga-01-R X
Phthalic anhydride EPA 625.1 X
Phthalic anhydride EPA 8270C X X
Phthalic anhydride EPA 8270D X X
Phthalic anhydride EPA 8270E X
Pimephales promelas EPA 1000 X
Pimephales promelas EPA 2000 X
Plutonium-238
EPA 907 Modified
(ENV-SOP-MTJL-
0332)
X X X X
Plutonium-239/240
EPA 907 Modified
(ENV-SOP-MTJL-
0332)
X X X X
Plutonium-241
EPA 907 Modified
(ENV-SOP-MTJL-
0332)
X X X X
Polonium-210
DOE EML Po-02-
RC X
Polonium-210 HASL 300 Po-02-RC X X X X
Potassium EPA 200.7 X X
Potassium EPA 200.8 X
Potassium EPA 6010B X X
Potassium EPA 6010C X X
Potassium EPA 6010D X X
Potassium EPA 6020 X X
Potassium EPA 6020A X X
Potassium EPA 6020B X X
Preparation/Extraction EPA 200.2 X
Pronamide (Kerb)EPA 625.1 X
Pronamide (Kerb)EPA 8270C X X
Pronamide (Kerb)EPA 8270D X X
Pronamide (Kerb)EPA 8270E X X
Propane
EPA RSK-175
(GC/FID)X X
Propionitrile (Ethyl cyanide)EPA 624.1 X
Propionitrile (Ethyl cyanide)EPA 8260B X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 143 of 221
Propionitrile (Ethyl cyanide)EPA 8260C X X
Propionitrile (Ethyl cyanide)EPA 8260D X X
Propionitrile (Ethyl cyanide)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Propylene EPA TO-15 X
Propylene Glycol EPA 8015B X X
Propylene Glycol EPA 8015C X
Propylene Glycol
EPA 8015C
(extended) X X
Propylene Glycol EPA 8015D X X
Purge and trap for aqueous
phase samples EPA 5030 X
Purge and trap for aqueous
phase samples EPA 5030A X
Purge and trap for aqueous
phase samples EPA 5030B X
Purge and trap for aqueous
phase samples EPA 5030C X
p-Xylene EPA 624.1 X
p-Xylene EPA 8021B X X
p-Xylene EPA 8260B X X
p-Xylene EPA 8260C X X
p-Xylene EPA 8260D X X
p-Xylene EPA TO-15 X
Pyrene EPA 610 (HPLC) X
Pyrene EPA 625.1 X
Pyrene EPA 625.1 SIM X
Pyrene EPA 8270C X X
Pyrene EPA 8270C SIM X X
Pyrene EPA 8270D X X
Pyrene EPA 8270D SIM X X
Pyrene EPA 8270E X X
Pyrene EPA 8270E SIM X X
Pyrene EPA 8310 X X
Pyrene MADEP EPH X X
Pyridine EPA 625.1 X
Pyridine EPA 8270C X X
Pyridine EPA 8270D X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 144 of 221
Pyridine EPA 8270E X X
Quinoline EPA 625.1 X
Quinoline EPA 8270C X X
Quinoline EPA 8270D X X
Quinoline EPA 8270E X X
Radium-226 EPA 903.0 X
Radium-226 EPA 903.1 X X
Radium-226 EPA 9315 X
Radium-226 HASL 300 Ra-04-RC X
Radium-226
SM 7500 Ra B
Modified X X X X
Radium-226 SM 7500-Ra B X X
Radium-226 SM 7500-Ra B (GPC) X X
Radium-228 EPA 904 X
Radium-228 EPA 904.0 X X X
Radium-228 EPA 9320 X X
Radon SM 7500-Rn B X X
RDX (hexahydro-1,3,5-trinitro-
1,3,5-triazine)EPA 8330 X X
RDX (hexahydro-1,3,5-trinitro-
1,3,5-triazine)EPA 8330A X X
RDX (hexahydro-1,3,5-trinitro-
1,3,5-triazine)EPA 8330B X X
Reactive Cyanide EPA 9010C X
Reactive Cyanide EPA 9014 X
Reactive sulfide EPA 9034 X X
Residue-filterable (TDS)SM 2540 C-2011 X
Residue-nonfilterable (TSS)SM 2540 D-2011 X
Residue-nonfilterable (TSS)USGS I-3765-85 X
Residue-settleable SM 2540 F-2011 X
Residue-total SM 2540 B-2011 X
Residue-volatile EPA 160.4 X
Residue-volatile SM 2540 E-2011 X
Ronnel EPA 1657 X
Ronnel EPA 8141A X X
Ronnel EPA 8141B X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 145 of 221
Safrole EPA 625.1 X
Safrole EPA 8270C X X
Safrole EPA 8270D X X
Safrole EPA 8270E X X
Salinity SM 2520 B-2011 X
sec-Butylbenzene EPA 524.2 X
sec-Butylbenzene EPA 624 (extended) X
sec-Butylbenzene EPA 624.1 X
sec-Butylbenzene EPA 8260B X X
sec-Butylbenzene EPA 8260C X X
sec-Butylbenzene EPA 8260D X X
sec-Butylbenzene EPA TO-15 X
sec-Butylbenzene SM 6200 B-2011 X
Selenium EPA 200.7 X X
Selenium EPA 200.8 X X
Selenium EPA 6010B X X
Selenium EPA 6010C X X
Selenium EPA 6010D X X
Selenium EPA 6020 X X
Selenium EPA 6020A X X
Selenium EPA 6020B X X
Separatory Funnel Liquid-liquid
extraction EPA 3510C X
Silica as SiO2 EPA 200.7 X X
Silica as SiO2 EPA 6010B X
Silica as SiO2 EPA 6010C X
Silica as SiO2 EPA 6010D X
Silica Gel Clean-up EPA 3630C X X
Silica Gel Treated n-hexane
Extractable Material (SGT-
HEM)
EPA 1664A (HEM) X X
Silica Gel Treated n-hexane
Extractable Material (SGT-
HEM)
EPA 1664B X
Silica Gel Treated n-hexane
Extractable Material (SGT-
HEM)
EPA 9071B X
Silica-dissolved EPA 200.7 X
Silicon EPA 200.7 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 146 of 221
Silicon EPA 6010B X
Silicon EPA 6010C X
Silicon EPA 6010D X
Silver EPA 200.7 X X
Silver EPA 200.8 X X
Silver EPA 6010B X X
Silver EPA 6010C X X
Silver EPA 6010D X X
Silver EPA 6020 X X
Silver EPA 6020A X X
Silver EPA 6020B X X
Silvex (2,4,5-TP)EPA 8151A X X
Silvex (2,4,5-TP)SM 6640 B-2001 X
Silvex (2,4,5-TP)SM 6640 B-2006 X
Simazine EPA 507 X X
Simazine EPA 8141B X
Sodium EPA 200.7 X X
Sodium EPA 200.8 X
Sodium EPA 6010B X X
Sodium EPA 6010C X X
Sodium EPA 6010D X X
Sodium EPA 6020 X X
Sodium EPA 6020A X X
Sodium EPA 6020B X X
Solid-Phase Extraction (SPE)EPA 3535A X
Soxhlet Extraction EPA 3540C X
Specific Gravity (Relative
Density)SM 2710 F-2011 X
Specific Gravity of Sludge SM 2710 F-2011 X
Stirophos EPA 1657 X
Stirophos EPA 8141A X X
Stirophos EPA 8141B X X
Strontium EPA 200.7 X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 147 of 221
Strontium EPA 200.8 X
Strontium EPA 6010B X X
Strontium EPA 6010C X X
Strontium EPA 6010D X X
Strontium EPA 6020 X X
Strontium EPA 6020A X X
Strontium EPA 6020B X X
Strontium-89 DOE EML Sr-01-RC X
Strontium-89 EPA 905.0 X X
Strontium-89
HASL 300 Sr-01-RC
(GPC) X
Strontium-89, 90 EPA 905 X X
Strontium-90 DOE EML Sr-02-RC X
Strontium-90 EPA 905 X X
Strontium-90 EPA 905.0 X X
Strontium-90
HASL 300 Sr-02-RC
(GPC) X
Styrene EPA 624.1 X
Styrene EPA 8260B X X
Styrene EPA 8260C X X
Styrene EPA 8260D X X
Styrene EPA TO-15 X
Styrene SM 6200 B-2011 X
Styrene EPA 524.2 X
Sulfate EPA 300.0 X X X
Sulfate EPA 9056 X X
Sulfate EPA 9056A X X
Sulfate SM 4110 B-2011 X X
Sulfide EPA 9030A X
Sulfide EPA 9030B X X
Sulfide EPA 9034 X X
Sulfide SM 4500-S2¯ D-2011 X
Sulfite-SO3
SM 4500-SO3¯ B-
2011 X
Sulfotepp EPA 1657 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 148 of 221
Sulfotepp EPA 625.1 X
Sulfotepp EPA 8141A X X
Sulfotepp EPA 8141B X X
Sulfotepp EPA 8270C X X
Sulfotepp EPA 8270D X X
Sulfotepp EPA 8270E X X
Sulfur EPA 6010B X
Sulfur EPA 6010C X
Sulfur EPA 6010D X
Sulfur Clean-Up EPA 3660B X X
Sulfuric acid/permanganate
clean-up EPA 3665A X X
Surfactants - MBAS SM 5540 C-2011 X X
Synthetic Precipitation
Leaching Procedure EPA 1312 X X
T-amylmethylether (TAME)EPA 624.1 X
T-amylmethylether (TAME)EPA 8260B X X
T-amylmethylether (TAME)EPA 8260C X X
T-amylmethylether (TAME)EPA 8260D X X
T-amylmethylether (TAME)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Technetium-99 DOE EML Tc-02-RC X X X X
Temperature, deg. C SM 2550 B-2000 X X
Terbufos EPA 8141A X
Terbufos EPA 8141B X X
tert-Amyl-ethyl ether (TAEE)
EPA 8260B
(extended) X X
tert-Amyl-ethyl ether (TAEE)EPA 8260C X X
tert-Amyl-ethyl ether (TAEE)EPA 8260D X
tert-Amyl-ethyl ether (TAEE)EPA TO-15 X
tert-Amyl-ethyl ether (TAEE)SM 6200 B-2011 X
tert-Butyl alcohol EPA 602 X
tert-Butyl alcohol EPA 624.1 X
tert-Butyl alcohol EPA 8260B X X
tert-Butyl alcohol EPA 8260C X X
tert-Butyl alcohol EPA 8260D X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 149 of 221
tert-Butyl alcohol EPA TO-15 X
tert-Butyl alcohol SM 6200 B-2011 X
tert-Butyl formate EPA 624.1 X
tert-Butyl formate EPA 8260B X X
tert-Butyl formate EPA 8260C X X
tert-Butyl formate EPA 8260D X
tert-Butyl formate SM 6200 B-2011 X
tert-Butylbenzene EPA 524.2 X
tert-Butylbenzene EPA 624 (extended) X
tert-Butylbenzene EPA 624.1 X
tert-Butylbenzene EPA 8260B X X
tert-Butylbenzene EPA 8260C X X
tert-Butylbenzene EPA 8260D X X
tert-Butylbenzene EPA TO-15 X
tert-Butylbenzene SM 6200 B-2011 X
Tetrachloroethene EPA 524.2 X
Tetrachloroethylene
(Perchloroethylene)EPA 624.1 X
Tetrachloroethylene
(Perchloroethylene)EPA 8260B X X
Tetrachloroethylene
(Perchloroethylene)EPA 8260C X X
Tetrachloroethylene
(Perchloroethylene)EPA 8260D X X
Tetrachloroethylene
(Perchloroethylene)EPA TO-15 X
Tetrachloroethylene
(Perchloroethylene)
EPA TO-15 GC/MS
SIM X
Tetrachloroethylene
(Perchloroethylene)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Tetrachlorovinphos EPA 8141B X
Tetraethyl pyrophosphate
(TEPP)EPA 1657 X
Tetraethyl pyrophosphate
(TEPP)EPA 8141A X X
Tetraethyl pyrophosphate
(TEPP)EPA 8141B X X
Tetrahydrofuran EPA 524.2 X
Tetrahydrofuran (THF)EPA 624.1 X
Tetrahydrofuran (THF)EPA 8260B X X
Tetrahydrofuran (THF)EPA 8260C X X
Tetrahydrofuran (THF)EPA 8260D X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 150 of 221
Tetrahydrofuran (THF)EPA TO-15 X
Tetrahydrofuran (THF)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Thallium EPA 200.7 X X
Thallium EPA 200.8 X X
Thallium EPA 6010B X X
Thallium EPA 6010C X X
Thallium EPA 6010D X X
Thallium EPA 6020 X X
Thallium EPA 6020A X X
Thallium EPA 6020B X X
Thionazin (Zinophos)EPA 625.1 X
Thionazin (Zinophos)EPA 8270C X X
Thionazin (Zinophos)EPA 8270D X X
Thionazin (Zinophos)EPA 8270E X X
Thorium EPA 200.8 X
Thorium EPA 6020 X X
Thorium EPA 6020A X X
Thorium EPA 6020B X X
Thorium-228
LANL ER200
Modified X X X X
Thorium-230
LANL ER200
Modified X X X X
Thorium-232
LANL ER200
Modified X X X X
Tin EPA 200.7 X X
Tin EPA 200.8 X X
Tin EPA 6010B X X
Tin EPA 6010C X X
Tin EPA 6010D X X
Tin EPA 6020 X X
Tin EPA 6020A X X
Tin EPA 6020B X X
Titanium EPA 200.7 X X
Titanium EPA 200.8 X
Titanium EPA 6010B X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 151 of 221
Titanium EPA 6010C X X
Titanium EPA 6010D X X
Titanium EPA 6020 X X
Titanium EPA 6020A X X
Titanium EPA 6020B X X
Tokuthion (Prothiophos)EPA 1657 X
Tokuthion (Prothiophos)EPA 8141A X X
Tokuthion (Prothiophos)EPA 8141B X X
Toluene EPA 602 X
Toluene EPA 624.1 X
Toluene EPA 8021B X X
Toluene EPA 8260B X X
Toluene EPA 8260C X X
Toluene EPA 8260D X X
Toluene EPA TO-15 X
Toluene IDNR OA-1 X X
Toluene LUFT GCMS X X
Toluene MADEP VPH X X
Toluene OK DEQ GRO X X
Toluene SM 6200 B-2011 X
Toluene EPA 524.2 X
Total coliforms SM 9223 B-2004 X X
Total Cyanide EPA 335.4 X
Total Cyanide EPA 9010B X
Total Cyanide EPA 9010C X X
Total Cyanide EPA 9012A X X
Total Cyanide EPA 9012B X X
Total Cyanide EPA 9014 X X
Total Cyanide
SM 4500-CN¯ B-
2011 X
Total Cyanide
SM 4500-CN¯ C-
2011 X
Total Cyanide
SM 4500-CN¯ E-
2011 X
Total Dissolved Solids SM 2540 C-2011 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 152 of 221
Total Haloacetic Acids EPA 552.2 X
Total hardness as CaCO3 EPA 130.1 X
Total hardness as CaCO3 EPA 200.7 X
Total hardness as CaCO3 EPA 200.8 X
Total hardness as CaCO3 EPA 6010B X
Total hardness as CaCO3 EPA 6010C X X
Total hardness as CaCO3 EPA 6010D X
Total hardness as CaCO3 SM 2340 B-2011 X
Total hardness as CaCO3 SM 2340 C-2011 X
Total Nitrate+Nitrite EPA 300.0 X
Total Organic Carbon ASTM F1647-02A X
Total Organic Carbon EPA 9060 X
Total Organic Carbon EPA 9060A X
Total Organic Carbon SM 5310 B-2011 X X
Total Organic Carbon SM 5310 C-2011 X
Total Organic Carbon USDA LOI X
Total Organic Carbon
Walkley-Black
Method X
Total Organic Halides (TOX)EPA 9020B X
Total Organic Halides (TOX)EPA 9076 X
Total Organic Halides (TOX)SM 5320 B-2010 X
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(>C12-C28)TNRCC 1005 X X
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(>C28-C35)TNRCC 1005 X X
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(Aviation Gasoline Range)EPA 8015B X X
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(Aviation Gasoline Range)EPA 8015C X X
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(Aviation Gasoline Range)EPA 8015D X X
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(C6-C12)TNRCC 1005 X X
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(C6-C35)TNRCC 1005 X X
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(C8-C40)EPA 8015B X X
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(C8-C40)EPA 8015C X X
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(C8-C40)EPA 8015D X X
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(Gasoline Range)TN GRO X
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(Jet Fuel Range)EPA 8015B X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 153 of 221
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(Jet Fuel Range)EPA 8015C X X
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(Jet Fuel Range)EPA 8015D X X
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(Oil Range)EPA 8015B X X
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(Oil Range)EPA 8015C X X
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(Oil Range)EPA 8015D X X
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(TPH)EPA 8015B X X
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(TPH)EPA 8015C X X
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(TPH)EPA 8015D X X
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(TPH)FL PRO X
Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(TPH)TNRCC 1005 X X
Total Phenolics EPA 420.1 X X
Total Phenolics EPA 420.2 X
Total Phenolics EPA 420.4 X
Total Phenolics EPA 9066 X X
Total Phenolics SM 5530 D X
Total Phosphorus EPA 365.1 X
Total Phosphorus EPA 365.4 X X
Total Phosphorus EPA 6010B X
Total Phosphorus EPA 6010C X
Total Phosphorus EPA 6010D X
Total Phosphorus SM 4500-P B 5-2011 X
Total Phosphorus SM 4500-P H-2011 X
Total Purgeable Hydrocarbons
(C5-C12)MADEP VPH X X
Total radium EPA 903.0 (GPC) X X
Total radium EPA 9315 X X
Total radium SM 7500-Ra B (GPC) X
Total radium
SM 7500-Ra B
(GPC)-2001 X
Total residual chlorine SM 4500-Cl G-2011 X
Total Suspended Solids SM 2540 D-2011 X
Total Trihalomethanes EPA 524.2 X
Total, Fixed, and Volatile
Residue SM 2540 G X X
Total, Fixed, and Volatile
Residue SM 2540 G-2011 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 154 of 221
Toxaphene (Chlorinated
camphene)EPA 608.3 X
Toxaphene (Chlorinated
camphene)EPA 8081A X X
Toxaphene (Chlorinated
camphene)EPA 8081B X X
Toxicity Characteristic Leaching
Procedure (TCLP)EPA 1311 X X
trans-1,2-Dichloroethene EPA 524.2 X
trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene EPA 624.1 X
trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene EPA 8260B X X
trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene EPA 8260C X X
trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene EPA 8260D X X
trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene EPA TO-15 X
trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene SM 6200 B-2011 X
trans-1,3-Dichloropropene EPA TO-15 X
trans-1,3-Dichloropropene EPA 524.2 X
trans-1,3-Dichloropropylene EPA 624.1 X
trans-1,3-Dichloropropylene EPA 8260B X X
trans-1,3-Dichloropropylene EPA 8260C X X
trans-1,3-Dichloropropylene EPA 8260D X X
trans-1,3-Dichloropropylene EPA TO-15 X
trans-1,3-Dichloropropylene
EPA TO-15 GC/MS
SIM X
trans-1,3-Dichloropropylene SM 6200 B-2011 X
trans-1,4-Dichloro-2-butene EPA 624.1 X
trans-1,4-Dichloro-2-butene EPA 8260B X X
trans-1,4-Dichloro-2-butene EPA 8260C X X
trans-1,4-Dichloro-2-butene EPA 8260D X X
trans-1,4-Dichloro-2-butene SM 6200 B-2011 X
trans-Diallate EPA 8270C X
trans-Isosafrole EPA 8270C X
Trichloroacetic acid EPA 552.2 X
Trichloroethene EPA 524.2 X
Trichloroethene
(Trichloroethylene)EPA 624.1 X
Trichloroethene
(Trichloroethylene)EPA 8260B X X
Trichloroethene
(Trichloroethylene)EPA 8260C X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 155 of 221
Trichloroethene
(Trichloroethylene)EPA 8260D X X
Trichloroethene
(Trichloroethylene)EPA TO-15 X
Trichloroethene
(Trichloroethylene)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Trichlorofluoromethane EPA 524.2 X
Trichlorofluoromethane
(Fluorotrichloromethane, Freon
11)
EPA 624.1 X
Trichlorofluoromethane
(Fluorotrichloromethane, Freon
11)
EPA 8260B X X
Trichlorofluoromethane
(Fluorotrichloromethane, Freon
11)
EPA 8260C X X
Trichlorofluoromethane
(Fluorotrichloromethane, Freon
11)
EPA 8260D X X
Trichlorofluoromethane
(Fluorotrichloromethane, Freon
11)
EPA TO-15 X
Trichlorofluoromethane
(Fluorotrichloromethane, Freon
11)
SM 6200 B-2011 X
Trichloronate EPA 1657 X
Trichloronate EPA 8141A X X
Trichloronate EPA 8141B X X
Triclosan EPA 8270C X
Triclosan EPA 8270D X
Triclosan EPA 8270E X
tris-(2,3-Dibromopropyl)
phosphate (tris-BP)EPA 8270C X X
tris-(2,3-Dibromopropyl)
phosphate (tris-BP)EPA 8270D X X
tris-(2,3-Dibromopropyl)
phosphate (tris-BP)EPA 8270E X
Tritium EPA 906 X X
Tritium EPA 906 (Modified) X
Tritium EPA 906.0 X
Turbidity EPA 180.1 X X
Turbidity SM 2130 B-2011 X X
Ultrasonic Extraction EPA 3550B X
Ultrasonic Extraction EPA 3550C X
Uranium ASTM D5174-02 X X
Uranium
ASTM D5174-07
Modified (ENV-SOP-
MTJL-0337)
X X X
Uranium ASTM D5174-97 X X
Uranium DOE EML U-02-RC X
Uranium EPA 200.8 X X
Uranium EPA 6020 X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 156 of 221
Uranium EPA 6020A X X
Uranium EPA 6020B X X
Uranium HASL 300 U-02-RC X
Uranium-234
ASTM D3972-09
Modified (ENV-SOP-
MTJL-0333)
X X X
Uranium-234 DOE EML U-02-RC X
Uranium-234 HASL 300 U-02-RC X
Uranium-235
ASTM D3972-09
Modified (ENV-SOP-
MTJL-0333)
X X X
Uranium-235 DOE EML U-02-RC X
Uranium-235 HASL 300 U-02-RC X
Uranium-238
ASTM D3972-09
Modified (ENV-SOP-
MTJL-0333)
X X X
Uranium-238 DOE EML U-02-RC X
Uranium-238 HASL 300 U-02-RC X
UV254 SM 5910 B-2011 X
Vanadium EPA 200.7 X X
Vanadium EPA 200.8 X X
Vanadium EPA 6010B X X
Vanadium EPA 6010C X X
Vanadium EPA 6010D X X
Vanadium EPA 6020 X X
Vanadium EPA 6020A X X
Vanadium EPA 6020B X X
Vinyl acetate EPA 624.1 X
Vinyl acetate EPA 8260B X X
Vinyl acetate EPA 8260C X X
Vinyl acetate EPA 8260D X X
Vinyl acetate EPA TO-15 X
Vinyl acetate SM 6200 B-2011 X
Vinyl bromide (Bromoethane)EPA 624.1 X
Vinyl bromide (Bromoethane)EPA 8260 X
Vinyl bromide (Bromoethane)EPA 8260B X X
Vinyl bromide (Bromoethane)EPA 8260C X X
Vinyl bromide (Bromoethane)EPA 8260D X X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 157 of 221
Vinyl bromide (Bromoethane)EPA TO-15 X
Vinyl bromide (Bromoethane)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Vinyl chloride EPA 624.1 X
Vinyl chloride EPA 8260B X X
Vinyl chloride EPA 8260C X X
Vinyl chloride EPA 8260D X X
Vinyl chloride EPA TO-15 X
Vinyl chloride
EPA TO-15 GC/MS
SIM X
Vinyl chloride SM 6200 B-2011 X
Vinyl chloride EPA 524.2 X
Volatile Petroleum
Hydrocarbons (VPH)
MADEP VPH
(modified) X
Volatile suspended solids SM 2540 E-2011 X
VPH Aliphatic >C6-C8 MADEP VPH X X
VPH Aliphatic >C8-C10 MADEP VPH X X
VPH Aliphatic C5-C8 MADEP VPH X X
VPH Aliphatic C5-C8
Unadjusted MADEP VPH X X
VPH Aliphatic C9-C12 MADEP VPH X X
VPH Aliphatic C9-C12
Unadjusted MADEP VPH X X
VPH Aromatic >C8-C10 MADEP VPH X X
VPH Aromatic C9-C10 MADEP EPH X
VPH Aromatic C9-C10 MADEP VPH X X
Waste Dilution EPA 3580A X X
Waste Dilution EPA 3585 X
Weak Acid Dissociable Cyanide SM 4500-CN I X
Xylene (mixed isomers, total)EPA 524.2 X
Xylene (total)EPA 602 X
Xylene (total)EPA 624.1 X
Xylene (total)EPA 8021B X X
Xylene (total)EPA 8260B X X
Xylene (total)EPA 8260C X X
Xylene (total)EPA 8260D X X
Xylene (total)EPA TO-15 X
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 158 of 221
Xylene (total)IDNR OA-1 X X
Xylene (total)LUFT GCMS X X
Xylene (total)MADEP VPH X
Xylene (total)OK DEQ GRO X X
Xylene (total)SM 6200 B-2011 X
Zinc EPA 200.7 X X
Zinc EPA 200.8 X X
Zinc EPA 6010B X X
Zinc EPA 6010C X X
Zinc EPA 6010D X X
Zinc EPA 6020 X X
Zinc EPA 6020A X X
Zinc EPA 6020B X X
Zinc-65 DOE 4.5.2.3 X
Zinc-65 EPA 901.1 X
Zinc-65 HASL 300 Ga-01-R X
1 = Laboratory does not hold TNI Accreditation for this test method.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 159 of 221
7.3 Appendix C: Glossary
This glossary provides common terms and definitions used by PAS. It is not intended to be a
complete list of all terms and definitions used. The definitions have been compiled mostly from
the TNI Standard and DoD QSM. Although this information has been reproduced with care, errors
cannot be entirely excluded. Definitions for the same term also vary between sources. When the
meaning of a term used in a PAS document is different from this glossary or when the glossary does
not include the term, the term and definition is included or defined in context in the laboratory
document.
Term Definition
3P Program The continuous improvement program used by PAS that focuses on Process, Productivity, and
Performance.
Absence Inability to perform assigned duties due to lack of physical presence and connectivity.
Acceptance Criteria TNI- Specified limits placed on characteristics of an item, process, or service defined in requirement
documents.
Accreditation TNI- The process by which an agency or organization evaluates and recognizes a laboratory as meeting
certain predetermined qualifications or standards, thereby accrediting the laboratory.
DoD- Refers to accreditation in accordance with the DoD ELAP.
Accreditation Body (AB)TNI- The organization having responsibility and accountability for environmental laboratory
accreditation, and which grants accreditation under this program.
DoD- Entities recognized in accordance with the DoD-ELAP that are required to operate in accordance
with ISO/IEC 17011, Conformity assessment: General requirements for accreditation bodies accrediting conformity
assessment bodies. The AB must be a signatory, in good standing, to the International Laboratory
Accreditation Cooperation (ILAC) mutual recognition arrangement (MRA) that verifies, by evaluation
and peer assessment, that its signatory members are in full compliance with ISO/IEC 17011 and that its
accredited laboratories comply with ISO/IEC 17025.
Accuracy TNI- The degree of agreement between an observed value and an accepted reference value. Accuracy
includes a combination of random error (precision) and systematic error (bias) components that are due
to sampling and analytical operations; a data quality indicator.
Activity, Absolute TNI- Rate of nuclear decay occurring in a body of material, equal to the number of nuclear
disintegrations per unit time. NOTE: Activity (absolute) may be expressed in becquerels (Bq), curies (Ci),
or disintegrations per minute (dpm), and multiples or submultiples of these units.
Activity, Areic TNI- Quotient of the activity of a body of material and its associated area.
Activity, Massic TNI- Quotient of the activity of a body of material and its mass; also called specific activity.
Activity, Volumic TNI- Quotient of the activity of a body of material and its volume; also called activity concentration.
NOTE: In this module [TNI Volume 1, Module 6], unless otherwise stated, references to activity shall
include absolute activity, areic activity, massic activity, and volumic activity.
Activity Reference Date TNI- The date (and time, as appropriate to the half-life of the radionuclide) to which a reported activity
result is calculated. NOTE: The sample collection date is most frequently used as the Activity Reference
Date for environmental measurements, but different programs may specify other points in time for
correction of results for decay and ingrowth.
Aliquot DoD- A discrete, measured, representative portion of a sample taken for analysis.
American Society for
Testing and Materials
(ASTM)
An international standards organization that develops and publishes voluntary consensus standards for a
wide range of materials, products, systems, and services.
Analysis DoD- A combination of sample preparation and instrument determination.
Analysis Code (Acode)All the set parameters of a test, such as Analytes, Method, Detection Limits and Price.
Analysis Sequence A compilation of all samples, standards and quality control samples run during a specific amount of time
on a particular instrument in the order they are analyzed.
Analyst TNI- The designated individual who performs the “hands-on” analytical methods and associated
techniques and who is the one responsible for applying required laboratory practices and other pertinent
quality controls to meet the required level of quality.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 160 of 221
Analyte TNI- A substance, organism, physical parameter, property, or chemical constituent(s) for which an
environmental sample is being analyzed.
DoD- The specific chemicals or components for which a sample is analyzed; it may be a group of
chemicals that belong to the same chemical family and are analyzed together.
Analytical Method DoD- A formal process that identifies and quantifies the chemical components of interest (target
analytes) in a sample.
Analytical Uncertainty TNI- A subset of Measurement Uncertainty that includes all laboratory activities performed as part of the
analysis.
Aliquot DoD- A discrete, measured, representative portion of a sample taken for analysis.
Annual (or Annually)Defined by PAS as every 12 months ± 30 days.
Assessment TNI - The evaluation process used to measure or establish the performance, effectiveness, and
conformance of an organization and/or its system to defined criteria (to the standards and requirements
of laboratory accreditation).
DoD- An all-inclusive term used to denote any of the following: audit, performance evaluation, peer
review, inspection, or surveillance conducted on-site.
Atomic Absorption
Spectrometer
Instrument used to measure concentration in metals samples.
Atomization A process in which a sample is converted to free atoms.
Audit TNI- A systematic and independent examination of facilities, equipment, personnel, training, procedures,
record-keeping, data validation, data management, and reporting aspects of a system to determine
whether QA/QC and technical activities are being conducted as planned and whether these activities will
effectively achieve quality objectives.
Batch TNI- Environmental samples that are prepared and/or analyzed together with the same process and
personnel, using the same lot(s) of reagents. A preparation batch is composed of one to 20
environmental samples of the same quality systems matrix, meeting the above-mentioned criteria and
with a maximum time between the start of processing of the first and last sample in the batch to be 24
hours or the timeframe specified by the regulatory program. An analytical batch is composed of
prepared environmental samples (extracts, digestates or concentrates) which are analyzed together as a
group. An analytical batch can include prepared samples originating from various quality system matrices
and can exceed 20 samples.
Batch, Radiation
Measurements (RMB)
TNI- An RMB is composed of 1 to 20 environmental samples that are counted directly without
preliminary physical or chemical processing that affects the outcome of the test (e.g., non-destructive
gamma spectrometry, alpha/beta counting of air filters, or swipes on gas proportional detectors). The
samples in an RMB share similar physical and chemical parameter, and analytical configurations (e.g.,
analytes, geometry, calibration, and background corrections). The maximum time between the start of
processing of the first and last in an RMB is 14 calendar days.
Bias TNI- The systematic or persistent distortion of a measurement process, which causes errors in one
direction (i.e., the expected sample measurement is different from the sample’s true value).
Blank TNI and DoD- A sample that has not been exposed to the analyzed sample stream in order to monitor
contamination during sampling, transport, storage, or analysis. The blank is subjected to the usual
analytical and measurement process to establish a zero baseline or background value and is sometimes
used to adjust or correct routine analytical results (See Method Blank).
DoD- Blank samples are negative control samples, which typically include field blank samples (e.g., trip
blank, equipment (rinsate) blank, and temperature blank) and laboratory blank samples (e.g., method
blank, reagent blank, instrument blank, calibration blank, and storage blank).
Blind Sample A sub-sample for analysis with a composition known to the submitter. The analyst/laboratory may know
the identity of the sample but not its composition. It is used to test the analyst’s or laboratory’s
proficiency in the execution of the measurement process.
BNA (Base Neutral Acid
compounds)
A list of semi-volatile compounds typically analyzed by mass spectrometry methods. Named for the way
they can be extracted out of environmental samples in an acidic, basic, or neutral environment.
BOD (Biochemical
Oxygen Demand)
Chemical procedure for determining how fast biological organisms use up oxygen in a body of water.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 161 of 221
Calibration TNI- A set of operations that establish, under specified conditions, the relationship between values of
quantities indicated by a measuring instrument or measuring system, or values represented by a material
measure or a reference material, and the corresponding values realized by standards. 1) In calibration of
support equipment, the values realized by standards are established through the use of reference
standards that are traceable to the International System of Units (SI); 2) In calibration according to test
methods, the values realized by standards are typically established through the use of Reference Materials
that are either purchased by the laboratory with a certificate of analysis or purity, or prepared by the
laboratory using support equipment that has been calibrated or verified to meet specifications.
Calibration Curve TNI- The mathematical relationship between the known values, such as concentrations, of a series of
calibration standards and their instrument response.
Calibration Method A defined technical procedure for performing a calibration.
Calibration Range DoD- The range of values (concentrations) between the lowest and highest calibration standards of a
multi-level calibration curve. For metals analysis with a single-point calibration, the low-level calibration
check standard and the high standard establish the linear calibration range, which lies within the linear
dynamic range.
Calibration Standard TNI- A substance or reference material used for calibration.
Certified Reference
Material (CRM)
TNI- Reference material accompanied by a certificate, having a value, measurement uncertainty, and
stated metrological traceability chain to a national metrology institute.
Chain of Custody An unbroken trail of accountability that verifies the physical security of samples, data, and records.
Chain of Custody Form
(COC)
TNI- Record that documents the possession of the samples from the time of collection to receipt in the
laboratory. This record generally includes: the number and type of containers; the mode of collection, the
collector, time of collection; preservation; and requested analyses.
Chemical Oxygen
Demand (COD)
A test commonly used to indirectly measure the amount of organic compounds in water.
Client (referred to by
ISO as Customer)
Any individual or organization for whom items or services are furnished or work performed in response
to defined requirements and expectations.
Code of Federal
Regulations (CFR)
A codification of the general and permanent rules published in the Federal Register by agencies of the
federal government.
Comparability An assessment of the confidence with which one data set can be compared to another. Comparable data
are produced through the use of standardized procedures and techniques.
Completeness The percent of valid data obtained from a measurement system compared to the amount of valid data
expected under normal conditions. The equation for completeness is:
% Completeness = (Valid Data Points/Expected Data Points)*100
Confirmation TNI- Verification of the identity of a component through the use of an approach with a different
scientific principle from the original method. These may include but are not limited to second-column
confirmation; alternate wavelength; derivatization; mass spectral interpretation; alternative detectors; or
additional cleanup procedures.
DoD- Includes verification of the identity and quantity of the analyte being measured by another means
(e.g., by another determinative method, technology, or column). Additional cleanup procedures alone are
not considered confirmation techniques.
Conformance An affirmative indication or judgment that a product or service has met the requirements of the relevant
specifications, contract, or regulation; also, the state of meeting the requirements.
Congener A member of a class of related chemical compounds (e.g., PCBs, PCDDs).
Consensus Standard DoD- A standard established by a group representing a cross-section of a particular industry or trade, or a
part thereof.
Continuing Calibration
Blank (CCB)
A blank sample used to monitor the cleanliness of an analytical system at a frequency determined by the
analytical method.
Continuing Calibration
Check Compounds
(CCC)
Compounds listed in mass spectrometry methods that are used to evaluate an instrument calibration from
the standpoint of the integrity of the system. High variability would suggest leaks or active sites on the
instrument column.
Continuing Calibration
Verification
DoD- The verification of the initial calibration. Required prior to sample analysis and at periodic intervals.
Continuing calibration verification applies to both external and internal standard calibration techniques, as
well as to linear and non-linear calibration models.
Continuing Calibration
Verification (CCV)
Standard
Also referred to as a Calibration Verification Standard (CVS) in some methods, it is a standard used to
verify the initial calibration of compounds in an analytical method. CCVs are analyzed at a frequency
determined by the analytical method.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 162 of 221
Continuous Emission
Monitor (CEM)
A flue gas analyzer designed for fixed use in checking for environmental pollutants.
Continuous
Improvement Plan (CIP)
The delineation of tasks for a given laboratory department or committee to achieve the goals of that
department.
Contract Laboratory
Program (CLP)
A national network of EPA personnel, commercial labs, and support contractors whose fundamental
mission is to provide data of known and documented quality.
Contract Required
Detection Limit (CRDL)
Detection limit that is required for EPA Contract Laboratory Program (CLP) contracts.
Contract Required
Quantitation Limit
(CRQL)
Quantitation limit (reporting limit) that is required for EPA Contract Laboratory Program (CLP)
contracts.
Control Chart A graphic representation of a series of test results, together with limits within which results are expected
when the system is in a state of statistical control (see definition for Control Limit)
Control Limit A range within which specified measurement results must fall to verify that the analytical system is in
control. Control limit exceedances may require corrective action or require investigation and flagging of
non-conforming data.
Correction DoD- Action taken to eliminate a detected non-conformity.
Corrective Action DoD- The action taken to eliminate the causes of an existing non-conformity, defect, or other
undesirable situation in order to prevent recurrence. A root cause analysis may not be necessary in all
cases.
Corrective and
Preventative Action
(CAPA)
The primary management tools for bringing improvements to the quality system, to the management
of the quality system’s collective processes, and to the products or services delivered which are an
output of established systems and processes.
Critical Value TNI- Value to which a measurement result is compared to make a detection decision (also known as
critical level or decision level). NOTE: The Critical Value is designed to give a specified low probability α
of false detection in an analyte-free sample, which implies that a result that exceeds the Critical Value,
gives high confidence (1 – α) that the radionuclide is actually present in the material analyzed. For
radiometric methods, α is often set at 0.05.
Customer DoD- Any individual or organization for which products or services are furnished or work performed in
response to defined requirements and expectations.
Data Integrity TNI- The condition that exists when data are sound, correct, and complete, and accurately reflect
activities and requirements.
Data Quality Objective
(DQO)
Systematic strategic planning tool based on the scientific method that identifies and defines the type,
quality, and quantity of data needed to satisfy a specified use or end user.
Data Reduction TNI- The process of transforming the number of data items by arithmetic or statistical calculation,
standard curves, and concentration factors, and collating them into a more usable form.
Definitive Data DoD- Analytical data of known quantity and quality. The levels of data quality on precision and bias meet
the requirements for the decision to be made. Data that is suitable for final decision-making.
Demonstration of
Capability (DOC)
TNI- A procedure to establish the ability of the analyst to generate analytical results of acceptable
accuracy and precision.
DoD- A procedure to establish the ability of the analyst to generate analytical results by a specific method
that meet measurement quality objectives (e.g., for precision and bias).
Department of Defense
(DoD)
An executive branch department of the federal government of the United States charged with
coordinating and supervising all agencies and functions of the government concerned directly with
national security.
Detection Limit (DL)DoD- The smallest analyte concentration that can be demonstrated to be different than zero or a blank
concentration with 99% confidence. At the DL, the false positive rate (Type 1 error) is 1%. A DL may be
used as the lowest concentration for reliably reporting a detection of a specific analyte in a specific matrix
with a specific method with 99% confidence.
Detection Limit (DL) for
Safe Drinking Water Act
(SDWA) Compliance
TNI- Laboratories that analyze drinking-water samples for SDWA compliance monitoring must use
methods that provide sufficient detection capability to meet the detection limit requirements established
in 40 CFR 141. The SDWA DL for radioactivity is defined in 40 CFR Part 141.25.c as the radionuclide
concentration, which can be counted with a precision of plus or minus 100% at the 95% confidence level
(1.96σ where σ is the standard deviation of the net counting rate of the sample).
Deuterated Monitoring
Compounds (DMCs)
DoD- SIM specific surrogates as specified for GC/MS SIM analysis.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 163 of 221
Diesel Range Organics
(DRO)
A range of compounds that denote all the characteristic compounds that make up diesel fuel (range can
be state or program specific).
Digestion DoD- A process in which a sample is treated (usually in conjunction with heat and acid) to convert the
target analytes in the sample to a more easily measured form.
Document Control The act of ensuring that documents (and revisions thereto) are proposed, reviewed for accuracy,
approved for release by authorized personnel, distributed properly and controlled to ensure use of the
correct version at the location where the prescribed activity is performed.
Documents DoD- Written components of the laboratory management system (e.g., policies, procedures, and
instructions).
Dry Weight The weight after drying in an oven at a specified temperature.
Duplicate (also known as
Replicate or Laboratory
Duplicate)
The analyses or measurements of the variable of interest performed identically on two subsamples of the
same sample. The results of duplicate analyses are used to evaluate analytical or measurement precision
but not the precision of sampling, preservation, or storage internal to the laboratory.
Electron Capture
Detector (ECD)
Device used in GC methods to detect compounds that absorb electrons (e.g., PCB compounds).
Electronic Data
Deliverable (EDD)
A summary of environmental data (usually in spreadsheet form) which clients request for ease of data
review and comparison to historical results.
Eluent A solvent used to carry the components of a mixture through a stationary phase.
Elute To extract, specifically, to remove (absorbed material) from an absorbent by means of a solvent.
Elution A process in which solutes are washed through a stationary phase by movement of a mobile phase.
Environmental Data DoD- Any measurements or information that describe environmental processes, locations, or conditions;
ecological or health effects and consequences; or the performance of environmental technology.
Environmental
Monitoring
The process of measuring or collecting environmental data.
Environmental
Protection Agency
(EPA)
An agency of the federal government of the United States which was created for the purpose of
protecting human health and the environment by writing and enforcing regulations based on laws passed
by Congress.
Environmental Sample A representative sample of any material (aqueous, non-aqueous, or multimedia) collected from any source
for which determination of composition or contamination is requested or required. Environmental
samples can generally be classified as follows:
Non-Potable Water (Includes surface water, ground water, effluents, water treatment
chemicals, and TCLP leachates or other extracts)
Drinking Water - Delivered (treated or untreated) water designated as potable water
Water/Wastewater - Raw source waters for public drinking water supplies, ground waters,
municipal influents/effluents, and industrial influents/effluents
Sludge - Municipal sludges and industrial sludges.
Soil - Predominately inorganic matter ranging in classification from sands to clays.
Waste - Aqueous and non-aqueous liquid wastes, chemical solids, and industrial liquid and
solid wastes
Equipment Blank A sample of analyte-free media used to rinse common sampling equipment to check effectiveness of
decontamination procedures.
Extracted Internal
Standard Analyte
Isotopically labeled analogs of analytes of interest added to all standards, blanks and samples analyzed.
Added to samples and batch QC samples prior to the first step of sample extraction and to standards and
instrument blanks prior to analysis. Used for isotope dilution methods.
Facility A distinct location within the company that has unique certifications, personnel, and waste disposal
identifications.
False Negative DoD- A result that fails to identify (detect) an analyte or reporting an analyte to be present at or below a
level of interest when the analyte is actually above the level of interest.
False Positive DoD- A result that erroneously identifies (detects) an analyte or reporting an analyte to be present above
a level of interest when the analyte is actually present at or below the level of interest.
Field Blank A blank sample prepared in the field by filling a clean container with reagent water and appropriate
preservative, if any, for the specific sampling activity being undertaken.
Field Measurement Determination of physical, biological, or radiological properties, or chemical constituents that are
measured on-site, close in time and sPAS to the matrices being sampled/measured, following accepted
test methods. This testing is performed in the field outside of a fixed-laboratory or outside of an enclosed
structure that meets the requirements of a mobile laboratory.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 164 of 221
Field of Accreditation TNI- Those matrix, technology/method, and analyte combinations for which the accreditation body
offers accreditation.
Field of Proficiency
Testing (FoPT)
TNI- Matrix, technology/method, analyte combinations for which the composition, spike concentration
ranges and acceptance criteria have been established by the PTPEC.
Finding TNI- An assessment conclusion referenced to a laboratory accreditation standard and supported by
objective evidence that identifies a deviation from a laboratory accreditation standard requirement.
DoD- An assessment conclusion that identifies a condition having a significant effect on an item or
activity. An assessment finding may be positive, negative, or neutral and is normally accompanied by
specific examples of the observed condition. The finding must be linked to a specific requirement (e.g.,
this standard, ISO requirements, analytical methods, contract specifications, or laboratory management
systems requirements).
Flame Atomic
Absorption Spectrometer
(FAA)
Instrumentation used to measure the concentration of metals in an environmental sample based on the
fact that ground state metals absorb light at different wavelengths. Metals in a solution are converted to
the atomic state by use of a flame.
Flame Ionization
Detector (FID)
A type of gas detector used in GC analysis where samples are passed through a flame which ionizes the
sample so that various ions can be measured.
Gas Chromatography
(GC)
Instrumentation which utilizes a mobile carrier gas to deliver an environmental sample across a stationary
phase with the intent to separate compounds out and measure their retention times.
Gas Chromatograph/
Mass Spectrometry
(GC/MS)
In conjunction with a GC, this instrumentation utilizes a mass spectrometer which measures fragments of
compounds and determines their identity by their fragmentation patterns (mass spectra).
Gasoline Range Organics
(GRO)
A range of compounds that denote all the characteristic compounds that make up gasoline (range can be
state or program specific).
Graphite Furnace
Atomic Absorption
Spectrometry (GFAA)
Instrumentation used to measure the concentration of metals in an environmental sample based on the
absorption of light at different wavelengths that are characteristic of different analytes.
High Pressure Liquid
Chromatography
(HPLC)
Instrumentation used to separate, identify, and quantitate compounds based on retention times which are
dependent on interactions between a mobile phase and a stationary phase.
Holding Time TNI- The maximum time that can elapse between two specified activities.
40 CFR Part 136- The maximum time that samples may be held prior to preparation and/or analysis as
defined by the method and still be considered valid or not compromised.
For sample prep purposes, hold times are calculated using the time of the start of the preparation
procedure.
DoD- The maximum time that may elapse from the time of sampling to the time of preparation or
analysis, or from preparation to analysis, as appropriate.
Homogeneity The degree to which a property or substance is uniformly distributed throughout a sample.
Homologue One in a series of organic compounds in which each successive member has one more chemical group in
its molecule than the next preceding member. For instance, methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, etc.,
form a homologous series.
Improper Actions DoD- Intentional or unintentional deviations from contract-specified or method-specified analytical
practices that have not been authorized by the customer (e.g., DoD or DOE).
Incremental Sampling
Method (ISM)
Soil preparation for large volume (1 kg or greater) samples.
In-Depth Data
Monitoring
TNI- When used in the context of data integrity activities, a review and evaluation of documentation
related to all aspects of the data generation process that includes items such as preparation, equipment,
software, calculations, and quality controls. Such monitoring shall determine if the laboratory uses
appropriate data handling, data use and data reduction activities to support the laboratory’s data integrity
policies and procedures.
Inductively Coupled
Plasma Atomic Emission
Spectrometry (ICP-AES)
Analytical technique used for the detection of trace metals which uses plasma to produce excited atoms
that emit radiation of characteristic wavelengths.
Inductively Coupled
Plasma- Mass
Spectrometry (ICP/MS)
An ICP that is used in conjunction with a mass spectrometer so that the instrument is not only capable of
detecting trace amounts of metals and non-metals but is also capable of monitoring isotopic speciation
for the ions of choice.
Infrared Spectrometer
(IR)
An instrument that uses infrared light to identify compounds of interest.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 165 of 221
Initial Calibration (ICAL)The process of analyzing standards, prepared at specified concentrations, to define the quantitative
response relationship of the instrument to the analytes of interest. Initial calibration is performed
whenever the results of a calibration verification standard do not conform to the requirements of the
method in use or at a frequency specified in the method.
Initial Calibration Blank
(ICB)
A blank sample used to monitor the cleanliness of an analytical system at a frequency determined by the
analytical method. This blank is specifically run in conjunction with the Initial Calibration Verification
(ICV) where applicable.
Initial Calibration
Verification (ICV)
DoD- Verifies the initial calibration with a standard obtained or prepared from a source independent of
the source of the initial calibration standards to avoid potential bias of the initial calibration.
Injection Internal
Standard Analyte
Isotopically labeled analogs of analytes of interest (or similar in physiochemical properties to the target
analytes but with a distinct response) to be quantitated. Added to all blanks, standards, samples, and batch
QC after extraction and prior to analysis.
Instrument Blank A clean sample (e.g., distilled water) processed through the instrumental steps of the measurement
process; used to determine instrument contamination.
Instrument Detection
Limits (IDLs)
Limits determined by analyzing a series of reagent blank analyses to obtain a calculated concentration.
IDLs are determined by calculating the average of the standard deviations of three runs on three non-
consecutive days from the analysis of a reagent blank solution with seven consecutive measurements per
day.
Interference, spectral Occurs when particulate matter from the atomization scatters incident radiation from the source or when
the absorption or emission from an interfering species either overlaps or is so close to the analyte
wavelength that resolution becomes impossible.
Interference, chemical Results from the various chemical processes that occur during atomization and later the absorption
characteristics of the analyte.
Internal Standard TNI and DoD- A known amount of standard added to a test portion of a sample as a reference for
evaluating and controlling the precision and bias of the applied analytical method.
International
Organization for
Standardization (ISO)
An international standard-setting body composed of representatives from various national standards
organizations.
Intermediate Standard
Solution
Reference solutions prepared by dilution of the stock solutions with an appropriate solvent.
International System of
Units (SI)
The coherent system of units adopted and recommended by the General Conference on Weights and
Measures.
Ion Chromatography
(IC)
Instrumentation or process that allows the separation of ions and molecules based on the charge
properties of the molecules.
Isomer One of two or more compounds, radicals, or ions that contain the same number of atoms of the same
element but differ in structural arrangement and properties. For example, hexane (C6H14) could be n-
hexane, 2-methylpentane, 3-methylpentane, 2,3-dimethylbutane, 2,2-dimethylbutane.
Laboratory A body that calibrates and/or performs testing.
Laboratory Control
Sample (LCS)
TNI- (also known as laboratory fortified blank (LFB), spiked blank, or QC check sample): A sample
matrix, free from the analytes of interest, spiked with verified known amounts of analytes or a material
containing known and verified amounts of analytes and taken through all sample preparation and
analytical steps of the procedure unless otherwise noted in a reference method. It is generally used to
establish intra-laboratory or analyst-specific precision and bias or to evaluate the performance of all or a
portion of the measurement system.
Laboratory Duplicate Aliquots of a sample taken from the same container under laboratory conditions and processed and
analyzed independently.
Laboratory Information
Management System
(LIMS)
DoD- The entirety of an electronic data system (including hardware and software) that collects, analyzes,
stores, and archives electronic records and documents.
Learning Management
System (LMS)
A web-based database used by the laboratories to track and document training activities. The system is
administered by the corporate training department and each laboratory’s learn centers are maintained by a
local administrator.
Legal Chain-of-Custody
Protocols
TNI- Procedures employed to record the possession of samples from the time of sampling through the
retention time specified by the client or program. These procedures are performed at the special request
of the client and include the use of a Chain-of-Custody (COC) Form that documents the collection,
transport, and receipt of compliance samples by the laboratory. In addition, these protocols document all
handling of the samples within the laboratory.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 166 of 221
Limit(s) of Detection
(LOD)
TNI- The minimum result, which can be reliably discriminated from a blank with predetermined
confidence level.
DoD- The smallest concentration of a substance that must be present in a sample in order to be detected
at the DL with 99% confidence. At the LOD, the false negative rate (Type II error) is 1%. A LOD may
be used as the lowest concentration for reliably reporting a non-detect of a specific analyte in a specific
matrix with a specific method at 99% confidence.
Limit(s) of Quantitation
(LOQ)
TNI- The minimum levels, concentrations, or quantities of a target variable (e.g., target analyte) that can
be reported with a specified degree of confidence.
DoD- The smallest concentration that produces a quantitative result with known and recorded precision
and bias. For DoD/DOE projects, the LOQ shall be set at or above the concentration of the lowest
initial calibration standard and within the calibration range.
Linear Dynamic Range DoD- Concentration range where the instrument provides a linear response.
Liquid chromatography/
tandem mass
spectrometry
(LC/MS/MS)
Instrumentation that combines the physical separation techniques of liquid chromatography with the
mass analysis capabilities of mass spectrometry.
Lot TNI- A definite amount of material produced during a single manufacturing cycle and intended to have
uniform character and quality.
Management Those individuals directly responsible and accountable for planning, implementing, and assessing work.
Management System System to establish policy and objectives and to achieve those objectives.
Manager (however
named)
The individual designated as being responsible for the overall operation, all personnel, and the physical
plant of the environmental laboratory. A supervisor may report to the manager. In some cases, the
supervisor and the manager may be the same individual.
Matrix TNI- The substrate of a test sample.
Matrix Duplicate TNI- A replicate matrix prepared in the laboratory and analyzed to obtain a measure of precision.
Matrix Spike (MS)
(spiked sample or
fortified sample)
TNI- A sample prepared, taken through all sample preparation and analytical steps of the procedure
unless otherwise noted in a referenced method, by adding a known amount of target analyte to a specified
amount of sample for which an independent test result of target analyte concentration is available. Matrix
spikes are used, for example, to determine the effect of the matrix on a method’s recovery efficiency.
Matrix Spike Duplicate
(MSD) (spiked sample or
fortified sample
duplicate)
TNI- A replicate matrix spike prepared in the laboratory and analyzed to obtain a measure of the
precision of the recovery for each analyte.
Measurement
Performance Criteria
(MPC)
DoD- Criteria that may be general (such as completion of all tests) or specific (such as QC method
acceptance limits) that are used by a project to judge whether a laboratory can perform a specified activity
to the defined criteria.
Measurement Quality
Objective (MQO)
TNI- The analytical data requirements of the data quality objectives are project- or program-specific and
can be quantitative or qualitative. MQOs are measurement performance criteria or objectives of the
analytical process. Examples of quantitative MQOs include statements of required analyte detectability
and the uncertainty of the analytical protocol at a specified radionuclide activity, such as the action level.
Examples of qualitative MQOs include statements of the required specificity of the analytical protocol,
e.g., the ability to analyze for the radionuclide of interest given the presence of interferences.
Measurement System TNI- A method, as implemented at a particular laboratory, and which includes the equipment used to
perform the test and the operator(s).
DoD- A test method, as implemented at a particular laboratory, and which includes the equipment used
to perform the sample preparation and test and the operator(s).
Measurement
Uncertainty
DoD- An estimate of the error in a measurement often stated as a range of values that contain the true
value within a certain confidence level. The uncertainty generally includes many components which may
be evaluated from experimental standard deviations based on repeated observations or by standard
deviations evaluated from assumed probability distributions based on experience or other information.
For DoD/DOE, a laboratory’s Analytical Uncertainty (such as use of LCS control limits) can be reported
as the minimum uncertainty.
Method TNI- A body of procedures and techniques for performing an activity (e.g., sampling, chemical analysis,
quantification), systematically presented in the order in which they are to be executed.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 167 of 221
Method Blank TNI- A sample of a matrix similar to the batch of associated samples (when available) that is free from
the analytes of interest and is processed simultaneously with and under the same conditions as samples
through all steps of the analytical procedures, and in which no target analytes or interferences are present
at concentrations that impact the analytical results for sample analyses.
Method Detection Limit
(MDL)
TNI- One way to establish a Detection Limit; defined as the minimum concentration of a substance that
can be measured and reported with 99% confidence that the analyte concentration is greater than zero
and is determined from analysis of a sample in a given matrix containing the analyte.
Method of Standard
Additions
A set of procedures adding one or more increments of a standard solution to sample aliquots of the same
size in order to overcome inherent matrix effects. The procedures encompass the extrapolation back to
obtain the sample concentration.
Minimum Detectable
Activity (MDA)
TNI- Estimate of the smallest true activity that ensures a specified high confidence, 1 – β, of detection
above the Critical Value, and a low probability β of false negatives below the Critical Value. For
radiometric methods, β is often set at 0.05. NOTE 1: The MDS is a measure of the detection capability
of a measurement process and as such, it is an a priori concept. It may be used in the selection of
methods to meet specified MQOs. Laboratories may also calculate a “sample specific” MDA, which
indicates how well the measurement process is performing under varying real-world measurement
conditions, when sample-specific characteristics (e.g., interferences) may affect the detection capability.
However, the MDA must never be used instead of the Critical Value as a detection threshold. NOTE 2:
For the purpose of this Standard, the terms MDA and minimum detectable concentration (MDC) are
equivalent.
Minimum Reporting
Limit (MRL)
the lowest concentration of standard used for calibration – Drinking Water Manual
MintMiner Commercial software program used to scan large amounts of chromatographic data to monitor for errors
or data integrity issues.
Mobile Laboratory TNI- A portable enclosed structure with necessary and appropriate accommodation and environmental
conditions for a laboratory, within which testing is performed by analysts. Examples include but are not
limited to trailers, vans, and skid-mounted structures configured to house testing equipment and
personnel.
National Environmental
Laboratory Accreditation
Conference (NELAC)
See definition of The NELAC Institute (TNI).
National Institute of
Occupational Safety and
Health (NIOSH)
National institute charged with the provision of training, consultation, and information in the area of
occupational safety and health.
National Institute of
Standards and
Technology (NIST)
TNI- A federal agency of the US Department of Commerce’s Technology Administration that is
designed as the United States national metrology institute (or NMI).
National Pollutant
Discharge Elimination
System (NPDES)
A permit program that controls water pollution by regulating point sources that discharge pollutants into
U.S. waters.
Negative Control Measures taken to ensure that a test, its components, or the environment do not cause undesired effects,
or produce incorrect test results.
Nitrogen Phosphorus
Detector (NPD)
A detector used in GC analyses that utilizes thermal energy to ionize an analyte. With this detector,
nitrogen and phosphorus can be selectively detected with a higher sensitivity than carbon.
Nonconformance An indication or judgment that a product or service has not met the requirement of the relevant
specifications, contract, or regulation; also, the state of failing to meet the requirements.
Not Detected (ND)The result reported for a compound when the detected amount of that compound is less than the
method reporting limit.
Operator Aid DoD- A technical posting (such as poster, operating manual, or notepad) that assists workers in
performing routine tasks. All operator aids must be controlled documents (i.e., a part of the laboratory
management system).
Performance Based
Measurement System
(PBMS)
An analytical system wherein the data quality needs, mandates or limitations of a program or project are
specified and serve as criteria for selecting appropriate test methods to meet those needs in a cost-
effective manner.
Physical Parameter TNI- A measurement of a physical characteristic or property of a sample as distinguished from the
concentrations of chemical and biological components.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 168 of 221
Photo-ionization
Detector (PID)
An ion detector which uses high-energy photons, typically in the ultraviolet range, to break molecules into
positively charged ions.
Polychlorinated
Biphenyls (PCB)
A class of organic compounds that were used as coolants and insulating fluids for transformers and
capacitors. The production of these compounds was banned in the 1970’s due to their high toxicity.
Positive Control Measures taken to ensure that a test and/or its components are working properly and producing correct
or expected results from positive test subjects.
Post-Digestion Spike A sample prepared for metals analyses that has analytes spike added to determine if matrix effects may be
a factor in the results.
Power of Hydrogen (pH)The measure of acidity or alkalinity of a solution.
Practical Quantitation
Limit (PQL)
Another term for a method reporting limit. The lowest reportable concentration of a compound based
on parameters set up in an analytical method and the laboratory’s ability to reproduce those conditions.
Precision TNI- The degree to which a set of observations or measurements of the same property, obtained under
similar conditions, conform to themselves; a data quality indicator. Precision is usually expressed as
standard deviation, variance, or range, in either absolute or relative terms.
Preservation TNI and DoD- Any conditions under which a sample must be kept in order to maintain chemical,
physical, and/or biological integrity prior to analysis.
Primary Accreditation
Body (Primary AB)
TNI- The accreditation body responsible for assessing a laboratory’s total quality system, on-site
assessment, and PT performance tracking for fields of accreditation.
Procedure TNI- A specified way to carry out an activity or process. Procedures can be documented or not.
Proficiency Testing (PT)TNI- A means to evaluate a laboratory’s performance under controlled conditions relative to a given set
of criteria, through analysis of unknown samples provided by an external source.
Proficiency Testing
Program (PT Program)
TNI- The aggregate of providing rigorously controlled and standardized environmental samples to a
laboratory for analysis, reporting of results, statistical evaluation of the results and the collective
demographics and results summary of all participating laboratories.
Proficiency Testing
Provider (PT Provider)
TNI- A person or organization accredited by a TNI-approved Proficiency Testing Provider Accreditor to
operate a TNI-compliant PT Program.
Proficiency Testing
Provider Accreditor
(PTPA)
TNI- An organization that is approved by TNI to accredit and monitor the performance of proficiency
testing providers.
Proficiency Testing
Reporting Limit (PTRL)
TNI- A statistically derived value that represents the lowest acceptable concentration for an analyte in a
PT sample, if the analyte is spiked into the PT sample. The PTRLs are specified in the TNI FoPT tables.
Proficiency Testing
Sample (PT)
TNI- A sample, the composition of which is unknown to the laboratory, and is provided to test whether
the laboratory can produce analytical results within the specified acceptance criteria.
Proficiency Testing (PT)
Study
TNI- a) Scheduled PT Study: A single complete sequence of circulation and scoring of PT samples to all
participants in a PT program. The study must have the same pre-defined opening and closing dates for all
participants; b) Supplemental PT Study: A PT sample that may be from a lot previously released by a PT
Provider that meets the requirements for supplemental PT samples given in Volume 3 of this Standard
[TNI] but that does not have a pre-determined opening date and closing date.
Proficiency Testing Study
Closing Date
TNI- a) Scheduled PT Study: The calendar date by which all participating laboratories must submit
analytical results for a PT sample to a PT Provider; b) Supplemental PT Study: The calendar date a
laboratory submits the results for a PT sample to the PT Provider.
Proficiency Testing Study
Opening Date
TNI- a) Scheduled PT Study: The calendar date that a PT sample is first made available to all participants
of the study by a PT Provider; b) Supplemental PT Study: The calendar date the PT Provider ships the
sample to a laboratory.
Protocol TNI- A detailed written procedure for field and/or laboratory operation (e.g., sampling, analysis) that
must be strictly followed.
Qualitative Analysis DoD- Analysis designed to identify the components of a substance or mixture.
Quality Assurance (QA)TNI- An integrated system of management activities involving planning, implementation, assessment,
reporting and quality improvement to ensure that a process, item, or service is of the type and quality
needed and expected by the client.
Quality Assurance
Manual (QAM)
A document stating the management policies, objectives, principles, organizational structure and
authority, responsibilities, accountability, and implementation of an agency, organization, or laboratory, to
ensure the quality of its product and the utility of its product to its users.
Quality Assurance
Project Plan (QAPP)
A formal document describing the detailed quality control procedures by which the quality requirements
defined for the data and decisions pertaining to a specific project are to be achieved.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 169 of 221
Quality Control (QC)TNI- The overall system of technical activities that measures the attributes and performance of a process,
item, or service against defined standards to verify that they meet the stated requirements established by
the customer; operational techniques and activities that are used to fulfill requirements for quality; also the
system of activities and checks used to ensure that measurement systems are maintained within
prescribed limits, providing protection against “out of control” conditions and ensuring that the results
are of acceptable quality.
Quality Control Sample
(QCS)
TNI- A sample used to assess the performance of all or a portion of the measurement system. One of
any number of samples, such as Certified Reference Materials, a quality system matrix fortified by spiking,
or actual samples fortified by spiking, intended to demonstrate that a measurement system or activity is in
control.
Quality Manual TNI- A document stating the management policies, objectives, principles, organizational structure and
authority, responsibilities, accountability, and implementation of an agency, organization, or laboratory, to
ensure the quality of its product and the utility of its product to its users.
Quality System TNI and DoD- A structured and documented management system describing the policies, objectives,
principles, organizational authority, responsibilities, accountability, and implementation plan of an
organization for ensuring quality in its work processes, products (items), and services. The quality system
provides the framework for planning, implementing, and assessing work performed by the organization
and for carrying out required quality assurance and quality control activities.
Quality System Matrix TNI and DoD- These matrix definitions shall be used for purposes of batch and quality control
requirements and may be different from a field of accreditation matrix:
Air and Emissions: Whole gas or vapor samples including those contained in flexible or rigid
wall containers and the extracted concentrated analytes of interest from a gas or vapor that are
collected with a sorbant tube, impinger solution, filter, or other device
Aqueous: Any aqueous sample excluded from the definition of Drinking Water or
Saline/Estuarine. Includes surface water, groundwater effluents, and TCLP or other
extracts.
Biological Tissue: Any sample of a biological origin such as fish tissue, shellfish, or plant
material. Such samples shall be grouped according to origin.
Chemical Waste: A product or by-product of an industrial process that results in a matrix
not previously defined.
Drinking Water: Any aqueous sample that has been designated a potable or potentially
potable water source.
Non-aqueous liquid: Any organic liquid with <15% settleable solids
Saline/Estuarine: Any aqueous sample from an ocean or estuary, or other saltwater source
such as the Great Salt Lake.
Solids: Includes soils, sediments, sludges, and other matrices with >15% settleable solids.
Quantitation Range DoD- The range of values (concentrations) in a calibration curve between the LOQ and the highest
successively analyzed initial calibration standard used to relate instrument response to analyte
concentration. The quantitation range (adjusted for initial sample volume/weight, concentration/dilution,
and final volume) lies within the calibration range.
Quantitative Analysis DoD- Analysis designed to determine the amounts or proportions of the components of a substance.
Random Error The EPA has established that there is a 5% probability that the results obtained for any one analyte will
exceed the control limits established for the test due to random error. As the number of compounds
measured increases in a given sample, the probability for statistical error also increases.
Raw Data TNI- The documentation generated during sampling and analysis. This documentation includes, but is
not limited to, field notes, electronic data, magnetic tapes, untabulated sample results, QC sample results,
print outs of chromatograms, instrument outputs, and handwritten records.
Reagent Blank (method
reagent blank)
A sample consisting of reagent(s), without the target analyte or sample matrix, introduced into the
analytical procedure at the appropriate point and carried through all subsequent steps to determine the
contribution of the reagents and of the involved analytical steps.
Reagent Grade Analytical reagent (AR) grade, ACS reagent grade, and reagent grade are synonymous terms for reagents
that conform to the current specifications of the Committee on Analytical Reagents of the American
Chemical Society.
Records DoD- The output of implementing and following management system documents (e.g., test data in
electronic or hand-written forms, files, and logbooks).
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 170 of 221
Reference Material TNI- Material or substance one or more of whose property values are sufficiently homogenized and well
established to be used for the calibration of an apparatus, the assessment of a measurement method, or
for assigning values to materials.
Reference Method TNI- A published method issued by an organization generally recognized as competent to do so. (When
the ISO language refers to a “standard method,” that term is equivalent to “reference method”). When a
laboratory is required to analyze by a specified method due to a regulatory requirement, the
analyte/method combination is recognized as a reference method. If there is no regulatory requirement
for the analyte/method combination, the analyte/method combination is recognized as a reference
method if it can be analyzed by another reference method of the same matrix and technology.
Reference Standard TNI- Standard used for the calibration of working measurement standards in a given organization or at a
given location.
Relative Percent
Difference (RPD)
A measure of precision defined as the difference between two measurements divided by the average
concentration of the two measurements.
Reporting Limit (RL)The level at which method, permit, regulatory and customer-specific objectives are met. The reporting
limit may never be lower than the Limit of Detection (i.e., statistically determined MDL). Reporting limits
are corrected for sample amounts, including the dry weight of solids, unless otherwise specified. There
must be a sufficient buffer between the Reporting Limit and the MDL.
DoD- A customer-specified lowest concentration value that meets project requirements for quantitative
data with known precision and bias for a specific analyte in a specific matrix.
Reporting Limit
Verification Standard
(RLVS)
A standard analyzed at the reporting limit for an analysis to verify the laboratory’s ability to report to that
level.
Representativeness A quality element related to the ability to collect a sample reflecting the characteristics of the part of the
environment to be assessed. Sample representativeness is dependent on the sampling techniques specified
in the project work plan.
Requirement Denotes a mandatory specification; often designated by the term “shall.”
Retention Time The time between sample injection and the appearance of a solute peak at the detector.
Revocation TNI- The total or partial withdrawal of a laboratory’s accreditation by an accreditation body.
Sample Portion of material collected for analysis, identified by a single, unique alphanumeric code. A sample may
consist of portions in multiple containers, if a single sample is submitted for multiple or repetitive
analysis.
Sample Condition Upon
Receipt Form (SCURF)
Form used by sample receiving personnel to document the condition of sample containers upon receipt
to the laboratory (used in conjunction with a COC).
Sample Delivery Group
(SDG)
A unit within a single project that is used to identify a group of samples for delivery. An SDG is a group
of 20 or fewer field samples within a project, received over a period of up to 14 calendar days. Data from
all samples in an SDG are reported concurrently.
Sample Receipt Form
(SRF)
Letter sent to the client upon login to show the tests requested and pricing.
Sample Tracking Procedures employed to record the possession of the samples from the time of sampling until analysis,
reporting and archiving. These procedures include the use of a chain-of-custody form that documents the
collection, transport, and receipt of compliance samples to the laboratory. In addition, access to the
laboratory is limited and controlled to protect the integrity of the samples.
Sampling TNI- Activity related to obtaining a representative sample of the object of conformity assessment,
according to a procedure.
Selected Ion Monitoring
(SIM)
A mode of analysis in mass spectrometry where the detector is set to scan over a very small mass range,
typically one mass unit. The narrower the range, the more sensitive the detector.
DoD- Using GC/MS, characteristic ions specific to target compounds are detected and used to quantify
in applications where the normal full scan mass spectrometry results in excessive noise.
Selectivity TNI- The ability to analyze, distinguish, and determine a specific analyte or parameter from another
component that may be a potential interferent or that may behave similarly to the target analyte or
parameter within the measurement system.
Sensitivity TNI- The capability of a method or instrument to discriminate between measurement responses
representing different levels (e.g., concentrations) of a variable of interest.
Serial Dilution The stepwise dilution of a substance in a solution.
Shall Denotes a requirement that is mandatory whenever the criterion for conformance with the specification
requires that there be no deviation. This does not prohibit the use of alternative approaches or methods
for implementing the specification as long as the requirement is fulfilled.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 171 of 221
Should Denotes a guideline or recommendation whenever noncompliance with the specification is permissible.
Signal-to-Noise Ratio
(S/N)
DoD- A measure of signal strength relative to background noise. The average strength of the noise of
most measurements is constant and independent of the magnitude of the signal. Thus, as the quantity
being measured (producing the signal) decreases in magnitude, S/N decreases and the effect of the noise
on the relative error of a measurement increases.
Source Water TNI- When sampled for drinking water compliance, untreated water from streams, rivers, lakes, or
underground aquifers, which is used to supply private and public drinking water supplies.
Spike A known mass of target analyte added to a blank sample or sub-sample; used to determine recovery
efficiency or for other quality control purposes.
Standard (Document)TNI- The document describing the elements of a laboratory accreditation that has been developed and
established within the consensus principles of standard setting and meets the approval requirements of
standard adoption organizations procedures and policies.
Standard (Chemical)Standard samples are comprised of a known amount of standard reference material in the matrix
undergoing analysis. A standard reference material is a certified reference material produced by US NIST
and characterized for absolute content, independent of analytical test method.
Standard Blank (or
Reagent Blank)
A calibration standard consisting of the same solvent/reagent matrix used to prepare the calibration
standards without the analytes. It is used to construct the calibration curve by establishing instrument
background.
Standard Method A test method issued by an organization generally recognized as competent to do so.
Standard Operating
Procedure (SOP)
TNI- A written document that details the method for an operation, analysis, or action with thoroughly
prescribed techniques and steps. SOPs are officially approved as the methods for performing certain
routine or repetitive tasks.
Standard Reference
Material (SRM)
A certified reference material produced by the US NIST or other equivalent organization and
characterized for absolute content, independent of analytical method.
Statement of
Qualifications (SOQ)
A document that lists information about a company, typically the qualifications of that company to
compete on a bid for services.
Stock Standard A concentrated reference solution containing one or more analytes prepared in the laboratory using
an assayed reference compound or purchased from a reputable commercial source.
Storage Blank DoD- A sample of analyte-free media prepared by the laboratory and retained in the sample storage area
of the laboratory. A storage blank is used to record contamination attributable to sample storage at the
laboratory.
Supervisor The individual(s) designated as being responsible for a particular area or category of scientific analysis.
This responsibility includes direct day-to-day supervision of technical employees, supply and instrument
adequacy and upkeep, quality assurance/quality control duties and ascertaining technical employees have
the required balance of education, training, and experience to perform the required analyses.
Surrogate DoD- A substance with properties that mimic the analyte of interest. It is unlikely to be found in
environmental samples and is added to them for quality control purposes.
Suspension TNI- The temporary removal of a laboratory’s accreditation for a defined period of time, which shall not
exceed 6 months or the period of accreditation, whichever is longer, in order to allow the laboratory time
to correct deficiencies or area of non-conformance with the Standard.
Systems Audit An on-site inspection or assessment of a laboratory’s quality system.
Target Analytes DoD- Analytes or chemicals of primary concern identified by the customer on a project-specific basis.
Technical Director Individual(s) who has overall responsibility for the technical operation of the environmental testing
laboratory.
Technology TNI- A specific arrangement of analytical instruments, detection systems, and/or preparation techniques.
Test A technical operation that consists of the determination of one or more characteristics or performance of
a given product, material, equipment, organism, physical phenomenon, process, or service according to a
specified procedure. The result of a test is normally recorded in a document sometimes called a test
report or a test certificate.
Test Method DoD- A definitive procedure that determines one or more characteristics of a given substance or
product.
Test Methods for
Evaluating Solid Waste,
Physical/ Chemical (SW-
846)
EPA Waste’s official compendium of analytical and sampling methods that have been evaluated and
approved for use in complying with RCRA regulations.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 172 of 221
Test Source TNI- A radioactive source that is tested, such as a sample, calibration standard, or performance check
source. A Test Source may also be free of radioactivity, such as a Test Source counted to determine the
subtraction background, or a short-term background check.
The NELAC Institute
(TNI)
A non-profit organization whose mission is to foster the generation of environmental data of known and
documented quality through an open, inclusive, and transparent process that is responsive to the needs of
the community. Previously known as NELAC (National Environmental Laboratory Accreditation
Conference).
Total Petroleum
Hydrocarbons (TPH)
A term used to denote a large family of several hundred chemical compounds that originate from crude
oil. Compounds may include gasoline components, jet fuel, volatile organics, etc.
Toxicity Characteristic
Leaching Procedure
(TCLP)
A solid sample extraction method for chemical analysis employed as an analytical method to simulate
leaching of compounds through a landfill.
Traceability TNI- The ability to trace the history, application, or location of an entity by means of recorded
identifications. In a calibration sense, traceability relates measuring equipment to national or international
standards, primary standards, basic physical conditions or properties, or reference materials. In a data
collection sense, it relates calculations and data generated throughout the project back to the requirements
for the quality of the project.
Training Document A training resource that provides detailed instructions to execute a specific method or job function.
Trip Blank This blank sample is used to detect sample contamination from the container and preservative during
transport and storage of the sample. A cleaned sample container is filled with laboratory reagent water
and the blank is stored, shipped, and analyzed with its associated samples.
Tuning A check and/or adjustment of instrument performance for mass spectrometry as required by the
method.
Ultraviolet
Spectrophotometer (UV)
Instrument routinely used in quantitative determination of solutions of transition metal ions and highly
conjugated organic compounds.
Uncertainty, Counting TNI- The component of Measurement Uncertainty attributable to the random nature of radioactive
decay and radiation counting (often estimated as the square root of observed counts (MARLAP). Older
references sometimes refer to this parameter as Error, Counting Error, or Count Error (c.f., Total
Uncertainty).
Uncertainty, Expanded TNI- The product of the Standard Uncertainty and a coverage factor, k, which is chosen to produce an
interval about the result that has a high probability of containing the value of the measurand (c.f.,
Standard Uncertainty). NOTE: Radiochemical results are generally reported in association with the Total
Uncertainty. Either if these estimates of uncertainty can be reported as the Standard Uncertainty (one-
sigma) or as an Expanded Uncertainty (k-sigma, where k > 1).
Uncertainty,
Measurement
TNI- Parameter associated with the result of a measurement that characterizes the dispersion of the
values that could reasonably be attributed to the measurand.
Uncertainty, Standard TNI- An estimate of the Measurement Uncertainty expressed as a standard deviation (c.f., Expanded
Uncertainty).
Uncertainty, Total TNI- An estimate of the Measurement Uncertainty that accounts for contributions from all significant
sources of uncertainty associated with the analytical preparation and measurement of a sample. Such
estimates are also commonly referred to as Combined Standard Uncertainty or Total Propagated
Uncertainty, and in some older references as the Total Propagated Error, among other similar items (c.f.,
Counting Uncertainty).
Unethical actions DoD- Deliberate falsification of analytical or quality control results where failed method or contractual
requirements are made to appear acceptable.
United States
Department of
Agriculture (USDA)
A department of the federal government that provides leadership on food, agriculture, natural resources,
rural development, nutrition, and related issues based on public policy, the best available science, and
effective management.
United States Geological
Survey (USGS)
Program of the federal government that develops new methods and tools to supply timely, relevant, and
useful information about the Earth and its processes.
Unregulated
Contaminant Monitoring
Rule (UCMR)
EPA program to monitor unregulated contaminants in drinking water.
Validation DoD- The confirmation by examination and provision of objective evidence that the particular
requirements for a specific intended use are fulfilled.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 173 of 221
Verification TNI- Confirmation by examination and objective evidence that specified requirements have been met. In
connection with the management of measuring equipment, verification provides a means for checking
that the deviations between values indicated by a measuring instrument and corresponding known values
of a measured quantity are consistently smaller than the maximum allowable error defined in a standard,
regulation, or specification peculiar to the management of the measuring equipment.
Voluntary Action
Program (VAP)
A program of the Ohio EPA that gives individuals a way to investigate possible environmental
contamination, clean it up if necessary and receive a promise from the State of Ohio that no more
cleanup is needed.
Whole Effluent Toxicity
(WET)
The aggregate toxic effect to aquatic organisms from all pollutants contained in a facility’s wastewater
(effluent).
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 174 of 221
7.4 Appendix D: Organization Chart(s)
7.4.1 PAS Corporate Organization Chart(s)
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 175 of 221
7.4.2 PAS Quality Systems Management Organization Chart
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 176 of 221
7.4.3 Mt. Juliet – Organization Chart
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 177 of 221
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 178 of 221
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 179 of 221
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Page 180 of 221
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
7.5 Appendix E: Equipment Listing
The equipment listed represents equipment were held by each location on the effective date of this
manual. This information is subject to change without notice. External parties should contact the
location for the most current information.
7.5.1 PAS-Mt. Juliet
Equipment List: PAS-Mt. Juliet
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condition Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
GC/FID Agilent 6890N US10137006 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRGC2 Online
GC/FID Agilent 6890N US10137006 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRGC2 Online
Gas
Chromatograph
HP 6890N TCD US10726007 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRGC3 Online
GC/FID Agilent 7890B CN14513033 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRGC4 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 7890A/5975 CN13231014
US50680012
As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS1 Online
Preconcentrator Entech 7200 1683 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS1 Online
Canister
Autosampler
Entech 7016D 1708 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS1 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 6890N/5975 CN10551083
US61332744
As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS2 Online
Preconcentrator Entech 7200 1005 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS2 Online
Tedlar
Autosampler
Entech 7032A 1017 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS2 Online
Canister
Autosampler
Entech 7016D 1871 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS2 Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Agilent 6890 US000011333 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS3 Online
Injector Agilent G2614A CN40327743 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS3 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 6890/5973 US00024695
US82311265
As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS4 Online
Preconcentrator Entech 7200 1174 As
Needed
USED Air Lab AIRMS4 Online
Canister
Autosampler
Entech 7016D 1870 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS4 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 6890/5973 GCUS00039611
MSUS0340681
As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS5 Online
Preconcentrator Entech 7200 1162 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS5 Online
Canister
Autosampler
Entech 7016D 1741 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS5 Online
Tedlar
Autosampler
Entech 7032AB 1044 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS5 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 7890A/5975C GCUS10831022
MSU91732329
As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS6 Online
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condition Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Canister
Autosampler
Entech 7016D 1505 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS6 Online
Preconcentrator Entech 7200 1322 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS6 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 6890/5975C US00024616
US71236615
As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS7 Online
Preconcentrator Entech 7200 1720 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS7 Online
Canister
Autosampler
Entech 7016D 1991 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS7 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 8890/5977B US2008A003
US2007M007
As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS8 Online
Preconcentrator Entech 7200A 00118 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS8 Online
Canister
Autosampler
Entech 7016D 1869 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS8 Online
Canister
Autosampler
Entech 7016D 1828 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS8 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 8890/5977B US2007A038
US2006M061
As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS9 Online
Preconcentrator Entech 7200A 00117 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS9 Online
Canister
Autosampler
Entech 7016D 1872 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS9 Online
Canister
Autosampler
Entech 7016D 1990 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS9 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 8890/5977B US2209A075
US2201R007
As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS10 Online
Preconcentrator Entech 7200A 00145 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS10 Online
Canister
Autosampler
Entech 7016D 2000 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS10 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 8890/5977B US2209A079
US2202R013
As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS11 Online
Preconcentrator Entech 7200A 00146 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS11 Online
Canister
Autosampler
Entech 7016D 2001 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS11 Online
Canister
Autosampler
Entech 7016D 2002 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS11 Online
Canister
Autosampler
Entech 7650-01 0130 As
Needed
Used Air Lab AIRMS11 Online
Precision Diluter Entech 4700 0371 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Online
Dynamic Diluter Entech Model 4600A 1086 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Online
TO Canister Restek/Entec
h
TO-
CAN/SiloniteCan
N/A As
Needed
Used Air Lab 3024 cans
owned
Online
Passive Sampling
Kit
Restek/Entec
h
N/A As
Needed
Used Air Lab 2218
owned
Online
Field hand held
PID
RAE Systems MiniRAE3000 592-929317 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Online
Canister Cleaner Entech 3100A 1178 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Oven 1 Online
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condition Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Oven Entech 3513ENT 1482050570384 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Oven 1 Online
Oven Entech 3513ENT 1482060344515 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Oven 1 Online
Canister Cleaner Entech 3100A 1473 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Oven 2 Online
Oven Entech 3513ENT 1482060344518 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Oven 2 Online
Oven Entech 31-350ER B33ER-01180 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Oven 2 Online
Canister Cleaner Entech 3100A 1448 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Oven 3 Online
Oven Entech 31-350 B33-02663 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Oven 3 Online
Oven Entech 31-350ER B33ER-01142 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Oven 3 Online
Canister Cleaner Entech 3100D 1741 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Oven 4 Online
Oven Entech 31-350ER B33ER-01654 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Oven 4 Online
Oven Entech 31-350ER B33ER-01652 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Oven 4 Online
Canister Cleaner Entech 3100D 2214 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Oven 5 Online
Oven Entech 09-OV6L8 0134 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Oven 5 Online
Oven Entech 09-OV6L8 0135 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Oven 5 Online
Canister Cleaner Entech 3100A 1154 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Oven 6 Online
Oven Entech 3513ENT 1482060344516 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Oven 6 Online
Oven Entech 3513ENT 1003-4123 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Oven 6 Online
Canister Cleaner Entech 3100D 1154 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Oven 7 Online
Oven Entech 09-OV6L12 0212 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Oven 7 Online
Oven Entech 09-OV6L12 0213 As
Needed
Used Air Lab Oven 7 Online
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condition Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Analytical
Balance
Mettler XSE 105 Dual
Range
B634906554 Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
002929 Biomon
Class “I” weights
(2)
Troemner SN #67812 67812 Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
000565 UKN
Stereoscope Olympus SZX2-ILLD 7D48897 Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
N/A Biomon
Oven (2)Fisher 655F 30400142 Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
304 UKN
Cold Room Thermo-Kool Walk-In
Refrigerator
49409 Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
1800 UKN
Stir plate Fisher 170 US HHKF65010 Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
N/A Biomon
Stir plate Fisher 120 US HBKF63004 Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
N/A Biomon
Stir plate VWR 151211003 Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
N/A Biomon
Stir plate VWR 97042-626 151211016 Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
N/A Biomon
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condition Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Chlorine meter Hach DR300 19110A002361 Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
P0148 Biomon
Hardness meter Orbeco-
Hellige
942 2444 Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
N/A Biomon
Conductivity
Probe
ZW1-10283 ZW1-10283 Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
N/A Biomon
Hood 4 Labconco 6963401 111151057 12-1-21 Used Micro 2329 Biomon
pH probe Thermo
Scientific
ZY1-18044 ZY1-18044 Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
N/A Biomon
Incubator-I9 Thermo
Scientific
Precision
Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
2355 Biomon
Incubator I8 Thermo
Scientific
Precision
MH400-S 42499233 Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
N/A Biomon
Incubator-I4 Thermo
Scientific
Precision
02010320 Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
N/A Biomon
Stereoscope Olympus SZX2-ILLD
(ESCP0004)
7B49859 Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
P0004 Biomon
pH meter Orion VersaStar X61072 Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
X61072 Biomon
Waterbath 1 Lindberg/Bl
ue
WB1130A X05R-220204-
XE
Annual UKN Aquatic
Tox Lab
000601 N/A
Stereoscope Olympus SZH-ILLD
(ESC125)
711005 Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
N/A Biomon
Stereoscope Olympus SZXz-ILLD 9B49874 Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
Biomon
Waterbath Thermo
Scientific
C1R89 300253242 Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
P0131 UKN
Refrigerator True 63366 909935 Annual UKN Aquatic
Tox Lab
UKN
Water Purifier ELGA Pure
Lab
4LXXXSCM2 ULT00002887 N/A Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
2628 Biomon
Mini fridge Haier HC27SG42RG BS0882E1G00B
KFCH0426
Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
n/A N/A
RDO Probe Thermo
Scientific
Orion
VSTAR-RD 15762 Daily Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
N/A Biomon
Oven (1)Thermoscient
ific
Heratherm
OGS400
41831936 Annual New Aquatic
Tox Lab
2809 Biomon
Freezer Kenmore 198.8130582 P20949206 Annual Used Aquatic
Tox Lab
N/A UKN
Incubator Crown Tonka Walk-In 260333-01 J01 Annual New Aquatic
Tox Lab
N/A Biomon
Description Manufacturer Model Serial
Number
Service Date Condition Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Balance - Top
Loading
Mettler
Toledo
PB3002-S 1121462199 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Metals
Prep
METBAL3 Supervisor's
Office
Balance - Top
Loading
Mettler
Toledo
PB3002-S 1119070828 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Metals
Prep
METBAL2 Supervisor's
Office
Balance - Top
Loading
Torbal AGN100 701001026 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Metals
Prep
METBAL5 Supervisor's
Office
Balance - Top
Loading
Mettler
Toledo
PB3002-S 1128150150 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP METBAL1 Supervisor's
Office
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Description Manufacturer Model Serial
Number
Service Date Condition Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Balance - Top
Loading
Mettler
Toledo
XSR1202S C20129128 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP TCLPBAL
2
Supervisor's
Office
Balance - Top
Loading
Mettler
Toledo
XS40025 B712847753 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP METBAL4 Supervisor's
Office
Balance - Top
Loading
Mettler
Toledo
XS40025 B410367932 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Mercury HGBAL1 Supervisor's
Office
Hotblock Environment
al Express
SC154 9062CECW39
53
See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Metals
Prep
MPE Supervisor's
Office
Hotblock Environment
al Express
SC154 2015CECW42
78
See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Metals
Prep
MPF Supervisor's
Office
Hotblock Environment
al Express
SC154 2015CECW43
38
See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Metals
Prep
MPG Supervisor's
Office
Hotblock Environment
al Express
SC154 2018CECW49
65
See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Metals
Prep
MPO Supervisor’s
Office
Hotblock Environment
al Express
SC154 9062CECW39
54
See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Mercury HG1 Supervisor's
Office
Hotblock Environment
al Express
SC154 9062CECW39
56
See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Mercury HG2 Supervisor's
Office
Hotblock Environment
al Express
SC154 3994CEC1880 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Mercury MPC Supervisor's
Office
Hotblock Environment
al Express
SC154 missing See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Mercury MPD Supervisor's
Office
Hotblock Environment
al Express
SC154 See Kanban
Flow
Used Mercury MPN Supervisor’s
Office
Microwave CEM Mars 5 Xpress MD7441 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Metals
Prep
MD7441 Supervisor's
Office
Microwave CEM Mars 5 Xpress MD4692 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Metals
Prep
MD4692 Supervisor's
Office
Microwave CEM Mars 6 MJ2771 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Metals
Prep
MJ2771 Supervisor's
Office
Microwave CEM Mars 6 MJ9747 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Metals
Prep
MJ9747 Supervisor's
Office
Microwave CEM Mars 6 MJ9726 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Metals
Prep
MJ9726 Supervisor's
Office
Centrifuge Thermo
Fisher
Sorvall ST 40 42496720 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Metals
Prep
N/A Supervisor's
Office
Turbidimeter Hach TL2300 2019060C0080 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Metals
Prep
N/A Supervisor's
Office
Turbidimeter HACH 2100N 2020060C0093 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Metals
Prep
N/A Supervisor’s
Office
Water Purifier ELGA Purelab Ultra ULT00002665 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Metals
Prep
N/A Supervisor's
Office
Mercury Analyzer Leeman Hydra II AA 4049 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Mercury CVAA 5 Supervisor's
Office
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Description Manufacturer Model Serial
Number
Service Date Condition Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Mercury Analyzer Teledyne QuickTrace 7600 US17016008 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Mercury CVAA 6 Supervisor's
Office
Mercury Analyzer PerkinElmer FIMS 100 101S18111401 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used Mercury CVAA 7 Supervisor's
Office
ICP OES Thermo ICAP 7400 Duo IC74DC14180
1
See
KanbanFlo
w
Used ICP ICP 12 Supervisor's
Office
ICP OES Thermo ICAP 7400 Duo IC74DC14380
4
See
KanbanFlo
w
Used ICP ICP 13 Supervisor's
Office
ICP OES Thermo ICAP 7400 Duo IC74DC15110
3
See
KanbanFlo
w
Used ICP ICP 14 Supervisor's
Office
ICP OES Thermo ICAP 6500 DUO ICP-20074614 Used Metals
Lab
ICP15 Supervisor’s
Office
ICPMS Agilent 7900 G8403A JP16281469 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used ICPMS ICPMS 8 Supervisor's
Office
ICPMS Agilent (1) 7900
G8403A
JP14400452 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used ICPMS ICPMS 9 Supervisor's
Office
ICPMS Agilent 7900 G8403A JP14080164 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used ICPMS ICPMS 10 Supervisor's
Office
ICPMS Agilent 7900 G8403A JP17472096 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used ICPMS ICPMS 11 Supervisor's
Office
Refrigerator Maxx Cold MXM2-48RBHC 36031 Used TCLP P0136 On Line
TCLP Freezer Danby
Designer
DUFM043A1WDD 4315093419531 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP Missing Supervisor’s
Office
Stirrer/Hot Plate Thermo Cinarec+C301001311514
115
See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP 1 Supervisor's
Office
Stirrer/Hot Plate IKA RT15 3.492224 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP 2 Supervisor's
Office
Stirrer/Hot Plate IKA RT15 3.503438 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP 3 Supervisor's
Office
Stirrer/Hot Plate IKA RT15 3.503438 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP 4 Supervisor's
Office
Stirrer/Hot Plate IKA RT15 3.527246 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP 5 Supervisor's
Office
Tumbler Environment
al Express
12 Position N/A See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP A Supervisor's
Office
Tumbler Environment
al Express
12 Position N/A See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP E Supervisor's
Office
Tumbler Environment
al Express
12 Position N/A See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP I Supervisor's
Office
Tumbler Environment
al Express
12 Position N/A See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP L Supervisor's
Office
Tumbler Environment
al Express
12 Position N/A See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP O Supervisor's
Office
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Description Manufacturer Model Serial
Number
Service Date Condition Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Tumbler Environment
al Express
12 Position N/A See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP S Supervisor's
Office
Tumbler Environment
al Express
12 Position N/A See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP 1 Supervisor's
Office
Tumbler Environment
al Express
12 Position N/A See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP 2 Supervisor's
Office
Tumbler Environment
al Express
12 Position N/A See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP G Supervisor's
Office
Tumbler Environment
al Express
12 Position N/A See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP H Supervisor's
Office
Tumbler Environment
al Express
12 Position N/A See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP R Supervisor's
Office
Tumbler Environment
al Express
12 Position N/A See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP B Supervisor's
Office
pH Meter Thermo OrionVerastar V04967 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP V04967 Supervisor's
Office
pH Meter Thermo OrionVerastarPro V11227 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP V11227 Supervisor's
Office
pH meter Thermo Orion VersastarPro V13429 See
KanbanFlo
w
Used TCLP V13429 Supervisor's
Office
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condition Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Analytical
Balance
Mettler
Toledo
XSE1050DU B634906554 Annual New Microbiology
Lab
002929 Biomon
Class “I” weights (1 set)
Troemner
000565 Annual New Microbiology
Lab
N/A UKN
Autoclave Barstead Harvey 1277061222472 Annual New Microbiology
Lab
1708 Biomon
Water Bath Themo
Scientific
Precision CIR89 300380862 Annual Used Microbiology
Lab
UKN
Quantitray Sealer IDEXX 2X QTP13172302569 Monthly Used Microbiology
Lab
2803 Biomon
Incubator I10 Thermo
Scientific
Precision
PR505755L 300303584 Annual Used Microbiology
Lab
30T8 Biomon
Colony Counter Quebecor 3325 222649 N/A Microbiology
Lab
Stereoscope Olympus SZXZ-ILLD 9B48439 Annual Used Microbiology
Lab
P0125 Biomon
UV light; short
and long wave
Entela UVP-56 F122708 Quarterl
y
Used Microbiology
Lab
F122708 Biomon
Autoclave SterileMax Harvey 1277061222472 Annual Used Microbiology
Lab
1708 Biomon
pH meter/
Conductivity
meter/LDO
Thermo
Scientific
Orion
VStar pro V16919 Annual New Aquatic Tox
Lab
V16919 Biomon
Incubator I7-2 Thermo
Scintific
IGS100 42408345 Annual Used Aquatic Tox
Lab
P0141 Biomon
Incubator I7-1 Thermo
Scintific
IGS100 42408448 Annual New Aquatic Tox
Lab
P0132 Biomon
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condition Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Analytical
Balance
Mettler PL602-S 1125081657 Annual Unk Bacteriology
Lab
N/A Mold Lab
cabinet
Autoclave Tuttnauer 2540EK 2906170 Annual New Bacteriology
Lab
N/A Mold Lab
cabinet
Biolog
MicroStation
Biolog, Inc. Microlog 3 203222 Annual New Bacteriology
Lab
1676 Mold Lab
cabinet
BOD Skalar 2000 Skalar 2000 8123 Annual New BOD 1931 Mold Lab
cabinet
Class I BSC AirFiltronix AirFiltronix HS
4500
41031 Annual New Mold Lab 1505 Mold Lab
cabinet
Class II BSC Labconco Labconco 36209 30706555 Annual USed Bacteriology
Lab
1374 Mold Lab
cabinet
Class II BSC Labconco Labconco 36213 60554894 Annual USed Mold Lab N/A Mold Lab
cabinet
COD Reactor HACH 45600 900903221 N/A New BOD N/A Mold Lab
cabinet
YSI ProOBOD
LDS Probe
YSI 21C103980 N/A New BOD N/A Mold Lab
cabinet
YSI ProOBOD
LDS Probe
YSI 21C103978 N/A New BOD N/A Mold Lab
cabinet
YSI ProOBOD
LDS Probe
YSI 21G103335 N/A New BOD N/A Mold Lab
cabinet
Fisher Scientific
Vortex(q?)
Fisher
Scientific
80109016 N/A New Mold N/A No
Incubator Precision
Scientific
30M 309100 N/A New Bacteriology
Lab
1826 Mold lab
cabinet
Incubator Precision
Scientific
ER505755R 300245487 N/A New BOD P0127 Mold lab
cabinet
Incubator Thermo
Scientific
Precision
3721 233089-3323 N/A New BOD 2617 Mold Lab
cabinet
Incubator SHEL-LAB SR120P 09000719 N/A New BOD 3079 BOD lab
Incubator SHEL-LAB SR120P 09000819 N/A New BOD 3079 BOD Lab
Incubator SHEL-LAB SR120P 11003819 N/A New BOD N/A BOD Lab
Incubator VWR 2030 1000499 N/A New BOD 0902 Mold Lab
cabinet
Incubator Quincy Lab 10-100 I11-2454 N/A New Mold Lab N/A Mold lab
cabinet
Incubator Thermo
Precision
PR505755R 300207736 N/A New Mold Lab P0092 Mold lab
cabinet
Microscope NIKON LABOPHOT 230064 Annual Used Mold Lab N/A UKN
Microscope NIKON LABOPHOT 235267 Annual Used Mold Lab N/A UKN
Microscope Olympus CH2 9G0216 Annual Used Mold Lab N/a UKN
Microscope Olympus BH-2 200733 Annual Used Mold Lab 1597 UKN
Microscope Leitz Laborlux 512663 Annual Used Mold Lab N/A UKN
pH meter Thermo
Scientific
Orion Star A211 X59095 N/A New BOD N/A BOD lab
Refrigerator Frigidaire FRT17G4BW9 BA703033306 N/A NEW Mold Lab N/A UKN
Refrigerator Whirlpool EL88TRRWS03 442001106 N/A New Mold Lab N/A UKN
Refrigerator Whirlpool EL7ATRRMQ07 EWR4973976 N/A New Mold Lab N/A UKN
Refrigerator Whirlpool EL05PPXMQ EEP3524864 N/A NEW Bacteriology
Lab
N/A UKN
Spectrophotomet
er
Hach DR900 192180001065 N/A New BOD N/A BOD
Stereoscope VWR
Scientific
VWRS1 V168430 Annual Used Mold Lab N/A Mold lab
cabinet
Stir Plate VWR DYLA-DUAL 120202001 N/A New Bacteriology
Lab
N/A UKN
Stir Plate IKA Big Squid 102 N/A New Bacteriology
Lab
N/A UKN
Stir Plate VWR 7x7 AL4
HOT/STIR
180605003 N/A New BOD N/A UKN
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condition Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Stir Plate VWR 205 7852 N/A New BOD N/A UKN
Turbidimeter Biolog, Inc.21907 06093898 Annual New Bacteriology
Lab
N/A Mold lab
cabinet
Vortex Genie2
Mixer
VWR G-560 2-223236 N/A New Bacteriology
Lab
N/A UKN
Waterbath Fisher Sci FSGPD20 300302839 N/A New Bacteriology
Lab
N/A Mold lab
cabinet
Waterbath Precision Circulating 260 21-AJ11 N/A New BOD N/A Mold lab
cabinet
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condition Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Flow control
valve
Plast-o-matic FC050B SA55CXFJN352 Semi-
annual
New Protozoan
Lab
N/A UKN
Centrifugal pump Jabsco 18610-0271 0562309-MA Semi-
annual
Unk Protozoan
Lab
N/A Crypto
Lab
Graduated
container
Nalgene 20 Liter Carboy N/A Semi-
annual
New Protozoan
Lab
N/A UKN
Laboratory
shaker
Lab-Line 3587-4 0105-2679 Annual New Protozoan
Lab
N/A Crypto
Lab
Laboratory
shaker side arms
Lab-Line 3589 0105-2679 Annual New Protozoan
Lab
N/A Crypto
Lab
1500 XG swinging
bucket centrifuge
Damon/IEC
Division
CRU-5000 23453388 Annual Unk Protozoan
Lab
1863 Crypto
Lab
1500 XG swinging
bucket centrifuge
Damon/IEC
Division
CRU-5000 23453744 Annual Unk Protozoan
Lab
1863 Crypto
Lab
1500 XG swinging
bucket centrifuge
Damon/IEC
Division
CRU-5000 2345497 annual unk Protozoan
Lab
1863 Crypto
Lab
Sample
mixer/rotator
DYNAL Car#: 947.01 1004-3765 Annual Unk Protozoan
Lab
RT1 UKN
Magnetic Particle
Concentrator
DYNAL MPC-1 N/A N/A Protozoan
Lab
N/A UKN
Magnetic Particle
Concentrator
DYNAL MPC-S N/A N/A Protozoan
Lab
N/A UKN
Magnetic Particle
Concentrator
DYNAL MPC-6 N/A N/A Protozoan
Lab
N/A UKN
Flat-sided sample
tubes
DYNAL Cat#: 740.03 74003 N/A New Protozoan
Lab
N/A UKN
Epifluorescence/
differential
interference
contract
microscope
Olympus BX-40 9E09944 Annual Protozoan
Lab
1554 Crypto
Lab
Excitation/ band
pass microscope
for fluorescein
isothiocyanate
(FTIC)
C-squared UN3100 023355 Annual Protozoan
Lab
1924 Crypto
Lab
Excitation/ band
pass filters for
4’6-diamidino-2-
phenylindole
(DAPI)
C-squared UN41001 8H2122 Annual Protozoan
Lab
N/A Crypto
Lab
Masterflex pump Cole Parmer 7553-50 Protozoan
Lab
Crypto
Lab
Balance Denver
Instrument
MXX-412 19053216 Annual Protozoan
Lab
Crypto
Lab
Biosafety Cabinet Labconco Cat#: 36208043726 050J372 Annual Protozoan
Lab
1557 Crypto
Lab
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condition Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Gas
Chromatograph 2
HP 6890 HP 6890 US00004397 As needed Used SVOC svcompa
Online
Gas
Chromatograph 3
Agilent 6890 Agilent 6890 US00002051 As needed Used SVOC svcompo
Online
Gas
Chromatograph 7
Agilent 6890 Agilent 6890 US10350064 As needed Used SVOC Svcompe
Online
Gas
Chromatograph 8
Agilent 6890 Agilent 6890 DE00022534 As needed Used SVOC svcompp Online
Gas
Chromatograph 9
HP 6890 HP 6890 US00029095 As needed Used SVOC Svcompj
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
10
Agilent 6890 Agilent 6890 US00039655 As needed Used SVOC Scvompk
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
11
Agilent 6890 Agilent 6890 US00040550 As needed Used SVOC Svcompn
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
12
Agilent 6890 Agilent 6890 US00034155 As needed Used SVOC Svcompaf
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
13
HP 6890 HP 6890 US00010364 As needed Used SVOC Svcomps
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
14
HP 6890 HP 6890 US00020581 As needed Used SVOC svcompt
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
16
Agilent 6890 Agilent 6890 US10212071 As needed Used SVOC Svcompv
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
17
Agilent 6890 Agilent 6890 US10344078 As needed Used SVOC Svcompw
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
18
Agilent 6890 Agilent 6890 US10351038 As needed Used SVOC Svcompd
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
19
Agilent 6890 Agilent 6890 CN10516070 As needed Used SVOC Svompaa
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
20
Agilent 6890 Agilent 6890 CN10543031 As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
b Online
Gas
Chromatograph
21
Agilent 7890 Agilent 7890 CN10730070 As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
e Online
Gas
Chromatograph
22
Agilent 7890 Agilent 7890 CN10730081 As needed Used SVOC svcompa
d Online
Gas
Chromatograph
23
Agilent 6890 Agilent 6890 CN92174366 As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
g Online
Gas
Chromatograph
24
Agilent 6890 Agilent 6890 CN92174369 As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
h Online
Gas
Chromatograph
25
Agilent 7890 Agilent 7890 CN10091009 As needed Used SVOC Svcompaj
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
26
Agilent 7890 Agilent 7890 CN11501138 As needed Used SVOC Svcompar
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
27
Agilent 7890 Agilent 7890 CN11501139 As needed Used SVOC Svcompas
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
28
Agilent 7890 Agilent 7890 US11521018 As needed Used SVOC Svcompat
Online
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Gas
Chromatograph
29
Agilent 7890 Agilent 7890 CN11521077 As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
u Online
Gas
Chromatograph
30
Agilent 7890 Agilent 7890 US11521020 As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
v Online
Gas
Chromatograph
31
Agilent 7890 Agilent 7890 CN13503096 As needed Used SVOC Svcompb
a Online
Gas
Chromatograph
32
Agilent 7890 Agilent 7890 CN14423060 As needed Used SVOC Svcompb
c Online
Gas
Chromatograph
33
Agilent 7890 Agilent 7890 CN15033026 As needed Used SVOC Svcompb
d Online
Gas
Chromatograph
34
Agilent 7890 Agilent 7890 CN15033027 As needed Used SVOC svcompb
e Online
Gas
Chromatograph
35
Agilent 7890 Agilent 7890 US10838014 As needed Used SVOC svcompb
h Online
Gas
Chromatograph
36
Agilent 7890 Agilent 7890 US10205134 As needed Used SVOC svcompbi
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
38
Agilent 7890 Agilent 7890 US10142052 As needed Used SVOC svcompb
k Online
Gas
Chromatograph
41
Agilent 7890 Agilent 7890 CN16123059 As needed Used SVOC svcompb
m Online
Gas
Chromatograph
42
Agilent 7890 Agilent 7890 US1952A007 As needed Used SVOC svcompb
p Online
Gas
Chromatograph
43
Agilent 7890 Agilent 7890 US1951A023 As needed Used SVOC svcompb
q Online
Gas
Chromatograph
45
Agilent 8890 Agilent 8890 US2016A022 As needed Used SVOC svcompb
x Online
Gas
Chromatograph
46
Agilent 7890 Agilent 7890 CN13443001 As needed Used SVOC svcompb
y Online
Gas
Chromatograph
47
Agilent 7890 Agilent 7890 CN10301152 As needed Used SVOC svcompb
z Online
Gas
Chromatograph
48
Agilent 6890 Agilent 6890 CN10344042 As needed Used SVOC svcompca
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
49
Agilent 7890 Agilent 7890 CN10814061 As needed Used SVOC svcompc
b Online
Gas
Chromatograph
50
Agilent 8890 Agilent 8890 US2119A057 As needed Used SVOC svcompcc
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 2
FID Detector FID Detector N/A As needed Used SVOC scvompa
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 3
NPD/NPD
Detectors
NPD/NPD
Detectors
N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompo
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 7
FID Detector FID Detector N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompe
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 8
FID Detector FID Detector N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompp
Online
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 9
FID Detector FID Detector N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompj
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 10
FID Detector FID Detector N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompk
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 11
ECD/ECD
Detectors
ECD/ECD
Detectors
F) U11750
B) U12481
As needed Used SVOC svcompn
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 12
FPD/FPD
Detectors
FPD/FPD
Detectors
N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompaf
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 13
Detectors Detectors N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcomps
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 14
ECD/ECD
Detectors
ECD/ECD
Detectors
F) U3113
B) U2620
As needed Used SVOC Svcompt
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 16
FID Detector FID Detector N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompv
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 17
FID Detector FID Detector N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompw
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 18
ECD/ECD
Detectors
ECD/ECD
Detectors
F) U11613
B) U13988
As needed Used SVOC Svcompd
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 19
ECD/ECD
Detectors
ECD/ECD
Detectors
F) U6632
B) U8422
As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
a Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 20
ECD/ECD
Detectors
ECD/ECD
Detectors
F) U13989
B) U0418
As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
b Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 21
FID Detector FID Detector N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
e Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 22
ECD/ECD
Detectors
ECD/ECD
Detectors
F) U12039
B) 12038
As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
d Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 23
ECD/ECD
Detectors
ECD/ECD
Detectors
F) U2621
B) U8104
As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
g Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 24
ECD/ECD
Detectors
ECD/ECD
Detectors
F) U8423
B) U12482
As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
h Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 25
FID Detector FID Detector N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompaj
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 26
FID Detector FID Detector N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompar
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 27
FID Detector FID Detector N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompas
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 28
ECD/ECD
Detectors
ECD/ECD
Detectors
F) U26768
B) U26237
As needed Used SVOC Svcompat
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 29au
ECD/ECD
Detectors
ECD/ECD
Detectors
F) U20277
B) U20299
As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
u Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 30
ECD/ECD
Detectors
ECD/ECD
Detectors
F) U20425
B) U20424
As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
v Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 31
FID Detector FID Detector N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompb
a Online
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 32
FID Detector FID Detector N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompb
c Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 33
FID Detector FID Detector N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompb
d Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 34
FID Detector FID Detector N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompb
e Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 35
FID Detector FID Detector N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompb
h Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 36
FID Detector FID Detector N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompbi
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 38
ECD/ECD
Detectors
ECD/ECD
Detectors
F) U14736
B) U16284
As needed Used SVOC Svcompb
k Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 41
NPD/NPD
Detectors
NPD/NPD
Detectors
N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompb
p Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 42
ECD/ECD
Detectors
ECD/ECD
Detectors
F) U37659
B) U37661
As needed Used SVOC Svcompb
p Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 43
FID Detector FID Detector N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompb
q Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 45
FID Detector FID Detector N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompb
x Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 46
ECD/ECD
Detectors
ECD/ECD
Detectors
F) U39219
B) U39356
As needed Used SVOC Svcompb
y Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 47
FID Detector FID Detector N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompb
z Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 48
FID Detector FID Detector N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompc
a Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 49
FPD/FPD
Detectors
FPD/FPD
Detectors
N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompc
b Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Detectors 50
FID Detector FID Detector N/A As needed Used SVOC Svcompc
c Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 1
Agilent
6890GC
5973 MSD
Agilent 6890GC
5973 MSD
GC CN10335001
MS US33220022
As needed Used SVOC Svcompf
Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 2
Agilent
6890GC
5973 MSD
Agilent 6890GC
5973 MSD
GC US10409048
MS US35120400
As needed Used SVOC Svcompc
Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 4
Agilent
6890GC
5973 MSD
Agilent 6890GC
5973 MSD
GC CN10403067
MS US35120308
As needed Used SVOC Svcomph
Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 7
Agilent
6890GC
5973 MSD
Agilent 6890GC
5973 MSD
GC US00023180
MS US03940745
As needed Used SVOC svcompm
Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 9
Agilent
6890GC
5973 MSD
Agilent 6890GC
5973 MSD
GC CN10344042
MS US33220158
As needed Used SVOC Svcompx Decomm
issioned
and
repurpos
ed as
SVGC48
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 10
Agilent
6890GC
5973 MSD
Agilent 6890GC
5973 MSD
GC CN10340045
MS US33220183
As needed Used SVOC Svcompy
Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 11
Agilent
6890GC
5975 MSD
Agilent 6890GC
5975 MSD
GC CN10509031
MS US60532657
As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
c Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 12
Agilent
7890GC
5975 MSD
Agilent 7890GC
5975 MSD
GC CN10728074
MS 12-0706-1325
As needed Used SVOC Svcompai
Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 13
Agilent
7890GC
5975 MSD
Agilent 7890GC
5975 MSD
GC CN10301081
MS US10313621
As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
k Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 14
Agilent
7890GC
5975 MSD
Agilent 7890GC
5975 MSD
GC CN11031022
MS US11093726
As needed Used SVOC Svcompal
Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 15
Agilent
7890GC
5975 MSD
Agilent 7890GC
5975 MSD
GC CN10301081
MS US10313621
As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
m Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 16
Agilent
7890GC
5975 MSD
Agilent 7890GC
5975 MSD
GC CN10301152
MS US10313616
As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
n
Decomm
issioned
and
repurpos
ed as
SVGC47
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 17
Agilent
7890GC
5975 MSD
Agilent 7890GC
5975 MSD
GC CN11191064
MS US11363807
As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
o Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 18
Agilent
7890GC
5975 MSD
Agilent 7890GC
5975 MSD
GC CN11401093
MS US11403903
As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
p Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 19
Agilent
7890GC
5975 MSD
Agilent 7890GC
5975 MSD
GC CN 11391051
MS US11383838
As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
q Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 20
Agilent
7890GC
5975 MSD
Agilent 7890GC
5975 MSD
GC CN12031161
MS US11503941
As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
w Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 21
Agilent
7890GC
5975 MSD
Agilent 7890GC
5975 MSD
GC CN12031160
MS US11513903
As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
x Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 22
Agilent
7890GC
5975 MSD
Agilent 7890GC
5975 MSD
GC CN11521157
MS US12023909
As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
y Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 23
Agilent
7890GC
5975 MSD
Agilent 7890GC
5975 MSD
GC CN12031114
MS US11433926
As needed Used SVOC Svcompa
z Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 24
Agilent
7890GC
5977 MSD
Agilent 7890GC
5977 MSD
GC CN14163165
MS US92043581
As needed Used SVOC Svcompb
b Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 25
Agilent
7890GC
5975 MSD
Agilent 7890GC
5975 MSD
GC CN10906031
MS US11343905
As needed Used SVOC Svcompbf
Online
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 26
Agilent
7890GC
5975 MSD
Agilent 7890GC
5975 MSD
GC CN10021075
MS US10143111
As needed Used SVOC Svcompbl Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
(QQQ) 27
Agilent
7890GC
7010 MSD
(QQQ)
Agilent 7890GC
7010 MSD (QQQ)
GC US18373018
MS US1730V003
As needed Used SVOC Svcompb
n
Transferr
ed to
IDEA
Lab.
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 28
Agilent
7890GC
5977 MSD
Agilent 7890GC
5977 MSD
GC CN13483185
MS US1349M227
As needed Used SVOC Svcompb
o
Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 29
Agilent
8890GC
5977 MSD
Agilent 8890GC
5977 MSD
GC US1951A019
MS US1952M030
As needed Used SVOC Svcompbr Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 30
Agilent
8890GC
5977 MSD
Agilent 8890GC
5977 MSD
GC US1947A006
MS US2040M022
As needed Used SVOC Svcompb
s
Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 31
Agilent
8890GC
5977 MSD
Agilent 8890GC
5977 MSD
GC US2014A033
MS US2041M031
As needed Used SVOC Svcompb
u
Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 32
Agilent
8890GC
5977 MSD
Agilent 8890GC
5977 MSD
GC US2016A007
MS US2041M015
As needed Used SVOC Svcompb
v
Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer 33
Agilent
8890GC
5977 MSD
Agilent 8890GC
5977 MSD
GC US2014A035
MS US2040M015
As needed Used SVOC Svcompb
w
Online
Liquid
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
(QQQ)
LCMSMS1
Agilent
1290/1290/
1290LC
6470 MSD
(QQQ)
Agilent 1290LC
6470 MSD (QQQ)
Multisampler
DEBAS01954
MS/MS
SG1846G104
Pump
DEBA202992
MCT
DEBA404366
As needed Used SVOC LCMSMS
1
Online
Liquid
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
(QQQ)
LCMSMS2
Agilent
1260/1200/
1200LC
6460 MSD
(QQQ)
Agilent 1260/1200/
1200LC
6460 MSD (QQQ)
Multisampler
DEAAC40230
MS/MS
SG11477210
Pump
DEAB715448
TCC
DEACN42876
As needed Used SVOC LCMSMS
2
In
develop
ment
High
Performance
Liquid
Chromatography
(HPLC1)
Agilent 1100
Series
DAD/FLD
Agilent 1100 Series
DAD/FLD
DAD de01608402
FLD de23904489
As needed Used SVOC Hplc1
Online
High
Performance
Liquid
Chromatography
(HPLC2)
Agilent 1100
Series
DAD/FLD
Agilent 1100 Series
DAD/FLD
DAD de30518420
FLD de92001880
As needed Used SVOC Hplc2
Online
High
Performance
Liquid
Chromatography
Agilent 1100
Series
DAD
Agilent 1100 Series
DAD
DAD us64400711 As needed Used SVOC Hplc3
Online
High
Performance
Liquid
Chromatography
Agilent 1100
Series
DAD
Agilent 1100 Series
DAD
DAD de43623013 As needed Used SVOC Hplc4 Online
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Analytical
Balance
Mettler-
Toledo XS204
1122411619 As needed Used Ext. Lab Book
shelf
Automated
Soxhlet
Gerhardt
Soxtherm
2951 As needed Used Ext. Lab #1 In lab on
shelf next
to
instrume
nt
Automated
Soxhlet
Gerhardt
Soxtherm
2952 As needed Used Ext. Lab #2 In lab on
shelf next
to
instrume
nt
Automated
Soxhlet
Gerhardt
Soxtherm
2953 As needed Used Ext. Lab #3 In lab on
shelf next
to
instrume
nt
Automated
Soxhlet
Gerhardt
Soxtherm
2954 As needed Used Ext. Lab #4 In lab on
shelf next
to
instrume
nt
Centrifuge Sorvall ST-41 2225 As needed Used Ext. Lab Book
shelf in
lab
Centrifuge Sorvall ST-41 2227 As needed Used Ext. Lab Book
shelf in
lab
Microwave CEM MARS
6
MJ2518 As needed Used Ext. Lab #3 Book
shelf in
lab
Microwave CEM MARS
6
MJ6367 As needed Used Ext. Lab #4 Book
shelf in
lab
Microwave CEM MARS
6
MJZ868 As needed Used Ext. Lab #2 Book
shelf in
lab
Microwave CEM MARS
6
MARS 6 MY2163 As needed New Ext. Lab #5 Book
shelf in
lab
Microwave CEM MARS
6
MARS 6 MY2132 As needed New Ext. Lab #6 Book
shelf in
lab
O&G Solvent
Evaporator
Horizon
Speed-Vap
III
04-2020 As needed Used Ext. Lab #1 Book
shelf in
lab
O&G Solvent
Evaporator
Horizon
Speed-Vap
III
03-1001 As needed Used Ext. Lab #3 Book
shelf in
lab
O&G Solvent
Evaporator
Horizon
Speed-Vap IV
15-0055 As needed Used Ext. Lab #4 Book
shelf in
lab
O&G Solvent
Evaporator
Horizon
Speed-Vap IV
15-0056 As needed Used Ext. Lab #2 Book
shelf in
lab
O&G SPE
Extractor
Horizon
SPE-DEX
3100
15-0113 As needed Used Ext. Lab Disk in
lab
O&G SPE
Extractor
Horizon
SPE-DEX
3100
15-0116 As needed Used Ext. Lab Disk in
lab
O&G SPE
Extractor
Horizon
SPE-DEX
3100
15-0117 As needed Used Ext. Lab Disk in
lab
O&G SPE
Extractor
Horizon
SPE-DEX
3100
15-0118 As needed Used Ext. Lab Disk in
lab
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Oven Fisher 00700127 As needed Used Ext. Lab Bookshel
f in lab
Oven Fisher 1000594
F210266022FD
As needed Used Ext. Lab Bookshel
f in lab
Ring & Puck Mill SPEX
ShatterBOX
8530
10191 As needed Used Ext. Lab Bookshel
f in lab
Sonicator Qsonica Q700 92183M-16-16 As needed Used Ext. Lab Bookshel
f in lab
Sonicator Qsonica Q700 92186M-10-16 As needed Used Ext. Lab Bookshelf
in lab
Sonicator Qsonica Q700 92189M-10-16 As needed Used Ext. Lab Bookshelf
in lab
Sonicator Qsonica Q700 9219M-10-16 As needed Used Ext. Lab Bookshelf
in lab
Sonicator Qsonica Q700 Q700 120131U-05-21 As needed New Ext. Lab #5 Bookshelf
in lab
Sonicator Qsonica Q700 Q700 120137U-05-21 As needed New Ext. Lab #6 Bookshelf
in lab
Water Bath ThermoScien
tific
2033602-102 As needed Used Ext. Lab Bookshelf
in lab
Water Bath Gant VH1535002 As needed Used EXT. Lab Bookshelf
Microwave CEM MARS
Xpress
MD2861 As needed New EXT. Lab #1 Decommi
ssioned
Centrifuge Sorvall ST-41 42498357 As needed Used EXT. Lab Bookshelf
Concentrator Buchi Buchi Syncore
Plus
1100082324 As needed New EXT. Lab #1 Bookshelf
Concentrator Buchi Buchi Syncore
Plus
1100082473 As needed New EXT. Lab #2 Bookshelf
Concentrator Buchi Buchi Syncore
Plus
1100084062 As needed New EXT. Lab #3 Bookshelf
Concentrator Buchi Buchi Syncore
Plus
1100084063 As needed New EXT. Lab #4 Bookshelf
Concentrator XcelVap Horizon
Technologies
17-5548 As needed Used EXT. Lab On Disc
in Lab
Concentrator XcelVap Horizon
Technologies
19-5688 As needed Used EXT. Lab On Disc
in Lab
Concentrator XcelVap Horizon
Technologies
17-5564 As needed Used EXT. Lab On Disc
in Lab
Concentrator XcelVap Horizon
Technologies
17-5686 As needed Used EXT. Lab On Disc
in Lab
Concentrator XcelVap Horizon
Technologies
19-5687 As needed Used EXT. Lab On Disc
in Lab
Concentrator XcelVap Horizon
Technologies
17-5549 As needed Used EXT. Lab On Disc
in Lab
Concentrator XcelVap Horizon
Technologies
17-5541 As needed Used EXT. Lab On Disc
in Lab
Concentrator XcelVap Horizon
Technologies
17-5545 As needed Used EXT. Lab On Disc
in Lab
Concentrator XcelVap Horizon
Technologies
17-5547 As needed Used EXT. Lab On Disc
in Lab
Concentrator XcelVap Horizon
Technologies
18-5619 As needed Used EXT. Lab On Disc
in Lab
O/G SPE
Extractor
Horizon
Technologies
15-0104 As needed Used EXT. Lab On Disc
in Lab
O/G SPE
Extractor
Horizon
Technologies
16-0169 As needed Used EXT. Lab On Disc
in Lab
O&G Solvent
Evaporator
Horizon
Speed-Vap IV
Horizon Speed-
Vap IV
10-0778 As needed Used EXT. Lab Bookshelf
in Lab
O&G Solvent
Evaporator
Horizon
Speed-Vap IV
Horizon Speed-
Vap IV
04-2020 As needed Used EXT. Lab Bookshelf
in Lab
Analytical
Balance
Rad Wag 552935 As needed Used EXT. Lab EXTBAL
#4
Bookshelf
in Lab
Analytical
Balance
Rad Wag 537906 As needed Used EXT. Lab EXTBAL
#3
Bookshelf
in Lab
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Analytical
Balance
Rad Wag 552941 As needed Used EXT. Lab EXTBAL
#5
Bookshelf
in Lab
Analytical
Balance
Rad Wag 545380 As needed Used EXT. Lab EXTBAL
#7
Bookshelf
in Lab
Analytical
Balance
Rad Wag 537906 As needed Used EXT. Lab EXTBAL
#9
Bookshelf
in Lab
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condit
ion
Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Gas
Chromatograph
Hewlett
Packard
5890 Series II 3336A60095 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC1
FID1A= FID
FID2B= PID
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Agilent 6890 CN10609095 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC2
FID1A= FID
ELC2B= PID
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Hewlett
Packard
5890 Series II 3336A50614 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC4
FID1A= FID
FID2B= PID
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Hewlett
Packard
5890 Series II 3027A29678 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC5
FID1A= FID
FID2B= PID
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Hewlett
Packard
5890 Series II 2950A27895 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC6
FID1A= FID
FID2B= PID
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Hewlett
Packard
5890 Series II 3336A55283 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC7
FID1A= FID
FID2B= PID
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Agilent 6890 US00022519 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC10
FID1A= FID
FID2B= PID
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Agilent 6890 US00040221 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC12
FID1A= FID
FID2B= PID
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Hewlett
Packard
5890 Series II 2921A23548 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC13
FID1A= FID
FID2B= PID
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Agilent 6890 CN10406054 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC14
FID1A= FID
ELC2B= PID
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Agilent 6890 US10232130 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC15
ELC1A= FID
ELC2B= PID
Online
Gas
Chromatograph
Agilent 8890 GC GC US2120A021 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC16
FID1A=FID
FID2B=PID
Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 6890 GC
5975 MSD
GC CN10517046
MS US63234371
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS2 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 6890 GC
5973 MSD
GC US00023465
MS US82311257
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS4 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 6890 GC
5973 MSD
GC CN10343037
MS US44647141
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS6 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 6890 GC
5973 MSD
GC CN10339006
MS US33220045
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS13 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 6890 GC
5973 MSD
GC US00006479
MS US82321899
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS16 Online
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condit
ion
Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 6890 GC
5975 MSD
GC CN621A4367
MS US469A4832
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS20 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 6890 GC
5975 MSD
GC CN621A4368
MS US469A4833
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS21 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 7890 GC
5975 MSD
GC CN99205324
MS US54441572
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS22 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 7890 GC
5975 MSD
GC CN10728068
MS US71236616
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS23 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 6890 GC
5975 MSD
GC CN10728074
MS US98003634
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS25 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 6890 GC
5975 MSD
GC CN11381060
MS US11383834
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS26 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 7890 GC
5975 MSD
GC CN10301155
MS US10313619
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS27 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 6890 GC
5973 MSD
GC US10208101
MS US10442380
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS28 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 6890 GC
5973 MSD
GC US000034135
MS US94240103
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS30 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 7890 GC
5975 MSD
GC CN13113015
MS US92013978
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS32 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 7890 GC
5975 MSD
GC CN11351165
MS US63810153
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS33 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 7890 GC
5975 MSD
GC CN10849077
MS US83131017
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS35 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 7890 GC
5975 MSD
GC CN13153007
MS US83141150
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS36 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 7890 GC
5977 MSD
GC CN15333012
MS US1534M407
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS37 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 7890 GC
5975 MSD
GC CN11281031
MS US1713D003
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS38 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 7890A GC
5977A MS
GC CN10151020
MS US1417L240
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS39 Online
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condit
ion
Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 7890B GC
5977A MSD
GC CN15133171
MS US1542L427
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS40 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 7890B GC
5977B MS
GC CN10940090
MS US1705M027
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS41 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 7890B GC
5977B MS
GC CN17010001
MS US1706M049
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS42 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent Intuvo 9000 GC
5977HES MS
GC CN17040005
MS US1714D003
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS44 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 7890B GC
5973 MSD
GC US14453011
MS US1451L418
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS52 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 8890B GC
5977B MS
GC US1946A049
MS US1945M023
As Needed New Volatiles VOCMS53 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 8890B GC
5977B MS
GC US1946A050
MS US1946M007
As Needed New Volatiles VOCMS54 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 8890B GC
5977B MS
GC US1946A054
MS US1946M008
As Needed New Volatiles VOCMS55 Online
Gas
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 8890B GC
5977B MS
GC US1946A056
MS US1945M026
As Needed New Volatiles VOCMS56 Online
as
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 8890 GC
5977B MS
GC US1947A068
MS US2040M031
As Needed New Volatiles VOCMS57 Online
as
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 8890 GC
5977B MS
GC US2014A037
MS US2041M011
As Needed New Volatiles VOCMS58 Online
as
Chromatograph/
Mass
Spectrometer
Agilent 8890 GC
5977B MS
GC US2014A036
MS US2040M033
As Needed New Volatiles VOCMS59 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTS385091214 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC2 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTS368051214 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS6 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTS500041117 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS13 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTW80106212
1
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS16 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTS396112014 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS21 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTW80306212
1
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS22 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTS386091214 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS23 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTS754102820 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS25 Online
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condit
ion
Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTS170072010 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS26 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTS375071714 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS30 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTS163052610 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS33 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTW80206212
1
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS36 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTW80406212
1
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS37 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTS171072010 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS39 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTS338112213 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS40 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTS395112014 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS42 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTS499041117 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS44 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTS667111119 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS53 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTS664110519 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS54 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTS673120319 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS55 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTS674120319 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS56 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTS756102820 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS57 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTS755102820 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS58 Online
Centurion
Autosampler
PTS/EST Centurion CENTW80006212
1
As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS59 Online
Autosampler Varian Archon 13809 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC1 Online
Autosampler Varian Archon 13999 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC4 Online
Autosampler Varian Archon 13454 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC5 Online
Autosampler Varian Archon 14157 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC6 Online
Autosampler Varian Archon 14599 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC7 Online
Autosampler Varian Archon 13391 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC10 Online
Autosampler Varian Archon VOLARCHON1 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC12 Online
Autosampler Varian Archon 13827 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC14 Online
Autosampler Varian Archon 13810 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC15 Online
Autosampler Varian Archon 15261 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC16 Online
Autosampler Varian Archon 14143 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS2 Online
Autosampler Varian Archon 14605 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS27 Online
Autosampler Varian Archon 14233 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS28 Online
Autosampler Teledyne Centurion CENTS317080513 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS4 Online
Autosampler Teledyne Atomx US14330003 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS52 Online
Autosampler OI Analytical 4100 D645410849 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS20 Online
Autosampler OI Analytical 4100 D627410770 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS32 Online
Autosampler OI Analytical 4100 D649410582 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS35 Online
Autosampler OI Analytical 4100 D619410106 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS38 Online
Autosampler OI Analytical 4100 D705410973 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS41 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4660 D833466009P As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC6 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4660 F023466618P As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC16 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4660 D726466961P As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS2 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4660 D742466578P As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS16 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4660 F026466142P As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS26 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4660 F024466460P As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS27 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4660 F026466139P As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS28 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4760 21J102730 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS32 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4660 D736466413P As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS33 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4660 D713466087P As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS35 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4660 E851466095P As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS39 Online
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condit
ion
Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4760 21J102729 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS20 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4760 21J102727 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS25 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4760 A627447776 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS37 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4760 21J102728 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS38 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4760 A620447864 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS40 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4760 A703447399 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS41 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4760 A707447491 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS42 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4760 A942447703 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS53 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4760 A031447210 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS54 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4760 A946447334 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS55 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4760 A946447333 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS56 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4760 A039447237 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS57 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4760 A041447860 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS58 Online
Purge and Trap OI Analytical Eclipse 4760 A946447335 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS59 Online
Purge and Trap PTS/EST Encon 301082903P As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC1 Online
Purge and Trap PTS/EST Encon 269050803P As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC2 Online
Purge and Trap PTS/EST Encon 273052803P As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC4 Online
Purge and Trap PTS/EST Encon 156053001 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC5 Online
Purge and Trap PTS/EST Encon 213073102E As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC7 Online
Purge and Trap PTS/EST Encon 271051903P As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC10 Online
Purge and Trap PTS/EST Eclipse D719466252P As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC12 Online
Purge and Trap PTS/EST Encon 302082903E As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC14 Online
Purge and Trap PTS/EST Encon 280062503P As Needed Used Volatiles VOCGC15 Online
Purge and Trap PTS/EST Evolution EV577051214 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS6 Online
Purge and Trap PTS/EST Evolution EV504082713 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS4 Online
Purge and Trap PTS/EST Evolution EV831041117 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS13 Online
Purge and Trap PTS/EST Evolution EV642112014 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS21 Online
Purge and Trap PTS/EST Evolution EV643112014 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS22 Online
Purge and Trap PTS/EST Evolution EV618091214 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS23 Online
Purge and Trap PTS/EST Evolution EV594071714 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS30 Online
Purge and Trap PTS/EST Evolution EV832041117 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS44 Online
Purge and Trap PTS/EST Evolution II EV20174062121 As Needed Used Volatiles VOCMS36 Online
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condit
ion
Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Analytical
Balance
Mettler XP205 1129420141 As Needed Used Wet Lab Balance 3 Online
Analytical
Balance
Mettler
Toledo
AG204 1120381348 As Needed Used Wet Lab WetBal 1 Online
Analytical
Balance
VWR 403B 5262015128 As Needed Used Wet Lab WetBa8 Online
Analytical
Balance
VWR 403B 5262015102 As Needed Used Wet Lab WetBa7 Online
Balance RADWAG WTC600 603664 2019 New Wet Lab WetBal 13 Online
Balance Scout Pro B513752877 As Needed Used Wet Lab WetBal 9 Online
Analytical
Balance
Mettler
Toledo
MS204TS/00 B820869344 As Needed Used Wet Lab WetBal 10 Online
Autoanalyzer OI Analytical FS 3100 301831056 (NH3)
251833391 (CN)
As Needed Used Wet Lab FS 3100-1 Online
Distillation Unit-
TKN/PT
Seal
Analytical
BD50/28 5146001504 2021 New Wet Lab Block D Online
Distillation Unit-
TKN/PT
Lachat
Instrument
BD40 1018420580 2022 New Wet Lab Block C Online
Autoanalyzer OI Analytical FS 3100 407831164
(NO2NO3)
403833925 (PHT)
Wet Lab FS 3100-3 Online
Autoanalyzer Lachat Quikchem 8000 A83000-1027 As Needed Used Wet Lab Lachat 2 Online
Autoanalyzer Lachat Quikchem 8000 A83000-1638 As Needed Used Wet Lab Lachat 3 Online
Autoanalyzer Lachat Quikchem 8500 60900000341 As Needed Used Wet Lab Lachat 4 Online
Autoanalyzer Lachat Quikchem 8500 60900000342 As Needed Used Wet Lab Lachat 5 Online
Autoanalyzer Lachat Quikchem 8500 70500000452 As Needed Used Wet Lab Lachat 6 Online
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condit
ion
Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Autoanalyzer-
digestor
Lachat BD-46 100700000-982 As Needed Used Wet Lab DIG1 Online
Autoanalyzer-
digestor
Lachat BD-46 1800-871 As Needed Used Wet Lab DIG1 Online
Autoanalyzer-
digestor
Lachat BD-46 1000700000-982 As Needed Used Wet Lab DIG2 Online
Autoanalyzer-
digestor
Lachat BD-46 1800-872 As Needed Used Wet Lab DIG2 Online
Autoanalyzer-
digestor
Lachat BD-40 HTLC1018420580 As Needed Used Wet Lab DIG3 Online
Automated
Titrator
Metrohm 855 titrosampler 3256 As Needed Used Wet Lab Titrando Online
Automated
Titrator
Metrohm 855 titrosampler 3315 2021 New Wet Lab Titrando Online
Automated
Titrator
Metrohm 855 titrosampler 3319 2021 New Wet Lab Titrando Online
Balance RADWAG WTC600 603642 2019 New Wet Lab WetBal 11 Online
Balance RADWAG WTC600 603657 2019 New Wet Lab WetBal 12 Online
Balance RADWAG WTC600 603639 2019 New Wet Lab WetBal 14 Online
Bomb
Calorimeter
Parr 1108 Oxygen Bomb 5424 Used Wet Lab Parr Bomb Online
Bomb
Calorimeter
Parr 1108 Oxygen Bomb 6420-1112-24696 2021 New Wet Lab Parr Bomb Online
Centrifuge Thermo ST40 41179863 As Needed Used Wet Lab Centrifuge
Online
Centrifuge Damon HNSII 23557225 As Needed Used We Lab Centrifuge Cabinet
Class “I” weights Troemner Serial # 7944 4057 As Needed Used Wet Lab Online
COD Reactor Environment
al Express
B3000 2016CODW101 As Needed Used Wet Lab COD Reactor Online
Conductivity
Meter
ORION Model 170 32470051 As Needed Used Wet Lab ATI Orion Online
Conductivity
Meter
Thermo
Fisher
Orion VersaStar V02971 As Needed Used Wet Lab Orion VS-2 Online
Discrete Analyzer Seal AQ400 141032 2017 New Wet Lab Seal 1 Online
DI Water Dionex IC Pure 42034291 As Needed Used Wet Lab Nanopure Online
Distillation Unit-
Cyanide
Environment
al Express
Distillation 1 2270 As Needed Used Wet Lab LMD1920-106 Online
Distillation Unit-
Cyanide
Environment
al Express
Distillation 2 2271 As Needed Used Wet Lab LMD1920-106 Online
Distillation Unit-
Cyanide
Environment
al Express
Distillation 3 2272 As Needed Used Wet Lab LMD1920-106 Online
Distillation Unit-
Phenol
Westco
Scientific
Model EASY-
DIST
1062 As Needed Used Wet Lab Dist 1 Online
Distillation Unit-
Phenol
Westco
Scientific
Model EASY-
DIST
1198 As Needed Used Wet Lab Dist 2 Online
Drying Oven VWR 1390 FM 501202 As Needed Used Wet Lab 103-105 Online
Drying Oven Shel Lab FX28-2 12006713 As Needed Used Wet Lab 178-182 Online
Drying Oven Shel Lab SM028-2 8041917 As Needed Used Wet Lab 178-182 Online
Drying Oven Shel Lab --As Needed Used Wet Lab 178-182 Online
Flash Point
Tester
Koehler Pensky-Martens
K16200
R07002693B As Needed Used Wet Lab Manual Cabinet
Flash Point
Tester
Koehler Pensky-Martens
K16204
R070022328D As Needed Used Wet Lab Manual Cabinet
Automated Flash
Point Ignitability
Tester
Tanaka APM-8FC 34352 2019 New Wet Lab Automated Online
Automated Flash
Point Ignitability
Tester
Tanaka APM-8FC 34394 2020 New Wet Lab Automated Online
Hot Block TDS Environment
al Express
TDS024 2017TDSW101 2018 New Wet Lab TDS Hot
Block
Cabinet
Hot Plate Cole Parmer HS19 C-P 50000073 As Needed Used Wet Lab Hot Plate Unknow
n
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condit
ion
Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Hot Plate Thermo
Fisher
Type 2200 C1707140516473 As Needed Used Wet Lab Hot Plate Unknow
n
Hot Plate Cole Parmer HS19 CP 50002676 As Needed Used Wet Lab Hot Plate Unknow
n
Hot Plate Cole Parmer HS19 CP 50002447 As Needed Used Wet Lab Hot Plate Unknow
n
Hot Plate Cole Parmer HS19 CP 50002557 As Needed Used Wet Lab Hot Plate Unknow
n
Ion
Chromatograph
Dionex ICS-2000 6050731 As Needed Used Wet Lab IC5 Online
Ion
Chromatograph
Dionex ICS 1500 8100010 As Needed Used Wet Lab IC6 Online
Ion
Chromatograph
Dionex ICS 2000 8090820 As Needed Used Wet Lab IC8 Online
Ion
Chromatograph
Dionex ICS 2100 10060822 As Needed Used Wet Lab IC9 Online
Ion
Chromatograph
Dionex ICS 2100 10091285 As Needed Used Wet Lab IC10 Online
Ion
Chromatograph
Dionex ICS 2100 11012204 As Needed Used Wet Lab IC11 Online
Ion
Chromatograph
Dionex ICS 2100 12020460 As Needed Used Wet Lab IC12 Online
Ion
Chromatograph
Thermo
Fisher
ICS 1600 13031204 As Needed Used Wet Lab IC13 Online
Ion
Chromatograph
Thermo
Fisher
ICS-2100 15030082 As Needed Used Wet Lab IC14 Online
Ion
Chromatograph
Thermo
Fisher
ICS-2100 15071973 As Needed Used Wet Lab IC15 Online
Ion
Chromatograph
Thermo
Fisher
ICS-2100 15071973 As Needed Used Wet Lab IC16 Online
Ion
Chromatograph
Thermo
Fisher
(1) ICS-
1600
15110462 As Needed Used Wet Lab IC17 Online
Ion
Chromatograph
Thermo
Fisher
ICS-2100 15120139 As Needed Used Wet Lab IC18 Online
Ion
Chromatograph
Thermo
Fisher
Integrion 16070510 As Needed Used Wet Lab IC19 Online
Ion
Chromatograph
Thermo
Fisher
Integrion 16090734 As Needed Used Wet Lab IC20 Online
Ion Chromato
Ion
Thermo
Fisher
Integrion 19050436 2019 New Wet Lab IC21 Online
Ion
Chromatograph
Thermo
Fisher
Integrion 19040421 2019 New Wet Lab IC22 Online
Ion
Chromatograph
Thermo
Fisher
Integrion 19050752 2019 New Wet Lab IC23 Online
Ion
Chromatograph
Thermo
Fisher
Integrion 19050751 2019 New Wet Lab IC24 Online
Muffle Furnace Thermolyne 30400 23231 As Needed Used Wet Lab FURNACE Online
Muffle Furnance Cole Parmer CE3749 As Needed Used Wet Lab FURNACE Online
ORP Meter YSI ORP15 JC000114 As Needed Used Wet Lab ORP Online
pH Meter Fisher AB15 AB92329028 As Needed Used Wet Lab AB 15+Online
pH Meter Orion 410A 58074 As Needed Used Wet Lab Orion Online
pH Meter Thermo
Fisher
Orion VersaStar V00659 As Needed Used Wet Lab Orion VS-1 Online
pH Meter Thermo
Fisher
Orion Starfall 1 J13992 As Needed Used Wet Lab PH1 Online
pH Meter Thermo
Fisher
Orion Star A222 K12005 2018 New Wet Lab PH Online
pH Meter Thermo
Fisher
Orion Star A111 J21101 As Needed Used Wet Lab PH Online
pH Meter Thermo
Fisher
Orion Star A111 J21983 2019 New Wet Lab pH Online
Refrigerated
Recirculator
Polyscience Recirculator 1282 As Needed Used Wet Lab Recirculator 1 Online
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condit
ion
Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Refrigerated
Recirculator
Polyscience Recirculator 1608 As Needed Used Wet Lab Recirculator 2 Online
Shaker GlasCol 099A LC1012 11325052 As Needed Used Wet Lab Shaker Online
SimpleDist Env. Express SC154 8940CECW3871 As Needed Used Wet Lab SimpDist1 Online
SimpleDist Env. Express SC155 9062CECW3952 As Needed Used Wet Lab SimpDist2 Online
SimpleDist Env. Express SC156 9062CECW3955 As Needed Used Wet Lab SimpDist3 Online
SimpleDist Env Express MDI 2019MDISW159 2019 New Wet Lab SimpD4 Online
SimpleDist Env Express MDI 2019MDISW162 2019 New Wet Lab SimpD 5 Online
Spectrophotomet
er
Hach DR6000 1646676 As Needed Used Wet Lab DR6000-1 Online
Spectrophotomet
er
Hach DR6000 1646781 As Needed Used Wet Lab DR6000-2 Online
Spectrophotomet
er
Hach DR6000 1894098 2019 New Wet Lab DR6000-3 Online
Spectrophotomet
er
Hach Dr6000 1893736 2022 New Wet Lab DECSP02 Online
Stir Base Env. Express STIR 2019 STIR132 2019 New Wet Lab STIR Online
TOC Analyzer Shimadzu Model TOC-VWS 39830572 As Needed Used Wet Lab TOC2 Online
TOC Analyzer Shimadzu TOC-VCPH H51304435 As Needed Used Wet Lab TOC3 Not in
Sevice
TOC Analyzer Shimadzu TOC-L H54335232035 As Needed Used Wet Lab TOC5 Online
TOC Analyzer Shimadzu TOC H51725600306 As Needed Used Wet Lab TOC6 Online
TOC Analyzer EST TE Xplorer 2019.154 2019 New Wet Lab TOC8 Online
TOC Analyzer Shimadzu TOC-L H54215000551 2021 Used Wet Lab TOC10 Online
TOX Analyzer EST TE Xplorer 2017.287 2017 New Wet Lab TOX5 Online
TOX Analyzer EST TE Xplorer 2017.286 2017 New Wet Lab TOX6 Online
TOX Analyzer EST TE Xplorer 2015-184 2015 New Wet Lab TOX3 Online
TOX Analyzer EST TE Xplorer 2016202 2016 New Wet Lab TOX4 Online
Turbidimeter Hach TL2300 2017070C0008 2018 New Wet Lab TURB1 Online
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condit
ion
Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Chemchek KPA-
11 Kinetic
Phosphorescence
Analyzer w/
Gilson Sample
Changer and
Gilson Dilutor
401 Syringe Pump
Chemchek KPA-11 1418986;
649025031; 91-
5050024
As Needed Used Rad Lab At the
Instrument
Canberra 2404
Alpha/Beta
Counter
Canberra 2404 1090352; 988600/
787196; 488584
As Needed Used Rad Lab At the
Instrument
Packard Tri-Carb
2200CA Liquid
Scintillation
Counter
Packard 2200CA 102180 As Needed Used Rad Lab At the
Instrument
Canberra LB4100
Alpha/Beta
Counter
Canberra LB4100U2 1300001; 1300002;
1300000; 117
As Needed Used Rad Lab At the
Instrument
Canberra Genie
2000 Alpha
Spectrometer
System
Canberra Genie 2000 See Description As Needed Used Rad Lab At the
Instrument
Canberra Genie
2000 Gamma
Spectrometer
System
Canberra Genie 2000 See Description Clean
Chambers
monthly,
Vacuum
pump-6
months.
As needed.
Used Rad Lab At the
Instrument
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condit
ion
Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
LSC 8000 Liquid
Scintillation
Counter
Hitachi LSC-8000 GR30025119 As Needed New Rad Lab At the
Instrument
Hot Plate Presto 703016 NA As Needed Used Rad Lab G1 Online
Hot Plate Presto NA NA As Needed Used Rad Lab G2 Online
Hot Plate Presto 703016 NA As Needed Used Rad Lab G3 Online
Hot Plate Bella TSK-2470P NA As Needed Used Rad Lab G4 Online
Hot Plate Bella TSK-2470P NA As Needed Used Rad Lab G5 Online
Hot Plate Presto TSK-2470P NA As Needed Used Rad Lab G6 Online
Hot Plate Presto 703016 NA As Needed Used Rad Lab G7 Online
Hot Plate Bella TSK-2470P NA As Needed Used Rad Lab G8 Online
Hot Plate Presto 703016 NA As Needed Used Rad Lab G9 Online
Hot Plate Mainstays NA NA As Needed Used Rad Lab G10 Online
Hot Plate Mainstays NA NA As Needed Used Rad Lab G11 Online
Furnace Fisher
Scientific
550-126 902NOO12 As Needed Used Rad Lab M1 Online
Furnace Barnstead FB1415M 7.46951E+11 As Needed Used Rad Lab M2 Online
Centrifuge Beckman TJ-06 96006 As Needed Used Rad Lab C1 Rad Lab
Centrifuge Beckman TJ-06 9A010 As Needed Used Rad Lab C2 Rad Lab
Centrifuge Beckman TJ-06 8953 As Needed Used Rad Lab C3 Rad Lab
Centrifuge Fisher
Scientific
ST-40 42502680 As Needed Used Rad Lab C4 Rad Lab
Hot Water Bath Oster NA NA As Needed Used Rad Lab HB1 Online
Hot Water Bath Mainstays NA NA As Needed Used Rad Lab HB2 Online
Hot Water Bath Sunbeam
Products
CKSTR51B-VHD-
D
192847 As Needed Used Rad Lab HB3 Online
Sonicator CD FCC
RoHS
PS-30A 20150720 As Needed Used Rad Lab So1 Online
Hot Plate Troemner,
LLC
984VWOAHPUSS 171027003 As Needed Used Rad Lab HP1 Online
Hot Plate Troemner,
LLC
984VWOAHPUSS 161026002 As Needed Used Rad Lab HP2 Online
Hot Plate Troemner,
LLC
984VWOAHPUSS 161026001 As Needed Used Rad Lab HP3 Online
Hot Plate Troemner,
LLC
984VWOAHPUSS 160927002 As Needed Used Rad Lab HP4 Online
Shaker Eserbach NA NA As Needed Used Rad Lab Sh1 Online
Shaker NA 6000 NA As Needed Used Rad Lab Sh2 Online
Hot Plate/Stirrer NA NA NA As Needed Used Rad Lab St1 Online
Hot Plate/Stirrer Labline
Insruments
1287 NA As Needed Used Rad Lab St2 Online
Hot Plate/Stirrer Labline
Instruments
1287 3055447 As Needed Used Rad Lab St3 Online
Hot Plate/Stirrer NA NA NA As Needed Used Rad Lab St4 Online
Hot Plate/Stirrer NA NA NA As Needed Used Rad Lab St5 Online
Hot Plate/Stirrer NA NA NA As Needed Used Rad Lab St6 Online
Hot Plate/Stirrer NA NA NA As Needed Used Rad Lab St7 Online
Hot Plate/Stirrer NA NA NA As Needed Used Rad Lab St8 Online
Hot Plate/Stirrer NA NA NA As Needed Used Rad Lab St9 Online
Hot Plate/Stirrer NA NA NA As Needed Used Rad Lab St10 Online
Hot Plate/Stirrer Labline
Instruments
1268 NA As Needed Used Rad Lab St11 Online
Hot Plate/Stirrer Labline
Instruments
1268 NA As Needed Used Rad Lab St12 Online
Hot Plate/Stirrer Labline
Instruments
1268 8039816 As Needed Used Rad Lab St13 Online
Hot Plate/Stirrer Labline
Instruments
1268 0185 As Needed Used Rad Lab St14 Online
Hot Plate/Stirrer SYMA HJ6A NA As Needed New Rad Lab St15 Online
Hot Plate/Stirrer SYMA HJ6A NA As Needed New Rad Lab St16 Online
Hot Plate/Stirrer SYMA HJ6A NA As Needed New Rad Lab St17 Online
Hot Plate/Stirrer SYMA HJ6A NA As Needed New Rad Lab St18 Online
Oven Binder NA NA As Needed Used Rad Lab O1 Online
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condit
ion
Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Oven Shel Lab 1326 5057405 As Needed Used Rad Lab O2 Online
Sealer Automatic
Canning
NA 3108 As Needed Used Rad Lab S1 Rad Lab
Grinder Straus Co. 4E NA As Needed Used Rad Lab GR1 Rad Lab
Grinder Arthur H.
Thomas Co.
NA 4352 As Needed Used Rad Lab GR2 Rad Lab
Tumbler US Stoneware NA CN12005 As Needed Used Rad Lab T1 Rad Lab
Tumbler US Stoneware NA CN32108 As Needed Used Rad Lab T2 Rad Lab
Balance RADWAG PS360R2 530077 As Needed Used Rad Lab RADBAL
1
Rad Lab
Balance RADWAG PS4500R2 544404 As Needed Used Rad Lab RADBAL
2
Rad Lab
Balance RADWAG AS60/220R2 415543 As Needed Used Rad Lab RADBAL
3
Rad Lab
Balance RADWAG PS4500R2 544401 As Needed Used Rad Lab RADBAL
4
Rad Lab
Pipettor/Repeate
r
RAININ EDP3-PLUS C040040E Quarterly Used Rad Lab E-31 Rad
Lab/Online
Pipettor/Repeate
r
RAININ EDP3-PLUS K0203177E Quarterly Used Rad Lab E-44 Rad
Lab/Online
Pipettor/Repeate
r
RAININ EDP3 J0400734E Quarterly Used Rad Lab E-33 Rad
Lab/Online
Pipettor/Repeate
r
RAININ EDP3-PLUS H0300753E Quarterly Used Rad Lab E-63 Rad
Lab/Online
Pipettor/Repeate
r
RAININ EDP3-PLUS A00978 Quarterly Used Rad Lab E-41 Rad
Lab/Online
Pipettor/Repeate
r
RAININ EDP3-PLUS J0400699E Quarterly Used Rad Lab E-43 Rad
Lab/Online
Pipettor/Repeate
r
RAININ EDP3-PLUS J0300147E Quarterly Used Rad Lab E-54 Rad
Lab/Online
Pipettor/Repeate
r
RAININ EDP3-PLUS G0200223E Quarterly Used Rad Lab E-32 Rad
Lab/Online
Pipettor/Repeate
r
RAININ EDP3-PLUS H0000585E Quarterly Used Rad Lab E-53 Rad
Lab/Online
Pipettor/Repeate
r
RAININ EDP3-PLUS B0200477E Quarterly Used Rad Lab E-42 Rad
Lab/Online
Pipettor/Repeate
r
OXFORD MACRO SET NA Quarterly Used Rad Lab 102 Rad
Lab/Online
Pipettor/Repeate
r
OXFORD NA Quarterly Used Rad Lab 130 Rad
Lab/Online
Pipettor/Repeate
r
Ward Science 2.5-30 NA Quarterly Used Rad Lab RP-1 Rad
Lab/Online
Pipettor/Repeate
r
RAININ EDP3-PLUS F200510E Quarterly Used Rad Lab E-34 Rad
Lab/Online
Pipettor/Repeate
r
RAININ EDP3-PLUS D1100091E Quarterly Used Rad Lab E-64 Rad
Lab/Online
Survey Meter 9 79445 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
Survey Meter 3 156503 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
Survey Meter 12 88002 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
Survey Meter 3-98 71211 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
Survey Meter 3-98 455984 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
Survey Meter 3 292175 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
Survey Meter 3 292202 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
Survey Meter 177 287820 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
Survey Meter 2221 172021 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
Survey Meter 19 156438 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
Survey Meter 9 74528 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
Survey Meter 3 156232 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
Survey Meter 3 156193 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
Survey Meter 3 56439 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
Survey Meter 12 63765 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
Survey Meter 177 96337 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
Survey Meter 12 47797 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Description Manufacturer Model Serial Number Service
Date
Condit
ion
Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Survey Meter 12 87918 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
Survey Meter 2221 154201 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
Survey Meter 19 499190 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
Survey Meter 19 156468 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
Survey Meter 3-98 155387 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
Survey Meter 3 156193 Annually Used Rad Lab Rad Lab
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Description Manufacturer
e
Model Serial Number Service
date
Conditi
on
Location Internal
ID
Manual
Location
Centrifuge Eppendorf 5424R 5404IR839716 As needed New PCR PCR Lab
Centrifuge Thermo
Scientific
Sorvall Legend
Micro 21R
42930526 As needed New PCR PCR Lab
Galaxy Tablet
with PLatr
Samsung SM-T510 R52MA0T1C5E As needed New PCR PCR Lab
Heat Block Thermo
Scientifc
Dry bath Standard
1 Blck 100-120V
KABT70001011 As needed New PCR PCR Lab
Isotemp Large
Oven
Fisherbrand 3511FSQ 300403777 As needed New PCR PCR Lab
Mini Centrifuge Fisherbrand SPROUT PLUS HSG04861 As needed New PCR PCR Lab
Mini Centrifuge Fisherbrand SPROUT PUS HSG04753 As needed New PCR PCR Lab
Mini Vortex
Mixer
Fisherbrand Mini Vortex Mixer
(Variable Speed)
200020151 As needed New PCR PCR Lab
Mini Vortex
Mixer
Fisherbrand Mini Vortex Mixer
(Variable Speed)
200020151 As needed New PCR PCR Lab
Minus 80 Freezer SCIENTEMP 86-01A S8008781 As needed New PCR PCR Lab
Precisiom CIR 89
Water Bath
Thermo
Scientific
TSCIR89 300399766 As needed New PCR PCR Lab
Refrigerator Frigidaire FRT18L4JW5 BA92344749 As needed PCR PCR Lab
Repeater Pipette Eppendorf Repeater E3 N296671 As needed PCR PCR Lab
Repeater Pipette Eppendorf Repeater E4 H40109J As needed PCR PCR Lab
RT-PCR Machine Applied
Biosystems
by Thermo
Scientific
QuantStudio5 272531538 As needed New PCR PCR Lab
RT-PCR Machine Applied
Biosystems
by Thermo
Scientific
QuantStudio7 278872930 As needed New PCR PCR Lab
Refrigerator Danbury
Designer
DAR110A1WDD 4320043102086 As needed New PCR PCR Lab
Oven Quincy Lab
Inc
10-100 I11-2454 As needed Used PCR PCR Lab
Sorvall X Pro
Centrifuge
ThermoFishe
r Scientific
SorvallX4R Pro-
MD
42632360 As needed New PCR PCR Lab
UPS (Surge
Protector/Power
Backup
CyberPower CP1500PFCLCDa CXXJY2002934 As needed New PCR PCR Lab
UPS (Surge
Protector/Power
Backup
CyberPower CP1500PFCLCD CXXJY2002934 As needed New PCR PCR Lab
Incubator Fisherbrand Isotemp 300403777 As needed New PCR PCR Lab
Plate Shaker Fisherbrand 88861023 K4CF61023014 As needed New PCR PCR Lab
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
8.0 ADDENDUM: PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
Section 8.0 provides additional requirements the locations covered by this manual are required to follow
when performing work under the program. Only requirements that are not covered by the main body of
the manual are listed in addendum.
8.1 DoD/DOE
PAS-Mt. Juliet maintains accreditation for DoD/DoE Environmental Laboratory Approval
Program (ELAP)
This addendum outlines additional policies and processes established by this laboratory to maintain
compliance with DoD/DOE program specific requirements as outlined in the DoD/DOE
Consolidated Quality Systems Manual (QSM) for Environmental Laboratories. The QSM
incorporates ISO/IEC 17025 and the TNI Standard and includes additional program-specific
requirements for laboratories that perform analytical testing services for DoD and DOE, and which
must be followed for DoD / DOE projects.
Section 4.2.5: Supporting Documents
In addition to the requirements specified in Section 4.2.5, technical SOPs used for DoD/DOE
testing must also include instructions for equipment and instrument maintenance, computer
software/hardware, and troubleshooting.
The review frequency for technical SOPs used for DoD/DOE testing is annual, instead of every 2
years.
Section 4.4: Review of Analytical Service Requests
If the DoD/DOE customer requests a statement of conformity, the standard used for the decision
rule must be communicated to and agreed on with the customer and identified in the final test report.
Laboratory requests to deviate from the requirements specified in the DoD/DOE QSM must be
requested on a project-basis and include technical justifications for the deviation. These requests are
submitted to and approved by the DoD/DOE project chemist or contractor, however name, in
addition to the PAS client.
For DoD / DOE projects, will also seek clarification from the customer when the customer has
requested an incorrect, obsolete, or improper method for the intended use of data; the laboratory
needs to depart from its test method SOP in order to meet project-specific data quality objectives;
information in project planning documents is missing or is unclear,
Section 4.5: Subcontracting
In addition to written client approval of any subcontractor for testing, the customer is notified of
the laboratory’s intent to use a subcontractor for any management system element (such as data
review, data processing, project management or IT support) and consent for subcontracting is
obtained approved in writing by the DoD/DOE customer and record of consent kept in the project
record.
Section 4.6: Purchasing and Supplies
The laboratory procedure for records of receipt of materials and supplies used in testing also include
a specification to record the date opened (DOE only).
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
Section 4.9.3: Nonconforming Work
The laboratory’s procedure for client notification includes the 15-business day DoD /DOE
timeframe for notification of the problem and the 30-business day timeframe for submission of the
corrective action plan or corrective actions taken. This procedure also includes the DoD/DOE
requirement for AB notification of discovery.
Section 4.13: Control of Records
Technical Records: The laboratory’s procedure for logbooks includes measures to prevent the
removal of or addition of pages to the logbook (applies to both hardcopy and electronic). Hardcopy
logbooks are version controlled, pre-numbered and bound. Initials and entries are signed or initialed
and dated by the person making the entry and the entry is made at the time the activity is performed
and in chronological order. Each page of the logbook must be closed by the last person making the
entry on the page. Closure is recorded by the initial and date of the person making the last entry.
Section 5.4.5.3.3: Limit of Detection
For DoD/DOE the LOD is an estimate of the minimum amount of an analyte that can be reliably
detected by an analytical process. For clarification, the LOD is the analyte concentration necessary
to distinguish its presence from its absence. The LOD may be used as the lowest concentration for
reliably reporting a non-detect (ND). The LOD is specific to each suite of analyte, matrix, and
method including sample preparation.
After each DL determination, the laboratory establishes the LOD by spiking a quality system matrix
at a concentration of least 2X but no greater than 4X the DL (i.e., 2X DL ≤ LOD Spike ≤ 4X DL).
The spike concentration establishes the LOD and the concentration at which the LOD is verified.
The LOD is established during method validation and after major changes to the analytical system
or procedure that affects sensitivity of analysis or how the procedure is performed.
An LOD study is not required for any component for which spiking solutions or quality control
samples are not available. Additionally, an LOD study is not required if the laboratory does not
report data below the LOQ.
The LOD must be verified on a quarterly basis. Each preparation method listed on the scope of
accreditation must have quarterly LOD verifications; however, verification of all possible
combinations of preparation and clean-up techniques is not required. Where LOD verifications are
not performed on all combinations, the LOD verification is based on the worst-case combination
(preparation method with all applicable cleanup steps).
The laboratory’s procedure for LOD determination and verification is detailed in SOP ENV-SOP-
MTJL-0016 Method Detection Limits (MDL), Limits of Detection (LOD) and Limits of Quantitation (LOQ)
and ENV-SOP-MTJL-0340 Radiochemistry Method Performance Criteria.
Section 5.4.5.3.4: Limit of Quantitation
For DoD/DOE, the LOQ is established for each analyte-matrix-method combination, including
surrogates. When an LOD is determined or verified by the laboratory, the LOQ must be above the
LOD [DL<LOD<LOQ].
At a minimum, the LOQ must be verified quarterly; however, verification of all possible
combinations of preparation and clean-up techniques is not required. Where LOQ verifications are
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
not performed on all combinations, the LOQ verification on the worst-case combination
(preparation method with all applicable cleanup steps).
The laboratory’s procedure for LOQ determination and verification is detailed in laboratory SOP
ENV-SOP-MTJL-0016 Method Detection Limits (MDL), Limits of Detection (LOD) and Limits of
Quantitation (LOQ) and ENV-SOP-MTJL-0340 Radiochemistry Method Performance Criteria.
Section 5.4.7: Control of Data
The laboratory will assure LIMS passwords are changed at least once per year.
An audit of the LIMS will be incorporated into the laboratory’s annual internal audit schedule.
The laboratory will have procedures in place to notify DoD/DOE customers of changes to LIMS
software or hardware configurations that may impact the customer’s integrity of electronic data
Section 5.9.1: Quality Control
For DoD/DOE, storage blanks are essential QC to monitor the storage of samples for volatile
organic analysis (VOA). The SOP for storage of VOA samples must include a contamination
monitoring program based on the performance of storage blanks. (See QSM 5.3.3)
Section 5.8.5: Sample Disposal
For DOE projects, the record of disposal must also include how the sample was disposed and the
name of the person that performed the task.
Appendix E: Support Equipment Calibration
Mechanical Volumetric Pipette: In addition to the quarterly verification check, pipettes used for
DoD/DOE projects are checked daily before use using the same procedure and criteria specified
for the quarterly check.
Water Purification System: The performance of the water purification system is checked daily prior
to use in accordance with SOP ENV-SOP-MTJL-0366 Reagent Water Quality.
Radiological Survey Equipment: The performance of the radiological survey equipment is checked
daily prior to use in accordance with SOP ENV-SOP-MTJL-0344 Radiation and Contamination Surveys.
Additional: (DOE): Section 6.0 of the QSM outlines additional management system requirements
for the management of hazardous and radioactive materials management and health and safety
practices. The laboratory, if approved for DOE, will consult with the PAS Health and Safety Director
to establish plans, policies and procedures that conform to these comprehensive specifications and
incorporate these documents into the QMS.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
8.2 ADDENDUM: AIHA-LAP, LLC
Section 4.1.5.4: Confidentiality
While the laboratory does not typically make client information public, the customer will be informed
in advance if the laboratory intends to place any client-identifying information in the public domain.
Information about the customer obtained from sources other than the customer (e.g., complainant,
regulators) will remain confidential between the customer and the laboratory. The source of the
information will remain confidential to the laboratory and will not be shared with the customer,
unless agreed by the source.
Personnel, including any committee members, contractors, personnel of external bodies, or
individuals acting on the laboratory’s behalf, shall keep confidential all information obtained or
created during the performance of laboratory activities, except as required by law.
All personnel of the laboratory, either internal or external, that could influence the laboratory
activities shall act impartially, be competent and work in accordance with the laboratory’s
management system.
Section 4.2.1.2: Risk and Opportunity Assessment
Actions taken to address risks and opportunities shall be proportional to the potential impact on the
validity of laboratory results.
Section 4.3.1: Document Control – General
All documentation, processes, systems, records, related to the fulfilment of the requirements of
ISO/IEC 17025 are included in, referenced from, or linked to the management system. All
personnel involved in laboratory activities have access to the parts of the management system
documentation and related information that are applicable to their responsibilities.
Section 4.4: Analytical Service Request, Tender, and Contract Review
If a contract is amended after the work has commenced, the contract review shall be repeated and
any amendments shall be communicated to all affected personnel.
Section 4.13.2.3: Error Correction
Amendments to technical records can be tracked to previous versions or to original observations.
Both the original and amended data and files are retained as applicable, including the date of
alteration, an indication of the altered aspects and the personnel responsible for the alterations.
Section 4.14.1: Internal Audit
Quality System Audits: A review of all management system requirements of ISO/IEC 17025
and any other regulatory or applicable policy document (e.g., AIHA-LAP, LLC). These
audits are also performed annually per a pre-determined schedule.
Section 5.5.2: Calibration
Laboratory staff performing in-house calibrations and verifications shall have received documented
training.
Section 5.5.7: Calibration Status
Measuring equipment shall be calibrated when:
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
The measurement accuracy or measurement uncertainty affects the validity of the reported
results, and/or
Calibration of the equipment is required to establish the metrological traceability of the
reported results
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
8.3 ADDENDUM: SOP Review
DoD and drinking water SOPs are reviewed annually.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
8.4 ADDENDUM: RADIOLOGICAL REQUIREMENTS
8.4.1 Estimate of Analytical Uncertainty
Radiological tests often report uncertainty and the manner in which it is derived are in
accordance with Multi-Agency Radiological Laboratories Analytical Protocols Manual
(MARLAP) and Evaluation of Measurement Data – Guide to the Expression of Uncertainty
in Measurement (GUM). The means by which these criteria are applied can be found in the
method SOPs.
8.4.2 Radiological Equipment Calibration
Radiological calibrations may follow one of several methodologies based on technology of
the counting; these can include efficiency curves, energy calibrations and quench curves. The
various calibrations should ensure that the range chosen encompasses the activities expected
in the client samples.
Radiological Equipment should be calibrated at the appropriate frequency and whenever the
equipment undergoes maintenance. In the case of liquid scintillation counters the equipment
shall be recalibrated when a significant move has taken place.
Calibrations can vary with equipment; in the case of gas flow proportional counters standards
that range the expected residue range for gross alpha and beta shall be used, with efficiency
curves developed to encompass the range of client sample residues. Any samples outside of
this range shall be evaluated and the aliquot changed to accommodate the curve if necessary.
Beta emitters, or isotopes that are shown to have less than a 2% efficiency change with residue
that are known to not experience self attenuation may be calibrated by using a least 3
standards of known activity and comparing the efficiency results to ensure all agree to a
relative standard deviation of less than 5%.
Quench factors for liquid scintillation counters shall be prepared by adding varied amounts
of quenching agent. Any sample displaying a quench factor outside of the curve shall be
evaluated. If the quench factors are shown to not vary in efficiency by greater than 2% then
an efficiency calibration can be established using at least 3 standards of known activity and
comparing the efficiency results to ensure all agree to a relative standard deviation of less
than 5%.
Cross talk factors must also be evaluated when samples are known to contain more than one
beta or an alpha and beta emitter.
All detectors must pass various daily tests depending upon the technology. The criteria of
these various tests should be known to the analyst. Any detector that does not pass the daily
check must be re-checked.
If the daily test fails a second time the detector must be taken out of service for that day. Any
detector that fails two daily checks must be evaluated and serviced if required. In most
instances two passing daily checks are required to put a detector back into service.
8.4.3 Matrix Spike/Matrix Spike Duplicate (MS/MSD)
For radiochemical analyses, tests that do not incorporate the use of a carrier or tracer for
yield assessment must contain an associated MS and MSD (or sample duplicate) using the
same matrix collected for the specific DOD project. Gamma spectroscopy analyses are
excluded from the MS/MSD requirement as the test does not require chemical processing of
samples for analysis
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
8.5 ADDENDUM: QUALITY CONTROL CALCULATIONS
PERCENT RECOVERY (%REC)
%𝑅𝐸𝐶=
(𝑀𝑆𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑐‒𝑆𝑎𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑒𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑐)
𝑇𝑟𝑢𝑒𝑉𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒∗100
NOTE: The SampleConc is zero (0) for the LCS and Surrogate Calculations
PERCENT DIFFERENCE (%D)
%𝐷=
𝑀𝑒𝑎𝑠𝑢𝑟𝑒𝑑𝑉𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒‒𝑇𝑟𝑢𝑒𝑉𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒
𝑇𝑟𝑢𝑒𝑉𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒∗100
where:
TrueValue = Amount spiked (can also be the CF or RF of the ICAL Standards)
Measured Value = Amount measured (can also be the CF or RF of the CCV)
PERCENT DRIFT
%𝑫𝒓𝒊𝒇𝒕=
𝑪𝒂𝒍𝒄𝒖𝒍𝒂𝒕𝒆𝒅𝑪𝒐𝒏𝒄𝒆𝒏𝒕𝒓𝒂𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏‒𝑻𝒉𝒆𝒐𝒓𝒆𝒕𝒊𝒄𝒂𝒍𝑪𝒐𝒏𝒄𝒆𝒏𝒕𝒓𝒂𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏
𝑻𝒉𝒆𝒐𝒓𝒆𝒕𝒊𝒄𝒂𝒍𝑪𝒐𝒏𝒄𝒆𝒏𝒕𝒓𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏∗𝟏𝟎𝟎
RELATIVE PERCENT DIFFERENCE (RPD)
𝑅𝑃𝐷=
|(𝑅1 ‒𝑅2)|
(𝑅1 +𝑅2)/2 ∗100
where:
R1 = Result Sample 1
R2 = Result Sample 2
CORRELATION COEFFICIENT (R)
CorrCoeff =
With: N Number of standard samples involved in the calibration
i Index for standard samples
Wi Weight factor of the standard sample no. i
Xi X-value of the standard sample no. i
X(bar) Average value of all x-values
Yi Y-value of the standard sample no. i
Y(bar) Average value of all y-values


N
i
iii YYXXW
1
)(*)(*






N
i
ii
N
i
ii YYWXXW
1
2
1
2 )(**)(*
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
CALIBRATION FACTOR (CF)
CF =
A𝑠
𝐶𝑠
where:
As = Average Peak Area over the number of peaks used for quantitation
Cs = Concentration of the analyte in the standard
RESPONSE FACTOR (RF)
)Area)(.(Conc
)Area)(.(Conc=RF
IStdanalyte
AnalyteIStd
where:
As = Response for analyte to be measured
Ais = Response for the internal standard
Cis = Concentration of the internal standard
Cs = Concentration of the analyte to be measured
LINEAR CALIBRATION MODEL
𝑦=𝑚𝑥+𝑏
where:
m = Slope of the line
b = The y intercept
QUADRATIC CALIBRATION MODEL
𝑦=𝑎𝑥2 +𝑏𝑥+𝑐
where:
c = The y intercept
STANDARD DEVIATION (S)
𝑺=
𝒏
∑
𝒊=𝟏
(𝑿𝒊‒𝑿)𝟐
(𝒏‒𝟏)
where:
n = number of data points
Xi = individual data point
X = average of all data points
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
AVERAGE (X)
𝑋=
𝑖
∑
𝑛=1
𝑋𝑖
𝑛
where:
n = number of data points
Xi = individual data point
RELATIVE STANDARD DEVIATION (RSD)
𝑅𝑆𝐷=
𝑆
𝑋∗100
where:
S = Standard Deviation of the data points
X = average of all data points
PERCENT ERROR
%𝐸𝑟𝑟𝑜𝑟=
𝑥𝑖‒𝑥'𝑖
𝑥𝑖
∗100
where:
x´i = Measured amount of analyte at calibration level i
xi = True amount of analyte at calibration level i
RELATIVE STANDARD ERROR (RSE)
𝑅𝑆𝐸=100 ×
𝑛
∑
𝑖=1
[𝑥'𝑖‒𝑥𝑖
𝑥𝑖]2
(𝑛‒𝑝)
where:
xi = True amount of analyte at calibration level i
x´i = Measured amount of analyte at calibration level i
p = Number of terms in fitting equation (Average = 1, Linear = 2, Quadratic = 3)
n = Number of calibration points
AVERAGE RESPONSE 1/X FOR MASS HUNTER INSTRUMENTS
𝑅𝐹
1
𝑥=
𝑛
∑
𝑠=1
1
𝐶𝑠
∑𝑛
𝑠=1((𝐴𝑠∗𝐶𝑖𝑠)
𝐴𝑖𝑠∗𝐶𝑠)
where:
As = Response for analyte to be measured
Ais = Response for the internal standard
Cis = Concentration of the internal standard
Cs = Concentration of the analyte to be measured
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
ENV-MAN-MTJL-0001 v03_Quality Manual
Effective Date: 8/15/2022 3:09:53 PM
COPYRIGHT © 2019-2022 Pace® Analytical Services, LLC.
MINIMUM DETECTABLE ACTIVITY (MDA)
The MDA is used for radiochemical analysis and is calculated with the following equations:
MDA with Blank Population

3.29 ∗𝑆𝑏
𝐾𝑇𝑠
+
3
𝐾𝑇𝑆
MDA =
Where:
K = E × V × R × Y × F × 2.22
E = efficiency
V = sample volume
R = tracer recovery
Y = gravimetric carrier recovery
F = ingrowth or decay factor
2.22 = conversion from dpm to pCi
Ts = count time of sample in minutes
Sb = standard deviation of the blank population
MDA without Blank Population

3.29 ∗
𝑏
𝑇𝑠
+
𝑏
𝑇𝑏
𝐾+
3
𝐾𝑇𝑠
MDA =
Where:
b = background count rate in cpm
Tb = Count time of background in minutes
Relative Error Ratio (RER)/Normalized Absolute Difference (NAD)/Duplicate Error Ratio (DER)
RER, NAD, and DER are used for radiochemical analysis and are calculated by the following:
Where:
S = Sample Value
US = Sample Uncertainty (at 2 sigma)
R = Replicate Value
UR = Replicate Uncertainty (at 2 sigma)

APPENDIX B

ALS Environmental Quality Assurance Manual
QUALITY ASSURANCE MANUAL
ALS Environmental – Simi Valley
2655 Park Center Drive, Suite A
Simi Valley, CA 93065
[phone]
www.alsglobal.com
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y
UNCONTROLLED
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y
ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page ii of iv
RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Table of Contents
1.Scope
2.Normative References
3.Terms and Definitions
4.General Requirements
4.1 Impartiality
4.2 Confidentiality
5.Structural Requirements
6.Resources Requirements
6.1 General
6.2 Personnel
6.3 Facilities and Environmental Conditions
6.4 Equipment
6.5 Metrological Traceability
6.6 Externally Provided Products and Services
7.Process Requirements
7.1 Review of Requests Tenders and Contracts
7.2 Selection, Verification, and Validation of Methods
7.3 Sampling
7.4 Handling of Test or Calibration Items
7.5 Technical Records
7.6 Evaluation of Measurement of Uncertainty
7.7 Ensuring the Validity of Results
7.8 Reporting of Results
7.9 Complaints
7.10 Nonconforming Work
7.11 Control of Data and Information Management
8.Management System Requirements
8.1 Options
8.2 Management System Documentation
8.3 Control of Management System Documents
8.4 Control of Records
8.5 Actions to Address Risks and Opportunities
8.6 Improvement
8.7 Corrective Actions
UNCONTROLLED
C
O
P
Y
ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page iii of iv
RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
8.8 Internal Audits
8.9 Management Review
9.Summary of Changes
10.References for Quality System Standards, External Documents, Manuals and Test Procedures
11.Appendices
Appendix A – Glossary
Appendix B – Organization Charts and Key Personnel Qualifications
Appendix C – Ethics and Data Integrity Policy
Appendix D – Laboratory Floor Plan
Appendix E – Analytical Equipment
Appendix F – Containers, Preservation, and Holding Times
Appendix G – Standard Operating Procedures
Appendix H – Data Qualifiers
Appendix I – Master List of Controlled Documents
Appendix J – Laboratory Accreditations
UNCONTROLLED
C
O
P
Y
ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page iv of iv
RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
QUALITY A SSURANCE MANUAL - CROSS REFERENCE TABLE
QAM,
ISO/IEC
17025:2017
TNI Volume 1,
2016
1 Scope M2 1.2
2 Normative reference M2 2.0
3 Terms and definitions M2 3.0
4 General Requirements M2 4.1
4.1 Impartiality NA
4.2 Confidentiality M2 4.2
5 Structural requirements M2 4.1
6 Resource requirements M2 4.0
6.1 General M2 5.1
6.2 Personnel M2 4.1.5, 5.2
6.3 Facilities and environmental conditions M2 5.3
6.4 Equipment M2 5.5
6.5 Metrological traceability M2 5.6
6.6 Externally provided products and services M2 5.10.6
7 Process requirements M2 4.0
7.1 Review of requests, tenders and contracts M2 4.4
7.2 Selection, verification and validation of methods M2 5.4
7.3 Sampling M2 5.4
7.4 Handling of test or calibration items M2 5.5.6
7.5 Technical records M2 4.13.2
7.6 Evaluation of measurement uncertainty M2 5.4.6
7.7 Ensuring the validity of results M2 5.9
7.8 Reporting of results M2 5.10
7.9 Complaints M2 4.8
7.10 Nonconforming work M2 4.9
7.11 Control of data and information management M2 5.4.7
8 Management system requirements M2 4.0
8.1 Options M2 4.0
8.2 Management system documentation (Option A) M2 4.2
8.3 Control of management system documents (Option A) M2 4.3
8.4 Control records (Option A) M2 4.13
8.5 Actions to address risks and opportunities (Option A) NA
8.6 Improvement (Option A) M2 4.10
8.7 Corrective Actions (Option A) M2 4.11
8.8 Internal Audits (Option A) M2 4.14
8.9 Management Reviews (Option A) M2 4.15
UNCONTROLLED
C
O
P
Y
ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 1 of 100
RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
1.0 Scope
The purpose of this Quality Assurance Manual is to outline the quality system for the Simi Valley
location of ALS Environmental (ALS Group USA Corp. dba ALS Environmental). ALS Environmental
is a professional analytical services laboratory which performs chemical and microbiological
analyses on a wide variety of sample matrices, including drinking water, groundwater, surface
water, wastewater, soil, sludge, sediment, tissue, industrial and hazardous waste, air, and other
material. Refer to Appendix J for a list of analytical capabilities specific to the Simi Valley location
and corresponding accreditation status.
Quality Control (QC) procedures are used to continually assess performance of the laboratory and
quality systems. ALS Environmental maintains control of analytical results by adhering to written
standard operating procedures (SOPs), using analytical control parameters with all analyses, and
by observing sample custody requirements. All analytical results are calculated and reported in
units consistent with project specifications to allow comparability of data. Appendix H includes a
list of data qualifiers and acronyms.
This QAM is applicable to the facility listed on the title page. The information in this QAM has been
organized according to requirements found in the National Environmental Laboratory
Accreditation Program (NELAP) Quality Systems Standards (2016), DoD Quality Systems Manual,
Naval Sea Systems Command Laboratory Accreditation Program (NAVSEA-LAP), and General
Requirements for the Competence of Testing and Calibration Laboratories, ISO/IEC ISO/IEC
17025:2017.
Quality Policy Statement
The policy at ALS is to use good professional practices, to maintain quality, to uphold the
highest standard of service, and to operate in accordance with these requirements and those
of regulatory agencies, accrediting authorities, and certifying organizations. We recognize that
quality assurance requires a commitment to quality by everyone in the organization -
individually, within each operating unit, and throughout the entire laboratory. Laboratory
management is committed to ensuring the effectiveness of its quality systems and to ensure
that all tests are carried out in accordance to customer requirements. Key elements of this
commitment are set forth in the SOP for Laboratory Ethics and Data Integrity and in this Quality
Assurance Manual (QAM). ALS Environmental is committed to operate in accordance with
these requirements and those of regulatory agencies, accrediting authorities, and certifying
organizations. The laboratory also strives for improvement through varying continuous
improvement initiatives and projects. ALS management reviews its operations on an ongoing
basis and seeks input from staff and clients to make improvements.
Quality Management Systems are established, implemented and maintained by management.
Policies and procedures are established in order to meet requirements of accreditation bodies
and applicable programs as well as client’s quality objectives. The laboratory’s management is
committed to complying with the National Environmental Laboratory Accreditation Program
(NELAP) Quality Systems Standards (2016 TNI standard), ISO/IEC 17025:2017, Naval Sea
System Command Laboratory Accreditation Program (NAVSEA-LAP), and the Department of
Defense (DoD) Quality Systems Manual for Environmental Laboratories. Systems are designed
so that there will be sufficient Quality Assurance (QA) activities conducted in the laboratory to
ensure that all analytical data generated and processed will be scientifically sound, legally
defensible, of known and documented quality, and will accurately reflect the material being
tested. Quality Systems are applicable to all fields of testing in which the laboratory is involved.
All personnel involved with environmental testing and calibration activities must familiarize
themselves with the quality documentation and implement the policies and procedures in their
work.
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y
ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 2 of 100
RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
Quality Management System
The laboratory has developed a Quality Management System to ensure all products and
services meet our client’s needs. The system is implemented and maintained by the Quality
Assurance Manager (QA Manager) with corporate oversight by the Corporate Quality
Assurance Manager (CQAM). These systems are based upon the ISO/IEC 17025:2017
standard, upon which fundamental programs (TNI/NELAP, NAVSEA-LAP, and DoD QSM) are
based. Implementation and documentation against these standards are communicated in
corporate policy statements, this QAM, and SOPs. Actual procedures, actions and
documentation are defined in both administrative and technical SOPs. Figure 1-1 shows the
relationships of the quality systems and associated documentation. Quality systems include:
Standard Operating Procedures
Sample Management and Chain of Custody procedures
Statistical Control Charting
Standards Traceability
Ethics Training
Document Control
Corrective Action Program
Management Reviews
Demonstration of Capability
The effectiveness of the quality system is assessed in several ways, including:
Internal and External Audits covering all aspects of the organization
Annual Management Reviews
Analysis of Customer Feedback
Internal and External Proficiency Testing
Figure 1-1
Relationships of Quality Management Systems and Documentation
Policy Statements and SOPs
Program Requirements
Refererence Methods
Laboratory SOPs
Laboratory Records
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 3 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
Laboratory Data Integrity and Ethics Training
New employees complete a QA and Ethics orientation as part of the induction process. On an
ongoing basis, all employees receive annual ethics refresher training. Topics covered are
documented in writing and all training is documented. It is the responsibility of the QA
Manager to ensure that the training is conducted as described.
Key topics covered are the organizational mission and its relationship to the critical need for
honesty and full disclosure in all analytical reporting, how and when to report data integrity
issues and record keeping. Training includes discussion regarding all data integrity
procedures, data integrity training documentation, in-depth data monitoring and data integrity
procedure documentation.
Data integrity training provides assurance that a highly ethical approach to testing is a key
component of all laboratory planning, method implementation, and training. There are four
elements to the laboratory’s procedures for data integrity. These include:
1) Data integrity training (conducted initially and at least annually);
2) Signed data integrity documentation for all employees;
3) In-depth periodic monitoring of data integrity;
4) Data integrity procedure documentation (SOP for Laboratory Ethics and Data Integrity).
There is specific emphasis on the importance of proper written narration on the part of the
analyst with respect to those cases where analytical data may be useful, but are in one sense
or another partially deficient. A signature attestation sheet of data integrity training including
their understanding of their obligations related to data integrity and as specified in the training
is generated for attendees and maintained on file for review. Trainees are required to
understand that any infractions of the laboratory data integrity procedures will result in a
detailed investigation that could lead to very serious consequences including immediate
termination, or civil/criminal prosecution.
The training session includes many concepts and topics, numerous examples of improper
actions (defined by DoD as deviations from contract-specified or method-specified analytical
practices and may be intentional or unintentional), legal and liability implications (company
and personal), causes, prevention, awareness, and reporting mechanisms.
2.0 Normative References
The following documents are referred to in the text in such a way that some or all of their content
constitutes requirements of this document. For dated references, only the edition cited applies.
For undated references, the latest edition of the referenced document (including any
amendments) applies.
• ISO/IEC 17025:2017, General requirements for the competence of testing and calibration
laboratories
• TNI 2016, VOLUME 1, Management and Technical Requirements for Laboratories
Performing Environmental Analysis
• DoD/DOE QSM 5.4, Department of Defense (DoD), Department of Energy (DOE)
Consolidated Quality Systems Manual (QSM) for Environmental Laboratories
• Naval Sea Systems Command Laboratory Accreditation Program (LAP): S0005-AC-TED-
010, Revision 4, March 1, 2020.
3.0 Terms and Definitions
• Impartiality - presence of objectivity
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 4 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
• Complaint - expression of dissatisfaction by any person or organization to a laboratory, relating
to the activities or results of that laboratory, where a response is expected
• Inter-laboratory comparison - organization, performance and evaluation of measurements or
tests on the same or similar items by two or more laboratories in accordance with
predetermined conditions
• Intra-laboratory comparison - organization, performance and evaluation of measurements or
tests on the same or similar items within the same laboratory in accordance with
predetermined conditions
• Proficiency testing - evaluation of participant performance against pre-established criteria by
means of inter-laboratory comparisons
• Laboratory - body that performs one or more of the following activities:
— Testing;
— Calibration;
— Sampling, associated with subsequent testing or calibration
• Decision rule - rule that describes how measurement uncertainty is accounted for when stating
conformity with a specified requirement
• Verification - provision of objective evidence that a given item fulfils specified requirements
• Validation - verification , where the specified requirements are adequate for an intended use
4.0 General Requirements
4.1 Impartiality
4.1.1 All employees are required to enter into the following agreements:
• Code of Conduct Agreement
Provides a framework for decisions and actions in relation to conduct in
employment. The agreement covers a wide range of topics including personal and
professional behavior, conflicts of interest, gifts, confidentiality, legal compliance,
security of information, among others. The code of conduct agreement is
administered by the USA Human Resources department. This agreement is
provided to the employee during the hiring and induction process and the
agreement is reviewed and signed.
• Confidentiality Agreement
Describes policies for identifying and protecting information owned by ALS and its
customers, and for keeping this information in confidence. The confidentiality
agreement is administered by the USA Human Resources department. This
agreement is provided to the employee during the hiring and induction process
and the agreement is reviewed and signed.
• Ethics and Data Integrity Agreement
Provided to the employee as part of the hiring and induction process, and
reviewed during periodic ethics refresher training. This is coordinated between
the Human Resources and Quality Assurance (QA) departments. This agreement
is provided to the employee during the hiring and induction process and the
agreement is reviewed and signed. All employees are required to take annual
ethics and data integrity refresher training.
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 5 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
In addition to the agreements, project managers act as a firewall to insulate the analysts
from clients so that the lab personnel have no contact with clients. Lab IDs are assigned
to samples and used throughout preparation and analysis to make the samples
ambiguous to lab personnel. Together these agreements and procedures ensure
freedom from undue internal and external commercial, financial, and other pressures
or influences that could adversely affect the quality of work. They protect customers’
confidential information and ALS’ proprietary rights. They ensure avoidance of
activities that could diminish confidence in the competence, impartiality, judgment or
integrity of any ALS laboratory and staff.
4.1.2 It is the responsibility of all staff to comply with all procedures, be familiar with current
management systems and policies, and to record all data as established by
management. This and the peer review of all data will ensure that all testing is objective
and conflicts of interest do not exist. As a commercial laboratory, the decision making
using test results, opinions and interpretation of data is outside the scope of the
laboratory activities.
4.2 Confidentiality
All employees signed confidentiality statement upon employment. These are maintained by
Human Resources (HR).
Documents provided to the laboratory are held in strict confidence by project management
staff. Documents pertaining to quality assurance and analytical requirements are reviewed with
appropriate managers and staff through the project specific meetings and LIMS. Project
related information provided by clients is securely archived using procedures described in the
ALS SOP for Data and Record Archiving (ADM-ARC).
The transmittal of final results is specified by clients and follows those requirements unless
specific changes are made by the ALS Project Manager assigned to the client/project. Client
communication procedures and documentation requirements are listed in ALS SOP for Project
Management (ADM-PMGMT).
5.0 Structural Requirements
5.1 ALS Environmental – Simi Valley is legally identifiable as ALS Group USA, Corp., dba ALS
Environmental. ALS Group USA Corp. is a component of ALS Limited, a publicly held Australian
company. The ALS global website may be referred to for corporate ownership information
(www.alsglobal.com). Organizational charts detailing the operational structure and reporting
relationships in the laboratory are provided in Appendix B.
5.2 The support functions of this laboratory involved with testing and services are under the
direction of the laboratory director. The laboratory director reports to the Regional Manager,
Life Sciences, USA. There are other support functions such as human resources, accounting,
safety oversight and computer systems that are provided to the laboratory by corporate
entities but none of which is responsible for managing laboratory activities.
5.3 ALS Environmental employs methods and analytical procedures from a variety of external
sources. Reference documents include but are not limited to: ASTM, NIOSH, SCAQMD, USEPA
SW-846, USEPA 600/4-79-020, 600/625/R-96/010b (air samples), EPA 40 CFR part 136 and
associated Method Update Rules and Supplements. Complete citations for these references
can be found in Section 10. Other published procedures, such as state-specific methods,
program-specific methods, or in-house methods may be used. Several factors are involved with
the selection of analytical methods to be used in the laboratory. These include the method
detection limit, the concentration of the analyte being measured, method selectivity, accuracy
and precision of the method, the type of sample being analyzed, and the regulatory
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 6 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
compliance objectives. The implementation of methods by ALS Environmental is described in
SOPs specific to each method. A list of accredited methods is given in Appendix J.
This QAM is designed to be an overview of ALS operations. Detailed methodologies and
practices are written in ALS Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs). Where appropriate, ALS
SOPs are referenced in this document to direct the reader to more complete information.
5.4 ALS is committed to producing legally defensible analytical data of known and documented
quality acceptable for its intended use and in compliance with applicable regulatory programs.
This QAM is designed to satisfy the applicable requirements of various states, United States
Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA), DoD QSM, NAVSEA-LAP, TNI Volume 1 2016 and
ISO 17025:2017.
5.5 The ALS Environmental-Simi Valley staff, includes chemists, technicians and support
personnel. They represent diverse educational backgrounds, experience, and provide the
comprehensive skills that the laboratory requires. As seasonal workload increases, temporary
employees may be hired to perform specific tasks.
ALS Environmental is committed to providing an environment that encourages excellence. All
employees share the responsibility for maintaining and improving the quality of our analytical
services. The responsibilities of key personnel within the laboratory are described below. Table
5-1 lists the ALS Environmental-Simi Valley personnel assigned to these key positions.
Managerial staff members are provided the authority and resources needed to perform their
duties. An organizational chart of the laboratory, as well as the resumes of key local level
personnel, can be found in Appendix B.
• The role of the Laboratory Director shall provide technical, operational, and
administrative leadership through planning, allocation and management of personnel and
equipment resources. The Laboratory Director provides leadership and support for the
QA program including ensuring compliance with ISO/IEC 17025:2017 and is responsible
for overall laboratory efficiency and the financial performance of the Simi Valley facility.
The Laboratory Director has the authority to stop work in response to quality problems.
The Laboratory Director also provides resources for implementation of the QA program,
reviews and approves this QA Manual, reviews and approves standard operating
procedures (SOPs), and provides support for business development by identifying and
developing new markets through continuing support of the management of existing client
activities.
• The Quality Assurance Manager (QA Manager) has the authority and responsibility for
implementing, maintaining, and improving the quality system. This includes coordination
of QA activities within the laboratory, ensuring that all personnel understand their
contributions to the quality system, ensuring communication takes place at all levels within
the laboratory regarding the effectiveness of the quality system, evaluating the
effectiveness of training; and monitor trends and continually improve the quality system.
Audit and surveillance results, control charts, proficiency testing results, data analysis,
corrective and preventive actions, customer feedback, and management reviews can all
be used to support quality system implementation. The QA Manager is responsible for
ensuring compliance with all applicable regulatory compliance quality standards (i.e.
NELAP/TNI, ISO/IEC 17025:2017, NAVSEA-LAP, DoD QSM, etc.). The QA Manager works
with laboratory staff to establish effective quality control and assessment plans and has the
authority to stop work in response to quality problems. The QA Manager is responsible for
maintaining the QA Manual and performing an annual review of it; reviewing and
approving SOPs and ensuring the annual review of accredited technical SOPs; maintaining
QA records such as metrological records, archived logbooks, PT results, etc.; document
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 7 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
control; conducting PT sample studies; approving nonconformity and corrective action
reports; maintaining the laboratory’s certifications and approvals; and performing internal
QA audits.
The QA Manager reports directly to the Laboratory Director and also reports indirectly to
the Manager of Quality Assurance, USA. It is important to note that when evaluating data,
the QA Manager does so in an objective manner and free of outside, or managerial,
influence.
• The Manager of Quality Assurance, USA is responsible for the overall QA program at all
the ALS Environmental Group laboratories. The Manager of Quality Assurance, USA is
responsible for oversight of QA Managers regulatory compliance efforts (NELAP/TNI,
ISO/IEC 17025:2017, NAVSEA-LAP, DoD QSM, etc) and may perform internal audits to
evaluate compliance. The Manager of Quality Assurance, USA provides assistance to the
laboratory QA staff and laboratory managers as necessary.
 In the case of absence of the Laboratory Director or QA Manager, deputies are assigned
to act in that role. Default deputies for these positions are a Project Manager or Technical
Manager (for the Laboratory Director) and the Laboratory Director (for the QA Manager).
The following deputy is assigned in the case of absence of a Technical Manager: An ALS
Simi Valley team lead or supervisor having the credentials to satisfy the requirements
outlined in TNI Section 5.2.6.1 (see below).
Minimum requirements - a bachelor’s degree in the chemical, environmental,
biological sciences, physical sciences or engineering, with at least twenty-four (24)
college semester credit hours in chemistry. Plus at least two (2) years of experience in
the environmental analysis of representative of organic analytes for which the
laboratory seeks / maintains accreditation. A master’s or doctoral degree in one of the
above disciplines may be substituted for one (1) year of experience. This person must
work at solely at the lab and not represent other laboratories.
In the event that work is stopped in response to quality problems, only the Laboratory
Director or QA Manager have the authority to resume work. Projects falling under the
Naval Sea Systems Command Laboratory Accreditation Program (NAVSEA-LAP) require
that the resumption of work after a work stoppage be approved in writing by the QA
Manager.
• Environmental Health and Safety Coordinator (EH&S) is responsible for the
administration of the laboratory health and safety policies.
This includes the formulation and implementation of safety policies, the supervision of
new-employee safety training, the review of accidents, incidents and prevention plans, the
monitoring of hazardous waste disposal and the conducting of departmental safety
inspections. The EH&S Coordinator also designated as the Chemical Hygiene Officer(s).
The EH&S Coordinator(s) have a dotted-line reporting responsibility to ALS North America
EH&S Manager.
• The Project Manager is assigned to clients to act as a liaison between the client and the
laboratory. The Project Manager is responsible for ensuring that the analyses performed
by the laboratory meet all project, contract, and regulatory-specific requirements. This
entails coordinating with the ALS Environmental laboratory and administrative staff to
ensure that client-specific needs are understood and that the services ALS Environmental
provides are properly executed and satisfy the requirements of the client.
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 8 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
• The Analytical Laboratory is divided into operational units based upon specific
disciplines. Each department is responsible for establishing, maintaining and
documenting a QC program meeting department needs. Each Department has the
responsibility to ensure compliance with TNI & ISO/IEC 17025:2017, ensure that QC
functions are carried out as planned, and to guarantee the production of high quality data.
Department managers and bench-level supervisors have the responsibility to monitor the
day-to-day operations to ensure that productivity and data quality objectives are met. Each
department manager has the authority to stop work in response to quality problems in
their area. Analysts have the responsibility to carry out testing according to prescribed
methods, SOPs, and quality control guidelines particular to the laboratory in which he/she
is working.
• The Sample Management Office and Media Preparation Department play key roles in
the laboratory QA program by performing and/or assisting in the proper preparation and
shipment of sampling media. In addition, personnel are responsible for the verification of
sample receipt information, performing sample acceptance and log-in and distribution of
documentation per laboratory defined procedures and the initial storage of samples in the
proper environment and location and performing proper sample disposal. Responsibilities
also include monitoring and recording of critical thermal preservation equipment
temperatures and calibration of associated thermometers against NIST traceable
thermometers.
• Information Technology (IT) staff is responsible for the administration of the Laboratory
Information Management System (LIMS) and other necessary support services. Other
functions of the IT staff include laboratory network maintenance, IT systems development
and implementation, education of analytical staff in the use of scientific software, Electronic
Data Deliverable (EDD) generation, and data back-up, archival and integrity operations.
• The LIMS Manager is responsible for LIMS development including all areas of software
development such as design, coding, testing and distribution.
• The Procurement Manager is responsible for directing and coordinating activities of
personnel engaged in buying materials and supplies.

UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 9 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
Table 5-1
Simi Valley Personnel Project Role
Ami Modha, BS, MS, PhD Laboratory Director
Fidji Victoriano, BS, MBA Quality Assurance Manager
Meghry Jilakian, BS, MS Operations Manager / Interim Technical
Manager
Mike Thomas, BS Environmental Health and Safety Coordinator
Robert De La O Systems Analyst / Information Technology
Sue Anderson, BS Project Manager
Chase Griffin, BS VOC GC/MS Department Team Leader
Amber Marroquin, BS VOA – 325B/TO17 Department Supervisor
Stephanie Reynoso, BS VOA GC/SVOA Department Supervisor
Al David, BS SMO Supervisor
Alexander Naklowycz, BS Media Prep Supervisor

Corporate Level Personnel Project Role
Carol Gebhart, BS, MS National Quality Manager, USA
Bryce Bankston, BA IT Operations Manager, USA
Cherrie Fournier, BS LIMS Support and Delivery Manager, USA
Steven Manak, BS Procurement Group Leader, USA
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 10 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
5.6 It is the responsibility of all technical and support staff to comply with all procedures and be
familiar with current quality systems and policies as established by management. At ALS,
improvement of the quality systems and preventive action is effected through an ongoing
systems review by management using input from all staff. ALS actively seeks employee and
client input for improvements through surveys and questionnaires. For clients, ALS surveys and
gains feedback on services provided. This input to management is provided from the
corporate level. To comply with these requirements all staff are responsible but not limited to
the following:
 Follow project requirements as delineated by project managers to ensure analyses
and commitments, including TAT, are performed as requested.
 Develop knowledge and understanding of the QAM requirements under which
samples are handled and tested.
 Notify managers and Quality Assurance personnel when QA problems arise.
 Follow Quality Assurance requirements as outlined in the QAM and SOPs.
 Follow appropriate channels regarding modification of existing SOPs.
 Maintain accurate electronic and written records.
 Ensure that applicable data are included in each process in accordance with applicable
SOPs.
 Record all nonconformance.
 Follow appropriate protocols when the handling and testing does not meet
acceptance criteria.
 Apply integrity and professional judgment when dealing with analytical processes and
laboratory operations.
5.7 Although verbal communication with employees is essential, written and visual communication
through email and computer systems is the cornerstone of effective communication at ALS.
Computer workstations throughout the lab provide access to LIMS, ALS Portals, Instruments
used for testing, Policies and Procedures, and Email. All information essential for effective and
consistent communication of analytical requirements, client requirements and details affecting
quality are available through these computerized systems.
ALS management is committed to improvements of the management systems through
compliance with its own policies and procedures. ALS management ensures improvements
are made to the management systems and also ensures data integrity is maintained.
5.8 Avoiding Conflict of Interest through Organizational Structure
5.8.1 Through application of the policies and procedure outlined in this QA Manual and use
of a defined organizational structure, the laboratory assures that it is impartial and that
personnel are free from undue commercial, financial, or other undue pressures that
might influence their technical judgment.
5.8.2 Policies are in place to prevent outside pressures or involvement in activities that may
affect competence, impartiality, judgment, operational integrity, or the quality of the
work performed at the laboratory.
5.8.3 Management and technical personnel have the authority and resources to carry out
their duties and have procedures to identify and correct departures from the
laboratory’s management system.
5.8.4 Personnel understand the relevance and importance of their duties as related to the
maintenance of the laboratory’s management system. Ethics and data integrity
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 11 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
procedure ensure that personnel do not engage in activities that diminish confidence
in the laboratory’s capabilities. Procedures and policies are also established to ensure
confidentiality is maintained.
5.9 Technical Elements of the Quality Assurance Program
The laboratory’s technical procedures are based upon procedures published by various
agencies or organizations (See Section 10). The Quality Assurance Program provides
laboratory organization, procedures, and policies by which the laboratory operates. The
necessary certifications and approvals administered by external agencies are maintained by
the QA department. This includes method approvals and audit administration. In addition,
internal audits are performed to assess compliance with policies and procedures. SOPs are
maintained for technical and administrative functions. A document control system is used for
SOPs, as well as laboratory notebooks, and this QA Manual. A list of QA Program documents
is provided in Appendix I and SOPs in Appendix G.
Acceptable calibration procedures are defined in the SOP for each test procedure. Calibration
procedures for laboratory support equipment (gauges, thermometers, etc.) are also defined.
Quality Control (QC) procedures are used to monitor the testing performed. Each analytical
procedure has associated QC requirements to be achieved in order to demonstrate data
quality. The use of method detection limit studies, control charting, technical training and
preventive maintenance procedures further ensure the quality of data produced. Proficiency
Testing (PT) samples are used as an external means of monitoring the quality and proficiency
of the laboratory. PT samples are obtained from qualified vendors and are performed on a
regular basis. In addition to method proficiency, documentation of analyst training is
performed to ensure proficiency and competency of laboratory analysts and technicians.
Sample handling and custody procedures are defined in SOPs. Procedures are also in place
to monitor the sample storage areas. The technical elements of the QA program are discussed
in further detail in later sections of this QA manual.
5.10 Professional Conduct
One of the most important aspects of the success of ALS Environmental is the emphasis placed
on the integrity of the data provided and the services rendered. This success is reliant on both
the professional conduct of all employees within ALS Environmental as well as established
laboratory practices.
To promote quality, ALS Environmental requires certain standards of conduct and ethical
performance among employees. The following examples of documented ALS Environmental
policy are representative of these standards, and are not intended to be limiting or all-
inclusive:
• Under no circumstances is the willful act of fraudulent manipulation of analytical data
condoned. Such acts are to be reported immediately to senior management for
appropriate corrective action.
• Unless specifically required in writing by a client, alteration, deviation or omission of written
contractual requirements is not permitted. Such changes must be in writing and approved
by senior management.
• Falsification of data in any form will not be tolerated. While much analytical data is subject
to professional judgment and interpretation, outright falsification, whenever observed or
discovered, will be documented, and appropriate remedies and punitive measures will be
taken toward those individuals responsible.
• It is the responsibility of all ALS Environmental employees to safeguard sensitive company
information, client data, records, and information; and matters of national security concern
should they arise. The nature of our business and the well-being of our company and of
our clients is dependent upon protecting and maintaining proprietary company/client
information. All information, data, and reports (except that in the public domain) collected
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 12 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
or assembled on behalf of a client is treated as confidential. Information may not be given
to third parties without the consent of the client. Unauthorized release of confidential
information about the company or its clients is taken seriously and is subject to formal
disciplinary action. All employees sign a confidentiality agreement upon hire to protect the
company and client’s confidentiality and proprietary rights.
5.11 Prevention and Detection of Improper, Unethical or Illegal Actions
It is the intention of ALS Environmental to proactively prevent and/or detect any improper,
unethical or illegal action conducted within the laboratory.
This is performed by the implementation of a program designed for not only the detection but
also prevention. Prevention consists of educating all laboratory personnel of their roles and
duties as employees, company policies, inappropriate practices, and their corresponding
implications as described here.
In addition to education, appropriate and inappropriate practices are included in SOPs such
as manual integration, data review and specific method procedures. Internal audits are
performed regularly over the course of a year. Requirements are described in the SOP for
Internal Audits and details are listed in laboratory administrative SOPs. All aspects of this
program are documented and retained on file according to the company policy on record
retention.
The SOP for Laboratory Ethics and Data Integrity also contains information on the ALS
Environmental ethics and data integrity program, including mechanisms for reporting and
seeking advice on ethical decisions.
5.12 Management and Employee Commitment
ALS Environmental makes every attempt to ensure that employees are free from any
commercial, financial, or other undue pressures that might affect their quality of work. Related
policies are described in the SOP for Laboratory Ethics and Data Integrity. This includes:
• ALS Environmental Open Door Policy – Employees are encouraged to bring any work
related problems or concerns to the attention of local management or their Human
Resources representative. However, depending on the extent or sensitivity of the concern,
employees are encouraged to directly contact any member of upper management.
• An anonymous and confidential reporting system available to all employees that is used
to communicate misconduct and other concerns. The program shall help minimize
negative morale, promote a positive work place, and encourage reporting suspected
misconduct without retribution. Associated upper management is notified and the
investigations are documented.
• Use of flexible work hours. Within reason and as approved by supervisors, employees are
allowed flexible work hours in order to help ease schedule pressures which could impact
decision-making and work quality.
• Operational and project scheduling assessments are continually made to ensure that
project planning is performed and that adequate resources are available during
anticipated periods of increased workloads. Procedures for subcontracting work are
established, and within the ALS Environmental laboratory network additional capacity is
typically available for subcontracting, if necessary.
• Gifts and Favors (Code of Conduct Agreement) – To avoid possible conflict of interest
implications, employees do not receive unusual gifts or favors to, nor accept such gifts or
favors from, persons outside the Company who are, or may be, in any way concerned with
the projects on which the Company is professionally engaged.
All employees are required to sign and adhere to the requirements set forth in the Code of
Conduct Agreement, Confidentiality Agreement, and Ethics and Data Integrity Agreement.
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 13 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
6.0 Resources Requirements
6.1 General
6.1.1 ALS management has committed its full support to provide the personnel, facilities,
equipment, and procedures required by this QA Manual.
6.2 Personnel
6.2.1 It is the responsibility of all staff to comply with all procedures, be familiar with current
management systems and policies, and to record all data as established by
management. This will ensure that all testing is objective and conflicts of interest do
not exist. As a commercial laboratory, the decision making using test results is outside
the scope of the laboratory activities. The ALS laboratory employs sufficient personnel
to complete required analyses and support activities.
6.2.2 The ALS training program specified in the SOP for Training Policy and SOP for ALS
Environmental Induction Training for Quality Assurance includes quality training,
technical training, safety training, and other training as described in this QAM. ALS
managers are responsible to ensure that all staff training is initiated, completed,
verified, and documented.
The specific training and experience of laboratory personnel is documented in
individual training files maintained in accordance with the SOP for Training Policy and
SOP for ALS Environmental Induction Training for Quality Assurance and includes
records of analytical proficiency.
Job Descriptions include requirements for education, qualification, training, technical
knowledge, skills and experience.
Technical position descriptions are available for all employees, regardless of position
or level of seniority. These documents are maintained by the Human Resources
personnel and are available for review. In order to assess the technical capabilities and
qualifications of a potential employee, all candidates for employment at ALS
Environmental are evaluated, in part, against the appropriate technical description.
6.2.3 All ALS staff assigned to perform tasks affecting or relating to testing receives training
relative to pertinent areas of responsibility, both prior to performing work on client
samples and on an ongoing basis. Such training comes from internal and external
sources.
Training begins the first day of employment at ALS Environmental when the company
policies are presented and discussed. Safety and QA/QC requirements are integral
parts of all technical SOPs and, consequently, are integral parts of all training
processes at ALS Environmental. Safety training begins with reading the Environmental
Health and Safety Manual and other safety related documents as applicable.
Employees are also required to participate in periodic safety training performed by the
Environmental, Health and Safety Coordinators.
Employees are responsible for complying with the requirements of the QA Manual and
QA/QC requirements associated with their function(s). Quality Systems training begins
with Quality Assurance orientation for new employees and reading the Quality
Assurance Manual. New employees receive Ethics training and learn about ALS
Environmental quality systems as part of the induction process. Each employee
participates in annual Ethics Refresher training.
ALS Environmental also encourages its personnel to continue to learn and develop
new skills that will enhance their performance and value to the Company. Ongoing
training occurs for all employees through a variety of mechanisms. The corporate,
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 14 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
company-wide training and development program, external and internal technical
seminars and training courses, and laboratory-specific training exercises are all used
to provide employees with professional growth opportunities.
All technical training is documented and records are maintained by the QA
department. Training requirements and its documentation are described in the SOP
for Training Policy. A training plan is developed whenever an employee starts a new
procedure or new position. The training plan includes a description of the step-by-step
process for training an employee and for initial demonstration of capability.
6.2.3.1 Initial Demonstration of Capability (IDOC)
Training in analytical procedures typically begins with the reading of the
Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) for the method. Hands-on training
begins with the observation of an experienced analyst performing the method,
followed by the trainee performing the method under close supervision, and
culminating with independent performance of the method on quality control
samples. Successful completion of the applicable Demonstration of Capability
analysis qualifies the analyst to perform the method independently.
Demonstration of Capability is performed by one of the following:
• Successful completion of an Initial Precision and Recovery (IPR) study
(required where mandated by the method).
• Analysis of 4 consecutive Laboratory Control Samples, with acceptable
accuracy and precision.
• Where spiking is not possible but QC standards are used (“non-spiked”
Laboratory Control Samples), analysis of 4 consecutive Laboratory
Control Samples with acceptable accuracy and precision.
• Where one of the three above is not possible training is performed and
supervisor approval is documented.
A flowchart identifying the Demonstration of Proficiency requirements is given
in Figure 6-1. The flowchart identifies allowed approaches to assessing
Demonstration of Capability when a 4-replicate study is not mandated by the
method, when spiking is not an option, or when QC samples are not readily
available.
6.2.3.2 Continuing Demonstration of Proficiency (CDP)
A periodic demonstration of proficiency is required to maintain continuing
qualification. Continuing Demonstration of Proficiency is required each year,
and may be performed one of the following ways:
• Successful performance on external (independent) single-blind sample
analyses using the test method, or a similar test method using the same
technology. I.e. PT sample or QC sample blind to the analyst.
• Performing Initial Demonstration of Capability as described above, with
acceptable levels of precision and accuracy.
• Analysis of at least 4 consecutive LCSs with acceptable levels of accuracy
and precision from in-control analytical batches.
• If the above cannot be performed, analysis of authentic samples with
results statistically indistinguishable from those obtained by another
trained analyst.
• For methods for which PT samples are not available and a spiked analysis
(LFB, MDL, etc.) is not possible, analysis of field samples that have been
analyzed by another analyst with statistically indistinguishable results.
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 15 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
6.2.3.3 Documentation of Training
Records are maintained to indicate the employee has the necessary training,
education, and experience to perform their functions. Information of
previously acquired skills and abilities for a new employee is maintained in
Human Resources personnel files and ALS Environmental resumes. QA
maintains a record of the various technical skills and training acquired while
employed by ALS Environmental. Information includes the employee’s name,
a description of the skill including the appropriate method and SOP reference,
the mechanism used to document proficiency, and the date the training was
completed. General procedures for documenting technical training are
described in the SOP for Training Policy.
6.2.4 Laboratory personnel resources needed to carry out their duties. See 5.6
6.2.5 The laboratory SOP for Training Policy, includes the following and records are
retained for:
 determining the competence requirements;
 selection of personnel;
 training of personnel;
 supervision of personnel;
 authorization of personnel;
 monitoring competence of personnel.
6.2.6 It is the responsibility of Technical and Support Management to authorize staff to
perform specific laboratory activities. These tasks include testing methods, peer review
and authorization to report results. Records are retained on file by the Quality
Assurance Manager.

UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 16 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
Figure 6-1
Initial Demonstration of Capability Requirementsa

Is a 4-replicate study
required for the method?
Is the analysis “spikeable”?
(Can a LFB be performed?)
Perform the IPR
study as per the
method.
Yes No
Yes
Does the method
have accuracy and
precision criteria for
the study?
No
No
Summarize 4
consecutive
LCSs.
Yes
Yes
No
No
Compare results to
the method criteria.
Perform IPR
study or
summarize 4
consecutive
LFBs.
Do the results meet the
specified criteria?
Compare results to the
control limits for accuracy
and precision.
Document the results on a
IPR summary form, submit a
copy to training file and keep
original on file in the lab.
Does the
procedure use
QC standards
(LCSs) ?
Repeat the
applicable 4-
replicate study.
Yes
Refer to
instructions for
special case
analyses.*
a For IDOC IPR or LFB studies, “second-source” reference materials are used, as per TNI/NELAP requirements
* Refer to the SOP for Training Policy for details. References for Quality Systems, External Documents, Manuals, Standards,
and Analytical Procedures.

UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 17 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
6.3 Facilities and Environmental Conditions
6.3.1 ALS management has committed its full support to provide the personnel, facilities,
equipment, and procedures required by this QAM.
6.3.2 Records are maintained for the requirements and conditions necessary for method
and regulatory compliance in the facility.
6.3.3 Records are retained for monitoring and control of environmental conditions to
relevant method and regulatory specifications.
6.3.3.1 Temperature Control
Temperatures are monitored and recorded for all critical temperature-
regulating devices including freezers and refrigerators. Equipment is labeled
with a unique identifier, the required temperature or range of use according
to the needs of the analysis or application. Temperature record logs are kept
with equipment identifiers, daily-recorded temperatures (if in use, business
days), acceptance criteria and the initials of the laboratory staff member who
performed the checks for all temperature-regulating devices in daily use.
6.3.4 ALS Environmental-Simi Valley maintains approximately 20,000 square feet of
laboratory and administrative workspace. Refer to Appendix D for facility floor plan.
The laboratory has been designed and constructed to provide safeguards against
cross-contamination of samples and is arranged according to work function, which
enhances the efficiency of analytical operations. The ventilation system is designed to
meet any needs of analyses performed in the separate work areas. ALS Environmental-
Simi Valley minimizes laboratory contamination sources by employing janitorial staff to
ensure good housekeeping. In addition, the segregated laboratory areas are designed
for safe and efficient handling of a variety of sample types. These specialized areas
(and access restrictions) include:
 Sample Management Office; Shipping and Receiving
 Record Archival
 Volatile Organics Laboratory (GC & GC/MS)
 Semi-Volatiles Laboratory (GC, GC/MS)
 Low Level Volatile Organics GC/MS
 Canister Conditioning and Maintenance
 Flow Controller and Critical Orifice Calibration Station
 Sample, Standards, and Media Storage
 Waste Disposal
 Laboratory Deionized Water System
 Laboratory Management, and Administration
 Information Technology (IT)
The designated areas for sample receiving, refrigerated sample storage, dedicated
sample container preparation and shipping provide for the efficient and safe handling
of a variety of sample types. The laboratory is equipped with state-of-the-art analytical
and administrative support equipment. The equipment and instrumentation are
appropriate for the procedures in use.
Laboratory security and access is important in maintaining the integrity of samples
received at ALS Environmental-Simi Valley. Access to the building is limited to the
reception area and sample receiving doors, which are monitored during business
hours and locked at all other times. All non-employees are required to sign in at the
main entrance. The laboratory is equipped with an alarm system which is monitored
by a private security firm who provides evening and weekend security.
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 18 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
6.3.5 Environmental conditions are evaluated and recorded at the off-site storage facility as
part of the annual audit schedule.
6.3.6 Water Purification Systems
Purified water is utilized for a few laboratory functions. The water purification system
utilizes three mixed-ion beds, four filters, and resistively lights with constant water
recirculation. It is designed to produce deionized water of ASTM Type II quality, with
16-18 megohm-cm resistance at 25°C. Maintenance and repair on the system is
conducted by an approved service supplier.
6.4 Equipment
6.4.1 Appendix E lists the major equipment, illustrating the laboratory's overall capabilities
and depth.
6.4.2 Laboratory support equipment (thermometers, weights, gauges) are verified on an
annual basis by a vendor accredited to ISO/IEC 17025:2017. All analytical measurements
generated at ALS Environmental are performed using materials and/or processes that
are traceable to a reference material. Metrology equipment (analytical balances,
thermometers, etc.) is calibrated using reference materials traceable to the National
Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST). These primary reference materials are
themselves recertified on an annual basis. Vendors used for metrology support are
required to verify compliance to International Standards by supplying the laboratory with
a copy of their scope of accreditation. Support equipment is calibrated or verified as
described in the SOP for Calibration and Use of Laboratory Support Equipment
6.4.3 Preventive maintenance is a crucial element of the Quality Assurance program.
Instruments at ALS Environmental (e.g., GC/MS systems, gas and liquid chromatographs,
analytical balances, gas and liquid chromatographs, etc.) are maintained by in-house
personnel. All equipment and instruments used at ALS Environmental are operated,
maintained, and calibrated according to the manufacture’s guidelines and
recommendations, as well as to criteria set forth in the applicable analytical methodology.
All routine and special maintenance activities pertaining to the instruments are recorded
in instrument maintenance logbooks. The maintenance logbooks used at ALS
Environmental contain information about the instruments used at the laboratory.
An initial demonstration of analytical control is required on every instrument used at ALS
Environmental before it may be used for sample analysis. Each instrument shall be
recalibrated following any instrument maintenance which may change or effect the
sensitivity or linearity of the instrument or if the continuing calibration verification
acceptance criteria have not been met as specified in the standard operating procedure.
If an instrument is modified or repaired, a return to analytical control is required before
subsequent sample analyses can occur. When an instrument is acquired at the laboratory,
the following information is noted in a bound maintenance notebook specifically
associated with the new equipment:
• The equipment’s serial number;
• Date the equipment was received;
• Date the equipment was placed into service;
• Condition of equipment when received (new, used, reconditioned, etc.); and
• Prior history of damage, malfunction, modification or repair (if known).
Preventive maintenance procedures, frequencies, etc. are available for each instrument
used at ALS Environmental. They may be found in the various SOPs for routine methods
performed on an instrument. Procedures applicable to support equipment can be found
in the SOP for Calibration and Use of Laboratory Support Equipment.
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 19 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
Responsibility for ensuring that routine maintenance is performed lies with the
department supervisor or laboratory director. The supervisor may perform the
maintenance or assign the maintenance task to a qualified bench level analyst who
routinely operates the equipment. In the case of non-routine repair of capital equipment,
the department supervisor is responsible for providing the repair, either by performing
the repair themselves with manufacturer guidance or by acquiring on-site manufacturer
repair. The laboratory maintains a small inventory of consumable maintenance items
(expected lifetime of part of less than 1 year.) These parts include items needed to
perform the preventive maintenance procedures listed in Table 6-1.
When performing maintenance on an instrument (whether preventive or corrective),
additional information about the problem, attempted repairs, etc. is also recorded in the
notebook. Typical logbook entries include the following information:
• Details and symptoms of the problem;
• Repairs and/or maintenance performed;
• Description and/or part number of replaced parts;
• Source(s) of the replaced parts;
• Analyst's signature and date; and
• Demonstration of return to analytical control.
See Table 6-1 for a list of preventive maintenance activities and frequency for each
instrument.
For further information regarding Instrumentation see the SOP for Analytical Instrument
Acquisition, Reassignment, Maintenance and Documentation.
6.4.4 All instruments are calibrated or verified before use, using reference materials with
traceability established. Specific calibration requirements are detailed in the method
or SOP and support equipment SOP.
For further information regarding instrument calibration see the SOP for Instrument
Calibration Criteria for TNI and DoD QSM Requirements.
6.4.5 The instrument manuals are provided in electronic format usually in the software
programs or on CDs. Software is controlled through licensing and is the responsibility
of IT to maintain licenses required.
6.4.6 Testing instruments are calibrated as per method, regulatory and verification
procedures listed in method SOPs. Support equipment has verification and calibration
frequencies specified in the SOP for Calibration and Use of Laboratory Support
Equipment.
6.4.7 Operation and calibration are performed by personnel who have been properly trained
in these procedures. Documentation of calibration information is maintained in
appropriate reference files. Brief descriptions of the calibration procedures for major
laboratory equipment and instruments are described below. Refer to method SOPs and
the SOP for Calibration and Use of Laboratory Support Equipment for specific
calibration requirements. Calibration verification is performed according to the
applicable analytical methodology. Documentation of calibration verification is
maintained in appropriate reference files. Records are maintained to provide traceability
of reference materials.
6.4.7.1 Temperature Measuring Devices
All thermometers are identified by a unique identifying number (i.e., serial
number), and the calibration of these thermometers is checked annually
(quarterly if digital) against a National Institute of Standards and Technology
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 20 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
(NIST) certified thermometer. All corresponding correction factors are noted
on the device as well as in the thermometer calibration logbook. The NIST
calibrated thermometer is recertified by an approved vendor accredited to
ISO/IEC 17025:2017 International Standard on an annual basis and certificates
are retained on file for review. All temperature monitoring is conducted in
accordance with the SOP for Sample Receipt, Acceptance and Log-In and
thermometer calibration requirements are performed in accordance with the
SOP for Calibration and Use of the Laboratory Support Equipment.
Specific thermometers include a temperature range per certain project
requirements (complies with Department of Defense (DoD) Quality Systems
Manual (QSM) for Environmental Laboratories); this range is recorded to
document consistent compliance with required temperatures for refrigerators
and freezers, where applicable.
6.4.7.2 Volumetric Dispensing Devices
The accuracy of pipettes used to make critical-volume measurements is
verified on a quarterly basis. The indicated volume or range (where applicable)
of the pipette is checked and an accuracy and precision verification
performed. The calibrations are evaluated against the intended use (volume
or range) of the pipette and if the calibration is not approved for the specified
volume(s) it is tagged accordingly (i.e. “Do Not Use Below 5uL”). The results
for all calibration verifications are recorded and maintained.
Note: Glass microliter syringes including gas-tight syringes are considered in
the same manner as Class A glassware and are not held to the
calibration/verification requirements as are other volumetric dispensing
devices.
6.4.7.3 Analytical Weights and Balances
Analytical weights are calibrated/recertified and certificates issued annually by
an approved vendor accredited to ISO/IEC 17025:2017 International
Standard. The calibration of each balance is checked once each day (prior to
use) in the expected range, utilizing the calibrated weights. Bound record
books are kept which contain the identification of balance (serial number),
recorded measurements and the initials of the analyst who performed the
check. All certificates for the weights are available for review.
6.4.7.4 Pressure/Vacuum Gauges
ALS Environmental-Simi Valley digital pressure/vacuum gauges are used in a
number of critical measurements within the laboratory. The following is a list
of the uses for this gauge type.
• Canister cleaning and conditioning.
• Measure the vacuum on canisters before they are sent to the client for
sampling.
• Measure the initial/final vacuum/pressure of canisters prior to analysis.
• Measure pressure during the preparation of selected standards.
Digital pressure/vacuum gauges are calibrated and certificates issued once
per year by an approved metrology organization. All calibrations are
performed against standards traceable to the National Institute of Standards
and Technology (NIST) or other recognized national metrology institutes. In
addition, ALS Environmental-Simi Valley performs a calibration check for each
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 21 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
gauge six months following the calibration date. The laboratory retains all
corresponding calibration and verification documentation for review.
6.4.7.5 Instrument Calibration
The laboratory specifies the procedures and documentation for initial
instrument calibration and continuing calibration verification in the applicable
method standard operating procedures to ensure that data is of known quality
and is appropriate for a specific regulation and/or client requirement. The
procedural steps for calibration including, frequency, number of points,
integration, calculations, acceptance criteria (appropriate to the calibration
technique employed), corrective action, associated statistics, and data
qualifications are included in applicable methods, method standard operating
procedures and/or client project plans. The essential elements that define the
procedures and required documentation for initial instrument calibrations are
specified below.
• Sufficient raw data records are retained to permit reconstruction of all
calibrations.
• If a reference or mandated method does not specify the number of
calibration standards, the initial calibration range shall consist of a
minimum of 5 contiguous calibration points for organics. The actual
numbers of points utilized is specified in the corresponding method
SOP.
• The concentrations should bracket the expected concentration range of
samples.
• Initial instrument calibration procedures referenced in test methods
(either directly or indirectly) are readily available to the analysts.
• All sample results are quantitated from the initial instrument calibration
and are not quantitated from any continuing instrument calibration
verification unless otherwise specified by regulation, method or
program.
• The initial instrument calibration is verified with a standard obtained
from a second manufacturer or lot and traceability to a national standard
is maintained, where available.
• The acceptance criteria utilized is appropriate for the calibration
technique employed.
• The lowest calibration standard in the initial calibration is at or below the
lowest concentration for which quantitative data are to be reported and
is referred to at this laboratory as the method reporting limit (MRL). Some
programs and/or agencies refer to this limit as the practical quantitation
limit (PQL) or Limit of Quantitation (LOQ).
• Any data reported below the MRL or above the highest calibration
standard is considered to have an increased quantitative uncertainty and
is appropriately qualified in the report.
• The lowest calibration standard is above the limit of detection or method
detection limit (MDL).
For further information regarding instrument calibration also see the
SOP for Instrument Calibration Criteria for TNI and DoD QSM
Requirements.
6.4.7.6 Internal and External Calibrations
Internal standard calibration involves the comparison of instrument responses
from the target compounds in the sample to the responses of specific
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 22 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
standards added to the sample or sample extract prior to injection. The ratio
of the peak area of the target compound in the sample or sample extract to
the peak area of the internal standard in the sample or sample extract is
compared to a similar ratio derived for each calibration standard. The ratio is
termed the response factor (RF) or relative response factor (RRF) in some
methods.
External standard calibration involves comparison of instrument responses
from the sample to the responses from the target compounds in the calibration
standards. Sample peak areas are compared to peak areas of the standards.
The ratio of the detector responses to the amount (mass) of analyte in the
calibration standard is defined as the calibration factor or in some cases it may
be referred to as response factor.
6.4.7.7 Continuing Calibration Verification
The essential elements that define the procedures and required
documentation for continuing instrument calibration verification are specified
below.
• When an initial calibration is not performed on the day of analysis,
continuing instrument calibration verification is analyzed with each batch.
• Calibration is verified for each reported compound, element or
parameter; however, for analyses such as total petroleum hydrocarbons
a representative chemical related substance or mixture may be used. The
allowance for this exception is dependent on applicable regulatory,
method, or client project plans.
• Generally, the instrument calibration verification is performed at the
beginning, end, and every ten samples of each analytical batch (except,
if an internal standard is used, only one verification needs to be
performed at the beginning of the analytical batch); whenever it is
suspected that the analytical system may be out of calibration; if the time
period for calibration or most previous calibration verification has
expired; or for analytical systems that contain a specific calibration
verification requirement. Specific requirements for the frequency of
continuing calibration verification, for a particular method, is specified in
the corresponding method standard operating procedure.
6.4.8 Calibration and verification period are designated in support equipment and analytical
method SOPs. This equipment is labeled with calibration dates and any correction
factors, if needed.
6.4.9 Equipment that has been subjected to overloading or mishandling, gives questionable
results, or has been shown to be defective or outside specified requirements, is taken
out of service and labeled accordingly until repaired. It shall be recalibrated and not
returned to service until it has been verified to perform correctly. The laboratory shall
examine the effect of the defect or deviation from specified requirements and shall
initiate the nonconformance process.
6.4.10 Support equipment is verified per the SOP for Calibration and Use of Laboratory
Support Equipment and calibration verification is required on analytical instruments as
per method, program and SOP requirements.
6.4.11 Reference materials ordered by ALS have available documentation of purity,
traceability and uncertainty. Support equipment which require correction factors are
documented.
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 23 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
6.4.12 Passing verification criteria ensures that unintended adjustment of equipment is
identified.
6.4.13 Records of instruments are retained and include specifications, manufacturer, serial
numbers, identification, software version, location, status and the date of purchase.
The majority of firmware has no impact on laboratory activities. There are some
instruments in which the firmware is the software and can affect the laboratory
operations. These instruments are usually small like pH meters. If an instrument does
not have typical software to load and firmware is used to generate results, then the
firmware version must be entered in the instruments record log and any updates to
the firmware will be noted in the instrument maintenance log.
Records of calibration, maintenance, reference materials used, calibration checks or
verifications are kept with analytical data.

UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 24 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
Table 6-1
Equipment Maintenance Procedures
Instrument Applicable Activity Frequency Performed
Gas Chromatographs

Replace septum As required
In-House and
Outside Vendor
Check system for gas leaks,
loose/fray wires and
insulation
With cylinder change/Open
system
Replace injection port liner As required
Clean FID

As required
Change TCD assembly

As required
SCD – Change reaction tube As required
Catalyst check As required
Gas Chromatography /
Mass Spectrometers

Tune MSD As needed
In-House and
Outside Vendor
Change Semi-VOA capillary
column
As needed
Change Semi-VOA injection
port septum
As required
Change Semi-VOA injection
port liner
As required
Replace trap (VOA) As required
Clean ion source As required
Change filament As required
Change electron multiplier As required
Vacuum System:
• Mechanical pumps:
change oil, change
trap pellets (HP only)
• Diffusion pump: check
oil, check cooling fan,
change oil
• Turbo pump

• Check every 6 months,
check level monthly, change
at least annually or sooner is
necessary
• As required

• Replace as required

In-House
Air Preconcentrators /
Autosampler:
• Change traps
• Inspect Rotors
• Calibrate Mass Flow
Controllers

• As required
• As required
• Every 6 months

In-House
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 25 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual

6.5 Metrological Traceability
6.5.1 Traceability is defined as the property of a measurement result or value of a standard
which can be related to stated references through an unbroken chain, each with stated
uncertainties and is documented for all material used to perform calibrations. All
measurements made by the laboratory required an unbroken chain to National
Metrology Institute (NMI), Reference Standards or Reference Materials. The
documentation, a certificate of analysis containing, at a minimum, the manufacturer,
address, accreditation number (where applicable), how traceability was achieved, the
traceable values, their associated uncertainty, and the unique serial or laboratory
identification number of the equipment or standard reference material (SRM) shall serve
as initial point in the chain of traceability. The unique serial number or laboratory id
number is used throughout the laboratory to trace equipment and materials back to the
original certificate of analysis.
6.5.2 Reference Standards and Reference Materials
a) Reference Standards
Reference standards used by the laboratory are calibrated at determined intervals
by outside vendors for the following equipment. These reference standards are
maintained under the control of QA personnel and are used for verifying
intermediate materials used by the laboratory. Quality Assurance is responsible for
maintaining records and schedules of calibration.
• Reference Thermometers
• Reference Weights
Intermediate checks are used in the laboratory to verify performance of support
equipment and are verified to traceable reference standards. Records of such
verifications are managed by Quality Assurance.
b) Reference Materials
Reference materials used at ALS must be of the grade or quality specified by the
pertinent analytical procedure or methodology.
Purchased reference materials must be traceable to a National Metrology Institute
(NMI) or equivalent national or international standards where possible.
6.5.3 Reference Standards are calibrated by vendors certified to ISO 17025:2017.
Reference Materials are purchased, whenever possible. ALS uses reference materials
from Guide 34 or ISO 17034 accredited vendors.
Instrument Applicable Activity Frequency Performed
Analytical Balances Clean pan and compartment Prior to and after use
In-House Check with NIST traceable
weights
Prior to use
Refrigerators and
Freezers
Monitor Temperature Daily
In-House Adjust Temperature As required
Clean, Defrost As required
Ovens

Clean As needed or if temperature is
outside limit In-House
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 26 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
Second source reference materials are purchased and used in the testing process as
an independent verification of primary reference materials.
6.5.4 Reference material information is recorded in the appropriate logbook(s) and materials
are stored under conditions that provide maximum protection against deterioration and
contamination.
The logbook entry includes such information as an assigned logbook identification code,
the source of the material (i.e. vendor identification), solvent (if applicable) and
concentration of analyte(s), reference to the certificate of analysis and an assigned
expiration date. The date that the standard is received in the laboratory is marked on the
container. When the reference material is used for the first time, the date of usage and
the initials of the analyst are also recorded on the container.
Stock solutions and calibration standard solutions are prepared fresh as often as
necessary according to their stability. All standard solutions are properly labeled as to
analyte concentration, solvent, date, preparer, and expiration date; these entries are also
recorded in the appropriate notebook(s) following the SOP for Making Entries onto
Analytical Records. Prior to sample analysis, all calibration reference materials are
verified with a second, independent source of the material.
6.6 Externally Provided Products and Services
6.6.1 Laboratories contracted to perform analytical services for ALS must maintain quality
programs consistent with the quality requirements of ALS. Before a laboratory
performs subcontracted work for ALS, the Quality Assurance Manager must verify the
acceptability of the quality program.
Analytical services are subcontracted when the laboratory needs to balance workload
or when the requested analyses are not performed by the laboratory. Subcontracting,
to capable qualified laboratories is only done with the knowledge and approval of the
client. Subcontracting to another ALS Environmental laboratory is preferred over
external-laboratory subcontracting.
ALS uses vendors which supply the level of quality required to perform testing
activities. ALS maintains a relationship with multiple vendors and uses vendors with
comparable certifications or accreditations.
6.6.2 ALS SOP for Procurement and Control of Laboratory Services and Supplies outlines
the process, evaluation, criteria and records maintained from the evaluation and
reevaluation of supplies and services. Procedures used to qualify external subcontract
laboratory are described in the SOP for Qualification of Subcontract Laboratories.
6.6.3 Processes are designed to ensure that materials and services purchased meet the
quality specifications of ALS. Procurement services are provided at ALS by
administrative personnel. Procurement and receiving quality requirements
established by ALS are followed. All requisitions for purchase are approved by ALS
management and specify 1) the level of service required or 2) the quality/specifications
of material required.
The quality level of reagents and materials (grade, traceability, etc.) required is
specified in the analytical SOPs. Department supervisors ensure that the proper
materials are purchased. Inspection and verification of material ordered is performed
at the time of receipt by receiving personnel. The receipt of materials not meeting
specification in the purchase requisition requires investigation. The receiving staff
labels the material with the date received. Expiration dates are assigned as appropriate
for the material. Storage conditions and expiration dates are specified in the analytical
SOP. The SOP for Handling Consumable Materials provides default expiration
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 27 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
requirements. Supplies and services that are critical in maintaining the quality of
laboratory testing are procured from pre-approved vendors.
Receipt procedures include technical review of the purchase order/request to verify
that what was received is identical to the item ordered. The laboratory checks new lots
of reagents for unacceptable levels of contamination prior to use in sample
preservation, sample preparation, and sample analysis by following the SOP for
Handling Consumable Materials.
7.0 Process Requirements
7.1 Review of Requests, Tenders and Contracts
Project Managers are responsible for maintaining, archiving, and retrieving all contracts,
project requirements and QAPPs provided to ALS by clients and related to projects completed
by ALS. Procedures for client communication and documentation are listed in the SOP for
Project Management.
All Requests for Proposal (RFP) documents are reviewed by Project Managers, Business
Development, and appropriate managerial staff prior to signing any contracts or otherwise
agreeing to perform the work. The specific methods to be used are agreed upon between the
laboratory and the client. A capability review is performed to determine if the laboratory has
or needs to obtain certification to perform the work, to determine if the laboratory has the
resources (personnel, equipment, materials, capacity, skills, expertise) to perform the work,
and if the laboratory is able to meet the client’s required reporting and QC limits. The results
of this review are communicated to the client and any potential conflict, deficiency, lack of
appropriate accreditation status, or concerns of the ability to complete the client’s work are
resolved before any work commences. The client should be notified at this time if work is
expected to be subcontracted.
ALS Environmental utilizes a number of different methods to ensure that adequate resources
are available for service demands. Senior staff meetings, tracking of outstanding proposals
and an accurate, current synopsis of incoming work all assist the senior staff in properly
allocating sufficient resources. Status/production meetings are also conducted regularly with
the laboratory and project managers to inform the staff of the status of incoming work, future
projects, or project requirements.
If a contract needs to be amended after work has commenced, the contract review process is
repeated and any amendments are communicated to all affected personnel. Changes in
accreditation status affecting ongoing projects must be reported to the client. The laboratory
shall afford clients cooperation to clarify the client’s request and to monitor the laboratory’s
performance in relation to the work performed, provided that the laboratory ensures
confidentiality to other clients.
7.2 Selection, Verification, and Validation of Methods
7.2.1 SOPs are written for all environmental testing methods, any modified reference
methods, and any in-house developed methods. All SOPs are reviewed using
document control procedure. The SOP for Method Development outlines procedures
for performing method development and evaluating significant method changes for
implementation.
All analytical methods and preparatory method combinations are routinely tracked
and ALS maintains statistical control limits and reporting limits. The laboratory can
perform using limits provided by clients or from referenced sources in the absence of
historical data. The SOP for Control Limits describes how control limits are established
and updated.
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 28 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
ALS Environmental strives to perform published methods as described in the
referenced documents. If there is a material deviation from the published method, the
method is cited as a “Modified” method in the analytical report. Modifications to the
published methods are listed in the standard operating procedure. Standard
operating procedures are available to analysts and are also available to our clients for
review, especially those for “Modified” methods. Client approval is obtained for the
use of “Modified” methods prior to the performance of the analysis.
When a client requests a modification to an SOP, policy, or standard specification the
Project Manager must discuss the proposed deviation with the laboratory supervisor
and obtain approval to accept the project. The Laboratory Director and QA Manager
may also be involved. All project-specific requirements must be on-file and with the
service request upon logging in the samples. The Project Manager is responsible for
documenting the approved or allowed deviation from the SOP. A Project-Specific
Communication Form, LIMS comments, or similar, may be used to document such
deviations.
When a client request necessitates a deviation or departure from company policies or
procedure involving any non-technical function, the allowed deviation must be
approved by the laboratory or the Laboratory Director. Frequent departure from policy
is not encouraged. However, if frequent departure from any policy is noted, the
Laboratory Director will address the possible need for a change in policy.
7.2.2 The policy of ALS is to apply analytical methods that have been approved, validated,
and published by government agencies, professional societies and organizations,
respected private entities, and other recognized authorities. These methods have
been validated for their intended use and ALS uses the demonstration of competency
procedures, calibration of instruments and LOD/LOQ procedures to verify laboratory
capability.
Validation procedures describe three different classifications of validations for method
modification. New methods, permanent modifications to a published method which
will be used in subsequent laboratory determinations, and temporary modifications
applied only to immediate analytical projects. These methods are used with approval
from the clients.
The essential quality control elements for modification and validation include:
Calibration - Number of levels and acceptance criteria should meet or exceed
requirements used for the reference method.
QC Samples - QC samples prepared in the specific matrix, are assessed. If possible the
recoveries are compared to method or historical control limits used for the
reference method.
Sensitivity - Method Detection Limit is the lowest analyte concentration that produces
a response detectable above the noise level of the system and Reporting Limit
is the lowest level at which the analyte can be accurately and precisely
measured. Procedures for generating Method Detection and Reporting limits
can be found in the SOP for Performing Method Detection Limit Studies and
Establishing Limits of Detection and Quantitation.
If validation reports are required to validate methods, these reports must address the
following elements and follow established testing industry protocols:
Calibration – a demonstration of a concentration range where the analyte response is
proportional to concentration.
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 29 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
Sensitivity – Method Detection Limit is the lowest analyte concentration that produces
a response detectable above the noise level of the system and Reporting Limit
is the lowest level at which the analyte can be accurately and precisely
measured.
Selectivity - the ability of the method to accurately measure the analyte response in the
presence of all potential sample components.
Precision and Bias - Precision – the type of variability that can be expected among test
results. Bias - systematic error that contributes to the difference between the
mean of a large number of test results and an accepted reference value.
Robustness – the ability of the procedure to remain unaffected by small changes in
parameters or matrix.
7.2.3 Demonstration of Capability
A demonstration of capability (DOC) is performed prior to using any new test method
or when a technician is new to the method. This demonstration is made following
regulatory, accreditation, or method specified procedures. In general, this
demonstration does not test the performance of the method in real world samples, but
in the applicable clean matrix free of target analytes and interferences.
A quality control sample material may be obtained from an outside source or may be
prepared in the laboratory. The analyte(s) is (are) diluted in a volume of clean matrix
(for analytes which do not lend themselves to spiking the demonstration of capability
may be performed using quality control samples). Where specified, the method-
required concentration levels are used. Four aliquots are prepared and analyzed
according to the test procedure. The mean recovery and standard deviations are
calculated and compared to the corresponding acceptance criteria for precision and
accuracy in the test method or laboratory-generated acceptance criteria (if there are
not established mandatory criteria). All parameters must meet the acceptance criteria.
Where spike levels are not specified, actual Laboratory Control Sample results may be
used to meet this requirement, provided acceptance criteria are met.
7.2.4 Method Detection Limits and Method Reporting Limits & Limits of Detection/
Quantitation
Method Detection Limits (MDL) for methods performed at ALS Environmental-Simi
Valley are determined during initial method set up and if any significant changes are
made. The MDLs are determined by following the SOP for Performing Method Detection
Limits Studies and Establishing Limits of Detection and Quantitation, which is based on
the procedure in 40 CFR Part 136, Appendix B. The US EPA published a Method Update
Rule (MUR) on August 28, 2017 which updated the MDL procedure in 40 CFR Part 136.
As required by DoD protocol, the validity of MDLs is verified using LOD verification
samples.
The Method Reporting Limit (MRL) is the lowest amount of an analyte in a sample that can
be quantitatively determined with stated, acceptable precision and accuracy under stated
analytical conditions (i.e. limit of quantitation - LOQ). LOQ are analyzed on an annual or
quarterly basis and cannot be lower than the lowest calibration standard. Current MDLs
and MRLs are available from the laboratory.
7.2.5 Specialized Procedures
ALS Environmental not only strives to provide results that are scientifically sound,
legally defensible, and of known and documented quality; but also strives to provide
the best solution to analytical challenges. Procedures using specialized
instrumentation and methodology have been developed to improve sensitivity
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 30 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
(provide lower detection limits), selectivity (minimize interferences while maintaining
sensitivity), and overall data quality for low concentration applications. Examples are
specialized GC/MS analyses and low level organics analyses.
7.3 Sampling
The quality of analytical results is highly dependent upon the quality of the procedures used
to collect, preserve and store samples.
ALS Environmental-Simi Valley does not provide sampling services. The laboratory only
provides materials needed for sample collection; therefore, ALS Environmental-Simi Valley
recommends that clients follow sampling guidelines described in the specific reference
methods as appropriate.
When transporting samples to the laboratory, the most practical and lawful mode of transport
shall be utilized. Also, the hazardous potential of the samples shall be considered when
shipping samples via air freight or passenger airlines.
Subsampling of air samples is not appropriate. If applicable for other sample matrices, method
SOPs are followed to obtain representative sub-samples.
7.4 Handling of Test or Calibration Items
Standard operating procedures have been established for all aspects of sample management
within the laboratory including sample receiving, handling, acceptance, log-in, protection,
storage, retention, transportation, and disposal. The procedures include provisions necessary to
protect the integrity of the sample (as received) and to protect the interests of the laboratory as
well as the client. These procedures ensure that samples are handled properly and that all
associated documentation is complete and consistent. The sample handling factors that must be
taken into account to ensure accurate, defensible analytical results include but are not limited to:
• Amount of sample taken (sampling)
• Type of container used
• Existence and type of sample preservation
• Holding Time
• Proper custodial documentation
• Sample storage, tracking and/or transfer
• Retention
• Disposal
A record of all procedures to which a sample is subjected while in the possession of the laboratory
including acceptance, rejection, login, identification, preservation checks, storage, tracking, and
disposal are documented and maintained. In addition, all indirect procedures which support each
record of a sample and protects the integrity of a sample is documented and maintained (i.e.,
refrigerator and freezer temperature checks, thermometer calibrations, etc.).
7.4.1 Preservation
ALS Environmental-Simi Valley uses sample preservation, container, and holding time
recommendations published in a number of referenced documents including, but not
limited to EPA/625/R-96/010b (air samples), and EPA 40CFR part 136 and associated
Method Update Rules. The complete citation for each of these and other references
can be found in Section 10 of this document. The appropriate container, preservation
and holding time information are summarized in Appendix F. Additional information
on this is addressed in each corresponding method SOP.
7.4.2 Shipping of Containers and Samples
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 31 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
ALS Environmental-Simi Valley provides sample containers to client’s via media
requests for all matrices (air, etc.). These containers include Tedlar bags, specially
prepared stainless steel canisters, silica-gel tubes, etc. ALS Environmental-Simi Valley
keeps client-specific shipping requirements on file and utilizes all major transportation
carriers to guarantee that sample shipping requirements (same-day, overnight, etc.)
are met. The procedures for all requirements directed toward media requests follow
the requirements detailed in the SOP for Media Request Fulfillment.
7.4.3 Sample Receiving and Acceptance
It is the policy of ALS Environmental-Simi Valley to check and record the condition of
each sample (i.e. pressure, temperature, etc.) delivered to the Sample Management
Office (SMO) and received by the Sample Management Custodian or alternates
against certain acceptance criteria as documented in the SOP for Sample Receiving,
Acceptance, and Log-In. This policy is available to all sample management personnel
for reference. Any samples, which deviate from these outlined areas, will be clearly
flagged with the nature and substance of the deviation. Assessment and condition
checks utilized by ALS Environmental-Simi Valley for the acceptance or rejection of
samples are based on the criteria found in Appendix F, applicable Quality Assurance
Project Plan (QAPP), permit, program or rule where appropriate. This verification of
sample integrity is conducted by the Sample Custodian and may be dependent on the
matrix (i.e., temperature, preservation, and headspace) being submitted.
Any abnormalities or departures from specified condition requirements (as described
herein) as observed during the initial assessment are recorded. When there is any
doubt as to the suitability of a sample for testing, including signs of damage, when a
sample does not conform to the description provided, or when the test method
required is not specified in sufficient detail the appropriate Project Manager (PM) is
notified.
The Project Manager shall consult with the client, whenever possible, regarding
specific integrity issues documented during sample receipt for further instructions
before proceeding and retain a written record of discussion. There may be instances
where the client is unavailable, in which case the PM shall document all attempts at
contacting the client.
There may be a need to inform the client that a sample(s) is rejected and cannot be
accepted for analysis into the laboratory. This situation includes, but is not limited to
loss of sample or insufficient amount (subsampling may be performed if it would not
cause loss of sample integrity, but the procedure must be indicated with the test
results). Subsampling of air samples is not appropriate.
The procedures for sample documentation, handling acceptance requirements and
deviations from the sample acceptance policy are discussed in detail in the SOP for
Sample Receiving, Acceptance and Log-In. This procedure is also in place to ensure
samples are received and properly logged into the laboratory, and that all associated
sample documentation, including Chain-of-Custody (COC) records are complete and
consistent with the samples received. All associated documentation, including chain
of custody forms, memos, transmittal forms, and phone logs, are kept with each project
file.
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 32 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
7.4.4 Sample Log-in
Each sample is logged into the laboratory in such a way as to ensure traceability and
cross-reference with regards to the unique laboratory job number, sample
identifications and client sample identifications. The laboratory identification is
retained throughout the life of the sample in the laboratory. The identification system
is designed and operated to ensure that samples cannot be confused physically or in
laboratory documentation. Additional information is provided in the SOP for Sample
Receiving, Acceptance, and Log-In.
7.4.5 Sample Custody
A sample is in someone’s “custody” if:
 It is in one’s actual physical possession.  It is in one’s view, after being in
one’s physical possession.
 It is in one’s physical possession and then
locked up so that no one can tamper with it
 It is kept in a secured area,
restricted to authorized personnel
only.
Chain-of-Custody (COC) records are used to establish the legal custody of samples,
showing the continuous possession of samples from sample collection and
transportation to final destination at the laboratory. Custody of each sample is
traceable from receipt through disposal (internally utilizing LIMS). When
environmental samples are shipped to other laboratories for analysis, the sample
management office follows formalized procedures for maintaining the chain of
custody, which is written in SOPs for Sample Receiving, Acceptance and Login and
Laboratory Storage, Analysis, and Tracking. An example to our facilities’ Chain-of-
Custody is depicted in Figure 7-1.
Laboratory security and access is important in maintaining the integrity of samples
received at ALS Environmental-Simi Valley. Refer to section 6.3.4 for details regarding
security of facilities.
7.4.6 Sample Storage, Analysis and Tracking
The procedures and requirements for documenting the storage, analysis and tracking as
well as maintaining integrity of samples are detailed in the SOP for Laboratory Storage,
Analysis, and Tracking.
7.4.7 Sample Retention and Waste Disposal
Upon completion of all analyses, the laboratory samples are retained in accordance with
the requirements specified in the method SOPs and the Simi Valley Lab Waste
Management Plan. The samples are disposed according to approved disposal practices
or returned to the client (if applicable). All samples are characterized according to
hazardous/non-hazardous waste criteria and are segregated accordingly. This evaluation
is generally based on results from analyses performed on the sample by ALS
Environmental-Simi Valley or an approved subcontract laboratory. It should be noted that
all wastes produced at the laboratory, including the laboratory’s own various hazardous
waste streams, are treated in accordance with all applicable local, State and Federal laws.
Complete documentation is maintained for samples from initial receipt through final
disposal. This ensures an accurate record of the samples from “cradle to grave.” UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 33 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
7.4.8 Intra-laboratory / Inter-laboratory Transfer of Samples
When environmental samples are shipped to another laboratory for analysis, samples
are properly packed for shipment and preserved if necessary. Sample bottles are
wrapped in protective material and placed in a plastic bag (preferably Ziploc®) to avoid
any possible cross-contamination of samples during the transportation process. Blue or
wet ice is used for temperature preservation, where necessary.

UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 34 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
Figure 7-1
Air Chain of Custody Form

UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 35 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
Figure 7-2

UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y
ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 36 of 100
RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
7.5 Technical Records
7.5.1 Documentation and Archiving of Sample Analysis Data
ALS Environmental maintains a records system which ensures that all laboratory
records of analysis data are retained and available. The archiving system includes, but
is not limited to, the following items (where applicable) for each set of analyses
performed:
•Bench sheets describing sample preparation (if appropriate) and analysis;
•Instrument parameters (or reference to the data acquisition method);
•Sample analysis sequence;
•Instrument printouts, including chromatograms and peak integration reports for all
samples, standards, blanks, spikes, duplicates and reruns;
•Applicable standard identification numbers;
•Chain of custody, service request and sample acceptance check forms;
•Initial calibration and data review checklist(s);
•Copies of report sheets submitted to the work request file; and
•Copies of Nonconformity and Corrective Action Reports, if necessary.
Individual sets of analyses are identified by analysis date and service request number.
Since many analyses are performed with computer-based data systems, the final sample
concentrations can be automatically calculated. If additional calculations are needed,
they are written on the integration report or securely stapled to the chromatogram, if
done on a separate sheet.
For organics analysis, data applicable to all analyses within the batch, such as GCMS
tunes, CCVs, batch QC, and analysis sequences; are kept using a separate
documentation system. This system is used to archive data on a batch-specific basis
and is segregated according to the date of analysis. This system also includes results
for the most recent calibration curves, as well as method validation results.
Additional technical record documentation details can be found in the SOP for
Making Entries onto Analytical Records and SOP for Laboratory Storage, Analysis and
Tracking.
7.6 Evaluation of Measurement of Uncertainty
Uncertainty is associated with most of the results obtained in the laboratory testing conducted
by ALS. It is meaningful to estimate the extent of the uncertainty associated with each result
generated by the laboratory. It is also useful to recognize that this measurement of uncertainty
is likely to be much less than that associated with sample collection activities.
In practice, the uncertainty of a result may arise from many possible sources. ALS has
considered the relative contribution of major sources of error. The approach to estimating
uncertainty adopted by the laboratory resulted in the conclusion that many sources of error
are insignificant compared to the processes of sample preparation, calibration, and
instrumental measurement. The uncertainty associated with the processes can be estimated
from quality control data. Accordingly, ALS estimates uncertainty from data derived from
quality control samples carried through the entire analytical process.
When requested by the client or relevant to the validity of reported results, the estimation of
measurement uncertainty will be provided to a client or regulatory agency. How the
uncertainty will be reported may be dictated by the client’s reporting specifications.
Procedures for determining and reporting uncertainty are given in the SOP for Control Limits,
Trending and Uncertainty. The estimation of uncertainty applied by ALS relates only to
measurements conducted in the laboratory. Uncertainty associated with processes conducted
external to the laboratory (e.g., sampling activities) are not considered.
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 37 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
7.7 Ensuring the Validity of Results
A primary focus of ALS Environmental’s QA Program is to ensure the accuracy, precision and
comparability of all analytical results. Prior to using a procedure for the analysis on field samples,
acceptable method performance is established by performing demonstration of capability
analyses. Performance characteristics are established by performing method detection limit
studies and assessing accuracy and precision according to the reference method. ALS
Environmental has established Quality Control (QC) objectives for precision and accuracy that
are used to determine the acceptability of the data that is generated. These QC limits are either
specified in the test methodology or are statistically derived based on the laboratory's historical
data. Quality Control objectives are defined below.
7.7.1 Analytical Batch
The basic unit for analytical quality control is the analytical batch. The definition that
ALS Environmental-Simi Valley has adopted for the analytical batch is listed below. The
overriding principle for describing an analytical batch is that all the samples in a batch,
both field samples and quality control samples are to be handled exactly the same
way, and all of the data from each analysis is to be manipulated in exactly the same
manner. The minimum requirements of an analytical batch are:
1) The number of (field) samples in a batch is not to exceed 20.
2) All (field) samples in a batch are of the same matrix.
3) The QC samples to be processed with the (field) samples include:
a) Method Blank (a.k.a. Laboratory Reagent Blank)
Function: Determination of laboratory contamination
b) Laboratory Control Sample
Function: Assessment of method performance
c) Matrix Spiked (field) Sample (a.k.a. Laboratory Fortified Sample Matrix)*
Function: Assessment of matrix bias
d) Duplicate Matrix Spiked (field) Sample or Duplicate (field) Sample (a.k.a.
Laboratory Duplicate)*
Function: Assessment of batch precision
* A sample identified as a field blank, an equipment blank, or a trip blank is
not to be matrix spiked or duplicated.
4) A single lot of reagents is used to process the batch of samples.
5) Each operation within the analysis is performed by a single analyst, technician,
chemist, or by a team of analysts/technicians/chemists.
6) Samples are analyzed in a continuous manner over a timeframe not to exceed 24-
hours between the start of processing of the first and last sample of the batch.
7) (Field) samples are assigned to batches commencing at the time that sample
processing begins. For example: for analysis of metals, sample processing begins
when the samples are digested. For analysis of organic constituents, it begins when
the samples are extracted.
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 38 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
8) The QC samples are to be analyzed in conjunction with the associated field samples
prepared with them. However, for tests which have a separate sample preparation
step that defines a batch (extraction, etc.), the QC samples in the batch do not
require analysis each time a field sample within the preparation batch is analyzed
(multiple instrument sequences to analyze all field samples in the batch need not
include re-analyses of the QC samples).
9) The batch is to be assigned a unique identification number that can be used to
correlate the QC samples with the field samples.
10) Batch QC refers to the QC samples that are analyzed in a batch of (field) samples.
11) Project-specific requirements may be exceptions. If project, program, or method
requirements are more stringent than these laboratory minimum requirements,
then the project, program, or method requirements will take precedence.
However, if the project, program, or method requirements are less stringent than
these laboratory minimum requirements, these laboratory minimum requirements
will take precedence.

Note: Matrix spiked samples are often not feasible for air matrices. Therefore, the MS
shall be used as required by the test method and as specified by the corresponding
method SOP.
7.7.2 Quality Control Objectives
7.7.2.1 Accuracy - Accuracy is a measure of the closeness of an individual
measurement (or an average of multiple measurements) to the true or
expected value. Accuracy is determined by calculating the mean value of
results from ongoing analyses of laboratory-fortified blanks, standard
reference materials, and standard solutions. In addition, laboratory-fortified
(i.e. matrix-spiked) samples are also measured; this indicates the accuracy or
bias in the actual sample matrix. Accuracy is expressed as percent recovery (%
REC.) of the measured value, relative to the true or expected value. If a
measurement process produces results whose mean is not the true or
expected value, the process is said to be biased. Bias is the systematic error
either inherent in a method of analysis (e.g., extraction efficiencies) or caused
by an artifact of the measurement system (e.g., contamination).
ALS Environmental utilizes several quality control measures to eliminate
analytical bias, including systematic analysis of method blanks, laboratory
control samples and independent calibration verification standards. Because
bias can be positive or negative, and because several types of bias can occur
simultaneously, only the net, or total, bias can be evaluated in a measurement.
7.7.2.2 Precision - Precision is the ability of an analytical method or instrument to
reproduce its own measurement. It is a measure of the variability, or random
error, in sampling, sample handling and in laboratory analysis. The American
Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) recognizes two levels of precision:
repeatability - the random error associated with measurements made by a
single test operator on identical aliquots of test material in a given laboratory,
with the same apparatus, under constant operating conditions, and
reproducibility - the random error associated with measurements made by
different test operators, in different laboratories, using the same method but
different equipment to analyze identical samples of test material.
"Within-batch" precision is measured using replicate sample or QC analyses
and is expressed as the relative percent difference (RPD) between the
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 39 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
measurements. The "batch-to-batch" precision is determined from the
variance observed in the analysis of standard solutions or laboratory control
samples from multiple analytical batches.
7.7.2.3 Control Limits - The control limits for accuracy and precision originate from two
different sources. For analyses having enough QC data, control limits are
calculated at the 99% confidence limits. For analyses not having enough QC
data, or where the method is prescriptive, control limits are taken from the
method on which the procedure is based. If the method does not have stated
control limits, then control limits are assigned method-default or reasonable
values. Control limits are updated periodically when new statistical limits are
generated for the appropriate surrogate, laboratory control sample, and
matrix spike compounds or when method prescribed limits change. The
updated limits are reviewed by the QA Manager. The new control limits
replace the previous limits and data is assessed using the new values. Current
acceptance limits for accuracy and precision are available from the laboratory.
For inorganics, the precision limit values listed are for laboratory duplicates.
For organics, the precision limit values listed are for duplicate laboratory
control samples or duplicate matrix spike analyses.
7.7.2.4 Representativeness - Representativeness is the degree to which the field
sample, being properly preserved, free of contamination, and analyzed within
holding time, represents the overall sample site or material. This can be
extended to the sample itself, in that representativeness is the degree to which
the subsample that is analyzed represents the entire field sample submitted
for analysis. ALS Environmental has sample handling procedures to ensure
that the sample used for analysis is representative of the entire sample.
Further, analytical SOPs specify appropriate sample handling and sample sizes
to further ensure the sample aliquot that is analyzed is representative of entire
sample. Air samples received by the laboratory in canisters and bags are
considered to be homogenous and therefore, no special sample preparation
procedures are necessary.
7.7.2.5 Comparability – Comparability expresses the confidence with which one data
set can be compared to another and is directly affected by data quality
(accuracy and precision) and sample handling (sampling, preservation, etc.).
Only data of known quality can be compared. The objective is to generate data
of known quality with the highest level of comparability, completeness, and
usability. This is achieved by employing the quality controls listed below and
standard operating procedures for the handling and analysis of all samples.
Data is reported in units specified by the client and using ALS Environmental
or project-specified data qualifiers.
7.7.3 Quality Control Procedures
The specific types, frequencies, and processes for quality control sample analysis are
described in detail in method-specific standard operating procedures and listed
below. These sample types and frequencies have been adopted for each method and
a definition of each type of QC sample is provided below.
7.7.3.1 Method Blank (a.k.a. Laboratory Reagent Blank)
The method blank is an analyte-free matrix (air, water, etc.) subjected to the
entire analytical process. The method blank is analyzed to demonstrate that the
analytical system itself does not introduce contamination. The method blank
results should be below the Method Reporting Limit (MRL) or, if required for
DoD projects, < ½ MRL for the analyte(s) being tested. Otherwise, corrective
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 40 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
action must be taken. A method blank is included with the analysis of every
sample preparation batch, every 20 samples, or as stated in the method,
whichever is more frequent.
7.7.3.2 Calibration Blanks
For some methods, calibration blanks are prepared along with calibration
standards in order to create a calibration curve. Calibration blanks are free of
the analyte of interest and, where applicable, provide the zero point of the
calibration curve. Additional project-specific requirements may also apply to
calibration blanks.
7.7.3.3 Continuing Calibration Blanks
Continuing calibration blanks (CCBs) are solutions of analyte-free water,
reagent, or solvent that are analyzed in order to verify the system is
contamination-free when CCV standards are analyzed.
The frequency of CCB analysis is once every ten samples or as indicated in
the method, whichever is greater. Additional project-specific requirements
may also apply to continuing calibration blanks.
7.7.3.4 Calibration Standards
Calibration standards are vapors, liquids or solutions of known concentration
prepared from primary standard or stock standard materials. Calibration
standards are used to calibrate the instrument response with respect to analyte
concentration. Standards are analyzed in accordance with the requirements
stated in the particular method being used.
7.7.3.5 Initial (or Independent) Calibration Verification Standards
Initial (or independent) calibration verification standards (ICVs) are standards
that are analyzed after calibration but prior to sample analysis, in order to verify
the validity and accuracy of the standards used for calibration. Once it is
determined that there is no defect or error in the calibration standard(s),
standards are considered valid and may be used for subsequent calibrations
and quantitative determinations (as expiration dates and methods allow). The
ICV standards are prepared from materials obtained from a source
independent of that used for preparing the calibration standards (“second-
source”). ICVs are also analyzed in accordance with method-specific
requirements.
7.7.3.6 Continuing Calibration Verification Standards
Continuing calibration verification standards (CCVs) are midrange standards
that are analyzed in order to verify that the calibration of the analytical system
is still acceptable. The frequency of CCV analysis is either once every ten
samples, or as indicated in the method.
7.7.3.7 Internal Standards
Internal standards are known amounts of specific compounds that are added
to each sample prior to instrument analysis. Internal standards are generally
used for GC/MS procedures to correct sample results that have been
affected by changes in instrument conditions or changes caused by matrix
effects. The requirements for evaluation of internal standards are specified
in each method and SOP.
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 41 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
7.7.3.8 Surrogates
Surrogates are organic compounds which are similar in chemical
composition and chromatographic behavior to the analytes of interest, but
which are not normally found in environmental samples. Depending on the
analytical method, one or more of these compounds is added to method
blanks, calibration and check standards, and samples (including duplicates,
matrix spike samples, duplicate matrix spike samples and laboratory control
samples) prior to extraction and analysis in order to monitor the method
performance on each sample. The percent recovery is calculated for each
surrogate, and the recovery is a measurement of the overall method
performance.
Recovery (%) = (M/T) x 100
Where: M = The measured concentration of analyte,
T = The theoretical concentration of analyte added.
7.7.3.9 Laboratory Control Samples
The laboratory control sample (LCS) is an aliquot of analyte-free liquid, solid
or air matrix to which known amounts of the method analyte(s) is (are) added.
A reference material of known matrix type, containing certified amounts of
target analytes, may also be used as an LCS. An LCS is prepared and
analyzed at a minimum frequency of one LCS per 20 samples, with every
analytical batch or as stated in the method, whichever is more frequent. The
LCS sample is prepared and analyzed in exactly the same manner as the field
samples.
The percent recovery of the target analytes in the LCS is compared to
established control limits and assists in determining whether the
methodology is in control and whether the laboratory is capable of making
accurate and precise measurements at the required reporting limit.
Comparison of batch-to-batch LCS analyses enables the laboratory to
evaluate batch-to-batch precision and accuracy.
Recovery (%) = (M/T) x 100
Where: M = The measured concentration of analyte,
T = The theoretical concentration of analyte added.
7.7.3.10 Laboratory Fortified Blanks - LFB
A laboratory blank fortified at the MRL used to verify the minimum reporting
limit. The LFB is carried through the entire extraction and analytical
procedure. LFBs are not performed at this location.
7.7.3.11 Matrix Spikes (a.k.a. Laboratory Fortified Sample Matrix)
Matrix spiked samples are aliquots of samples to which a known amount of
the target analyte (or analytes) is (are) added. The samples are then prepared
and analyzed in the same analytical batch, and in exactly the same manner
as are routine samples. For the appropriate methods, matrix spiked samples
are prepared and analyzed and at a minimum frequency of one spiked
sample (and one duplicate spiked sample, if appropriate) per twenty
samples. The spike recovery measures the effects of interferences caused by
the sample matrix and reflects the accuracy of the method for the particular
matrix in question. Spike recoveries are calculated as follows:
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 42 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
Recovery (%) = (S - A) x 100 ÷ T
Where: S = The observed concentration of analyte in the spiked
sample,
A = The analyte concentration in the original sample, and
T = The theoretical concentration of analyte added to the
spiked sample.
Note: Matrix spiked samples are often not feasible for air matrices.
Therefore, the MS shall be used as required by the test method and as
specified by the corresponding method SOP.
7.7.3.12 Laboratory Duplicates and Duplicate Matrix Spikes
Duplicates are additional replicates of samples that are subjected to the same
preparation and analytical scheme as the original sample. Depending on the
method of analysis, either a duplicate analysis (and/or a matrix spiked sample)
or a matrix spiked sample and duplicate matrix spiked sample (MS/DMS) are
analyzed. The relative percent difference between duplicate analyses or
between an MS and DMS is a measure of the precision for a given method and
analytical batch. The relative percent difference (RPD) for these analyses is
calculated as follows:
Relative Percent Difference (RPD) = (S1 - S2) x 100 ÷ Save
Where S1 and S2 = The observed concentrations of analyte in the
sample and its duplicate, or in the matrix spike and
its duplicate matrix spike, and
Save = The average of observed analyte concentrations in
the sample and its duplicate, or in the matrix spike
and its duplicate matrix spike.
Depending on the method of analysis, either duplicates (and/or matrix spikes)
or MS/DMS analyses are performed at a minimum frequency of one set per 20
samples. If an insufficient quantity of sample is available to perform a laboratory
duplicate or duplicate matrix spikes, duplicate LCSs will be prepared and
analyzed.
7.7.3.13 Control Charting
The generation of control charts is routinely performed at ALS Environmental.
Where appropriate, Surrogate, Matrix Spike and LCS recoveries are monitored
and charted. In addition, the laboratory also monitors the Relative Percent
Difference (RPD) measurement of precision. Control charts are available to
each department to monitor the data generated and identify trends in the
analytical results. If trends in the data are perceived, various means of corrective
action may then be employed in order to prevent future problems with the
analytical system(s). Finally, data quality reports using control charts are
generated for specific clients and projects pursuant to contract requirements.
The control charting procedure is described in the SOP for Control Limits,
Trending and Uncertainty.
7.7.3.14 Glassware Washing
Glassware washing and maintenance play a crucial role in the daily operation
of a laboratory. The glassware used at ALS Environmental undergoes a
rigorous cleansing procedure prior to every usage. The SOP for Glassware
Cleaning outlines the various procedures used at ALS Environmental-Simi
Valley; each procedure is specific to the end-use of the equipment as well as
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 43 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
to the overall analytical requirements of the project. In addition, other
equipment that may be routinely used at the laboratory is also cleaned
following instructions in the appropriate SOP.
7.7.3.15 Collection Efficiency
In the case of sampling trains (consisting of one or more multi-section
sorbent tubes), which are received intact by the laboratory, the “front” and
“back” sections shall be separated if required by the client. Each section shall
be processed and analyzed separately and the analytical results reported
accordingly.
7.7.3.16 Desorption Efficiency and Method Reporting Limits (Industrial Hygiene)
Desorption efficiency (DE) is the ability of an analytical method to recover
the analyte from the collection media. Desorption efficiencies are
determined initially and for each analyte to be reported. In addition, a DE
study is performed each time there is a change in the test method, or with
each new lot of media. Desorption efficiency shall be determined using
sorbent media from the same lot number used for the field samples, if
possible, and of the identical size and type. The DE values are used to correct
the sample results (for all samples except passive samplers) before
reporting.
Minimum reporting limits for each reportable analyte are determined initially
by the analysis of spiked media, prepared at the desired reporting limit and
carried through the entire analytical process. The reporting limit is verified
or re-established annually (or if there is a change in methodology or
instrumentation) and instrument performance is checked with each
analytical batch through the analysis of an analytical standard prepared at
the reporting limit.
7.7.3.17 Field and Trip Blanks
Field and trip blanks are analyzed when they are submitted to the laboratory
for analysis. The actual field samples are flagged (when analytes are found in
the blank) if and only if the laboratory is able to analyze the samples in the
same analytical sequence as the corresponding field or trip blank. If this is not
possible due to client submission restrictions then the results for the samples
and blanks shall be reported independently with no flag. However, an
explanation of this is included in the final report. This laboratory does not feel
that Summa canisters are suitable for use as trip blanks. It is for this reason that
the results for these types of containers are reported as separate samples and
flagging is not considered appropriate.
7.7.3.18 Analysis of Performance Evaluation Samples (PT)
ALS Environmental-Simi Valley participates in the analysis of interlaboratory
proficiency testing (PT) samples. Participation in PT studies is performed on a
regular basis and is designed to evaluate all analytical areas of the laboratory.
General procedures for these analyses are described in the SOP for Proficiency
Testing and Repeatability / Comparability Studies. ALS Environmental-Simi
Valley routinely participates in the following studies:
• Air and Emissions PT studies (TO-15, TO-17, 325B) twice per year
• Other studies as required for specific certifications, accreditations, or
validations.
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 44 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
PT samples are processed by entering them into the LIMS system as samples
(assigned Service Request, due date, testing requirements, etc.) and are
processed the same as field samples. The laboratory sections handle samples
the same as field samples, performing the analyses following method
requirements and performing data review. The laboratory sections submit
results to the QA Manager for subsequent reporting to the appropriate
agencies or study provider. Results of the performance evaluation samples and
audits are reviewed by the QA Manager, Laboratory Director, and the
laboratory staff. For any results outside acceptance criteria, the analysis data is
reviewed to identify a root cause for the deficiency, and corrective action is
taken and documented through nonconformance (NCAR) procedures.
7.8 Reporting of Results
ALS Environmental reports the analytical data produced in its laboratories to the client via the
certified analytical report. This report includes a transmittal letter, a case narrative, client project
information, specific test results, quality control data, chain of custody information, and any other
project-specific support documentation. The following procedures describe our data reduction,
validation and reporting procedures.
7.8.1 Data Reduction and Review
Results are generated by the analyst who performs the analysis and works up the data.
All data is initially reviewed and processed by analysts using appropriate methods (e.g.,
chromatographic software, instrument printouts, hand calculation, etc.). Equations used
for calculation of results are found in the applicable analytical SOPs. The resulting data
set is either manually entered into an electronic report form or is electronically transferred
into the report from the software used to process the original data set (e.g.,
chromatographic software). The data is then reviewed by the analyst for accuracy. Once
the primary analyst has checked the data for accuracy and acceptability, the supervisor or
second qualified analyst reviews the data for errors. Where calculations are not
performed using a validated software system, the reviewer rechecks a minimum of 10%
of the calculations. When the entire data set has been found to be acceptable it is turned
into the reporting department where final reports are generated and then validated by a
Data Validation Coordinator. The hardcopy or electronic final report is physically or
electronically signed by the project manager and the final report may be stored
electronically or in hardcopy format. Test analysis data shall be kept in the appropriate
service request folder. Data review and reporting procedures are described in the SOP
for Data Review and Reporting.
Policies and procedures for manual editing of data are established. The analyst making
the change must initial and date the edited data entry, without obliteration of the original
entry. The policies and procedures are described in the SOP for Making Entries onto
Analytical Records.
Policies and procedures for electronic manual integration of chromatographic data are
established. The analyst performing the integration must document the integration
change by printing both the “before” and “after” integrations and including them in the
raw data records. The policies and procedures are described in the SOP for Manual
Integration.
7.8.2 Confirmation Data
Confirmation data will be provided as specified in the method. Identification criteria
for GC, LC or GC/MS methods are summarized below:
• GC and LC Methods
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 45 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
1. The analyte must fall within plus or minus three times the standard deviation
(established for the analyte/column) of the retention time of the daily
midpoint standard in order to be qualitatively identified. The retention-time
windows will be established and documented, as specified in the
appropriate Standard Operating Procedure (SOP).
2. When sample results are confirmed by two dissimilar columns or detectors,
the agreement between quantitative results must be evaluated. The relative
percent difference between the two results is calculated and evaluated
against SOP and/or method criteria.
• GC/MS Methods - Two criteria are used to verify identification:
1. Elution of the analyte in the sample will occur at the same relative retention
time (RRT) as that of the analyte in the standard.
2. The mass spectrum of the analyte in the sample must, in the opinion of a
qualified analyst or the department manager, correspond to the spectrum
of the analyte in the standard or the current GC/MS reference library.
7.8.3 Data Review and Validation of Results
The integrity of the data generated is assessed through the evaluation of the sample
results, calibrations, and QC samples (method blanks, laboratory control samples,
sample duplicates, matrix spikes, trip blanks, etc.). A brief description of the evaluation
of these analyses is described below, with details listed in applicable SOPs. The criteria
for evaluation of QC samples are listed within each method-specific SOP. Other data
evaluation measures may include (as necessary) a check of the accuracy check of the
QC standards and a check of the system sensitivity. Data transcriptions and
calculations are also reviewed.
Note: Within the scope of this document, all possible data assessment requirements
for various project protocols cannot be included in the listing below. This listing gives
a general description of data evaluation practices used in the laboratory in compliance
with NELAP Quality Systems requirements. Additional requirements exist for certain
programs, such as projects under the DoD QSM protocols, and project-specific
QAPPs.
 Method Calibration – Following the analysis of calibration blanks and standards
according to the applicable SOP the calibration correlation coefficient, average
response factor, etc. is calculated and compared to specified criteria. If the
calibration meets criteria analysis may continue. If the calibration fails, any problems
are isolated and corrected and the calibration standards reanalyzed. Following
calibration and analysis of the independent calibration verification standard(s) the
percent difference for the ICV is calculated. If the percent difference is within the
specified limits the calibration is complete. If not, the problem associated with the
calibration and/or ICV are isolated and corrected and verification and/or calibration
is repeated.
 Continuing Calibration Verification (CCV) – Following the analysis of the CCV
standard the percent difference is calculated and compared to specified criteria. If
the CCV meets the criteria analysis may continue. If the CCV fails, routine corrective
action is performed and documented and a 2nd CCV is analyzed. If this CCV meets
criteria, analysis may continue, including any reanalysis of samples that were
associated with a failing CCV. If the routine corrective action failed to produce an
immediate CCV within criteria, then either acceptable performance is demonstrated
(after additional corrective action) with two consecutive calibration verifications or a
new initial calibration is performed.
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 46 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
 Method Blank – Results for the method blank are calculated as performed for
samples. If results are less than the MRL (<½ MRL for DoD projects), the blank may
be reported. If not, associated sample results are evaluated to determine the impact
of the blank result. If possible, the source of the contamination is determined. If the
contamination has affected sample results the blank and samples are reanalyzed. If
positive blank results are reported, the blank (and sample) results are flagged with
an appropriate flag, qualifier, or footnote.
 Sample Results (Organic) – For GC/MS analyses, it is verified that the analysis was
within the prescribed tune window. If not, the sample is reanalyzed. Following
sample analysis and calculations (including any dilutions made due to the sample
matrix) peak integrations, retention times, and spectra are evaluated to confirm
qualitative identification. Internal standard responses and surrogate recoveries are
evaluated against specified criteria. If internal standard response does not meet
criteria, the sample is diluted and reanalyzed. Results outside of the calibration
range are diluted to within the calibration range. When dilutions are performed the
MRL is elevated accordingly.
 Surrogate Results (Organic) – The percent recovery of each surrogate is compared
to specified control limits. If recoveries are acceptable, the results are reported. If
recoveries do not fall within control limits, the sample matrix is evaluated. When
matrix interferences are present or documented, the results are reported with a
qualifier that matrix interferences are present.
If no matrix interferences are present and there is no cause for the outlier, the sample
is reanalyzed. However, if the recovery is above the upper control limit with non-
detected target analytes, the sample may be reported. All surrogate recovery
outliers are appropriately qualified on the report.
 Duplicate Sample and/or Duplicate Matrix Spike Results – The RPD is calculated and
compared to the specified control limits. If the RPD is within the control limits the
result is reported. If not, an evaluation of the sample is made to verify that a
homogenous sample was used and the results are compared to the MRL. The
samples and duplicates are reanalyzed and if re-analysis also produces out-of-
control results, the results are reported with an appropriate qualifier.
 Laboratory Control Sample Results – Following analysis of the LCS the percent
recovery is calculated and compared to specified control limits. If the recovery is
within control limits, the analysis is in control and results may be reported. If not, this
indicates that the analysis is not in control. Samples associated with the ‘out of
control’ LCS, shall be considered suspect and the samples reanalyzed or the data
reported with the appropriate qualifiers.
 Matrix Spike Results – Following analysis of the MS the percent recovery is calculated
and compared to specified control limits. If the recovery is within control limits the
results may be reported. If not, and the LCS is within control limits, this indicates that
the matrix potentially biases analyte recovery. It is verified that the spike level is at
least five times the background level. If not, the results are reported with a qualifier
that the background level is too high for accurate recovery determination. If matrix
interferences are present or results indicate a potential problem with sample
preparation, steps may be taken to improve results; such as dilution and reanalysis,
or re-preparation and reanalysis. Results that do not meet acceptance limits are
reported with an appropriate qualifier.
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 47 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
7.8.4 Data Reporting
When an analyst determines that a data package has met the data quality objectives
(and/or any client-specific data quality objectives) of the method and has qualified any
anomalies in a clear, acceptable fashion, the data package will undergo a peer review
by a trained chemist. Prior to release of the report to the client, the Project Manager
(or designee) reviews and approves the entire report for completeness and to ensure
that any and all client-specified objectives were successfully achieved. The original raw
test data, along with a copy of the final report, is retained by service request number
for archival purposes. ALS Environmental maintains control of analytical results by
adhering to standard operating procedures and by observing sample custody
requirements. All data is calculated and reported in units consistent with project
specifications, to enable easy comparison of data from report to report.
To the extent possible, samples shall be reported only if all QC measures are
acceptable. If a QC measure is found to be out of control, and the data is to be
reported, all samples associated with the failed quality control measure shall be
reported with the appropriate data qualifier(s) (See Appendix H). The SOP for Data
Review and Reporting addresses the flagging and qualification of data. The ALS
Environmental-defined data qualifiers, state-specific data qualifiers, or project-defined
data qualifiers are used depending on project requirements. A case narrative may be
written by the analyst or project manager to explain problems with a specific analysis
or sample, etc.
For subcontracted analyses, the Project Manager verifies that the report received from
the subcontractor is complete. This includes checking that the correct analyses were
performed, the analyses were performed for each sample as requested, a report is
provided for each analysis, and the report is signed. The Project Manager accepts the
report if all verification items are complete. Acceptance is demonstrated by forwarding
the report to the ALS Environmental client.
7.8.5 Deliverables
In order to meet individual project needs, ALS Environmental provides several levels
of analytical reports. Standard specifications for each level of deliverable are described
in Table 7-1. Variations may be provided based on client or project specifications.
When requested, ALS Environmental provides Electronic Data Deliverables (EDDs) in
the format specified by client need or project specification. ALS Environmental is
capable of generating EDDs with many different formats and specifications. The EDD
is prepared by report production staff using the electronic version of the laboratory
report to minimize transcription errors. User guides and EDD specification outlines are
used in preparing the EDD. The EDD is reviewed and compared to the final report for
accuracy.
7.8.6 Electronic Signatures ALS Environmental allows the use of electronic signatures. For
data reporting an electronic signature may be applied to the report by an approved
report signatory and is binding to the same extent as a handwritten signature.
To authenticate the electronic signature the identity of the signatory is verified before
their electronic signature can be created. Each electronic signature is unique to an
individual and shall not be used by another individual. These signatures are
established using only defined procedures within the software and are verified using
the two distinct components of username and password. The report shall not be
changed once the signature has been applied.
Additionally, as a form of ‘signature’ used for LIMS, email, and certain internal
documentation processes (e.g. acknowledgements, attestations, audit trails, etc.), and
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y
ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 48 of 100
RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
other electronic tools the user’s system login credentials are used to verify and
authenticate the identity of the user. Following login, these credentials are used to
identify and document the user.
Table 7-1
Descriptions of ALS Environmental Standard Data Deliverables
Tier I. Routine Certified Analytical Report includes the following:
1.Transmittal letter
2.Chain of custody documents and sample/cooler receipt documentation
3.Sample analytical results
4.Method blank results
5.Surrogate recovery results and acceptance criteria for applicable organic methods
6.Dates of sample preparation and analysis for all tests
7.Case narrative
Tier II. In addition to the Tier I Deliverables, this includes the following:
1.Matrix spike result(s) with calculated recovery and including associated acceptance criteria
2.Duplicate or duplicate matrix spike result(s) with calculated relative percent difference, as
appropriate to method.
3.Laboratory Control Sample \ Laboratory Control Sample Duplicate result(s) with calculated
recovery, relative percent difference and associated acceptance criteria
Tier III. Data Validation Package. In addition to the Tier II Deliverables, this includes the following:
1.Summary forms for all associated QC and Calibration parameters, with associated control
criteria/acceptance limits
Note: Other summary forms specified in QAPPs or project/program protocols, or those related
to specialized analyses will be included.
Tier IV. Full Data Validation Package: In addition to the Tier II Deliverables, this includes the following:
1.All raw data associated with the sample analysis, including but not limited to:
a.Preparation and analysis bench sheets and instrument printouts,
b.For organics analyses, all applicable chromatograms, spectral, confirmation, and manual
integration raw data. For GC/MS this includes tuning results, mass spectra of all positive hits,
and the results and spectra of TIC compounds when requested.
c.QC data,
d.Calibration data (initial, verification, continuing, etc.),
e.Calibration blanks or instrument blanks (as appropriate to method).
2.If a project QAPP or program protocol applies, the report will be presented as required by
the QAPP.UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y
ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 49 of 100
RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
7.9 Complaints
The laboratory maintains a system for dealing with customer complaints. Feedback is used and
analyzed to improve the quality of services. The laboratory maintains and documents timely
communication with the client for the purpose of seeking feedback and clarifying customer
requests. The person who initially receives the feedback (typically the Project Manager) is
responsible for ensuring the complaint is documented. If the Project Manager is unable to obtain
satisfactory resolution with the customer, the complaint is brought to the attention of the
Laboratory Director for final resolution. The resolution is documented. The procedure is
described in the SOP for Handling Customer Feedback.
7.10 Nonconforming Work
7.10.1 The ALS SOP for handling nonconformance is the SOP for Nonconformance and
Corrective Action.
This laboratory procedure shall be implemented when any aspect of its laboratory
activities or results of this work do not conform to its own procedures or the agreed
requirements of the customer. The procedure ensures that:
The responsibilities and authorities for the management of nonconforming work
are defined;
Actions (including halting or repeating of work and withholding of reports, as
necessary) are based upon the risk levels established by the laboratory.
Any employee may stop work when a task cannot be performed safely or the
quality of data is determined to be or could be negatively affected. Metrics
utilized for work stoppage may include but are not limited to exceeding
instrument or sample control limits, QC trending, instrument problems, etc. The
appropriate manager shall be consulted for any work stoppage;
An evaluation is made of the significance of the nonconforming work, including
an impact analysis on previous results;
A decision is taken on the acceptability of the nonconforming work;
Where necessary, the customer is notified and work is recalled;
The responsibility for authorizing the resumption of work is defined.
7.10.2 The laboratory retains records on all nonconformance.
7.10.3 The QA Manager or designee shall oversee nonconformities and determine if the
problem has or can reoccur, or it is against the laboratories own policies \ procedures
that the event requires a corrective action, described in section 8.7.
7.11 Control of Data and Information Management
7.11.1 The generation, compilation, reporting, and archiving of electronic data is a critical
component of laboratory operations. In order to generate data of known and
acceptable quality, the quality assurance systems and quality control practices for
electronic data systems must be complete and comprehensive and in keeping with the
overall quality assurance objectives of the organization. ALS Environmental
management provides the tools and resources to implement electronic data systems
and establishes information technology standards and policies. Laboratory employees
have access to all data and information through the internet, intranet, network
locations and hard copy
7.11.2 Practices are defined for assuring the quality of the computer software used
throughout all laboratory operations to generate, compile, report, and store electronic
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 50 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
data. Software used for these functions is documented and validated by ALS computer
support staff or by the vendor from whom it is purchased. These practices are
described in the SOP for Software and Data Quality Assurance.
The purpose of the SOP is to describe the policies and practices for the procurement,
configuration management, development, validation and verification, data security,
maintenance, and use of computer software. The policies and practices described in
the plan apply to purchased computer software as well as to internally developed
computer software. Key components of this plan are policies for software validation
and control.
A continuing effort is made at ALS to increase the use of automated data handling,
improve efficiency, and minimize human error.
Software errors are treated as a nonconformance under section 7.10 or as a corrective
action under 8.7.
7.11.3 The local ALS Environmental Information Technology (IT) department is established to
provide technical support for all computing systems. Access to ALS networks are
controlled through passwords and Windows security. The IT department staff
continually monitors the performance and output of operating systems. The IT
department oversees routine system maintenance and data backups to ensure the
integrity of all electronic data described in the SOP for Electronic Data Backup,
Archiving, and Restoration. A software inventory is maintained. Additional IT
responsibilities are described in the SOP for Software and Data Quality Assurance.
ALS Environmental has various systems in place to address specific data management
needs. The Laboratory Information Management System (LIMS) is used to manage
sample information and invoicing. Access is granted by user names and passwords.
This system defines sample identification, analysis specifications, and provides a
means of sample tracking. This system is used during sample login to generate internal
service requests. Included on the service request is a summary of client information,
sample identification, required analyses, work instructions, and deliverable
requirements.
Where possible, instrument data acquired locally is immediately moved to a server.
This provides a reliable, easily maintained, high-volume acquisition and storage
system for electronic data files. With password entry, users may access the system from
many available computer stations, improving efficiency and flexibility. The server is
also used for data reporting, EDD generation, and administrative functions. Access to
these systems is controlled by password. A standardized EDI (electronic data
interchange) format is used as a reporting platform, providing functionality and
flexibility for end users. With a common standardized communication platform, the EDI
provides data reporting in a variety of hardcopy and electronic deliverable formats.
In addition to the local IT department, ALS Environmental corporate IT provides
support for network-wide systems. ALS Environmental also has personnel assigned to
information management duties such as development and implementation of
reporting systems; data acquisition, and Electronic Data Deliverable (EDD) generation.
7.11.4 ALS uses offsite locations from the laboratory but internal to ALS for data storage which
are managed in accordance with these procedures.
7.11.5 Access to network locations is managed with Microsoft Windows security and roles
throughout the system.
7.11.6 Calculations and data transfers are checked using the peer review process and
through documentation of computer programs by the IT staff.
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 51 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
8.0 Management System Requirements
8.1 Options
8.1.1 The laboratory has implemented Option A from the ISO/IEC 17025:2017 standard as
a management system. The following sections 8.2 through 8.9 address the required
elements of Option A. This manual addresses management systems and
demonstrates compliance with this document.
8.2 Management System Documentation
8.2.1 This manual describes the policies and objectives of the ALS management system. The
laboratory procedures describe the details on how objectives are accomplished.
8.2.2 Policies and objectives of the management system address how competence is
demonstrated and assessed, how testing is objectively reviewed and how consistent
operations are accomplished. These are addressed in various procedures that define
the processes used.
8.2.3 Evidence of commitment is the review of the manual annually and the records of
reading by all employees. Additionally, employees are assigned pertinent procedures
as needed to ensure objectivity and consistency.
8.2.4 The policies are supported in this management system with references to the
procedures as appropriate.
8.2.5 All employees have access to the Quality Assurance Manual and the supporting
procedures.
8.3 Control of Management System Documents
8.3.1 Procedures for control and maintenance of documents are described in the SOP for
Document Control. The requirements of the SOP apply to all laboratory logbooks
(standards, maintenance, run logbooks, etc.), certificates of analysis, SOPs, QAMs,
quality assurance project plans (QAPPs), Environmental Health & Safety documents,
and other controlled ALS Environmental documents. Management system documents
generated by the laboratory shall include page numbering and include the total
number of pages or a mark to signify the end of the document.
External documents, such as reference methods, accreditation policies and
requirements, and reference manuals are maintained under document control policies
through the use of hardcopy and network drives. External documents relative to the
management system are managed by the QA Manager. To prevent the use of invalid
and/or outdated external documents, the laboratory maintains a master list of current
documents and their availability. The list is reviewed before making the documents
available. External documents are not issued to personnel.
ALS Environmental maintains SOPs for use in both technical and administrative
functions (Refer to Appendix G). SOPs are written following standardized format and
content requirements as described in the SOP for Establishing Standard Operating
Procedures. Each SOP is reviewed and approved by a minimum of two managers (the
Laboratory Director and/or Department Manager and the QA Manager). All SOPs
undergo a documented review according to the schedule outlined in the SOP for
Establishing Standard Operating Procedures to make sure current practices are
described. The QA Manager maintains a comprehensive list of current SOPs.
Each controlled copy of a controlled document will be released only after a document
control number is assigned in accordance with the SOP for Document Control and the
recipient is recorded on a document distribution list. Filing and distribution is
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 52 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
performed by the QA Manager, or designee, and ensures that only the most current
version of the document is distributed and in use. All obsolete copies are removed
from access and stored for archival purposes.
The contents of this manual are reviewed, revised (as needed) and approved for use
at least annually by authorized personnel (QA Manager, Laboratory Director, and/or
Technical Manager/s) where the scope of the review ensures that it continuously
reflects current policies and practices and incorporates all applicable requirements.
Additionally, the date the review was completed is indicated by the date of the last
approval signature on the title page.
A document control number is assigned to hardcopy logbooks. Completed logbooks
that are no longer in use are archived in a master logbook file. Logbook entries are
standardized following the SOP for Making Entries onto Analytical Records. The entries
made into laboratory logbooks are reviewed and approved at a regular interval
(quarterly).
8.4 Control of Records
8.4.1 A records system is used which ensures all laboratory records (including raw data,
reports, and supporting records) are retained and available. Hardcopy analysis data is
retained for a minimum of five (5) years from the report date unless contractual terms
or regulations specify a longer retention time. Electronic data is maintained for a
minimum of five (5) years. Hardcopy laboratory logbooks are retained by ALS for a
minimum of five (5) years. Archiving and data backup systems are described in the SOP
for Data and Record Archiving and SOP for Electronic Data Backup, Archiving, and
Restoration.
8.4.2 Backup and Security
Laboratory data is either acquired directly to the centralized acquisition server or
acquired locally and then transferred to the server. All data is eventually moved to the
centralized data acquisition server for reporting and archiving.
Full backups onto a hard drive are performed on all file server information once per
day. In addition, the laboratory’s data warehouse located in Canada performs an offsite
full backup nightly.
Access to sample information and data is on a need-to-know basis. Access is restricted
to the person’s areas of responsibility. Passwords are required on all systems. No direct
external, non-ALS Environmental access is allowed to any of our network systems.
The external e-mail system and Internet access is established via a single gateway to
discourage unauthorized entry. ALS Environmental uses a closed system for company
e-mail. Files, such as electronic deliverables, are sent through the external e-mail
system only via a trusted agent or comparable service. The external messaging system
operates through a single secure gateway. E-mail attachments sent in and out of the
gateway are subject to a virus scan. Because the Internet is not regulated, we use a
limited access approach to provide a firewall for added security. Virus screening is
performed continuously on all network systems with Internet access.
8.5 Actions to Address Risks and Opportunities
ALS views risk management as a key component of its corporate governance responsibilities
and an essential process in achieving and mandating a viable organization. ALS is committed
to enterprise wide risk management to ensure its corporate governance responsibilities are
met and its strategic goals are realized.
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 53 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
Refer to ALS Limited Risk Management Policy and Framework CAR-GL-GRP-POL-007 and Risk
Appetite and Tolerance Statement CAR-GL-POL-011 for details.
Risk is defined at ALS as the effect of uncertainty on objectives. Objectives for the organization
have different attributes and aspects, such as financial, service, quality, health & safety,
environmental stewardship, and are considered at different levels, such as enterprise-wide,
operational, and project levels. ALS interprets risk as anything that could impact meeting its
corporate strategic objectives, and believes risks can provide positive opportunities as well as
having negative impacts.
Tools for evaluating and managing risk include routine procedures such as employee
evaluations, control limits trending, sensitivity data evaluation, corrective action reports,
nonconforming events, SOP review, internal and external audits, and PT results. .
Risk reporting mechanisms vary from routine reporting mechanisms and immediate action for
lower risk situations to immediate notification of the ALS CEO in extreme cases.
Refer to: ALS Code of Conduct, ALS Whistleblower Policy, ALS Integrity Hotline, and Integrity
and Compliance Helpline.
Regardless of the mechanism used, the policies and tools provide a framework for
categorizing, assessing, analyzing, and addressing risk, as well as monitoring and reviewing
actions taken. Roles and responsibilities are defined in the relevant procedures.
Risk severity is evaluated during the decision making process. For each risk there is an
opportunity.
Risks to our business and how we address them include:

Impartiality by Employees
Analytical testing is completed with undue pressure to modify results to meet client
objectives.
ALS does not view this as a risk. There are many firewalls in the lab process to prevent
occurrence.
• Project Managers are in contact with clients but there is no ability to influence
testing results
• All data generated must be peer reviewed by a second party
• Lab operations only see samples, sample names and numbers. They do not have
direct contact with clients.
• Annual Ethics and Data Integrity Training for all employees
• ALS Code of Conduct, ALS Whistleblower Policy, ALS Integrity Hotline, and
Integrity and Compliance Helpline.
Chemical Exposure
Failure to practice procedures as trained, issues with the facility, and poor
engineering controls can result in injury to employees, lost time, med/hospital
situation, contamination, and can close the site.
ALS has policies, chemical exposure training, and readily available SDS sheets.
Employees are expected to offer suggestions for improvement and formally report
any conditions where concern for safety is recognized.
Explosion/Chemical Fire
Improper chemical storage and usage along with lack of equipment and facility
upkeep can result in loss of life, loss of property, and laboratory down time.
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 54 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
ALS performs inspections and training, keeps an inventory of chemicals, establishes
storage locations, and maintains minimal quantities of chemicals.
Supply Disruption
Natural disasters and vendors unable to provide needed supplies can disrupt the
business, increase expenses, and result in lost production and lost clients.
ALS maintains multiple sources for supplies, develops relationships with our vendors,
and emphasize communication amongst analysts, managers, purchasing personnel
and vendors.
Loss of Key Employees
Resignation, leave for personal reasons or for other employment can negatively
impact the business.
Communication, cross-training, designated backups, and having a pool of potential
replacements minimizes this risk. ALS promotes a positive atmosphere for employees
and provides rewards for dedication.
Computer and Instrument Issues
Computer, instrument, or other IT failures can result in loss of revenue, loss of service,
and loss of data.
ALS provides necessary IT resources for instruments and computers including
replacing older computers, keeping related systems in good repair, and replacing
when necessary. ALS continue to build robust data systems and make provisions for
stellar back-up storage for all data.
Reputation
Falsifying test results can result in loss of credibility, loss of clients, loss of revenue,
and suspension.
All new employees must sign an ethics agreement and have initial ethics and data
integrity training. Annually, all employees must take ethics and data integrity
refresher training. All data undergoes a proper peer review. ALS maintain a strong
quality system.

UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 55 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
Legal Ramifications
Not following workplace and environmental laws and failure to practice procedures
as trained can result in license revocation, fines, and disruption of the business.
Targeted and ongoing training, inspections, and having established procedures
minimizes this risk. ALS continues to follow all laws and regulations.
Loss Time Injury
Failure to practice procedures as trained and not having proper safeguards in place
can result in injury to employees, lost time, med/hospital situation, contamination,
and can close the site.
Policies, specific task related training, targeted and ongoing training, inspections,
workplace safeguards, cross training, and designated backups, minimize this risk.
ALS continues to grow the safety program and culture.
Loss of Revenue
Can be caused by various audit fines and contract penalties for late data resulting in
loss of revenue and disruption in business.
Policies, specific quality training, targeted and ongoing training, inspections,
workplace safeguards, and internal audits minimize this risk. ALS continues to
perform lab operations at the highest level.
8.6 Improvement
8.6.1 ALS management is committed to continually improving the effectiveness of the
management and quality systems by implementing the requirements of this quality
manual. ALS is also committed to improvements of the management systems through
compliance with its own policies and procedures. ALS management is also committed
to compliance with requirements related to current TNI Standard, DoD QSM, and other
client and project related requirements. Various preventive action and improvement
processes are used for eliminating potential problems or averting problems before
they occur. Details can be found in the SOP for Preventive Action.
8.6.2 ALS surveys clients and gains feedback on services provided. This input to
management is managed at a corporate level and is reviewed monthly and during the
management review processes.
8.7 Corrective Actions
8.7.1 ALS Laboratory operations are governed by documented procedures, requirements,
quality assurance plans, project plans, and contracts. When any operation, for any
reason, does not conform to the requirements of the governing documents, the
aberrant event, item, or situation must be properly documented and evaluated. In
addition, appropriate corrective action must be initiated. Procedures for the
documentation and resolution of corrective action are detailed in the SOP for
Nonconformance and Corrective Action. It is the policy of ALS that any corrective
action which impacts results of testing must include notification to clients.
When work does not conform to established quality control procedures, responsible
management will evaluate the significance of the nonconforming work and when
required take corrective action to address the nonconformance. Nonconformance are
reported to the client using various means (voice, email, narrative, etc.). When a
nonconformance occurs that casts doubt on the validity of the test results or additional
client instructions are needed, the Project Manager notifies the client the same business
day that the nonconformance is confirmed and reported. The QA Manager reviews each
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 56 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
problem, ensuring that appropriate corrective action has been taken by the appropriate
personnel. The QA Manager periodically reviews corrective actions looking for chronic,
systematic problems that need more in-depth investigation and alternative corrective
action consideration.
Part of the corrective action process involves determining the root cause. Identifying the
root cause of a nonconformance can be difficult, but important for implementing effective
corrective action. Root cause principles are used to determine assignable causes, which
leads to corrective action taken to prevent recurrence.
8.8 Internal Audits
8.8.1 Quality audits are an essential part of ALS Environmental-Simi Valley’s quality assurance
program. System audits are conducted to qualitatively evaluate the operational details of
the QA program. The system audit examines the presence and appropriateness of
laboratory systems. External system audits of ALS Environmental-Simi Valley are
conducted regularly by various regulatory agencies and clients. Appendix J lists the
certification and accreditation programs in which ALS Environmental-Simi Valley
participates. Programs and certifications are added as required. Additionally, internal
system audits of ALS Environmental-Simi Valley are conducted regularly under the
direction of the QA Manager. The internal audit procedures are described in the SOP for
Internal Audits. The internal audits are performed as follows:
• Comprehensive lab-wide system audit – performed annually. This audit may be
broken into sections over the course of a year and is conducted such that all
elements of the ALS Quality System are assessed.
• Technical/method audits
• Hardcopy report audits
All audit findings and corrective actions are documented. The results of each audit are
reported to the Laboratory Director and Department Managers for review. Any
deficiencies identified are summarized in the audit report. Managers must respond with
corrective actions correcting the deficiency within a defined timeframe. Should problems
impacting data quality be found during an internal audit, any client whose data is
adversely impacted will be given written notification within the corrective action period (if
not already provided).
Additional internal audits or data evaluations may be performed as needed to address
any potential data integrity issues that may arise.
8.9 Management Review
8.9.1 Review of the Management System is completed on an ongoing basis in accordance
with the SOP for Laboratory Management Review.
8.9.2 Inputs to management reviews may be kept in agenda notes and include but are not
limited to:
a) Changes in internal and external issues that are relevant to the laboratory;
b) Fulfilment of objectives;
c) Suitability of policies and procedures;
d) Status of actions from previous management reviews;
e) Outcome of recent internal audits;
f) Corrective actions;
g) Assessments by external bodies;
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 57 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
h) Changes in the volume and type of the work or in the range of laboratory
activities;
i) Customer and personnel feedback;
j) Complaints;
k) Effectiveness of any implemented improvements;
l) Adequacy of resources;
m) Results of risk and opportunity identification;
n) Outcome of the assurance of the validity of results; and
o) Other relevant factors, such as monitoring activities and training.
8.9.3 The outputs from the management review shall record all decisions and actions related
to at least:
a) The effectiveness of the management system and its processes;
b) Improvement of the laboratory activities related to the fulfilment of the
requirements of this document;
c) Provision of required resources;
d) Any need for change.
A summary of these outputs is generated annually.
9.0 Summary of Changes

Revision
Number
Effective
Date
Document
Editor
Description of Changes
38.1 8/29/2024 F. Victoriano Updated approval names on approval page; New Lab
Director – Ami Modha
5.5 – Updated personnel list on Table 5-1
Table 6-1 – Removed HPLC
Figure 7-1 – Updated COC
Appendix B – Updated organization chart; updated
resumes
Appendix E – Updated Equipment List
Appendix G – updated SOP list – removed retired
SOPs
Appendix I – updated approved signatories
Appendix J – updated laboratory accreditations and
certifications
10.0 References for Quality System Standards, External Documents, Manuals, and Test
Procedures
The analytical methods used at ALS Environmental generally depend upon the end-use of the data.
Since most of our work involves the analysis of environmental samples for regulatory purposes,
specified federal and/or state testing methodologies are used and followed closely. Typical methods
used at ALS Environmental are taken from the references listed below. Additional QA program
documents are listed in Appendix I.
• ISO/IEC 17025:2017, General requirements for the competence of testing and calibration
laboratories.
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 58 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
• TNI 2016, VOLUME 1, Management and Technical Requirements for Laboratories Performing
Environmental Analysis.
• DoD/DOE QSM, Department of Defense (DoD), Department of Energy (DOE) Consolidated
Quality Systems Manual (QSM) for Environmental Laboratories, Current Version.
• Naval Sea Systems Command Laboratory Accreditation Program (LAP): S0005-AC-TED-010,
Revision 4, March 1, 2020.
• 3M Organic Vapor Monitor Sampling and Analysis Guide, Organic Vapor Monitors 3500/3510
and Organic Vapor Monitors 3520/3530, Technical Bulletin 1028, January 1, 2004.
• American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), Gaseous Fuel, Coal and Coke, Volume 05.06,
September 2006.
• American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), Annual Book of ASTM Standards,
Philadelphia, PA.
• Arizona Administrative Code, Department of Health Services – Laboratories, Title 9, Ch. 14, Article
6. Licensing of Environmental Laboratories, R9-14-601 through R9-14-621, October 1, 2016.
• California Environmental Protection Agency Air Resources Board, Methods for Determining
Emissions of Toxic Air Contaminants from Stationary Sources, Volume 3, July 28, 1997.
• California Code of Regulations (CCR), Title 22, Chapter 11 Identification and Listing of Hazardous
Waste, 7/20/05.
• Minnesota Administrative Rules, Department of Health, Chapter 4740, Laboratories;
Accreditation Requirements.
• Good Automated Laboratory Practices, Principles and Guidance to Regulations For Ensuring Data
Integrity In Automated Laboratory Operations, EPA 2185 (August 1995).
• Environmental Protection Agency, Methods Update Rule (MUR), Guidelines for Establishing Test
Procedures for the Analysis of Pollutants Under the Clean Water Act; Analysis and Sampling
Procedures; 40 CFR Parts 122, 136, 143, 430, 455 & 465; Final Rule 3/12/07, Effective April 11,
2007.
• 40 CFR Part 60, Test Methods for Standards of Performance for New Stationary Sources, Appendix
A.
• 40 CFR Part 63, Methods for Organic Chemical Analysis of Municipal and Industrial Wastewater,
Appendix A.
• 40 CFR Part 63, National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Source Categories,
Subchapter C.
• 40 CFR Part 136, Appendix B, Definition and Procedure for the Determination of the Method
Detection Limit, Revision 2.
• Environmental Protection Agency, Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical
Methods, SW-846, Third Edition, 1986 and Updates I (7/92), II (9/94), III (12/96), IIIA (4/98), IIIB
(11/04), IVA & IVB. See Chapters 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 8.
• Environmental Protection Agency, Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes, EPA-
600/4-79-020, 1983.
• Environmental Protection Agency, Methods for the Determination of Inorganic Substances in
Environmental Samples, EPA 600/R-93-100, August 1993.
• Environmental Protection Agency, EPA Compendium of Methods for the Determination of Toxic
Organic Compounds in Ambient Air, Second Edition, EPA/625/R-96-010b, January 1999.
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y
ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 59 of 100
RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
•Environmental Protection Agency, EPA Compendium of Methods for the Determination of Toxic
Organic Compounds in Ambient Air, Second Edition Addendum, October 4, 2000.
•National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) Manual of Analytical Methods, Third
Edition (August 1987); Fourth Edition (August 1994); 1st Supplement Publication 96-135, 2nd
Supplement Publication 98-119, 3rd Supplement 2003-154
•National Council for Air and Stream Improvement, Inc. (NCASI). 2007. Appendix E - Technical
Bulletin Cross Reference Guide for NCASI Methods. Methods Manual (05).
•SKC 575 Series Passive Sampler Rate/Selection Guide, Form #37021, Rev 0012.
•Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 20th Edition (1998).
•South Coast Air Quality Management District, Laboratory Methods of Analysis for Enforcement
Samples.
•U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration OSHA Analytical
Methods Manual.
11.0 Appendices
The documents listed in this section are dynamic; accordingly they can change without notice or
revision to this QAM. Please contact the laboratory for the most current documents.
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 60 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
APPENDIX A – Glossary

Acronym Definition
AB Accrediting Body
ACS American Chemical Society
ANSI American National Standards Institute
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
A2LA American Association for Laboratory Accreditation
BFB 4-Bromofluorobenzene
BTEX Benzene, Toluene, Ethylbenzene, Xylenes
CAS Number Chemical Abstract Service Registry Number
CCV Continuing Calibration Verification sample
CDC (CDOC) Continuing Demonstration of Capability
CDP Continuing Demonstration of Proficiency
CLP Contract Laboratory Program (through USEPA)
COC Chain-of-Custody
DCM Dichloromethane (aka Methylene Chloride)
DEC Department of Environmental Conservation
DEQ Department of Environmental Quality
DHS Department of Health Services
DOC Demonstration of Capability
DOE Department of Ecology (state or federal)
DOH Department of Health
EPA U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (aka USEPA)
EPCRA Emergency Planning & Community Right-to-Know Act
ERA Environmental Resource Associates
ELAP Environmental Laboratory Accreditation Program
FID Flame Ionization Detector
FIFRA Federal Insecticide, Fungicide & Rodenticide Act
FR Federal Register
GC Gas Chromatography
GC/MS Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry
HP Hewlett-Packard (mfg. GC instruments)
ICAL Initial Calibration
ICV Initial Calibration Verification sample
IDC (IDOC) Initial Demonstration of Capability
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y
ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 61 of 100
RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
IDP Initial Demonstration of Proficiency
IFB Invitation for Bid
ISO/IEC International Organization for Standardization/International Electrochemical
Commission
LCS Laboratory Control Sample
LIMS Laboratory Information Management System
MB Method Blank
MDL Method Detection Limit
MRL Method Reporting Limit
MS Matrix Spike
MSD Matrix Spike Duplicate
NA Not Applicable
NAS National Academy of Sciences
NELAP National Environmental Laboratory Accreditation Program
NCASI National Council for Air and Stream Improvement (for the Paper Industry)
ND Not Detected
NIH National Institute of Health
NIOSH National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health
NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology
NPD Nitrogen Phosphorus Detector
NPDES National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
NSF National Science Foundation
NTIS National Technical Information System
NTP National Toxicology Program
OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration
PCBs Polychlorinated Biphenyls
PID Photoionization Detector
PQL Practical Quantitation Limit
PT \ PE Proficiency Test \ Performance Evaluation sample
QA Quality Assurance
QAM Quality Assurance Manual
QC Quality Control
RAS Routine Analytical Services (Contracts through USEPA)
RCRA Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
RFP Requests for Proposal
RPD Relative Percent Difference
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 62 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
RSD Relative Standard Deviation
SAS Special Analytical Services (contracts through USEPA)
SIE Selective Ion Electrode
SIM Selected Ion Monitoring
SMO Sample Management Office (aka Sample Receiving)
SOP Standard Operating Procedure
SOQ Statement of Qualifications
SOW Statement of Work
SVOAs Semi-Volatile Organic Analytes
SVOCs Semi-Volatile Organic Compounds
SW-846 Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods
TNI The NELAC Institute
TPH Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
TSCA Toxic Substances Control Act
UST Underground Storage Tank
UV Ultraviolet
VOA Volatile Organic Analyte
VOC Volatile Organic Compounds
WP Water Pollution
WS Water Supply

Units Definition
mg/kg Milligrams per Kilogram
mg/L Milligrams per Liter
mg/m3 Milligrams per Cubic Meter
ng/L Nanograms per Liter
ppb Parts Per Billion
ppbV Parts Per Billion Volume
ppm Parts Per Million
ppmV Parts Per Million Volume
ug/L Micrograms per Liter
ug/m3 Micrograms per Cubic Meter

UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 63 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
APPENDIX B – Organization Charts and Key Personnel Qualifications

UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 64 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual

UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 65 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual

UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 66 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual

UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 67 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 68 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 69 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual

UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 70 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
APPENDIX C – Ethics and Data Integrity Policy

UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 71 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
APPENDIX D – Laboratory Floor Plan

UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 72 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
APPENDIX E – Analytical Equipment Description

Gas Chromatography Purchased /
Acquired Location
GC01: Hewlett-Packard 5890 with FID/TCD Detectors
Fixed Gas Analyzer/Total Combustion Analyzer (TCA) 1995 VOA GC
GC08: Hewlett-Packard 5890 Series II with TCD/FID Detectors 1998 VOA GC
GC09: Hewlett-Packard 5890 Series II with FID Detector 1999 VOA GC/MS Screen
GC10: Hewlett-Packard 5890A with FID/TCD Detectors 1999 VOA GC
GC13: Agilent 6890A combined with Sievers 355 (SCD 1) 2001 VOA GC
GC14: Agilent 6890N with NPD/FID Detectors 2005 VOA GC/MS Screen
GC20: Agilent 7890A with FID/TCD Detectors 2014 VOA GC
GC21: Hewlett-Packard 5890 Series II with FID/ECD Detectors 2009 VOA GC

GC22: Agilent 7890A combined with Agilent 355 (SCD 3)

2009 VOA GC

GC30: Agilent 7890B combined with Agilent 355 (SCD 2)

2016 VOA GC
GC37: Agilent 8890 with FID Detector 2022 VOA GC
GC38: Agilent 8890 with TCD Detector(s) 2022 VOA GC

Gas Chromatography / Mass Spectrometry Systems Purchased /
Acquired Location
MS07: HP 6890A/ Agilent 5973N MSD
Agilent 6890 Injector 2001 SVOA
MS09: Agilent 6890N/5973inert MSD
Tekmar AUTOCAN Autosampler 2005 VOA GC/MS
MS13: Agilent 6890N/5975B inert MSD
Entech 7200 CTS Preconcentrator 2006 VOA GC/MS
MS16: Agilent 6890N/5975C inert MSD
Tekmar AUTOCAN Autosampler 2007 VOA GC/MS
MS18: Agilent 7890A /5975C inert XL MSD
Markes TD 100-xr Autosampler 2010 VOA GC/MS (TD)
MS19: Agilent 7890A (GC26)/5975C inert XL MSD
Tekmar AUTOCAN Autosampler 2011 VOA GC/MS
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y
ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 73 of 100
RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
MS20: Agilent 7890A (GC27)/5975C inert XL MSD
Markes TD 100-xr Autosampler 2011 VOA GC/MS (TD)
MS21: Agilent 7890A (GC28)/5975C inert XL MSD
Entech 7200 / 7016D Autosampler 2012 VOA GC/MS
MS22: Agilent 7890B (GC29)/5977A MSD
Markes Unity-xr Thermal Desorber
Markes Kori-xr Water Condenser
Markes Unity-CIA Advantage-xr
2015 VOA GC/MS (TD)
MS23: Agilent 7890B (GC32)/5977B MSD
Markes TD 100-xr Autosampler 2017 VOA GC/MS (TD)
MS24: Agilent 7890A (GC33)/5975C Inert XL EI/CI MSD
Markes TD 100-xr Autosampler 2018 VOA GC/MS (TD)
MS25: Agilent 7890B (GC34)/5977B MSD
Entech 7200CTS 7016D Autosampler 2019 VOA GC/MS
MS26: Agilent 7890B (GC35)/5977B MSD
Entech 7200A 7016D Autosampler 2019 VOA GC/MS
MS28: Agilent 8890 (GC39)/ 5977B MSD / TD100-xr
Markes CIA Advantage Autosampler 2022 VOA GC/MS (TD)
MS29: Agilent 8890 (GC35)/5977B MSD EI Inert Plus
Entech 7200A 7016DS Autosampler 2023 VOA GC/MS
MS30: HP 8890/ Agilent 5977C MSD
Agilent 7693A Injector 2024 SVOA
Miscellaneous Equipment
Precision Diluter (Entech- 4700) 2019 VOA GC/MS
US Filter Water Purification System 2006 Main Lab
Tube Conditioner 02: PerkinElmer TurboMatrix TC 220 2015 VOA GC/MS (TD)
Tube Conditioner 03: PerkinElmer TurboMatrix TC 220 2018 VOA GC/MS (TD)
Tube Conditioner 04: Markes TC-20 2018 VOA GC/MS (TD)
Note: Purchase/Acquired year represents when instrument was first maintained by ALS Environmental-Simi
Valley or other in-network ALS Laboratory and does not reflect age of instrument.
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 74 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual

Air sampling containers / Flow Controllers / Critical Orifices

Six-liter Summa passivated stainless steel canisters
• 1153 Ambient
• 830 Source

Six-liter Silonite passivated stainless steel canisters
• 1698 Ambient
• 478 Source

Three-liter passivated stainless steel canisters (70)

One-liter Summa passivated stainless steel canisters (752)

One-liter Silonite passivated stainless steel canisters (1546)

Low volume flow controllers for time integrated sampling (1110)

Low-flow flow controllers for multi-day sampling (45)

Critical orifices (800)

Critical orifices – Sulfur (80)

Automated Summa Canister Conditioning Units

• Thirty-six quick connect position, microprocessor controlled conditioners with heater controller, vacuum gauge,
humidified nitrogen fill capability and large-capacity vacuum pump (2)

• Fourteen position, microprocessor controlled conditioners with heater controller, vacuum gauge, humidified nitrogen fill
capability and large-capacity vacuum pump (1)

• Sixteen position, microprocessor controlled conditioner with heater controller, vacuum gauge, humidified nitrogen fill
capability and large-capacity vacuum pump (1)

• Twelve position, microprocessor controlled conditioner with heater controller, vacuum gauge, humidified nitrogen fill
capability and large-capacity vacuum pump (10)

• Twelve position, vacuum gauge, humidified nitrogen fill capability and large-capacity vacuum pump (1)

• Twenty position, microprocessor controlled conditioner with heater controller, vacuum gauge, humidified nitrogen fill
capability and large-capacity vacuum pump (1)

UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 75 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
APPENDIX F – Containers, Preservation and Holding Times

Sample Preservation and Holding Times for Performed Methods

Determination (Method) Matrix Container Preservation Maximum Holding
Time
Sample
Vol.c
BTU by ASTM D 3588
(SULFUR, ASTM D 5504;
C1-C6+, EPA TO-3M;
FIXED GASES, 3C)
Gaseous
Fuels
Tedlar Bag
Mylar Bag
Summa Canister
Bottle Vac
N/A
Sulfur
Bag – 24 hours
Canister – 7 daysb
Bottle Vaca – 7 daysb Bags
500mL
Canisters
and Bottle
Vacs
≥1.0L
C1-C6+
Bag – 72 hours
Canistera – 30 daysb
Bottle Vaca – 30 daysb
3C
Bag – 72 hours
Canistera – 30 daysb
Bottle Vaca – 30 daysb
Total Gaseous Non-
methane Organics
(TGNMO)
(EPA 25C)
Air
Tedlar Bag
Mylar Bag
Summa Canister
Bottle Vac
N/A
Bag – 72 hours
Canistera – 30 daysb
Bottle Vaca – 30 daysb
Bags
500mL
Canisters
and Bottle
Vacs
≥1.0L
Fixed Gases
(EPA 3C & ASTM D
1946)
Air
Tedlar Bag
Mylar Bag
Summa Canister
Bottle Vac
N/A
Bag – 72 hours
Canistera – 30 daysb
Bottle Vaca – 30 daysb
Bags
500mL
Canisters
and Bottle
Vacs
≥1.0L
Helium & Hydrogen
(EPA 3C Modified) Air Summa Canister
Bottle Vac N/A Canistera – 30 daysb
Bottle Vaca – 30 daysb
Bags
500mL
Canisters
and Bottle
Vacs
≥1.0L
Sulfur Compounds
(In-House Method) Aqueous Glass w/Teflon Lined
Lid
No Headspace; pH>4;
4°C±2°C
Following pH
adjustment – 24 hours
(2) 40mL
Vials
Sulfur Compounds
(ASTM D 5504; Modified
SCAQMD 307-91)
Air
Tedlar Bag
Fused Silica Lined
Stainless Steel
Canister
Bottle Vac
No direct sunlight
Bag – 24 hours
Canister – 7 daysb
Bottle Vaca – 7 daysb

Bags
500mL
Canisters
and Bottle
Vacs
≥1.0L
C1-C6+
(EPA TO-3 Modified) Air
Tedlar Bag
Mylar Bag
Summa Canister
Bottle Vac
N/A
Bag – 72 hours
Canistera – 30 daysb
Bottle Vaca – 30 daysb
Bags
500mL
Canisters
and Bottle
Vacs
≥1.0L

UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 76 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
Sample Preservation and Holding Times for Performed Methods

Determination
(Method) Matrix Container Preservation Maximum Holding
Time
Sample
Vol.c
Total Petroleum
Hydrocarbons (TPHG)
(EPA TO-3 Modified)
Air
Tedlar Bag
Mylar Bag
Summa Canister
Bottle Vac
N/A
Bag – 72 hours
Canistera – 30 daysb
Bottle Vaca – 30 daysb
Bags
500mL
Canisters
and Bottle
Vacs
≥1.0L
Volatile Organic
Compounds
(EPA TO-14A &
TO-15)
Air
Tedlar Bag, Summa
Canister (1L, 6L)
Bottle Vac
N/A
Bag – 72 hours
Canister – 30 days
Bottle Vaca – 30 daysb
Bags
500mL
Canisters
1.0L/6.0
Bottle
Vacs 1.0L
Volatile Organic
Compounds
(EPA TO-17)
Air Sorbent Tubes w/Swagelock
Caps & PTFE Ferrules
<4°C; organic
solvent free
environment;
Laboratory
Storage, 4°C±2°C
30 days 1-4L
Volatile Organic
Compounds
(EPA 325B)
Air Sorbent Tubes w/Swagelock
Caps & PTFE Ferrules
Laboratory
Storage <23°C 30 days 1-4L
Air-Phase Petroleum
Hydrocarbons
(MADEP APH)
Air Summa Canister
Bottle Vac
N/A 30 days
Bottle Vaca – 30daysb
Canisters
1.0L/6.0
Bottle
Vacs 1.0L
Siloxanes
(ASTM D8230)
Air SPE Cartidges
Tedlar Bags
N/A
14 days until extraction;
Tedlar Bags – transfer
onto sorbent tube within
72 hours. 30 days for
analysis
30L
Cartridges
Bags
500ml
Footnotes:
a. Some methods do not specify the use of canisters; therefore, there is no required hold time, this will be noted in the case
narrative.
b. Laboratory recommended hold time; samples analyzed outside this hold time will be noted in the case narrative.
c. Sample volumes are the minimum, which should be received by the laboratory; however, canister volumes should match
the canister size utilized.
d. There is no holding time requirement available and laboratory studies are not available indicating a specified length of
time. Therefore, no holding time notation or qualifier will be adhered to results.

UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 77 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
APPENDIX G – Standard Operating Procedures

Corporate SOP Titles SOP ID
Laboratory Ethics and Data Integrity CE-GEN001

Local Administrative SOP Titles SOP Code
Data and Record Archiving ADM-ARC
Internal Audits ADM-AUDIT
Batches and Sequences ADM-BATCH_SEQ
Control Limits, Trending and Uncertainty ADM-CNTRL_LMT
Handling Consumable Materials ADM-CONSUM
Handling Customer Feedback ADM-CUST_FDBK
Electronic Data Backup, Archiving, and Restoration ADM-DATA_BU
Making Entries Onto Analytical Records ADM-DATA_ENTRY
Data Recall ADM-DATA_RECALL
Data Review and Reporting ADM-DATA_REV
Document Control ADM-DOC_CNTRL
Glassware Cleaning ADM-GLASS
Analytical Instrument Acquisition, Reassignment, Maintenance and Documentation ADM-INSTRUM
Instrument Calibration Criteria for TNI and DoD QSM Requirements ADM-I_CAL
Laboratory Storage, Analysis, and Tracking ADM-LABSAT
Policy for the use of Accreditation Organization Names, Symbols, and Logos ADM-LOGOS
Manual Integration ADM-MAN_INT
Management of Change ADM-MGMT_CHG
Laboratory Management Review ADM-MGMT_REV
Media Request Fulfillment ADM-MEDIA_REQ
Method Development ADM-METH_DEV
Performing Method Detection Limit Studies and Establishing Limits of Detection
and Quantitation ADM-MDL_LOD_LOQ
Nonconformance and Corrective Action ADM-NCAR
Preventive Action ADM-PREV_ACT
Proficiency Testing and Repeatability / Comparability Studies ADM-PT
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 78 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
Project Management ADM-PMGMT
Procurement and Control of Laboratory Services and Supplies ADM-PROC
ALS Environmental Induction Training for Quality Assurance ADM-QA_ORIEN
Software and Data Quality Assurance ADM-SFTWREQA
Significant Figures ADM-SIG_FIG
Qualification of Subcontract Laboratories and Inter-Company Subcontracting
Protocol ADM-SUB_LABS
Establishing Standard Operating Procedures ADM-SOP
Calibration and Use of Laboratory Support Equipment ADM-SUPEQ
Training Policy ADM-TRNG
Sample Management Office SOP Titles
Cleaning and Certification of Summa Canisters and Other Specially
Prepared Canisters SMO-CAN_CERT
Evaluation and Pressurization of Specially Prepared Stainless
Steel Canisters SMO-CAN_PRESS
Flow Controllers and Critical Orifices SMO-FLOW_CNTRL
Sample Receiving, Acceptance and Log-In SMO-SMPL_REC

Volatile SOP Titles SOP Code
Calculating Heat Value, Compressibility Factor, and Relative Density of Gaseous Fuels
in Accordance with ASTM D 3588 VOA-BTU
Determination of Total Gaseous Nonmethane Organic (TGNMO) Emissions as Carbon
in Landfill Gases in Accordance with EPA Method 25C VOA-EPA25C
Determination of Methane, Carbon Monoxide, Carbon Dioxide, and Total Gaseous
Nonmethane Organic (TGNMO) Emissions as Carbon in Landfill Gases According to
Modified EPA Method 25C
VOA-EPA25CM
Determination of Hydrogen, Carbon Monoxide, Carbon Dioxide, Nitrogen, Methane,
and Oxygen using Gas Chromatography with Thermal Conductivity Detection (TCD) in
Accordance with EPA 3C or ASTM D 1946
VOA-EPA3C
Determination of Volatile Organic Compounds from Fugitive and Area Sources VOA-EPA325B
Analysis of Hydrogen and Helium using Gas Chromatography with Thermal
Conductivity Detection (TCD) VOA-HHe
Analysis of Sulfur Compounds in a Gaseous Matrix by Gas Chromatography with Sulfur
Chemiluminescence Detection per ASTM D 5504 and Modified SCAQMD Method 307 VOA-S307M_SCD
Analysis of Sulfur Compounds in Liquid Samples by Gas Chromatography with Sulfur
Chemiluminescence Detection VOA-SH2O_SCD
Preparation of Solid Samples for Sulfur Analysis
VOA-SOLID
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 79 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual

Semi-Volatile SOP Titles SOP Code
Determination of P-9290 Target Compounds from a Chamber and Specific P-9290
Quality Control Parameters SVO-P9290
Determination of Siloxanes in Biogas using Gas Chromatography/Mass
Spectrometry (GC/MS) SVO-SILOXANES

Analysis of C1-C6+ using Gas Chromatography with Flame Ionization Detection (FID)
in Accordance with a Modification of EPA Compendium Method TO-3 VOA-TO3C1C6
Analysis of Various Compounds using Gas Chromatography with Flame Ionization
Detection (FID) in Accordance with a Modification of EPA Compendium Method TO-3 VOA-TO3MeOH
Analysis of Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons as Gasoline in Air by Gas Chromatography
with Flame Ionization Detection VOA-TPHG_TO3
Determination of Air-Phase Petroleum Hydrocarbons by Gas Chromatography/Mass
Spectrometry (GC/MS) VOA-MAPH
Determination of Volatile Organic Compounds in Air Samples Collected in Specially
Prepared Canisters and Gas Collection Bags and Analyzed by Gas
Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry (GC/MS)
VOA-TO15
Determination of Volatile Organic Compounds in Ambient Air Using Active or Passive
Sampling Onto Sorbent Tubes VOA-TO17
Cleaning & Conditioning Thermal Desorption Tubes VOA-Tube_Cond
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 80 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
APPENDIX H – Data Qualifiers

CODE CATEGORY DESCRIPTION
BC RESULT Reported results are not blank corrected.
BH RESULT Results indicate breakthrough; back section of tube greater than front
section.
BT RESULT Results indicated possible breakthrough; back section ≥10% front section.
DE RESULT Reported results are corrected for desorption efficiency.
RA RESULT Result not available.
G GENERAL Improper container.
G1 GENERAL Unpreserved or improperly preserved sample.
X GENERAL See case narrative.
H1 HOLD TIME Sample analysis performed past holding time. See case narrative.
H2 HOLD TIME Initial analysis within holding time. Reanalysis for the required dilution was
past holding time.
H3 HOLD TIME Sample was received and analyzed past holding time.
H4 HOLD TIME Sample was extracted past required extraction holding time, but analyzed
within analysis holding time. See case narrative.
i MATRIX The MDL/MRL has been elevated due to matrix interference.
M MATRIX Matrix interference; results may be biased (high/low).
M1 MATRIX Matrix interference due to coelution with a non-target compound.
Q PETROLEUM
The chromatographic fingerprint of the sample resembles a petroleum
product, but the elution pattern indicates the presence of a greater
amount of lighter/heavier molecular weight constituents than the
calibration standard.
Y PETROLEUM The chromatogram resembles a petroleum product but does not match
the calibration standard.
Z PETROLEUM The chromatogram does not resemble a petroleum product.
# QC The control limit criterion is not applicable. See case narrative.
* QC The result is an outlier. See case narrative.
B QC Analyte detected in both the sample and associated method blank.
I QC Internal standard not within the specified limits. See case narrative.
L QC Laboratory control sample recovery outside the specified limits; results
may be biased (high/low).
N QC The matrix spike sample recovery is not within control limits. See case
narrative.
R QC Duplicate precision not met.

UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 81 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual

CODE CATEGORY DESCRIPTION
R1 QC Duplicate precision not within the specified limits; however, the results are
below the MRL and considered estimated.
S QC Surrogate recovery not within specified limits.
V QC The continuing calibration verification standard was outside (biased
high/low) the specified limits for this compound.
C RESULT Result identification confirmed.
CE RESULT Co-elution.
D RESULT The reported result is from a dilution.
E RESULT Estimated; concentration exceeded calibration range.
J RESULT The result is an estimated concentration that is less than the MRL but
greater than or equal to the MDL.
J1 RESULT
The analyte was positively identified below the method reporting limit
prior to utilizing the dilution factor; the associated numerical value is
considered estimated.
K RESULT Analyte was detected above the method reporting limit prior to
normalization.
ND RESULT Compound was analyzed for, but not detected above the laboratory
reporting/detection limit.
P RESULT The confirmation criterion was exceeded. The relative percent difference
was greater than 40/25% between the two analytical results.
U RESULT Compound was analyzed for, but not detected (ND) at or above the
MRL/MDL.
W RESULT Result quantified, but the corresponding peak was detected outside the
generated retention time window.
UJ RESULT The analyte was not detected; however, the result is estimated due to
discrepancies in meeting certain analyte-specific quality control criteria.
Ui RESULT
The compound was analyzed for, but was not detected ("Non-detect") at
or above the MRL/MDL; however, the MRL/MDL has been elevated due to
matrix interference.
T TIC Analyte is a tentatively identified compound, result is estimated.

UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 82 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
APPENDIX I – Master List of Controlled Documents

Controlled Documents* Document Code
Health and Safety Plan Safety Plan ALS-SIMI VALLEY
Lab Waste Management Plan SV-HSE-001
Emergency Response Plan SV-HSE-002
Disaster Management Plan SV-HSE-003
Quality Assurance Manual ALSMV-QAM

*Refer to Appendix G for a list of the laboratory’s controlled standard operating procedures.

QA Program Files
Item Location / Name
Approved Signatories List QA Manual Appendix I
Approved Subcontract Laboratories Q:\Approved Sub-Contract Labs\Subcontract Lab List
Control Limit\Chart Status Q:\Control Charts\CntrlChrt(status1).xls
Job Descriptions HR Department
Master List of Controlled Documents
(Logbooks, SOPs, etc.)
Q:\Master List of Controlled Documents\Master List of
Controlled Documents.xls
MDL,LOD,LOQ Q:\MDL; Q:\LOD (MDL) Verifications; Q:\LOQ
Verifications
Personnel Resumes, Transcripts HR and QA Departments
Simi Valley Certification Status Q:\Certifications\Cert Status.xls
Simi Valley Data Quality Objectives Q:\MDL_MRL\DQO Spreadsheet.xls
Technical Training Status Q:\Training\TRAINING STATUS.xls

UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y
ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 83 of 100
RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
Approved Signatories
Name Title
Ami Modha, BS, MS, PhD Laboratory Director
Fidji Victoriano, BS, MBA Quality Assurance Manager
Meghry Jilakian, BS, MS Operations Manager/ Interim Technical Manager
Robert De La O Systems Analyst/ IT
Sue Anderson, BS Project Manager
Mike Thomas, BS Environmental Health and Safety Coordinator
Chase Griffin, BS VOA GC/MS Department Team Lead
Amber Marroquin, BS VOA – 325B/TO17 Department Supervisor
Stephanie Reynoso, BS VOA GC/SVOA Department Supervisor
Al David, BS SMO Supervisor
Alexander Naklowycz, BS Media Preparation Supervisor
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y
ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 84 of 100
RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
APPENDIX J – Laboratory Accreditations
State of Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation’s Contaminated Sites Laboratory Approval Program (CS-LAP)
Approval No. 17-019
Approved Method(s):
•EPA TO-15
•EPA TO-15 SIM
State of Arizona, Department of Health Services
License No. AZ0694
Approved Method(s):
•EPA TO-15
•EPA 3C
Department of Defense, Environmental Laboratory Accreditation Program (DoD-ELAP)
Perry Johnson Laboratory Accreditation, Inc. Accreditation No. 65818
Approved Method(s):
•EPA TO-15
•EPA TO-15 SIM
•EPA 3C, ASTMD -1946-90
•SOP VOA-TPHG_TO3 (TPHG by Modified EPA TO-3)
•SOP VOA-TO3C1C6 (Hydrocarbons and ranges by Modified EPA TO-3)
•SOP VOA-TO15 (EPA TO-15 Modified)
State of Florida, Department of Health (NELAP-Secondary)
Laboratory ID No.: E871020
Approved Method(s):
•EPA TO-15
•EPA TO-17
State of Louisiana, Department of Environmental Quality (NELAP-Secondary)
Certificate No.: 05071
Approved Method(s):
•EPA TO-15
•EPA 325B
State of Maine, Department of Health and Human Services
Laboratory ID: CA01627
Approved Methods
•EPA TO-15
•MADEP APH
State of Minnesota, Department of Health, Environmental Laboratory Certification Program (NELAP-Secondary)
Laboratory ID: 006-999-456
Approved Method(s):
•EPA TO-15
Off-gas testing and gas sampling and analysis in support of U.S. Navy Deep Submergence Systems
SOPs:
•SMO-Smpl_Rec
•SVO-P9290
•VOA-EPA25CM
•VOA-TO15
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y
ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 85 of 100
RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
State of New Jersey, Department of Environmental Protection (NELAP-Secondary)
Laboratory ID: CA009
Approved Method(s):
•EPA TO-15
State of New York, Department of Health (NELAP –Secondary)
Laboratory ID No. 11221
Approved Method(s):
•EPA TO-15
•EPA TO-17
State of Oklahoma, Environmental Laboratory Accreditation Program (NELAP-Primary)
Laboratory ID No. 2207
Approved Method(s):
•EPA TO-15
State of Oregon, Department of Environmental Quality (NELAP-Secondary)
Laboratory ID: 4068
Approved Method(s):
•ASTM D5504-12
•EPA 325B
•EPA TO-15
•EPA TO-17
•MADEP APH
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, Department of Environmental Protection Bureau of Laboratories
Registration Number: 68-03307
State of Texas, Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (NELAP-Secondary)
Laboratory ID: T104704413
Approved Method(s):
•EPA TO-15
State of Utah, Department of Health, Environmental Laboratory Certification Program (NELAP-Secondary)
Certificate # CA016272024-16
Approved Method(s):
•EPA TO-15
State of Washington, Department of Ecology
Laboratory ID: C946
Approved Method(s):
•EPA TO-15
•MADEP APH
•EPA 25CM
Note 1: This Quality Assurance Manual is revised annually with DoD-ELAP and NELAP-Primary Certificates, and the
Scope of Accreditations/Parameters are revised annually (where necessary). During this interim period
Certificates may expire and the Scope of Accreditations/Parameters may change; therefore, these may not
be updated until the next revision.
Note 2: Current Certificates and Scope of Accreditations/Parameters are on file and displayed in the front hallway.
Updated or Specific Certificates and Scope of Accreditations/Parameters are available upon request.
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 86 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual

UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 87 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual

UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 88 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual

UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 89 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual

UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 90 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual

UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 91 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual

UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 92 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual

UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 93 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual

UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 94 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual

UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 95 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual

UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 96 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual

UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 97 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual

UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 98 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual

UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y

ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 99 of 100

RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual

UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y
ALSMV-QAM, Rev. 38.1
Effective: 8/29/2024
Page 100 of 100
RIGHT SOLUTIONS | RIGHT PARTNER
Quality Assurance Manual
UN
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D

C
O
P
Y
,,'!�� ... ;•►.--...J!i� ., .. "JM-. -. " ..
! ,., . -'Y
{�. f¢.fl-�\\� ;,J--t:, ,.J
'\. -· ...... . <-.l
State of l tah
SP L]NCER J. COX
Goverllar
DFIDRE 111:NDERSON
/,1e11/e11 cm1 Governor
Department of Health Human Services
TRACY S. GRUl3ER
£xec111/ve Director
NATI:: CIIECKF.TTS
Deputy /),rector
DR. MICI IEI LE I ICJ l·MANN
t::xec:1111ve Medical Director
DAVID LITVAK
Deputy Director
NATE WINTERS
Deputy /)1rec1or
EPA Number: CA01627 Attachment to Certificate Number: CA016272024-16
ALS Environmental -Simi Valley
Program/Matrix: Air & Emissions ( Air & Emissions)
Start Date Expires AB
Page I Clf J
Method EPA TO-15 Method Code: 10248803 1 , 1, 1,2-Tetrach loroethane 08/01/21 07/31/25 1, 1, 1-Trichloroethane 07/01/13 07/31/25 1, 1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane 07/01/13 07/31/25 1, 1,2-Trichloro-1,2,2-trifluoroethane (Freon 113) 07/01/13 07/31/25 1, 1,2-Trichloroethane 07/01/13 07/31/25 1 , 1-Dichloroethane 07/01/13 07/31/25 1, 1-Dichloroethylene 07/01/13 07/31/25 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene 07/01/13 07/31/25 1,2,4-Trimethylbenzene 07/01/13 07/31/25 1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane (DBCP) 07/01/13 07/31/25 1,2-Dibromoethane (EDB, Ethylene dibromide) 07/01/13 07/31/25 1,2-Dichloro-1, 1,2,2-tetrafluoroethane (Freon-114) 07/01/13 07/31/25 1,2-Dichlorobenzene (o-Dichlorobenzene) 07/01/13 07/31/25 1,2-Dichloroethane (Ethylene dichloride) 07/01/13 07/31/25 1,2-Dichloropropane 07/01/13 07/31/25 1,3,5-Trirnethylbenzene 07/01/13 07/31/25 1,3-Butadiene 07/01/13 07/31/25 1, 3-Dichlorobenzene 07/01/13 07/31/25 1,4-Dichlorobenzen e 07/01/13 07/31/25 1,4-Dioxane (1,4-Diethyleneoxide) 07/01 /13 07/31/25 1-Propene (Propylene)07/01/13 07/31/25 2,2,4-Trimethylpentane 07/01/13 07/31/25 2-Butanone (Methyl ethyl ketone, MEK)07/01/13 07/31/25 2-Hexanone 07/01/13 07/31/25 4-Ethyltoluene 07/01/13 07/31/25 4-lsopropyltoluene (p-Cyrnene,p-lsopropyltoluene)07/01/13 07/31/25 4-Methyl-2-pentanone (MIBK)07/01/13 07/31/25 Acetone 07/01/13 07/31/25 Acetonitrile 07/01/13 07/31/25 Acrolein (Propenal)07/01/13 07/31/25 Acrylonitrile 07/01/13 07/31/25 Allyl chloride (3-Chloropropene)07/01/13 07/31/25 alpha-Pinene 07/01/13 07/31/25 Benzene 07/01/13 07/31/25 Benzyl chloride 07/01/13 07/31/25
I 95 North 1950 West, Salt Lake City, Utah 84116 telephone (80 I) 965-2400 I fax (80 I) 538-415 I I email: [e-mail] weh: htln's-/hmhl 11ti1h.mw/cc1tific-lllin11c;
OR OR OR
OR OR OR OR OR OR OR OR OR OR OR OR OR OR OR OR OR OR OR OR
OR OR OR OR OR OR OR OR OR OR OR
OR
Instructions for sampling using 6-Liter Canister/Passive Sampler
1)Check vacuum integrity before sampling is initiated. Remove canister from shipping
container. Use gauge on passive sampler to check initial vacuum as directed in step 2.
Do not open valve until passive sampler is attached.
2)Make sure valve is closed on SilcoCan or Silinote canister. Remove dust cap from
canister using a 9/16" wrench. Attach passive sampler using Swagelock fitting to 6 liter
canister keeping valve in the closed position. Tighten fitting 1/8th turn beyond finger tight
using a 9/16" wrench. Attempt to rotate the passive sampler about the connection to
make sure it is secure and non-leaking (if passive sampler can be rotated then
connection is not secure). Open valve handle on canister for approximately 2 seconds
and close once a reading has been registered-note the vacuum gauge reading and
record value. Vacuum should be greater than 25 inches of mercury. If vacuum is less
than 21 inches of mercury do not use canister for sampling (loss of vacuum may be
causecausedd bbyy iimpropermproper hanhandlingdling durduringing shippshipping)ing). ItIt may may bbee necessary necessary ttoo tatakeke ththee
difference of the initial reading on the gauge and the final reading to get canister vacuum
(gauges on the passive samplers are not precision instruments and a non-zero reading
does not mean that sampler is non-functional). The canister/passive sampler
combination is now ready for sampling.
3)Place canister /sampler combination into environment to be sampled. Open valve on the
canister/sampler and note time. Sampling begins when canister valve is opened.
The sampling period is preset, any filling time less than the preset time will result in
incomplete sampling. When sampling period is finished close valve on the canister. Do
not attempt to reset or adjust passive sampler sampling time.
4)Remove passive sampler from canister using a 9/16" wrench and replace canister dust
cap. Place canister in a proper shipping container and ship to ALS Environmental for
analysis.
SAMPLING VALVE INSTRUCTIONS
Sample Inlet filter
(do not remove)
Sapphire Orifce
Backflush Port
Vacuum Gauge
Vacuum Controller
Outer protective screw
covering flow adjust screw
To canister
Remove dust cap and attach sampler here
Turn valve handle to
"OPEN" for sampling
Sample Inlet filter
(do not remove)
Sapphire Orifce
Backflush Port
Vacuum Gauge
Vacuum Controller
Outer protective screw
covering flow adjust screw
To canister
ALS Environmental -
Detection Limits / Control Limits
Matrix:
Method:
MDL RL Units CAS Number Compound
EPA TO-15 by IH-AN-014
Air
Detection Limits Control Limits
LCL UCL RPD
Historical/Performance
Dichlorodifluoromethane 75-71-8 0.15 0.5 ppb 44.8 152 25
Methyl chloride 74-87-3 0.15 0.5 ppb 37.8 190 25
Freon 114 76-14-2 0.15 0.5 ppb 54.2 146 25
Vinyl chloride 75-01-4 0.15 0.5 ppb 51.9 146 25
1,3-Butadiene 106-99-0 0.15 0.5 ppb 36.1 183 25
Bromomethane 74-83-9 0.15 0.5 ppb 57.6 135 25
Ethyl chloride 75-00-3 0.15 0.5 ppb 51.1 145 25
Freon 11 75-69-4 0.15 0.5 ppb 47.8 149 25
Freon 113 76-13-1 0.15 0.5 ppb 69 133 25
1,1-Dichloroethene 75-35-4 0.15 0.5 ppb 53.6 145 25
Acetone 67-64-1 0.3 1 ppb 50.1 144 25
Carbon disulfide 75-15-0 0.15 0.5 ppb 60.9 136 25
Methylene chloride 75-09-2 0.15 0.5 ppb 44.1 153 25
trans-1,2-Dichloroethene 156-60-5 0.15 0.5 ppb 62.5 139 25
Methyl t-butyl ether 1634-04-4 0.15 0.5 ppb 66.1 139 25
Vinyl acetate 108-05-4 0.2 0.5 ppb 41.4 159 25
Methyl ethyl ketone 78-93-3 0.15 0.5 ppb 57.2 148 25
cis-1,2-Dichloroethene 156-59-2 0.15 0.5 ppb 63.7 142 25
1,1-Dichloroethane 75-34-3 0.15 0.5 ppb 71.1 145 25
Ethyl acetate 141-78-6 0.3 1 ppb 54.4 150 25
n-Hexane 110-54-3 0.15 0.5 ppb 60.2 142 25
Chloroform 67-66-3 0.15 0.5 ppb 64.6 131 25
Tetrahydrofuran 109-99-9 0.15 0.5 ppb 64.2 147 25
1,2-Dichloroethane 107-06-2 0.15 0.5 ppb 52.7 144 25
1,1,1-Trichloroethane 71-55-6 0.15 0.5 ppb 61.5 137 25
Carbon tetrachloride 56-23-5 0.15 0.5 ppb 57.9 143 25
Benzene 71-43-2 0.15 0.5 ppb 56.5 144 25
Cyclohexane 110-82-7 0.15 0.5 ppb 61.8 132 25
Trichloroethene 79-01-6 0.15 0.5 ppb 70.9 137 25
1,2-Dichloropropane 78-87-5 0.15 0.5 ppb 59.7 140 25
Bromodichloromethane 75-27-4 0.15 0.5 ppb 63.3 136 25
Heptane 142-82-5 0.15 0.5 ppb 59 148 25
cis-1,3-Dichloropropene 10061-01-5 0.15 0.5 ppb 65.9 143 25
Methyl isobutyl ketone 108-10-1 0.15 0.5 ppb 62.1 149 25
trans-1,3-Dichloropropene 10061-02-6 0.15 0.5 ppb 64.7 145 25
1,1,2-Trichloroethane 79-00-5 0.15 0.5 ppb 68.3 134 25
Toluene 108-88-3 0.15 0.5 ppb 66.1 147 25
2-Hexanone 591-78-6 0.32 1 ppb 58.5 162 25
ALS GROUP USA, CORP.Part of the ALS Group An ALS Limited Company
Page 1 of 2 LIMITSREP-V1.3
ALS Environmental -
Detection Limits / Control Limits
Matrix:
Method:
MDL RL Units CAS Number Compound
EPA TO-15 by IH-AN-014
Air
Detection Limits Control Limits
LCL UCL RPD
Historical/Performance
Tetrachloroethene 127-18-4 0.15 0.5 ppb 60 146 25
Dibromochloromethane 124-48-1 0.15 0.5 ppb 57.1 181 25
1,2-Dibromoethane 106-93-4 0.15 0.5 ppb 54.8 182 25
Chlorobenzene 108-90-7 0.15 0.5 ppb 53.9 181 25
Ethyl benzene 100-41-4 0.15 0.5 ppb 56 179 25
m,p-Xylene 179601-23-1 0.3 1 ppb 54.6 173 25
o-Xylene 95-47-6 0.15 0.5 ppb 53.3 175 25
Styrene 100-42-5 0.3 1 ppb 61.7 146 25
Bromoform 75-25-2 0.3 1 ppb 52.9 184 25
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane 79-34-5 0.15 0.5 ppb 49.5 151 25
4-Ethyl toluene 622-96-8 0.3 1 ppb 47.8 194 25
1,3,5-Trimethylbenzene 108-67-8 0.3 1 ppb 43.9 187 25
1,2,4-Trimethylbenzene 95-63-6 0.3 1 ppb 50.4 164 25
1,3-Dichlorobenzene 541-73-1 0.3 1 ppb 53.9 158 25
1,4-Dichlorobenzene 106-46-7 0.3 1 ppb 52 161 25
Benzyl chloride 100-44-7 0.37 1 ppb 30.4 196 25
1,2-Dichlorobenzene 95-50-1 0.3 1 ppb 49.3 164 25
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene 120-82-1 0.42 1 ppb 0.2 198 25
Hexachloro-1,3-butadiene 87-68-3 0.3 1 ppb 29.7 155 25
Tue, 02/14/23 2:47 PMPage 2 of 2 LIMITSREP-V1.3

APPENDIX C

Dixon Information, Inc. Accreditations
33
2!
#"$%&$%"%/2 !
#"
#
3
#






 








 








 
!
"#$"#$%"%&'(
)
%&""
 *
 *
+
,
-
(&##./"#/01

!
##$"#$%"%.
*
+



11
2
3

* 
1
3

3+45
3
$* 
+

*
+
+ 67
+




2
3
*
+

8




 
 
3

*
1

+

3+45
3
$9* 

*



*
 

1
3


 
 1 
$

6*
6+
3


 7


!""





"



!

# $



"



"
%%&'
 
()"
*
"!
+"

,"
!
#+-,$,".!

)"%"
"


."
/" "
""0"
.%,
"
 ."
0"
.
*)"

)
"
"
.

"



"


)



"
"
 $
9

1

*
 
9

1
495 
'&"" $



1+
+
3

+




+



2++

*



6
!